// Code generated by '[/tmp/go-build3521972418/b001/exe/generate]', DO NOT EDIT.

// % This program is copyright (C) 1982 by D. E. Knuth; all rights are reserved.
// % Unlimited copying and redistribution of this file are permitted as long
// % as this file is not modified. Modifications are permitted, but only if
// % the resulting file is not named tex.web. (The WEB system provides
// % for alterations via an auxiliary file; the master file should stay intact.)
// % See Appendix H of the WEB manual for hints on how to install this program.
// % And see Appendix A of the TRIP manual for details about how to validate it.
//
// % TeX is a trademark of the American Mathematical Society.
// % METAFONT is a trademark of Addison-Wesley Publishing Company.
//
// % Version 0 was released in September 1982 after it passed a variety of tests.
// % Version 1 was released in November 1983 after thorough testing.
// % Version 1.1 fixed ``disappearing font identifiers'' et alia (July 1984).
// % Version 1.2 allowed `0' in response to an error, et alia (October 1984).
// % Version 1.3 made memory allocation more flexible and local (November 1984).
// % Version 1.4 fixed accents right after line breaks, et alia (April 1985).
// % Version 1.5 fixed \the\toks after other expansion in \edefs (August 1985).
// % Version 2.0 (almost identical to 1.5) corresponds to "Volume B" (April 1986).
// % Version 2.1 corrected anomalies in discretionary breaks (January 1987).
// % Version 2.2 corrected "(Please type...)" with null \endlinechar (April 1987).
// % Version 2.3 avoided incomplete page in premature termination (August 1987).
// % Version 2.4 fixed \noaligned rules in indented displays (August 1987).
// % Version 2.5 saved cur_order when expanding tokens (September 1987).
// % Version 2.6 added 10sp slop when shipping leaders (November 1987).
// % Version 2.7 improved rounding of negative-width characters (November 1987).
// % Version 2.8 fixed weird bug if no \patterns are used (December 1987).
// % Version 2.9 made \csname\endcsname's "relax" local (December 1987).
// % Version 2.91 fixed \outer\def\a0[]\a\a bug (April 1988).
// % Version 2.92 fixed \patterns, also file names with complex macros (May 1988).
// % Version 2.93 fixed negative halving in allocator when mem_min<0 (June 1988).
// % Version 2.94 kept open_log_file from calling fatal_error (November 1988).
// % Version 2.95 solved that problem a better way (December 1988).
// % Version 2.96 corrected bug in "Infinite shrinkage" recovery (January 1989).
// % Version 2.97 corrected blunder in creating 2.95 (February 1989).
// % Version 2.98 omitted save_for_after at outer level (March 1989).
// % Version 2.99 caught $$\begingroup\halign..$$ (June 1989).
// % Version 2.991 caught .5\ifdim.6... (June 1989).
// % Version 2.992 introduced major changes for 8-bit extensions (September 1989).
// % Version 2.993 fixed a save_stack synchronization bug et alia (December 1989).
// % Version 3.0 fixed unusual displays; was more \output robust (March 1990).
// % Version 3.1 fixed nullfont, disabled \write[\the\prevgraf] (September 1990).
// % Version 3.14 fixed unprintable font names and corrected typos (March 1991).
// % Version 3.141 more of same; reconstituted ligatures better (March 1992).
// % Version 3.1415 preserved nonexplicit kerns, tidied up (February 1993).
// % Version 3.14159 allowed fontmemsize to change; bulletproofing (March 1995).
// % Version 3.141592 fixed \xleaders, glueset, weird alignments (December 2002).
// % Version 3.1415926 was a general cleanup with minor fixes (February 2008).
// % Version 3.14159265 was similar (January 2014).
// % Version 3.141592653 was similar but more extensive (January 2021).
//
// % A reward of $327.68 will be paid to the first finder of any remaining bug.
//
// % Although considerable effort has been expended to make the TeX program
// % correct and reliable, no warranty is implied; the author disclaims any
// % obligation or liability for damages, including but not limited to
// % special, indirect, or consequential damages arising out of or in
// % connection with the use or performance of this software. This work has
// % been a ``labor of love'' and the author hopes that users enjoy it.
//
// % Here is TeX material that gets inserted after \input webmac
// \def\hang[\hangindent 3em\noindent\ignorespaces]
// \def\hangg#1 [\hang\hbox[#1 ]]
// \def\textindent#1[\hangindent2.5em\noindent\hbox to2.5em[\hss#1 ]\ignorespaces]
// \font\ninerm=cmr9
// \let\mc=\ninerm % medium caps for names like SAIL
// \def\PASCAL[Pascal]
// \def\ph[\hbox[Pascal-H]]
// \def\pct![[\char`\%]] % percent sign in ordinary text
// \font\logo=logo10 % font used for the METAFONT logo
// \def\MF[[\logo META]\-[\logo FONT]]
// \def\<#1>[$\langle#1\rangle$]
// \def\section[\mathhexbox278]
//
// \def\(#1)[] % this is used to make section names sort themselves better
// \def\9#1[] % this is used for sort keys in the index via @:sort key][entry@>
//
// \outer\def\N#1. \[#2]#3.[\MN#1.\vfil\eject % begin starred section
//   \def\rhead[PART #2:\uppercase[#3]] % define running headline
//   \message[*\modno] % progress report
//   \edef\next[\write\cont[\Z[\?#2]#3][\modno][\the\pageno]]]\next
//   \ifon\startsection[\bf\ignorespaces#3.\quad]\ignorespaces]
// \let\?=\relax % we want to be able to \write a \?
//
// \def\title[\TeX82]
// \def\topofcontents[\hsize 5.5in
//   \vglue 0pt plus 1fil minus 1.5in
//   \def\?##1][\hbox to 1in[\hfil##1.\ ]]
//   ]
// \def\botofcontents[\vskip 0pt plus 1fil minus 1.5in]
// \pageno=3
// \def\glob[13] % this should be the section number of "<Global...>"
// \def\gglob[20, 26] % this should be the next two sections of "<Global...>"
//
//

// 1. \[1] Introduction

// tangle:pos tex.web:95:22:

// This is \TeX, a document compiler intended to produce typesetting of high
// quality.
// The \PASCAL\ program that follows is the definition of \TeX82, a standard
// \xref[PASCAL][\PASCAL]
//  \xref[TeX82][\TeX82]
// version of \TeX\ that is designed to be highly portable so that identical output
// will be obtainable on a great variety of computers.
//
// The main purpose of the following program is to explain the algorithms of \TeX\
// as clearly as possible. As a result, the program will not necessarily be very
// efficient when a particular \PASCAL\ compiler has translated it into a
// particular machine language. However, the program has been written so that it
// can be tuned to run efficiently in a wide variety of operating environments
// by making comparatively few changes. Such flexibility is possible because
// the documentation that follows is written in the \.[WEB] language, which is
// at a higher level than \PASCAL; the preprocessing step that converts \.[WEB]
// to \PASCAL\ is able to introduce most of the necessary refinements.
// Semi-automatic translation to other languages is also feasible, because the
// program below does not make extensive use of features that are peculiar to
// \PASCAL.
//
// A large piece of software like \TeX\ has inherent complexity that cannot
// be reduced below a certain level of difficulty, although each individual
// part is fairly simple by itself. The \.[WEB] language is intended to make
// the algorithms as readable as possible, by reflecting the way the
// individual program pieces fit together and by providing the
// cross-references that connect different parts. Detailed comments about
// what is going on, and about why things were done in certain ways, have
// been liberally sprinkled throughout the program.  These comments explain
// features of the implementation, but they rarely attempt to explain the
// \TeX\ language itself, since the reader is supposed to be familiar with
// [\sl The \TeX book].
// \xref[WEB]
// \xref[TeXbook][\sl The \TeX book]

// 2.

// tangle:pos tex.web:131:3:

// The present implementation has a long ancestry, beginning in the summer
// of~1977, when Michael~F. Plass and Frank~M. Liang designed and coded
// a prototype
// \xref[Plass, Michael Frederick]
// \xref[Liang, Franklin Mark]
// \xref[Knuth, Donald Ervin]
// based on some specifications that the author had made in May of that year.
// This original proto\TeX\ included macro definitions and elementary
// manipulations on boxes and glue, but it did not have line-breaking,
// page-breaking, mathematical formulas, alignment routines, error recovery,
// or the present semantic nest; furthermore,
// it used character lists instead of token lists, so that a control sequence
// like \.[\\halign] was represented by a list of seven characters. A
// complete version of \TeX\ was designed and coded by the author in late
// 1977 and early 1978; that program, like its prototype, was written in the
// [\mc SAIL] language, for which an excellent debugging system was
// available. Preliminary plans to convert the [\mc SAIL] code into a form
// somewhat like the present ``web'' were developed by Luis Trabb~Pardo and
// \xref[Trabb Pardo, Luis Isidoro]
// the author at the beginning of 1979, and a complete implementation was
// created by Ignacio~A. Zabala in 1979 and 1980. The \TeX82 program, which
// \xref[Zabala Salelles, Ignacio Andr\'es]
// was written by the author during the latter part of 1981 and the early
// part of 1982, also incorporates ideas from the 1979 implementation of
// \xref[Guibas, Leonidas Ioannis]
// \xref[Sedgewick, Robert]
// \xref[Wyatt, Douglas Kirk]
// \TeX\ in [\mc MESA] that was written by Leonidas Guibas, Robert Sedgewick,
// and Douglas Wyatt at the Xerox Palo Alto Research Center.  Several hundred
// refinements were introduced into \TeX82 based on the experiences gained with
// the original implementations, so that essentially every part of the system
// has been substantially improved. After the appearance of ``Version 0'' in
// September 1982, this program benefited greatly from the comments of
// many other people, notably David~R. Fuchs and Howard~W. Trickey.
// A final revision in September 1989 extended the input character set to
// eight-bit codes and introduced the ability to hyphenate words from
// different languages, based on some ideas of Michael~J. Ferguson.
// \xref[Fuchs, David Raymond]
// \xref[Trickey, Howard Wellington]
// \xref[Ferguson, Michael John]
//
// No doubt there still is plenty of room for improvement, but the author
// is firmly committed to keeping \TeX82 ``frozen'' from now on; stability
// and reliability are to be its main virtues.
//
// On the other hand, the \.[WEB] description can be extended without changing
// the core of \TeX82 itself, and the program has been designed so that such
// extensions are not extremely difficult to make.
// The |banner| string defined here should be changed whenever \TeX\
// undergoes any modifications, so that it will be clear which version of
// \TeX\ might be the guilty party when a problem arises.
// \xref[extensions to \TeX]
// \xref[system dependencies]
//
// If this program is changed, the resulting system should not be called
// `\TeX'; the official name `\TeX' by itself is reserved
// for software systems that are fully compatible with each other.
// A special test suite called the ``\.[TRIP] test'' is available for
// helping to determine whether a particular implementation deserves to be
// known as `\TeX' [cf.~Stanford Computer Science report CS1027,
// November 1984].

// 3.

// tangle:pos tex.web:195:3:

// Different \PASCAL s have slightly different conventions, and the present
//  \xref[PASCAL H][\ph]
// program expresses \TeX\ in terms of the \PASCAL\ that was
// available to the author in 1982. Constructions that apply to
// this particular compiler, which we shall call \ph, should help the
// reader see how to make an appropriate interface for other systems
// if necessary. (\ph\ is Charles Hedrick's modification of a compiler
// \xref[Hedrick, Charles Locke]
// for the DECsystem-10 that was originally developed at the University of
// Hamburg; cf.\ [\sl Software---Practice and Experience \bf6] (1976),
// 29--42. The \TeX\ program below is intended to be adaptable, without
// extensive changes, to most other versions of \PASCAL, so it does not fully
// use the admirable features of \ph. Indeed, a conscious effort has been
// made here to avoid using several idiosyncratic features of standard
// \PASCAL\ itself, so that most of the code can be translated mechanically
// into other high-level languages. For example, the `\&[with]' and `\\[new]'
// features are not used, nor are pointer types, set types, or enumerated
// scalar types; there are no `\&[var]' parameters, except in the case of files;
// there are no tag fields on variant records; there are no assignments
// |real:=integer|; no procedures are declared local to other procedures.)
//
// The portions of this program that involve system-dependent code, where
// changes might be necessary because of differences between \PASCAL\ compilers
// and/or differences between
// operating systems, can be identified by looking at the sections whose
// numbers are listed under `system dependencies' in the index. Furthermore,
// the index entries for `dirty \PASCAL' list all places where the restrictions
// of \PASCAL\ have not been followed perfectly, for one reason or another.
//  \xref[system dependencies]
//  \xref[dirty \PASCAL]
//
// Incidentally, \PASCAL's standard |round| function can be problematical,
// because it disagrees with the IEEE floating-point standard.
// Many implementors have
// therefore chosen to substitute their own home-grown rounding procedure.

// 4.

// tangle:pos tex.web:231:3:

// The program begins with a normal \PASCAL\ program heading, whose
// components will be filled in later, using the conventions of \.[WEB].
// \xref[WEB]
// For example, the portion of the program called `\X\glob:Global
// variables\X' below will be replaced by a sequence of variable declarations
// that starts in $\section\glob$ of this documentation. In this way, we are able
// to define each individual global variable when we are prepared to
// understand what it means; we do not have to define all of the globals at
// once.  Cross references in $\section\glob$, where it says ``See also
// sections \gglob, \dots,'' also make it possible to look at the set of
// all global variables, if desired.  Similar remarks apply to the other
// portions of the program heading.
//
// Actually the heading shown here is not quite normal: The |program| line
// does not mention any |output| file, because \ph\ would ask the \TeX\ user
// to specify a file name if |output| were specified here.
// \xref[PASCAL H][\ph]
// \xref[system dependencies]
// \4
// Compiler directives
// $C-,A+,D-
// no range check, catch arithmetic overflow, no debug overhead
//  [$C+,D+]  [  ]
// but turn everything on when debugging

package tex

import (
	"math"
	"unsafe"

	"modernc.org/knuth"
)

var (
	_ = math.MaxInt32
	_ unsafe.Pointer
)

type (
	char   = byte
	signal int
)

func strcopy(dst []char, src string) {
	for i := 0; i < len(dst) && i < len(src); i++ {
		dst[i] = src[i]
	}
}

func arraystr(a []char) string {
	b := make([]byte, len(a))
	for i, c := range a {
		b[i] = c
	}
	return string(b)
}

func abs(n int32) int32 {
	if n >= 0 {
		return n
	}

	return -n
}

func fabs(f float64) float64 {
	if f >= 0 {
		return f
	}

	return -f
}

func round(f float64) int32 {
	if f >= 0 {
		return int32(f + 0.5)
	}

	return int32(f - 0.5)
}

// key control points

const (
	startOfTex = 1    /* go here when \TeX's variables are initialized */
	endOfTex   = 9998 /* go here to close files and terminate gracefully */
	finalEnd   = 9999 /* this label marks the ending of the program */
	memBot     = 0    // smallest index in the |mem| array dumped by \.[INITEX];
	//   must not be less than |mem_min|

	fontBase = 0 // smallest internal font number; must not be less
	//   than |min_quarterword|

	hashSize = 2100 // maximum number of control sequences; it should be at most
	//   about |(mem_max-mem_min)/10|

	hashPrime = 1777 /* a prime number equal to about 85\pct! of |hash_size| */
	hyphSize  = 307  // another prime; the number of \.[\\hyphenation] exceptions
	// \xref[system dependencies]

	exit               = 10          /* go here to leave a procedure */
	restart            = 20          /* go here to start a procedure again */
	reswitch           = 21          /* go here to start a case statement again */
	continue1          = 22          /* go here to resume a loop */
	done               = 30          /* go here to exit a loop */
	done1              = 31          /* like |done|, when there is more than one loop */
	done2              = 32          /* for exiting the second loop in a long block */
	done3              = 33          /* for exiting the third loop in a very long block */
	done4              = 34          /* for exiting the fourth loop in an extremely long block */
	done5              = 35          /* for exiting the fifth loop in an immense block */
	done6              = 36          /* for exiting the sixth loop in a block */
	found              = 40          /* go here when you've found it */
	found1             = 41          /* like |found|, when there's more than one per routine */
	found2             = 42          /* like |found|, when there's more than two per routine */
	notFound           = 45          /* go here when you've found nothing */
	commonEnding       = 50          /* go here when you want to merge with another branch */
	empty              = 0           /* symbolic name for a null constant */
	firstTextChar      = 0           /* ordinal number of the smallest element of |text_char| */
	lastTextChar       = 255         /* ordinal number of the largest element of |text_char| */
	nullCode           = 0           /* ASCII code that might disappear */
	carriageReturn     = 015         /* ASCII code used at end of line */
	invalidCode        = 0177        /* ASCII code that many systems prohibit in text files */
	noPrint            = 16          /* |selector| setting that makes data disappear */
	termOnly           = 17          /* printing is destined for the terminal only */
	logOnly            = 18          /* printing is destined for the transcript file only */
	termAndLog         = 19          /* normal |selector| setting */
	pseudo             = 20          /* special |selector| setting for |show_context| */
	newString          = 21          /* printing is deflected to the string pool */
	maxSelector        = 21          /* highest selector setting */
	batchMode          = 0           /* omits all stops and omits terminal output */
	nonstopMode        = 1           /* omits all stops */
	scrollMode         = 2           /* omits error stops */
	errorStopMode      = 3           /* stops at every opportunity to interact */
	spotless           = 0           /* |history| value when nothing has been amiss yet */
	warningIssued      = 1           /* |history| value when |begin_diagnostic| has been called */
	errorMessageIssued = 2           /* |history| value when |error| has been called */
	fatalErrorStop     = 3           /* |history| value when termination was premature */
	infBad             = 10000       /* infinitely bad value */
	minQuarterword     = 0           /* smallest allowable value in a |quarterword| */
	maxQuarterword     = 255         /* largest allowable value in a |quarterword| */
	hlistNode          = 0           /* |type| of hlist nodes */
	boxNodeSize        = 7           /* number of words to allocate for a box node */
	widthOffset        = 1           /* position of |width| field in a box node */
	depthOffset        = 2           /* position of |depth| field in a box node */
	heightOffset       = 3           /* position of |height| field in a box node */
	listOffset         = 5           /* position of |list_ptr| field in a box node */
	normal             = 0           /* the most common case when several cases are named */
	stretching         = 1           /* glue setting applies to the stretch components */
	shrinking          = 2           /* glue setting applies to the shrink components */
	glueOffset         = 6           /* position of |glue_set| in a box node */
	vlistNode          = 1           /* |type| of vlist nodes */
	ruleNode           = 2           /* |type| of rule nodes */
	ruleNodeSize       = 4           /* number of words to allocate for a rule node */
	insNode            = 3           /* |type| of insertion nodes */
	insNodeSize        = 5           /* number of words to allocate for an insertion */
	markNode           = 4           /* |type| of a mark node */
	smallNodeSize      = 2           /* number of words to allocate for most node types */
	adjustNode         = 5           /* |type| of an adjust node */
	ligatureNode       = 6           /* |type| of a ligature node */
	discNode           = 7           /* |type| of a discretionary node */
	whatsitNode        = 8           /* |type| of special extension nodes */
	mathNode           = 9           /* |type| of a math node */
	before             = 0           /* |subtype| for math node that introduces a formula */
	after              = 1           /* |subtype| for math node that winds up a formula */
	glueNode           = 10          /* |type| of node that points to a glue specification */
	condMathGlue       = 98          /* special |subtype| to suppress glue in the next node */
	muGlue             = 99          /* |subtype| for math glue */
	aLeaders           = 100         /* |subtype| for aligned leaders */
	cLeaders           = 101         /* |subtype| for centered leaders */
	xLeaders           = 102         /* |subtype| for expanded leaders */
	glueSpecSize       = 4           /* number of words to allocate for a glue specification */
	fil                = 1           /* first-order infinity */
	fill               = 2           /* second-order infinity */
	filll              = 3           /* third-order infinity */
	kernNode           = 11          /* |type| of a kern node */
	explicit           = 1           /* |subtype| of kern nodes from \.[\\kern] and \.[\\/] */
	accKern            = 2           /* |subtype| of kern nodes from accents */
	penaltyNode        = 12          /* |type| of a penalty node */
	infPenalty         = infBad      /* ``infinite'' penalty value */
	ejectPenalty       = -infPenalty /* ``negatively infinite'' penalty value */
	unsetNode          = 13          /* |type| for an unset node */
	hiMemStatUsage     = 14          /* the number of one-word nodes always present */
	escape             = 0           // escape delimiter (called \.\\ in [\sl The \TeX book\/])
	// \xref[TeXbook][\sl The \TeX book]

	relax       = 0  /* do nothing ( \.[\\relax] ) */
	leftBrace   = 1  /* beginning of a group ( \.\[ ) */
	rightBrace  = 2  /* ending of a group ( \.\] ) */
	mathShift   = 3  /* mathematics shift character ( \.\$ ) */
	tabMark     = 4  /* alignment delimiter ( \.\&, \.[\\span] ) */
	carRet      = 5  /* end of line ( |carriage_return|, \.[\\cr], \.[\\crcr] ) */
	outParam    = 5  /* output a macro parameter */
	macParam    = 6  /* macro parameter symbol ( \.\# ) */
	supMark     = 7  /* superscript ( \.[\char'136] ) */
	subMark     = 8  /* subscript ( \.[\char'137] ) */
	ignore      = 9  /* characters to ignore ( \.[\^\^@] ) */
	endv        = 9  /* end of \<v_j> list in alignment template */
	spacer      = 10 /* characters equivalent to blank space ( \.[\ ] ) */
	letter      = 11 /* characters regarded as letters ( \.[A..Z], \.[a..z] ) */
	otherChar   = 12 /* none of the special character types */
	activeChar  = 13 /* characters that invoke macros ( \.[\char`\~] ) */
	parEnd      = 13 /* end of paragraph ( \.[\\par] ) */
	match       = 13 /* match a macro parameter */
	comment     = 14 /* characters that introduce comments ( \.\% ) */
	endMatch    = 14 /* end of parameters to macro */
	stop        = 14 /* end of job ( \.[\\end], \.[\\dump] ) */
	invalidChar = 15 /* characters that shouldn't appear ( \.[\^\^?] ) */
	delimNum    = 15 /* specify delimiter numerically ( \.[\\delimiter] ) */
	maxCharCode = 15 /* largest catcode for individual characters */
	charNum     = 16 /* character specified numerically ( \.[\\char] ) */
	mathCharNum = 17 /* explicit math code ( \.[\\mathchar] ) */
	mark        = 18 /* mark definition ( \.[\\mark] ) */
	xray        = 19 /* peek inside of \TeX\ ( \.[\\show], \.[\\showbox], etc.~) */
	makeBox     = 20 /* make a box ( \.[\\box], \.[\\copy], \.[\\hbox], etc.~) */
	hmove       = 21 /* horizontal motion ( \.[\\moveleft], \.[\\moveright] ) */
	vmove       = 22 /* vertical motion ( \.[\\raise], \.[\\lower] ) */
	unHbox      = 23 /* unglue a box ( \.[\\unhbox], \.[\\unhcopy] ) */
	unVbox      = 24 /* unglue a box ( \.[\\unvbox], \.[\\unvcopy] ) */
	removeItem  = 25 // nullify last item ( \.[\\unpenalty],
	//   \.[\\unkern], \.[\\unskip] )

	hskip           = 26 /* horizontal glue ( \.[\\hskip], \.[\\hfil], etc.~) */
	vskip           = 27 /* vertical glue ( \.[\\vskip], \.[\\vfil], etc.~) */
	mskip           = 28 /* math glue ( \.[\\mskip] ) */
	kern            = 29 /* fixed space ( \.[\\kern] ) */
	mkern           = 30 /* math kern ( \.[\\mkern] ) */
	leaderShip      = 31 /* use a box ( \.[\\shipout], \.[\\leaders], etc.~) */
	halign          = 32 /* horizontal table alignment ( \.[\\halign] ) */
	valign          = 33 /* vertical table alignment ( \.[\\valign] ) */
	noAlign         = 34 /* temporary escape from alignment ( \.[\\noalign] ) */
	vrule           = 35 /* vertical rule ( \.[\\vrule] ) */
	hrule           = 36 /* horizontal rule ( \.[\\hrule] ) */
	insert          = 37 /* vlist inserted in box ( \.[\\insert] ) */
	vadjust         = 38 /* vlist inserted in enclosing paragraph ( \.[\\vadjust] ) */
	ignoreSpaces    = 39 /* gobble |spacer| tokens ( \.[\\ignorespaces] ) */
	afterAssignment = 40 /* save till assignment is done ( \.[\\afterassignment] ) */
	afterGroup      = 41 /* save till group is done ( \.[\\aftergroup] ) */
	breakPenalty    = 42 /* additional badness ( \.[\\penalty] ) */
	startPar        = 43 /* begin paragraph ( \.[\\indent], \.[\\noindent] ) */
	italCorr        = 44 /* italic correction ( \.[\\/] ) */
	accent          = 45 /* attach accent in text ( \.[\\accent] ) */
	mathAccent      = 46 /* attach accent in math ( \.[\\mathaccent] ) */
	discretionary   = 47 /* discretionary texts ( \.[\\-], \.[\\discretionary] ) */
	eqNo            = 48 /* equation number ( \.[\\eqno], \.[\\leqno] ) */
	leftRight       = 49 /* variable delimiter ( \.[\\left], \.[\\right] ) */
	mathComp        = 50 /* component of formula ( \.[\\mathbin], etc.~) */
	limitSwitch     = 51 /* diddle limit conventions ( \.[\\displaylimits], etc.~) */
	above           = 52 /* generalized fraction ( \.[\\above], \.[\\atop], etc.~) */
	mathStyle       = 53 /* style specification ( \.[\\displaystyle], etc.~) */
	mathChoice      = 54 /* choice specification ( \.[\\mathchoice] ) */
	nonScript       = 55 /* conditional math glue ( \.[\\nonscript] ) */
	vcenter         = 56 /* vertically center a vbox ( \.[\\vcenter] ) */
	caseShift       = 57 /* force specific case ( \.[\\lowercase], \.[\\uppercase]~) */
	message         = 58 /* send to user ( \.[\\message], \.[\\errmessage] ) */
	extension       = 59 /* extensions to \TeX\ ( \.[\\write], \.[\\special], etc.~) */
	inStream        = 60 /* files for reading ( \.[\\openin], \.[\\closein] ) */
	beginGroup      = 61 /* begin local grouping ( \.[\\begingroup] ) */
	endGroup        = 62 /* end local grouping ( \.[\\endgroup] ) */
	omit            = 63 /* omit alignment template ( \.[\\omit] ) */
	exSpace         = 64 /* explicit space ( \.[\\\ ] ) */
	noBoundary      = 65 /* suppress boundary ligatures ( \.[\\noboundary] ) */
	radical         = 66 /* square root and similar signs ( \.[\\radical] ) */
	endCsName       = 67 /* end control sequence ( \.[\\endcsname] ) */
	minInternal     = 68 /* the smallest code that can follow \.[\\the] */
	charGiven       = 68 /* character code defined by \.[\\chardef] */
	mathGiven       = 69 /* math code defined by \.[\\mathchardef] */
	lastItem        = 70 // most recent item ( \.[\\lastpenalty],
	//   \.[\\lastkern], \.[\\lastskip] )

	maxNonPrefixedCommand = 70 /* largest command code that can't be \.[\\global] */
	toksRegister          = 71 /* token list register ( \.[\\toks] ) */
	assignToks            = 72 /* special token list ( \.[\\output], \.[\\everypar], etc.~) */
	assignInt             = 73 /* user-defined integer ( \.[\\tolerance], \.[\\day], etc.~) */
	assignDimen           = 74 /* user-defined length ( \.[\\hsize], etc.~) */
	assignGlue            = 75 /* user-defined glue ( \.[\\baselineskip], etc.~) */
	assignMuGlue          = 76 /* user-defined muglue ( \.[\\thinmuskip], etc.~) */
	assignFontDimen       = 77 /* user-defined font dimension ( \.[\\fontdimen] ) */
	assignFontInt         = 78 // user-defined font integer ( \.[\\hyphenchar],
	//   \.[\\skewchar] )

	setAux       = 79 /* specify state info ( \.[\\spacefactor], \.[\\prevdepth] ) */
	setPrevGraf  = 80 /* specify state info ( \.[\\prevgraf] ) */
	setPageDimen = 81 /* specify state info ( \.[\\pagegoal], etc.~) */
	setPageInt   = 82 // specify state info ( \.[\\deadcycles],
	//   \.[\\insertpenalties] )

	setBoxDimen           = 83                        /* change dimension of box ( \.[\\wd], \.[\\ht], \.[\\dp] ) */
	setShape              = 84                        /* specify fancy paragraph shape ( \.[\\parshape] ) */
	defCode               = 85                        /* define a character code ( \.[\\catcode], etc.~) */
	defFamily             = 86                        /* declare math fonts ( \.[\\textfont], etc.~) */
	setFont               = 87                        /* set current font ( font identifiers ) */
	defFont               = 88                        /* define a font file ( \.[\\font] ) */
	register              = 89                        /* internal register ( \.[\\count], \.[\\dimen], etc.~) */
	maxInternal           = 89                        /* the largest code that can follow \.[\\the] */
	advance               = 90                        /* advance a register or parameter ( \.[\\advance] ) */
	multiply              = 91                        /* multiply a register or parameter ( \.[\\multiply] ) */
	divide                = 92                        /* divide a register or parameter ( \.[\\divide] ) */
	prefix                = 93                        /* qualify a definition ( \.[\\global], \.[\\long], \.[\\outer] ) */
	let                   = 94                        /* assign a command code ( \.[\\let], \.[\\futurelet] ) */
	shorthandDef          = 95                        /* code definition ( \.[\\chardef], \.[\\countdef], etc.~) */
	readToCs              = 96                        /* read into a control sequence ( \.[\\read] ) */
	def                   = 97                        /* macro definition ( \.[\\def], \.[\\gdef], \.[\\xdef], \.[\\edef] ) */
	setBox                = 98                        /* set a box ( \.[\\setbox] ) */
	hyphData              = 99                        /* hyphenation data ( \.[\\hyphenation], \.[\\patterns] ) */
	setInteraction        = 100                       /* define level of interaction ( \.[\\batchmode], etc.~) */
	maxCommand            = 100                       /* the largest command code seen at |big_switch| */
	undefinedCs           = maxCommand + 1            /* initial state of most |eq_type| fields */
	expandAfter           = maxCommand + 2            /* special expansion ( \.[\\expandafter] ) */
	noExpand              = maxCommand + 3            /* special nonexpansion ( \.[\\noexpand] ) */
	input                 = maxCommand + 4            /* input a source file ( \.[\\input], \.[\\endinput] ) */
	ifTest                = maxCommand + 5            /* conditional text ( \.[\\if], \.[\\ifcase], etc.~) */
	fiOrElse              = maxCommand + 6            /* delimiters for conditionals ( \.[\\else], etc.~) */
	csName                = maxCommand + 7            /* make a control sequence from tokens ( \.[\\csname] ) */
	convert               = maxCommand + 8            /* convert to text ( \.[\\number], \.[\\string], etc.~) */
	the                   = maxCommand + 9            /* expand an internal quantity ( \.[\\the] ) */
	topBotMark            = maxCommand + 10           /* inserted mark ( \.[\\topmark], etc.~) */
	call                  = maxCommand + 11           /* non-long, non-outer control sequence */
	longCall              = maxCommand + 12           /* long, non-outer control sequence */
	outerCall             = maxCommand + 13           /* non-long, outer control sequence */
	longOuterCall         = maxCommand + 14           /* long, outer control sequence */
	endTemplate           = maxCommand + 15           /* end of an alignment template */
	dontExpand            = maxCommand + 16           /* the following token was marked by \.[\\noexpand] */
	glueRef               = maxCommand + 17           /* the equivalent points to a glue specification */
	shapeRef              = maxCommand + 18           /* the equivalent points to a parshape specification */
	boxRef                = maxCommand + 19           /* the equivalent points to a box node, or is |null| */
	data                  = maxCommand + 20           /* the equivalent is simply a halfword number */
	vmode                 = 1                         /* vertical mode */
	hmode                 = vmode + maxCommand + 1    /* horizontal mode */
	mmode                 = hmode + maxCommand + 1    /* math mode */
	levelZero             = minQuarterword            /* level for undefined quantities */
	levelOne              = levelZero + 1             /* outermost level for defined quantities */
	activeBase            = 1                         /* beginning of region 1, for active character equivalents */
	singleBase            = activeBase + 256          /* equivalents of one-character control sequences */
	nullCs                = singleBase + 256          /* equivalent of \.[\\csname\\endcsname] */
	hashBase              = nullCs + 1                /* beginning of region 2, for the hash table */
	frozenControlSequence = hashBase + hashSize       /* for error recovery */
	frozenProtection      = frozenControlSequence     /* inaccessible but definable */
	frozenCr              = frozenControlSequence + 1 /* permanent `\.[\\cr]' */
	frozenEndGroup        = frozenControlSequence + 2 /* permanent `\.[\\endgroup]' */
	frozenRight           = frozenControlSequence + 3 /* permanent `\.[\\right]' */
	frozenFi              = frozenControlSequence + 4 /* permanent `\.[\\fi]' */
	frozenEndTemplate     = frozenControlSequence + 5 /* permanent `\.[\\endtemplate]' */
	frozenEndv            = frozenControlSequence + 6 /* second permanent `\.[\\endtemplate]' */
	frozenRelax           = frozenControlSequence + 7 /* permanent `\.[\\relax]' */
	endWrite              = frozenControlSequence + 8 /* permanent `\.[\\endwrite]' */
	frozenDontExpand      = frozenControlSequence + 9
	/* permanent `\.[\\notexpanded:]' */
	frozenNullFont = frozenControlSequence + 10
	/* permanent `\.[\\nullfont]' */
	fontIdBase = frozenNullFont - fontBase
	/* begins table of 257 permanent font identifiers */
	undefinedControlSequence  = frozenNullFont + 257         /* dummy location */
	glueBase                  = undefinedControlSequence + 1 /* beginning of region 3 */
	lineSkipCode              = 0                            /* interline glue if |baseline_skip| is infeasible */
	baselineSkipCode          = 1                            /* desired glue between baselines */
	parSkipCode               = 2                            /* extra glue just above a paragraph */
	aboveDisplaySkipCode      = 3                            /* extra glue just above displayed math */
	belowDisplaySkipCode      = 4                            /* extra glue just below displayed math */
	aboveDisplayShortSkipCode = 5
	/* glue above displayed math following short lines */
	belowDisplayShortSkipCode = 6
	/* glue below displayed math following short lines */
	leftSkipCode     = 7                   /* glue at left of justified lines */
	rightSkipCode    = 8                   /* glue at right of justified lines */
	topSkipCode      = 9                   /* glue at top of main pages */
	splitTopSkipCode = 10                  /* glue at top of split pages */
	tabSkipCode      = 11                  /* glue between aligned entries */
	spaceSkipCode    = 12                  /* glue between words (if not |zero_glue|) */
	xspaceSkipCode   = 13                  /* glue after sentences (if not |zero_glue|) */
	parFillSkipCode  = 14                  /* glue on last line of paragraph */
	thinMuSkipCode   = 15                  /* thin space in math formula */
	medMuSkipCode    = 16                  /* medium space in math formula */
	thickMuSkipCode  = 17                  /* thick space in math formula */
	gluePars         = 18                  /* total number of glue parameters */
	skipBase         = glueBase + gluePars /* table of 256 ``skip'' registers */
	muSkipBase       = skipBase + 256      /* table of 256 ``muskip'' registers */
	localBase        = muSkipBase + 256    /* beginning of region 4 */
	parShapeLoc      = localBase           /* specifies paragraph shape */
	outputRoutineLoc = localBase + 1       /* points to token list for \.[\\output] */
	everyParLoc      = localBase + 2       /* points to token list for \.[\\everypar] */
	everyMathLoc     = localBase + 3       /* points to token list for \.[\\everymath] */
	everyDisplayLoc  = localBase + 4       /* points to token list for \.[\\everydisplay] */
	everyHboxLoc     = localBase + 5       /* points to token list for \.[\\everyhbox] */
	everyVboxLoc     = localBase + 6       /* points to token list for \.[\\everyvbox] */
	everyJobLoc      = localBase + 7       /* points to token list for \.[\\everyjob] */
	everyCrLoc       = localBase + 8       /* points to token list for \.[\\everycr] */
	errHelpLoc       = localBase + 9       /* points to token list for \.[\\errhelp] */
	toksBase         = localBase + 10      /* table of 256 token list registers */
	boxBase          = toksBase + 256      /* table of 256 box registers */
	curFontLoc       = boxBase + 256       /* internal font number outside math mode */
	mathFontBase     = curFontLoc + 1      /* table of 48 math font numbers */
	catCodeBase      = mathFontBase + 48
	/* table of 256 command codes (the ``catcodes'') */
	lcCodeBase              = catCodeBase + 256  /* table of 256 lowercase mappings */
	ucCodeBase              = lcCodeBase + 256   /* table of 256 uppercase mappings */
	sfCodeBase              = ucCodeBase + 256   /* table of 256 spacefactor mappings */
	mathCodeBase            = sfCodeBase + 256   /* table of 256 math mode mappings */
	intBase                 = mathCodeBase + 256 /* beginning of region 5 */
	pretoleranceCode        = 0                  /* badness tolerance before hyphenation */
	toleranceCode           = 1                  /* badness tolerance after hyphenation */
	linePenaltyCode         = 2                  /* added to the badness of every line */
	hyphenPenaltyCode       = 3                  /* penalty for break after discretionary hyphen */
	exHyphenPenaltyCode     = 4                  /* penalty for break after explicit hyphen */
	clubPenaltyCode         = 5                  /* penalty for creating a club line */
	widowPenaltyCode        = 6                  /* penalty for creating a widow line */
	displayWidowPenaltyCode = 7                  /* ditto, just before a display */
	brokenPenaltyCode       = 8                  /* penalty for breaking a page at a broken line */
	binOpPenaltyCode        = 9                  /* penalty for breaking after a binary operation */
	relPenaltyCode          = 10                 /* penalty for breaking after a relation */
	preDisplayPenaltyCode   = 11
	/* penalty for breaking just before a displayed formula */
	postDisplayPenaltyCode = 12
	/* penalty for breaking just after a displayed formula */
	interLinePenaltyCode     = 13                /* additional penalty between lines */
	doubleHyphenDemeritsCode = 14                /* demerits for double hyphen break */
	finalHyphenDemeritsCode  = 15                /* demerits for final hyphen break */
	adjDemeritsCode          = 16                /* demerits for adjacent incompatible lines */
	magCode                  = 17                /* magnification ratio */
	delimiterFactorCode      = 18                /* ratio for variable-size delimiters */
	loosenessCode            = 19                /* change in number of lines for a paragraph */
	timeCode                 = 20                /* current time of day */
	dayCode                  = 21                /* current day of the month */
	monthCode                = 22                /* current month of the year */
	yearCode                 = 23                /* current year of our Lord */
	showBoxBreadthCode       = 24                /* nodes per level in |show_box| */
	showBoxDepthCode         = 25                /* maximum level in |show_box| */
	hbadnessCode             = 26                /* hboxes exceeding this badness will be shown by |hpack| */
	vbadnessCode             = 27                /* vboxes exceeding this badness will be shown by |vpack| */
	pausingCode              = 28                /* pause after each line is read from a file */
	tracingOnlineCode        = 29                /* show diagnostic output on terminal */
	tracingMacrosCode        = 30                /* show macros as they are being expanded */
	tracingStatsCode         = 31                /* show memory usage if \TeX\ knows it */
	tracingParagraphsCode    = 32                /* show line-break calculations */
	tracingPagesCode         = 33                /* show page-break calculations */
	tracingOutputCode        = 34                /* show boxes when they are shipped out */
	tracingLostCharsCode     = 35                /* show characters that aren't in the font */
	tracingCommandsCode      = 36                /* show command codes at |big_switch| */
	tracingRestoresCode      = 37                /* show equivalents when they are restored */
	ucHyphCode               = 38                /* hyphenate words beginning with a capital letter */
	outputPenaltyCode        = 39                /* penalty found at current page break */
	maxDeadCyclesCode        = 40                /* bound on consecutive dead cycles of output */
	hangAfterCode            = 41                /* hanging indentation changes after this many lines */
	floatingPenaltyCode      = 42                /* penalty for insertions held over after a split */
	globalDefsCode           = 43                /* override \.[\\global] specifications */
	curFamCode               = 44                /* current family */
	escapeCharCode           = 45                /* escape character for token output */
	defaultHyphenCharCode    = 46                /* value of \.[\\hyphenchar] when a font is loaded */
	defaultSkewCharCode      = 47                /* value of \.[\\skewchar] when a font is loaded */
	endLineCharCode          = 48                /* character placed at the right end of the buffer */
	newLineCharCode          = 49                /* character that prints as |print_ln| */
	languageCode             = 50                /* current hyphenation table */
	leftHyphenMinCode        = 51                /* minimum left hyphenation fragment size */
	rightHyphenMinCode       = 52                /* minimum right hyphenation fragment size */
	holdingInsertsCode       = 53                /* do not remove insertion nodes from \.[\\box255] */
	errorContextLinesCode    = 54                /* maximum intermediate line pairs shown */
	intPars                  = 55                /* total number of integer parameters */
	countBase                = intBase + intPars /* 256 user \.[\\count] registers */
	delCodeBase              = countBase + 256   /* 256 delimiter code mappings */
	dimenBase                = delCodeBase + 256 /* beginning of region 6 */
	parIndentCode            = 0                 /* indentation of paragraphs */
	mathSurroundCode         = 1                 /* space around math in text */
	lineSkipLimitCode        = 2                 /* threshold for |line_skip| instead of |baseline_skip| */
	hsizeCode                = 3                 /* line width in horizontal mode */
	vsizeCode                = 4                 /* page height in vertical mode */
	maxDepthCode             = 5                 /* maximum depth of boxes on main pages */
	splitMaxDepthCode        = 6                 /* maximum depth of boxes on split pages */
	boxMaxDepthCode          = 7                 /* maximum depth of explicit vboxes */
	hfuzzCode                = 8                 /* tolerance for overfull hbox messages */
	vfuzzCode                = 9                 /* tolerance for overfull vbox messages */
	delimiterShortfallCode   = 10                /* maximum amount uncovered by variable delimiters */
	nullDelimiterSpaceCode   = 11                /* blank space in null delimiters */
	scriptSpaceCode          = 12                /* extra space after subscript or superscript */
	preDisplaySizeCode       = 13                /* length of text preceding a display */
	displayWidthCode         = 14                /* length of line for displayed equation */
	displayIndentCode        = 15                /* indentation of line for displayed equation */
	overfullRuleCode         = 16                /* width of rule that identifies overfull hboxes */
	hangIndentCode           = 17                /* amount of hanging indentation */
	hOffsetCode              = 18                /* amount of horizontal offset when shipping pages out */
	vOffsetCode              = 19                /* amount of vertical offset when shipping pages out */
	emergencyStretchCode     = 20                /* reduces badnesses on final pass of line-breaking */
	dimenPars                = 21                /* total number of dimension parameters */
	scaledBase               = dimenBase + dimenPars
	/* table of 256 user-defined \.[\\dimen] registers */
	eqtbSize              = scaledBase + 255 /* largest subscript of |eqtb| */
	restoreOldValue       = 0                /* |save_type| when a value should be restored later */
	restoreZero           = 1                /* |save_type| when an undefined entry should be restored */
	insertToken           = 2                /* |save_type| when a token is being saved for later use */
	levelBoundary         = 3                /* |save_type| corresponding to beginning of group */
	bottomLevel           = 0                /* group code for the outside world */
	simpleGroup           = 1                /* group code for local structure only */
	hboxGroup             = 2                /* code for `\.[\\hbox]\grp' */
	adjustedHboxGroup     = 3                /* code for `\.[\\hbox]\grp' in vertical mode */
	vboxGroup             = 4                /* code for `\.[\\vbox]\grp' */
	vtopGroup             = 5                /* code for `\.[\\vtop]\grp' */
	alignGroup            = 6                /* code for `\.[\\halign]\grp', `\.[\\valign]\grp' */
	noAlignGroup          = 7                /* code for `\.[\\noalign]\grp' */
	outputGroup           = 8                /* code for output routine */
	mathGroup             = 9                /* code for, e.g., `\.[\char'136]\grp' */
	discGroup             = 10               /* code for `\.[\\discretionary]\grp\grp\grp' */
	insertGroup           = 11               /* code for `\.[\\insert]\grp', `\.[\\vadjust]\grp' */
	vcenterGroup          = 12               /* code for `\.[\\vcenter]\grp' */
	mathChoiceGroup       = 13               /* code for `\.[\\mathchoice]\grp\grp\grp\grp' */
	semiSimpleGroup       = 14               /* code for `\.[\\begingroup...\\endgroup]' */
	mathShiftGroup        = 15               /* code for `\.[\$...\$]' */
	mathLeftGroup         = 16               /* code for `\.[\\left...\\right]' */
	maxGroupCode          = 16
	leftBraceToken        = 0400                          /* $2^8\cdot|left_brace|$ */
	leftBraceLimit        = 01000                         /* $2^8\cdot(|left_brace|+1)$ */
	rightBraceToken       = 01000                         /* $2^8\cdot|right_brace|$ */
	rightBraceLimit       = 01400                         /* $2^8\cdot(|right_brace|+1)$ */
	mathShiftToken        = 01400                         /* $2^8\cdot|math_shift|$ */
	tabToken              = 02000                         /* $2^8\cdot|tab_mark|$ */
	outParamToken         = 02400                         /* $2^8\cdot|out_param|$ */
	spaceToken            = 05040                         /* $2^8\cdot|spacer|+|" "|$ */
	letterToken           = 05400                         /* $2^8\cdot|letter|$ */
	otherToken            = 06000                         /* $2^8\cdot|other_char|$ */
	matchToken            = 06400                         /* $2^8\cdot|match|$ */
	endMatchToken         = 07000                         /* $2^8\cdot|end_match|$ */
	midLine               = 1                             /* |state| code when scanning a line of characters */
	skipBlanks            = 2 + maxCharCode               /* |state| code when ignoring blanks */
	newLine               = 3 + maxCharCode + maxCharCode /* |state| code at start of line */
	skipping              = 1                             /* |scanner_status| when passing conditional text */
	defining              = 2                             /* |scanner_status| when reading a macro definition */
	matching              = 3                             /* |scanner_status| when reading macro arguments */
	aligning              = 4                             /* |scanner_status| when reading an alignment preamble */
	absorbing             = 5                             /* |scanner_status| when reading a balanced text */
	tokenList             = 0                             /* |state| code when scanning a token list */
	parameter             = 0                             /* |token_type| code for parameter */
	uTemplate             = 1                             /* |token_type| code for \<u_j> template */
	vTemplate             = 2                             /* |token_type| code for \<v_j> template */
	backedUp              = 3                             /* |token_type| code for text to be reread */
	inserted              = 4                             /* |token_type| code for inserted texts */
	macro                 = 5                             /* |token_type| code for defined control sequences */
	outputText            = 6                             /* |token_type| code for output routines */
	everyParText          = 7                             /* |token_type| code for \.[\\everypar] */
	everyMathText         = 8                             /* |token_type| code for \.[\\everymath] */
	everyDisplayText      = 9                             /* |token_type| code for \.[\\everydisplay] */
	everyHboxText         = 10                            /* |token_type| code for \.[\\everyhbox] */
	everyVboxText         = 11                            /* |token_type| code for \.[\\everyvbox] */
	everyJobText          = 12                            /* |token_type| code for \.[\\everyjob] */
	everyCrText           = 13                            /* |token_type| code for \.[\\everycr] */
	markText              = 14                            /* |token_type| code for \.[\\topmark], etc. */
	writeText             = 15                            /* |token_type| code for \.[\\write] */
	switch1               = 25                            /* a label in |get_next| */
	startCs               = 26                            /* another */
	noExpandFlag          = 257                           /* this characterizes a special variant of |relax| */
	topMarkCode           = 0                             /* the mark in effect at the previous page break */
	firstMarkCode         = 1                             /* the first mark between |top_mark| and |bot_mark| */
	botMarkCode           = 2                             /* the mark in effect at the current page break */
	splitFirstMarkCode    = 3                             /* the first mark found by \.[\\vsplit] */
	splitBotMarkCode      = 4                             /* the last mark found by \.[\\vsplit] */
	intVal                = 0                             /* integer values */
	dimenVal              = 1                             /* dimension values */
	glueVal               = 2                             /* glue specifications */
	muVal                 = 3                             /* math glue specifications */
	identVal              = 4                             /* font identifier */
	tokVal                = 5                             /* token lists */
	inputLineNoCode       = glueVal + 1                   /* code for \.[\\inputlineno] */
	badnessCode           = glueVal + 2                   /* code for \.[\\badness] */
	octalToken            = otherToken + '\''             /* apostrophe, indicates an octal constant */
	hexToken              = otherToken + '"'              /* double quote, indicates a hex constant */
	alphaToken            = otherToken + '`'              /* reverse apostrophe, precedes alpha constants */
	pointToken            = otherToken + '.'              /* decimal point */
	continentalPointToken = otherToken + ','              /* decimal point, Eurostyle */
	zeroToken             = otherToken + '0'              /* zero, the smallest digit */
	aToken                = letterToken + 'A'             /* the smallest special hex digit */
	otherAToken           = otherToken + 'A'              /* special hex digit of type |other_char| */
	attachFraction        = 88                            /* go here to pack |cur_val| and |f| into |cur_val| */
	attachSign            = 89                            /* go here when |cur_val| is correct except perhaps for sign */
	defaultRule           = 26214                         /* 0.4\thinspace pt */
	numberCode            = 0                             /* command code for \.[\\number] */
	romanNumeralCode      = 1                             /* command code for \.[\\romannumeral] */
	stringCode            = 2                             /* command code for \.[\\string] */
	meaningCode           = 3                             /* command code for \.[\\meaning] */
	fontNameCode          = 4                             /* command code for \.[\\fontname] */
	jobNameCode           = 5                             /* command code for \.[\\jobname] */
	closed                = 2                             /* not open, or at end of file */
	justOpen              = 1                             /* newly opened, first line not yet read */
	ifCharCode            = 0                             /* `\.[\\if]'  */
	ifCatCode             = 1                             /* `\.[\\ifcat]'  */
	ifIntCode             = 2                             /* `\.[\\ifnum]'  */
	ifDimCode             = 3                             /* `\.[\\ifdim]'  */
	ifOddCode             = 4                             /* `\.[\\ifodd]'  */
	ifVmodeCode           = 5                             /* `\.[\\ifvmode]'  */
	ifHmodeCode           = 6                             /* `\.[\\ifhmode]'  */
	ifMmodeCode           = 7                             /* `\.[\\ifmmode]'  */
	ifInnerCode           = 8                             /* `\.[\\ifinner]'  */
	ifVoidCode            = 9                             /* `\.[\\ifvoid]'  */
	ifHboxCode            = 10                            /* `\.[\\ifhbox]'  */
	ifVboxCode            = 11                            /* `\.[\\ifvbox]'  */
	ifxCode               = 12                            /* `\.[\\ifx]'  */
	ifEofCode             = 13                            /* `\.[\\ifeof]'  */
	ifTrueCode            = 14                            /* `\.[\\iftrue]'  */
	ifFalseCode           = 15                            /* `\.[\\iffalse]'  */
	ifCaseCode            = 16                            /* `\.[\\ifcase]'  */
	ifNodeSize            = 2                             /* number of words in stack entry for conditionals */
	ifCode                = 1                             /* code for \.[\\if...] being evaluated */
	fiCode                = 2                             /* code for \.[\\fi] */
	elseCode              = 3                             /* code for \.[\\else] */
	orCode                = 4                             /* code for \.[\\or] */
	formatDefaultLength   = 20                            /* length of the |TEX_format_default| string */
	formatAreaLength      = 11                            /* length of its area part */
	formatExtLength       = 4                             /* length of its `\.[.fmt]' part */
	formatExtension       = /* ".fmt" */ 786              /* the extension, as a \.[WEB] constant */
	noTag                 = 0                             /* vanilla character */
	ligTag                = 1                             /* character has a ligature/kerning program */
	listTag               = 2                             /* character has a successor in a charlist */
	extTag                = 3                             /* character is extensible */
	slantCode             = 1
	spaceCode             = 2
	spaceStretchCode      = 3
	spaceShrinkCode       = 4
	xHeightCode           = 5
	quadCode              = 6
	extraSpaceCode        = 7
	nonAddress            = 0                /* a spurious |bchar_label| */
	badTfm                = 11               /* label for |read_font_info| */
	setChar0              = 0                /* typeset character 0 and move right */
	set1                  = 128              /* typeset a character and move right */
	setRule               = 132              /* typeset a rule and move right */
	putRule               = 137              /* typeset a rule */
	nop                   = 138              /* no operation */
	bop                   = 139              /* beginning of page */
	eop                   = 140              /* ending of page */
	push                  = 141              /* save the current positions */
	pop                   = 142              /* restore previous positions */
	right1                = 143              /* move right */
	w0                    = 147              /* move right by |w| */
	w1                    = 148              /* move right and set |w| */
	x0                    = 152              /* move right by |x| */
	x1                    = 153              /* move right and set |x| */
	down1                 = 157              /* move down */
	y0                    = 161              /* move down by |y| */
	y1                    = 162              /* move down and set |y| */
	z0                    = 166              /* move down by |z| */
	z1                    = 167              /* move down and set |z| */
	fntNum0               = 171              /* set current font to 0 */
	fnt1                  = 235              /* set current font */
	xxx1                  = 239              /* extension to \.[DVI] primitives */
	xxx4                  = 242              /* potentially long extension to \.[DVI] primitives */
	fntDef1               = 243              /* define the meaning of a font number */
	pre                   = 247              /* preamble */
	post                  = 248              /* postamble beginning */
	postPost              = 249              /* postamble ending */
	idByte                = 2                /* identifies the kind of \.[DVI] files described here */
	movementNodeSize      = 3                /* number of words per entry in the down and right stacks */
	yHere                 = 1                /* |info| when the movement entry points to a |y| command */
	zHere                 = 2                /* |info| when the movement entry points to a |z| command */
	yzOk                  = 3                /* |info| corresponding to an unconstrained \\[down] command */
	yOk                   = 4                /* |info| corresponding to a \\[down] that can't become a |z| */
	zOk                   = 5                /* |info| corresponding to a \\[down] that can't become a |y| */
	dFixed                = 6                /* |info| corresponding to a \\[down] that can't change */
	noneSeen              = 0                /* no |y_here| or |z_here| nodes have been encountered yet */
	ySeen                 = 6                /* we have seen |y_here| but not |z_here| */
	zSeen                 = 12               /* we have seen |z_here| but not |y_here| */
	movePast              = 13               /* go to this label when advancing past glue or a rule */
	finRule               = 14               /* go to this label to finish processing a rule */
	nextP                 = 15               /* go to this label when finished with node |p| */
	exactly               = 0                /* a box dimension is pre-specified */
	additional            = 1                /* a box dimension is increased from the natural one */
	noadSize              = 4                /* number of words in a normal noad */
	mathChar              = 1                /* |math_type| when the attribute is simple */
	subBox                = 2                /* |math_type| when the attribute is a box */
	subMlist              = 3                /* |math_type| when the attribute is a formula */
	mathTextChar          = 4                /* |math_type| when italic correction is dubious */
	ordNoad               = unsetNode + 3    /* |type| of a noad classified Ord */
	opNoad                = ordNoad + 1      /* |type| of a noad classified Op */
	binNoad               = ordNoad + 2      /* |type| of a noad classified Bin */
	relNoad               = ordNoad + 3      /* |type| of a noad classified Rel */
	openNoad              = ordNoad + 4      /* |type| of a noad classified Open */
	closeNoad             = ordNoad + 5      /* |type| of a noad classified Close */
	punctNoad             = ordNoad + 6      /* |type| of a noad classified Punct */
	innerNoad             = ordNoad + 7      /* |type| of a noad classified Inner */
	limits                = 1                /* |subtype| of |op_noad| whose scripts are to be above, below */
	noLimits              = 2                /* |subtype| of |op_noad| whose scripts are to be normal */
	radicalNoad           = innerNoad + 1    /* |type| of a noad for square roots */
	radicalNoadSize       = 5                /* number of |mem| words in a radical noad */
	fractionNoad          = radicalNoad + 1  /* |type| of a noad for generalized fractions */
	fractionNoadSize      = 6                /* number of |mem| words in a fraction noad */
	underNoad             = fractionNoad + 1 /* |type| of a noad for underlining */
	overNoad              = underNoad + 1    /* |type| of a noad for overlining */
	accentNoad            = overNoad + 1     /* |type| of a noad for accented subformulas */
	accentNoadSize        = 5                /* number of |mem| words in an accent noad */
	vcenterNoad           = accentNoad + 1   /* |type| of a noad for \.[\\vcenter] */
	leftNoad              = vcenterNoad + 1  /* |type| of a noad for \.[\\left] */
	rightNoad             = leftNoad + 1     /* |type| of a noad for \.[\\right] */
	styleNode             = unsetNode + 1    /* |type| of a style node */
	styleNodeSize         = 3                /* number of words in a style node */
	displayStyle          = 0                /* |subtype| for \.[\\displaystyle] */
	textStyle             = 2                /* |subtype| for \.[\\textstyle] */
	scriptStyle           = 4                /* |subtype| for \.[\\scriptstyle] */
	scriptScriptStyle     = 6                /* |subtype| for \.[\\scriptscriptstyle] */
	cramped               = 1                /* add this to an uncramped style if you want to cramp it */
	choiceNode            = unsetNode + 2    /* |type| of a choice node */
	textSize              = 0                /* size code for the largest size in a family */
	scriptSize            = 16               /* size code for the medium size in a family */
	scriptScriptSize      = 32               /* size code for the smallest size in a family */
	totalMathsyParams     = 22
	totalMathexParams     = 13
	doneWithNoad          = 80 /* go here when a noad has been fully translated */
	doneWithNode          = 81 /* go here when a node has been fully converted */
	checkDimensions       = 82 /* go here to update |max_h| and |max_d| */
	deleteQ               = 83 /* go here to delete |q| and move to the next node */
	mathSpacing           =

	// \hskip-35pt
	/* "0234000122*4000133**3**344*0400400*000000234000111*1111112341011" */ 892
	/* $ \hskip-35pt$  */
	alignStackNodeSize = 5          /* number of |mem| words to save alignment states */
	spanCode           = 256        /* distinct from any character */
	crCode             = 257        /* distinct from |span_code| and from any character */
	crCrCode           = crCode + 1 /* this distinguishes \.[\\crcr] from \.[\\cr] */
	spanNodeSize       = 2          /* number of |mem| words for a span node */
	tightFit           = 3          // fitness classification for lines shrinking 0.5 to 1.0 of their
	//   shrinkability

	looseFit = 1 // fitness classification for lines stretching 0.5 to 1.0 of their
	//   stretchability

	veryLooseFit = 0 // fitness classification for lines stretching more than
	//   their stretchability

	decentFit       = 2  /* fitness classification for all other lines */
	activeNodeSize  = 3  /* number of words in active nodes */
	unhyphenated    = 0  /* the |type| of a normal active break node */
	hyphenated      = 1  /* the |type| of an active node that breaks at a |disc_node| */
	passiveNodeSize = 2  /* number of words in passive nodes */
	deltaNodeSize   = 7  /* number of words in a delta node */
	deltaNode       = 2  /* |type| field in a delta node */
	deactivate      = 60 /* go here when node |r| should be deactivated */
	updateHeights   = 90 /* go here to record glue in the |active_height| table */
	insertsOnly     = 1
	/* |page_contents| when an insert node has been contributed, but no boxes */
	boxThere          = 2    /* |page_contents| when a box or rule has been contributed */
	pageInsNodeSize   = 4    /* number of words for a page insertion node */
	inserting         = 0    /* an insertion class that has not yet overflowed */
	splitUp           = 1    /* an overflowed insertion class */
	contribute        = 80   /* go here to link a node into the current page */
	bigSwitch         = 60   /* go here to branch on the next token of input */
	mainLoop          = 70   /* go here to typeset a string of consecutive characters */
	mainLoopWrapup    = 80   /* go here to finish a character or ligature */
	mainLoopMove      = 90   /* go here to advance the ligature cursor */
	mainLoopMoveLig   = 95   /* same, when advancing past a generated ligature */
	mainLoopLookahead = 100  /* go here to bring in another character, if any */
	mainLigLoop       = 110  /* go here to check for ligatures or kerning */
	appendNormalSpace = 120  /* go here to append a normal space between words */
	filCode           = 0    /* identifies \.[\\hfil] and \.[\\vfil] */
	fillCode          = 1    /* identifies \.[\\hfill] and \.[\\vfill] */
	ssCode            = 2    /* identifies \.[\\hss] and \.[\\vss] */
	filNegCode        = 3    /* identifies \.[\\hfilneg] and \.[\\vfilneg] */
	skipCode          = 4    /* identifies \.[\\hskip] and \.[\\vskip] */
	mskipCode         = 5    /* identifies \.[\\mskip] */
	boxCode           = 0    /* |chr_code| for `\.[\\box]' */
	copyCode          = 1    /* |chr_code| for `\.[\\copy]' */
	lastBoxCode       = 2    /* |chr_code| for `\.[\\lastbox]' */
	vsplitCode        = 3    /* |chr_code| for `\.[\\vsplit]' */
	vtopCode          = 4    /* |chr_code| for `\.[\\vtop]' */
	aboveCode         = 0    /* `\.[\\above]'  */
	overCode          = 1    /* `\.[\\over]'  */
	atopCode          = 2    /* `\.[\\atop]'  */
	delimitedCode     = 3    /* `\.[\\abovewithdelims]', etc. */
	charDefCode       = 0    /* |shorthand_def| for \.[\\chardef] */
	mathCharDefCode   = 1    /* |shorthand_def| for \.[\\mathchardef] */
	countDefCode      = 2    /* |shorthand_def| for \.[\\countdef] */
	dimenDefCode      = 3    /* |shorthand_def| for \.[\\dimendef] */
	skipDefCode       = 4    /* |shorthand_def| for \.[\\skipdef] */
	muSkipDefCode     = 5    /* |shorthand_def| for \.[\\muskipdef] */
	toksDefCode       = 6    /* |shorthand_def| for \.[\\toksdef] */
	showCode          = 0    /* \.[\\show]  */
	showBoxCode       = 1    /* \.[\\showbox]  */
	showTheCode       = 2    /* \.[\\showthe]  */
	showListsCode     = 3    /* \.[\\showlists]  */
	badFmt            = 6666 /* go here if the format file is unacceptable */
	breakpoint        = 888  /* place where a breakpoint is desirable */
	writeNodeSize     = 2    /* number of words in a write/whatsit node */
	openNodeSize      = 3    /* number of words in an open/whatsit node */
	openNode          = 0    /* |subtype| in whatsits that represent files to \.[\\openout] */
	writeNode         = 1    /* |subtype| in whatsits that represent things to \.[\\write] */
	closeNode         = 2    /* |subtype| in whatsits that represent streams to \.[\\closeout] */
	specialNode       = 3    /* |subtype| in whatsits that represent \.[\\special] things */
	languageNode      = 4    /* |subtype| in whatsits that change the current language */
	immediateCode     = 4    /* command modifier for \.[\\immediate] */
	setLanguageCode   = 5    /* command modifier for \.[\\setlanguage] */

	// Constants in the outer block
	memMax = 30000 // greatest index in \TeX's internal |mem| array;
	//   must be strictly less than |max_halfword|;
	//   must be equal to |mem_top| in \.[INITEX], otherwise |>=mem_top|

	memMin = 0 // smallest index in \TeX's internal |mem| array;
	//   must be |min_halfword| or more;
	//   must be equal to |mem_bot| in \.[INITEX], otherwise |<=mem_bot|

	bufSize = 500 // maximum number of characters simultaneously present in
	//   current lines of open files and in control sequences between
	//   \.[\\csname] and \.[\\endcsname]; must not exceed |max_halfword|

	errorLine     = 72 // width of context lines on terminal error messages
	halfErrorLine = 42 // width of first lines of contexts in terminal
	//   error messages; should be between 30 and |error_line-15|

	maxPrintLine = 79  // width of longest text lines output; should be at least 60
	stackSize    = 200 // maximum number of simultaneous input sources
	maxInOpen    = 6   // maximum number of input files and error insertions that
	//   can be going on simultaneously

	fontMax = 75 // maximum internal font number; must not exceed |max_quarterword|
	//   and must be at most |font_base+256|

	fontMemSize     = 20000 // number of words of |font_info| for all fonts
	paramSize       = 60    // maximum number of simultaneous macro parameters
	nestSize        = 40    // maximum number of semantic levels simultaneously active
	maxStrings      = 3000  // maximum number of strings; must not exceed |max_halfword|
	stringVacancies = 8000  // the minimum number of characters that should be
	//   available for the user's control sequences and font names,
	//   after \TeX's own error messages are stored

	poolSize = 32000 // maximum number of characters in strings, including all
	//   error messages and help texts, and the names of all fonts and
	//   control sequences; must exceed |string_vacancies| by the total
	//   length of \TeX's own strings, which is currently about 23000

	saveSize = 600 // space for saving values outside of current group; must be
	//   at most |max_halfword|

	trieSize = 8000 // space for hyphenation patterns; should be larger for
	//   \.[INITEX] than it is in production versions of \TeX

	trieOpSize   = 500 // space for ``opcodes'' in the hyphenation patterns
	dviBufSize   = 800 // size of the output buffer; must be a multiple of 8
	fileNameSize = 40  // file names shouldn't be longer than this
	poolName     = "TeXformats:TEX.POOL                     "

// string of length |file_name_size|; tells where the string pool appears
// \xref[TeXformats]
)

type (
	// Types in the outer block
	asciiCode = /* 0..255 */ byte // eight-bit numbers

	eightBits = /* 0..255 */ byte // unsigned one-byte quantity
	alphaFile = knuth.File        // files that contain textual data
	byteFile  = knuth.File        // files that contain binary data

	poolPointer     = /* 0..poolSize */ uint16   // for variables that point into |str_pool|
	strNumber       = /* 0..maxStrings */ uint16 // for variables that point into |str_start|
	packedAsciiCode = /* 0..255 */ byte          // elements of |str_pool| array

	scaled             = int32                        // this type is used for scaled integers
	nonnegativeInteger = /* 0..017777777777 */ uint32 // $0\L x<2^[31]$
	smallNumber        = /* 0..63 */ byte             // this type is self-explanatory

	glueRatio = float64 // one-word representation of a glue expansion factor

	quarterword  = /* minQuarterword..maxQuarterword */ byte // 1/4 of a word
	halfword     = /* 0..65535 */ uint16                     // 1/2 of a word
	twoChoices   = /* 1..2 */ byte                           // used when there are two variants in a record
	fourChoices  = /* 1..4 */ byte                           // used when there are four variants in a record
	twoHalves    struct{ data uint32 }
	fourQuarters = struct {
		b0 quarterword
		b1 quarterword
		b2 quarterword
		b3 quarterword
	}
	memoryWord struct{ data uint32 }
	wordFile   = knuth.File

	glueOrd = /* normal..filll */ byte // infinity to the 0, 1, 2, or 3 power

	listStateRecord = struct {
		modeField            int16
		headField, tailField halfword
		pgField, mlField     int32
		auxField             memoryWord
	}

	groupCode = /* 0..maxGroupCode */ byte // |save_level| for a level boundary

	inStateRecord = struct {
		stateField, indexField                      quarterword
		startField, locField, limitField, nameField halfword
	}

	internalFontNumber = /* fontBase..fontMax */ byte // |font| in a |char_node|
	fontIndex          = /* 0..fontMemSize */ uint16  // index into |font_info|

	dviIndex = /* 0..dviBufSize */ uint16 // an index into the output buffer

	triePointer = /* 0..trieSize */ uint16 // an index into |trie|

	hyphPointer = /* 0..hyphSize */ uint16 // an index into the ordered hash table
)

func (r *memoryWord) gr() *float32 {
	return (*float32)(unsafe.Add(unsafe.Pointer(&r.data), 0))
}

func (r *memoryWord) hh() *twoHalves {
	return (*twoHalves)(unsafe.Add(unsafe.Pointer(&r.data), 0))
}

func (r *memoryWord) int() *int32 {
	return (*int32)(unsafe.Add(unsafe.Pointer(&r.data), 0))
}

func (r *memoryWord) qqqq() *fourQuarters {
	return (*fourQuarters)(unsafe.Add(unsafe.Pointer(&r.data), 0))
}

func (r *twoHalves) b0() *quarterword {
	return (*quarterword)(unsafe.Add(unsafe.Pointer(&r.data), 2))
}

func (r *twoHalves) b1() *quarterword {
	return (*quarterword)(unsafe.Add(unsafe.Pointer(&r.data), 3))
}

func (r *twoHalves) lh() *halfword {
	return (*halfword)(unsafe.Add(unsafe.Pointer(&r.data), 2))
}

func (r *twoHalves) rh() *halfword {
	return (*halfword)(unsafe.Add(unsafe.Pointer(&r.data), 0))
}

type prg struct {
	stdin, stdout, stderr knuth.File
	// Global variables
	bad int32 // is some ``constant'' wrong?

	xord [256]asciiCode
	// specifies conversion of input characters
	xchr [256]char
	// specifies conversion of output characters

	nameOfFile [40]char

	// on some systems this may be a \&[record] variable
	nameLength/* 0..fileNameSize */ byte
	// this many characters are actually
	//   relevant in |name_of_file| (the rest are blank)

	buffer                             [501]asciiCode // lines of characters being read
	first/* 0..bufSize */ uint16       // the first unused position in |buffer|
	last/* 0..bufSize */ uint16        // end of the line just input to |buffer|
	maxBufStack/* 0..bufSize */ uint16 // largest index used in |buffer|

	termIn  alphaFile // the terminal as an input file
	termOut alphaFile // the terminal as an output file

	strPool     [32001]packedAsciiCode // the characters
	strStart    [3001]poolPointer      // the starting pointers
	poolPtr     poolPointer            // first unused position in |str_pool|
	strPtr      strNumber              // number of the current string being created
	initPoolPtr poolPointer            // the starting value of |pool_ptr|
	initStrPtr  strNumber              // the starting value of |str_ptr|

	poolFile alphaFile // the string-pool file output by \.[TANGLE]

	logFile                           alphaFile // transcript of \TeX\ session
	selector/* 0..maxSelector */ byte // where to print a message
	dig                               [23] /* 0..15 */ byte // digits in a number being output
	tally                             int32                 // the number of characters recently printed
	termOffset/* 0..maxPrintLine */ byte
	// the number of characters on the current terminal line
	fileOffset/* 0..maxPrintLine */ byte
	// the number of characters on the current file line
	trickBuf [73]asciiCode // circular buffer for
	//   pseudoprinting

	trickCount int32 // threshold for pseudoprinting, explained later
	firstCount int32 // another variable for pseudoprinting

	interaction/* batchMode..errorStopMode */ byte // current level of interaction

	deletionsAllowed                           bool // is it safe for |error| to call |get_token|?
	setBoxAllowed                              bool // is it safe to do a \.[\\setbox] assignment?
	history/* spotless..fatalErrorStop */ byte // has the source input been clean so far?
	errorCount/*  -1..100 */ int8              // the number of scrolled errors since the
	//   last paragraph ended

	helpLine               [6]strNumber // helps for the next |error|
	helpPtr/* 0..6 */ byte // the number of help lines present
	useErrHelp             bool // should the |err_help| list be shown?

	interrupt     int32 // should \TeX\ pause for instructions?
	okToInterrupt bool  // should interrupts be observed?

	arithError bool   // has arithmetic overflow occurred recently?
	remainder  scaled // amount subtracted to get an exact division

	tempPtr halfword // a pointer variable for occasional emergency use

	mem      [30001]memoryWord // the big dynamic storage area
	loMemMax halfword          // the largest location of variable-size memory in use
	hiMemMin halfword          // the smallest location of one-word memory in use

	varUsed, dynUsed int32 // how much memory is in use

	avail  halfword // head of the list of available one-word nodes
	memEnd halfword // the last one-word node used in |mem|

	rover halfword // points to some node in the list of empties

	//   free: packed array [mem_min..mem_max] of boolean; [free cells]
	// [ \hskip10pt ] was_free: packed array [mem_min..mem_max] of boolean;
	//   [previously free cells]
	// [ \hskip10pt ] was_mem_end, was_lo_max, was_hi_min: halfword ;
	//   [previous |mem_end|, |lo_mem_max|, and |hi_mem_min|]
	// [ \hskip10pt ] panicking:boolean; [do we want to check memory constantly?]
	// [  ]

	fontInShortDisplay int32 // an internal font number

	depthThreshold int32 // maximum nesting depth in box displays
	breadthMax     int32 // maximum number of items shown at the same list level

	nest                                [41]listStateRecord
	nestPtr/* 0..nestSize */ byte       // first unused location of |nest|
	maxNestStack/* 0..nestSize */ byte  // maximum of |nest_ptr| when pushing
	curList                             listStateRecord // the ``top'' semantic state
	shownMode/*  -mmode..mmode */ int16 // most recent mode shown by \.[\\tracingcommands]

	oldSetting/* 0..maxSelector */ byte
	sysTime, sysDay, sysMonth, sysYear int32
	// date and time supplied by external system

	eqtb     [6106]memoryWord
	xeqLevel [844]quarterword

	hash [2367]twoHalves
	// the hash table
	hashUsed             halfword // allocation pointer for |hash|
	noNewControlSequence bool     // are new identifiers legal?
	csCount              int32    // total number of known identifiers

	saveStack                            [601]memoryWord
	savePtr/* 0..saveSize */ uint16      // first unused entry on |save_stack|
	maxSaveStack/* 0..saveSize */ uint16 // maximum usage of save stack
	curLevel                             quarterword // current nesting level for groups
	curGroup                             groupCode   // current group type
	curBoundary/* 0..saveSize */ uint16  // where the current level begins

	magSet int32 // if nonzero, this magnification should be used henceforth

	curCmd eightBits // current command set by |get_next|
	curChr halfword  // operand of current command
	curCs  halfword  // control sequence found here, zero if none found
	curTok halfword  // packed representative of |cur_cmd| and |cur_chr|

	inputStack                        [201]inStateRecord
	inputPtr/* 0..stackSize */ byte   // first unused location of |input_stack|
	maxInStack/* 0..stackSize */ byte // largest value of |input_ptr| when pushing
	curInput                          inStateRecord
	// the ``top'' input state, according to convention (1)

	inOpen/* 0..maxInOpen */ byte     // the number of lines in the buffer, less one
	openParens/* 0..maxInOpen */ byte // the number of open text files
	inputFile                         [6]alphaFile
	line                              int32 // current line number in the current source file
	lineStack                         [6]int32

	scannerStatus/* normal..absorbing */ byte // can a subfile end now?
	warningIndex                              halfword // identifier relevant to non-|normal| scanner status
	defRef                                    halfword // reference count of token list being defined

	paramStack [61]halfword
	// token list pointers for parameters
	paramPtr/* 0..paramSize */ byte // first unused entry in |param_stack|
	maxParamStack                   int32
	// largest value of |param_ptr|, will be |<=param_size+9|

	alignState int32 // group level with respect to current alignment

	basePtr/* 0..stackSize */ byte // shallowest level shown by |show_context|

	parLoc   halfword // location of `\.[\\par]' in |eqtb|
	parToken halfword // token representing `\.[\\par]'

	forceEof bool // should the next \.[\\input] be aborted early?

	curMark [5]halfword
	// token lists for marks

	longState/* call..longOuterCall */ byte // governs the acceptance of \.[\\par]

	pstack [9]halfword // arguments supplied to a macro

	curVal                               int32 // value returned by numeric scanners
	curValLevel/* intVal..tokVal */ byte // the ``level'' of this value

	radix smallNumber // |scan_int| sets this to 8, 10, 16, or zero

	curOrder glueOrd // order of infinity found by |scan_dimen|

	readFile [16]alphaFile                  // used for \.[\\read]
	readOpen [17] /* normal..closed */ byte // state of |read_file[n]|

	condPtr                          halfword // top of the condition stack
	ifLimit/* normal..orCode */ byte // upper bound on |fi_or_else| codes
	curIf                            smallNumber // type of conditional being worked on
	ifLine                           int32       // line where that conditional began

	skipLine int32 // skipping began here

	curName strNumber // name of file just scanned
	curArea strNumber // file area just scanned, or \.[""]
	curExt  strNumber // file extension just scanned, or \.[""]

	areaDelimiter poolPointer // the most recent `\.>' or `\.:', if any
	extDelimiter  poolPointer // the relevant `\..', if any

	texFormatDefault [20]char

	nameInProgress bool      // is a file name being scanned?
	jobName        strNumber // principal file name
	logOpened      bool      // has the transcript file been opened?

	dviFile        byteFile  // the device-independent output goes here
	outputFileName strNumber // full name of the output file
	logName        strNumber // full name of the log file

	tfmFile byteFile
	buf     eightBits

	fontInfo [20001]memoryWord
	// the big collection of font data
	fmemPtr    fontIndex          // first unused word of |font_info|
	fontPtr    internalFontNumber // largest internal font number in use
	fontCheck  [76]fourQuarters   // check sum
	fontSize   [76]scaled         // ``at'' size
	fontDsize  [76]scaled         // ``design'' size
	fontParams [76]fontIndex      // how many font
	//   parameters are present

	fontName [76]strNumber // name of the font
	fontArea [76]strNumber // area of the font
	fontBc   [76]eightBits
	// beginning (smallest) character code
	fontEc [76]eightBits
	// ending (largest) character code
	fontGlue [76]halfword
	// glue specification for interword space, |null| if not allocated
	fontUsed [76]bool
	// has a character from this font actually appeared in the output?
	hyphenChar [76]int32
	// current \.[\\hyphenchar] values
	skewChar [76]int32
	// current \.[\\skewchar] values
	bcharLabel [76]fontIndex
	// start of |lig_kern| program for left boundary character,
	//   |non_address| if there is none

	fontBchar [76] /* minQuarterword..256+minQuarterword */ uint16
	// boundary character, |non_char| if there is none
	fontFalseBchar [76] /* minQuarterword..256+minQuarterword */ uint16
	// |font_bchar| if it doesn't exist in the font, otherwise |non_char|

	charBase [76]int32
	// base addresses for |char_info|
	widthBase [76]int32
	// base addresses for widths
	heightBase [76]int32
	// base addresses for heights
	depthBase [76]int32
	// base addresses for depths
	italicBase [76]int32
	// base addresses for italic corrections
	ligKernBase [76]int32
	// base addresses for ligature/kerning programs
	kernBase [76]int32
	// base addresses for kerns
	extenBase [76]int32
	// base addresses for extensible recipes
	paramBase [76]int32
	// base addresses for font parameters

	nullCharacter fourQuarters // nonexistent character information

	totalPages   int32  // the number of pages that have been shipped out
	maxV         scaled // maximum height-plus-depth of pages shipped so far
	maxH         scaled // maximum width of pages shipped so far
	maxPush      int32  // deepest nesting of |push| commands encountered so far
	lastBop      int32  // location of previous |bop| in the \.[DVI] output
	deadCycles   int32  // recent outputs that didn't ship anything out
	doingLeaders bool   // are we inside a leader box?

	c, f                   quarterword // character and font in current |char_node|
	ruleHt, ruleDp, ruleWd scaled      // size of current rule being output
	g                      halfword    // current glue specification
	lq, lr                 int32       // quantities used in calculations for leaders

	dviBuf    [801]eightBits // buffer for \.[DVI] output
	halfBuf   dviIndex       // half of |dvi_buf_size|
	dviLimit  dviIndex       // end of the current half buffer
	dviPtr    dviIndex       // the next available buffer address
	dviOffset int32          // |dvi_buf_size| times the number of times the
	//   output buffer has been fully emptied

	dviGone int32 // the number of bytes already output to |dvi_file|

	downPtr, rightPtr halfword // heads of the down and right stacks

	dviH, dviV scaled             // a \.[DVI] reader program thinks we are here
	curH, curV scaled             // \TeX\ thinks we are here
	dviF       internalFontNumber // the current font
	curS       int32              // current depth of output box nesting, initially $-1$

	totalStretch, totalShrink [4]scaled
	// glue found by |hpack| or |vpack|
	lastBadness int32 // badness of the most recently packaged box

	adjustTail halfword // tail of adjustment list

	packBeginLine int32 // source file line where the current paragraph
	//   or alignment began; a negative value denotes alignment

	emptyField    twoHalves
	nullDelimiter fourQuarters

	curMlist       halfword    // beginning of mlist to be translated
	curStyle       smallNumber // style code at current place in the list
	curSize        smallNumber // size code corresponding to |cur_style|
	curMu          scaled      // the math unit width corresponding to |cur_size|
	mlistPenalties bool        // should |mlist_to_hlist| insert penalties?

	curF internalFontNumber // the |font| field of a |math_char|
	curC quarterword        // the |character| field of a |math_char|
	curI fourQuarters       // the |char_info| of a |math_char|,
	//   or a lig/kern instruction

	magicOffset int32 // used to find inter-element spacing

	curAlign         halfword // current position in preamble list
	curSpan          halfword // start of currently spanned columns in preamble list
	curLoop          halfword // place to copy when extending a periodic preamble
	alignPtr         halfword // most recently pushed-down alignment stack node
	curHead, curTail halfword // adjustment list pointers

	justBox halfword // the |hlist_node| for the last line of the new paragraph

	passive     halfword // most recent node on passive list
	printedNode halfword // most recent node that has been printed
	passNumber  halfword // the number of passive nodes allocated on this pass

	activeWidth [6]scaled
	// distance from first active node to~|cur_p|
	curActiveWidth [6]scaled // distance from current active node
	background     [6]scaled // length of an ``empty'' line
	breakWidth     [6]scaled // length being computed after current break

	noShrinkErrorYet bool // have we complained about infinite shrinkage?

	curP       halfword // the current breakpoint under consideration
	secondPass bool     // is this our second attempt to break this paragraph?
	finalPass  bool     // is this our final attempt to break this paragraph?
	threshold  int32    // maximum badness on feasible lines

	minimalDemerits [4]int32 // best total
	//   demerits known for current line class and position, given the fitness

	minimumDemerits int32 // best total demerits known for current line class
	//   and position

	bestPlace [4]halfword // how to achieve
	//   |minimal_demerits|

	bestPlLine [4]halfword // corresponding
	//   line number

	discWidth scaled // the length of discretionary material preceding a break

	easyLine        halfword // line numbers |>easy_line| are equivalent in break nodes
	lastSpecialLine halfword // line numbers |>last_special_line| all have
	//   the same width

	firstWidth scaled // the width of all lines |<=last_special_line|, if
	//   no \.[\\parshape] has been specified

	secondWidth  scaled // the width of all lines |>last_special_line|
	firstIndent  scaled // left margin to go with |first_width|
	secondIndent scaled // left margin to go with |second_width|

	bestBet         halfword // use this passive node and its predecessors
	fewestDemerits  int32    // the demerits associated with |best_bet|
	bestLine        halfword // line number following the last line of the new paragraph
	actualLooseness int32    // the difference between |line_number(best_bet)|
	//   and the optimum |best_line|

	lineDiff int32 // the difference between the current line number and
	//   the optimum |best_line|

	hc                 [66] /* 0..256 */ uint16 // word to be hyphenated
	hn/* 0..64 */ byte // the number of positions occupied in |hc|;
	//                                   not always a |small_number|

	ha, hb                         halfword                 // nodes |ha..hb| should be replaced by the hyphenated result
	hf                             internalFontNumber       // font number of the letters in |hc|
	hu                             [64] /* 0..256 */ uint16 // like |hc|, before conversion to lowercase
	hyfChar                        int32                    // hyphen character of the relevant font
	curLang, initCurLang           asciiCode                // current hyphenation table of interest
	lHyf, rHyf, initLHyf, initRHyf int32                    // limits on fragment sizes
	hyfBchar                       halfword                 // boundary character after $c_n$

	hyf      [65] /* 0..9 */ byte // odd values indicate discretionary hyphens
	initList halfword             // list of punctuation characters preceding the word
	initLig  bool                 // does |init_list| represent a ligature?
	initLft  bool                 // if so, did the ligature involve a left boundary?

	hyphenPassed smallNumber // first hyphen in a ligature, if any

	curL, curR      halfword // characters before and after the cursor
	curQ            halfword // where a ligature should be detached
	ligStack        halfword // unfinished business to the right of the cursor
	ligaturePresent bool     // should a ligature node be made for |cur_l|?
	lftHit, rtHit   bool     // did we hit a ligature with a boundary character?

	trie        [8001]twoHalves                  // |trie_link|, |trie_char|, |trie_op|
	hyfDistance [500]smallNumber                 // position |k-j| of $n_j$
	hyfNum      [500]smallNumber                 // value of $n_j$
	hyfNext     [500]quarterword                 // continuation code
	opStart     [256] /* 0..trieOpSize */ uint16 // offset for current language

	hyphWord  [308]strNumber // exception words
	hyphList  [308]halfword  // lists of hyphen positions
	hyphCount hyphPointer    // the number of words in the exception dictionary

	trieOpHash [1001] /* 0..trieOpSize */ uint16
	// trie op codes for quadruples
	trieUsed [256]quarterword
	// largest opcode used so far for this language
	trieOpLang [500]asciiCode
	// language part of a hashed quadruple
	trieOpVal [500]quarterword
	// opcode corresponding to a hashed quadruple
	trieOpPtr/* 0..trieOpSize */ uint16 // number of stored ops so far

	trieC [8001]packedAsciiCode
	// characters to match
	// \hskip10pt
	trieO [8001]quarterword
	// operations to perform
	// \hskip10pt
	trieL [8001]triePointer
	// left subtrie links
	// \hskip10pt
	trieR [8001]triePointer
	// right subtrie links
	// \hskip10pt
	triePtr triePointer // the number of nodes in the trie
	// \hskip10pt
	trieHash [8001]triePointer
	// used to identify equivalent subtries

	trieTaken [8000]bool
	// does a family start here?
	// \hskip10pt
	trieMin [256]triePointer
	// the first possible slot for each character
	// \hskip10pt
	trieMax triePointer // largest location used in |trie|
	// \hskip10pt
	trieNotReady bool // is the trie still in linked form?

	bestHeightPlusDepth scaled // height of the best box, without stretching or
	//   shrinking

	pageTail                               halfword // the final node on the current page
	pageContents/* empty..boxThere */ byte // what is on the current page so far?
	pageMaxDepth                           scaled   // maximum box depth on page being built
	bestPageBreak                          halfword // break here to get the best page known so far
	leastPageCost                          int32    // the score for this currently best page
	bestSize                               scaled   // its |page_goal|

	pageSoFar       [8]scaled // height and glue of the current page
	lastGlue        halfword  // used to implement \.[\\lastskip]
	lastPenalty     int32     // used to implement \.[\\lastpenalty]
	lastKern        scaled    // used to implement \.[\\lastkern]
	insertPenalties int32     // sum of the penalties for insertions
	//   that were held over

	outputActive bool // are we in the midst of an output routine?

	mainF          internalFontNumber // the current font
	mainI          fourQuarters       // character information bytes for |cur_l|
	mainJ          fourQuarters       // ligature/kern command
	mainK          fontIndex          // index into |font_info|
	mainP          halfword           // temporary register for list manipulation
	mainS          int32              // space factor value
	bchar          halfword           // boundary character of current font, or |non_char|
	falseBchar     halfword           // nonexistent character matching |bchar|, or |non_char|
	cancelBoundary bool               // should the left boundary be ignored?
	insDisc        bool               // should we insert a discretionary node?

	curBox halfword // box to be placed into its context

	afterToken halfword // zero, or a saved token

	longHelpSeen bool // has the long \.[\\errmessage] help been used?

	formatIdent strNumber

	fmtFile wordFile // for input or output of format information

	readyAlready int32 // a sacrifice of purity for economy

	writeFile [16]alphaFile
	writeOpen [18]bool

	writeLoc halfword // |eqtb| address of \.[\\write]
}

func (prg *prg) initialize() { // this procedure gets things started properly
	var (
		// Local variables for initialization
		i int32

		k int32 // index into |mem|, |eqtb|, etc.

		z hyphPointer // runs through the exception dictionary
	)
	prg.xchr[040] = ' '
	prg.xchr[041] = '!'
	prg.xchr[042] = '"'
	prg.xchr[043] = '#'
	prg.xchr[044] = '$'
	prg.xchr[045] = '%'
	prg.xchr[046] = '&'
	prg.xchr[047] = '\''

	prg.xchr[050] = '('
	prg.xchr[051] = ')'
	prg.xchr[052] = '*'
	prg.xchr[053] = '+'
	prg.xchr[054] = ','
	prg.xchr[055] = '-'
	prg.xchr[056] = '.'
	prg.xchr[057] = '/'

	prg.xchr[060] = '0'
	prg.xchr[061] = '1'
	prg.xchr[062] = '2'
	prg.xchr[063] = '3'
	prg.xchr[064] = '4'
	prg.xchr[065] = '5'
	prg.xchr[066] = '6'
	prg.xchr[067] = '7'

	prg.xchr[070] = '8'
	prg.xchr[071] = '9'
	prg.xchr[072] = ':'
	prg.xchr[073] = ';'
	prg.xchr[074] = '<'
	prg.xchr[075] = '='
	prg.xchr[076] = '>'
	prg.xchr[077] = '?'

	prg.xchr[0100] = '@'
	prg.xchr[0101] = 'A'
	prg.xchr[0102] = 'B'
	prg.xchr[0103] = 'C'
	prg.xchr[0104] = 'D'
	prg.xchr[0105] = 'E'
	prg.xchr[0106] = 'F'
	prg.xchr[0107] = 'G'

	prg.xchr[0110] = 'H'
	prg.xchr[0111] = 'I'
	prg.xchr[0112] = 'J'
	prg.xchr[0113] = 'K'
	prg.xchr[0114] = 'L'
	prg.xchr[0115] = 'M'
	prg.xchr[0116] = 'N'
	prg.xchr[0117] = 'O'

	prg.xchr[0120] = 'P'
	prg.xchr[0121] = 'Q'
	prg.xchr[0122] = 'R'
	prg.xchr[0123] = 'S'
	prg.xchr[0124] = 'T'
	prg.xchr[0125] = 'U'
	prg.xchr[0126] = 'V'
	prg.xchr[0127] = 'W'

	prg.xchr[0130] = 'X'
	prg.xchr[0131] = 'Y'
	prg.xchr[0132] = 'Z'
	prg.xchr[0133] = '['
	prg.xchr[0134] = '\\'
	prg.xchr[0135] = ']'
	prg.xchr[0136] = '^'
	prg.xchr[0137] = '_'

	prg.xchr[0140] = '`'
	prg.xchr[0141] = 'a'
	prg.xchr[0142] = 'b'
	prg.xchr[0143] = 'c'
	prg.xchr[0144] = 'd'
	prg.xchr[0145] = 'e'
	prg.xchr[0146] = 'f'
	prg.xchr[0147] = 'g'

	prg.xchr[0150] = 'h'
	prg.xchr[0151] = 'i'
	prg.xchr[0152] = 'j'
	prg.xchr[0153] = 'k'
	prg.xchr[0154] = 'l'
	prg.xchr[0155] = 'm'
	prg.xchr[0156] = 'n'
	prg.xchr[0157] = 'o'

	prg.xchr[0160] = 'p'
	prg.xchr[0161] = 'q'
	prg.xchr[0162] = 'r'
	prg.xchr[0163] = 's'
	prg.xchr[0164] = 't'
	prg.xchr[0165] = 'u'
	prg.xchr[0166] = 'v'
	prg.xchr[0167] = 'w'

	prg.xchr[0170] = 'x'
	prg.xchr[0171] = 'y'
	prg.xchr[0172] = 'z'
	prg.xchr[0173] = '{'
	prg.xchr[0174] = '|'
	prg.xchr[0175] = '}'
	prg.xchr[0176] = '~'

	for ii := int32(0); ii <= 037; ii++ {
		i = ii
		_ = i
		prg.xchr[i] = ' '
	}
	for ii := int32(0177); ii <= 0377; ii++ {
		i = ii
		_ = i
		prg.xchr[i] = ' '
	}

	for ii := int32(firstTextChar); ii <= lastTextChar; ii++ {
		i = ii
		_ = i
		prg.xord[char(i)] = byte(invalidCode)
	}
	for ii := int32(0200); ii <= 0377; ii++ {
		i = ii
		_ = i
		prg.xord[prg.xchr[i]] = byte(i)
	}
	for ii := int32(0); ii <= 0176; ii++ {
		i = ii
		_ = i
		prg.xord[prg.xchr[i]] = byte(i)
	}

	prg.interaction = byte(errorStopMode)

	prg.deletionsAllowed = true
	prg.setBoxAllowed = true
	prg.errorCount = 0 // |history| is initialized elsewhere

	prg.helpPtr = 0
	prg.useErrHelp = false

	prg.interrupt = 0
	prg.okToInterrupt = true

	//  was_mem_end:=mem_min; [indicate that everything was previously free]
	// was_lo_max:=mem_min; was_hi_min:=mem_max;
	// panicking:=false;
	// [  ]

	prg.nestPtr = 0
	prg.maxNestStack = 0
	prg.curList.modeField = int16(vmode)
	prg.curList.headField = uint16(30000 - 1)
	prg.curList.tailField = uint16(30000 - 1)
	*prg.curList.auxField.int() = -65536000
	prg.curList.mlField = 0
	prg.curList.pgField = 0
	prg.shownMode = 0

	// Start a new current page
	prg.pageContents = byte(empty)
	prg.pageTail = uint16(30000 - 2)
	*(*prg.mem[30000-2].hh()).rh() = 0

	prg.lastGlue = 65535
	prg.lastPenalty = 0
	prg.lastKern = 0
	prg.pageSoFar[7] = 0
	prg.pageMaxDepth = 0

	for ii := int32(intBase); ii <= eqtbSize; ii++ {
		k = ii
		_ = k
		prg.xeqLevel[k-5263] = byte(levelOne)
	}

	prg.noNewControlSequence = true // new identifiers are usually forbidden
	*prg.hash[hashBase-514].lh() = 0
	*prg.hash[hashBase-514].rh() = 0
	for ii := int32(hashBase + 1); ii <= undefinedControlSequence-1; ii++ {
		k = ii
		_ = k
		prg.hash[k-514] = prg.hash[hashBase-514]
	}

	prg.savePtr = 0
	prg.curLevel = byte(levelOne)
	prg.curGroup = byte(bottomLevel)
	prg.curBoundary = 0
	prg.maxSaveStack = 0

	prg.magSet = 0

	prg.curMark[topMarkCode] = 0
	prg.curMark[firstMarkCode] = 0
	prg.curMark[botMarkCode] = 0
	prg.curMark[splitFirstMarkCode] = 0
	prg.curMark[splitBotMarkCode] = 0

	prg.curVal = 0
	prg.curValLevel = byte(intVal)
	prg.radix = 0
	prg.curOrder = byte(normal)

	for ii := int32(0); ii <= 16; ii++ {
		k = ii
		_ = k
		prg.readOpen[k] = byte(closed)
	}

	prg.condPtr = 0
	prg.ifLimit = byte(normal)
	prg.curIf = 0
	prg.ifLine = 0

	strcopy(prg.texFormatDefault[:], "TeXformats:plain.fmt")
	// \xref[TeXformats]
	// \xref[plain]
	// \xref[system dependencies]

	for ii := int32(fontBase); ii <= fontMax; ii++ {
		k = ii
		_ = k
		prg.fontUsed[k] = false
	}

	prg.nullCharacter.b0 = byte(minQuarterword)
	prg.nullCharacter.b1 = byte(minQuarterword)
	prg.nullCharacter.b2 = byte(minQuarterword)
	prg.nullCharacter.b3 = byte(minQuarterword)

	prg.totalPages = 0
	prg.maxV = 0
	prg.maxH = 0
	prg.maxPush = 0
	prg.lastBop = -1
	prg.doingLeaders = false
	prg.deadCycles = 0
	prg.curS = -1

	prg.halfBuf = uint16(dviBufSize / 2)
	prg.dviLimit = uint16(dviBufSize)
	prg.dviPtr = 0
	prg.dviOffset = 0
	prg.dviGone = 0

	prg.downPtr = 0
	prg.rightPtr = 0

	prg.adjustTail = 0
	prg.lastBadness = 0

	prg.packBeginLine = 0

	*prg.emptyField.rh() = uint16(empty)
	*prg.emptyField.lh() = 0

	prg.nullDelimiter.b0 = 0
	prg.nullDelimiter.b1 = byte(minQuarterword)

	prg.nullDelimiter.b2 = 0
	prg.nullDelimiter.b3 = byte(minQuarterword)

	prg.alignPtr = 0
	prg.curAlign = 0
	prg.curSpan = 0
	prg.curLoop = 0
	prg.curHead = 0
	prg.curTail = 0

	for ii := int32(0); ii <= hyphSize; ii++ {
		z = hyphPointer(ii)
		_ = z
		prg.hyphWord[z] = 0
		prg.hyphList[z] = 0
	}
	prg.hyphCount = 0

	prg.outputActive = false
	prg.insertPenalties = 0

	prg.ligaturePresent = false
	prg.cancelBoundary = false
	prg.lftHit = false
	prg.rtHit = false
	prg.insDisc = false

	prg.afterToken = 0

	prg.longHelpSeen = false

	prg.formatIdent = 0

	for ii := int32(0); ii <= 17; ii++ {
		k = ii
		_ = k
		prg.writeOpen[k] = false
	}

	// Initialize table entries (done by \.[INITEX] only)
	for ii := int32(memBot + 1); ii <= memBot+glueSpecSize+glueSpecSize+glueSpecSize+glueSpecSize+glueSpecSize-1; ii++ {
		k = ii
		_ = k
		*prg.mem[k].int() = 0
	}
	// all glue dimensions are zeroed
	// \xref[data structure assumptions]
	k = memBot
	for k <= memBot+glueSpecSize+glueSpecSize+glueSpecSize+glueSpecSize+glueSpecSize-1 {
		// set first words of glue specifications
		*(*prg.mem[k].hh()).rh() = uint16(0 + 1)
		*(*prg.mem[k].hh()).b0() = byte(normal)
		*(*prg.mem[k].hh()).b1() = byte(normal)
		k = k + glueSpecSize
	}
	*prg.mem[memBot+glueSpecSize+2].int() = 0200000
	*(*prg.mem[memBot+glueSpecSize].hh()).b0() = byte(fil)

	*prg.mem[memBot+glueSpecSize+glueSpecSize+2].int() = 0200000
	*(*prg.mem[memBot+glueSpecSize+glueSpecSize].hh()).b0() = byte(fill)

	*prg.mem[memBot+glueSpecSize+glueSpecSize+glueSpecSize+2].int() = 0200000
	*(*prg.mem[memBot+glueSpecSize+glueSpecSize+glueSpecSize].hh()).b0() = byte(fil)

	*prg.mem[memBot+glueSpecSize+glueSpecSize+glueSpecSize+3].int() = 0200000
	*(*prg.mem[memBot+glueSpecSize+glueSpecSize+glueSpecSize].hh()).b1() = byte(fil)

	*prg.mem[memBot+glueSpecSize+glueSpecSize+glueSpecSize+glueSpecSize+2].int() = -0200000
	*(*prg.mem[memBot+glueSpecSize+glueSpecSize+glueSpecSize+glueSpecSize].hh()).b0() = byte(fil)

	prg.rover = uint16(memBot + glueSpecSize + glueSpecSize + glueSpecSize + glueSpecSize + glueSpecSize - 1 + 1)
	*(*prg.mem[prg.rover].hh()).rh() = 65535 // now initialize the dynamic memory
	*(*prg.mem[prg.rover].hh()).lh() = 1000  // which is a 1000-word available node
	*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.rover)+1].hh()).lh() = prg.rover
	*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.rover)+1].hh()).rh() = prg.rover

	prg.loMemMax = uint16(int32(prg.rover) + 1000)
	*(*prg.mem[prg.loMemMax].hh()).rh() = 0
	*(*prg.mem[prg.loMemMax].hh()).lh() = 0

	for ii := int32(30000 - 13); ii <= 30000; ii++ {
		k = ii
		_ = k
		prg.mem[k] = prg.mem[prg.loMemMax]
	} // clear list heads

	// Initialize the special list heads and constant nodes
	*(*prg.mem[30000-10].hh()).lh() = uint16(07777 + frozenEndTemplate) // |link(omit_template)=null|

	*(*prg.mem[30000-9].hh()).rh() = uint16(maxQuarterword + 1)
	*(*prg.mem[30000-9].hh()).lh() = 0

	*(*prg.mem[30000-7].hh()).b0() = byte(hyphenated)
	*(*prg.mem[30000-7+1].hh()).lh() = 65535
	*(*prg.mem[30000-7].hh()).b1() = 0 // the |subtype| is never examined by the algorithm

	*(*prg.mem[30000].hh()).b1() = byte(255 + minQuarterword)
	*(*prg.mem[30000].hh()).b0() = byte(splitUp)
	*(*prg.mem[30000].hh()).rh() = 30000

	*(*prg.mem[30000-2].hh()).b0() = byte(glueNode)
	*(*prg.mem[30000-2].hh()).b1() = byte(normal)

	prg.avail = 0
	prg.memEnd = 30000
	prg.hiMemMin = uint16(30000 - 13) // initialize the one-word memory
	prg.varUsed = memBot + glueSpecSize + glueSpecSize + glueSpecSize + glueSpecSize + glueSpecSize - 1 + 1 - memBot
	prg.dynUsed = hiMemStatUsage
	// initialize statistics

	*(*prg.eqtb[undefinedControlSequence-1].hh()).b0() = byte(undefinedCs)
	*(*prg.eqtb[undefinedControlSequence-1].hh()).rh() = 0
	*(*prg.eqtb[undefinedControlSequence-1].hh()).b1() = byte(levelZero)
	for ii := int32(activeBase); ii <= undefinedControlSequence-1; ii++ {
		k = ii
		_ = k
		prg.eqtb[k-1] = prg.eqtb[undefinedControlSequence-1]
	}

	*(*prg.eqtb[glueBase-1].hh()).rh() = uint16(memBot)
	*(*prg.eqtb[glueBase-1].hh()).b1() = byte(levelOne)
	*(*prg.eqtb[glueBase-1].hh()).b0() = byte(glueRef)
	for ii := int32(glueBase + 1); ii <= localBase-1; ii++ {
		k = ii
		_ = k
		prg.eqtb[k-1] = prg.eqtb[glueBase-1]
	}
	*(*prg.mem[memBot].hh()).rh() = uint16(int32(*(*prg.mem[memBot].hh()).rh()) + localBase - glueBase)

	*(*prg.eqtb[parShapeLoc-1].hh()).rh() = 0
	*(*prg.eqtb[parShapeLoc-1].hh()).b0() = byte(shapeRef)
	*(*prg.eqtb[parShapeLoc-1].hh()).b1() = byte(levelOne)

	for ii := int32(outputRoutineLoc); ii <= toksBase+255; ii++ {
		k = ii
		_ = k
		prg.eqtb[k-1] = prg.eqtb[undefinedControlSequence-1]
	}
	*(*prg.eqtb[boxBase+0-1].hh()).rh() = 0
	*(*prg.eqtb[boxBase-1].hh()).b0() = byte(boxRef)
	*(*prg.eqtb[boxBase-1].hh()).b1() = byte(levelOne)
	for ii := int32(boxBase + 1); ii <= boxBase+255; ii++ {
		k = ii
		_ = k
		prg.eqtb[k-1] = prg.eqtb[boxBase-1]
	}
	*(*prg.eqtb[curFontLoc-1].hh()).rh() = uint16(fontBase)
	*(*prg.eqtb[curFontLoc-1].hh()).b0() = byte(data)
	*(*prg.eqtb[curFontLoc-1].hh()).b1() = byte(levelOne)

	for ii := int32(mathFontBase); ii <= mathFontBase+47; ii++ {
		k = ii
		_ = k
		prg.eqtb[k-1] = prg.eqtb[curFontLoc-1]
	}
	*(*prg.eqtb[catCodeBase-1].hh()).rh() = 0
	*(*prg.eqtb[catCodeBase-1].hh()).b0() = byte(data)
	*(*prg.eqtb[catCodeBase-1].hh()).b1() = byte(levelOne)

	for ii := int32(catCodeBase + 1); ii <= intBase-1; ii++ {
		k = ii
		_ = k
		prg.eqtb[k-1] = prg.eqtb[catCodeBase-1]
	}
	for ii := int32(0); ii <= 255; ii++ {
		k = ii
		_ = k
		*(*prg.eqtb[catCodeBase+k-1].hh()).rh() = uint16(otherChar)
		*(*prg.eqtb[mathCodeBase+k-1].hh()).rh() = uint16(k + 0)
		*(*prg.eqtb[sfCodeBase+k-1].hh()).rh() = 1000
	}
	*(*prg.eqtb[catCodeBase+carriageReturn-1].hh()).rh() = uint16(carRet)
	*(*prg.eqtb[catCodeBase+' '-1].hh()).rh() = uint16(spacer)
	*(*prg.eqtb[catCodeBase+'\\'-1].hh()).rh() = uint16(escape)
	*(*prg.eqtb[catCodeBase+'%'-1].hh()).rh() = uint16(comment)
	*(*prg.eqtb[catCodeBase+invalidCode-1].hh()).rh() = uint16(invalidChar)
	*(*prg.eqtb[catCodeBase+nullCode-1].hh()).rh() = uint16(ignore)
	for ii := int32('0'); ii <= '9'; ii++ {
		k = ii
		_ = k
		*(*prg.eqtb[mathCodeBase+k-1].hh()).rh() = uint16(k + 070000 + 0)
	}
	for ii := int32('A'); ii <= 'Z'; ii++ {
		k = ii
		_ = k
		*(*prg.eqtb[catCodeBase+k-1].hh()).rh() = uint16(letter)
		*(*prg.eqtb[catCodeBase+k+'a'-'A'-1].hh()).rh() = uint16(letter)

		*(*prg.eqtb[mathCodeBase+k-1].hh()).rh() = uint16(k + 070000 + 0400 + 0)
		*(*prg.eqtb[mathCodeBase+k+'a'-'A'-1].hh()).rh() = uint16(k + 'a' - 'A' + 070000 + 0400 + 0)

		*(*prg.eqtb[lcCodeBase+k-1].hh()).rh() = uint16(k + 'a' - 'A')
		*(*prg.eqtb[lcCodeBase+k+'a'-'A'-1].hh()).rh() = uint16(k + 'a' - 'A')

		*(*prg.eqtb[ucCodeBase+k-1].hh()).rh() = uint16(k)
		*(*prg.eqtb[ucCodeBase+k+'a'-'A'-1].hh()).rh() = uint16(k)

		*(*prg.eqtb[sfCodeBase+k-1].hh()).rh() = 999
	}

	for ii := int32(intBase); ii <= delCodeBase-1; ii++ {
		k = ii
		_ = k
		*prg.eqtb[k-1].int() = 0
	}
	*prg.eqtb[intBase+magCode-1].int() = 1000
	*prg.eqtb[intBase+toleranceCode-1].int() = 10000
	*prg.eqtb[intBase+hangAfterCode-1].int() = 1
	*prg.eqtb[intBase+maxDeadCyclesCode-1].int() = 25
	*prg.eqtb[intBase+escapeCharCode-1].int() = '\\'
	*prg.eqtb[intBase+endLineCharCode-1].int() = carriageReturn
	for ii := int32(0); ii <= 255; ii++ {
		k = ii
		_ = k
		*prg.eqtb[delCodeBase+k-1].int() = -1
	}
	*prg.eqtb[delCodeBase+'.'-1].int() = 0 // this null delimiter is used in error recovery

	for ii := int32(dimenBase); ii <= eqtbSize; ii++ {
		k = ii
		_ = k
		*prg.eqtb[k-1].int() = 0
	}

	prg.hashUsed = uint16(frozenControlSequence) // nothing is used
	prg.csCount = 0
	*(*prg.eqtb[frozenDontExpand-1].hh()).b0() = byte(dontExpand)
	*prg.hash[frozenDontExpand-514].rh() = 502
	// \xref[notexpanded:]

	prg.fontPtr = byte(fontBase)
	prg.fmemPtr = 7
	prg.fontName[fontBase] = /* "nullfont" */ 801
	prg.fontArea[fontBase] = /* "" */ 338
	prg.hyphenChar[fontBase] = '-'
	prg.skewChar[fontBase] = -1
	prg.bcharLabel[fontBase] = uint16(nonAddress)
	prg.fontBchar[fontBase] = uint16(256 + minQuarterword)
	prg.fontFalseBchar[fontBase] = uint16(256 + minQuarterword)
	prg.fontBc[fontBase] = 1
	prg.fontEc[fontBase] = 0
	prg.fontSize[fontBase] = 0
	prg.fontDsize[fontBase] = 0
	prg.charBase[fontBase] = 0
	prg.widthBase[fontBase] = 0
	prg.heightBase[fontBase] = 0
	prg.depthBase[fontBase] = 0
	prg.italicBase[fontBase] = 0
	prg.ligKernBase[fontBase] = 0
	prg.kernBase[fontBase] = 0
	prg.extenBase[fontBase] = 0
	prg.fontGlue[fontBase] = 0
	prg.fontParams[fontBase] = 7
	prg.paramBase[fontBase] = -1
	for ii := int32(0); ii <= 6; ii++ {
		k = ii
		_ = k
		*prg.fontInfo[k].int() = 0
	}

	for ii := int32(-trieOpSize); ii <= trieOpSize; ii++ {
		k = ii
		_ = k
		prg.trieOpHash[k+500] = 0
	}
	for ii := int32(0); ii <= 255; ii++ {
		k = ii
		_ = k
		prg.trieUsed[k] = byte(minQuarterword)
	}
	prg.trieOpPtr = 0

	prg.trieNotReady = true
	prg.trieL[0] = 0
	prg.trieC[0] = 0
	prg.triePtr = 0

	*prg.hash[frozenProtection-514].rh() = 1190
	// \xref[inaccessible]

	prg.formatIdent = /* " (INITEX)" */ 1257

	*prg.hash[endWrite-514].rh() = 1296
	*(*prg.eqtb[endWrite-1].hh()).b1() = byte(levelOne)
	*(*prg.eqtb[endWrite-1].hh()).b0() = byte(outerCall)
	*(*prg.eqtb[endWrite-1].hh()).rh() = 0

}

// \4
// Basic printing procedures
func (prg *prg) printLn() {
	switch prg.selector {
	case termAndLog:
		prg.termOut.Writeln()
		prg.logFile.Writeln()
		prg.termOffset = 0
		prg.fileOffset = 0

	case logOnly:
		prg.logFile.Writeln()
		prg.fileOffset = 0

	case termOnly:
		prg.termOut.Writeln()
		prg.termOffset = 0

	case noPrint, pseudo, newString:

	default:
		prg.writeFile[prg.selector].Writeln()
	}

} // |tally| is not affected

func (prg *prg) printChar(s asciiCode) {
	if int32(s) == *prg.eqtb[intBase+newLineCharCode-1].int() {
		// Character |s| is the current new-line character
		if int32(prg.selector) < pseudo {
			prg.printLn()
			goto exit
		}
	}
	switch prg.selector {
	case termAndLog:
		prg.termOut.Write(string(rune(prg.xchr[s])))
		prg.logFile.Write(string(rune(prg.xchr[s])))
		prg.termOffset = byte(int32(prg.termOffset) + 1)
		prg.fileOffset = byte(int32(prg.fileOffset) + 1)
		if int32(prg.termOffset) == maxPrintLine {
			prg.termOut.Writeln()
			prg.termOffset = 0
		}
		if int32(prg.fileOffset) == maxPrintLine {
			prg.logFile.Writeln()
			prg.fileOffset = 0
		}

	case logOnly:
		prg.logFile.Write(string(rune(prg.xchr[s])))
		prg.fileOffset = byte(int32(prg.fileOffset) + 1)
		if int32(prg.fileOffset) == maxPrintLine {
			prg.printLn()
		}

	case termOnly:
		prg.termOut.Write(string(rune(prg.xchr[s])))
		prg.termOffset = byte(int32(prg.termOffset) + 1)
		if int32(prg.termOffset) == maxPrintLine {
			prg.printLn()
		}

	case noPrint:
	case pseudo:
		if prg.tally < prg.trickCount {
			prg.trickBuf[prg.tally%errorLine] = s
		}
	case newString:
		if int32(prg.poolPtr) < poolSize {
			prg.strPool[prg.poolPtr] = s
			prg.poolPtr = uint16(int32(prg.poolPtr) + 1)
		}

		// we drop characters if the string space is full
	default:
		prg.writeFile[prg.selector].Write(string(rune(prg.xchr[s])))
	}

	prg.tally = prg.tally + 1

exit:
}

func (prg *prg) print(s int32) {
	var (
		j  poolPointer // current character code position
		nl int32       // new-line character to restore
	)
	if s >= int32(prg.strPtr) {
		s = /* "???" */ 259
	} else if s < 256 {
		if s < 0 {
			s = /* "???" */ 259
		} else {
			if int32(prg.selector) > pseudo {
				prg.printChar(asciiCode(s))
				goto exit // internal strings are not expanded
			}
			if s == *prg.eqtb[intBase+newLineCharCode-1].int() {
				if int32(prg.selector) < pseudo {
					prg.printLn()
					goto exit
				}
			}
			nl = *prg.eqtb[intBase+newLineCharCode-1].int()
			*prg.eqtb[intBase+newLineCharCode-1].int() = -1
			// temporarily disable new-line character
			j = prg.strStart[s]
			for int32(j) < int32(prg.strStart[s+1]) {
				prg.printChar(prg.strPool[j])
				j = uint16(int32(j) + 1)
			}
			*prg.eqtb[intBase+newLineCharCode-1].int() = nl
			goto exit
		}
	}
	j = prg.strStart[s]
	for int32(j) < int32(prg.strStart[s+1]) {
		prg.printChar(prg.strPool[j])
		j = uint16(int32(j) + 1)
	}

exit:
}

func (prg *prg) slowPrint(s int32) { // prints string |s|
	var (
		j poolPointer // current character code position
	)
	if s >= int32(prg.strPtr) || s < 256 {
		prg.print(s)
	} else {
		j = prg.strStart[s]
		for int32(j) < int32(prg.strStart[s+1]) {
			prg.print(int32(prg.strPool[j]))
			j = uint16(int32(j) + 1)
		}
	}
}

func (prg *prg) printNl(s strNumber) {
	if int32(prg.termOffset) > 0 && prg.selector&1 != 0 || int32(prg.fileOffset) > 0 && int32(prg.selector) >= logOnly {
		prg.printLn()
	}
	prg.print(int32(s))
}

func (prg *prg) printEsc(s strNumber) { // prints escape character, then |s|
	var (
		c int32 // the escape character code
	)
	c = *prg.eqtb[intBase+escapeCharCode-1].int()
	if c >= 0 {
		if c < 256 {
			prg.print(c)
		}
	}
	prg.slowPrint(int32(s))
}

func (prg *prg) printTheDigs(k eightBits) {
	for int32(k) > 0 {
		k = byte(int32(k) - 1)
		if int32(prg.dig[k]) < 10 {
			prg.printChar(asciiCode('0' + int32(prg.dig[k])))
		} else {
			prg.printChar(asciiCode('A' - 10 + int32(prg.dig[k])))
		}
	}
}

func (prg *prg) printInt(n int32) { // prints an integer in decimal form
	var (
		k/* 0..23 */ byte       // index to current digit; we assume that $\vert n\vert<10^[23]$
		m                 int32 // used to negate |n| in possibly dangerous cases
	)
	k = 0
	if n < 0 {
		prg.printChar(asciiCode('-'))
		if n > -100000000 {
			n = -n
		} else {
			m = -1 - n
			n = m / 10
			m = m%10 + 1
			k = 1
			if m < 10 {
				prg.dig[0] = byte(m)
			} else {
				prg.dig[0] = 0
				n = n + 1
			}
		}
	}
	for {
		prg.dig[k] = byte(n % 10)
		n = n / 10
		k = byte(int32(k) + 1)
		if n == 0 {
			break
		}
	}
	prg.printTheDigs(k)
}

func (prg *prg) printCs(p int32) {
	if p < hashBase {
		if p >= singleBase {
			if p == nullCs {
				prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "csname" */ 504))
				prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "endcsname" */ 505))
				prg.printChar(asciiCode(' '))
			} else {
				prg.printEsc(strNumber(p - singleBase))
				if int32(*(*prg.eqtb[catCodeBase+p-singleBase-1].hh()).rh()) == letter {
					prg.printChar(asciiCode(' '))
				}
			}
		} else if p < activeBase {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "IMPOSSIBLE." */ 506))
		} else {
			prg.print(p - activeBase)
		}
	} else if p >= undefinedControlSequence {
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "IMPOSSIBLE." */ 506))
	} else if int32(*prg.hash[p-514].rh()) < 0 || int32(*prg.hash[p-514].rh()) >= int32(prg.strPtr) {
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "NONEXISTENT." */ 507))
	} else {
		prg.printEsc(*prg.hash[p-514].rh())
		prg.printChar(asciiCode(' '))
	}
}

func (prg *prg) sprintCs(p halfword) {
	if int32(p) < hashBase {
		if int32(p) < singleBase {
			prg.print(int32(p) - activeBase)
		} else if int32(p) < nullCs {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber(int32(p) - singleBase))
		} else {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "csname" */ 504))
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "endcsname" */ 505))
		}
	} else {
		prg.printEsc(*prg.hash[p-514].rh())
	}
}

func (prg *prg) printFileName(n, a, e int32) {
	prg.slowPrint(a)
	prg.slowPrint(n)
	prg.slowPrint(e)
}

func (prg *prg) printSize(s int32) {
	if s == textSize {
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "textfont" */ 412))
	} else if s == scriptSize {
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "scriptfont" */ 413))
	} else {
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "scriptscriptfont" */ 414))
	}
}

func (prg *prg) printWriteWhatsit(s strNumber, p halfword) {
	prg.printEsc(s)
	if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).lh()) < 16 {
		prg.printInt(int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).lh()))
	} else if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).lh()) == 16 {
		prg.printChar(asciiCode('*'))
	} else {
		prg.printChar(asciiCode('-'))
	}
} // \2

// \4\hskip-\fontdimen2\font
//  procedure debug_help;
//   forward;  [  ]

func (prg *prg) jumpOut() {
	panic(signal(endOfTex))
}

func (prg *prg) error1() {
	var (
		c              asciiCode // what the user types
		s1, s2, s3, s4 int32
	// used to save global variables when deleting tokens
	)
	if int32(prg.history) < errorMessageIssued {
		prg.history = byte(errorMessageIssued)
	}
	prg.printChar(asciiCode('.'))
	prg.showContext()
	if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
		for true {
		continue1:
			if int32(prg.interaction) != errorStopMode {
				goto exit
			}
			prg.clearForErrorPrompt()
			{
				prg.print( /* "? " */ 264)
				prg.termInput()
			}
			// \xref[?\relax]
			if int32(prg.last) == int32(prg.first) {
				goto exit
			}
			c = prg.buffer[prg.first]
			if int32(c) >= 'a' {
				c = byte(int32(c) + 'A' - 'a')
			} // convert to uppercase

			// Interpret code |c| and |return| if done
			switch c {
			case '0', '1', '2', '3',
				'4', '5', '6', '7',
				'8', '9':
				if prg.deletionsAllowed {
					s1 = int32(prg.curTok)
					s2 = int32(prg.curCmd)
					s3 = int32(prg.curChr)
					s4 = prg.alignState
					prg.alignState = 1000000
					prg.okToInterrupt = false
					if int32(prg.last) > int32(prg.first)+1 && int32(prg.buffer[int32(prg.first)+1]) >= '0' && int32(prg.buffer[int32(prg.first)+1]) <= '9' {
						c = byte(int32(c)*10 + int32(prg.buffer[int32(prg.first)+1]) - '0'*11)
					} else {
						c = byte(int32(c) - '0')
					}
					for int32(c) > 0 {
						prg.getToken() // one-level recursive call of |error| is possible
						c = byte(int32(c) - 1)
					}
					prg.curTok = uint16(s1)
					prg.curCmd = byte(s2)
					prg.curChr = uint16(s3)
					prg.alignState = s4
					prg.okToInterrupt = true
					{
						prg.helpPtr = 2
						prg.helpLine[1] = /* "I have just deleted some text, as you asked." */ 279
						prg.helpLine[0] = /* "You can now delete more, or insert, or whatever." */ 280
					}
					prg.showContext()
					goto continue1
				}

			// \4\4
			//  ["D"=]68: begin debug_help; goto continue; end; [  ]

			// "E"=
			case 'E':
				if int32(prg.basePtr) > 0 {
					if int32(prg.inputStack[prg.basePtr].nameField) >= 256 {
						prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "You want to edit file " */ 265))
						// \xref[You want to edit file x]
						prg.slowPrint(int32(prg.inputStack[prg.basePtr].nameField))
						prg.print( /* " at line " */ 266)
						prg.printInt(prg.line)
						prg.interaction = byte(scrollMode)
						prg.jumpOut()
					}
				}
			// "H"=
			case 'H':
				// Print the help information and |goto continue|
				if prg.useErrHelp {
					prg.giveErrHelp()
					prg.useErrHelp = false
				} else {
					if int32(prg.helpPtr) == 0 {
						prg.helpPtr = 2
						prg.helpLine[1] = /* "Sorry, I don't know how to help in this situation." */ 281
						prg.helpLine[0] = /* "Maybe you should try asking a human?" */ 282
					}
					for {
						prg.helpPtr = byte(int32(prg.helpPtr) - 1)
						prg.print(int32(prg.helpLine[prg.helpPtr]))
						prg.printLn()
						if int32(prg.helpPtr) == 0 {
							break
						}
					}
				}
				{
					prg.helpPtr = 4
					prg.helpLine[3] = /* "Sorry, I already gave what help I could..." */ 283
					prg.helpLine[2] = /* "Maybe you should try asking a human?" */ 282
					prg.helpLine[1] = /* "An error might have occurred before I noticed any problems." */ 284
					prg.helpLine[0] = /* "``If all else fails, read the instructions.''" */ 285
				}

				goto continue1

			// "I"=
			case 'I':
				// Introduce new material from the terminal and |return|
				prg.beginFileReading() // enter a new syntactic level for terminal input
				// now |state=mid_line|, so an initial blank space will count as a blank
				if int32(prg.last) > int32(prg.first)+1 {
					prg.curInput.locField = uint16(int32(prg.first) + 1)
					prg.buffer[prg.first] = ' '
				} else {
					{
						prg.print( /* "insert>" */ 278)
						prg.termInput()
					}
					prg.curInput.locField = prg.first
					// \xref[insert>]
				}
				prg.first = prg.last
				prg.curInput.limitField = uint16(int32(prg.last) - 1) // no |end_line_char| ends this line
				// no |end_line_char| ends this line
				goto exit

			// "Q"=
			case 'Q', 'R', 'S':
				// Change the interaction level and |return|
				prg.errorCount = 0
				prg.interaction = byte(batchMode + int32(c) - 'Q')
				prg.print( /* "OK, entering " */ 273)
				switch c {
				case 'Q':
					prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "batchmode" */ 274))
					prg.selector = byte(int32(prg.selector) - 1)

				// "R"=
				case 'R':
					prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "nonstopmode" */ 275))
				// "S"=
				case 'S':
					prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "scrollmode" */ 276))
				} // there are no other cases
				prg.print( /* "..." */ 277)
				prg.printLn()
				goto exit

			// "X"=
			case 'X':
				prg.interaction = byte(scrollMode)
				prg.jumpOut()

			default:
			}

			// Print the menu of available options
			{
				prg.print( /* "Type <return> to proceed, S to scroll future error messages," */ 267)

				// \xref[Type <return> to proceed...]
				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "R to run without stopping, Q to run quietly," */ 268))

				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "I to insert something, " */ 269))
				if int32(prg.basePtr) > 0 {
					if int32(prg.inputStack[prg.basePtr].nameField) >= 256 {
						prg.print( /* "E to edit your file," */ 270)
					}
				}
				if prg.deletionsAllowed {
					prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "1 or ... or 9 to ignore the next 1 to 9 tokens of input," */ 271))
				}
				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "H for help, X to quit." */ 272))
			}
		}
	}
	prg.errorCount = int8(int32(prg.errorCount) + 1)
	if int32(prg.errorCount) == 100 {
		prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "(That makes 100 errors; please try again.)" */ 263))
		// \xref[That makes 100 errors...]
		prg.history = byte(fatalErrorStop)
		prg.jumpOut()
	}

	// Put help message on the transcript file
	if int32(prg.interaction) > batchMode {
		prg.selector = byte(int32(prg.selector) - 1)
	} // avoid terminal output
	if prg.useErrHelp {
		prg.printLn()
		prg.giveErrHelp()
	} else {
		for int32(prg.helpPtr) > 0 {
			prg.helpPtr = byte(int32(prg.helpPtr) - 1)
			prg.printNl(prg.helpLine[prg.helpPtr])
		}
	}
	prg.printLn()
	if int32(prg.interaction) > batchMode {
		prg.selector = byte(int32(prg.selector) + 1)
	} // re-enable terminal output
	prg.printLn()

exit:
}

func (prg *prg) fatalError(s strNumber) {
	prg.normalizeSelector()

	{
		if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
		}
		prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
		prg.print( /* "Emergency stop" */ 287)
	}
	{
		prg.helpPtr = 1
		prg.helpLine[0] = s
	}
	{
		if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			prg.interaction = byte(scrollMode)
		}
		if prg.logOpened {
			prg.error1()
		} /*  if interaction>batch_mode then debug_help; [  ] */
		prg.history = byte(fatalErrorStop)
		prg.jumpOut()
	}
	// \xref[Emergency stop]
}

func (prg *prg) overflow(s strNumber, n int32) {
	prg.normalizeSelector()
	{
		if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
		}
		prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
		prg.print( /* "TeX capacity exceeded, sorry [" */ 288)
	}
	// \xref[TeX capacity exceeded ...]
	prg.print(int32(s))
	prg.printChar(asciiCode('='))
	prg.printInt(n)
	prg.printChar(asciiCode(']'))
	{
		prg.helpPtr = 2
		prg.helpLine[1] = /* "If you really absolutely need more capacity," */ 289
		prg.helpLine[0] = /* "you can ask a wizard to enlarge me." */ 290
	}
	{
		if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			prg.interaction = byte(scrollMode)
		}
		if prg.logOpened {
			prg.error1()
		} /*  if interaction>batch_mode then debug_help; [  ] */
		prg.history = byte(fatalErrorStop)
		prg.jumpOut()
	}
}

func (prg *prg) confusion(s strNumber) {
	prg.normalizeSelector()
	if int32(prg.history) < errorMessageIssued {
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			}
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
			prg.print( /* "This can't happen (" */ 291)
		}
		prg.print(int32(s))
		prg.printChar(asciiCode(')'))
		// \xref[This can't happen]
		{
			prg.helpPtr = 1
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "I'm broken. Please show this to someone who can fix can fix" */ 292
		}
	} else {
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			}
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
			prg.print( /* "I can't go on meeting you like this" */ 293)
		}
		// \xref[I can't go on...]
		{
			prg.helpPtr = 2
			prg.helpLine[1] = /* "One of your faux pas seems to have wounded me deeply..." */ 294
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "in fact, I'm barely conscious. Please fix it and try again." */ 295
		}
	}
	{
		if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			prg.interaction = byte(scrollMode)
		}
		if prg.logOpened {
			prg.error1()
		} /*  if interaction>batch_mode then debug_help; [  ] */
		prg.history = byte(fatalErrorStop)
		prg.jumpOut()
	}
}

// 5.

// tangle:pos tex.web:268:3:

// The overall \TeX\ program begins with the heading just shown, after which
// comes a bunch of procedure declarations and function declarations.
// Finally we will get to the main program, which begins with the
// comment `|start_here|'. If you want to skip down to the
// main program now, you can look up `|start_here|' in the index.
// But the author suggests that the best way to understand this program
// is to follow pretty much the order of \TeX's components as they appear in the
// \.[WEB] description you are now reading, since the present ordering is
// intended to combine the advantages of the ``bottom up'' and ``top down''
// approaches to the problem of understanding a somewhat complicated system.

// 7.

// tangle:pos tex.web:290:3:

// Some of the code below is intended to be used only when diagnosing the
// strange behavior that sometimes occurs when \TeX\ is being installed or
// when system wizards are fooling around with \TeX\ without quite knowing
// what they are doing. Such code will not normally be compiled; it is
// delimited by the codewords `$|debug|\ldots|gubed|$', with apologies
// to people who wish to preserve the purity of English.
//
// Similarly, there is some conditional code delimited by
// `$|stat|\ldots|tats|$' that is intended for use when statistics are to be
// kept about \TeX's memory usage.  The |stat| $\ldots$ |tats| code also
// implements diagnostic information for \.[\\tracingparagraphs],
// \.[\\tracingpages], and \.[\\tracingrestores].
// \xref[debugging]

// 10.

// tangle:pos tex.web:348:3:

// This \TeX\ implementation conforms to the rules of the [\sl Pascal User
// \xref[PASCAL][\PASCAL]
// \xref[system dependencies]
// Manual] published by Jensen and Wirth in 1975, except where system-dependent
// \xref[Wirth, Niklaus]
// \xref[Jensen, Kathleen]
// code is necessary to make a useful system program, and except in another
// respect where such conformity would unnecessarily obscure the meaning
// and clutter up the code: We assume that |case| statements may include a
// default case that applies if no matching label is found. Thus, we shall use
// constructions like
// $$\vbox[\halign[\ignorespaces#\hfil\cr
// |case x of|\cr
// 1: $\langle\,$code for $x=1\,\rangle$;\cr
// 3: $\langle\,$code for $x=3\,\rangle$;\cr
// |othercases| $\langle\,$code for |x<>1| and |x<>3|$\,\rangle$\cr
// |endcases|\cr]]$$
// since most \PASCAL\ compilers have plugged this hole in the language by
// incorporating some sort of default mechanism. For example, the \ph\
// compiler allows `|others|:' as a default label, and other \PASCAL s allow
// syntaxes like `\&[else]' or `\&[otherwise]' or `\\[otherwise]:', etc. The
// definitions of |othercases| and |endcases| should be changed to agree with
// local conventions.  Note that no semicolon appears before |endcases| in
// this program, so the definition of |endcases| should include a semicolon
// if the compiler wants one. (Of course, if no default mechanism is
// available, the |case| statements of \TeX\ will have to be laboriously
// extended by listing all remaining cases. People who are stuck with such
// \PASCAL s have, in fact, done this, successfully but not happily!)
// \xref[PASCAL H][\ph]

// 12.

// tangle:pos tex.web:430:3:

// Like the preceding parameters, the following quantities can be changed
// at compile time to extend or reduce \TeX's capacity. But if they are changed,
// it is necessary to rerun the initialization program \.[INITEX]
// \xref[INITEX]
// to generate new tables for the production \TeX\ program.
// One can't simply make helter-skelter changes to the following constants,
// since certain rather complex initialization
// numbers are computed from them. They are defined here using
// \.[WEB] macros, instead of being put into \PASCAL's |const| list, in order to
// emphasize this distinction.

// 15.

// tangle:pos tex.web:476:3:

// Labels are given symbolic names by the following definitions, so that
// occasional |goto| statements will be meaningful. We insert the label
// `|exit|' just before the `\ignorespaces|end|\unskip' of a procedure in
// which we have used the `|return|' statement defined below; the label
// `|restart|' is occasionally used at the very beginning of a procedure; and
// the label `|reswitch|' is occasionally used just prior to a |case|
// statement in which some cases change the conditions and we wish to branch
// to the newly applicable case.  Loops that are set up with the |loop|
// construction defined below are commonly exited by going to `|done|' or to
// `|found|' or to `|not_found|', and they are sometimes repeated by going to
// `|continue|'.  If two or more parts of a subroutine start differently but
// end up the same, the shared code may be gathered together at
// `|common_ending|'.
//
// Incidentally, this program never declares a label that isn't actually used,
// because some fussy \PASCAL\ compilers will complain about redundant labels.

// 16.

// tangle:pos tex.web:510:3:

// Here are some macros for common programming idioms.

// 17. \[2] The character set

// tangle:pos tex.web:523:27:

// In order to make \TeX\ readily portable to a wide variety of
// computers, all of its input text is converted to an internal eight-bit
// code that includes standard ASCII, the ``American Standard Code for
// Information Interchange.''  This conversion is done immediately when each
// character is read in. Conversely, characters are converted from ASCII to
// the user's external representation just before they are output to a
// text file.
//
// Such an internal code is relevant to users of \TeX\ primarily because it
// governs the positions of characters in the fonts. For example, the
// character `\.A' has ASCII code $65=@'101$, and when \TeX\ typesets
// this letter it specifies character number 65 in the current font.
// If that font actually has `\.A' in a different position, \TeX\ doesn't
// know what the real position is; the program that does the actual printing from
// \TeX's device-independent files is responsible for converting from ASCII to
// a particular font encoding.
// \xref[ASCII code]
//
// \TeX's internal code also defines the value of constants
// that begin with a reverse apostrophe; and it provides an index to the
// \.[\\catcode], \.[\\mathcode], \.[\\uccode], \.[\\lccode], and \.[\\delcode]
// tables.

// 22.

// tangle:pos tex.web:702:3:

// Some of the ASCII codes without visible characters have been given symbolic
// names in this program because they are used with a special meaning.

// 27.

// tangle:pos tex.web:808:3:

// The \ph\ compiler with which the present version of \TeX\ was prepared has
// extended the rules of \PASCAL\ in a very convenient way. To open file~|f|,
// we can write
// $$\vbox[\halign[#\hfil\qquad&#\hfil\cr
// |reset(f,\\[name],'/O')|&for input;\cr
// |rewrite(f,\\[name],'/O')|&for output.\cr]]$$
// The `\\[name]' parameter, which is of type `[\bf packed array
// $[\langle\\[any]\rangle]$ of \\[char]]', stands for the name of
// the external file that is being opened for input or output.
// Blank spaces that might appear in \\[name] are ignored.
//
// The `\.[/O]' parameter tells the operating system not to issue its own
// error messages if something goes wrong. If a file of the specified name
// cannot be found, or if such a file cannot be opened for some other reason
// (e.g., someone may already be trying to write the same file), we will have
// | erstat(f)<>0| after an unsuccessful |reset| or |rewrite|.  This allows
// \TeX\ to undertake appropriate corrective action.
// \xref[PASCAL H][\ph]
// \xref[system dependencies]
//
// \TeX's file-opening procedures return |false| if no file identified by
// |name_of_file| could be opened.
func (prg *prg) aOpenIn(f alphaFile) (r bool) {
	f.Reset(arraystr(prg.nameOfFile[:]), "/O")
	r = f.ErStat() == 0
	return r
}

func (prg *prg) aOpenOut(f alphaFile) (r bool) {
	f.Rewrite(arraystr(prg.nameOfFile[:]), "/O")
	r = f.ErStat() == 0
	return r
}

func (prg *prg) bOpenIn(f byteFile) (r bool) {
	f.Reset(arraystr(prg.nameOfFile[:]), "/O")
	r = f.ErStat() == 0
	return r
}

func (prg *prg) bOpenOut(f byteFile) (r bool) {
	f.Rewrite(arraystr(prg.nameOfFile[:]), "/O")
	r = f.ErStat() == 0
	return r
}

func (prg *prg) wOpenIn(f wordFile) (r bool) {
	f.Reset(arraystr(prg.nameOfFile[:]), "/O")
	r = f.ErStat() == 0
	return r
}

func (prg *prg) wOpenOut(f wordFile) (r bool) {
	f.Rewrite(arraystr(prg.nameOfFile[:]), "/O")
	r = f.ErStat() == 0
	return r
}

// 28.

// tangle:pos tex.web:864:3:

// Files can be closed with the \ph\ routine `|close(f)|', which
// \xref[PASCAL H][\ph]
// \xref[system dependencies]
// should be used when all input or output with respect to |f| has been completed.
// This makes |f| available to be opened again, if desired; and if |f| was used for
// output, the |close| operation makes the corresponding external file appear
// on the user's area, ready to be read.
//
// These procedures should not generate error messages if a file is
// being closed before it has been successfully opened.
func (prg *prg) aClose(f alphaFile) {
	f.Close()
}

func (prg *prg) bClose(f byteFile) {
	f.Close()
}

func (prg *prg) wClose(f wordFile) {
	f.Close()
}

// 29.

// tangle:pos tex.web:887:3:

// Binary input and output are done with \PASCAL's ordinary |get| and |put|
// procedures, so we don't have to make any other special arrangements for
// binary~I/O. Text output is also easy to do with standard \PASCAL\ routines.
// The treatment of text input is more difficult, however, because
// of the necessary translation to |ASCII_code| values.
// \TeX's conventions should be efficient, and they should
// blend nicely with the user's operating environment.

// 31.

// tangle:pos tex.web:908:3:

// The |input_ln| function brings the next line of input from the specified
// file into available positions of the buffer array and returns the value
// |true|, unless the file has already been entirely read, in which case it
// returns |false| and sets |last:=first|.  In general, the |ASCII_code|
// numbers that represent the next line of the file are input into
// |buffer[first]|, |buffer[first+1]|, \dots, |buffer[last-1]|; and the
// global variable |last| is set equal to |first| plus the length of the
// line. Trailing blanks are removed from the line; thus, either |last=first|
// (in which case the line was entirely blank) or |buffer[last-1]<>" "|.
//
// An overflow error is given, however, if the normal actions of |input_ln|
// would make |last>=buf_size|; this is done so that other parts of \TeX\
// can safely look at the contents of |buffer[last+1]| without overstepping
// the bounds of the |buffer| array. Upon entry to |input_ln|, the condition
// |first<buf_size| will always hold, so that there is always room for an
// “empty” line.
//
// The variable |max_buf_stack|, which is used to keep track of how large
// the |buf_size| parameter must be to accommodate the present job, is
// also kept up to date by |input_ln|.
//
// If the |bypass_eoln| parameter is |true|, |input_ln| will do a |get|
// before looking at the first character of the line; this skips over
// an |eoln| that was in |f^|. The procedure does not do a |get| when it
// reaches the end of the line; therefore it can be used to acquire input
// from the user's terminal as well as from ordinary text files.
//
// Standard \PASCAL\ says that a file should have |eoln| immediately
// before |eof|, but \TeX\ needs only a weaker restriction: If |eof|
// occurs in the middle of a line, the system function |eoln| should return
// a |true| result (even though |f^| will be undefined).
//
// Since the inner loop of |input_ln| is part of \TeX's “inner loop”---each
// character of input comes in at this place---it is wise to reduce system
// overhead by making use of special routines that read in an entire array
// of characters at once, if such routines are available. The following
// code uses standard \PASCAL\ to illustrate what needs to be done, but
// finer tuning is often possible at well-developed \PASCAL\ sites.
// \xref[inner loop]
func (prg *prg) inputLn(f alphaFile, bypassEoln bool) (r bool) {
	// inputs the next line or returns |false|
	var (
		lastNonblank /* 0..bufSize */ uint16 // |last| with trailing blanks removed
	)
	if bypassEoln {
		if !f.EOF() && f.EOLN() {
			f.Get()
		}
	}
	// input the first character of the line into |f^|
	prg.last = prg.first // cf.\ Matthew 19\thinspace:\thinspace30
	if f.EOF() {
		r = false
	} else {
		lastNonblank = prg.first
		for !f.EOLN() {
			if int32(prg.last) >= int32(prg.maxBufStack) {
				prg.maxBufStack = uint16(int32(prg.last) + 1)
				if int32(prg.maxBufStack) == bufSize {
					if int32(prg.formatIdent) == 0 {
						prg.termOut.Writeln("Buffer size exceeded!")
						panic(signal(finalEnd))
						// \xref[Buffer size exceeded]
					} else {
						prg.curInput.locField = prg.first
						prg.curInput.limitField = uint16(int32(prg.last) - 1)
						prg.overflow(strNumber( /* "buffer size" */ 256), bufSize)
						// \xref[TeX capacity exceeded buffer size][\quad buffer size]
					}
				}
			}
			prg.buffer[prg.last] = prg.xord[*f.ByteP()]
			f.Get()
			prg.last = uint16(int32(prg.last) + 1)
			if int32(prg.buffer[int32(prg.last)-1]) != ' ' {
				lastNonblank = prg.last
			}
		}
		prg.last = lastNonblank
		r = true
	}
	return r
}

// 33.

// tangle:pos tex.web:979:3:

// Here is how to open the terminal files
// in \ph. The `\.[/I]' switch suppresses the first |get|.
// \xref[PASCAL H][\ph]
// \xref[system dependencies]

// 34.

// tangle:pos tex.web:987:3:

// Sometimes it is necessary to synchronize the input/output mixture that
// happens on the user's terminal, and three system-dependent
// procedures are used for this
// purpose. The first of these, |update_terminal|, is called when we want
// to make sure that everything we have output to the terminal so far has
// actually left the computer's internal buffers and been sent.
// The second, |clear_terminal|, is called when we wish to cancel any
// input that the user may have typed ahead (since we are about to
// issue an unexpected error message). The third, |wake_up_terminal|,
// is supposed to revive the terminal if the user has disabled it by
// some instruction to the operating system.  The following macros show how
// these operations can be specified in \ph:
// \xref[PASCAL H][\ph]
// \xref[system dependencies]

// 36.

// tangle:pos tex.web:1044:3:

// Different systems have different ways to get started. But regardless of
// what conventions are adopted, the routine that initializes the terminal
// should satisfy the following specifications:
//
// \yskip\textindent[1)]It should open file |term_in| for input from the
//   terminal. (The file |term_out| will already be open for output to the
//   terminal.)
//
// \textindent[2)]If the user has given a command line, this line should be
//   considered the first line of terminal input. Otherwise the
//   user should be prompted with `\.[**]', and the first line of input
//   should be whatever is typed in response.
//
// \textindent[3)]The first line of input, which might or might not be a
//   command line, should appear in locations |first| to |last-1| of the
//   |buffer| array.
//
// \textindent[4)]The global variable |loc| should be set so that the
//   character to be read next by \TeX\ is in |buffer[loc]|. This
//   character should not be blank, and we should have |loc<last|.
//
// \yskip\noindent(It may be necessary to prompt the user several times
// before a non-blank line comes in. The prompt is `\.[**]' instead of the
// later `\.*' because the meaning is slightly different: `\.[\\input]' need
// not be typed immediately after~`\.[**]'.)

// 37.

// tangle:pos tex.web:1072:3:

// The following program does the required initialization
// without retrieving a possible command line.
// It should be clear how to modify this routine to deal with command lines,
// if the system permits them.
// \xref[system dependencies]
func (prg *prg) initTerminal() (r bool) {
	prg.termIn.Reset("TTY:", "/O/I")
	for true {
		prg.termOut.Write("**")
		// \xref[**]
		if !prg.inputLn(prg.termIn, true) {
			prg.termOut.Writeln()
			prg.termOut.Writeln("! End of file on the terminal... why?")
			// \xref[End of file on the terminal]
			r = false
			goto exit
		}
		prg.curInput.locField = prg.first
		for int32(prg.curInput.locField) < int32(prg.last) && int32(prg.buffer[prg.curInput.locField]) == ' ' {
			prg.curInput.locField = uint16(int32(prg.curInput.locField) + 1)
		}
		if int32(prg.curInput.locField) < int32(prg.last) {
			r = true

			goto exit // return unless the line was all blank
		}
		prg.termOut.Writeln("Please type the name of your input file.")
	}

exit:
	;
	return r
}

// 40.

// tangle:pos tex.web:1156:3:

// Several of the elementary string operations are performed using \.[WEB]
// macros instead of \PASCAL\ procedures, because many of the
// operations are done quite frequently and we want to avoid the
// overhead of procedure calls. For example, here is
// a simple macro that computes the length of a string.
// \xref[WEB]

// 41.

// tangle:pos tex.web:1166:3:

// The length of the current string is called |cur_length|:

// 42.

// tangle:pos tex.web:1170:3:

// Strings are created by appending character codes to |str_pool|.
// The |append_char| macro, defined here, does not check to see if the
// value of |pool_ptr| has gotten too high; this test is supposed to be
// made before |append_char| is used. There is also a |flush_char|
// macro, which erases the last character appended.
//
// To test if there is room to append |l| more characters to |str_pool|,
// we shall write |str_room(l)|, which aborts \TeX\ and gives an
// apologetic error message if there isn't enough room.

// 43.

// tangle:pos tex.web:1190:3:

// Once a sequence of characters has been appended to |str_pool|, it
// officially becomes a string when the function |make_string| is called.
// This function returns the identification number of the new string as its
// value.
func (prg *prg) makeString() (r strNumber) {
	if int32(prg.strPtr) == maxStrings {
		prg.overflow(strNumber( /* "number of strings" */ 258), maxStrings-int32(prg.initStrPtr))
	}
	// \xref[TeX capacity exceeded number of strings][\quad number of strings]
	prg.strPtr = uint16(int32(prg.strPtr) + 1)
	prg.strStart[prg.strPtr] = prg.poolPtr
	r = uint16(int32(prg.strPtr) - 1)
	return r
}

// 44.

// tangle:pos tex.web:1203:3:

// To destroy the most recently made string, we say |flush_string|.

// 45.

// tangle:pos tex.web:1208:3:

// The following subroutine compares string |s| with another string of the
// same length that appears in |buffer| starting at position |k|;
// the result is |true| if and only if the strings are equal.
// Empirical tests indicate that |str_eq_buf| is used in such a way that
// it tends to return |true| about 80 percent of the time.
func (prg *prg) strEqBuf(s strNumber, k int32) (r bool) { // loop exit
	var (
		j      poolPointer // running index
		result bool        // result of comparison
	)
	j = prg.strStart[s]
	for int32(j) < int32(prg.strStart[int32(s)+1]) {
		if int32(prg.strPool[j]) != int32(prg.buffer[k]) {
			result = false
			goto notFound
		}
		j = uint16(int32(j) + 1)
		k = k + 1
	}
	result = true

notFound:
	r = result
	return r
}

// 46.

// tangle:pos tex.web:1230:3:

// Here is a similar routine, but it compares two strings in the string pool,
// and it does not assume that they have the same length.
func (prg *prg) strEqStr(s, t strNumber) (r bool) { // loop exit
	var (
		j, k   poolPointer // running indices
		result bool        // result of comparison
	)
	result = false
	if int32(prg.strStart[int32(s)+1])-int32(prg.strStart[s]) != int32(prg.strStart[int32(t)+1])-int32(prg.strStart[t]) {
		goto notFound
	}
	j = prg.strStart[s]
	k = prg.strStart[t]
	for int32(j) < int32(prg.strStart[int32(s)+1]) {
		if int32(prg.strPool[j]) != int32(prg.strPool[k]) {
			goto notFound
		}
		j = uint16(int32(j) + 1)
		k = uint16(int32(k) + 1)
	}
	result = true

notFound:
	r = result
	return r
}

// 47.

// tangle:pos tex.web:1249:3:

// The initial values of |str_pool|, |str_start|, |pool_ptr|,
// and |str_ptr| are computed by the \.[INITEX] program, based in part
// on the information that \.[WEB] has output while processing \TeX.
// \xref[INITEX]
// \xref[string pool]
func (prg *prg) getStringsStarted() (r bool) {
	var (
		k, l/* 0..255 */ byte           // small indices or counters
		m, n                  char      // characters input from |pool_file|
		g                     strNumber // garbage
		a                     int32     // accumulator for check sum
		c                     bool      // check sum has been checked
	)
	if int32(g) == 0 {
	}
	prg.poolPtr = 0
	prg.strPtr = 0
	prg.strStart[0] = 0

	// Make the first 256 strings
	for ii := int32(0); ii <= 255; ii++ {
		k = byte(ii)
		_ = k
		if int32(k) < ' ' || int32(k) > '~' {
			{
				prg.strPool[prg.poolPtr] = '^'
				prg.poolPtr = uint16(int32(prg.poolPtr) + 1)
			}
			{
				prg.strPool[prg.poolPtr] = '^'
				prg.poolPtr = uint16(int32(prg.poolPtr) + 1)
			}
			if int32(k) < 0100 {
				prg.strPool[prg.poolPtr] = byte(int32(k) + 0100)
				prg.poolPtr = uint16(int32(prg.poolPtr) + 1)
			} else if int32(k) < 0200 {
				prg.strPool[prg.poolPtr] = byte(int32(k) - 0100)
				prg.poolPtr = uint16(int32(prg.poolPtr) + 1)
			} else {
				l = byte(int32(k) / 16)
				if int32(l) < 10 {
					prg.strPool[prg.poolPtr] = byte(int32(l) + '0')
					prg.poolPtr = uint16(int32(prg.poolPtr) + 1)
				} else {
					prg.strPool[prg.poolPtr] = byte(int32(l) - 10 + 'a')
					prg.poolPtr = uint16(int32(prg.poolPtr) + 1)
				}
				l = byte(int32(k) % 16)
				if int32(l) < 10 {
					prg.strPool[prg.poolPtr] = byte(int32(l) + '0')
					prg.poolPtr = uint16(int32(prg.poolPtr) + 1)
				} else {
					prg.strPool[prg.poolPtr] = byte(int32(l) - 10 + 'a')
					prg.poolPtr = uint16(int32(prg.poolPtr) + 1)
				}
			}
		} else {
			prg.strPool[prg.poolPtr] = k
			prg.poolPtr = uint16(int32(prg.poolPtr) + 1)
		}
		g = prg.makeString()
	}

	// Read the other strings from the \.[TEX.POOL] file and return |true|, or give an error message and return |false|
	strcopy(prg.nameOfFile[:], "TeXformats:TEX.POOL                     ") // we needn't set |name_length|
	if prg.aOpenIn(prg.poolFile) {
		c = false
		for {
			// Read one string, but return |false| if the string memory space is getting too tight for comfort
			{
				if prg.poolFile.EOF() {
					prg.termOut.Writeln("! TEX.POOL has no check sum.")
					prg.aClose(prg.poolFile)
					r = false
					goto exit
				}
				// \xref[TEX.POOL has no check sum]
				prg.poolFile.Read(&m, &n) // read two digits of string length
				if int32(m) == '*' {
					a = 0
					k = 1
					for true {
						if int32(prg.xord[n]) < '0' || int32(prg.xord[n]) > '9' {
							prg.termOut.Writeln("! TEX.POOL check sum doesn't have nine digits.")
							prg.aClose(prg.poolFile)
							r = false
							goto exit
						}
						// \xref[TEX.POOL check sum...]
						a = 10*a + int32(prg.xord[n]) - '0'
						if int32(k) == 9 {
							goto done
						}
						k = byte(int32(k) + 1)
						prg.poolFile.Read(&n)
					}

				done:
					if a != 504454778 {
						prg.termOut.Writeln("! TEX.POOL doesn't match; TANGLE me again.")
						prg.aClose(prg.poolFile)
						r = false
						goto exit
					}
					// \xref[TEX.POOL doesn't match]
					c = true
				} else {
					if int32(prg.xord[m]) < '0' || int32(prg.xord[m]) > '9' || int32(prg.xord[n]) < '0' || int32(prg.xord[n]) > '9' {
						prg.termOut.Writeln("! TEX.POOL line doesn't begin with two digits.")
						prg.aClose(prg.poolFile)
						r = false
						goto exit
					}
					// \xref[TEX.POOL line doesn't...]
					l = byte(int32(prg.xord[m])*10 + int32(prg.xord[n]) - '0'*11) // compute the length
					if int32(prg.poolPtr)+int32(l)+stringVacancies > poolSize {
						prg.termOut.Writeln("! You have to increase POOLSIZE.")
						prg.aClose(prg.poolFile)
						r = false
						goto exit
					}
					// \xref[You have to increase POOLSIZE]
					for ii := int32(1); ii <= int32(l); ii++ {
						k = byte(ii)
						_ = k
						if prg.poolFile.EOLN() {
							m = ' '
						} else {
							prg.poolFile.Read(&m)
						}
						{
							prg.strPool[prg.poolPtr] = prg.xord[m]
							prg.poolPtr = uint16(int32(prg.poolPtr) + 1)
						}
					}
					prg.poolFile.Readln()
					g = prg.makeString()
				}
			}
			if c {
				break
			}
		}
		prg.aClose(prg.poolFile)
		r = true
	} else {
		prg.termOut.Writeln("! I can't read TEX.POOL.")
		prg.aClose(prg.poolFile)
		r = false
		goto exit
	}

exit:
	;
	return r
}

// 56.

// tangle:pos tex.web:1448:3:

// Macro abbreviations for output to the terminal and to the log file are
// defined here for convenience. Some systems need special conventions
// for terminal output, and it is possible to adhere to those conventions
// by changing |wterm|, |wterm_ln|, and |wterm_cr| in this section.
// \xref[system dependencies]

// 66.

// tangle:pos tex.web:1638:3:

// Here is a trivial procedure to print two digits; it is usually called with
// a parameter in the range |0<=n<=99|.
func (prg *prg) printTwo(n int32) {
	n = abs(n) % 100
	prg.printChar(asciiCode('0' + n/10))
	prg.printChar(asciiCode('0' + n%10))
}

// 67.

// tangle:pos tex.web:1646:3:

// Hexadecimal printing of nonnegative integers is accomplished by |print_hex|.
func (prg *prg) printHex(n int32) {
	// prints a positive integer in hexadecimal form
	var (
		k /* 0..22 */ byte // index to current digit; we assume that $0\L n<16^[22]$
	)
	k = 0
	prg.printChar(asciiCode('"'))
	for {
		prg.dig[k] = byte(n % 16)
		n = n / 16
		k = byte(int32(k) + 1)
		if n == 0 {
			break
		}
	}
	prg.printTheDigs(k)
}

// 68.

// tangle:pos tex.web:1657:3:

// Old versions of \TeX\ needed a procedure called |print_ASCII| whose function
// is now subsumed by |print|. We retain the old name here as a possible aid to
// future software arch\ae ologists.

// 69.

// tangle:pos tex.web:1663:3:

// Roman numerals are produced by the |print_roman_int| routine.  Readers
// who like puzzles might enjoy trying to figure out how this tricky code
// works; therefore no explanation will be given. Notice that 1990 yields
// \.[mcmxc], not \.[mxm].
func (prg *prg) printRomanInt(n int32) {
	var (
		j, k poolPointer        // mysterious indices into |str_pool|
		u, v nonnegativeInteger // mysterious numbers
	)
	j = prg.strStart[ /* "m2d5c2l5x2v5i" */ 260]
	v = 1000
	for true {
		for n >= int32(v) {
			prg.printChar(prg.strPool[j])
			n = n - int32(v)
		}
		if n <= 0 {
			goto exit
		} // nonpositive input produces no output
		k = uint16(int32(j) + 2)
		u = uint32(int32(v) / (int32(prg.strPool[int32(k)-1]) - '0'))
		if int32(prg.strPool[int32(k)-1]) == '2' {
			k = uint16(int32(k) + 2)
			u = uint32(int32(u) / (int32(prg.strPool[int32(k)-1]) - '0'))
		}
		if n+int32(u) >= int32(v) {
			prg.printChar(prg.strPool[k])
			n = n + int32(u)
		} else {
			j = uint16(int32(j) + 2)
			v = uint32(int32(v) / (int32(prg.strPool[int32(j)-1]) - '0'))
		}
	}

exit:
}

// 70.

// tangle:pos tex.web:1689:3:

// The |print| subroutine will not print a string that is still being
// created. The following procedure will.
func (prg *prg) printCurrentString() { // prints a yet-unmade string
	var (
		j poolPointer // points to current character code
	)
	j = prg.strStart[prg.strPtr]
	for int32(j) < int32(prg.poolPtr) {
		prg.printChar(prg.strPool[j])
		j = uint16(int32(j) + 1)
	}
} // \2

func (prg *prg) termInput() { // gets a line from the terminal
	var (
		k /* 0..bufSize */ uint16 // index into |buffer|
	) // now the user sees the prompt for sure
	if !prg.inputLn(prg.termIn, true) {
		prg.fatalError(strNumber( /* "End of file on the terminal!" */ 261))
	}
	// \xref[End of file on the terminal]
	prg.termOffset = 0                           // the user's line ended with \<\rm return>
	prg.selector = byte(int32(prg.selector) - 1) // prepare to echo the input
	if int32(prg.last) != int32(prg.first) {
		for ii := int32(prg.first); ii <= int32(prg.last)-1; ii++ {
			k = uint16(ii)
			_ = k
			prg.print(int32(prg.buffer[k]))
		}
	}
	prg.printLn()
	prg.selector = byte(int32(prg.selector) + 1) // restore previous status
}

// 72. \[6] Reporting errors

// tangle:pos tex.web:1721:26:

// When something anomalous is detected, \TeX\ typically does something like this:
// $$\vbox[\halign[#\hfil\cr
// |print_err("Something anomalous has been detected");|\cr
// |help3("This is the first line of my offer to help.")|\cr
// |("This is the second line. I'm trying to")|\cr
// |("explain the best way for you to proceed.");|\cr
// |error;|\cr]]$$
// A two-line help message would be given using |help2|, etc.; these informal
// helps should use simple vocabulary that complements the words used in the
// official error message that was printed. (Outside the U.S.A., the help
// messages should preferably be translated into the local vernacular. Each
// line of help is at most 60 characters long, in the present implementation,
// so that |max_print_line| will not be exceeded.)
//
// The |print_err| procedure supplies a `\.!' before the official message,
// and makes sure that the terminal is awake if a stop is going to occur.
// The |error| procedure supplies a `\..' after the official message, then it
// shows the location of the error; and if |interaction=error_stop_mode|,
// it also enters into a dialog with the user, during which time the help
// message may be printed.
// \xref[system dependencies]

// 91.

// tangle:pos tex.web:2034:3:

// A dozen or so error messages end with a parenthesized integer, so we
// save a teeny bit of program space by declaring the following procedure:
func (prg *prg) intError(n int32) {
	prg.print( /* " (" */ 286)
	prg.printInt(n)
	prg.printChar(asciiCode(')'))
	prg.error1()
}

// \4
// Error handling procedures
func (prg *prg) normalizeSelector() {
	if prg.logOpened {
		prg.selector = byte(termAndLog)
	} else {
		prg.selector = byte(termOnly)
	}
	if int32(prg.jobName) == 0 {
		prg.openLogFile()
	}
	if int32(prg.interaction) == batchMode {
		prg.selector = byte(int32(prg.selector) - 1)
	}
}

// 98.

// tangle:pos tex.web:2124:3:

// When an interrupt has been detected, the program goes into its
// highest interaction level and lets the user have nearly the full flexibility of
// the |error| routine.  \TeX\ checks for interrupts only at times when it is
// safe to do this.
func (prg *prg) pauseForInstructions() {
	if prg.okToInterrupt {
		prg.interaction = byte(errorStopMode)
		if int32(prg.selector) == logOnly || int32(prg.selector) == noPrint {
			prg.selector = byte(int32(prg.selector) + 1)
		}
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			}
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
			prg.print( /* "Interruption" */ 296)
		}
		// \xref[Interruption]
		{
			prg.helpPtr = 3
			prg.helpLine[2] = /* "You rang?" */ 297
			prg.helpLine[1] = /* "Try to insert an instruction for me (e.g., `I\\showlists')," */ 298
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "unless you just want to quit by typing `X'." */ 299
		}
		prg.deletionsAllowed = false
		prg.error1()
		prg.deletionsAllowed = true
		prg.interrupt = 0
	}
}

// 99. \[7] Arithmetic with scaled dimensions

// tangle:pos tex.web:2144:43:

// The principal computations performed by \TeX\ are done entirely in terms of
// integers less than $2^[31]$ in magnitude; and divisions are done only when both
// dividend and divisor are nonnegative. Thus, the arithmetic specified in this
// program can be carried out in exactly the same way on a wide variety of
// computers, including some small ones. Why? Because the arithmetic
// calculations need to be spelled out precisely in order to guarantee that
// \TeX\ will produce identical output on different machines. If some
// quantities were rounded differently in different implementations, we would
// find that line breaks and even page breaks might occur in different places.
// Hence the arithmetic of \TeX\ has been designed with care, and systems that
// claim to be implementations of \TeX82 should follow precisely the
// \xref[TeX82][\TeX82]
// calculations as they appear in the present program.
//
// (Actually there are three places where \TeX\ uses |div| with a possibly negative
// numerator. These are harmless; see |div| in the index. Also if the user
// sets the \.[\\time] or the \.[\\year] to a negative value, some diagnostic
// information will involve negative-numerator division. The same remarks
// apply for |mod| as well as for |div|.)

// 100.

// tangle:pos tex.web:2165:3:

// Here is a routine that calculates half of an integer, using an
// unambiguous convention with respect to signed odd numbers.
func (prg *prg) half(x int32) (r int32) {
	if x&1 != 0 {
		r = (x + 1) / 2
	} else {
		r = x / 2
	}
	return r
}

// 102.

// tangle:pos tex.web:2185:3:

// The following function is used to create a scaled integer from a given decimal
// fraction $(.d_0d_1\ldots d_[k-1])$, where |0<=k<=17|. The digit $d_i$ is
// given in |dig[i]|, and the calculation produces a correctly rounded result.
func (prg *prg) roundDecimals(k smallNumber) (r scaled) {
	// converts a decimal fraction
	var (
		a int32 // the accumulator
	)
	a = 0
	for int32(k) > 0 {
		k = byte(int32(k) - 1)
		a = (a + int32(prg.dig[k])*0400000) / 10
	}
	r = (a + 1) / 2
	return r
}

// 103.

// tangle:pos tex.web:2199:3:

// Conversely, here is a procedure analogous to |print_int|. If the output
// of this procedure is subsequently read by \TeX\ and converted by the
// |round_decimals| routine above, it turns out that the original value will
// be reproduced exactly; the “simplest” such decimal number is output,
// but there is always at least one digit following the decimal point.
//
// The invariant relation in the \&[repeat] loop is that a sequence of
// decimal digits yet to be printed will yield the original number if and only if
// they form a fraction~$f$ in the range $s-\delta\L10\cdot2^[16]f<s$.
// We can stop if and only if $f=0$ satisfies this condition; the loop will
// terminate before $s$ can possibly become zero.
func (prg *prg) printScaled(s scaled) { // prints scaled real, rounded to five
	//   digits

	var (
		delta scaled // amount of allowable inaccuracy
	)
	if s < 0 {
		prg.printChar(asciiCode('-'))
		s = -s // print the sign, if negative
	}
	prg.printInt(s / 0200000) // print the integer part
	prg.printChar(asciiCode('.'))
	s = 10*(s%0200000) + 5
	delta = 10
	for {
		if delta > 0200000 {
			s = s + 0100000 - 50000
		} // round the last digit
		prg.printChar(asciiCode('0' + s/0200000))
		s = 10 * (s % 0200000)
		delta = delta * 10
		if s <= delta {
			break
		}
	}
}

// 105.

// tangle:pos tex.web:2254:3:

// The first arithmetical subroutine we need computes $nx+y$, where |x|
// and~|y| are |scaled| and |n| is an integer. We will also use it to
// multiply integers.
func (prg *prg) multAndAdd(n int32, x, y, maxAnswer scaled) (r scaled) {
	if n < 0 {
		x = -x
		n = -n
	}
	if n == 0 {
		r = y
	} else if x <= (maxAnswer-y)/n && -x <= (maxAnswer+y)/n {
		r = n*x + y
	} else {
		prg.arithError = true
		r = 0
	}
	return r
}

// 106.

// tangle:pos tex.web:2272:3:

// We also need to divide scaled dimensions by integers.
func (prg *prg) xOverN(x scaled, n int32) (r scaled) {
	var (
		negative bool // should |remainder| be negated?
	)
	negative = false
	if n == 0 {
		prg.arithError = true
		r = 0
		prg.remainder = x
	} else {
		if n < 0 {
			x = -x
			n = -n
			negative = true
		}
		if x >= 0 {
			r = x / n
			prg.remainder = x % n
		} else {
			r = -(-x / n)
			prg.remainder = -(-x % n)
		}
	}
	if negative {
		prg.remainder = -prg.remainder
	}
	return r
}

// 107.

// tangle:pos tex.web:2292:3:

// Then comes the multiplication of a scaled number by a fraction |n/d|,
// where |n| and |d| are nonnegative integers |<=$2^[16]$| and |d| is
// positive. It would be too dangerous to multiply by~|n| and then divide
// by~|d|, in separate operations, since overflow might well occur; and it
// would be too inaccurate to divide by |d| and then multiply by |n|. Hence
// this subroutine simulates 1.5-precision arithmetic.
func (prg *prg) xnOverD(x scaled, n, d int32) (r scaled) {
	var (
		positive bool               // was |x>=0|?
		t, u, v  nonnegativeInteger // intermediate quantities
	)
	if x >= 0 {
		positive = true
	} else {
		x = -x
		positive = false
	}
	t = uint32(x % 0100000 * n)
	u = uint32(x/0100000*n + int32(t)/0100000)
	v = uint32(int32(u)%d*0100000 + int32(t)%0100000)
	if int32(u)/d >= 0100000 {
		prg.arithError = true
	} else {
		u = uint32(0100000*(int32(u)/d) + int32(v)/d)
	}
	if positive {
		r = int32(u)
		prg.remainder = int32(v) % d
	} else {
		r = -int32(u)
		prg.remainder = -(int32(v) % d)
	}
	return r
}

// 108.

// tangle:pos tex.web:2317:3:

// The next subroutine is used to compute the “badness” of glue, when a
// total~|t| is supposed to be made from amounts that sum to~|s|.  According
// to [\sl The \TeX book], the badness of this situation is $100(t/s)^3$;
// however, badness is simply a heuristic, so we need not squeeze out the
// last drop of accuracy when computing it. All we really want is an
// approximation that has similar properties.
// \xref[TeXbook][\sl The \TeX book]
//
// The actual method used to compute the badness is easier to read from the
// program than to describe in words. It produces an integer value that is a
// reasonably close approximation to $100(t/s)^3$, and all implementations
// of \TeX\ should use precisely this method. Any badness of $2^[13]$ or more is
// treated as infinitely bad, and represented by 10000.
//
// It is not difficult to prove that $$\hbox[|badness(t+1,s)>=badness(t,s)
// >=badness(t,s+1)|].$$ The badness function defined here is capable of
// computing at most 1095 distinct values, but that is plenty.
func (prg *prg) badness(t, s scaled) (r halfword) { // compute badness, given |t>=0|
	var (
		r1 int32 // approximation to $\alpha t/s$, where $\alpha^3\approx
	// 100\cdot2^[18]$
	)
	if t == 0 {
		r = 0
	} else if s <= 0 {
		r = uint16(infBad)
	} else {
		if t <= 7230584 {
			r1 = t * 297 / s
		} else if s >= 1663497 {
			r1 = t / (s / 297)
		} else {
			r1 = t
		}
		if r1 > 1290 {
			r = uint16(infBad)
		} else {
			r = uint16((r1*r1*r1 + 0400000) / 01000000)
		}
	} // that was $r^3/2^[18]$, rounded to the nearest integer
	return r
}

// 110. \[8] Packed data

// tangle:pos tex.web:2375:21:

// In order to make efficient use of storage space, \TeX\ bases its major data
// structures on a |memory_word|, which contains either a (signed) integer,
// possibly scaled, or a (signed) |glue_ratio|, or a small number of
// fields that are one half or one quarter of the size used for storing
// integers.
//
// If |x| is a variable of type |memory_word|, it contains up to four
// fields that can be referred to as follows:
// $$\vbox[\halign[\hfil#&#\hfil&#\hfil\cr
// |x|&.|int|&(an |integer|)\cr
// |x|&.|sc|\qquad&(a |scaled| integer)\cr
// |x|&.|gr|&(a |glue_ratio|)\cr
// |x.hh.lh|, |x.hh|&.|rh|&(two halfword fields)\cr
// |x.hh.b0|, |x.hh.b1|, |x.hh|&.|rh|&(two quarterword fields, one halfword
//   field)\cr
// |x.qqqq.b0|, |x.qqqq.b1|, |x.qqqq|&.|b2|, |x.qqqq.b3|\hskip-100pt
//   &\qquad\qquad\qquad(four quarterword fields)\cr]]$$
// This is somewhat cumbersome to write, and not very readable either, but
// macros will be used to make the notation shorter and more transparent.
// The \PASCAL\ code below gives a formal definition of |memory_word| and
// its subsidiary types, using packed variant records. \TeX\ makes no
// assumptions about the relative positions of the fields within a word.
//
// Since we are assuming 32-bit integers, a halfword must contain at least
// 16 bits, and a quarterword must contain at least 8 bits.
// \xref[system dependencies]
// But it doesn't hurt to have more bits; for example, with enough 36-bit
// words you might be able to have |mem_max| as large as 262142, which is
// eight times as much memory as anybody had during the first four years of
// \TeX's existence.
//
// N.B.: Valuable memory space will be dreadfully wasted unless \TeX\ is compiled
// by a \PASCAL\ that packs all of the |memory_word| variants into
// the space of a single integer. This means, for example, that |glue_ratio|
// words should be |short_real| instead of |real| on some computers. Some
// \PASCAL\ compilers will pack an integer whose subrange is `|0..255|' into
// an eight-bit field, but others insist on allocating space for an additional
// sign bit; on such systems you can get 256 values into a quarterword only
// if the subrange is `|-128..127|'.
//
// The present implementation tries to accommodate as many variations as possible,
// so it makes few assumptions. If integers having the subrange
// `|min_quarterword..max_quarterword|' can be packed into a quarterword,
// and if integers having the subrange `|min_halfword..max_halfword|'
// can be packed into a halfword, everything should work satisfactorily.
//
// It is usually most efficient to have |min_quarterword=min_halfword=0|,
// so one should try to achieve this unless it causes a severe problem.
// The values defined here are recommended for most 32-bit computers.

// 112.

// tangle:pos tex.web:2449:3:

// The operation of adding or subtracting |min_quarterword| occurs quite
// frequently in \TeX, so it is convenient to abbreviate this operation
// by using the macros |qi| and |qo| for input and output to and from
// quarterword format.
//
// The inner loop of \TeX\ will run faster with respect to compilers
// that don't optimize expressions like `|x+0|' and `|x-0|', if these
// macros are simplified in the obvious way when |min_quarterword=0|.
// \xref[inner loop]\xref[system dependencies]

// 114.

// tangle:pos tex.web:2499:3:

// When debugging, we may want to print a |memory_word| without knowing
// what type it is; so we print it in all modes.
// \xref[dirty \PASCAL]\xref[debugging]
//  procedure print_word( w:memory_word);
//   [prints |w| in all ways]
// begin print_int(w.int); print_char([" "=]32);
//
// print_scaled(w.int ); print_char([" "=]32);
//
// print_scaled(round( [0200000=]65536 *  w. gr )); print_ln;
//
// [ \xref[real multiplication] ]
// print_int(w.hh.lh); print_char(["="=]61); print_int(w.hh.b0); print_char([":"=]58);
// print_int(w.hh.b1); print_char([";"=]59); print_int(w.hh.rh); print_char([" "=]32);
//
// print_int(w.qqqq.b0); print_char([":"=]58); print_int(w.qqqq.b1); print_char([":"=]58);
// print_int(w.qqqq.b2); print_char([":"=]58); print_int(w.qqqq.b3);
// end;
// [  ]

// 119.

// tangle:pos tex.web:2596:3:

// If memory is exhausted, it might mean that the user has forgotten
// a right brace. We will define some procedures later that try to help
// pinpoint the trouble.

// Declare the procedure called |show_token_list|
func (prg *prg) showTokenList(p, q int32, l int32) {
	var (
		m, c     int32     // pieces of a token
		matchChr asciiCode // character used in a `|match|'
		n        asciiCode // the highest parameter number, as an ASCII digit
	)
	matchChr = '#'
	n = '0'
	prg.tally = 0
	for p != 0 && prg.tally < l {
		if p == q {
			prg.firstCount = prg.tally
			prg.trickCount = prg.tally + 1 + errorLine - halfErrorLine
			if prg.trickCount < errorLine {
				prg.trickCount = errorLine
			}
		}

		// Display token |p|, and |return| if there are problems
		if p < int32(prg.hiMemMin) || p > int32(prg.memEnd) {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "CLOBBERED." */ 309))
			goto exit
			// \xref[CLOBBERED]
		}
		if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh()) >= 07777 {
			prg.printCs(int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh()) - 07777)
		} else {
			m = int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh()) / 0400
			c = int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh()) % 0400
			if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh()) < 0 {
				prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "BAD." */ 555))
			} else {
				// Display the token $(|m|,|c|)$
				switch m {
				case leftBrace, rightBrace, mathShift, tabMark,
					supMark, subMark, spacer, letter,
					otherChar:
					prg.print(c)
				case macParam:
					prg.print(c)
					prg.print(c)

				case outParam:
					prg.print(int32(matchChr))
					if c <= 9 {
						prg.printChar(asciiCode(c + '0'))
					} else {
						prg.printChar(asciiCode('!'))
						goto exit
					}

				case match:
					matchChr = byte(c)
					prg.print(c)
					n = byte(int32(n) + 1)
					prg.printChar(n)
					if int32(n) > '9' {
						goto exit
					}

				case endMatch:
					prg.print( /* "->" */ 556)

				// \xref[->]
				default:
					prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "BAD." */ 555))
					// \xref[BAD]
				}
			}
		}
		p = int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh())
	}
	if p != 0 {
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "ETC." */ 554))
	}
	// \xref[ETC]

	// \xref[ETC]
exit:
}

// Declare the procedure called |runaway|
func (prg *prg) runaway() {
	var (
		p halfword // head of runaway list
	)
	if int32(prg.scannerStatus) > skipping {
		prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "Runaway " */ 569))
		// \xref[Runaway...]
		switch prg.scannerStatus {
		case defining:
			prg.print( /* "definition" */ 570)
			p = prg.defRef

		case matching:
			prg.print( /* "argument" */ 571)
			p = uint16(30000 - 3)

		case aligning:
			prg.print( /* "preamble" */ 572)
			p = uint16(30000 - 4)

		case absorbing:
			prg.print( /* "text" */ 573)
			p = prg.defRef

		} // there are no other cases
		prg.printChar(asciiCode('?'))
		prg.printLn()
		prg.showTokenList(int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()), 0, errorLine-10)
	}
}

// 120.

// tangle:pos tex.web:2603:3:

// The function |get_avail| returns a pointer to a new one-word node whose
// |link| field is null. However, \TeX\ will halt if there is no more room left.
// \xref[inner loop]
//
// If the available-space list is empty, i.e., if |avail=null|,
// we try first to increase |mem_end|. If that cannot be done, i.e., if
// |mem_end=mem_max|, we try to decrease |hi_mem_min|. If that cannot be
// done, i.e., if |hi_mem_min=lo_mem_max+1|, we have to quit.
func (prg *prg) getAvail() (r halfword) { // single-word node allocation
	var (
		p halfword // the new node being got
	)
	p = prg.avail // get top location in the |avail| stack
	if int32(p) != 0 {
		prg.avail = *(*prg.mem[prg.avail].hh()).rh()
	} else if int32(prg.memEnd) < memMax {
		prg.memEnd = uint16(int32(prg.memEnd) + 1)
		p = prg.memEnd
	} else {
		prg.hiMemMin = uint16(int32(prg.hiMemMin) - 1)
		p = prg.hiMemMin
		if int32(prg.hiMemMin) <= int32(prg.loMemMax) {
			prg.runaway() // if memory is exhausted, display possible runaway text
			prg.overflow(strNumber( /* "main memory size" */ 300), memMax+1-memMin)
			// quit; all one-word nodes are busy
			// \xref[TeX capacity exceeded main memory size][\quad main memory size]
		}
	}
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = 0 // provide an oft-desired initialization of the new node
	//	dyn_used:= dyn_used+1 ; [  ]
	//
	// maintain statistics
	r = p
	return r
}

// 121.

// tangle:pos tex.web:2632:3:

// Conversely, a one-word node is recycled by calling |free_avail|.
// This routine is part of \TeX's ``inner loop,'' so we want it to be fast.
// \xref[inner loop]

// 122.

// tangle:pos tex.web:2641:3:

// There's also a |fast_get_avail| routine, which saves the procedure-call
// overhead at the expense of extra programming. This routine is used in
// the places that would otherwise account for the most calls of |get_avail|.
// \xref[inner loop]

// 123.

// tangle:pos tex.web:2654:3:

// The procedure |flush_list(p)| frees an entire linked list of
// one-word nodes that starts at position |p|.
// \xref[inner loop]
func (prg *prg) flushList(p halfword) { // makes list of single-word nodes
	//   available

	var (
		q, r1 halfword // list traversers
	)
	if int32(p) != 0 {
		r1 = p
		for {
			q = r1
			r1 = *(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh() //    dyn_used:= dyn_used-1 ; [  ]

			if int32(r1) == 0 {
				break
			}
		} // now |q| is the last node on the list
		*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = prg.avail
		prg.avail = p
	}
}

// 125.

// tangle:pos tex.web:2694:3:

// A call to |get_node| with argument |s| returns a pointer to a new node
// of size~|s|, which must be 2~or more. The |link| field of the first word
// of this new node is set to null. An overflow stop occurs if no suitable
// space exists.
//
// If |get_node| is called with $s=2^[30]$, it simply merges adjacent free
// areas and returns the value |max_halfword|.
func (prg *prg) getNode(s int32) (r halfword) {
	var (
		p  halfword // the node currently under inspection
		q  halfword // the node physically after node |p|
		r1 int32    // the newly allocated node, or a candidate for this honor
		t  int32    // temporary register
	)
restart:
	p = prg.rover // start at some free node in the ring
	for {
		// Try to allocate within node |p| and its physical successors, and |goto found| if allocation was possible
		q = uint16(int32(p) + int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh())) // find the physical successor
		// \xref[inner loop]
		for int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()) == 65535 { // merge node |p| with node |q|
			t = int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).rh())
			if int32(q) == int32(prg.rover) {
				prg.rover = uint16(t)
			}
			*(*prg.mem[t+1].hh()).lh() = *(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).lh()
			*(*prg.mem[int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).lh())+1].hh()).rh() = uint16(t)

			q = uint16(int32(q) + int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh()))
		}
		r1 = int32(q) - s
		if r1 > int32(p)+1 {
			*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh() = uint16(r1 - int32(p)) // store the remaining size
			// \xref[inner loop]
			prg.rover = p // start searching here next time
			// start searching here next time
			goto found
		}
		if r1 == int32(p) {
			if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).rh()) != int32(p) {
				prg.rover = *(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).rh()
				t = int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).lh())
				*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.rover)+1].hh()).lh() = uint16(t)
				*(*prg.mem[t+1].hh()).rh() = prg.rover

				goto found
			}
		}
		*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh() = uint16(int32(q) - int32(p))
		// \xref[inner loop]
		p = *(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).rh() // move to the next node in the ring
		if int32(p) == int32(prg.rover) {
			break
		}
	} // repeat until the whole list has been traversed
	if s == 010000000000 {
		r = 65535
		goto exit
	}
	if int32(prg.loMemMax)+2 < int32(prg.hiMemMin) {
		if int32(prg.loMemMax)+2 <= memBot+65535 {
			if int32(prg.hiMemMin)-int32(prg.loMemMax) >= 1998 {
				t = int32(prg.loMemMax) + 1000
			} else {
				t = int32(prg.loMemMax) + 1 + (int32(prg.hiMemMin)-int32(prg.loMemMax))/2
			}
			// |lo_mem_max+2<=t<hi_mem_min|
			p = *(*prg.mem[int32(prg.rover)+1].hh()).lh()
			q = prg.loMemMax
			*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).rh() = q
			*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.rover)+1].hh()).lh() = q

			if t > memBot+65535 {
				t = memBot + 65535
			}
			*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).rh() = prg.rover
			*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).lh() = p
			*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = 65535
			*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh() = uint16(t - int32(prg.loMemMax))

			prg.loMemMax = uint16(t)
			*(*prg.mem[prg.loMemMax].hh()).rh() = 0
			*(*prg.mem[prg.loMemMax].hh()).lh() = 0
			prg.rover = q
			goto restart
		}
	}
	prg.overflow(strNumber( /* "main memory size" */ 300), memMax+1-memMin)
	// sorry, nothing satisfactory is left
	// \xref[TeX capacity exceeded main memory size][\quad main memory size]

	// sorry, nothing satisfactory is left
	// \xref[TeX capacity exceeded main memory size][\quad main memory size]
found:
	*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh() = 0 // this node is now nonempty
	//  var_used:=var_used+s; [maintain usage statistics]
	// [  ]

	r = uint16(r1)

exit:
	;
	return r
}

// 130.

// tangle:pos tex.web:2780:3:

// Conversely, when some variable-size node |p| of size |s| is no longer needed,
// the operation |free_node(p,s)| will make its words available, by inserting
// |p| as a new empty node just before where |rover| now points.
// \xref[inner loop]
func (prg *prg) freeNode(p halfword, s halfword) { // variable-size node
	//   liberation

	var (
		q halfword // |llink(rover)|
	)
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh() = s
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = 65535
	q = *(*prg.mem[int32(prg.rover)+1].hh()).lh()
	*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).lh() = q
	*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).rh() = prg.rover // set both links
	*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.rover)+1].hh()).lh() = p
	*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).rh() = p // insert |p| into the ring
	//  var_used:=var_used-s; [  ]
	// maintain statistics
}

// 131.

// tangle:pos tex.web:2794:3:

// Just before \.[INITEX] writes out the memory, it sorts the doubly linked
// available space list. The list is probably very short at such times, so a
// simple insertion sort is used. The smallest available location will be
// pointed to by |rover|, the next-smallest by |rlink(rover)|, etc.
func (prg *prg) sortAvail() { // sorts the available variable-size nodes
	//   by location

	var (
		p, q, r1 halfword // indices into |mem|
		oldRover halfword // initial |rover| setting
	)
	p = prg.getNode(010000000000) // merge adjacent free areas
	p = *(*prg.mem[int32(prg.rover)+1].hh()).rh()
	*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.rover)+1].hh()).rh() = 65535
	oldRover = prg.rover
	for int32(p) != int32(oldRover) {
		// Sort \(p)|p| into the list starting at |rover| and advance |p| to |rlink(p)|
		if int32(p) < int32(prg.rover) {
			q = p
			p = *(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).rh()
			*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).rh() = prg.rover
			prg.rover = q
		} else {
			q = prg.rover
			for int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).rh()) < int32(p) {
				q = *(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).rh()
			}
			r1 = *(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).rh()
			*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).rh()
			*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).rh() = p
			p = r1
		}
	}
	p = prg.rover
	for int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).rh()) != 65535 {
		*(*prg.mem[int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).rh())+1].hh()).lh() = p
		p = *(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).rh()
	}
	*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).rh() = prg.rover
	*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.rover)+1].hh()).lh() = p
}

// 133. \[10] Data structures for boxes and their friends

// tangle:pos tex.web:2828:54:

// From the computer's standpoint, \TeX's chief mission is to create
// horizontal and vertical lists. We shall now investigate how the elements
// of these lists are represented internally as nodes in the dynamic memory.
//
// A horizontal or vertical list is linked together by |link| fields in
// the first word of each node. Individual nodes represent boxes, glue,
// penalties, or special things like discretionary hyphens; because of this
// variety, some nodes are longer than others, and we must distinguish different
// kinds of nodes. We do this by putting a `|type|' field in the first word,
// together with the link and an optional `|subtype|'.

// 134.

// tangle:pos tex.web:2843:3:

// A | char_node|, which represents a single character, is the most important
// kind of node because it accounts for the vast majority of all boxes.
// Special precautions are therefore taken to ensure that a |char_node| does
// not take up much memory space. Every such node is one word long, and in fact
// it is identifiable by this property, since other kinds of nodes have at least
// two words, and they appear in |mem| locations less than |hi_mem_min|.
// This makes it possible to omit the |type| field in a |char_node|, leaving
// us room for two bytes that identify a |font| and a |character| within
// that font.
//
// Note that the format of a |char_node| allows for up to 256 different
// fonts and up to 256 characters per font; but most implementations will
// probably limit the total number of fonts to fewer than 75 per job,
// and most fonts will stick to characters whose codes are
// less than 128 (since higher codes
// are more difficult to access on most keyboards).
//
// Extensions of \TeX\ intended for oriental languages will need even more
// than $256\times256$ possible characters, when we consider different sizes
// \xref[oriental characters]\xref[Chinese characters]\xref[Japanese characters]
// and styles of type.  It is suggested that Chinese and Japanese fonts be
// handled by representing such characters in two consecutive |char_node|
// entries: The first of these has |font=font_base|, and its |link| points
// to the second;
// the second identifies the font and the character dimensions.
// The saving feature about oriental characters is that most of them have
// the same box dimensions. The |character| field of the first |char_node|
// is a ``\\[charext]'' that distinguishes between graphic symbols whose
// dimensions are identical for typesetting purposes. (See the \MF\ manual.)
// Such an extension of \TeX\ would not be difficult; further details are
// left to the reader.
//
// In order to make sure that the |character| code fits in a quarterword,
// \TeX\ adds the quantity |min_quarterword| to the actual code.
//
// Character nodes appear only in horizontal lists, never in vertical lists.

// 135.

// tangle:pos tex.web:2885:3:

// An |hlist_node| stands for a box that was made from a horizontal list.
// Each |hlist_node| is seven words long, and contains the following fields
// (in addition to the mandatory |type| and |link|, which we shall not
// mention explicitly when discussing the other node types): The |height| and
// |width| and |depth| are scaled integers denoting the dimensions of the
// box.  There is also a |shift_amount| field, a scaled integer indicating
// how much this box should be lowered (if it appears in a horizontal list),
// or how much it should be moved to the right (if it appears in a vertical
// list). There is a |list_ptr| field, which points to the beginning of the
// list from which this box was fabricated; if |list_ptr| is |null|, the box
// is empty. Finally, there are three fields that represent the setting of
// the glue:  |glue_set(p)| is a word of type |glue_ratio| that represents
// the proportionality constant for glue setting; |glue_sign(p)| is
// |stretching| or |shrinking| or |normal| depending on whether or not the
// glue should stretch or shrink or remain rigid; and |glue_order(p)|
// specifies the order of infinity to which glue setting applies (|normal|,
// |fil|, |fill|, or |filll|). The |subtype| field is not used.

// 136.

// tangle:pos tex.web:2923:3:

// The |new_null_box| function returns a pointer to an |hlist_node| in
// which all subfields have the values corresponding to `\.[\\hbox\[\]]'.
// (The |subtype| field is set to |min_quarterword|, for historic reasons
// that are no longer relevant.)
func (prg *prg) newNullBox() (r halfword) { // creates a new box node
	var (
		p halfword // the new node
	)
	p = prg.getNode(boxNodeSize)
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0() = byte(hlistNode)
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1() = byte(minQuarterword)
	*prg.mem[int32(p)+widthOffset].int() = 0
	*prg.mem[int32(p)+depthOffset].int() = 0
	*prg.mem[int32(p)+heightOffset].int() = 0
	*prg.mem[int32(p)+4].int() = 0
	*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+listOffset].hh()).rh() = 0
	*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+listOffset].hh()).b0() = byte(normal)
	*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+listOffset].hh()).b1() = byte(normal)
	*prg.mem[int32(p)+glueOffset].gr() = float32(0.0)
	r = p
	return r
}

// 137.

// tangle:pos tex.web:2937:3:

// A |vlist_node| is like an |hlist_node| in all respects except that it
// contains a vertical list.

// 138.

// tangle:pos tex.web:2942:3:

// A |rule_node| stands for a solid black rectangle; it has |width|,
// |depth|, and |height| fields just as in an |hlist_node|. However, if
// any of these dimensions is $-2^[30]$, the actual value will be determined
// by running the rule up to the boundary of the innermost enclosing box.
// This is called a ``running dimension.'' The |width| is never running in
// an hlist; the |height| and |depth| are never running in a~vlist.

// 139.

// tangle:pos tex.web:2954:3:

// A new rule node is delivered by the |new_rule| function. It
// makes all the dimensions “running,” so you have to change the
// ones that are not allowed to run.
func (prg *prg) newRule() (r halfword) {
	var (
		p halfword // the new node
	)
	p = prg.getNode(ruleNodeSize)
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0() = byte(ruleNode)
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1() = 0 // the |subtype| is not used
	*prg.mem[int32(p)+widthOffset].int() = -010000000000
	*prg.mem[int32(p)+depthOffset].int() = -010000000000
	*prg.mem[int32(p)+heightOffset].int() = -010000000000
	r = p
	return r
}

// 140.

// tangle:pos tex.web:2966:3:

// Insertions are represented by |ins_node| records, where the |subtype|
// indicates the corresponding box number. For example, `\.[\\insert 250]'
// leads to an |ins_node| whose |subtype| is |250+min_quarterword|.
// The |height| field of an |ins_node| is slightly misnamed; it actually holds
// the natural height plus depth of the vertical list being inserted.
// The |depth| field holds the |split_max_depth| to be used in case this
// insertion is split, and the |split_top_ptr| points to the corresponding
// |split_top_skip|. The |float_cost| field holds the |floating_penalty| that
// will be used if this insertion floats to a subsequent page after a
// split insertion of the same class.  There is one more field, the
// |ins_ptr|, which points to the beginning of the vlist for the insertion.

// 141.

// tangle:pos tex.web:2984:3:

// A |mark_node| has a |mark_ptr| field that points to the reference count
// of a token list that contains the user's \.[\\mark] text.
// This field occupies a full word instead of a halfword, because
// there's nothing to put in the other halfword; it is easier in \PASCAL\ to
// use the full word than to risk leaving garbage in the unused half.

// 142.

// tangle:pos tex.web:2994:3:

// An |adjust_node|, which occurs only in horizontal lists,
// specifies material that will be moved out into the surrounding
// vertical list; i.e., it is used to implement \TeX's `\.[\\vadjust]'
// operation.  The |adjust_ptr| field points to the vlist containing this
// material.

// 143.

// tangle:pos tex.web:3003:3:

// A |ligature_node|, which occurs only in horizontal lists, specifies
// a character that was fabricated from the interaction of two or more
// actual characters.  The second word of the node, which is called the
// |lig_char| word, contains |font| and |character| fields just as in a
// |char_node|. The characters that generated the ligature have not been
// forgotten, since they are needed for diagnostic messages and for
// hyphenation; the |lig_ptr| field points to a linked list of character
// nodes for all original characters that have been deleted. (This list
// might be empty if the characters that generated the ligature were
// retained in other nodes.)
//
// The |subtype| field is 0, plus 2 and/or 1 if the original source of the
// ligature included implicit left and/or right boundaries.

// 144.

// tangle:pos tex.web:3021:3:

// The |new_ligature| function creates a ligature node having given
// contents of the |font|, |character|, and |lig_ptr| fields. We also have
// a |new_lig_item| function, which returns a two-word node having a given
// |character| field. Such nodes are used for temporary processing as ligatures
// are being created.
func (prg *prg) newLigature(f, c quarterword, q halfword) (r halfword) {
	var (
		p halfword // the new node
	)
	p = prg.getNode(smallNodeSize)
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0() = byte(ligatureNode)
	*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).b0() = f
	*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).b1() = c
	*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).rh() = q
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1() = 0
	r = p
	return r
}

func (prg *prg) newLigItem(c quarterword) (r halfword) {
	var (
		p halfword // the new node
	)
	p = prg.getNode(smallNodeSize)
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1() = c
	*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).rh() = 0
	r = p
	return r
}

// 145.

// tangle:pos tex.web:3040:3:

// A |disc_node|, which occurs only in horizontal lists, specifies a
// “dis\-cretion\-ary” line break. If such a break occurs at node |p|, the text
// that starts at |pre_break(p)| will precede the break, the text that starts at
// |post_break(p)| will follow the break, and text that appears in the next
// |replace_count(p)| nodes will be ignored. For example, an ordinary
// discretionary hyphen, indicated by `\.[\\-]', yields a |disc_node| with
// |pre_break| pointing to a |char_node| containing a hyphen, |post_break=null|,
// and |replace_count=0|. All three of the discretionary texts must be
// lists that consist entirely of character, kern, box, rule, and ligature nodes.
//
// If |pre_break(p)=null|, the |ex_hyphen_penalty| will be charged for this
// break.  Otherwise the |hyphen_penalty| will be charged.  The texts will
// actually be substituted into the list by the line-breaking algorithm if it
// decides to make the break, and the discretionary node will disappear at
// that time; thus, the output routine sees only discretionaries that were
// not chosen.
func (prg *prg) newDisc() (r halfword) { // creates an empty |disc_node|
	var (
		p halfword // the new node
	)
	p = prg.getNode(smallNodeSize)
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0() = byte(discNode)
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1() = 0
	*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).lh() = 0
	*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).rh() = 0
	r = p
	return r
}

// 146.

// tangle:pos tex.web:3069:3:

// A |whatsit_node| is a wild card reserved for extensions to \TeX. The
// |subtype| field in its first word says what `\\[whatsit]' it is, and
// implicitly determines the node size (which must be 2 or more) and the
// format of the remaining words. When a |whatsit_node| is encountered
// in a list, special actions are invoked; knowledgeable people who are
// careful not to mess up the rest of \TeX\ are able to make \TeX\ do new
// things by adding code at the end of the program. For example, there
// might be a `\TeX nicolor' extension to specify different colors of ink,
// \xref[extensions to \TeX]
// and the whatsit node might contain the desired parameters.
//
// The present implementation of \TeX\ treats the features associated with
// `\.[\\write]' and `\.[\\special]' as if they were extensions, in order to
// illustrate how such routines might be coded. We shall defer further
// discussion of extensions until the end of this program.

// 147.

// tangle:pos tex.web:3087:3:

// A |math_node|, which occurs only in horizontal lists, appears before and
// after mathematical formulas. The |subtype| field is |before| before the
// formula and |after| after it. There is a |width| field, which represents
// the amount of surrounding space inserted by \.[\\mathsurround].
func (prg *prg) newMath(w scaled, s smallNumber) (r halfword) {
	var (
		p halfword // the new node
	)
	p = prg.getNode(smallNodeSize)
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0() = byte(mathNode)
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1() = s
	*prg.mem[int32(p)+widthOffset].int() = w
	r = p
	return r
}

// 148.

// tangle:pos tex.web:3102:3:

// \TeX\ makes use of the fact that |hlist_node|, |vlist_node|,
// |rule_node|, |ins_node|, |mark_node|, |adjust_node|, |ligature_node|,
// |disc_node|, |whatsit_node|, and |math_node| are at the low end of the
// type codes, by permitting a break at glue in a list if and only if the
// |type| of the previous node is less than |math_node|. Furthermore, a
// node is discarded after a break if its type is |math_node| or~more.

// 149.

// tangle:pos tex.web:3112:3:

// A |glue_node| represents glue in a list. However, it is really only
// a pointer to a separate glue specification, since \TeX\ makes use of the
// fact that many essentially identical nodes of glue are usually present.
// If |p| points to a |glue_node|, |glue_ptr(p)| points to
// another packet of words that specify the stretch and shrink components, etc.
//
// Glue nodes also serve to represent leaders; the |subtype| is used to
// distinguish between ordinary glue (which is called |normal|) and the three
// kinds of leaders (which are called |a_leaders|, |c_leaders|, and |x_leaders|).
// The |leader_ptr| field points to a rule node or to a box node containing the
// leaders; it is set to |null| in ordinary glue nodes.
//
// Many kinds of glue are computed from \TeX's ``skip'' parameters, and
// it is helpful to know which parameter has led to a particular glue node.
// Therefore the |subtype| is set to indicate the source of glue, whenever
// it originated as a parameter. We will be defining symbolic names for the
// parameter numbers later (e.g., |line_skip_code=0|, |baseline_skip_code=1|,
// etc.); it suffices for now to say that the |subtype| of parametric glue
// will be the same as the parameter number, plus~one.
//
// In math formulas there are two more possibilities for the |subtype| in a
// glue node: |mu_glue| denotes an \.[\\mskip] (where the units are scaled \.[mu]
// instead of scaled \.[pt]); and |cond_math_glue| denotes the `\.[\\nonscript]'
// feature that cancels the glue node immediately following if it appears
// in a subscript.

// 151.

// tangle:pos tex.web:3174:3:

// Here is a function that returns a pointer to a copy of a glue spec.
// The reference count in the copy is |null|, because there is assumed
// to be exactly one reference to the new specification.
func (prg *prg) newSpec(p halfword) (r halfword) { // duplicates a glue specification
	var (
		q halfword // the new spec
	)
	q = prg.getNode(glueSpecSize)

	prg.mem[q] = prg.mem[p]
	*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = 0

	*prg.mem[int32(q)+widthOffset].int() = *prg.mem[int32(p)+widthOffset].int()
	*prg.mem[int32(q)+2].int() = *prg.mem[int32(p)+2].int()
	*prg.mem[int32(q)+3].int() = *prg.mem[int32(p)+3].int()
	r = q
	return r
}

// 152.

// tangle:pos tex.web:3186:3:

// And here's a function that creates a glue node for a given parameter
// identified by its code number; for example,
// |new_param_glue(line_skip_code)| returns a pointer to a glue node for the
// current \.[\\lineskip].
func (prg *prg) newParamGlue(n smallNumber) (r halfword) {
	var (
		p halfword // the new node
		q halfword // the glue specification
	)
	p = prg.getNode(smallNodeSize)
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0() = byte(glueNode)
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1() = byte(int32(n) + 1)
	*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).rh() = 0

	q = *(*prg.eqtb[glueBase+int32(n)-1].hh()).rh()
	*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).lh() = q
	*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = uint16(int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()) + 1)
	r = p
	return r
}

// 153.

// tangle:pos tex.web:3201:3:

// Glue nodes that are more or less anonymous are created by |new_glue|,
// whose argument points to a glue specification.
func (prg *prg) newGlue(q halfword) (r halfword) {
	var (
		p halfword // the new node
	)
	p = prg.getNode(smallNodeSize)
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0() = byte(glueNode)
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1() = byte(normal)
	*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).rh() = 0
	*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).lh() = q
	*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = uint16(int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()) + 1)
	r = p
	return r
}

// 154.

// tangle:pos tex.web:3211:3:

// Still another subroutine is needed: This one is sort of a combination
// of |new_param_glue| and |new_glue|. It creates a glue node for one of
// the current glue parameters, but it makes a fresh copy of the glue
// specification, since that specification will probably be subject to change,
// while the parameter will stay put. The global variable |temp_ptr| is
// set to the address of the new spec.
func (prg *prg) newSkipParam(n smallNumber) (r halfword) {
	var (
		p halfword // the new node
	)
	prg.tempPtr = prg.newSpec(*(*prg.eqtb[glueBase+int32(n)-1].hh()).rh())
	p = prg.newGlue(prg.tempPtr)
	*(*prg.mem[prg.tempPtr].hh()).rh() = 0
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1() = byte(int32(n) + 1)
	r = p
	return r
}

// 155.

// tangle:pos tex.web:3225:3:

// A |kern_node| has a |width| field to specify a (normally negative)
// amount of spacing. This spacing correction appears in horizontal lists
// between letters like A and V when the font designer said that it looks
// better to move them closer together or further apart. A kern node can
// also appear in a vertical list, when its `|width|' denotes additional
// spacing in the vertical direction. The |subtype| is either |normal| (for
// kerns inserted from font information or math mode calculations) or |explicit|
// (for kerns inserted from \.[\\kern] and \.[\\/] commands) or |acc_kern|
// (for kerns inserted from non-math accents) or |mu_glue| (for kerns
// inserted from \.[\\mkern] specifications in math formulas).

// 156.

// tangle:pos tex.web:3240:3:

// The |new_kern| function creates a kern node having a given width.
func (prg *prg) newKern(w scaled) (r halfword) {
	var (
		p halfword // the new node
	)
	p = prg.getNode(smallNodeSize)
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0() = byte(kernNode)
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1() = byte(normal)
	*prg.mem[int32(p)+widthOffset].int() = w
	r = p
	return r
}

// 157.

// tangle:pos tex.web:3250:3:

// A |penalty_node| specifies the penalty associated with line or page
// breaking, in its |penalty| field. This field is a fullword integer, but
// the full range of integer values is not used: Any penalty |>=10000| is
// treated as infinity, and no break will be allowed for such high values.
// Similarly, any penalty |<=-10000| is treated as negative infinity, and a
// break will be forced.

// 158.

// tangle:pos tex.web:3262:3:

// Anyone who has been reading the last few sections of the program will
// be able to guess what comes next.
func (prg *prg) newPenalty(m int32) (r halfword) {
	var (
		p halfword // the new node
	)
	p = prg.getNode(smallNodeSize)
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0() = byte(penaltyNode)
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1() = 0 // the |subtype| is not used
	*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].int() = m
	r = p
	return r
}

// 159.

// tangle:pos tex.web:3272:3:

// You might think that we have introduced enough node types by now. Well,
// almost, but there is one more: An |unset_node| has nearly the same format
// as an |hlist_node| or |vlist_node|; it is used for entries in \.[\\halign]
// or \.[\\valign] that are not yet in their final form, since the box
// dimensions are their ``natural'' sizes before any glue adjustment has been
// made. The |glue_set| word is not present; instead, we have a |glue_stretch|
// field, which contains the total stretch of order |glue_order| that is
// present in the hlist or vlist being boxed.
// Similarly, the |shift_amount| field is replaced by a |glue_shrink| field,
// containing the total shrink of order |glue_sign| that is present.
// The |subtype| field is called |span_count|; an unset box typically
// contains the data for |qo(span_count)+1| columns.
// Unset nodes will be changed to box nodes when alignment is completed.

// 160.

// tangle:pos tex.web:3291:3:

// In fact, there are still more types coming. When we get to math formula
// processing we will see that a |style_node| has |type=14|; and a number
// of larger type codes will also be defined, for use in math mode only.

// 161.

// tangle:pos tex.web:3295:3:

// Warning: If any changes are made to these data structure layouts, such as
// changing any of the node sizes or even reordering the words of nodes,
// the |copy_node_list| procedure and the memory initialization code
// below may have to be changed. Such potentially dangerous parts of the
// program are listed in the index under `data structure assumptions'.
//  \xref[data structure assumptions]
// However, other references to the nodes are made symbolically in terms of
// the \.[WEB] macro definitions above, so that format changes will leave
// \TeX's other algorithms intact.
// \xref[system dependencies]

// 162. \[11] Memory layout

// tangle:pos tex.web:3306:24:

// Some areas of |mem| are dedicated to fixed usage, since static allocation is
// more efficient than dynamic allocation when we can get away with it. For
// example, locations |mem_bot| to |mem_bot+3| are always used to store the
// specification for glue that is `\.[0pt plus 0pt minus 0pt]'. The
// following macro definitions accomplish the static allocation by giving
// symbolic names to the fixed positions. Static variable-size nodes appear
// in locations |mem_bot| through |lo_mem_stat_max|, and static single-word nodes
// appear in locations |hi_mem_stat_min| through |mem_top|, inclusive. It is
// harmless to let |lig_trick| and |garbage| share the same location of |mem|.

// 167.

// tangle:pos tex.web:3402:3:

// Procedure |check_mem| makes sure that the available space lists of
// |mem| are well formed, and it optionally prints out all locations
// that are reserved now but were free the last time this procedure was called.
//  procedure check_mem( print_locs : boolean);
// label done1,done2; [loop exits]
// var p, q:halfword ; [current locations of interest in |mem|]
//  clobbered:boolean; [is something amiss?]
// begin for p:=mem_min to lo_mem_max do free[p]:=false; [you can probably
//   do this faster]
// for p:=hi_mem_min to mem_end do free[p]:=false; [ditto]
//
// [ Check single-word |avail| list ]
// p:=avail; q:=0  ; clobbered:=false;
// while p<>0   do
//   begin if (p>mem_end)or(p<hi_mem_min) then clobbered:=true
//   else if free[p] then clobbered:=true;
//   if clobbered then
//     begin print_nl(["AVAIL list clobbered at "=]301);
// [ \xref[AVAIL list clobbered...] ]
//     print_int(q); goto done1;
//     end;
//   free[p]:=true; q:=p; p:= mem[ q].hh.rh ;
//   end;
// done1:
//
// ;
//
// [ Check variable-size |avail| list ]
// p:=rover; q:=0  ; clobbered:=false;
// repeat if (p>=lo_mem_max)or(p<mem_min) then clobbered:=true
//   else if (  mem[  p+ 1].hh.rh  >=lo_mem_max)or(  mem[  p+ 1].hh.rh  <mem_min) then clobbered:=true
//   else if  not( ( mem[  p].hh.rh = 65535  ) )or(  mem[ p].hh.lh <2)or
//    (p+  mem[ p].hh.lh >lo_mem_max)or  (  mem[    mem[    p+ 1].hh.rh  + 1].hh.lh  <>p) then clobbered:=true;
//   if clobbered then
//   begin print_nl(["Double-AVAIL list clobbered at "=]302);
//   print_int(q); goto done2;
//   end;
// for q:=p to p+  mem[ p].hh.lh -1 do [mark all locations free]
//   begin if free[q] then
//     begin print_nl(["Doubly free location at "=]303);
// [ \xref[Doubly free location...] ]
//     print_int(q); goto done2;
//     end;
//   free[q]:=true;
//   end;
// q:=p; p:=  mem[  p+ 1].hh.rh  ;
// until p=rover;
// done2:
//
// ;
//
// [ Check flags of unavailable nodes ]
// p:=mem_min;
// while p<=lo_mem_max do [node |p| should not be empty]
//   begin if  ( mem[  p].hh.rh = 65535  )  then
//     begin print_nl(["Bad flag at "=]304); print_int(p);
// [ \xref[Bad flag...] ]
//     end;
//   while (p<=lo_mem_max) and not free[p] do   p:= p+1 ;
//   while (p<=lo_mem_max) and free[p] do   p:= p+1 ;
//   end
//
// ;
// if print_locs then
// [ Print newly busy locations ]
// begin print_nl(["New busy locs:"=]305);
// for p:=mem_min to lo_mem_max do
//   if not free[p] and ((p>was_lo_max) or was_free[p]) then
//     begin print_char([" "=]32); print_int(p);
//     end;
// for p:=hi_mem_min to mem_end do
//   if not free[p] and
//    ((p<was_hi_min) or (p>was_mem_end) or was_free[p]) then
//     begin print_char([" "=]32); print_int(p);
//     end;
// end
//
// ;
// for p:=mem_min to lo_mem_max do was_free[p]:=free[p];
// for p:=hi_mem_min to mem_end do was_free[p]:=free[p];
//   [|was_free:=free| might be faster]
// was_mem_end:=mem_end; was_lo_max:=lo_mem_max; was_hi_min:=hi_mem_min;
// end;
// [  ]

// 172.

// tangle:pos tex.web:3484:3:

// The |search_mem| procedure attempts to answer the question ``Who points
// to node~|p|?'' In doing so, it fetches |link| and |info| fields of |mem|
// that might not be of type |two_halves|. Strictly speaking, this is
// \xref[dirty \PASCAL]
// undefined in \PASCAL, and it can lead to ``false drops'' (words that seem to
// point to |p| purely by coincidence). But for debugging purposes, we want
// to rule out the places that do [\sl not\/] point to |p|, so a few false
// drops are tolerable.
//  procedure search_mem( p:halfword ); [look for pointers to |p|]
// var q:integer; [current position being searched]
// begin for q:=mem_min to lo_mem_max do
//   begin if  mem[ q].hh.rh =p then
//     begin print_nl(["LINK("=]306); print_int(q); print_char([")"=]41);
//     end;
//   if  mem[ q].hh.lh =p then
//     begin print_nl(["INFO("=]307); print_int(q); print_char([")"=]41);
//     end;
//   end;
// for q:=hi_mem_min to mem_end do
//   begin if  mem[ q].hh.rh =p then
//     begin print_nl(["LINK("=]306); print_int(q); print_char([")"=]41);
//     end;
//   if  mem[ q].hh.lh =p then
//     begin print_nl(["INFO("=]307); print_int(q); print_char([")"=]41);
//     end;
//   end;
//
// [ Search |eqtb| for equivalents equal to |p| ]
// for q:=active_base to box_base+255 do
//   begin if  eqtb[  q].hh.rh  =p then
//     begin print_nl(["EQUIV("=]501); print_int(q); print_char([")"=]41);
//     end;
//   end
//
// ;
//
// [ Search |save_stack| for equivalents that point to |p| ]
// if save_ptr>0 then for q:=0 to save_ptr-1 do
//   begin if  save_stack[ q].hh.rh =p then
//     begin print_nl(["SAVE("=]546); print_int(q); print_char([")"=]41);
//     end;
//   end
//
// ;
//
// [ Search |hyph_list| for pointers to |p| ]
// for q:=0 to hyph_size do
//   begin if hyph_list[q]=p then
//     begin print_nl(["HYPH("=]940); print_int(q); print_char([")"=]41);
//     end;
//   end
//
// ;
// end;
// [  ]

// 174.

// tangle:pos tex.web:3538:3:

// Boxes, rules, inserts, whatsits, marks, and things in general that are
// sort of “complicated” are indicated only by printing `\.[[]]'.
func (prg *prg) shortDisplay(p int32) { // prints highlights of list |p|
	var (
		n int32 // for replacement counts
	)
	for p > memMin {
		if p >= int32(prg.hiMemMin) {
			if p <= int32(prg.memEnd) {
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) != prg.fontInShortDisplay {
					if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) < fontBase || int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) > fontMax {
						prg.printChar(asciiCode('*'))
					} else {
						// Print the font identifier for |font(p)|
						prg.printEsc(*prg.hash[fontIdBase+int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0())-514].rh())
					}
					prg.printChar(asciiCode(' '))
					prg.fontInShortDisplay = int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0())
				}
				prg.print(int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()) - minQuarterword)
			}
		} else {
			// Print a short indication of the contents of node |p|
			switch *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0() {
			case hlistNode, vlistNode, insNode, whatsitNode,
				markNode, adjustNode, unsetNode:
				prg.print( /* "[]" */ 308)
			case ruleNode:
				prg.printChar(asciiCode('|'))
			case glueNode:
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[p+1].hh()).lh()) != memBot {
					prg.printChar(asciiCode(' '))
				}
			case mathNode:
				prg.printChar(asciiCode('$'))
			case ligatureNode:
				prg.shortDisplay(int32(*(*prg.mem[p+1].hh()).rh()))
			case discNode:
				prg.shortDisplay(int32(*(*prg.mem[p+1].hh()).lh()))
				prg.shortDisplay(int32(*(*prg.mem[p+1].hh()).rh()))

				n = int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1())
				for n > 0 {
					if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
						p = int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh())
					}
					n = n - 1
				}

			default:
			}
		}
		p = int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh())
	}
}

// 176.

// tangle:pos tex.web:3580:3:

// The |show_node_list| routine requires some auxiliary subroutines: one to
// print a font-and-character combination, one to print a token list without
// its reference count, and one to print a rule dimension.
func (prg *prg) printFontAndChar(p int32) {
	if p > int32(prg.memEnd) {
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "CLOBBERED." */ 309))
	} else {
		if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) < fontBase || int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) > fontMax {
			prg.printChar(asciiCode('*'))
		} else {
			// Print the font identifier for |font(p)|
			prg.printEsc(*prg.hash[fontIdBase+int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0())-514].rh())
		}
		prg.printChar(asciiCode(' '))
		prg.print(int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()) - minQuarterword)
	}
}

func (prg *prg) printMark(p int32) {
	prg.printChar(asciiCode('{'))
	if p < int32(prg.hiMemMin) || p > int32(prg.memEnd) {
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "CLOBBERED." */ 309))
	} else {
		prg.showTokenList(int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()), 0, maxPrintLine-10)
	}
	prg.printChar(asciiCode('}'))
}

func (prg *prg) printRuleDimen(d scaled) {
	if d == -010000000000 {
		prg.printChar(asciiCode('*'))
	} else {
		prg.printScaled(d)
	}
	// \xref[*\relax]
}

// 177.

// tangle:pos tex.web:3605:3:

// Then there is a subroutine that prints glue stretch and shrink, possibly
// followed by the name of finite units:
func (prg *prg) printGlue(d scaled, order int32, s strNumber) {
	prg.printScaled(d)
	if order < normal || order > filll {
		prg.print( /* "foul" */ 310)
	} else if order > normal {
		prg.print( /* "fil" */ 311)
		for order > fil {
			prg.printChar(asciiCode('l'))
			order = order - 1
		}
	} else if int32(s) != 0 {
		prg.print(int32(s))
	}
}

// 178.

// tangle:pos tex.web:3621:3:

// The next subroutine prints a whole glue specification.
func (prg *prg) printSpec(p int32, s strNumber) {
	if p < memMin || p >= int32(prg.loMemMax) {
		prg.printChar(asciiCode('*'))
	} else {
		prg.printScaled(*prg.mem[p+widthOffset].int())
		if int32(s) != 0 {
			prg.print(int32(s))
		}
		if *prg.mem[p+2].int() != 0 {
			prg.print( /* " plus " */ 312)
			prg.printGlue(*prg.mem[p+2].int(), int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()), s)
		}
		if *prg.mem[p+3].int() != 0 {
			prg.print( /* " minus " */ 313)
			prg.printGlue(*prg.mem[p+3].int(), int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()), s)
		}
	}
}

// 179.

// tangle:pos tex.web:3638:3:

// We also need to declare some procedures that appear later in this
// documentation.

// Declare procedures needed for displaying the elements of mlists
func (prg *prg) printFamAndChar(p halfword) {
	prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "fam" */ 464))
	prg.printInt(int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()))
	prg.printChar(asciiCode(' '))
	prg.print(int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()) - minQuarterword)
}

func (prg *prg) printDelimiter(p halfword) { // prints a delimiter as 24-bit hex value
	var (
		a int32 // accumulator
	)
	a = int32((*prg.mem[p].qqqq()).b0)*256 + int32((*prg.mem[p].qqqq()).b1) - minQuarterword
	a = a*010000 + int32((*prg.mem[p].qqqq()).b2)*256 + int32((*prg.mem[p].qqqq()).b3) - minQuarterword
	if a < 0 {
		prg.printInt(a)
	} else {
		prg.printHex(a)
	}
} // \2
// |show_node_list(info(temp_ptr))|
func (prg *prg) printSubsidiaryData(p halfword, c asciiCode) {
	if int32(prg.poolPtr)-int32(prg.strStart[prg.strPtr]) >= prg.depthThreshold {
		if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()) != empty {
			prg.print( /* " []" */ 314)
		}
	} else {
		{
			prg.strPool[prg.poolPtr] = c
			prg.poolPtr = uint16(int32(prg.poolPtr) + 1)
		} // include |c| in the recursion history
		prg.tempPtr = p // prepare for |show_info| if recursion is needed
		switch *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() {
		case mathChar:
			prg.printLn()
			prg.printCurrentString()
			prg.printFamAndChar(p)

		case subBox:
			prg.showInfo() // recursive call
		case subMlist:
			if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh()) == 0 {
				prg.printLn()
				prg.printCurrentString()
				prg.print( /* "[]" */ 860)
			} else {
				prg.showInfo()
			}
			// recursive call
		default: // |empty|
		}

		prg.poolPtr = uint16(int32(prg.poolPtr) - 1) // remove |c| from the recursion history
	}
}

func (prg *prg) printStyle(c int32) {
	switch c / 2 {
	case 0:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "displaystyle" */ 861)) // |display_style=0|
	case 1:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "textstyle" */ 862)) // |text_style=2|
	case 2:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "scriptstyle" */ 863)) // |script_style=4|
	case 3:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "scriptscriptstyle" */ 864))
		// |script_script_style=6|
	default:
		prg.print( /* "Unknown style!" */ 865)
	}
}

// Declare the procedure called |print_skip_param|
func (prg *prg) printSkipParam(n int32) {
	switch n {
	case lineSkipCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "lineskip" */ 376))
	case baselineSkipCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "baselineskip" */ 377))
	case parSkipCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "parskip" */ 378))
	case aboveDisplaySkipCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "abovedisplayskip" */ 379))
	case belowDisplaySkipCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "belowdisplayskip" */ 380))
	case aboveDisplayShortSkipCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "abovedisplayshortskip" */ 381))
	case belowDisplayShortSkipCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "belowdisplayshortskip" */ 382))
	case leftSkipCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "leftskip" */ 383))
	case rightSkipCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "rightskip" */ 384))
	case topSkipCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "topskip" */ 385))
	case splitTopSkipCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "splittopskip" */ 386))
	case tabSkipCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "tabskip" */ 387))
	case spaceSkipCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "spaceskip" */ 388))
	case xspaceSkipCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "xspaceskip" */ 389))
	case parFillSkipCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "parfillskip" */ 390))
	case thinMuSkipCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "thinmuskip" */ 391))
	case medMuSkipCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "medmuskip" */ 392))
	case thickMuSkipCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "thickmuskip" */ 393))

	default:
		prg.print( /* "[unknown glue parameter!]" */ 394)
	}
}

// 180.

// tangle:pos tex.web:3644:3:

// Since boxes can be inside of boxes, |show_node_list| is inherently recursive,
// \xref[recursion]
// up to a given maximum number of levels.  The history of nesting is indicated
// by the current string, which will be printed at the beginning of each line;
// the length of this string, namely |cur_length|, is the depth of nesting.
//
// Recursive calls on |show_node_list| therefore use the following pattern:

// 182.

// tangle:pos tex.web:3667:3:

// Now we are ready for |show_node_list| itself. This procedure has been
// written to be “extra robust” in the sense that it should not crash or get
// into a loop even if the data structures have been messed up by bugs in
// the rest of the program. You can safely call its parent routine
// |show_box(p)| for arbitrary values of |p| when you are debugging \TeX.
// However, in the presence of bad data, the procedure may
// \xref[dirty \PASCAL]\xref[debugging]
// fetch a |memory_word| whose variant is different from the way it was stored;
// for example, it might try to read |mem[p].hh| when |mem[p]|
// contains a scaled integer, if |p| is a pointer that has been
// clobbered or chosen at random.
func (prg *prg) showNodeList(p int32) {
	var (
		n int32   // the number of items already printed at this level
		g float64 // a glue ratio, as a floating point number
	)
	if int32(prg.poolPtr)-int32(prg.strStart[prg.strPtr]) > prg.depthThreshold {
		if p > 0 {
			prg.print( /* " []" */ 314)
		}
		// indicate that there's been some truncation

		// indicate that there's been some truncation
		goto exit
	}
	n = 0
	for p > memMin {
		prg.printLn()
		prg.printCurrentString() // display the nesting history
		if p > int32(prg.memEnd) {
			prg.print( /* "Bad link, display aborted." */ 315)
			goto exit
			// \xref[Bad link...]
		}
		n = n + 1
		if n > prg.breadthMax {
			prg.print( /* "etc." */ 316)
			goto exit
			// \xref[etc]
		}

		// Display node |p|
		if p >= int32(prg.hiMemMin) {
			prg.printFontAndChar(p)
		} else {
			switch *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0() {
			case hlistNode, vlistNode, unsetNode:
				// Display box |p|
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) == hlistNode {
					prg.printEsc(strNumber('h'))
				} else if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) == vlistNode {
					prg.printEsc(strNumber('v'))
				} else {
					prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "unset" */ 318))
				}
				prg.print( /* "box(" */ 319)
				prg.printScaled(*prg.mem[p+heightOffset].int())
				prg.printChar(asciiCode('+'))
				prg.printScaled(*prg.mem[p+depthOffset].int())
				prg.print( /* ")x" */ 320)
				prg.printScaled(*prg.mem[p+widthOffset].int())
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) == unsetNode {
					if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()) != minQuarterword {
						prg.print( /* " (" */ 286)
						prg.printInt(int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()) - minQuarterword + 1)
						prg.print( /* " columns)" */ 322)
					}
					if *prg.mem[p+glueOffset].int() != 0 {
						prg.print( /* ", stretch " */ 323)
						prg.printGlue(*prg.mem[p+glueOffset].int(), int32(*(*prg.mem[p+listOffset].hh()).b1()), strNumber(0))
					}
					if *prg.mem[p+4].int() != 0 {
						prg.print( /* ", shrink " */ 324)
						prg.printGlue(*prg.mem[p+4].int(), int32(*(*prg.mem[p+listOffset].hh()).b0()), strNumber(0))
					}
				} else {
					g = float64(*prg.mem[p+glueOffset].gr())
					if g != 0.0 && int32(*(*prg.mem[p+listOffset].hh()).b0()) != normal {
						prg.print( /* ", glue set " */ 325)
						if int32(*(*prg.mem[p+listOffset].hh()).b0()) == shrinking {
							prg.print( /* "- " */ 326)
						}
						if abs(*prg.mem[p+glueOffset].int()) < 04000000 {
							prg.print( /* "?.?" */ 327)
						} else if fabs(g) > 20000.0 {
							if g > 0.0 {
								prg.printChar(asciiCode('>'))
							} else {
								prg.print( /* "< -" */ 328)
							}
							prg.printGlue(20000*0200000, int32(*(*prg.mem[p+listOffset].hh()).b1()), strNumber(0))
						} else {
							prg.printGlue(round(float64(0200000)*g), int32(*(*prg.mem[p+listOffset].hh()).b1()), strNumber(0))
						}
						// \xref[real multiplication]
					}
					if *prg.mem[p+4].int() != 0 {
						prg.print( /* ", shifted " */ 321)
						prg.printScaled(*prg.mem[p+4].int())
					}
				}
				{
					{
						prg.strPool[prg.poolPtr] = '.'
						prg.poolPtr = uint16(int32(prg.poolPtr) + 1)
					}
					prg.showNodeList(int32(*(*prg.mem[p+listOffset].hh()).rh()))
					prg.poolPtr = uint16(int32(prg.poolPtr) - 1)
				} // recursive call

			case ruleNode:
				// Display rule |p|
				prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "rule(" */ 329))
				prg.printRuleDimen(*prg.mem[p+heightOffset].int())
				prg.printChar(asciiCode('+'))
				prg.printRuleDimen(*prg.mem[p+depthOffset].int())
				prg.print( /* ")x" */ 320)
				prg.printRuleDimen(*prg.mem[p+widthOffset].int())

			case insNode:
				// Display insertion |p|
				prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "insert" */ 330))
				prg.printInt(int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()) - minQuarterword)
				prg.print( /* ", natural size " */ 331)
				prg.printScaled(*prg.mem[p+heightOffset].int())
				prg.print( /* "; split(" */ 332)
				prg.printSpec(int32(*(*prg.mem[p+4].hh()).rh()), strNumber(0))
				prg.printChar(asciiCode(','))
				prg.printScaled(*prg.mem[p+depthOffset].int())
				prg.print( /* "); float cost " */ 333)
				prg.printInt(*prg.mem[p+1].int())
				{
					{
						prg.strPool[prg.poolPtr] = '.'
						prg.poolPtr = uint16(int32(prg.poolPtr) + 1)
					}
					prg.showNodeList(int32(*(*prg.mem[p+4].hh()).lh()))
					prg.poolPtr = uint16(int32(prg.poolPtr) - 1)
				} // recursive call

			case whatsitNode:
				// Display the whatsit node |p|
				switch *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1() {
				case openNode:
					prg.printWriteWhatsit(strNumber( /* "openout" */ 1285), halfword(p))
					prg.printChar(asciiCode('='))
					prg.printFileName(int32(*(*prg.mem[p+1].hh()).rh()), int32(*(*prg.mem[p+2].hh()).lh()), int32(*(*prg.mem[p+2].hh()).rh()))

				case writeNode:
					prg.printWriteWhatsit(strNumber( /* "write" */ 594), halfword(p))
					prg.printMark(int32(*(*prg.mem[p+1].hh()).rh()))

				case closeNode:
					prg.printWriteWhatsit(strNumber( /* "closeout" */ 1286), halfword(p))
				case specialNode:
					prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "special" */ 1287))
					prg.printMark(int32(*(*prg.mem[p+1].hh()).rh()))

				case languageNode:
					prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "setlanguage" */ 1289))
					prg.printInt(int32(*(*prg.mem[p+1].hh()).rh()))
					prg.print( /* " (hyphenmin " */ 1292)
					prg.printInt(int32(*(*prg.mem[p+1].hh()).b0()))
					prg.printChar(asciiCode(','))
					prg.printInt(int32(*(*prg.mem[p+1].hh()).b1()))
					prg.printChar(asciiCode(')'))

				default:
					prg.print( /* "whatsit?" */ 1293)
				}

			case glueNode:
				// Display glue |p|
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()) >= aLeaders {
					prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "" */ 338))
					if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()) == cLeaders {
						prg.printChar(asciiCode('c'))
					} else if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()) == xLeaders {
						prg.printChar(asciiCode('x'))
					}
					prg.print( /* "leaders " */ 339)
					prg.printSpec(int32(*(*prg.mem[p+1].hh()).lh()), strNumber(0))
					{
						{
							prg.strPool[prg.poolPtr] = '.'
							prg.poolPtr = uint16(int32(prg.poolPtr) + 1)
						}
						prg.showNodeList(int32(*(*prg.mem[p+1].hh()).rh()))
						prg.poolPtr = uint16(int32(prg.poolPtr) - 1)
					} // recursive call
				} else {
					prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "glue" */ 334))
					if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()) != normal {
						prg.printChar(asciiCode('('))
						if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()) < condMathGlue {
							prg.printSkipParam(int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()) - 1)
						} else if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()) == condMathGlue {
							prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "nonscript" */ 335))
						} else {
							prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "mskip" */ 336))
						}
						prg.printChar(asciiCode(')'))
					}
					if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()) != condMathGlue {
						prg.printChar(asciiCode(' '))
						if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()) < condMathGlue {
							prg.printSpec(int32(*(*prg.mem[p+1].hh()).lh()), strNumber(0))
						} else {
							prg.printSpec(int32(*(*prg.mem[p+1].hh()).lh()), strNumber( /* "mu" */ 337))
						}
					}
				}

			case kernNode:
				// Display kern |p|
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()) != muGlue {
					prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "kern" */ 340))
					if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()) != normal {
						prg.printChar(asciiCode(' '))
					}
					prg.printScaled(*prg.mem[p+widthOffset].int())
					if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()) == accKern {
						prg.print( /* " (for accent)" */ 341)
					}
					// \xref[for accent]
				} else {
					prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "mkern" */ 342))
					prg.printScaled(*prg.mem[p+widthOffset].int())
					prg.print( /* "mu" */ 337)
				}

			case mathNode:
				// Display math node |p|
				prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "math" */ 343))
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()) == before {
					prg.print( /* "on" */ 344)
				} else {
					prg.print( /* "off" */ 345)
				}
				if *prg.mem[p+widthOffset].int() != 0 {
					prg.print( /* ", surrounded " */ 346)
					prg.printScaled(*prg.mem[p+widthOffset].int())
				}

			case ligatureNode:
				// Display ligature |p|
				prg.printFontAndChar(p + 1)
				prg.print( /* " (ligature " */ 347)
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()) > 1 {
					prg.printChar(asciiCode('|'))
				}
				prg.fontInShortDisplay = int32(*(*prg.mem[p+1].hh()).b0())
				prg.shortDisplay(int32(*(*prg.mem[p+1].hh()).rh()))
				if *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()&1 != 0 {
					prg.printChar(asciiCode('|'))
				}
				prg.printChar(asciiCode(')'))

			case penaltyNode:
				// Display penalty |p|
				prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "penalty " */ 348))
				prg.printInt(*prg.mem[p+1].int())

			case discNode:
				// Display discretionary |p|
				prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "discretionary" */ 349))
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()) > 0 {
					prg.print( /* " replacing " */ 350)
					prg.printInt(int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()))
				}
				{
					{
						prg.strPool[prg.poolPtr] = '.'
						prg.poolPtr = uint16(int32(prg.poolPtr) + 1)
					}
					prg.showNodeList(int32(*(*prg.mem[p+1].hh()).lh()))
					prg.poolPtr = uint16(int32(prg.poolPtr) - 1)
				} // recursive call
				{
					prg.strPool[prg.poolPtr] = '|'
					prg.poolPtr = uint16(int32(prg.poolPtr) + 1)
				}
				prg.showNodeList(int32(*(*prg.mem[p+1].hh()).rh()))
				prg.poolPtr = uint16(int32(prg.poolPtr) - 1) // recursive call

			case markNode:
				// Display mark |p|
				prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "mark" */ 351))
				prg.printMark(*prg.mem[p+1].int())

			case adjustNode:
				// Display adjustment |p|
				prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "vadjust" */ 352))
				{
					{
						prg.strPool[prg.poolPtr] = '.'
						prg.poolPtr = uint16(int32(prg.poolPtr) + 1)
					}
					prg.showNodeList(*prg.mem[p+1].int())
					prg.poolPtr = uint16(int32(prg.poolPtr) - 1)
				} // recursive call

			// \4
			// Cases of |show_node_list| that arise in mlists only
			case styleNode:
				prg.printStyle(int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()))
			case choiceNode:
				// Display choice node |p|
				prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "mathchoice" */ 525))
				{
					prg.strPool[prg.poolPtr] = 'D'
					prg.poolPtr = uint16(int32(prg.poolPtr) + 1)
				}
				prg.showNodeList(int32(*(*prg.mem[p+1].hh()).lh()))
				prg.poolPtr = uint16(int32(prg.poolPtr) - 1)
				{
					prg.strPool[prg.poolPtr] = 'T'
					prg.poolPtr = uint16(int32(prg.poolPtr) + 1)
				}
				prg.showNodeList(int32(*(*prg.mem[p+1].hh()).rh()))
				prg.poolPtr = uint16(int32(prg.poolPtr) - 1)
				{
					prg.strPool[prg.poolPtr] = 'S'
					prg.poolPtr = uint16(int32(prg.poolPtr) + 1)
				}
				prg.showNodeList(int32(*(*prg.mem[p+2].hh()).lh()))
				prg.poolPtr = uint16(int32(prg.poolPtr) - 1)
				{
					prg.strPool[prg.poolPtr] = 's'
					prg.poolPtr = uint16(int32(prg.poolPtr) + 1)
				}
				prg.showNodeList(int32(*(*prg.mem[p+2].hh()).rh()))
				prg.poolPtr = uint16(int32(prg.poolPtr) - 1)

			case ordNoad, opNoad, binNoad, relNoad,
				openNoad, closeNoad, punctNoad, innerNoad,
				radicalNoad, overNoad, underNoad, vcenterNoad,
				accentNoad, leftNoad, rightNoad:
				// Display normal noad |p|
				switch *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0() {
				case ordNoad:
					prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "mathord" */ 866))
				case opNoad:
					prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "mathop" */ 867))
				case binNoad:
					prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "mathbin" */ 868))
				case relNoad:
					prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "mathrel" */ 869))
				case openNoad:
					prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "mathopen" */ 870))
				case closeNoad:
					prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "mathclose" */ 871))
				case punctNoad:
					prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "mathpunct" */ 872))
				case innerNoad:
					prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "mathinner" */ 873))
				case overNoad:
					prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "overline" */ 874))
				case underNoad:
					prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "underline" */ 875))
				case vcenterNoad:
					prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "vcenter" */ 539))
				case radicalNoad:
					prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "radical" */ 533))
					prg.printDelimiter(halfword(p + 4))

				case accentNoad:
					prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "accent" */ 508))
					prg.printFamAndChar(halfword(p + 4))

				case leftNoad:
					prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "left" */ 876))
					prg.printDelimiter(halfword(p + 1))

				case rightNoad:
					prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "right" */ 877))
					prg.printDelimiter(halfword(p + 1))

				}
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()) != normal {
					if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()) == limits {
						prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "limits" */ 878))
					} else {
						prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "nolimits" */ 879))
					}
				}
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) < leftNoad {
					prg.printSubsidiaryData(halfword(p+1), asciiCode('.'))
				}
				prg.printSubsidiaryData(halfword(p+2), asciiCode('^'))
				prg.printSubsidiaryData(halfword(p+3), asciiCode('_'))

			case fractionNoad:
				// Display fraction noad |p|
				prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "fraction, thickness " */ 880))
				if *prg.mem[p+widthOffset].int() == 010000000000 {
					prg.print( /* "= default" */ 881)
				} else {
					prg.printScaled(*prg.mem[p+widthOffset].int())
				}
				if int32((*prg.mem[p+4].qqqq()).b0) != 0 || int32((*prg.mem[p+4].qqqq()).b1) != minQuarterword || int32((*prg.mem[p+4].qqqq()).b2) != 0 || int32((*prg.mem[p+4].qqqq()).b3) != minQuarterword {
					prg.print( /* ", left-delimiter " */ 882)
					prg.printDelimiter(halfword(p + 4))
				}
				if int32((*prg.mem[p+5].qqqq()).b0) != 0 || int32((*prg.mem[p+5].qqqq()).b1) != minQuarterword || int32((*prg.mem[p+5].qqqq()).b2) != 0 || int32((*prg.mem[p+5].qqqq()).b3) != minQuarterword {
					prg.print( /* ", right-delimiter " */ 883)
					prg.printDelimiter(halfword(p + 5))
				}
				prg.printSubsidiaryData(halfword(p+2), asciiCode('\\'))
				prg.printSubsidiaryData(halfword(p+3), asciiCode('/'))

			default:
				prg.print( /* "Unknown node type!" */ 317)
			}
		}
		p = int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh())
	}

exit:
}

// 198.

// tangle:pos tex.web:3872:3:

// The recursive machinery is started by calling |show_box|.
// \xref[recursion]
func (prg *prg) showBox(p halfword) {
	prg.depthThreshold = *prg.eqtb[intBase+showBoxDepthCode-1].int()
	prg.breadthMax = *prg.eqtb[intBase+showBoxBreadthCode-1].int()
	if prg.breadthMax <= 0 {
		prg.breadthMax = 5
	}
	if int32(prg.poolPtr)+prg.depthThreshold >= poolSize {
		prg.depthThreshold = poolSize - int32(prg.poolPtr) - 1
	}
	// now there's enough room for prefix string
	prg.showNodeList(int32(p)) // the show starts at |p|
	prg.printLn()
}

// 199. \[13] Destroying boxes

// tangle:pos tex.web:3886:27:

// When we are done with a node list, we are obliged to return it to free
// storage, including all of its sublists. The recursive procedure
// |flush_node_list| does this for us.

// 200.

// tangle:pos tex.web:3891:3:

// First, however, we shall consider two non-recursive procedures that do
// simpler tasks. The first of these, |delete_token_ref|, is called when
// a pointer to a token list's reference count is being removed. This means
// that the token list should disappear if the reference count was |null|,
// otherwise the count should be decreased by one.
// \xref[reference counts]
func (prg *prg) deleteTokenRef(p halfword) {
	if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh()) == 0 {
		prg.flushList(p)
	} else {
		*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh() = uint16(int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh()) - 1)
	}
}

// 201.

// tangle:pos tex.web:3906:3:

// Similarly, |delete_glue_ref| is called when a pointer to a glue
// specification is being withdrawn.
// \xref[reference counts]
func (prg *prg) deleteGlueRef(p halfword) {
	if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()) == 0 {
		prg.freeNode(p, halfword(glueSpecSize))
	} else {
		*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = uint16(int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()) - 1)
	}
}

// 202.

// tangle:pos tex.web:3917:3:

// Now we are ready to delete any node list, recursively.
// In practice, the nodes deleted are usually charnodes (about 2/3 of the time),
// and they are glue nodes in about half of the remaining cases.
// \xref[recursion]
func (prg *prg) flushNodeList(p halfword) { // go here when node |p| has been freed
	var (
		q halfword // successor to node |p|
	)
	for int32(p) != 0 {
		// \xref[inner loop]
		q = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
		if int32(p) >= int32(prg.hiMemMin) {
			*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = prg.avail
			prg.avail = p /*    dyn_used:= dyn_used-1 ; [  ] */
		} else {
			switch *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0() {
			case hlistNode, vlistNode, unsetNode:
				prg.flushNodeList(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+listOffset].hh()).rh())
				prg.freeNode(p, halfword(boxNodeSize))
				goto done

			case ruleNode:
				prg.freeNode(p, halfword(ruleNodeSize))
				goto done

			case insNode:
				prg.flushNodeList(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+4].hh()).lh())
				prg.deleteGlueRef(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+4].hh()).rh())
				prg.freeNode(p, halfword(insNodeSize))
				goto done

			case whatsitNode:
				// Wipe out the whatsit node |p| and |goto done|
				switch *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1() {
				case openNode:
					prg.freeNode(p, halfword(openNodeSize))
				case writeNode, specialNode:
					prg.deleteTokenRef(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).rh())
					prg.freeNode(p, halfword(writeNodeSize))
					goto done

				case closeNode, languageNode:
					prg.freeNode(p, halfword(smallNodeSize))

				default:
					prg.confusion(strNumber( /* "ext3" */ 1295))
					// \xref[this can't happen ext3][\quad ext3]
				}

				goto done

			case glueNode:
				{
					if int32(*(*prg.mem[*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).lh()].hh()).rh()) == 0 {
						prg.freeNode(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).lh(), halfword(glueSpecSize))
					} else {
						*(*prg.mem[*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).lh()].hh()).rh() = uint16(int32(*(*prg.mem[*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).lh()].hh()).rh()) - 1)
					}
				}
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
					prg.flushNodeList(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).rh())
				}

			case kernNode, mathNode, penaltyNode:
			case ligatureNode:
				prg.flushNodeList(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).rh())
			case markNode:
				prg.deleteTokenRef(halfword(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].int()))
			case discNode:
				prg.flushNodeList(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).lh())
				prg.flushNodeList(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).rh())

			case adjustNode:
				prg.flushNodeList(halfword(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].int()))
			// \4
			// Cases of |flush_node_list| that arise in mlists only
			case styleNode:
				prg.freeNode(p, halfword(styleNodeSize))
				goto done

			case choiceNode:
				prg.flushNodeList(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).lh())
				prg.flushNodeList(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).rh())
				prg.flushNodeList(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+2].hh()).lh())
				prg.flushNodeList(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+2].hh()).rh())
				prg.freeNode(p, halfword(styleNodeSize))
				goto done

			case ordNoad, opNoad, binNoad, relNoad,
				openNoad, closeNoad, punctNoad, innerNoad,
				radicalNoad, overNoad, underNoad, vcenterNoad,
				accentNoad: //

				if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).rh()) >= subBox {
					prg.flushNodeList(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).lh())
				}
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+2].hh()).rh()) >= subBox {
					prg.flushNodeList(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+2].hh()).lh())
				}
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+3].hh()).rh()) >= subBox {
					prg.flushNodeList(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+3].hh()).lh())
				}
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) == radicalNoad {
					prg.freeNode(p, halfword(radicalNoadSize))
				} else if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) == accentNoad {
					prg.freeNode(p, halfword(accentNoadSize))
				} else {
					prg.freeNode(p, halfword(noadSize))
				}

				goto done

			case leftNoad, rightNoad:
				prg.freeNode(p, halfword(noadSize))
				goto done

			case fractionNoad:
				prg.flushNodeList(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+2].hh()).lh())
				prg.flushNodeList(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+3].hh()).lh())
				prg.freeNode(p, halfword(fractionNoadSize))
				goto done

			default:
				prg.confusion(strNumber( /* "flushing" */ 353))
				// \xref[this can't happen flushing][\quad flushing]
			}

			prg.freeNode(p, halfword(smallNodeSize))

		done:
		}
		p = q
	}
}

// 203. \[14] Copying boxes

// tangle:pos tex.web:3960:24:

// Another recursive operation that acts on boxes is sometimes needed: The
// procedure |copy_node_list| returns a pointer to another node list that has
// the same structure and meaning as the original. Note that since glue
// specifications and token lists have reference counts, we need not make
// copies of them. Reference counts can never get too large to fit in a
// halfword, since each pointer to a node is in a different memory address,
// and the total number of memory addresses fits in a halfword.
// \xref[recursion]
// \xref[reference counts]
//
// (Well, there actually are also references from outside |mem|; if the
// |save_stack| is made arbitrarily large, it would theoretically be possible
// to break \TeX\ by overflowing a reference count. But who would want to do that?)

// 204.

// tangle:pos tex.web:3978:3:

// The copying procedure copies words en masse without bothering
// to look at their individual fields. If the node format changes---for
// example, if the size is altered, or if some link field is moved to another
// relative position---then this code may need to be changed too.
// \xref[data structure assumptions]
func (prg *prg) copyNodeList(p halfword) (r halfword) { // makes a duplicate of the
	//   node list that starts at |p| and returns a pointer to the new list

	var (
		h                    halfword // temporary head of copied list
		q                    halfword // previous position in new list
		r1                   halfword // current node being fabricated for new list
		words/* 0..5 */ byte          // number of words remaining to be copied
	)
	h = prg.getAvail()
	q = h
	for int32(p) != 0 {
		words = 1 // this setting occurs in more branches than any other
		if int32(p) >= int32(prg.hiMemMin) {
			r1 = prg.getAvail()
		} else {
			// Case statement to copy different types and set |words| to the number of initial words not yet copied
			switch *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0() {
			case hlistNode, vlistNode, unsetNode:
				r1 = prg.getNode(boxNodeSize)
				prg.mem[int32(r1)+6] = prg.mem[int32(p)+6]
				prg.mem[int32(r1)+5] = prg.mem[int32(p)+5]                                                                 // copy the last two words
				*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+listOffset].hh()).rh() = prg.copyNodeList(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+listOffset].hh()).rh()) // this affects |mem[r+5]|
				words = 5

			case ruleNode:
				r1 = prg.getNode(ruleNodeSize)
				words = byte(ruleNodeSize)

			case insNode:
				r1 = prg.getNode(insNodeSize)
				prg.mem[int32(r1)+4] = prg.mem[int32(p)+4]
				*(*prg.mem[*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+4].hh()).rh()].hh()).rh() = uint16(int32(*(*prg.mem[*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+4].hh()).rh()].hh()).rh()) + 1)
				*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+4].hh()).lh() = prg.copyNodeList(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+4].hh()).lh()) // this affects |mem[r+4]|
				words = byte(insNodeSize - 1)

			case whatsitNode:
				// Make a partial copy of the whatsit node |p| and make |r| point to it; set |words| to the number of initial words not yet copied
				switch *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1() {
				case openNode:
					r1 = prg.getNode(openNodeSize)
					words = byte(openNodeSize)

				case writeNode, specialNode:
					r1 = prg.getNode(writeNodeSize)
					*(*prg.mem[*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).rh()].hh()).lh() = uint16(int32(*(*prg.mem[*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).rh()].hh()).lh()) + 1)
					words = byte(writeNodeSize)

				case closeNode, languageNode:
					r1 = prg.getNode(smallNodeSize)
					words = byte(smallNodeSize)

				default:
					prg.confusion(strNumber( /* "ext2" */ 1294))
					// \xref[this can't happen ext2][\quad ext2]
				}

			case glueNode:
				r1 = prg.getNode(smallNodeSize)
				*(*prg.mem[*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).lh()].hh()).rh() = uint16(int32(*(*prg.mem[*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).lh()].hh()).rh()) + 1)
				*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+1].hh()).lh() = *(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).lh()
				*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+1].hh()).rh() = prg.copyNodeList(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).rh())

			case kernNode, mathNode, penaltyNode:
				r1 = prg.getNode(smallNodeSize)
				words = byte(smallNodeSize)

			case ligatureNode:
				r1 = prg.getNode(smallNodeSize)
				prg.mem[int32(r1)+1] = prg.mem[int32(p)+1] // copy |font| and |character|
				*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+1].hh()).rh() = prg.copyNodeList(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).rh())

			case discNode:
				r1 = prg.getNode(smallNodeSize)
				*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+1].hh()).lh() = prg.copyNodeList(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).lh())
				*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+1].hh()).rh() = prg.copyNodeList(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).rh())

			case markNode:
				r1 = prg.getNode(smallNodeSize)
				*(*prg.mem[*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].int()].hh()).lh() = uint16(int32(*(*prg.mem[*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].int()].hh()).lh()) + 1)
				words = byte(smallNodeSize)

			case adjustNode:
				r1 = prg.getNode(smallNodeSize)
				*prg.mem[int32(r1)+1].int() = int32(prg.copyNodeList(halfword(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].int())))

				// |words=1=small_node_size-1|
			default:
				prg.confusion(strNumber( /* "copying" */ 354))
				// \xref[this can't happen copying][\quad copying]
			}
		}
		for int32(words) > 0 {
			words = byte(int32(words) - 1)
			prg.mem[int32(r1)+int32(words)] = prg.mem[int32(p)+int32(words)]
		}
		*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = r1
		q = r1
		p = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
	}
	*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = 0
	q = *(*prg.mem[h].hh()).rh()
	{
		*(*prg.mem[h].hh()).rh() = prg.avail
		prg.avail = h /*    dyn_used:= dyn_used-1 ; [  ] */
	}
	r = q
	return r
}

// 207. \[15] The command codes

// tangle:pos tex.web:4048:28:

// Before we can go any further, we need to define symbolic names for the internal
// code numbers that represent the various commands obeyed by \TeX. These codes
// are somewhat arbitrary, but not completely so. For example, the command
// codes for character types are fixed by the language, since a user says,
// e.g., `\.[\\catcode \`\\\$[] = 3]' to make \.[\char'44] a math delimiter,
// and the command code |math_shift| is equal to~3. Some other codes have
// been made adjacent so that |case| statements in the program need not consider
// cases that are widely spaced, or so that |case| statements can be replaced
// by |if| statements.
//
// At any rate, here is the list, for future reference. First come the
// ``catcode'' commands, several of which share their numeric codes with
// ordinary commands when the catcode cannot emerge from \TeX's scanning routine.

// 208.

// tangle:pos tex.web:4090:3:

// Next are the ordinary run-of-the-mill command codes.  Codes that are
// |min_internal| or more represent internal quantities that might be
// expanded by `\.[\\the]'.

// 209.

// tangle:pos tex.web:4154:3:

// The next codes are special; they all relate to mode-independent
// assignment of values to \TeX's internal registers or tables.
// Codes that are |max_internal| or less represent internal quantities
// that might be expanded by `\.[\\the]'.

// 210.

// tangle:pos tex.web:4194:3:

// The remaining command codes are extra special, since they cannot get through
// \TeX's scanner to the main control routine. They have been given values higher
// than |max_command| so that their special nature is easily discernible.
// The ``expandable'' commands come first.

// 211. \[16] The semantic nest

// tangle:pos tex.web:4220:28:

// \TeX\ is typically in the midst of building many lists at once. For example,
// when a math formula is being processed, \TeX\ is in math mode and
// working on an mlist; this formula has temporarily interrupted \TeX\ from
// being in horizontal mode and building the hlist of a paragraph; and this
// paragraph has temporarily interrupted \TeX\ from being in vertical mode
// and building the vlist for the next page of a document. Similarly, when a
// \.[\\vbox] occurs inside of an \.[\\hbox], \TeX\ is temporarily
// interrupted from working in restricted horizontal mode, and it enters
// internal vertical mode.  The “semantic nest” is a stack that
// keeps track of what lists and modes are currently suspended.
//
// At each level of processing we are in one of six modes:
//
// \yskip\hang|vmode| stands for vertical mode (the page builder);
//
// \hang|hmode| stands for horizontal mode (the paragraph builder);
//
// \hang|mmode| stands for displayed formula mode;
//
// \hang|-vmode| stands for internal vertical mode (e.g., in a \.[\\vbox]);
//
// \hang|-hmode| stands for restricted horizontal mode (e.g., in an \.[\\hbox]);
//
// \hang|-mmode| stands for math formula mode (not displayed).
//
// \yskip\noindent The mode is temporarily set to zero while processing \.[\\write]
// texts.
//
// Numeric values are assigned to |vmode|, |hmode|, and |mmode| so that
// \TeX's “big semantic switch” can select the appropriate thing to
// do by computing the value |abs(mode)+cur_cmd|, where |mode| is the current
// mode and |cur_cmd| is the current command code.
func (prg *prg) printMode(m int32) {
	if m > 0 {
		switch m / (maxCommand + 1) {
		case 0:
			prg.print( /* "vertical" */ 355)
		case 1:
			prg.print( /* "horizontal" */ 356)
		case 2:
			prg.print( /* "display math" */ 357)
		}
	} else if m == 0 {
		prg.print( /* "no" */ 358)
	} else {
		switch -m / (maxCommand + 1) {
		case 0:
			prg.print( /* "internal vertical" */ 359)
		case 1:
			prg.print( /* "restricted horizontal" */ 360)
		case 2:
			prg.print( /* "math" */ 343)
		}
	}
	prg.print( /* " mode" */ 361)
}

// 214.

// tangle:pos tex.web:4348:3:

// Here is a common way to make the current list grow:

// 216.

// tangle:pos tex.web:4368:3:

// When \TeX's work on one level is interrupted, the state is saved by
// calling |push_nest|. This routine changes |head| and |tail| so that
// a new (empty) list is begun; it does not change |mode| or |aux|.
func (prg *prg) pushNest() {
	if int32(prg.nestPtr) > int32(prg.maxNestStack) {
		prg.maxNestStack = prg.nestPtr
		if int32(prg.nestPtr) == nestSize {
			prg.overflow(strNumber( /* "semantic nest size" */ 362), nestSize)
		}
		// \xref[TeX capacity exceeded semantic nest size][\quad semantic nest size]
	}
	prg.nest[prg.nestPtr] = prg.curList // stack the record
	prg.nestPtr = byte(int32(prg.nestPtr) + 1)
	prg.curList.headField = prg.getAvail()
	prg.curList.tailField = prg.curList.headField
	prg.curList.pgField = 0
	prg.curList.mlField = prg.line
}

// 217.

// tangle:pos tex.web:4382:3:

// Conversely, when \TeX\ is finished on the current level, the former
// state is restored by calling |pop_nest|. This routine will never be
// called at the lowest semantic level, nor will it be called unless |head|
// is a node that should be returned to free memory.
func (prg *prg) popNest() {
	{
		*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.headField].hh()).rh() = prg.avail
		prg.avail = prg.curList.headField /*    dyn_used:= dyn_used-1 ; [  ] */
	}
	prg.nestPtr = byte(int32(prg.nestPtr) - 1)
	prg.curList = prg.nest[prg.nestPtr]
} // \2
func (prg *prg) showActivities() {
	var (
		p/* 0..nestSize */ byte                // index into |nest|
		m/*  -mmode..mmode */ int16            // mode
		a                           memoryWord // auxiliary
		q, r1                       halfword   // for showing the current page
		t                           int32      // ditto
	)
	prg.nest[prg.nestPtr] = prg.curList // put the top level into the array
	prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "" */ 338))
	prg.printLn()
	for ii := int32(prg.nestPtr); ii >= 0; ii-- {
		p = byte(ii)
		_ = p
		m = prg.nest[p].modeField
		a = prg.nest[p].auxField
		prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "### " */ 363))
		prg.printMode(int32(m))
		prg.print( /* " entered at line " */ 364)
		prg.printInt(abs(prg.nest[p].mlField))
		if int32(m) == hmode {
			if prg.nest[p].pgField != 040600000 {
				prg.print( /* " (language" */ 365)
				prg.printInt(prg.nest[p].pgField % 0200000)
				prg.print( /* ":hyphenmin" */ 366)
				prg.printInt(prg.nest[p].pgField / 020000000)
				prg.printChar(asciiCode(','))
				prg.printInt(prg.nest[p].pgField / 0200000 % 0100)
				prg.printChar(asciiCode(')'))
			}
		}
		if prg.nest[p].mlField < 0 {
			prg.print( /* " (\\output routine)" */ 367)
		}
		if int32(p) == 0 {
			if 30000-2 != int32(prg.pageTail) {
				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "### current page:" */ 980))
				if prg.outputActive {
					prg.print( /* " (held over for next output)" */ 981)
				}
				// \xref[held over for next output]
				prg.showBox(*(*prg.mem[30000-2].hh()).rh())
				if int32(prg.pageContents) > empty {
					prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "total height " */ 982))
					prg.printTotals()
					// \xref[total_height][\.[total height]]
					prg.printNl(strNumber( /* " goal height " */ 983))
					prg.printScaled(prg.pageSoFar[0])
					// \xref[goal height]
					r1 = *(*prg.mem[30000].hh()).rh()
					for int32(r1) != 30000 {
						prg.printLn()
						prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "insert" */ 330))
						t = int32(*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b1()) - minQuarterword
						prg.printInt(t)
						prg.print( /* " adds " */ 984)
						if *prg.eqtb[countBase+t-1].int() == 1000 {
							t = *prg.mem[int32(r1)+heightOffset].int()
						} else {
							t = prg.xOverN(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+heightOffset].int(), 1000) * *prg.eqtb[countBase+t-1].int()
						}
						prg.printScaled(t)
						if int32(*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b0()) == splitUp {
							q = uint16(30000 - 2)
							t = 0
							for {
								q = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()
								if int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0()) == insNode && int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b1()) == int32(*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b1()) {
									t = t + 1
								}
								if int32(q) == int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+1].hh()).lh()) {
									break
								}
							}
							prg.print( /* ", #" */ 985)
							prg.printInt(t)
							prg.print( /* " might split" */ 986)
						}
						r1 = *(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh()
					}
				}
			}
			if int32(*(*prg.mem[30000-1].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "### recent contributions:" */ 368))
			}
		}
		prg.showBox(*(*prg.mem[prg.nest[p].headField].hh()).rh())

		// Show the auxiliary field, |a|
		switch abs(int32(m)) / (maxCommand + 1) {
		case 0:
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "prevdepth " */ 369))
			if *a.int() <= -65536000 {
				prg.print( /* "ignored" */ 370)
			} else {
				prg.printScaled(*a.int())
			}
			if prg.nest[p].pgField != 0 {
				prg.print( /* ", prevgraf " */ 371)
				prg.printInt(prg.nest[p].pgField)
				prg.print( /* " line" */ 372)
				if prg.nest[p].pgField != 1 {
					prg.printChar(asciiCode('s'))
				}
			}

		case 1:
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "spacefactor " */ 373))
			prg.printInt(int32(*(*a.hh()).lh()))
			if int32(m) > 0 {
				if int32(*(*a.hh()).rh()) > 0 {
					prg.print( /* ", current language " */ 374)
					prg.printInt(int32(*(*a.hh()).rh()))
				}
			}

		case 2:
			if *a.int() != 0 {
				prg.print( /* "this will begin denominator of:" */ 375)
				prg.showBox(halfword(*a.int()))
			}
		}
	}
}

// 220. \[17] The table of equivalents

// tangle:pos tex.web:4444:35:

// Now that we have studied the data structures for \TeX's semantic routines,
// we ought to consider the data structures used by its syntactic routines. In
// other words, our next concern will be
// the tables that \TeX\ looks at when it is scanning
// what the user has written.
//
// The biggest and most important such table is called |eqtb|. It holds the
// current ``equivalents'' of things; i.e., it explains what things mean
// or what their current values are, for all quantities that are subject to
// the nesting structure provided by \TeX's grouping mechanism. There are six
// parts to |eqtb|:
//
// \yskip\hangg 1) |eqtb[active_base..(hash_base-1)]| holds the current
// equivalents of single-character control sequences.
//
// \yskip\hangg 2) |eqtb[hash_base..(glue_base-1)]| holds the current
// equivalents of multiletter control sequences.
//
// \yskip\hangg 3) |eqtb[glue_base..(local_base-1)]| holds the current
// equivalents of glue parameters like the current baselineskip.
//
// \yskip\hangg 4) |eqtb[local_base..(int_base-1)]| holds the current
// equivalents of local halfword quantities like the current box registers,
// the current ``catcodes,'' the current font, and a pointer to the current
// paragraph shape.
//
// \yskip\hangg 5) |eqtb[int_base..(dimen_base-1)]| holds the current
// equivalents of fullword integer parameters like the current hyphenation
// penalty.
//
// \yskip\hangg 6) |eqtb[dimen_base..eqtb_size]| holds the current equivalents
// of fullword dimension parameters like the current hsize or amount of
// hanging indentation.
//
// \yskip\noindent Note that, for example, the current amount of
// baselineskip glue is determined by the setting of a particular location
// in region~3 of |eqtb|, while the current meaning of the control sequence
// `\.[\\baselineskip]' (which might have been changed by \.[\\def] or
// \.[\\let]) appears in region~2.

// 221.

// tangle:pos tex.web:4485:3:

// Each entry in |eqtb| is a |memory_word|. Most of these words are of type
// |two_halves|, and subdivided into three fields:
//
// \yskip\hangg 1) The |eq_level| (a quarterword) is the level of grouping at
// which this equivalent was defined. If the level is |level_zero|, the
// equivalent has never been defined; |level_one| refers to the outer level
// (outside of all groups), and this level is also used for global
// definitions that never go away. Higher levels are for equivalents that
// will disappear at the end of their group.  \xref[global definitions]
//
// \yskip\hangg 2) The |eq_type| (another quarterword) specifies what kind of
// entry this is. There are many types, since each \TeX\ primitive like
// \.[\\hbox], \.[\\def], etc., has its own special code. The list of
// command codes above includes all possible settings of the |eq_type| field.
//
// \yskip\hangg 3) The |equiv| (a halfword) is the current equivalent value.
// This may be a font number, a pointer into |mem|, or a variety of other
// things.

// 237.

// tangle:pos tex.web:5043:3:

// We can print the symbolic name of an integer parameter as follows.
func (prg *prg) printParam(n int32) {
	switch n {
	case pretoleranceCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "pretolerance" */ 420))
	case toleranceCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "tolerance" */ 421))
	case linePenaltyCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "linepenalty" */ 422))
	case hyphenPenaltyCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "hyphenpenalty" */ 423))
	case exHyphenPenaltyCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "exhyphenpenalty" */ 424))
	case clubPenaltyCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "clubpenalty" */ 425))
	case widowPenaltyCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "widowpenalty" */ 426))
	case displayWidowPenaltyCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "displaywidowpenalty" */ 427))
	case brokenPenaltyCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "brokenpenalty" */ 428))
	case binOpPenaltyCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "binoppenalty" */ 429))
	case relPenaltyCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "relpenalty" */ 430))
	case preDisplayPenaltyCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "predisplaypenalty" */ 431))
	case postDisplayPenaltyCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "postdisplaypenalty" */ 432))
	case interLinePenaltyCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "interlinepenalty" */ 433))
	case doubleHyphenDemeritsCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "doublehyphendemerits" */ 434))
	case finalHyphenDemeritsCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "finalhyphendemerits" */ 435))
	case adjDemeritsCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "adjdemerits" */ 436))
	case magCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "mag" */ 437))
	case delimiterFactorCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "delimiterfactor" */ 438))
	case loosenessCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "looseness" */ 439))
	case timeCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "time" */ 440))
	case dayCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "day" */ 441))
	case monthCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "month" */ 442))
	case yearCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "year" */ 443))
	case showBoxBreadthCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "showboxbreadth" */ 444))
	case showBoxDepthCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "showboxdepth" */ 445))
	case hbadnessCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "hbadness" */ 446))
	case vbadnessCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "vbadness" */ 447))
	case pausingCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "pausing" */ 448))
	case tracingOnlineCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "tracingonline" */ 449))
	case tracingMacrosCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "tracingmacros" */ 450))
	case tracingStatsCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "tracingstats" */ 451))
	case tracingParagraphsCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "tracingparagraphs" */ 452))
	case tracingPagesCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "tracingpages" */ 453))
	case tracingOutputCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "tracingoutput" */ 454))
	case tracingLostCharsCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "tracinglostchars" */ 455))
	case tracingCommandsCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "tracingcommands" */ 456))
	case tracingRestoresCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "tracingrestores" */ 457))
	case ucHyphCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "uchyph" */ 458))
	case outputPenaltyCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "outputpenalty" */ 459))
	case maxDeadCyclesCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "maxdeadcycles" */ 460))
	case hangAfterCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "hangafter" */ 461))
	case floatingPenaltyCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "floatingpenalty" */ 462))
	case globalDefsCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "globaldefs" */ 463))
	case curFamCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "fam" */ 464))
	case escapeCharCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "escapechar" */ 465))
	case defaultHyphenCharCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "defaulthyphenchar" */ 466))
	case defaultSkewCharCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "defaultskewchar" */ 467))
	case endLineCharCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "endlinechar" */ 468))
	case newLineCharCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "newlinechar" */ 469))
	case languageCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "language" */ 470))
	case leftHyphenMinCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "lefthyphenmin" */ 471))
	case rightHyphenMinCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "righthyphenmin" */ 472))
	case holdingInsertsCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "holdinginserts" */ 473))
	case errorContextLinesCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "errorcontextlines" */ 474))

	default:
		prg.print( /* "[unknown integer parameter!]" */ 475)
	}
}

// 241.

// tangle:pos tex.web:5240:3:

// The following procedure, which is called just before \TeX\ initializes its
// input and output, establishes the initial values of the date and time.
// \xref[system dependencies]
// Since standard \PASCAL\ cannot provide such information, something special
// is needed. The program here simply assumes that suitable values appear in
// the global variables \\[sys\_time], \\[sys\_day], \\[sys\_month], and
// \\[sys\_year] (which are initialized to noon on 4 July 1776,
// in case the implementor is careless).
func (prg *prg) fixDateAndTime() {
	prg.sysTime = 12 * 60
	prg.sysDay = 4
	prg.sysMonth = 7
	prg.sysYear = 1776                                  // self-evident truths
	*prg.eqtb[intBase+timeCode-1].int() = prg.sysTime   // minutes since midnight
	*prg.eqtb[intBase+dayCode-1].int() = prg.sysDay     // day of the month
	*prg.eqtb[intBase+monthCode-1].int() = prg.sysMonth // month of the year
	*prg.eqtb[intBase+yearCode-1].int() = prg.sysYear   // Anno Domini
}

// 245.

// tangle:pos tex.web:5272:3:

// \TeX\ is occasionally supposed to print diagnostic information that
// goes only into the transcript file, unless |tracing_online| is positive.
// Here are two routines that adjust the destination of print commands:
func (prg *prg) beginDiagnostic() {
	prg.oldSetting = prg.selector
	if *prg.eqtb[intBase+tracingOnlineCode-1].int() <= 0 && int32(prg.selector) == termAndLog {
		prg.selector = byte(int32(prg.selector) - 1)
		if int32(prg.history) == spotless {
			prg.history = byte(warningIssued)
		}
	}
}

func (prg *prg) endDiagnostic(blankLine bool) {
	prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "" */ 338))
	if blankLine {
		prg.printLn()
	}
	prg.selector = prg.oldSetting
}

// 247.

// tangle:pos tex.web:5299:3:

// The final region of |eqtb| contains the dimension parameters defined
// here, and the 256 \.[\\dimen] registers.
func (prg *prg) printLengthParam(n int32) {
	switch n {
	case parIndentCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "parindent" */ 478))
	case mathSurroundCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "mathsurround" */ 479))
	case lineSkipLimitCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "lineskiplimit" */ 480))
	case hsizeCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "hsize" */ 481))
	case vsizeCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "vsize" */ 482))
	case maxDepthCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "maxdepth" */ 483))
	case splitMaxDepthCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "splitmaxdepth" */ 484))
	case boxMaxDepthCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "boxmaxdepth" */ 485))
	case hfuzzCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "hfuzz" */ 486))
	case vfuzzCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "vfuzz" */ 487))
	case delimiterShortfallCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "delimitershortfall" */ 488))
	case nullDelimiterSpaceCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "nulldelimiterspace" */ 489))
	case scriptSpaceCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "scriptspace" */ 490))
	case preDisplaySizeCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "predisplaysize" */ 491))
	case displayWidthCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "displaywidth" */ 492))
	case displayIndentCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "displayindent" */ 493))
	case overfullRuleCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "overfullrule" */ 494))
	case hangIndentCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "hangindent" */ 495))
	case hOffsetCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "hoffset" */ 496))
	case vOffsetCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "voffset" */ 497))
	case emergencyStretchCode:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "emergencystretch" */ 498))

	default:
		prg.print( /* "[unknown dimen parameter!]" */ 499)
	}
}

// 252.

// tangle:pos tex.web:5441:3:

// Here is a procedure that displays the contents of |eqtb[n]|
// symbolically.
// \4
// Declare the procedure called |print_cmd_chr|
func (prg *prg) printCmdChr(cmd quarterword, chrCode halfword) {
	switch cmd {
	case leftBrace:
		prg.print( /* "begin-group character " */ 557)
		prg.print(int32(chrCode))
	case rightBrace:
		prg.print( /* "end-group character " */ 558)
		prg.print(int32(chrCode))
	case mathShift:
		prg.print( /* "math shift character " */ 559)
		prg.print(int32(chrCode))
	case macParam:
		prg.print( /* "macro parameter character " */ 560)
		prg.print(int32(chrCode))
	case supMark:
		prg.print( /* "superscript character " */ 561)
		prg.print(int32(chrCode))
	case subMark:
		prg.print( /* "subscript character " */ 562)
		prg.print(int32(chrCode))
	case endv:
		prg.print( /* "end of alignment template" */ 563)
	case spacer:
		prg.print( /* "blank space " */ 564)
		prg.print(int32(chrCode))
	case letter:
		prg.print( /* "the letter " */ 565)
		prg.print(int32(chrCode))
	case otherChar:
		prg.print( /* "the character " */ 566)
		prg.print(int32(chrCode))
	// \4
	// Cases of |print_cmd_chr| for symbolic printing of primitives
	case assignGlue, assignMuGlue:
		if int32(chrCode) < skipBase {
			prg.printSkipParam(int32(chrCode) - glueBase)
		} else if int32(chrCode) < muSkipBase {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "skip" */ 395))
			prg.printInt(int32(chrCode) - skipBase)
		} else {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "muskip" */ 396))
			prg.printInt(int32(chrCode) - muSkipBase)
		}

	case assignToks:
		if int32(chrCode) >= toksBase {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "toks" */ 407))
			prg.printInt(int32(chrCode) - toksBase)
		} else {
			switch chrCode {
			case outputRoutineLoc:
				prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "output" */ 398))
			case everyParLoc:
				prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "everypar" */ 399))
			case everyMathLoc:
				prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "everymath" */ 400))
			case everyDisplayLoc:
				prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "everydisplay" */ 401))
			case everyHboxLoc:
				prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "everyhbox" */ 402))
			case everyVboxLoc:
				prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "everyvbox" */ 403))
			case everyJobLoc:
				prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "everyjob" */ 404))
			case everyCrLoc:
				prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "everycr" */ 405))

			default:
				prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "errhelp" */ 406))
			}
		}

	case assignInt:
		if int32(chrCode) < countBase {
			prg.printParam(int32(chrCode) - intBase)
		} else {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "count" */ 476))
			prg.printInt(int32(chrCode) - countBase)
		}

	case assignDimen:
		if int32(chrCode) < scaledBase {
			prg.printLengthParam(int32(chrCode) - dimenBase)
		} else {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "dimen" */ 500))
			prg.printInt(int32(chrCode) - scaledBase)
		}

	case accent:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "accent" */ 508))
	case advance:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "advance" */ 509))
	case afterAssignment:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "afterassignment" */ 510))
	case afterGroup:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "aftergroup" */ 511))
	case assignFontDimen:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "fontdimen" */ 519))
	case beginGroup:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "begingroup" */ 512))
	case breakPenalty:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "penalty" */ 531))
	case charNum:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "char" */ 513))
	case csName:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "csname" */ 504))
	case defFont:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "font" */ 518))
	case delimNum:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "delimiter" */ 514))
	case divide:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "divide" */ 515))
	case endCsName:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "endcsname" */ 505))
	case endGroup:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "endgroup" */ 516))
	case exSpace:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber(' '))
	case expandAfter:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "expandafter" */ 517))
	case halign:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "halign" */ 520))
	case hrule:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "hrule" */ 521))
	case ignoreSpaces:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "ignorespaces" */ 522))
	case insert:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "insert" */ 330))
	case italCorr:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber('/'))
	case mark:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "mark" */ 351))
	case mathAccent:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "mathaccent" */ 523))
	case mathCharNum:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "mathchar" */ 524))
	case mathChoice:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "mathchoice" */ 525))
	case multiply:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "multiply" */ 526))
	case noAlign:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "noalign" */ 527))
	case noBoundary:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "noboundary" */ 528))
	case noExpand:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "noexpand" */ 529))
	case nonScript:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "nonscript" */ 335))
	case omit:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "omit" */ 530))
	case radical:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "radical" */ 533))
	case readToCs:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "read" */ 534))
	case relax:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "relax" */ 535))
	case setBox:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "setbox" */ 536))
	case setPrevGraf:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "prevgraf" */ 532))
	case setShape:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "parshape" */ 408))
	case the:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "the" */ 537))
	case toksRegister:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "toks" */ 407))
	case vadjust:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "vadjust" */ 352))
	case valign:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "valign" */ 538))
	case vcenter:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "vcenter" */ 539))
	case vrule:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "vrule" */ 540))

	case parEnd:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "par" */ 597))

	case input:
		if int32(chrCode) == 0 {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "input" */ 629))
		} else {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "endinput" */ 630))
		}

	case topBotMark:
		switch chrCode {
		case firstMarkCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "firstmark" */ 632))
		case botMarkCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "botmark" */ 633))
		case splitFirstMarkCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "splitfirstmark" */ 634))
		case splitBotMarkCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "splitbotmark" */ 635))

		default:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "topmark" */ 631))
		}

	case register:
		if int32(chrCode) == intVal {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "count" */ 476))
		} else if int32(chrCode) == dimenVal {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "dimen" */ 500))
		} else if int32(chrCode) == glueVal {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "skip" */ 395))
		} else {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "muskip" */ 396))
		}

	case setAux:
		if int32(chrCode) == vmode {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "prevdepth" */ 669))
		} else {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "spacefactor" */ 668))
		}
	case setPageInt:
		if int32(chrCode) == 0 {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "deadcycles" */ 670))
		} else {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "insertpenalties" */ 671))
		}
	case setBoxDimen:
		if int32(chrCode) == widthOffset {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "wd" */ 672))
		} else if int32(chrCode) == heightOffset {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "ht" */ 673))
		} else {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "dp" */ 674))
		}
	case lastItem:
		switch chrCode {
		case intVal:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "lastpenalty" */ 675))
		case dimenVal:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "lastkern" */ 676))
		case glueVal:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "lastskip" */ 677))
		case inputLineNoCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "inputlineno" */ 678))

		default:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "badness" */ 679))
		}

	case convert:
		switch chrCode {
		case numberCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "number" */ 735))
		case romanNumeralCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "romannumeral" */ 736))
		case stringCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "string" */ 737))
		case meaningCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "meaning" */ 738))
		case fontNameCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "fontname" */ 739))

		default:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "jobname" */ 740))
		}

	case ifTest:
		switch chrCode {
		case ifCatCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "ifcat" */ 758))
		case ifIntCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "ifnum" */ 759))
		case ifDimCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "ifdim" */ 760))
		case ifOddCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "ifodd" */ 761))
		case ifVmodeCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "ifvmode" */ 762))
		case ifHmodeCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "ifhmode" */ 763))
		case ifMmodeCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "ifmmode" */ 764))
		case ifInnerCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "ifinner" */ 765))
		case ifVoidCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "ifvoid" */ 766))
		case ifHboxCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "ifhbox" */ 767))
		case ifVboxCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "ifvbox" */ 768))
		case ifxCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "ifx" */ 769))
		case ifEofCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "ifeof" */ 770))
		case ifTrueCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "iftrue" */ 771))
		case ifFalseCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "iffalse" */ 772))
		case ifCaseCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "ifcase" */ 773))

		default:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "if" */ 757))
		}

	case fiOrElse:
		if int32(chrCode) == fiCode {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "fi" */ 774))
		} else if int32(chrCode) == orCode {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "or" */ 775))
		} else {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "else" */ 776))
		}

	case tabMark:
		if int32(chrCode) == spanCode {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "span" */ 898))
		} else {
			prg.print( /* "alignment tab character " */ 902)
			prg.print(int32(chrCode))
		}
	case carRet:
		if int32(chrCode) == crCode {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "cr" */ 899))
		} else {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "crcr" */ 900))
		}

	case setPageDimen:
		switch chrCode {
		case 0:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "pagegoal" */ 970))
		case 1:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "pagetotal" */ 971))
		case 2:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "pagestretch" */ 972))
		case 3:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "pagefilstretch" */ 973))
		case 4:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "pagefillstretch" */ 974))
		case 5:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "pagefilllstretch" */ 975))
		case 6:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "pageshrink" */ 976))

		default:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "pagedepth" */ 977))
		}

	case stop:
		if int32(chrCode) == 1 {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "dump" */ 1026))
		} else {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "end" */ 1025))
		}

	case hskip:
		switch chrCode {
		case skipCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "hskip" */ 1027))
		case filCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "hfil" */ 1028))
		case fillCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "hfill" */ 1029))
		case ssCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "hss" */ 1030))

		default:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "hfilneg" */ 1031))
		}
	case vskip:
		switch chrCode {
		case skipCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "vskip" */ 1032))
		case filCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "vfil" */ 1033))
		case fillCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "vfill" */ 1034))
		case ssCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "vss" */ 1035))

		default:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "vfilneg" */ 1036))
		}
	case mskip:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "mskip" */ 336))
	case kern:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "kern" */ 340))
	case mkern:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "mkern" */ 342))

	case hmove:
		if int32(chrCode) == 1 {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "moveleft" */ 1054))
		} else {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "moveright" */ 1055))
		}
	case vmove:
		if int32(chrCode) == 1 {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "raise" */ 1056))
		} else {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "lower" */ 1057))
		}
	case makeBox:
		switch chrCode {
		case boxCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "box" */ 409))
		case copyCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "copy" */ 1058))
		case lastBoxCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "lastbox" */ 1059))
		case vsplitCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "vsplit" */ 965))
		case vtopCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "vtop" */ 1060))
		case vtopCode + 1:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "vbox" */ 967))

		default:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "hbox" */ 1061))
		}
	case leaderShip:
		if int32(chrCode) == aLeaders {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "leaders" */ 1063))
		} else if int32(chrCode) == cLeaders {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "cleaders" */ 1064))
		} else if int32(chrCode) == xLeaders {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "xleaders" */ 1065))
		} else {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "shipout" */ 1062))
		}

	case startPar:
		if int32(chrCode) == 0 {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "noindent" */ 1081))
		} else {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "indent" */ 1080))
		}

	case removeItem:
		if int32(chrCode) == glueNode {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "unskip" */ 1092))
		} else if int32(chrCode) == kernNode {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "unkern" */ 1091))
		} else {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "unpenalty" */ 1090))
		}
	case unHbox:
		if int32(chrCode) == copyCode {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "unhcopy" */ 1094))
		} else {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "unhbox" */ 1093))
		}
	case unVbox:
		if int32(chrCode) == copyCode {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "unvcopy" */ 1096))
		} else {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "unvbox" */ 1095))
		}

	case discretionary:
		if int32(chrCode) == 1 {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber('-'))
		} else {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "discretionary" */ 349))
		}

	case eqNo:
		if int32(chrCode) == 1 {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "leqno" */ 1128))
		} else {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "eqno" */ 1127))
		}

	case mathComp:
		switch chrCode {
		case ordNoad:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "mathord" */ 866))
		case opNoad:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "mathop" */ 867))
		case binNoad:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "mathbin" */ 868))
		case relNoad:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "mathrel" */ 869))
		case openNoad:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "mathopen" */ 870))
		case closeNoad:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "mathclose" */ 871))
		case punctNoad:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "mathpunct" */ 872))
		case innerNoad:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "mathinner" */ 873))
		case underNoad:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "underline" */ 875))

		default:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "overline" */ 874))
		}
	case limitSwitch:
		if int32(chrCode) == limits {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "limits" */ 878))
		} else if int32(chrCode) == noLimits {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "nolimits" */ 879))
		} else {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "displaylimits" */ 1129))
		}

	case mathStyle:
		prg.printStyle(int32(chrCode))

	case above:
		switch chrCode {
		case overCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "over" */ 1148))
		case atopCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "atop" */ 1149))
		case delimitedCode + 0:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "abovewithdelims" */ 1150))
		case delimitedCode + 1:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "overwithdelims" */ 1151))
		case delimitedCode + 2:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "atopwithdelims" */ 1152))

		default:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "above" */ 1147))
		}

	case leftRight:
		if int32(chrCode) == leftNoad {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "left" */ 876))
		} else {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "right" */ 877))
		}

	case prefix:
		if int32(chrCode) == 1 {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "long" */ 1171))
		} else if int32(chrCode) == 2 {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "outer" */ 1172))
		} else {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "global" */ 1173))
		}
	case def:
		if int32(chrCode) == 0 {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "def" */ 1174))
		} else if int32(chrCode) == 1 {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "gdef" */ 1175))
		} else if int32(chrCode) == 2 {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "edef" */ 1176))
		} else {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "xdef" */ 1177))
		}

	case let:
		if int32(chrCode) != normal {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "futurelet" */ 1192))
		} else {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "let" */ 1191))
		}

	case shorthandDef:
		switch chrCode {
		case charDefCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "chardef" */ 1193))
		case mathCharDefCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "mathchardef" */ 1194))
		case countDefCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "countdef" */ 1195))
		case dimenDefCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "dimendef" */ 1196))
		case skipDefCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "skipdef" */ 1197))
		case muSkipDefCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "muskipdef" */ 1198))

		default:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "toksdef" */ 1199))
		}
	case charGiven:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "char" */ 513))
		prg.printHex(int32(chrCode))

	case mathGiven:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "mathchar" */ 524))
		prg.printHex(int32(chrCode))

	case defCode:
		if int32(chrCode) == catCodeBase {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "catcode" */ 415))
		} else if int32(chrCode) == mathCodeBase {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "mathcode" */ 419))
		} else if int32(chrCode) == lcCodeBase {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "lccode" */ 416))
		} else if int32(chrCode) == ucCodeBase {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "uccode" */ 417))
		} else if int32(chrCode) == sfCodeBase {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "sfcode" */ 418))
		} else {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "delcode" */ 477))
		}
	case defFamily:
		prg.printSize(int32(chrCode) - mathFontBase)

	case hyphData:
		if int32(chrCode) == 1 {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "patterns" */ 953))
		} else {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "hyphenation" */ 941))
		}

	case assignFontInt:
		if int32(chrCode) == 0 {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "hyphenchar" */ 1217))
		} else {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "skewchar" */ 1218))
		}

	case setFont:
		prg.print( /* "select font " */ 1226)
		prg.slowPrint(int32(prg.fontName[chrCode]))
		if prg.fontSize[chrCode] != prg.fontDsize[chrCode] {
			prg.print( /* " at " */ 741)
			prg.printScaled(prg.fontSize[chrCode])
			prg.print( /* "pt" */ 397)
		}

	case setInteraction:
		switch chrCode {
		case batchMode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "batchmode" */ 274))
		case nonstopMode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "nonstopmode" */ 275))
		case scrollMode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "scrollmode" */ 276))

		default:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "errorstopmode" */ 1227))
		}

	case inStream:
		if int32(chrCode) == 0 {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "closein" */ 1229))
		} else {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "openin" */ 1228))
		}

	case message:
		if int32(chrCode) == 0 {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "message" */ 1230))
		} else {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "errmessage" */ 1231))
		}

	case caseShift:
		if int32(chrCode) == lcCodeBase {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "lowercase" */ 1237))
		} else {
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "uppercase" */ 1238))
		}

	case xray:
		switch chrCode {
		case showBoxCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "showbox" */ 1240))
		case showTheCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "showthe" */ 1241))
		case showListsCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "showlists" */ 1242))

		default:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "show" */ 1239))
		}

	case undefinedCs:
		prg.print( /* "undefined" */ 1249)
	case call:
		prg.print( /* "macro" */ 1250)
	case longCall:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "long macro" */ 1251))
	case outerCall:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "outer macro" */ 1252))
	case longOuterCall:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "long" */ 1171))
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "outer macro" */ 1252))

	case endTemplate:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "outer endtemplate" */ 1253))

	case extension:
		switch chrCode {
		case openNode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "openout" */ 1285))
		case writeNode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "write" */ 594))
		case closeNode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "closeout" */ 1286))
		case specialNode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "special" */ 1287))
		case immediateCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "immediate" */ 1288))
		case setLanguageCode:
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "setlanguage" */ 1289))

		default:
			prg.print( /* "[unknown extension!]" */ 1290)
		}

	default:
		prg.print( /* "[unknown command code!]" */ 567)
	}
}

//  procedure show_eqtb( n:halfword );
// begin if n<active_base then print_char(["?"=]63) [this can't happen]
// else if n<glue_base then
// [ Show equivalent |n|, in region 1 or 2 ]
// begin sprint_cs(n); print_char(["="=]61); print_cmd_chr( eqtb[  n].hh.b0  , eqtb[  n].hh.rh  );
// if  eqtb[  n].hh.b0  >=call then
//   begin print_char([":"=]58); show_token_list( mem[  eqtb[   n].hh.rh  ].hh.rh ,0  ,32);
//   end;
// end
//
// else if n<local_base then
// [ Show equivalent |n|, in region 3 ]
// if n<skip_base then
//   begin print_skip_param(n-glue_base); print_char(["="=]61);
//   if n<glue_base+thin_mu_skip_code then print_spec( eqtb[  n].hh.rh  ,["pt"=]397)
//   else print_spec( eqtb[  n].hh.rh  ,["mu"=]337);
//   end
// else if n<mu_skip_base then
//   begin print_esc(["skip"=]395); print_int(n-skip_base); print_char(["="=]61);
//   print_spec( eqtb[  n].hh.rh  ,["pt"=]397);
//   end
// else  begin print_esc(["muskip"=]396); print_int(n-mu_skip_base); print_char(["="=]61);
//   print_spec( eqtb[  n].hh.rh  ,["mu"=]337);
//   end
//
// else if n<int_base then
// [ Show equivalent |n|, in region 4 ]
// if n=par_shape_loc then
//   begin print_esc(["parshape"=]408); print_char(["="=]61);
//   if  eqtb[  par_shape_loc].hh.rh   =0   then print_char(["0"=]48)
//   else print_int( mem[  eqtb[  par_shape_loc].hh.rh   ].hh.lh );
//   end
// else if n<toks_base then
//   begin print_cmd_chr(assign_toks,n); print_char(["="=]61);
//   if  eqtb[  n].hh.rh  <>0   then show_token_list( mem[  eqtb[   n].hh.rh  ].hh.rh ,0  ,32);
//   end
// else if n<box_base then
//   begin print_esc(["toks"=]407); print_int(n-toks_base); print_char(["="=]61);
//   if  eqtb[  n].hh.rh  <>0   then show_token_list( mem[  eqtb[   n].hh.rh  ].hh.rh ,0  ,32);
//   end
// else if n<cur_font_loc then
//   begin print_esc(["box"=]409); print_int(n-box_base); print_char(["="=]61);
//   if  eqtb[  n].hh.rh  =0   then print(["void"=]410)
//   else  begin depth_threshold:=0; breadth_max:=1; show_node_list( eqtb[  n].hh.rh  );
//     end;
//   end
// else if n<cat_code_base then
// [ Show the font identifier in |eqtb[n]| ]
// begin if n=cur_font_loc then print(["current font"=]411)
// else if n<math_font_base+16 then
//   begin print_esc(["textfont"=]412); print_int(n-math_font_base);
//   end
// else if n<math_font_base+32 then
//   begin print_esc(["scriptfont"=]413); print_int(n-math_font_base-16);
//   end
// else  begin print_esc(["scriptscriptfont"=]414); print_int(n-math_font_base-32);
//   end;
// print_char(["="=]61);
//
// print_esc(hash[font_id_base+ eqtb[  n].hh.rh  ].rh);
//   [that's |font_id_text(equiv(n))|]
// end
//
// else
// [ Show the halfword code in |eqtb[n]| ]
// if n<math_code_base then
//   begin if n<lc_code_base then
//     begin print_esc(["catcode"=]415); print_int(n-cat_code_base);
//     end
//   else if n<uc_code_base then
//     begin print_esc(["lccode"=]416); print_int(n-lc_code_base);
//     end
//   else if n<sf_code_base then
//     begin print_esc(["uccode"=]417); print_int(n-uc_code_base);
//     end
//   else  begin print_esc(["sfcode"=]418); print_int(n-sf_code_base);
//     end;
//   print_char(["="=]61); print_int( eqtb[  n].hh.rh  );
//   end
// else  begin print_esc(["mathcode"=]419); print_int(n-math_code_base);
//   print_char(["="=]61); print_int(  eqtb[   n].hh.rh  -0  );
//   end
//
// else if n<dimen_base then
// [ Show equivalent |n|, in region 5 ]
// begin if n<count_base then print_param(n-int_base)
// else if  n<del_code_base then
//   begin print_esc(["count"=]476); print_int(n-count_base);
//   end
// else  begin print_esc(["delcode"=]477); print_int(n-del_code_base);
//   end;
// print_char(["="=]61); print_int(eqtb[n].int);
// end
//
// else if n<=eqtb_size then
// [ Show equivalent |n|, in region 6 ]
// begin if n<scaled_base then print_length_param(n-dimen_base)
// else  begin print_esc(["dimen"=]500); print_int(n-scaled_base);
//   end;
// print_char(["="=]61); print_scaled(eqtb[n].int ); print(["pt"=]397);
// end
//
// else print_char(["?"=]63); [this can't happen either]
// end;
// [  ]

// 259.

// tangle:pos tex.web:5528:3:

// Here is the subroutine that searches the hash table for an identifier
// that matches a given string of length |l>1| appearing in |buffer[j..
// (j+l-1)]|. If the identifier is found, the corresponding hash table address
// is returned. Otherwise, if the global variable |no_new_control_sequence|
// is |true|, the dummy address |undefined_control_sequence| is returned.
// Otherwise the identifier is inserted into the hash table and its location
// is returned.
func (prg *prg) idLookup(j, l int32) (r halfword) { // go here if you found it
	var (
		h int32    // hash code
		d int32    // number of characters in incomplete current string
		p halfword // index in |hash| array
		k halfword // index in |buffer| array
	)
	h = int32(prg.buffer[j])
	for ii := j + 1; ii <= j+l-1; ii++ {
		k = halfword(ii)
		_ = k
		h = h + h + int32(prg.buffer[k])
		for h >= hashPrime {
			h = h - hashPrime
		}
	}
	p = uint16(h + hashBase) // we start searching here; note that |0<=h<hash_prime|
	for true {
		if int32(*prg.hash[p-514].rh()) > 0 {
			if int32(prg.strStart[int32(*prg.hash[p-514].rh())+1])-int32(prg.strStart[*prg.hash[p-514].rh()]) == l {
				if prg.strEqBuf(*prg.hash[p-514].rh(), j) {
					goto found
				}
			}
		}
		if int32(*prg.hash[p-514].lh()) == 0 {
			if prg.noNewControlSequence {
				p = uint16(undefinedControlSequence)
			} else {
				// Insert a new control sequence after |p|, then make |p| point to it
				if int32(*prg.hash[p-514].rh()) > 0 {
					for {
						if int32(prg.hashUsed) == hashBase {
							prg.overflow(strNumber( /* "hash size" */ 503), hashSize)
						}
						// \xref[TeX capacity exceeded hash size][\quad hash size]
						prg.hashUsed = uint16(int32(prg.hashUsed) - 1)
						if int32(*prg.hash[prg.hashUsed-514].rh()) == 0 {
							break
						}
					} // search for an empty location in |hash|
					*prg.hash[p-514].lh() = prg.hashUsed
					p = prg.hashUsed
				}
				{
					if int32(prg.poolPtr)+l > poolSize {
						prg.overflow(strNumber( /* "pool size" */ 257), poolSize-int32(prg.initPoolPtr))
					} /* \xref[TeX capacity exceeded pool size][\quad pool size]  */
				}
				d = int32(prg.poolPtr) - int32(prg.strStart[prg.strPtr])
				for int32(prg.poolPtr) > int32(prg.strStart[prg.strPtr]) {
					prg.poolPtr = uint16(int32(prg.poolPtr) - 1)
					prg.strPool[int32(prg.poolPtr)+l] = prg.strPool[prg.poolPtr]
				} // move current string up to make room for another
				for ii := j; ii <= j+l-1; ii++ {
					k = halfword(ii)
					_ = k
					prg.strPool[prg.poolPtr] = prg.buffer[k]
					prg.poolPtr = uint16(int32(prg.poolPtr) + 1)
				}
				*prg.hash[p-514].rh() = prg.makeString()
				prg.poolPtr = uint16(int32(prg.poolPtr) + d)
				//    cs_count:= cs_count+1 ; [  ]

			}

			goto found
		}
		p = *prg.hash[p-514].lh()
	}

found:
	r = p
	return r
}

// 264.

// tangle:pos tex.web:5631:3:

// We need to put \TeX's “primitive” control sequences into the hash
// table, together with their command code (which will be the |eq_type|)
// and an operand (which will be the |equiv|). The |primitive| procedure
// does this, in a way that no \TeX\ user can. The global value |cur_val|
// contains the new |eqtb| pointer after |primitive| has acted.
func (prg *prg) primitive(s strNumber, c quarterword, o halfword) {
	var (
		k poolPointer // index into |str_pool|
		j smallNumber // index into |buffer|
		l smallNumber // length of the string
	)
	if int32(s) < 256 {
		prg.curVal = int32(s) + singleBase
	} else {
		k = prg.strStart[s]
		l = byte(int32(prg.strStart[int32(s)+1]) - int32(k))
		// we will move |s| into the (empty) |buffer|
		for ii := int32(0); ii <= int32(l)-1; ii++ {
			j = smallNumber(ii)
			_ = j
			prg.buffer[j] = prg.strPool[int32(k)+int32(j)]
		}
		prg.curVal = int32(prg.idLookup(0, int32(l))) // |no_new_control_sequence| is |false|
		{
			prg.strPtr = uint16(int32(prg.strPtr) - 1)
			prg.poolPtr = prg.strStart[prg.strPtr]
		}
		*prg.hash[prg.curVal-514].rh() = s // we don't want to have the string twice
	}
	*(*prg.eqtb[prg.curVal-1].hh()).b1() = byte(levelOne)
	*(*prg.eqtb[prg.curVal-1].hh()).b0() = c
	*(*prg.eqtb[prg.curVal-1].hh()).rh() = o
}

// 268. \[19] Saving and restoring equivalents

// tangle:pos tex.web:5813:43:

// The nested structure provided by `$\.[\char'173]\ldots\.[\char'175]$' groups
// in \TeX\ means that |eqtb| entries valid in outer groups should be saved
// and restored later if they are overridden inside the braces. When a new |eqtb|
// value is being assigned, the program therefore checks to see if the previous
// entry belongs to an outer level. In such a case, the old value is placed
// on the |save_stack| just before the new value enters |eqtb|. At the
// end of a grouping level, i.e., when the right brace is sensed, the
// |save_stack| is used to restore the outer values, and the inner ones are
// destroyed.
//
// Entries on the |save_stack| are of type |memory_word|. The top item on
// this stack is |save_stack[p]|, where |p=save_ptr-1|; it contains three
// fields called |save_type|, |save_level|, and |save_index|, and it is
// interpreted in one of four ways:
//
// \yskip\hangg 1) If |save_type(p)=restore_old_value|, then
// |save_index(p)| is a location in |eqtb| whose current value should
// be destroyed at the end of the current group and replaced by |save_stack[p-1]|.
// Furthermore if |save_index(p)>=int_base|, then |save_level(p)|
// should replace the corresponding entry in |xeq_level|.
//
// \yskip\hangg 2) If |save_type(p)=restore_zero|, then |save_index(p)|
// is a location in |eqtb| whose current value should be destroyed at the end
// of the current group, when it should be
// replaced by the value of |eqtb[undefined_control_sequence]|.
//
// \yskip\hangg 3) If |save_type(p)=insert_token|, then |save_index(p)|
// is a token that should be inserted into \TeX's input when the current
// group ends.
//
// \yskip\hangg 4) If |save_type(p)=level_boundary|, then |save_level(p)|
// is a code explaining what kind of group we were previously in, and
// |save_index(p)| points to the level boundary word at the bottom of
// the entries for that group.

// 270.

// tangle:pos tex.web:5892:3:

// The global variable |cur_group| keeps track of what sort of group we are
// currently in. Another global variable, |cur_boundary|, points to the
// topmost |level_boundary| word.  And |cur_level| is the current depth of
// nesting. The routines are designed to preserve the condition that no entry
// in the |save_stack| or in |eqtb| ever has a level greater than |cur_level|.

// 273.

// tangle:pos tex.web:5915:3:

// The following macro is used to test if there is room for up to six more
// entries on |save_stack|. By making a conservative test like this, we can
// get by with testing for overflow in only a few places.

// 274.

// tangle:pos tex.web:5925:3:

// Procedure |new_save_level| is called when a group begins. The
// argument is a group identification code like `|hbox_group|'. After
// calling this routine, it is safe to put five more entries on |save_stack|.
//
// In some cases integer-valued items are placed onto the
// |save_stack| just below a |level_boundary| word, because this is a
// convenient place to keep information that is supposed to “pop up” just
// when the group has finished.
// For example, when `\.[\\hbox to 100pt]\grp' is being treated, the 100pt
// dimension is stored on |save_stack| just before |new_save_level| is
// called.
//
// We use the notation |saved(k)| to stand for an integer item that
// appears in location |save_ptr+k| of the save stack.
func (prg *prg) newSaveLevel(c groupCode) {
	if int32(prg.savePtr) > int32(prg.maxSaveStack) {
		prg.maxSaveStack = prg.savePtr
		if int32(prg.maxSaveStack) > saveSize-6 {
			prg.overflow(strNumber( /* "save size" */ 541), saveSize)
		} /* \xref[TeX capacity exceeded save size][\quad save size]  */
	}
	*(*prg.saveStack[prg.savePtr].hh()).b0() = byte(levelBoundary)
	*(*prg.saveStack[prg.savePtr].hh()).b1() = prg.curGroup
	*(*prg.saveStack[prg.savePtr].hh()).rh() = prg.curBoundary
	if int32(prg.curLevel) == maxQuarterword {
		prg.overflow(strNumber( /* "grouping levels" */ 542), maxQuarterword-minQuarterword)
	}
	// quit if |(cur_level+1)| is too big to be stored in |eqtb|
	prg.curBoundary = prg.savePtr
	prg.curLevel = byte(int32(prg.curLevel) + 1)
	prg.savePtr = uint16(int32(prg.savePtr) + 1)
	prg.curGroup = c
}

// 275.

// tangle:pos tex.web:5953:3:

// Just before an entry of |eqtb| is changed, the following procedure should
// be called to update the other data structures properly. It is important
// to keep in mind that reference counts in |mem| include references from
// within |save_stack|, so these counts must be handled carefully.
// \xref[reference counts]
func (prg *prg) eqDestroy(w memoryWord) { // gets ready to forget |w|
	var (
		q halfword // |equiv| field of |w|
	)
	switch *(*w.hh()).b0() {
	case call, longCall, outerCall, longOuterCall:
		prg.deleteTokenRef(*(*w.hh()).rh())
	case glueRef:
		prg.deleteGlueRef(*(*w.hh()).rh())
	case shapeRef:
		q = *(*w.hh()).rh() // we need to free a \.[\\parshape] block
		if int32(q) != 0 {
			prg.freeNode(q, halfword(int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh())+int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh())+1))
		}
		// such a block is |2n+1| words long, where |n=info(q)|
	case boxRef:
		prg.flushNodeList(*(*w.hh()).rh())

	default:
	}
}

// 276.

// tangle:pos tex.web:5972:3:

// To save a value of |eqtb[p]| that was established at level |l|, we
// can use the following subroutine.
func (prg *prg) eqSave(p halfword, l quarterword) {
	if int32(prg.savePtr) > int32(prg.maxSaveStack) {
		prg.maxSaveStack = prg.savePtr
		if int32(prg.maxSaveStack) > saveSize-6 {
			prg.overflow(strNumber( /* "save size" */ 541), saveSize)
		} /* \xref[TeX capacity exceeded save size][\quad save size]  */
	}
	if int32(l) == levelZero {
		*(*prg.saveStack[prg.savePtr].hh()).b0() = byte(restoreZero)
	} else {
		prg.saveStack[prg.savePtr] = prg.eqtb[p-1]
		prg.savePtr = uint16(int32(prg.savePtr) + 1)
		*(*prg.saveStack[prg.savePtr].hh()).b0() = byte(restoreOldValue)
	}
	*(*prg.saveStack[prg.savePtr].hh()).b1() = l
	*(*prg.saveStack[prg.savePtr].hh()).rh() = p
	prg.savePtr = uint16(int32(prg.savePtr) + 1)
}

// 277.

// tangle:pos tex.web:5984:3:

// The procedure |eq_define| defines an |eqtb| entry having specified
// |eq_type| and |equiv| fields, and saves the former value if appropriate.
// This procedure is used only for entries in the first four regions of |eqtb|,
// i.e., only for entries that have |eq_type| and |equiv| fields.
// After calling this routine, it is safe to put four more entries on
// |save_stack|, provided that there was room for four more entries before
// the call, since |eq_save| makes the necessary test.
func (prg *prg) eqDefine(p halfword, t quarterword, e halfword) {
	if int32(*(*prg.eqtb[p-1].hh()).b1()) == int32(prg.curLevel) {
		prg.eqDestroy(prg.eqtb[p-1])
	} else if int32(prg.curLevel) > levelOne {
		prg.eqSave(p, *(*prg.eqtb[p-1].hh()).b1())
	}
	*(*prg.eqtb[p-1].hh()).b1() = prg.curLevel
	*(*prg.eqtb[p-1].hh()).b0() = t
	*(*prg.eqtb[p-1].hh()).rh() = e
}

// 278.

// tangle:pos tex.web:5999:3:

// The counterpart of |eq_define| for the remaining (fullword) positions in
// |eqtb| is called |eq_word_define|. Since |xeq_level[p]>=level_one| for all
// |p|, a `|restore_zero|' will never be used in this case.
func (prg *prg) eqWordDefine(p halfword, w int32) {
	if int32(prg.xeqLevel[p-5263]) != int32(prg.curLevel) {
		prg.eqSave(p, prg.xeqLevel[p-5263])
		prg.xeqLevel[p-5263] = prg.curLevel
	}
	*prg.eqtb[p-1].int() = w
}

// 279.

// tangle:pos tex.web:6010:3:

// The |eq_define| and |eq_word_define| routines take care of local definitions.
// \xref[global definitions]
// Global definitions are done in almost the same way, but there is no need
// to save old values, and the new value is associated with |level_one|.
func (prg *prg) geqDefine(p halfword, t quarterword, e halfword) {
	prg.eqDestroy(prg.eqtb[p-1])
	*(*prg.eqtb[p-1].hh()).b1() = byte(levelOne)
	*(*prg.eqtb[p-1].hh()).b0() = t
	*(*prg.eqtb[p-1].hh()).rh() = e
}

func (prg *prg) geqWordDefine(p halfword, w int32) {
	*prg.eqtb[p-1].int() = w
	prg.xeqLevel[p-5263] = byte(levelOne)
}

// 280.

// tangle:pos tex.web:6025:3:

// Subroutine |save_for_after| puts a token on the stack for save-keeping.
func (prg *prg) saveForAfter(t halfword) {
	if int32(prg.curLevel) > levelOne {
		if int32(prg.savePtr) > int32(prg.maxSaveStack) {
			prg.maxSaveStack = prg.savePtr
			if int32(prg.maxSaveStack) > saveSize-6 {
				prg.overflow(strNumber( /* "save size" */ 541), saveSize)
			} /* \xref[TeX capacity exceeded save size][\quad save size]  */
		}
		*(*prg.saveStack[prg.savePtr].hh()).b0() = byte(insertToken)
		*(*prg.saveStack[prg.savePtr].hh()).b1() = byte(levelZero)
		*(*prg.saveStack[prg.savePtr].hh()).rh() = t
		prg.savePtr = uint16(int32(prg.savePtr) + 1)
	}
} // \2
func (prg *prg) unsave() {
	var (
		p halfword    // position to be restored
		l quarterword // saved level, if in fullword regions of |eqtb|
		t halfword    // saved value of |cur_tok|
	)
	if int32(prg.curLevel) > levelOne {
		prg.curLevel = byte(int32(prg.curLevel) - 1)

		// Clear off top level from |save_stack|
		for true {
			prg.savePtr = uint16(int32(prg.savePtr) - 1)
			if int32(*(*prg.saveStack[prg.savePtr].hh()).b0()) == levelBoundary {
				goto done
			}
			p = *(*prg.saveStack[prg.savePtr].hh()).rh()
			if int32(*(*prg.saveStack[prg.savePtr].hh()).b0()) == insertToken {
				t = prg.curTok
				prg.curTok = p
				prg.backInput()
				prg.curTok = t
			} else {
				if int32(*(*prg.saveStack[prg.savePtr].hh()).b0()) == restoreOldValue {
					l = *(*prg.saveStack[prg.savePtr].hh()).b1()
					prg.savePtr = uint16(int32(prg.savePtr) - 1)
				} else {
					prg.saveStack[prg.savePtr] = prg.eqtb[undefinedControlSequence-1]
				}

				// Store \(s)|save_stack[save_ptr]| in |eqtb[p]|, unless |eqtb[p]| holds a global value
				if int32(p) < intBase {
					if int32(*(*prg.eqtb[p-1].hh()).b1()) == levelOne {
						prg.eqDestroy(prg.saveStack[prg.savePtr]) // destroy the saved value
						//  if eqtb[int_base+ tracing_restores_code].int  >0 then restore_trace(p,["retaining"=]544); [  ]

					} else {
						prg.eqDestroy(prg.eqtb[p-1])               // destroy the current value
						prg.eqtb[p-1] = prg.saveStack[prg.savePtr] // restore the saved value
						//  if eqtb[int_base+ tracing_restores_code].int  >0 then restore_trace(p,["restoring"=]545); [  ]

					}
				} else if int32(prg.xeqLevel[p-5263]) != levelOne {
					prg.eqtb[p-1] = prg.saveStack[prg.savePtr]
					prg.xeqLevel[p-5263] = l
					//  if eqtb[int_base+ tracing_restores_code].int  >0 then restore_trace(p,["restoring"=]545); [  ]

				} else {
				}
			}
		}

	done:
		prg.curGroup = *(*prg.saveStack[prg.savePtr].hh()).b1()
		prg.curBoundary = *(*prg.saveStack[prg.savePtr].hh()).rh()
	} else {
		prg.confusion(strNumber( /* "curlevel" */ 543))
	} // |unsave| is not used when |cur_group=bottom_level|
	// \xref[this can't happen curlevel][\quad curlevel]
}

// 288.

// tangle:pos tex.web:6129:3:

// The |prepare_mag| subroutine is called whenever \TeX\ wants to use |mag|
// for magnification.
func (prg *prg) prepareMag() {
	if prg.magSet > 0 && *prg.eqtb[intBase+magCode-1].int() != prg.magSet {
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			}
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
			prg.print( /* "Incompatible magnification (" */ 547)
		}
		prg.printInt(*prg.eqtb[intBase+magCode-1].int())
		// \xref[Incompatible magnification]
		prg.print( /* ");" */ 548)
		prg.printNl(strNumber( /* " the previous value will be retained" */ 549))
		{
			prg.helpPtr = 2
			prg.helpLine[1] = /* "I can handle only one magnification ratio per job. So I've" */ 550
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "reverted to the magnification you used earlier on this run." */ 551
		}

		prg.intError(prg.magSet)
		prg.geqWordDefine(halfword(intBase+magCode), prg.magSet) // |mag:=mag_set|
	}
	if *prg.eqtb[intBase+magCode-1].int() <= 0 || *prg.eqtb[intBase+magCode-1].int() > 32768 {
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			}
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
			prg.print( /* "Illegal magnification has been changed to 1000" */ 552)
		}

		// \xref[Illegal magnification...]
		{
			prg.helpPtr = 1
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "The magnification ratio must be between 1 and 32768." */ 553
		}
		prg.intError(*prg.eqtb[intBase+magCode-1].int())
		prg.geqWordDefine(halfword(intBase+magCode), 1000)
	}
	prg.magSet = *prg.eqtb[intBase+magCode-1].int()
}

// 289. \[20] Token lists

// tangle:pos tex.web:6151:22:

// A \TeX\ token is either a character or a control sequence, and it is
// \xref[token]
// represented internally in one of two ways: (1)~A character whose ASCII
// code number is |c| and whose command code is |m| is represented as the
// number $2^8m+c$; the command code is in the range |1<=m<=14|. (2)~A control
// sequence whose |eqtb| address is |p| is represented as the number
// |cs_token_flag+p|. Here |cs_token_flag=$2^[12]-1$| is larger than
// $2^8m+c$, yet it is small enough that |cs_token_flag+p< max_halfword|;
// thus, a token fits comfortably in a halfword.
//
// A token |t| represents a |left_brace| command if and only if
// |t<left_brace_limit|; it represents a |right_brace| command if and only if
// we have |left_brace_limit<=t<right_brace_limit|; and it represents a |match| or
// |end_match| command if and only if |match_token<=t<=end_match_token|.
// The following definitions take care of these token-oriented constants
// and a few others.

// 291.

// tangle:pos tex.web:6187:3:

// A token list is a singly linked list of one-word nodes in |mem|, where
// each word contains a token and a link. Macro definitions, output-routine
// definitions, marks, \.[\\write] texts, and a few other things
// are remembered by \TeX\ in the form
// of token lists, usually preceded by a node with a reference count in its
// |token_ref_count| field. The token stored in location |p| is called
// |info(p)|.
//
// Three special commands appear in the token lists of macro definitions.
// When |m=match|, it means that \TeX\ should scan a parameter
// for the current macro; when |m=end_match|, it means that parameter
// matching should end and \TeX\ should start reading the macro text; and
// when |m=out_param|, it means that \TeX\ should insert parameter
// number |c| into the text at this point.
//
// The enclosing \.[\char'173] and \.[\char'175] characters of a macro
// definition are omitted, but an output routine
// will be enclosed in braces.
//
// Here is an example macro definition that illustrates these conventions.
// After \TeX\ processes the text
// $$\.[\\def\\mac a\#1\#2 \\b \[\#1\\-a \#\#1\#2 \#2\]]$$
// the definition of \.[\\mac] is represented as a token list containing
// $$\def\,[\hskip2pt]
// \vbox[\halign[\hfil#\hfil\cr
// (reference count), |letter|\,\.a, |match|\,\#, |match|\,\#, |spacer|\,\.\ ,
// \.[\\b], |end_match|,\cr
// |out_param|\,1, \.[\\-], |letter|\,\.a, |spacer|\,\.\ , |mac_param|\,\#,
// |other_char|\,\.1,\cr
// |out_param|\,2, |spacer|\,\.\ , |out_param|\,2.\cr]]$$
// The procedure |scan_toks| builds such token lists, and |macro_call|
// does the parameter matching.
// \xref[reference counts]
//
// Examples such as
// $$\.[\\def\\m\[\\def\\m\[a\]\ b\]]$$
// explain why reference counts would be needed even if \TeX\ had no \.[\\let]
// operation: When the token list for \.[\\m] is being read, the redefinition of
// \.[\\m] changes the |eqtb| entry before the token list has been fully
// consumed, so we dare not simply destroy a token list when its
// control sequence is being redefined.
//
// If the parameter-matching part of a definition ends with `\.[\#\[]',
// the corresponding token list will have `\.\[' just before the `|end_match|'
// and also at the very end. The first `\.\[' is used to delimit the parameter; the
// second one keeps the first from disappearing.

// 295.

// tangle:pos tex.web:6313:3:

// Here's the way we sometimes want to display a token list, given a pointer
// to its reference count; the pointer may be null.
func (prg *prg) tokenShow(p halfword) {
	if int32(p) != 0 {
		prg.showTokenList(int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()), 0, 10000000)
	}
}

// 296.

// tangle:pos tex.web:6320:3:

// The |print_meaning| subroutine displays |cur_cmd| and |cur_chr| in
// symbolic form, including the expansion of a macro or mark.
func (prg *prg) printMeaning() {
	prg.printCmdChr(prg.curCmd, prg.curChr)
	if int32(prg.curCmd) >= call {
		prg.printChar(asciiCode(':'))
		prg.printLn()
		prg.tokenShow(prg.curChr)
	} else if int32(prg.curCmd) == topBotMark {
		prg.printChar(asciiCode(':'))
		prg.printLn()
		prg.tokenShow(prg.curMark[prg.curChr])
	}
}

// 299.

// tangle:pos tex.web:6419:3:

// Here is a procedure that displays the current command.
func (prg *prg) showCurCmdChr() {
	prg.beginDiagnostic()
	prg.printNl(strNumber('{'))
	if int32(prg.curList.modeField) != int32(prg.shownMode) {
		prg.printMode(int32(prg.curList.modeField))
		prg.print( /* ": " */ 568)
		prg.shownMode = prg.curList.modeField
	}
	prg.printCmdChr(prg.curCmd, prg.curChr)
	prg.printChar(asciiCode('}'))
	prg.endDiagnostic(false)
} // \2

func (prg *prg) showContext() {
	var (
		oldSetting/* 0..maxSelector */ byte       // saved |selector| setting
		nn                                  int32 // number of contexts shown so far, less one
		bottomLine                          bool  // have we reached the final context to be shown?

		// Local variables for formatting calculations
		i/* 0..bufSize */ uint16           // index into |buffer|
		j/* 0..bufSize */ uint16           // end of current line in |buffer|
		l/* 0..halfErrorLine */ byte       // length of descriptive information on line 1
		m                            int32 // context information gathered for line 2
		n/* 0..errorLine */ byte           // length of line 1
		p                            int32 // starting or ending place in |trick_buf|
		q                            int32 // temporary index
	)
	prg.basePtr = prg.inputPtr
	prg.inputStack[prg.basePtr] = prg.curInput
	// store current state
	nn = -1
	bottomLine = false
	for true {
		prg.curInput = prg.inputStack[prg.basePtr] // enter into the context
		if int32(prg.curInput.stateField) != tokenList {
			if int32(prg.curInput.nameField) > 17 || int32(prg.basePtr) == 0 {
				bottomLine = true
			}
		}
		if int32(prg.basePtr) == int32(prg.inputPtr) || bottomLine || nn < *prg.eqtb[intBase+errorContextLinesCode-1].int() {
			if int32(prg.basePtr) == int32(prg.inputPtr) || int32(prg.curInput.stateField) != tokenList || int32(prg.curInput.indexField) != backedUp || int32(prg.curInput.locField) != 0 {
				prg.tally = 0 // get ready to count characters
				oldSetting = prg.selector
				if int32(prg.curInput.stateField) != tokenList {
					if int32(prg.curInput.nameField) <= 17 {
						if int32(prg.curInput.nameField) == 0 {
							if int32(prg.basePtr) == 0 {
								prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "<*>" */ 574))
							} else {
								prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "<insert> " */ 575))
							}
						} else {
							prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "<read " */ 576))
							if int32(prg.curInput.nameField) == 17 {
								prg.printChar(asciiCode('*'))
							} else {
								prg.printInt(int32(prg.curInput.nameField) - 1)
							}
							// \xref[*\relax]
							prg.printChar(asciiCode('>'))
						}
					} else {
						prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "l." */ 577))
						prg.printInt(prg.line)
					}
					prg.printChar(asciiCode(' '))

					// Pseudoprint the line
					{
						l = byte(prg.tally)
						prg.tally = 0
						prg.selector = byte(pseudo)
						prg.trickCount = 1000000
					}
					if int32(prg.buffer[prg.curInput.limitField]) == *prg.eqtb[intBase+endLineCharCode-1].int() {
						j = prg.curInput.limitField
					} else {
						j = uint16(int32(prg.curInput.limitField) + 1)
					} // determine the effective end of the line
					if int32(j) > 0 {
						for ii := int32(prg.curInput.startField); ii <= int32(j)-1; ii++ {
							i = uint16(ii)
							_ = i
							if int32(i) == int32(prg.curInput.locField) {
								prg.firstCount = prg.tally
								prg.trickCount = prg.tally + 1 + errorLine - halfErrorLine
								if prg.trickCount < errorLine {
									prg.trickCount = errorLine
								}
							}
							prg.print(int32(prg.buffer[i]))
						}
					}
				} else {
					switch prg.curInput.indexField {
					case parameter:
						prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "<argument> " */ 578))
					case uTemplate, vTemplate:
						prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "<template> " */ 579))
					case backedUp:
						if int32(prg.curInput.locField) == 0 {
							prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "<recently read> " */ 580))
						} else {
							prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "<to be read again> " */ 581))
						}
					case inserted:
						prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "<inserted text> " */ 582))
					case macro:
						prg.printLn()
						prg.printCs(int32(prg.curInput.nameField))

					case outputText:
						prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "<output> " */ 583))
					case everyParText:
						prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "<everypar> " */ 584))
					case everyMathText:
						prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "<everymath> " */ 585))
					case everyDisplayText:
						prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "<everydisplay> " */ 586))
					case everyHboxText:
						prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "<everyhbox> " */ 587))
					case everyVboxText:
						prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "<everyvbox> " */ 588))
					case everyJobText:
						prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "<everyjob> " */ 589))
					case everyCrText:
						prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "<everycr> " */ 590))
					case markText:
						prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "<mark> " */ 591))
					case writeText:
						prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "<write> " */ 592))

					default:
						prg.printNl(strNumber('?')) // this should never happen
					}

					// Pseudoprint the token list
					{
						l = byte(prg.tally)
						prg.tally = 0
						prg.selector = byte(pseudo)
						prg.trickCount = 1000000
					}
					if int32(prg.curInput.indexField) < macro {
						prg.showTokenList(int32(prg.curInput.startField), int32(prg.curInput.locField), 100000)
					} else {
						prg.showTokenList(int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.curInput.startField].hh()).rh()), int32(prg.curInput.locField), 100000)
					}
				}
				prg.selector = oldSetting // stop pseudoprinting

				// Print two lines using the tricky pseudoprinted information
				if prg.trickCount == 1000000 {
					prg.firstCount = prg.tally
					prg.trickCount = prg.tally + 1 + errorLine - halfErrorLine
					if prg.trickCount < errorLine {
						prg.trickCount = errorLine
					}
				}
				// |set_trick_count| must be performed
				if prg.tally < prg.trickCount {
					m = prg.tally - prg.firstCount
				} else {
					m = prg.trickCount - prg.firstCount
				} // context on line 2
				if int32(l)+prg.firstCount <= halfErrorLine {
					p = 0
					n = byte(int32(l) + prg.firstCount)
				} else {
					prg.print( /* "..." */ 277)
					p = int32(l) + prg.firstCount - halfErrorLine + 3
					n = byte(halfErrorLine)
				}
				for ii := p; ii <= prg.firstCount-1; ii++ {
					q = ii
					_ = q
					prg.printChar(prg.trickBuf[q%errorLine])
				}
				prg.printLn()
				for ii := int32(1); ii <= int32(n); ii++ {
					q = ii
					_ = q
					prg.printChar(asciiCode(' '))
				} // print |n| spaces to begin line~2
				if m+int32(n) <= errorLine {
					p = prg.firstCount + m
				} else {
					p = prg.firstCount + (errorLine - int32(n) - 3)
				}
				for ii := prg.firstCount; ii <= p-1; ii++ {
					q = ii
					_ = q
					prg.printChar(prg.trickBuf[q%errorLine])
				}
				if m+int32(n) > errorLine {
					prg.print( /* "..." */ 277)
				}
				nn = nn + 1
			}
		} else if nn == *prg.eqtb[intBase+errorContextLinesCode-1].int() {
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "..." */ 277))
			nn = nn + 1 // omitted if |error_context_lines<0|
		}
		if bottomLine {
			goto done
		}
		prg.basePtr = byte(int32(prg.basePtr) - 1)
	}

done:
	prg.curInput = prg.inputStack[prg.inputPtr] // restore original state
}

// 316.

// tangle:pos tex.web:6886:3:

// The following code sets up the print routines so that they will gather
// the desired information.

// 321. \[23] Maintaining the input stacks

// tangle:pos tex.web:6942:39:

// The following subroutines change the input status in commonly needed ways.
//
// First comes |push_input|, which stores the current state and creates a
// new level (having, initially, the same properties as the old).

// 322.

// tangle:pos tex.web:6958:3:

// And of course what goes up must come down.

// 323.

// tangle:pos tex.web:6964:3:

// Here is a procedure that starts a new level of token-list input, given
// a token list |p| and its type |t|. If |t=macro|, the calling routine should
// set |name| and |loc|.
func (prg *prg) beginTokenList(p halfword, t quarterword) {
	{
		if int32(prg.inputPtr) > int32(prg.maxInStack) {
			prg.maxInStack = prg.inputPtr
			if int32(prg.inputPtr) == stackSize {
				prg.overflow(strNumber( /* "input stack size" */ 593), stackSize)
			} /* \xref[TeX capacity exceeded input stack size][\quad input stack size]  */
		}
		prg.inputStack[prg.inputPtr] = prg.curInput
		prg.inputPtr = byte(int32(prg.inputPtr) + 1)
	}
	prg.curInput.stateField = byte(tokenList)
	prg.curInput.startField = p
	prg.curInput.indexField = t
	if int32(t) >= macro {
		*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh() = uint16(int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh()) + 1)
		if int32(t) == macro {
			prg.curInput.limitField = uint16(prg.paramPtr)
		} else {
			prg.curInput.locField = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
			if *prg.eqtb[intBase+tracingMacrosCode-1].int() > 1 {
				prg.beginDiagnostic()
				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "" */ 338))
				switch t {
				case markText:
					prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "mark" */ 351))
				case writeText:
					prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "write" */ 594))

				default:
					prg.printCmdChr(quarterword(assignToks), halfword(int32(t)-outputText+outputRoutineLoc))
				}

				prg.print( /* "->" */ 556)
				prg.tokenShow(p)
				prg.endDiagnostic(false)
			}
		}
	} else {
		prg.curInput.locField = p
	}
}

// 324.

// tangle:pos tex.web:6991:3:

// When a token list has been fully scanned, the following computations
// should be done as we leave that level of input. The |token_type| tends
// to be equal to either |backed_up| or |inserted| about 2/3 of the time.
// \xref[inner loop]
func (prg *prg) endTokenList() {
	if int32(prg.curInput.indexField) >= backedUp {
		if int32(prg.curInput.indexField) <= inserted {
			prg.flushList(prg.curInput.startField)
		} else {
			prg.deleteTokenRef(prg.curInput.startField) // update reference count
			if int32(prg.curInput.indexField) == macro {
				for int32(prg.paramPtr) > int32(prg.curInput.limitField) {
					prg.paramPtr = byte(int32(prg.paramPtr) - 1)
					prg.flushList(prg.paramStack[prg.paramPtr])
				}
			}
		}
	} else if int32(prg.curInput.indexField) == uTemplate {
		if prg.alignState > 500000 {
			prg.alignState = 0
		} else {
			prg.fatalError(strNumber( /* "(interwoven alignment preambles are not allowed)" */ 595))
		}
	}
	// \xref[interwoven alignment preambles...]
	//
	{
		prg.inputPtr = byte(int32(prg.inputPtr) - 1)
		prg.curInput = prg.inputStack[prg.inputPtr]
	}
	{
		if prg.interrupt != 0 {
			prg.pauseForInstructions()
		}
	}
}

// 281.

// tangle:pos tex.web:6035:3:

// The |unsave| routine goes the other way, taking items off of |save_stack|.
// This routine takes care of restoration when a level ends; everything
// belonging to the topmost group is cleared off of the save stack.
// \4
// Declare the procedure called |restore_trace|
//  procedure restore_trace( p:halfword ; s:str_number);
//   [|eqtb[p]| has just been restored or retained]
// begin begin_diagnostic; print_char(["["=]123); print(s); print_char([" "=]32);
// show_eqtb(p); print_char(["]"=]125);
// end_diagnostic(false);
// end;
// [  ]

func (prg *prg) backInput() { // undoes one token of input
	var (
		p halfword // a token list of length one
	)
	for int32(prg.curInput.stateField) == tokenList && int32(prg.curInput.locField) == 0 && int32(prg.curInput.indexField) != vTemplate {
		prg.endTokenList()
	} // conserve stack space
	p = prg.getAvail()
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh() = prg.curTok
	if int32(prg.curTok) < rightBraceLimit {
		if int32(prg.curTok) < leftBraceLimit {
			prg.alignState = prg.alignState - 1
		} else {
			prg.alignState = prg.alignState + 1
		}
	}
	/*   */ {
		if int32(prg.inputPtr) > int32(prg.maxInStack) {
			prg.maxInStack = prg.inputPtr
			if int32(prg.inputPtr) == stackSize {
				prg.overflow(strNumber( /* "input stack size" */ 593), stackSize)
			} /* \xref[TeX capacity exceeded input stack size][\quad input stack size]  */
		}
		prg.inputStack[prg.inputPtr] = prg.curInput
		prg.inputPtr = byte(int32(prg.inputPtr) + 1)
	}
	prg.curInput.stateField = byte(tokenList)
	prg.curInput.startField = p
	prg.curInput.indexField = byte(backedUp)
	prg.curInput.locField = p // that was |back_list(p)|, without procedure overhead
}

// 327.

// tangle:pos tex.web:7039:3:

// The |back_error| routine is used when we want to replace an offending token
// just before issuing an error message. This routine, like |back_input|,
// requires that |cur_tok| has been set. We disable interrupts during the
// call of |back_input| so that the help message won't be lost.
func (prg *prg) backError() {
	prg.okToInterrupt = false
	prg.backInput()
	prg.okToInterrupt = true
	prg.error1()
}

func (prg *prg) insError() {
	prg.okToInterrupt = false
	prg.backInput()
	prg.curInput.indexField = byte(inserted)
	prg.okToInterrupt = true
	prg.error1()
} // \2

func (prg *prg) beginFileReading() {
	if int32(prg.inOpen) == maxInOpen {
		prg.overflow(strNumber( /* "text input levels" */ 596), maxInOpen)
	}
	// \xref[TeX capacity exceeded text input levels][\quad text input levels]
	if int32(prg.first) == bufSize {
		prg.overflow(strNumber( /* "buffer size" */ 256), bufSize)
	}
	// \xref[TeX capacity exceeded buffer size][\quad buffer size]
	prg.inOpen = byte(int32(prg.inOpen) + 1) /*   */
	{
		if int32(prg.inputPtr) > int32(prg.maxInStack) {
			prg.maxInStack = prg.inputPtr
			if int32(prg.inputPtr) == stackSize {
				prg.overflow(strNumber( /* "input stack size" */ 593), stackSize)
			} /* \xref[TeX capacity exceeded input stack size][\quad input stack size]  */
		}
		prg.inputStack[prg.inputPtr] = prg.curInput
		prg.inputPtr = byte(int32(prg.inputPtr) + 1)
	}
	prg.curInput.indexField = prg.inOpen
	prg.lineStack[prg.curInput.indexField-1] = prg.line
	prg.curInput.startField = prg.first
	prg.curInput.stateField = byte(midLine)
	prg.curInput.nameField = 0 // |terminal_input| is now |true|
}

// 329.

// tangle:pos tex.web:7069:3:

// Conversely, the variables must be downdated when such a level of input
// is finished:
func (prg *prg) endFileReading() {
	prg.first = prg.curInput.startField
	prg.line = prg.lineStack[prg.curInput.indexField-1]
	if int32(prg.curInput.nameField) > 17 {
		prg.aClose(prg.inputFile[prg.curInput.indexField-1])
	} // forget it
	//
	{
		prg.inputPtr = byte(int32(prg.inputPtr) - 1)
		prg.curInput = prg.inputStack[prg.inputPtr]
	}
	prg.inOpen = byte(int32(prg.inOpen) - 1)
} // \2

func (prg *prg) clearForErrorPrompt() {
	for int32(prg.curInput.stateField) != tokenList && int32(prg.curInput.nameField) == 0 && int32(prg.inputPtr) > 0 && int32(prg.curInput.locField) > int32(prg.curInput.limitField) {
		prg.endFileReading()
	}
	prg.printLn()
}

// 332. \[24] Getting the next token

// tangle:pos tex.web:7104:33:

// The heart of \TeX's input mechanism is the |get_next| procedure, which
// we shall develop in the next few sections of the program. Perhaps we
// shouldn't actually call it the ``heart,'' however, because it really acts
// as \TeX's eyes and mouth, reading the source files and gobbling them up.
// And it also helps \TeX\ to regurgitate stored token lists that are to be
// processed again.
// \xref[eyes and mouth]
//
// The main duty of |get_next| is to input one token and to set |cur_cmd|
// and |cur_chr| to that token's command code and modifier. Furthermore, if
// the input token is a control sequence, the |eqtb| location of that control
// sequence is stored in |cur_cs|; otherwise |cur_cs| is set to zero.
//
// Underlying this simple description is a certain amount of complexity
// because of all the cases that need to be handled.
// However, the inner loop of |get_next| is reasonably short and fast.
//
// When |get_next| is asked to get the next token of a \.[\\read] line,
// it sets |cur_cmd=cur_chr=cur_cs=0| in the case that no more tokens
// appear on that line. (There might not be any tokens at all, if the
// |end_line_char| has |ignore| as its catcode.)

// 336.

// tangle:pos tex.web:7144:3:

// Before getting into |get_next|, let's consider the subroutine that
// is called when an `\.[\\outer]' control sequence has been scanned or
// when the end of a file has been reached. These two cases are distinguished
// by |cur_cs|, which is zero at the end of a file.
func (prg *prg) checkOuterValidity() {
	var (
		p halfword // points to inserted token list
		q halfword // auxiliary pointer
	)
	if int32(prg.scannerStatus) != normal {
		prg.deletionsAllowed = false

		// Back up an outer control sequence so that it can be reread
		if int32(prg.curCs) != 0 {
			if int32(prg.curInput.stateField) == tokenList || int32(prg.curInput.nameField) < 1 || int32(prg.curInput.nameField) > 17 {
				p = prg.getAvail()
				*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh() = uint16(07777 + int32(prg.curCs))
				prg.beginTokenList(p, quarterword(backedUp)) // prepare to read the control sequence again
			}
			prg.curCmd = byte(spacer)
			prg.curChr = ' ' // replace it by a space
		}
		if int32(prg.scannerStatus) > skipping {
			prg.runaway() // print a definition, argument, or preamble
			if int32(prg.curCs) == 0 {
				if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
				}
				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
				prg.print( /* "File ended" */ 604)
			} else {
				prg.curCs = 0
				{
					if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
					}
					prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
					prg.print( /* "Forbidden control sequence found" */ 605)
				}
				// \xref[Forbidden control sequence...]
			}
			prg.print( /* " while scanning " */ 606)

			// Print either `\.[definition]' or `\.[use]' or `\.[preamble]' or `\.[text]', and insert tokens that should lead to recovery
			p = prg.getAvail()
			switch prg.scannerStatus {
			case defining:
				prg.print( /* "definition" */ 570)
				*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh() = uint16(rightBraceToken + '}')

			case matching:
				prg.print( /* "use" */ 612)
				*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh() = prg.parToken
				prg.longState = byte(outerCall)

			case aligning:
				prg.print( /* "preamble" */ 572)
				*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh() = uint16(rightBraceToken + '}')
				q = p
				p = prg.getAvail()
				*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = q
				*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh() = uint16(07777 + frozenCr)
				prg.alignState = -1000000

			case absorbing:
				prg.print( /* "text" */ 573)
				*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh() = uint16(rightBraceToken + '}')

			} // there are no other cases
			prg.beginTokenList(p, quarterword(inserted))
			prg.print( /* " of " */ 607)
			prg.sprintCs(prg.warningIndex)
			{
				prg.helpPtr = 4
				prg.helpLine[3] = /* "I suspect you have forgotten a `]', causing me" */ 608
				prg.helpLine[2] = /* "to read past where you wanted me to stop." */ 609
				prg.helpLine[1] = /* "I'll try to recover; but if the error is serious," */ 610
				prg.helpLine[0] = /* "you'd better type `E' or `X' now and fix your file." */ 611
			}

			prg.error1()
		} else {
			{
				if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
				}
				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
				prg.print( /* "Incomplete " */ 598)
			}
			prg.printCmdChr(quarterword(ifTest), halfword(prg.curIf))
			// \xref[Incomplete \\if...]
			prg.print( /* "; all text was ignored after line " */ 599)
			prg.printInt(prg.skipLine)
			{
				prg.helpPtr = 3
				prg.helpLine[2] = /* "A forbidden control sequence occurred in skipped text." */ 600
				prg.helpLine[1] = /* "This kind of error happens when you say `\\if...' and forget" */ 601
				prg.helpLine[0] = /* "the matching `\\fi'. I've inserted a `\\fi'; this might work." */ 602
			}
			if int32(prg.curCs) != 0 {
				prg.curCs = 0
			} else {
				prg.helpLine[2] =
					/* "The file ended while I was skipping conditional text." */ 603
			}
			prg.curTok = uint16(07777 + frozenFi)
			prg.insError()
		}
		prg.deletionsAllowed = true
	}
}

// 341.

// tangle:pos tex.web:7230:3:

// Now we're ready to take the plunge into |get_next| itself. Parts of
// this routine are executed more often than any other instructions of \TeX.
// \xref[mastication]\xref[inner loop]
func (prg *prg) getNext() { // go here when the next input token has been got
	var (
		k/* 0..bufSize */ uint16               // an index into |buffer|
		t                            halfword  // a token
		cat/* 0..maxCharCode */ byte           // |cat_code(cur_chr)|, usually
		c, cc                        asciiCode // constituents of a possible expanded code
		d/* 2..3 */ byte                       // number of excess characters in an expanded code
	)
restart:
	prg.curCs = 0
	if int32(prg.curInput.stateField) != tokenList {
	switch1:
		if int32(prg.curInput.locField) <= int32(prg.curInput.limitField) {
			prg.curChr = uint16(prg.buffer[prg.curInput.locField])
			prg.curInput.locField = uint16(int32(prg.curInput.locField) + 1)

		reswitch:
			prg.curCmd = byte(*(*prg.eqtb[catCodeBase+int32(prg.curChr)-1].hh()).rh())

			// Change state if necessary, and |goto switch| if the current character should be ignored, or |goto reswitch| if the current character changes to another
			switch int32(prg.curInput.stateField) + int32(prg.curCmd) {
			case midLine + 9, skipBlanks + 9, newLine + 9, skipBlanks + 10,
				newLine + 10:
				goto switch1
			case midLine + 0, skipBlanks + 0, newLine + 0:
				// Scan a control sequence and set |state:=skip_blanks| or |mid_line|
				if int32(prg.curInput.locField) > int32(prg.curInput.limitField) {
					prg.curCs = uint16(nullCs)
				} else {
				startCs:
					k = prg.curInput.locField
					prg.curChr = uint16(prg.buffer[k])
					cat = byte(*(*prg.eqtb[catCodeBase+int32(prg.curChr)-1].hh()).rh())
					k = uint16(int32(k) + 1)
					if int32(cat) == letter {
						prg.curInput.stateField = byte(skipBlanks)
					} else if int32(cat) == spacer {
						prg.curInput.stateField = byte(skipBlanks)
					} else {
						prg.curInput.stateField = byte(midLine)
					}
					if int32(cat) == letter && int32(k) <= int32(prg.curInput.limitField) {
						for {
							prg.curChr = uint16(prg.buffer[k])
							cat = byte(*(*prg.eqtb[catCodeBase+int32(prg.curChr)-1].hh()).rh())
							k = uint16(int32(k) + 1)
							if int32(cat) != letter || int32(k) > int32(prg.curInput.limitField) {
								break
							}
						}

						// If an expanded...
						{
							if int32(prg.buffer[k]) == int32(prg.curChr) {
								if int32(cat) == supMark {
									if int32(k) < int32(prg.curInput.limitField) {
										c = prg.buffer[int32(k)+1]
										if int32(c) < 0200 {
											d = 2
											if int32(c) >= '0' && int32(c) <= '9' || int32(c) >= 'a' && int32(c) <= 'f' {
												if int32(k)+2 <= int32(prg.curInput.limitField) {
													cc = prg.buffer[int32(k)+2]
													if int32(cc) >= '0' && int32(cc) <= '9' || int32(cc) >= 'a' && int32(cc) <= 'f' {
														d = byte(int32(d) + 1)
													}
												}
											}
											if int32(d) > 2 {
												if int32(c) <= '9' {
													prg.curChr = uint16(int32(c) - '0')
												} else {
													prg.curChr = uint16(int32(c) - 'a' + 10)
												}
												if int32(cc) <= '9' {
													prg.curChr = uint16(16*int32(prg.curChr) + int32(cc) - '0')
												} else {
													prg.curChr = uint16(16*int32(prg.curChr) + int32(cc) - 'a' + 10)
												}
												prg.buffer[int32(k)-1] = byte(prg.curChr)
											} else if int32(c) < 0100 {
												prg.buffer[int32(k)-1] = byte(int32(c) + 0100)
											} else {
												prg.buffer[int32(k)-1] = byte(int32(c) - 0100)
											}
											prg.curInput.limitField = uint16(int32(prg.curInput.limitField) - int32(d))
											prg.first = uint16(int32(prg.first) - int32(d))
											for int32(k) <= int32(prg.curInput.limitField) {
												prg.buffer[k] = prg.buffer[int32(k)+int32(d)]
												k = uint16(int32(k) + 1)
											}

											goto startCs
										}
									}
								}
							}
						}
						if int32(cat) != letter {
							k = uint16(int32(k) - 1)
						}
						// now |k| points to first nonletter
						if int32(k) > int32(prg.curInput.locField)+1 {
							prg.curCs = prg.idLookup(int32(prg.curInput.locField), int32(k)-int32(prg.curInput.locField))
							prg.curInput.locField = k
							goto found
						}
					} else {
						// If an expanded code is present, reduce it and |goto start_cs|
						if int32(prg.buffer[k]) == int32(prg.curChr) {
							if int32(cat) == supMark {
								if int32(k) < int32(prg.curInput.limitField) {
									c = prg.buffer[int32(k)+1]
									if int32(c) < 0200 {
										d = 2
										if int32(c) >= '0' && int32(c) <= '9' || int32(c) >= 'a' && int32(c) <= 'f' {
											if int32(k)+2 <= int32(prg.curInput.limitField) {
												cc = prg.buffer[int32(k)+2]
												if int32(cc) >= '0' && int32(cc) <= '9' || int32(cc) >= 'a' && int32(cc) <= 'f' {
													d = byte(int32(d) + 1)
												}
											}
										}
										if int32(d) > 2 {
											if int32(c) <= '9' {
												prg.curChr = uint16(int32(c) - '0')
											} else {
												prg.curChr = uint16(int32(c) - 'a' + 10)
											}
											if int32(cc) <= '9' {
												prg.curChr = uint16(16*int32(prg.curChr) + int32(cc) - '0')
											} else {
												prg.curChr = uint16(16*int32(prg.curChr) + int32(cc) - 'a' + 10)
											}
											prg.buffer[int32(k)-1] = byte(prg.curChr)
										} else if int32(c) < 0100 {
											prg.buffer[int32(k)-1] = byte(int32(c) + 0100)
										} else {
											prg.buffer[int32(k)-1] = byte(int32(c) - 0100)
										}
										prg.curInput.limitField = uint16(int32(prg.curInput.limitField) - int32(d))
										prg.first = uint16(int32(prg.first) - int32(d))
										for int32(k) <= int32(prg.curInput.limitField) {
											prg.buffer[k] = prg.buffer[int32(k)+int32(d)]
											k = uint16(int32(k) + 1)
										}

										goto startCs
									}
								}
							}
						}
					}
					prg.curCs = uint16(singleBase + int32(prg.buffer[prg.curInput.locField]))
					prg.curInput.locField = uint16(int32(prg.curInput.locField) + 1)
				}

			found:
				prg.curCmd = *(*prg.eqtb[prg.curCs-1].hh()).b0()
				prg.curChr = *(*prg.eqtb[prg.curCs-1].hh()).rh()
				if int32(prg.curCmd) >= outerCall {
					prg.checkOuterValidity()
				}

			case midLine + 13, skipBlanks + 13, newLine + 13:
				// Process an active-character control sequence and set |state:=mid_line|
				prg.curCs = uint16(int32(prg.curChr) + activeBase)
				prg.curCmd = *(*prg.eqtb[prg.curCs-1].hh()).b0()
				prg.curChr = *(*prg.eqtb[prg.curCs-1].hh()).rh()
				prg.curInput.stateField = byte(midLine)
				if int32(prg.curCmd) >= outerCall {
					prg.checkOuterValidity()
				}

			case midLine + 7, skipBlanks + 7, newLine + 7:
				// If this |sup_mark| starts an expanded character like~\.[\^\^A] or~\.[\^\^df], then |goto reswitch|, otherwise set |state:=mid_line|
				if int32(prg.curChr) == int32(prg.buffer[prg.curInput.locField]) {
					if int32(prg.curInput.locField) < int32(prg.curInput.limitField) {
						c = prg.buffer[int32(prg.curInput.locField)+1]
						if int32(c) < 0200 {
							prg.curInput.locField = uint16(int32(prg.curInput.locField) + 2)
							if int32(c) >= '0' && int32(c) <= '9' || int32(c) >= 'a' && int32(c) <= 'f' {
								if int32(prg.curInput.locField) <= int32(prg.curInput.limitField) {
									cc = prg.buffer[prg.curInput.locField]
									if int32(cc) >= '0' && int32(cc) <= '9' || int32(cc) >= 'a' && int32(cc) <= 'f' {
										prg.curInput.locField = uint16(int32(prg.curInput.locField) + 1)
										if int32(c) <= '9' {
											prg.curChr = uint16(int32(c) - '0')
										} else {
											prg.curChr = uint16(int32(c) - 'a' + 10)
										}
										if int32(cc) <= '9' {
											prg.curChr = uint16(16*int32(prg.curChr) + int32(cc) - '0')
										} else {
											prg.curChr = uint16(16*int32(prg.curChr) + int32(cc) - 'a' + 10)
										}
										goto reswitch
									}
								}
							}
							if int32(c) < 0100 {
								prg.curChr = uint16(int32(c) + 0100)
							} else {
								prg.curChr = uint16(int32(c) - 0100)
							}

							goto reswitch
						}
					}
				}
				prg.curInput.stateField = byte(midLine)

			case midLine + 15, skipBlanks + 15, newLine + 15:
				// Decry the invalid character and |goto restart|
				{
					if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
					}
					prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
					prg.print( /* "Text line contains an invalid character" */ 613)
				}
				// \xref[Text line contains...]
				{
					prg.helpPtr = 2
					prg.helpLine[1] = /* "A funny symbol that I can't read has just been input." */ 614
					prg.helpLine[0] = /* "Continue, and I'll forget that it ever happened." */ 615
				}

				prg.deletionsAllowed = false
				prg.error1()
				prg.deletionsAllowed = true

				goto restart

			// \4
			// Handle situations involving spaces, braces, changes of state
			case midLine + 10:
				// Enter |skip_blanks| state, emit a space
				prg.curInput.stateField = byte(skipBlanks)
				prg.curChr = ' '

			case midLine + 5:
				// Finish line, emit a space
				prg.curInput.locField = uint16(int32(prg.curInput.limitField) + 1)
				prg.curCmd = byte(spacer)
				prg.curChr = ' '

			case skipBlanks + 5, midLine + 14, skipBlanks + 14, newLine + 14:

				// Finish line, |goto switch|
				prg.curInput.locField = uint16(int32(prg.curInput.limitField) + 1)
				goto switch1

			case newLine + 5:
				// Finish line, emit a \.[\\par]
				prg.curInput.locField = uint16(int32(prg.curInput.limitField) + 1)
				prg.curCs = prg.parLoc
				prg.curCmd = *(*prg.eqtb[prg.curCs-1].hh()).b0()
				prg.curChr = *(*prg.eqtb[prg.curCs-1].hh()).rh()
				if int32(prg.curCmd) >= outerCall {
					prg.checkOuterValidity()
				}

			case midLine + 1:
				prg.alignState = prg.alignState + 1
			case skipBlanks + 1, newLine + 1:
				prg.curInput.stateField = byte(midLine)
				prg.alignState = prg.alignState + 1

			case midLine + 2:
				prg.alignState = prg.alignState - 1
			case skipBlanks + 2, newLine + 2:
				prg.curInput.stateField = byte(midLine)
				prg.alignState = prg.alignState - 1

			case skipBlanks + 3, skipBlanks + 4, skipBlanks + 6, skipBlanks + 8,
				skipBlanks + 11, skipBlanks + 12, newLine + 3, newLine + 4,
				newLine + 6, newLine + 8, newLine + 11, newLine + 12:
				prg.curInput.stateField = byte(midLine)

			default:
			}
		} else {
			prg.curInput.stateField = byte(newLine)

			// Move to next line of file, or |goto restart| if there is no next line, or |return| if a \.[\\read] line has finished
			if int32(prg.curInput.nameField) > 17 {
				prg.line = prg.line + 1
				prg.first = prg.curInput.startField
				if !prg.forceEof {
					if prg.inputLn(prg.inputFile[prg.curInput.indexField-1], true) {
						prg.firmUpTheLine()
					} else {
						prg.forceEof = true
					}
				}
				if prg.forceEof {
					prg.printChar(asciiCode(')'))
					prg.openParens = byte(int32(prg.openParens) - 1)
					// show user that file has been read
					prg.forceEof = false
					prg.endFileReading() // resume previous level
					prg.checkOuterValidity()
					goto restart
				}
				if *prg.eqtb[intBase+endLineCharCode-1].int() < 0 || *prg.eqtb[intBase+endLineCharCode-1].int() > 255 {
					prg.curInput.limitField = uint16(int32(prg.curInput.limitField) - 1)
				} else {
					prg.buffer[prg.curInput.limitField] = byte(*prg.eqtb[intBase+endLineCharCode-1].int())
				}
				prg.first = uint16(int32(prg.curInput.limitField) + 1)
				prg.curInput.locField = prg.curInput.startField // ready to read
			} else {
				if !(int32(prg.curInput.nameField) == 0) {
					prg.curCmd = 0
					prg.curChr = 0
					goto exit
				}
				if int32(prg.inputPtr) > 0 {
					prg.endFileReading()
					goto restart // resume previous level
				}
				if int32(prg.selector) < logOnly {
					prg.openLogFile()
				}
				if int32(prg.interaction) > nonstopMode {
					if *prg.eqtb[intBase+endLineCharCode-1].int() < 0 || *prg.eqtb[intBase+endLineCharCode-1].int() > 255 {
						prg.curInput.limitField = uint16(int32(prg.curInput.limitField) + 1)
					}
					if int32(prg.curInput.limitField) == int32(prg.curInput.startField) {
						prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "(Please type a command or say `\\end')" */ 616))
					}
					// \xref[Please type...]
					prg.printLn()
					prg.first = prg.curInput.startField
					{
						prg.print('*')
						prg.termInput()
					} // input on-line into |buffer|
					// \xref[*\relax]
					prg.curInput.limitField = prg.last
					if *prg.eqtb[intBase+endLineCharCode-1].int() < 0 || *prg.eqtb[intBase+endLineCharCode-1].int() > 255 {
						prg.curInput.limitField = uint16(int32(prg.curInput.limitField) - 1)
					} else {
						prg.buffer[prg.curInput.limitField] = byte(*prg.eqtb[intBase+endLineCharCode-1].int())
					}
					prg.first = uint16(int32(prg.curInput.limitField) + 1)
					prg.curInput.locField = prg.curInput.startField
				} else {
					prg.fatalError(strNumber( /* "*** (job aborted, no legal \\end found)" */ 617))
				}
				// \xref[job aborted]
				// nonstop mode, which is intended for overnight batch processing,
				//     never waits for on-line input

			}
			{
				if prg.interrupt != 0 {
					prg.pauseForInstructions()
				}
			}

			goto switch1
		}
	} else if int32(prg.curInput.locField) != 0 {
		t = *(*prg.mem[prg.curInput.locField].hh()).lh()
		prg.curInput.locField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curInput.locField].hh()).rh() // move to next
		if int32(t) >= 07777 {
			prg.curCs = uint16(int32(t) - 07777)
			prg.curCmd = *(*prg.eqtb[prg.curCs-1].hh()).b0()
			prg.curChr = *(*prg.eqtb[prg.curCs-1].hh()).rh()
			if int32(prg.curCmd) >= outerCall {
				if int32(prg.curCmd) == dontExpand {
					prg.curCs = uint16(int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.curInput.locField].hh()).lh()) - 07777)
					prg.curInput.locField = 0

					prg.curCmd = *(*prg.eqtb[prg.curCs-1].hh()).b0()
					prg.curChr = *(*prg.eqtb[prg.curCs-1].hh()).rh()
					if int32(prg.curCmd) > maxCommand {
						prg.curCmd = byte(relax)
						prg.curChr = uint16(noExpandFlag)
					}
				} else {
					prg.checkOuterValidity()
				}
			}
		} else {
			prg.curCmd = byte(int32(t) / 0400)
			prg.curChr = uint16(int32(t) % 0400)
			switch prg.curCmd {
			case leftBrace:
				prg.alignState = prg.alignState + 1
			case rightBrace:
				prg.alignState = prg.alignState - 1
			case outParam:
				// Insert macro parameter and |goto restart|
				prg.beginTokenList(prg.paramStack[int32(prg.curInput.limitField)+int32(prg.curChr)-1], quarterword(parameter))

				goto restart

			default:
			}
		}
	} else {
		prg.endTokenList()
		goto restart // resume previous level
	}

	// If an alignment entry has just ended, take appropriate action
	if int32(prg.curCmd) <= carRet {
		if int32(prg.curCmd) >= tabMark {
			if prg.alignState == 0 {
				if int32(prg.scannerStatus) == aligning || int32(prg.curAlign) == 0 {
					prg.fatalError(strNumber( /* "(interwoven alignment preambles are not allowed)" */ 595))
				}
				// \xref[interwoven alignment preambles...]
				prg.curCmd = byte(*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curAlign)+listOffset].hh()).lh())
				*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curAlign)+listOffset].hh()).lh() = prg.curChr
				if int32(prg.curCmd) == omit {
					prg.beginTokenList(halfword(30000-10), quarterword(vTemplate))
				} else {
					prg.beginTokenList(halfword(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curAlign)+depthOffset].int()), quarterword(vTemplate))
				}
				prg.alignState = 1000000
				goto restart
			}
		}
	}

exit:
}

// 340.

// tangle:pos tex.web:7226:3:

// We need to mention a procedure here that may be called by |get_next|.
func (prg *prg) firmUpTheLine() {
	var (
		k /* 0..bufSize */ uint16 // an index into |buffer|
	)
	prg.curInput.limitField = prg.last
	if *prg.eqtb[intBase+pausingCode-1].int() > 0 {
		if int32(prg.interaction) > nonstopMode {
			prg.printLn()
			if int32(prg.curInput.startField) < int32(prg.curInput.limitField) {
				for ii := int32(prg.curInput.startField); ii <= int32(prg.curInput.limitField)-1; ii++ {
					k = uint16(ii)
					_ = k
					prg.print(int32(prg.buffer[k]))
				}
			}
			prg.first = prg.curInput.limitField
			{
				prg.print( /* "=>" */ 618)
				prg.termInput()
			} // wait for user response
			// \xref[=>]
			if int32(prg.last) > int32(prg.first) {
				for ii := int32(prg.first); ii <= int32(prg.last)-1; ii++ {
					k = uint16(ii)
					_ = k // move line down in buffer
					prg.buffer[int32(k)+int32(prg.curInput.startField)-int32(prg.first)] = prg.buffer[k]
				}
				prg.curInput.limitField = uint16(int32(prg.curInput.startField) + int32(prg.last) - int32(prg.first))
			}
		}
	}
} // \2

func (prg *prg) getToken() {
	prg.noNewControlSequence = false
	prg.getNext()
	prg.noNewControlSequence = true
	// \xref[inner loop]
	if int32(prg.curCs) == 0 {
		prg.curTok = uint16(int32(prg.curCmd)*0400 + int32(prg.curChr))
	} else {
		prg.curTok = uint16(07777 + int32(prg.curCs))
	}
}

// 366. \[25] Expanding the next token

// tangle:pos tex.web:7636:33:

// Only a dozen or so command codes |>max_command| can possibly be returned by
// |get_next|; in increasing order, they are |undefined_cs|, |expand_after|,
// |no_expand|, |input|, |if_test|, |fi_or_else|, |cs_name|, |convert|, |the|,
// |top_bot_mark|, |call|, |long_call|, |outer_call|, |long_outer_call|, and
// |end_template|.[\emergencystretch=40pt\par]
//
// The |expand| subroutine is used when |cur_cmd>max_command|. It removes a
// “call” or a conditional or one of the other special operations just
// listed.  It follows that |expand| might invoke itself recursively. In all
// cases, |expand| destroys the current token, but it sets things up so that
// the next |get_next| will deliver the appropriate next token. The value of
// |cur_tok| need not be known when |expand| is called.
//
// Since several of the basic scanning routines communicate via global variables,
// their values are saved as local variables of |expand| so that
// recursive calls don't invalidate them.
// \xref[recursion]
// \4
// Declare the procedure called |macro_call|
func (prg *prg) macroCall() {
	var (
		r1                halfword    // current node in the macro's token list
		p                 halfword    // current node in parameter token list being built
		q                 halfword    // new node being put into the token list
		s                 halfword    // backup pointer for parameter matching
		t                 halfword    // cycle pointer for backup recovery
		u, v              halfword    // auxiliary pointers for backup recovery
		rbracePtr         halfword    // one step before the last |right_brace| token
		n                 smallNumber // the number of parameters scanned
		unbalance         halfword    // unmatched left braces in current parameter
		m                 halfword    // the number of tokens or groups (usually)
		refCount          halfword    // start of the token list
		saveScannerStatus smallNumber // |scanner_status| upon entry
		saveWarningIndex  halfword    // |warning_index| upon entry
		matchChr          asciiCode   // character used in parameter
	)
	saveScannerStatus = prg.scannerStatus
	saveWarningIndex = prg.warningIndex
	prg.warningIndex = prg.curCs
	refCount = prg.curChr
	r1 = *(*prg.mem[refCount].hh()).rh()
	n = 0
	if *prg.eqtb[intBase+tracingMacrosCode-1].int() > 0 {
		prg.beginDiagnostic()
		prg.printLn()
		prg.printCs(int32(prg.warningIndex))
		prg.tokenShow(refCount)
		prg.endDiagnostic(false)
	}
	if int32(*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).lh()) != endMatchToken {
		prg.scannerStatus = byte(matching)
		unbalance = 0
		prg.longState = *(*prg.eqtb[prg.curCs-1].hh()).b0()
		if int32(prg.longState) >= outerCall {
			prg.longState = byte(int32(prg.longState) - 2)
		}
		for {
			*(*prg.mem[30000-3].hh()).rh() = 0
			if int32(*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).lh()) > matchToken+255 || int32(*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).lh()) < matchToken {
				s = 0
			} else {
				matchChr = byte(int32(*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).lh()) - matchToken)
				s = *(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh()
				r1 = s
				p = uint16(30000 - 3)
				m = 0
			}

			// Scan a parameter until its delimiter string has been found; or, if |s=null|, simply scan the delimiter string

			// Scan a parameter until its delimiter string has been found; or, if |s=null|, simply scan the delimiter string
		continue1:
			prg.getToken() // set |cur_tok| to the next token of input
			if int32(prg.curTok) == int32(*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).lh()) {
				r1 = *(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh()
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).lh()) >= matchToken && int32(*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).lh()) <= endMatchToken {
					if int32(prg.curTok) < leftBraceLimit {
						prg.alignState = prg.alignState - 1
					}

					goto found
				} else {
					goto continue1
				}
			}

			// Contribute the recently matched tokens to the current parameter, and |goto continue| if a partial match is still in effect; but abort if |s=null|
			if int32(s) != int32(r1) {
				if int32(s) == 0 {
					{
						if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
						}
						prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
						prg.print( /* "Use of " */ 650)
					}
					prg.sprintCs(prg.warningIndex)
					// \xref[Use of x doesn't match...]
					prg.print( /* " doesn't match its definition" */ 651)
					{
						prg.helpPtr = 4
						prg.helpLine[3] = /* "If you say, e.g., `\\def\\a1[...]', then you must always" */ 652
						prg.helpLine[2] = /* "put `1' after `\\a', since control sequence names are" */ 653
						prg.helpLine[1] = /* "made up of letters only. The macro here has not been" */ 654
						prg.helpLine[0] = /* "followed by the required stuff, so I'm ignoring it." */ 655
					}
					prg.error1()
					goto exit
				} else {
					t = s
					for {
						{
							q = prg.getAvail()
							*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = q
							*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh() = *(*prg.mem[t].hh()).lh()
							p = q
						}
						m = uint16(int32(m) + 1)
						u = *(*prg.mem[t].hh()).rh()
						v = s
						for true {
							if int32(u) == int32(r1) {
								if int32(prg.curTok) != int32(*(*prg.mem[v].hh()).lh()) {
									goto done
								} else {
									r1 = *(*prg.mem[v].hh()).rh()
									goto continue1
								}
							}
							if int32(*(*prg.mem[u].hh()).lh()) != int32(*(*prg.mem[v].hh()).lh()) {
								goto done
							}
							u = *(*prg.mem[u].hh()).rh()
							v = *(*prg.mem[v].hh()).rh()
						}

					done:
						t = *(*prg.mem[t].hh()).rh()
						if int32(t) == int32(r1) {
							break
						}
					}
					r1 = s // at this point, no tokens are recently matched
				}
			}
			if int32(prg.curTok) == int32(prg.parToken) {
				if int32(prg.longState) != longCall {
					if int32(prg.longState) == call {
						prg.runaway()
						{
							if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
							}
							prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
							prg.print( /* "Paragraph ended before " */ 645)
						}
						// \xref[Paragraph ended before...]
						prg.sprintCs(prg.warningIndex)
						prg.print( /* " was complete" */ 646)
						{
							prg.helpPtr = 3
							prg.helpLine[2] = /* "I suspect you've forgotten a `]', causing me to apply this" */ 647
							prg.helpLine[1] = /* "control sequence to too much text. How can we recover?" */ 648
							prg.helpLine[0] = /* "My plan is to forget the whole thing and hope for the best." */ 649
						}
						prg.backError()
					}
					prg.pstack[n] = *(*prg.mem[30000-3].hh()).rh()
					prg.alignState = prg.alignState - int32(unbalance)
					for ii := int32(0); ii <= int32(n); ii++ {
						m = halfword(ii)
						_ = m
						prg.flushList(prg.pstack[m])
					}

					goto exit
				}
			}
			if int32(prg.curTok) < rightBraceLimit {
				if int32(prg.curTok) < leftBraceLimit {
					unbalance = 1
					// \xref[inner loop]
					for true {
						{
							{
								q = prg.avail
								if int32(q) == 0 {
									q = prg.getAvail()
								} else {
									prg.avail = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()
									*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = 0 /*    dyn_used:= dyn_used+1 ; [  ] */
								}
							}
							*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = q
							*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh() = prg.curTok
							p = q
						}
						prg.getToken()
						if int32(prg.curTok) == int32(prg.parToken) {
							if int32(prg.longState) != longCall {
								if int32(prg.longState) == call {
									prg.runaway()
									{
										if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
										}
										prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
										prg.print( /* "Paragraph ended before " */ 645)
									}
									// \xref[Paragraph ended before...]
									prg.sprintCs(prg.warningIndex)
									prg.print( /* " was complete" */ 646)
									{
										prg.helpPtr = 3
										prg.helpLine[2] = /* "I suspect you've forgotten a `]', causing me to apply this" */ 647
										prg.helpLine[1] = /* "control sequence to too much text. How can we recover?" */ 648
										prg.helpLine[0] = /* "My plan is to forget the whole thing and hope for the best." */ 649
									}
									prg.backError()
								}
								prg.pstack[n] = *(*prg.mem[30000-3].hh()).rh()
								prg.alignState = prg.alignState - int32(unbalance)
								for ii := int32(0); ii <= int32(n); ii++ {
									m = halfword(ii)
									_ = m
									prg.flushList(prg.pstack[m])
								}

								goto exit
							}
						}
						if int32(prg.curTok) < rightBraceLimit {
							if int32(prg.curTok) < leftBraceLimit {
								unbalance = uint16(int32(unbalance) + 1)
							} else {
								unbalance = uint16(int32(unbalance) - 1)
								if int32(unbalance) == 0 {
									goto done1
								}
							}
						}
					}

				done1:
					rbracePtr = p
					{
						q = prg.getAvail()
						*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = q
						*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh() = prg.curTok
						p = q
					}
				} else {
					// Report an extra right brace and |goto continue|
					prg.backInput()
					{
						if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
						}
						prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
						prg.print( /* "Argument of " */ 637)
					}
					prg.sprintCs(prg.warningIndex)
					// \xref[Argument of \\x has...]
					prg.print( /* " has an extra ]" */ 638)
					{
						prg.helpPtr = 6
						prg.helpLine[5] = /* "I've run across a `]' that doesn't seem to match anything." */ 639
						prg.helpLine[4] = /* "For example, `\\def\\a#1[...]' and `\\a]' would produce" */ 640
						prg.helpLine[3] = /* "this error. If you simply proceed now, the `\\par' that" */ 641
						prg.helpLine[2] = /* "I've just inserted will cause me to report a runaway" */ 642
						prg.helpLine[1] = /* "argument that might be the root of the problem. But if" */ 643
						prg.helpLine[0] = /* "your `]' was spurious, just type `2' and it will go away." */ 644
					}
					prg.alignState = prg.alignState + 1
					prg.longState = byte(call)
					prg.curTok = prg.parToken
					prg.insError()

					goto continue1
				}
			} else {
				// Store the current token, but |goto continue| if it is a blank space that would become an undelimited parameter
				if int32(prg.curTok) == spaceToken {
					if int32(*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).lh()) <= endMatchToken {
						if int32(*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).lh()) >= matchToken {
							goto continue1
						}
					}
				}
				{
					q = prg.getAvail()
					*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = q
					*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh() = prg.curTok
					p = q
				}
			}
			m = uint16(int32(m) + 1)
			if int32(*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).lh()) > endMatchToken {
				goto continue1
			}
			if int32(*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).lh()) < matchToken {
				goto continue1
			}

		found:
			if int32(s) != 0 {
				if int32(m) == 1 && int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh()) < rightBraceLimit {
					*(*prg.mem[rbracePtr].hh()).rh() = 0
					{
						*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = prg.avail
						prg.avail = p /*    dyn_used:= dyn_used-1 ; [  ] */
					}
					p = *(*prg.mem[30000-3].hh()).rh()
					prg.pstack[n] = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
					{
						*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = prg.avail
						prg.avail = p /*    dyn_used:= dyn_used-1 ; [  ] */
					}
				} else {
					prg.pstack[n] = *(*prg.mem[30000-3].hh()).rh()
				}
				n = byte(int32(n) + 1)
				if *prg.eqtb[intBase+tracingMacrosCode-1].int() > 0 {
					prg.beginDiagnostic()
					prg.printNl(strNumber(matchChr))
					prg.printInt(int32(n))
					prg.print( /* "<-" */ 656)
					prg.showTokenList(int32(prg.pstack[int32(n)-1]), 0, 1000)
					prg.endDiagnostic(false)
				}
			}

			// now |info(r)| is a token whose command code is either |match| or |end_match|
			if int32(*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).lh()) == endMatchToken {
				break
			}
		}
	}

	// Feed the macro body and its parameters to the scanner
	for int32(prg.curInput.stateField) == tokenList && int32(prg.curInput.locField) == 0 && int32(prg.curInput.indexField) != vTemplate {
		prg.endTokenList()
	} // conserve stack space
	prg.beginTokenList(refCount, quarterword(macro))
	prg.curInput.nameField = prg.warningIndex
	prg.curInput.locField = *(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh()
	if int32(n) > 0 {
		if int32(prg.paramPtr)+int32(n) > prg.maxParamStack {
			prg.maxParamStack = int32(prg.paramPtr) + int32(n)
			if prg.maxParamStack > paramSize {
				prg.overflow(strNumber( /* "parameter stack size" */ 636), paramSize)
			}
			// \xref[TeX capacity exceeded parameter stack size][\quad parameter stack size]
		}
		for ii := int32(0); ii <= int32(n)-1; ii++ {
			m = halfword(ii)
			_ = m
			prg.paramStack[int32(prg.paramPtr)+int32(m)] = prg.pstack[m]
		}
		prg.paramPtr = byte(int32(prg.paramPtr) + int32(n))
	}

exit:
	prg.scannerStatus = saveScannerStatus
	prg.warningIndex = saveWarningIndex
}

// \4
// Declare the procedure called |insert_relax|
func (prg *prg) insertRelax() {
	prg.curTok = uint16(07777 + int32(prg.curCs))
	prg.backInput()
	prg.curTok = uint16(07777 + frozenRelax)
	prg.backInput()
	prg.curInput.indexField = byte(inserted)
} // \2
func (prg *prg) expand() {
	var (
		t                                halfword // token that is being ``expanded after''
		p, q, r1                         halfword // for list manipulation
		j/* 0..bufSize */ uint16                  // index into |buffer|
		cvBackup                         int32    // to save the global quantity |cur_val|
		cvlBackup, radixBackup, coBackup smallNumber
		// to save |cur_val_level|, etc.
		backupBackup      halfword    // to save |link(backup_head)|
		saveScannerStatus smallNumber // temporary storage of |scanner_status|
	)
	cvBackup = prg.curVal
	cvlBackup = prg.curValLevel
	radixBackup = prg.radix
	coBackup = prg.curOrder
	backupBackup = *(*prg.mem[30000-13].hh()).rh()
	if int32(prg.curCmd) < call {
		if *prg.eqtb[intBase+tracingCommandsCode-1].int() > 1 {
			prg.showCurCmdChr()
		}
		switch prg.curCmd {
		case topBotMark:
			// Insert the \(a)appropriate mark text into the scanner
			if int32(prg.curMark[prg.curChr]) != 0 {
				prg.beginTokenList(prg.curMark[prg.curChr], quarterword(markText))
			}

		case expandAfter:
			// Expand the token after the next token
			prg.getToken()
			t = prg.curTok
			prg.getToken()
			if int32(prg.curCmd) > maxCommand {
				prg.expand()
			} else {
				prg.backInput()
			}
			prg.curTok = t
			prg.backInput()

		case noExpand:
			// Suppress expansion of the next token
			saveScannerStatus = prg.scannerStatus
			prg.scannerStatus = byte(normal)
			prg.getToken()
			prg.scannerStatus = saveScannerStatus
			t = prg.curTok
			prg.backInput() // now |start| and |loc| point to the backed-up token |t|
			if int32(t) >= 07777 {
				p = prg.getAvail()
				*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh() = uint16(07777 + frozenDontExpand)
				*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = prg.curInput.locField
				prg.curInput.startField = p
				prg.curInput.locField = p
			}

		case csName:
			// Manufacture a control sequence name
			r1 = prg.getAvail()
			p = r1 // head of the list of characters
			for {
				prg.getXToken()
				if int32(prg.curCs) == 0 {
					q = prg.getAvail()
					*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = q
					*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh() = prg.curTok
					p = q
				}
				if int32(prg.curCs) != 0 {
					break
				}
			}
			if int32(prg.curCmd) != endCsName {
				{
					if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
					}
					prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
					prg.print( /* "Missing " */ 625)
				}
				prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "endcsname" */ 505))
				prg.print( /* " inserted" */ 626)
				// \xref[Missing \\endcsname...]
				{
					prg.helpPtr = 2
					prg.helpLine[1] = /* "The control sequence marked <to be read again> should" */ 627
					prg.helpLine[0] = /* "not appear between \\csname and \\endcsname." */ 628
				}
				prg.backError()
			}

			// Look up the characters of list |r| in the hash table, and set |cur_cs|
			j = prg.first
			p = *(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh()
			for int32(p) != 0 {
				if int32(j) >= int32(prg.maxBufStack) {
					prg.maxBufStack = uint16(int32(j) + 1)
					if int32(prg.maxBufStack) == bufSize {
						prg.overflow(strNumber( /* "buffer size" */ 256), bufSize)
					}
					// \xref[TeX capacity exceeded buffer size][\quad buffer size]
				}
				prg.buffer[j] = byte(int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh()) % 0400)
				j = uint16(int32(j) + 1)
				p = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
			}
			if int32(j) > int32(prg.first)+1 {
				prg.noNewControlSequence = false
				prg.curCs = prg.idLookup(int32(prg.first), int32(j)-int32(prg.first))
				prg.noNewControlSequence = true
			} else if int32(j) == int32(prg.first) {
				prg.curCs = uint16(nullCs)
			} else {
				prg.curCs = uint16(singleBase + int32(prg.buffer[prg.first]))
			}
			prg.flushList(r1)
			if int32(*(*prg.eqtb[prg.curCs-1].hh()).b0()) == undefinedCs {
				prg.eqDefine(prg.curCs, quarterword(relax), halfword(256)) // N.B.: The |save_stack| might change
			} // the control sequence will now match `\.[\\relax]'
			prg.curTok = uint16(int32(prg.curCs) + 07777)
			prg.backInput()

		case convert:
			prg.convToks() // this procedure is discussed in Part 27 below
		case the:
			prg.insTheToks() // this procedure is discussed in Part 27 below
		case ifTest:
			prg.conditional() // this procedure is discussed in Part 28 below
		case fiOrElse:
			// Terminate the current conditional and skip to \.[\\fi]
			if int32(prg.curChr) > int32(prg.ifLimit) {
				if int32(prg.ifLimit) == ifCode {
					prg.insertRelax()
				} else {
					{
						if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
						}
						prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
						prg.print( /* "Extra " */ 777)
					}
					prg.printCmdChr(quarterword(fiOrElse), prg.curChr)
					// \xref[Extra \\or]
					// \xref[Extra \\else]
					// \xref[Extra \\fi]
					{
						prg.helpPtr = 1
						prg.helpLine[0] = /* "I'm ignoring this; it doesn't match any \\if." */ 778
					}
					prg.error1()
				}
			} else {
				for int32(prg.curChr) != fiCode {
					prg.passText()
				} // skip to \.[\\fi]

				// Pop the condition stack
				{
					p = prg.condPtr
					prg.ifLine = *prg.mem[int32(p)+1].int()
					prg.curIf = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()
					prg.ifLimit = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()
					prg.condPtr = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
					prg.freeNode(p, halfword(ifNodeSize))
				}
			}

		case input:
			// Initiate or terminate input from a file
			if int32(prg.curChr) > 0 {
				prg.forceEof = true
			} else if prg.nameInProgress {
				prg.insertRelax()
			} else {
				prg.startInput()
			}

		default:
			{
				if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
				}
				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
				prg.print( /* "Undefined control sequence" */ 619)
			}
			// \xref[Undefined control sequence]
			{
				prg.helpPtr = 5
				prg.helpLine[4] = /* "The control sequence at the end of the top line" */ 620
				prg.helpLine[3] = /* "of your error message was never \\def'ed. If you have" */ 621
				prg.helpLine[2] = /* "misspelled it (e.g., `\\hobx'), type `I' and the correct" */ 622
				prg.helpLine[1] = /* "spelling (e.g., `I\\hbox'). Otherwise just continue," */ 623
				prg.helpLine[0] = /* "and I'll forget about whatever was undefined." */ 624
			}
			prg.error1()

		}
	} else if int32(prg.curCmd) < endTemplate {
		prg.macroCall()
	} else {
		// Insert a token containing |frozen_endv|
		prg.curTok = uint16(07777 + frozenEndv)
		prg.backInput()
	}
	prg.curVal = cvBackup
	prg.curValLevel = cvlBackup
	prg.radix = radixBackup
	prg.curOrder = coBackup
	*(*prg.mem[30000-13].hh()).rh() = backupBackup
} // \2
func (prg *prg) getXToken() {
restart:
	prg.getNext()
	// \xref[inner loop]
	if int32(prg.curCmd) <= maxCommand {
		goto done
	}
	if int32(prg.curCmd) >= call {
		if int32(prg.curCmd) < endTemplate {
			prg.macroCall()
		} else {
			prg.curCs = uint16(frozenEndv)
			prg.curCmd = byte(endv)

			goto done // |cur_chr=null_list|
		}
	} else {
		prg.expand()
	}

	goto restart

done:
	if int32(prg.curCs) == 0 {
		prg.curTok = uint16(int32(prg.curCmd)*0400 + int32(prg.curChr))
	} else {
		prg.curTok = uint16(07777 + int32(prg.curCs))
	}
}

// 381.

// tangle:pos tex.web:7842:1:

// The |get_x_token| procedure is essentially equivalent to two consecutive
// procedure calls: |get_next; x_token|.
func (prg *prg) xToken() {
	for int32(prg.curCmd) > maxCommand {
		prg.expand()
		prg.getNext()
	}
	if int32(prg.curCs) == 0 {
		prg.curTok = uint16(int32(prg.curCmd)*0400 + int32(prg.curChr))
	} else {
		prg.curTok = uint16(07777 + int32(prg.curCs))
	}
}

// 402. \[26] Basic scanning subroutines

// tangle:pos tex.web:8181:35:

// Let's turn now to some procedures that \TeX\ calls upon frequently to digest
// certain kinds of patterns in the input. Most of these are quite simple;
// some are quite elaborate. Almost all of the routines call |get_x_token|,
// which can cause them to be invoked recursively.
// \xref[stomach]
// \xref[recursion]

// 403.

// tangle:pos tex.web:8189:1:

// The |scan_left_brace| routine is called when a left brace is supposed to be
// the next non-blank token. (The term “left brace” means, more precisely,
// a character whose catcode is |left_brace|.) \TeX\ allows \.[\\relax] to
// appear before the |left_brace|.
func (prg *prg) scanLeftBrace() {
	for {
		prg.getXToken()
		if int32(prg.curCmd) != spacer && int32(prg.curCmd) != relax {
			break
		}
	}
	if int32(prg.curCmd) != leftBrace {
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			}
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
			prg.print( /* "Missing [ inserted" */ 657)
		}
		// \xref[Missing \[ inserted]
		{
			prg.helpPtr = 4
			prg.helpLine[3] = /* "A left brace was mandatory here, so I've put one in." */ 658
			prg.helpLine[2] = /* "You might want to delete and/or insert some corrections" */ 659
			prg.helpLine[1] = /* "so that I will find a matching right brace soon." */ 660
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "(If you're confused by all this, try typing `I]' now.)" */ 661
		}
		prg.backError()
		prg.curTok = uint16(leftBraceToken + '{')
		prg.curCmd = byte(leftBrace)
		prg.curChr = '{'
		prg.alignState = prg.alignState + 1
	}
}

// 405.

// tangle:pos tex.web:8212:1:

// The |scan_optional_equals| routine looks for an optional `\.=' sign preceded
// by optional spaces; `\.[\\relax]' is not ignored here.
func (prg *prg) scanOptionalEquals() {
	for {
		prg.getXToken()
		if int32(prg.curCmd) != spacer {
			break
		}
	}
	if int32(prg.curTok) != otherToken+'=' {
		prg.backInput()
	}
}

// 407.

// tangle:pos tex.web:8224:1:

// In case you are getting bored, here is a slightly less trivial routine:
// Given a string of lowercase letters, like `\.[pt]' or `\.[plus]' or
// `\.[width]', the |scan_keyword| routine checks to see whether the next
// tokens of input match this string. The match must be exact, except that
// uppercase letters will match their lowercase counterparts; uppercase
// equivalents are determined by subtracting |"a"-"A"|, rather than using the
// |uc_code| table, since \TeX\ uses this routine only for its own limited
// set of keywords.
//
// If a match is found, the characters are effectively removed from the input
// and |true| is returned. Otherwise |false| is returned, and the input
// is left essentially unchanged (except for the fact that some macros
// may have been expanded, etc.).
// \xref[inner loop]
func (prg *prg) scanKeyword(s strNumber) (r bool) {
	var (
		p halfword    // tail of the backup list
		q halfword    // new node being added to the token list via |store_new_token|
		k poolPointer // index into |str_pool|
	)
	p = uint16(30000 - 13)
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = 0
	k = prg.strStart[s]
	for int32(k) < int32(prg.strStart[int32(s)+1]) {
		prg.getXToken() // recursion is possible here
		// \xref[recursion]
		if int32(prg.curCs) == 0 && (int32(prg.curChr) == int32(prg.strPool[k]) || int32(prg.curChr) == int32(prg.strPool[k])-'a'+'A') {
			{
				q = prg.getAvail()
				*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = q
				*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh() = prg.curTok
				p = q
			}
			k = uint16(int32(k) + 1)
		} else if int32(prg.curCmd) != spacer || int32(p) != 30000-13 {
			prg.backInput()
			if int32(p) != 30000-13 {
				prg.beginTokenList(*(*prg.mem[30000-13].hh()).rh(), quarterword(backedUp))
			}
			r = false
			goto exit
		}
	}
	prg.flushList(*(*prg.mem[30000-13].hh()).rh())
	r = true

exit:
	;
	return r
}

// 408.

// tangle:pos tex.web:8261:1:

// Here is a procedure that sounds an alarm when mu and non-mu units
// are being switched.
func (prg *prg) muError() {
	{
		if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
		}
		prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
		prg.print( /* "Incompatible glue units" */ 662)
	}
	// \xref[Incompatible glue units]
	{
		prg.helpPtr = 1
		prg.helpLine[0] = /* "I'm going to assume that 1mu=1pt when they're mixed." */ 663
	}
	prg.error1()
} // scans an integer value
// \4\4
// Declare procedures that scan restricted classes of integers
func (prg *prg) scanEightBitInt() {
	prg.scanInt()
	if prg.curVal < 0 || prg.curVal > 255 {
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			}
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
			prg.print( /* "Bad register code" */ 687)
		}
		// \xref[Bad register code]
		{
			prg.helpPtr = 2
			prg.helpLine[1] = /* "A register number must be between 0 and 255." */ 688
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "I changed this one to zero." */ 689
		}
		prg.intError(prg.curVal)
		prg.curVal = 0
	}
}

func (prg *prg) scanCharNum() {
	prg.scanInt()
	if prg.curVal < 0 || prg.curVal > 255 {
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			}
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
			prg.print( /* "Bad character code" */ 690)
		}
		// \xref[Bad character code]
		{
			prg.helpPtr = 2
			prg.helpLine[1] = /* "A character number must be between 0 and 255." */ 691
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "I changed this one to zero." */ 689
		}
		prg.intError(prg.curVal)
		prg.curVal = 0
	}
}

func (prg *prg) scanFourBitInt() {
	prg.scanInt()
	if prg.curVal < 0 || prg.curVal > 15 {
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			}
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
			prg.print( /* "Bad number" */ 692)
		}
		// \xref[Bad number]
		{
			prg.helpPtr = 2
			prg.helpLine[1] = /* "Since I expected to read a number between 0 and 15," */ 693
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "I changed this one to zero." */ 689
		}
		prg.intError(prg.curVal)
		prg.curVal = 0
	}
}

func (prg *prg) scanFifteenBitInt() {
	prg.scanInt()
	if prg.curVal < 0 || prg.curVal > 077777 {
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			}
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
			prg.print( /* "Bad mathchar" */ 694)
		}
		// \xref[Bad mathchar]
		{
			prg.helpPtr = 2
			prg.helpLine[1] = /* "A mathchar number must be between 0 and 32767." */ 695
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "I changed this one to zero." */ 689
		}
		prg.intError(prg.curVal)
		prg.curVal = 0
	}
}

func (prg *prg) scanTwentySevenBitInt() {
	prg.scanInt()
	if prg.curVal < 0 || prg.curVal > 0777777777 {
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			}
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
			prg.print( /* "Bad delimiter code" */ 696)
		}
		// \xref[Bad delimiter code]
		{
			prg.helpPtr = 2
			prg.helpLine[1] = /* "A numeric delimiter code must be between 0 and 2^[27]-1." */ 697
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "I changed this one to zero." */ 689
		}
		prg.intError(prg.curVal)
		prg.curVal = 0
	}
}

// \4\4
// Declare procedures that scan font-related stuff
func (prg *prg) scanFontIdent() {
	var (
		f internalFontNumber
		m halfword
	)
	for {
		prg.getXToken()
		if int32(prg.curCmd) != spacer {
			break
		}
	}
	if int32(prg.curCmd) == defFont {
		f = byte(*(*prg.eqtb[curFontLoc-1].hh()).rh())
	} else if int32(prg.curCmd) == setFont {
		f = byte(prg.curChr)
	} else if int32(prg.curCmd) == defFamily {
		m = prg.curChr
		prg.scanFourBitInt()
		f = byte(*(*prg.eqtb[int32(m)+prg.curVal-1].hh()).rh())
	} else {
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			}
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
			prg.print( /* "Missing font identifier" */ 817)
		}
		// \xref[Missing font identifier]
		{
			prg.helpPtr = 2
			prg.helpLine[1] = /* "I was looking for a control sequence whose" */ 818
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "current meaning has been defined by \\font." */ 819
		}
		prg.backError()
		f = byte(fontBase)
	}
	prg.curVal = int32(f)
}

func (prg *prg) findFontDimen(writing bool) {
	// sets |cur_val| to |font_info| location
	var (
		f internalFontNumber
		n int32 // the parameter number
	)
	prg.scanInt()
	n = prg.curVal
	prg.scanFontIdent()
	f = byte(prg.curVal)
	if n <= 0 {
		prg.curVal = int32(prg.fmemPtr)
	} else {
		if writing && n <= spaceShrinkCode && n >= spaceCode && int32(prg.fontGlue[f]) != 0 {
			prg.deleteGlueRef(prg.fontGlue[f])
			prg.fontGlue[f] = 0
		}
		if n > int32(prg.fontParams[f]) {
			if int32(f) < int32(prg.fontPtr) {
				prg.curVal = int32(prg.fmemPtr)
			} else {
				// Increase the number of parameters in the last font
				for {
					if int32(prg.fmemPtr) == fontMemSize {
						prg.overflow(strNumber( /* "font memory" */ 824), fontMemSize)
					}
					// \xref[TeX capacity exceeded font memory][\quad font memory]
					*prg.fontInfo[prg.fmemPtr].int() = 0
					prg.fmemPtr = uint16(int32(prg.fmemPtr) + 1)
					prg.fontParams[f] = uint16(int32(prg.fontParams[f]) + 1)
					if n == int32(prg.fontParams[f]) {
						break
					}
				}
				prg.curVal = int32(prg.fmemPtr) - 1 // this equals |param_base[f]+font_params[f]|
			}
		} else {
			prg.curVal = n + prg.paramBase[f]
		}
	}

	// Issue an error message if |cur_val=fmem_ptr|
	if prg.curVal == int32(prg.fmemPtr) {
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			}
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
			prg.print( /* "Font " */ 802)
		}
		prg.printEsc(*prg.hash[fontIdBase+int32(f)-514].rh())
		prg.print( /* " has only " */ 820)
		prg.printInt(int32(prg.fontParams[f]))
		prg.print( /* " fontdimen parameters" */ 821)
		// \xref[Font x has only...]
		{
			prg.helpPtr = 2
			prg.helpLine[1] = /* "To increase the number of font parameters, you must" */ 822
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "use \\fontdimen immediately after the \\font is loaded." */ 823
		}
		prg.error1()
	}
}

// 413.

// tangle:pos tex.web:8345:1:

// OK, we're ready for |scan_something_internal| itself. A second parameter,
// |negative|, is set |true| if the value that is found should be negated.
// It is assumed that |cur_cmd| and |cur_chr| represent the first token of
// the internal quantity to be scanned; an error will be signalled if
// |cur_cmd<min_internal| or |cur_cmd>max_internal|.
func (prg *prg) scanSomethingInternal(level smallNumber, negative bool) {
	// fetch an internal parameter
	var (
		m                       halfword // |chr_code| part of the operand token
		p/* 0..nestSize */ byte          // index into |nest|
	)
	m = prg.curChr
	switch prg.curCmd {
	case defCode:
		// Fetch a character code from some table
		prg.scanCharNum()
		if int32(m) == mathCodeBase {
			prg.curVal = int32(*(*prg.eqtb[mathCodeBase+prg.curVal-1].hh()).rh()) - 0
			prg.curValLevel = byte(intVal)
		} else if int32(m) < mathCodeBase {
			prg.curVal = int32(*(*prg.eqtb[int32(m)+prg.curVal-1].hh()).rh())
			prg.curValLevel = byte(intVal)
		} else {
			prg.curVal = *prg.eqtb[int32(m)+prg.curVal-1].int()
			prg.curValLevel = byte(intVal)
		}

	case toksRegister, assignToks, defFamily, setFont,
		defFont:
		// Fetch a token list or font identifier, provided that |level=tok_val|
		if int32(level) != tokVal {
			{
				if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
				}
				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
				prg.print( /* "Missing number, treated as zero" */ 664)
			}
			// \xref[Missing number...]
			{
				prg.helpPtr = 3
				prg.helpLine[2] = /* "A number should have been here; I inserted `0'." */ 665
				prg.helpLine[1] = /* "(If you can't figure out why I needed to see a number," */ 666
				prg.helpLine[0] = /* "look up `weird error' in the index to The TeXbook.)" */ 667
			}
			// \xref[TeXbook][\sl The \TeX book]
			prg.backError()
			{
				prg.curVal = 0
				prg.curValLevel = byte(dimenVal)
			}
		} else if int32(prg.curCmd) <= assignToks {
			if int32(prg.curCmd) < assignToks {
				prg.scanEightBitInt()
				m = uint16(toksBase + prg.curVal)
			}
			{
				prg.curVal = int32(*(*prg.eqtb[m-1].hh()).rh())
				prg.curValLevel = byte(tokVal)
			}
		} else {
			prg.backInput()
			prg.scanFontIdent()
			{
				prg.curVal = fontIdBase + prg.curVal
				prg.curValLevel = byte(identVal)
			}
		}

	case assignInt:
		prg.curVal = *prg.eqtb[m-1].int()
		prg.curValLevel = byte(intVal)
	case assignDimen:
		prg.curVal = *prg.eqtb[m-1].int()
		prg.curValLevel = byte(dimenVal)
	case assignGlue:
		prg.curVal = int32(*(*prg.eqtb[m-1].hh()).rh())
		prg.curValLevel = byte(glueVal)
	case assignMuGlue:
		prg.curVal = int32(*(*prg.eqtb[m-1].hh()).rh())
		prg.curValLevel = byte(muVal)
	case setAux:
		// Fetch the |space_factor| or the |prev_depth|
		if abs(int32(prg.curList.modeField)) != int32(m) {
			{
				if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
				}
				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
				prg.print( /* "Improper " */ 680)
			}
			prg.printCmdChr(quarterword(setAux), m)
			// \xref[Improper \\spacefactor]
			// \xref[Improper \\prevdepth]
			{
				prg.helpPtr = 4
				prg.helpLine[3] = /* "You can refer to \\spacefactor only in horizontal mode;" */ 681
				prg.helpLine[2] = /* "you can refer to \\prevdepth only in vertical mode; and" */ 682
				prg.helpLine[1] = /* "neither of these is meaningful inside \\write. So" */ 683
				prg.helpLine[0] = /* "I'm forgetting what you said and using zero instead." */ 684
			}
			prg.error1()
			if int32(level) != tokVal {
				prg.curVal = 0
				prg.curValLevel = byte(dimenVal)
			} else {
				prg.curVal = 0
				prg.curValLevel = byte(intVal)
			}
		} else if int32(m) == vmode {
			prg.curVal = *prg.curList.auxField.int()
			prg.curValLevel = byte(dimenVal)
		} else {
			prg.curVal = int32(*(*prg.curList.auxField.hh()).lh())
			prg.curValLevel = byte(intVal)
		}

	case setPrevGraf:
		// Fetch the |prev_graf|
		if int32(prg.curList.modeField) == 0 {
			prg.curVal = 0
			prg.curValLevel = byte(intVal)
		} else {
			prg.nest[prg.nestPtr] = prg.curList
			p = prg.nestPtr
			for abs(int32(prg.nest[p].modeField)) != vmode {
				p = byte(int32(p) - 1)
			}
			{
				prg.curVal = prg.nest[p].pgField
				prg.curValLevel = byte(intVal)
			}
		}

	case setPageInt:
		// Fetch the |dead_cycles| or the |insert_penalties|
		if int32(m) == 0 {
			prg.curVal = prg.deadCycles
		} else {
			prg.curVal = prg.insertPenalties
		}
		prg.curValLevel = byte(intVal)

	case setPageDimen:
		// Fetch something on the |page_so_far|
		if int32(prg.pageContents) == empty && !prg.outputActive {
			if int32(m) == 0 {
				prg.curVal = 07777777777
			} else {
				prg.curVal = 0
			}
		} else {
			prg.curVal = prg.pageSoFar[m]
		}
		prg.curValLevel = byte(dimenVal)

	case setShape:
		// Fetch the |par_shape| size
		if int32(*(*prg.eqtb[parShapeLoc-1].hh()).rh()) == 0 {
			prg.curVal = 0
		} else {
			prg.curVal = int32(*(*prg.mem[*(*prg.eqtb[parShapeLoc-1].hh()).rh()].hh()).lh())
		}
		prg.curValLevel = byte(intVal)

	case setBoxDimen:
		// Fetch a box dimension
		prg.scanEightBitInt()
		if int32(*(*prg.eqtb[boxBase+prg.curVal-1].hh()).rh()) == 0 {
			prg.curVal = 0
		} else {
			prg.curVal = *prg.mem[int32(*(*prg.eqtb[boxBase+prg.curVal-1].hh()).rh())+int32(m)].int()
		}
		prg.curValLevel = byte(dimenVal)

	case charGiven, mathGiven:
		prg.curVal = int32(prg.curChr)
		prg.curValLevel = byte(intVal)
	case assignFontDimen:
		// Fetch a font dimension
		prg.findFontDimen(false)
		*prg.fontInfo[prg.fmemPtr].int() = 0
		{
			prg.curVal = *prg.fontInfo[prg.curVal].int()
			prg.curValLevel = byte(dimenVal)
		}

	case assignFontInt:
		// Fetch a font integer
		prg.scanFontIdent()
		if int32(m) == 0 {
			prg.curVal = prg.hyphenChar[prg.curVal]
			prg.curValLevel = byte(intVal)
		} else {
			prg.curVal = prg.skewChar[prg.curVal]
			prg.curValLevel = byte(intVal)
		}

	case register:
		// Fetch a register
		prg.scanEightBitInt()
		switch m {
		case intVal:
			prg.curVal = *prg.eqtb[countBase+prg.curVal-1].int()
		case dimenVal:
			prg.curVal = *prg.eqtb[scaledBase+prg.curVal-1].int()
		case glueVal:
			prg.curVal = int32(*(*prg.eqtb[skipBase+prg.curVal-1].hh()).rh())
		case muVal:
			prg.curVal = int32(*(*prg.eqtb[muSkipBase+prg.curVal-1].hh()).rh())
		} // there are no other cases
		prg.curValLevel = byte(m)

	case lastItem:
		// Fetch an item in the current node, if appropriate
		if int32(prg.curChr) > glueVal {
			if int32(prg.curChr) == inputLineNoCode {
				prg.curVal = prg.line
			} else {
				prg.curVal = prg.lastBadness
			} // |cur_chr=badness_code|
			prg.curValLevel = byte(intVal)
		} else {
			if int32(prg.curChr) == glueVal {
				prg.curVal = memBot
			} else {
				prg.curVal = 0
			}
			prg.curValLevel = byte(prg.curChr)
			if !(int32(prg.curList.tailField) >= int32(prg.hiMemMin)) && int32(prg.curList.modeField) != 0 {
				switch prg.curChr {
				case intVal:
					if int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).b0()) == penaltyNode {
						prg.curVal = *prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+1].int()
					}
				case dimenVal:
					if int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).b0()) == kernNode {
						prg.curVal = *prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+widthOffset].int()
					}
				case glueVal:
					if int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).b0()) == glueNode {
						prg.curVal = int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+1].hh()).lh())
						if int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).b1()) == muGlue {
							prg.curValLevel = byte(muVal)
						}
					}
				}
			} else if int32(prg.curList.modeField) == vmode && int32(prg.curList.tailField) == int32(prg.curList.headField) {
				switch prg.curChr {
				case intVal:
					prg.curVal = prg.lastPenalty
				case dimenVal:
					prg.curVal = prg.lastKern
				case glueVal:
					if int32(prg.lastGlue) != 65535 {
						prg.curVal = int32(prg.lastGlue)
					}
				}
			} // there are no other cases
		}

	default:
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			}
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
			prg.print( /* "You can't use `" */ 685)
		}
		prg.printCmdChr(prg.curCmd, prg.curChr)
		// \xref[You can't use x after ...]
		prg.print( /* "' after " */ 686)
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "the" */ 537))
		{
			prg.helpPtr = 1
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "I'm forgetting what you said and using zero instead." */ 684
		}
		prg.error1()
		if int32(level) != tokVal {
			prg.curVal = 0
			prg.curValLevel = byte(dimenVal)
		} else {
			prg.curVal = 0
			prg.curValLevel = byte(intVal)
		}

	}

	for int32(prg.curValLevel) > int32(level) {
		// Convert \(c)|cur_val| to a lower level
		if int32(prg.curValLevel) == glueVal {
			prg.curVal = *prg.mem[prg.curVal+widthOffset].int()
		} else if int32(prg.curValLevel) == muVal {
			prg.muError()
		}
		prg.curValLevel = byte(int32(prg.curValLevel) - 1)
	}

	// Fix the reference count, if any, and negate |cur_val| if |negative|
	if negative {
		if int32(prg.curValLevel) >= glueVal {
			prg.curVal = int32(prg.newSpec(halfword(prg.curVal)))

			// Negate all three glue components of |cur_val|
			{
				*prg.mem[prg.curVal+widthOffset].int() = -*prg.mem[prg.curVal+widthOffset].int()
				*prg.mem[prg.curVal+2].int() = -*prg.mem[prg.curVal+2].int()
				*prg.mem[prg.curVal+3].int() = -*prg.mem[prg.curVal+3].int()
			}
		} else {
			prg.curVal = -prg.curVal
		}
	} else if int32(prg.curValLevel) >= glueVal && int32(prg.curValLevel) <= muVal {
		*(*prg.mem[prg.curVal].hh()).rh() = uint16(int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.curVal].hh()).rh()) + 1)
	}
}

// 409.

// tangle:pos tex.web:8271:1:

// The next routine `|scan_something_internal|' is used to fetch internal
// numeric quantities like `\.[\\hsize]', and also to handle the `\.[\\the]'
// when expanding constructions like `\.[\\the\\toks0]' and
// `\.[\\the\\baselineskip]'. Soon we will be considering the |scan_int|
// procedure, which calls |scan_something_internal|; on the other hand,
// |scan_something_internal| also calls |scan_int|, for constructions like
// `\.[\\catcode\`\\\$]' or `\.[\\fontdimen] \.3 \.[\\ff]'. So we
// have to declare |scan_int| as a |forward| procedure. A few other
// procedures are also declared at this point.
func (prg *prg) scanInt() {
	var (
		negative bool        // should the answer be negated?
		m        int32       // |$2^[31]$ div radix|, the threshold of danger
		d        smallNumber // the digit just scanned
		vacuous  bool        // have no digits appeared?
		okSoFar  bool        // has an error message been issued?
	)
	prg.radix = 0
	okSoFar = true

	// Get the next non-blank non-sign token; set |negative| appropriately
	negative = false
	for {
		// Get the next non-blank non-call token
		for {
			prg.getXToken()
			if int32(prg.curCmd) != spacer {
				break
			}
		}
		if int32(prg.curTok) == otherToken+'-' {
			negative = !negative
			prg.curTok = uint16(otherToken + '+')
		}
		if int32(prg.curTok) != otherToken+'+' {
			break
		}
	}
	if int32(prg.curTok) == alphaToken {
		prg.getToken() // suppress macro expansion
		if int32(prg.curTok) < 07777 {
			prg.curVal = int32(prg.curChr)
			if int32(prg.curCmd) <= rightBrace {
				if int32(prg.curCmd) == rightBrace {
					prg.alignState = prg.alignState + 1
				} else {
					prg.alignState = prg.alignState - 1
				}
			}
		} else if int32(prg.curTok) < 07777+singleBase {
			prg.curVal = int32(prg.curTok) - 07777 - activeBase
		} else {
			prg.curVal = int32(prg.curTok) - 07777 - singleBase
		}
		if prg.curVal > 255 {
			{
				if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
				}
				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
				prg.print( /* "Improper alphabetic constant" */ 698)
			}
			// \xref[Improper alphabetic constant]
			{
				prg.helpPtr = 2
				prg.helpLine[1] = /* "A one-character control sequence belongs after a ` mark." */ 699
				prg.helpLine[0] = /* "So I'm essentially inserting \\0 here." */ 700
			}
			prg.curVal = '0'
			prg.backError()
		} else {
			// Scan an optional space
			prg.getXToken()
			if int32(prg.curCmd) != spacer {
				prg.backInput()
			}
		}
	} else if int32(prg.curCmd) >= minInternal && int32(prg.curCmd) <= maxInternal {
		prg.scanSomethingInternal(smallNumber(intVal), false)
	} else {
		// Scan a numeric constant
		prg.radix = 10
		m = 214748364
		if int32(prg.curTok) == octalToken {
			prg.radix = 8
			m = 02000000000
			prg.getXToken()
		} else if int32(prg.curTok) == hexToken {
			prg.radix = 16
			m = 01000000000
			prg.getXToken()
		}
		vacuous = true
		prg.curVal = 0

		// Accumulate the constant until |cur_tok| is not a suitable digit
		for true {
			if int32(prg.curTok) < zeroToken+int32(prg.radix) && int32(prg.curTok) >= zeroToken && int32(prg.curTok) <= zeroToken+9 {
				d = byte(int32(prg.curTok) - zeroToken)
			} else if int32(prg.radix) == 16 {
				if int32(prg.curTok) <= aToken+5 && int32(prg.curTok) >= aToken {
					d = byte(int32(prg.curTok) - aToken + 10)
				} else if int32(prg.curTok) <= otherAToken+5 && int32(prg.curTok) >= otherAToken {
					d = byte(int32(prg.curTok) - otherAToken + 10)
				} else {
					goto done
				}
			} else {
				goto done
			}
			vacuous = false
			if prg.curVal >= m && (prg.curVal > m || int32(d) > 7 || int32(prg.radix) != 10) {
				if okSoFar {
					{
						if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
						}
						prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
						prg.print( /* "Number too big" */ 701)
					}
					// \xref[Number too big]
					{
						prg.helpPtr = 2
						prg.helpLine[1] = /* "I can only go up to 2147483647='17777777777=\"7FFFFFFF," */ 702
						prg.helpLine[0] = /* "so I'm using that number instead of yours." */ 703
					}
					prg.error1()
					prg.curVal = 017777777777
					okSoFar = false
				}
			} else {
				prg.curVal = prg.curVal*int32(prg.radix) + int32(d)
			}
			prg.getXToken()
		}

	done:
		;
		if vacuous {
			{
				if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
				}
				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
				prg.print( /* "Missing number, treated as zero" */ 664)
			}
			// \xref[Missing number...]
			{
				prg.helpPtr = 3
				prg.helpLine[2] = /* "A number should have been here; I inserted `0'." */ 665
				prg.helpLine[1] = /* "(If you can't figure out why I needed to see a number," */ 666
				prg.helpLine[0] = /* "look up `weird error' in the index to The TeXbook.)" */ 667
			}
			// \xref[TeXbook][\sl The \TeX book]
			prg.backError()
		} else if int32(prg.curCmd) != spacer {
			prg.backInput()
		}
	}
	if negative {
		prg.curVal = -prg.curVal
	}
}

// 448.

// tangle:pos tex.web:8829:1:

// Constructions like `\.[-\'77 pt]' are legal dimensions, so |scan_dimen|
// may begin with |scan_int|. This explains why it is convenient to use
// |scan_int| also for the integer part of a decimal fraction.
//
// Several branches of |scan_dimen| work with |cur_val| as an integer and
// with an auxiliary fraction |f|, so that the actual quantity of interest is
// $|cur_val|+|f|/2^[16]$. At the end of the routine, this “unpacked”
// representation is put into the single word |cur_val|, which suddenly
// switches significance from |integer| to |scaled|.
func (prg *prg) scanDimen(mu, inf, shortcut bool) {
	var (
		negative bool  // should the answer be negated?
		f        int32 // numerator of a fraction whose denominator is $2^[16]$

		// Local variables for dimension calculations
		num, denom/* 1..65536 */ uint32             // conversion ratio for the scanned units
		k, kk                           smallNumber // number of digits in a decimal fraction
		p, q                            halfword    // top of decimal digit stack
		v                               scaled      // an internal dimension
		saveCurVal                      int32       // temporary storage of |cur_val|
	)
	f = 0
	prg.arithError = false
	prg.curOrder = byte(normal)
	negative = false
	if !shortcut {
		negative = false
		for {
			// Get the next non-blank non-call token
			for {
				prg.getXToken()
				if int32(prg.curCmd) != spacer {
					break
				}
			}
			if int32(prg.curTok) == otherToken+'-' {
				negative = !negative
				prg.curTok = uint16(otherToken + '+')
			}
			if int32(prg.curTok) != otherToken+'+' {
				break
			}
		}
		if int32(prg.curCmd) >= minInternal && int32(prg.curCmd) <= maxInternal {
			if mu {
				prg.scanSomethingInternal(smallNumber(muVal), false)

				// Coerce glue to a dimension
				if int32(prg.curValLevel) >= glueVal {
					v = *prg.mem[prg.curVal+widthOffset].int()
					prg.deleteGlueRef(halfword(prg.curVal))
					prg.curVal = v
				}
				if int32(prg.curValLevel) == muVal {
					goto attachSign
				}
				if int32(prg.curValLevel) != intVal {
					prg.muError()
				}
			} else {
				prg.scanSomethingInternal(smallNumber(dimenVal), false)
				if int32(prg.curValLevel) == dimenVal {
					goto attachSign
				}
			}
		} else {
			prg.backInput()
			if int32(prg.curTok) == continentalPointToken {
				prg.curTok = uint16(pointToken)
			}
			if int32(prg.curTok) != pointToken {
				prg.scanInt()
			} else {
				prg.radix = 10
				prg.curVal = 0
			}
			if int32(prg.curTok) == continentalPointToken {
				prg.curTok = uint16(pointToken)
			}
			if int32(prg.radix) == 10 && int32(prg.curTok) == pointToken {
				k = 0
				p = 0
				prg.getToken() // |point_token| is being re-scanned
				for true {
					prg.getXToken()
					if int32(prg.curTok) > zeroToken+9 || int32(prg.curTok) < zeroToken {
						goto done1
					}
					if int32(k) < 17 {
						q = prg.getAvail()
						*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = p
						*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh() = uint16(int32(prg.curTok) - zeroToken)
						p = q
						k = byte(int32(k) + 1)
					}
				}

			done1:
				for ii := int32(k); ii >= 1; ii-- {
					kk = smallNumber(ii)
					_ = kk
					prg.dig[int32(kk)-1] = byte(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh())
					q = p
					p = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
					{
						*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = prg.avail
						prg.avail = q /*    dyn_used:= dyn_used-1 ; [  ] */
					}
				}
				f = prg.roundDecimals(k)
				if int32(prg.curCmd) != spacer {
					prg.backInput()
				}
			}
		}
	}
	if prg.curVal < 0 {
		negative = !negative
		prg.curVal = -prg.curVal
	}

	// Scan units and set |cur_val| to $x\cdot(|cur_val|+f/2^[16])$, where there are |x| sp per unit; |goto attach_sign| if the units are internal
	if inf {
		if prg.scanKeyword(strNumber( /* "fil" */ 311)) {
			prg.curOrder = byte(fil)
			for prg.scanKeyword(strNumber('l')) {
				if int32(prg.curOrder) == filll {
					{
						if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
						}
						prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
						prg.print( /* "Illegal unit of measure (" */ 705)
					}
					// \xref[Illegal unit of measure]
					prg.print( /* "replaced by filll)" */ 706)
					{
						prg.helpPtr = 1
						prg.helpLine[0] = /* "I dddon't go any higher than filll." */ 707
					}
					prg.error1()
				} else {
					prg.curOrder = byte(int32(prg.curOrder) + 1)
				}
			}

			goto attachFraction
		}
	}

	// Scan for \(u)units that are internal dimensions; |goto attach_sign| with |cur_val| set if found
	saveCurVal = prg.curVal

	// Get the next non-blank non-call...
	for {
		prg.getXToken()
		if int32(prg.curCmd) != spacer {
			break
		}
	}
	if int32(prg.curCmd) < minInternal || int32(prg.curCmd) > maxInternal {
		prg.backInput()
	} else {
		if mu {
			prg.scanSomethingInternal(smallNumber(muVal), false)
			// Coerce glue...
			if int32(prg.curValLevel) >= glueVal {
				v = *prg.mem[prg.curVal+widthOffset].int()
				prg.deleteGlueRef(halfword(prg.curVal))
				prg.curVal = v
			}
			if int32(prg.curValLevel) != muVal {
				prg.muError()
			}
		} else {
			prg.scanSomethingInternal(smallNumber(dimenVal), false)
		}
		v = prg.curVal
		goto found
	}
	if mu {
		goto notFound
	}
	if prg.scanKeyword(strNumber( /* "em" */ 708)) {
		v = *prg.fontInfo[quadCode+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[curFontLoc-1].hh()).rh()]].int()
	} else if prg.scanKeyword(strNumber( /* "ex" */ 709)) {
		v = *prg.fontInfo[xHeightCode+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[curFontLoc-1].hh()).rh()]].int()
	} else {
		goto notFound
	}

	// Scan an optional space
	{
		prg.getXToken()
		if int32(prg.curCmd) != spacer {
			prg.backInput()
		}
	}

found:
	prg.curVal = prg.multAndAdd(saveCurVal, v, prg.xnOverD(v, f, 0200000), scaled(07777777777))

	goto attachSign

notFound:
	;
	if mu {
		if prg.scanKeyword(strNumber( /* "mu" */ 337)) {
			goto attachFraction
		} else {
			{
				if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
				}
				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
				prg.print( /* "Illegal unit of measure (" */ 705)
			}
			prg.print( /* "mu inserted)" */ 710)
			// \xref[Illegal unit of measure]
			{
				prg.helpPtr = 4
				prg.helpLine[3] = /* "The unit of measurement in math glue must be mu." */ 711
				prg.helpLine[2] = /* "To recover gracefully from this error, it's best to" */ 712
				prg.helpLine[1] = /* "delete the erroneous units; e.g., type `2' to delete" */ 713
				prg.helpLine[0] = /* "two letters. (See Chapter 27 of The TeXbook.)" */ 714
			}
			// \xref[TeXbook][\sl The \TeX book]
			prg.error1()
			goto attachFraction
		}
	}
	if prg.scanKeyword(strNumber( /* "true" */ 704)) {
		prg.prepareMag()
		if *prg.eqtb[intBase+magCode-1].int() != 1000 {
			prg.curVal = prg.xnOverD(prg.curVal, 1000, *prg.eqtb[intBase+magCode-1].int())
			f = (1000*f + 0200000*prg.remainder) / *prg.eqtb[intBase+magCode-1].int()
			prg.curVal = prg.curVal + f/0200000
			f = f % 0200000
		}
	}
	// \xref[true]
	if prg.scanKeyword(strNumber( /* "pt" */ 397)) {
		goto attachFraction
	} // the easy case
	// \xref[pt]

	// Scan for \(a)all other units and adjust |cur_val| and |f| accordingly; |goto done| in the case of scaled points
	if prg.scanKeyword(strNumber( /* "in" */ 715)) {
		num = 7227
		denom = 100
	} else if prg.scanKeyword(strNumber( /* "pc" */ 716)) {
		num = 12
		denom = 1
	} else if prg.scanKeyword(strNumber( /* "cm" */ 717)) {
		num = 7227
		denom = 254
	} else if prg.scanKeyword(strNumber( /* "mm" */ 718)) {
		num = 7227
		denom = 2540
	} else if prg.scanKeyword(strNumber( /* "bp" */ 719)) {
		num = 7227
		denom = 7200
	} else if prg.scanKeyword(strNumber( /* "dd" */ 720)) {
		num = 1238
		denom = 1157
	} else if prg.scanKeyword(strNumber( /* "cc" */ 721)) {
		num = 14856
		denom = 1157
	} else if prg.scanKeyword(strNumber( /* "sp" */ 722)) {
		goto done
	} else {
		// Complain about unknown unit and |goto done2|
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			}
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
			prg.print( /* "Illegal unit of measure (" */ 705)
		}
		prg.print( /* "pt inserted)" */ 723)
		// \xref[Illegal unit of measure]
		{
			prg.helpPtr = 6
			prg.helpLine[5] = /* "Dimensions can be in units of em, ex, in, pt, pc," */ 724
			prg.helpLine[4] = /* "cm, mm, dd, cc, bp, or sp; but yours is a new one!" */ 725
			prg.helpLine[3] = /* "I'll assume that you meant to say pt, for printer's points." */ 726
			prg.helpLine[2] = /* "To recover gracefully from this error, it's best to" */ 712
			prg.helpLine[1] = /* "delete the erroneous units; e.g., type `2' to delete" */ 713
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "two letters. (See Chapter 27 of The TeXbook.)" */ 714
		}
		// \xref[TeXbook][\sl The \TeX book]
		prg.error1()
		goto done2
	}
	prg.curVal = prg.xnOverD(prg.curVal, int32(num), int32(denom))
	f = (int32(num)*f + 0200000*prg.remainder) / int32(denom)

	prg.curVal = prg.curVal + f/0200000
	f = f % 0200000

done2:
	;

attachFraction:
	if prg.curVal >= 040000 {
		prg.arithError = true
	} else {
		prg.curVal = prg.curVal*0200000 + f
	}

done:
	;

	// Scan an optional space
	{
		prg.getXToken()
		if int32(prg.curCmd) != spacer {
			prg.backInput()
		}
	}

attachSign:
	if prg.arithError || abs(prg.curVal) >= 010000000000 {
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			}
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
			prg.print( /* "Dimension too large" */ 727)
		}
		// \xref[Dimension too large]
		{
			prg.helpPtr = 2
			prg.helpLine[1] = /* "I can't work with sizes bigger than about 19 feet." */ 728
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "Continue and I'll use the largest value I can." */ 729
		}

		prg.error1()
		prg.curVal = 07777777777
		prg.arithError = false
	}
	if negative {
		prg.curVal = -prg.curVal
	}
}

// 461.

// tangle:pos tex.web:9064:1:

// The final member of \TeX's value-scanning trio is |scan_glue|, which
// makes |cur_val| point to a glue specification. The reference count of that
// glue spec will take account of the fact that |cur_val| is pointing to~it.
//
// The |level| parameter should be either |glue_val| or |mu_val|.
//
// Since |scan_dimen| was so much more complex than |scan_int|, we might expect
// |scan_glue| to be even worse. But fortunately, it is very simple, since
// most of the work has already been done.
func (prg *prg) scanGlue(level smallNumber) {
	var (
		negative bool     // should the answer be negated?
		q        halfword // new glue specification
		mu       bool     // does |level=mu_val|?
	)
	mu = int32(level) == muVal
	// Get the next non-blank non-sign...
	negative = false
	for {
		// Get the next non-blank non-call token
		for {
			prg.getXToken()
			if int32(prg.curCmd) != spacer {
				break
			}
		}
		if int32(prg.curTok) == otherToken+'-' {
			negative = !negative
			prg.curTok = uint16(otherToken + '+')
		}
		if int32(prg.curTok) != otherToken+'+' {
			break
		}
	}
	if int32(prg.curCmd) >= minInternal && int32(prg.curCmd) <= maxInternal {
		prg.scanSomethingInternal(level, negative)
		if int32(prg.curValLevel) >= glueVal {
			if int32(prg.curValLevel) != int32(level) {
				prg.muError()
			}

			goto exit
		}
		if int32(prg.curValLevel) == intVal {
			prg.scanDimen(mu, false, true)
		} else if int32(level) == muVal {
			prg.muError()
		}
	} else {
		prg.backInput()
		prg.scanDimen(mu, false, false)
		if negative {
			prg.curVal = -prg.curVal
		}
	}

	// Create a new glue specification whose width is |cur_val|; scan for its stretch and shrink components
	q = prg.newSpec(halfword(memBot))
	*prg.mem[int32(q)+widthOffset].int() = prg.curVal
	if prg.scanKeyword(strNumber( /* "plus" */ 730)) {
		prg.scanDimen(mu, true, false)
		*prg.mem[int32(q)+2].int() = prg.curVal
		*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0() = prg.curOrder
	}
	if prg.scanKeyword(strNumber( /* "minus" */ 731)) {
		prg.scanDimen(mu, true, false)
		*prg.mem[int32(q)+3].int() = prg.curVal
		*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b1() = prg.curOrder
	}
	prg.curVal = int32(q)

exit:
}

// 463.

// tangle:pos tex.web:9111:1:

// Here's a similar procedure that returns a pointer to a rule node. This
// routine is called just after \TeX\ has seen \.[\\hrule] or \.[\\vrule];
// therefore |cur_cmd| will be either |hrule| or |vrule|. The idea is to store
// the default rule dimensions in the node, then to override them if
// `\.[height]' or `\.[width]' or `\.[depth]' specifications are
// found (in any order).
func (prg *prg) scanRuleSpec() (r halfword) {
	var (
		q halfword // the rule node being created
	)
	q = prg.newRule() // |width|, |depth|, and |height| all equal |null_flag| now
	if int32(prg.curCmd) == vrule {
		*prg.mem[int32(q)+widthOffset].int() = defaultRule
	} else {
		*prg.mem[int32(q)+heightOffset].int() = defaultRule
		*prg.mem[int32(q)+depthOffset].int() = 0
	}

reswitch:
	if prg.scanKeyword(strNumber( /* "width" */ 732)) {
		prg.scanDimen(false, false, false)
		*prg.mem[int32(q)+widthOffset].int() = prg.curVal
		goto reswitch
	}
	if prg.scanKeyword(strNumber( /* "height" */ 733)) {
		prg.scanDimen(false, false, false)
		*prg.mem[int32(q)+heightOffset].int() = prg.curVal
		goto reswitch
	}
	if prg.scanKeyword(strNumber( /* "depth" */ 734)) {
		prg.scanDimen(false, false, false)
		*prg.mem[int32(q)+depthOffset].int() = prg.curVal
		goto reswitch
	}
	r = q
	return r
}

// 464. \[27] Building token lists

// tangle:pos tex.web:9142:29:

// The token lists for macros and for other things like \.[\\mark] and \.[\\output]
// and \.[\\write] are produced by a procedure called |scan_toks|.
//
// Before we get into the details of |scan_toks|, let's consider a much
// simpler task, that of converting the current string into a token list.
// The |str_toks| function does this; it classifies spaces as type |spacer|
// and everything else as type |other_char|.
//
// The token list created by |str_toks| begins at |link(temp_head)| and ends
// at the value |p| that is returned. (If |p=temp_head|, the list is empty.)
func (prg *prg) strToks(b poolPointer) (r halfword) {
	// converts |str_pool[b..pool_ptr-1]| to a token list
	var (
		p halfword    // tail of the token list
		q halfword    // new node being added to the token list via |store_new_token|
		t halfword    // token being appended
		k poolPointer // index into |str_pool|
	)
	{
		if int32(prg.poolPtr)+1 > poolSize {
			prg.overflow(strNumber( /* "pool size" */ 257), poolSize-int32(prg.initPoolPtr))
		} /* \xref[TeX capacity exceeded pool size][\quad pool size]  */
	}
	p = uint16(30000 - 3)
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = 0
	k = b
	for int32(k) < int32(prg.poolPtr) {
		t = uint16(prg.strPool[k])
		if int32(t) == ' ' {
			t = uint16(spaceToken)
		} else {
			t = uint16(otherToken + int32(t))
		}
		{
			{
				q = prg.avail
				if int32(q) == 0 {
					q = prg.getAvail()
				} else {
					prg.avail = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()
					*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = 0 /*    dyn_used:= dyn_used+1 ; [  ] */
				}
			}
			*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = q
			*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh() = t
			p = q
		}
		k = uint16(int32(k) + 1)
	}
	prg.poolPtr = b
	r = p
	return r
}

// 465.

// tangle:pos tex.web:9172:1:

// The main reason for wanting |str_toks| is the next function,
// |the_toks|, which has similar input/output characteristics.
//
// This procedure is supposed to scan something like `\.[\\skip\\count12]',
// i.e., whatever can follow `\.[\\the]', and it constructs a token list
// containing something like `\.[-3.0pt minus 0.5fill]'.
func (prg *prg) theToks() (r halfword) {
	var (
		oldSetting/* 0..maxSelector */ byte             // holds |selector| setting
		p, q, r1                            halfword    // used for copying a token list
		b                                   poolPointer // base of temporary string
	)
	prg.getXToken()
	prg.scanSomethingInternal(smallNumber(tokVal), false)
	if int32(prg.curValLevel) >= identVal {
		p = uint16(30000 - 3)
		*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = 0
		if int32(prg.curValLevel) == identVal {
			q = prg.getAvail()
			*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = q
			*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh() = uint16(07777 + prg.curVal)
			p = q
		} else if prg.curVal != 0 {
			r1 = *(*prg.mem[prg.curVal].hh()).rh() // do not copy the reference count
			for int32(r1) != 0 {
				{
					{
						q = prg.avail
						if int32(q) == 0 {
							q = prg.getAvail()
						} else {
							prg.avail = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()
							*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = 0 /*    dyn_used:= dyn_used+1 ; [  ] */
						}
					}
					*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = q
					*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh() = *(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).lh()
					p = q
				}
				r1 = *(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh()
			}
		}
		r = p
	} else {
		oldSetting = prg.selector
		prg.selector = byte(newString)
		b = prg.poolPtr
		switch prg.curValLevel {
		case intVal:
			prg.printInt(prg.curVal)
		case dimenVal:
			prg.printScaled(prg.curVal)
			prg.print( /* "pt" */ 397)

		case glueVal:
			prg.printSpec(prg.curVal, strNumber( /* "pt" */ 397))
			prg.deleteGlueRef(halfword(prg.curVal))

		case muVal:
			prg.printSpec(prg.curVal, strNumber( /* "mu" */ 337))
			prg.deleteGlueRef(halfword(prg.curVal))

		} // there are no other cases
		prg.selector = oldSetting
		r = prg.strToks(b)
	}
	return r
} // \2
func (prg *prg) insTheToks() {
	*(*prg.mem[30000-12].hh()).rh() = prg.theToks()
	prg.beginTokenList(*(*prg.mem[30000-3].hh()).rh(), quarterword(inserted))
} // \2
func (prg *prg) convToks() {
	var (
		oldSetting/* 0..maxSelector */ byte             // holds |selector| setting
		c/* numberCode..jobNameCode */ byte             // desired type of conversion
		saveScannerStatus                   smallNumber // |scanner_status| upon entry
		b                                   poolPointer // base of temporary string
	)
	c = byte(prg.curChr)
	// Scan the argument for command |c|
	switch c {
	case numberCode, romanNumeralCode:
		prg.scanInt()
	case stringCode, meaningCode:
		saveScannerStatus = prg.scannerStatus
		prg.scannerStatus = byte(normal)
		prg.getToken()
		prg.scannerStatus = saveScannerStatus

	case fontNameCode:
		prg.scanFontIdent()
	case jobNameCode:
		if int32(prg.jobName) == 0 {
			prg.openLogFile()
		}
	}
	oldSetting = prg.selector
	prg.selector = byte(newString)
	b = prg.poolPtr

	// Print the result of command |c|
	switch c {
	case numberCode:
		prg.printInt(prg.curVal)
	case romanNumeralCode:
		prg.printRomanInt(prg.curVal)
	case stringCode:
		if int32(prg.curCs) != 0 {
			prg.sprintCs(prg.curCs)
		} else {
			prg.printChar(asciiCode(prg.curChr))
		}
	case meaningCode:
		prg.printMeaning()
	case fontNameCode:
		prg.print(int32(prg.fontName[prg.curVal]))
		if prg.fontSize[prg.curVal] != prg.fontDsize[prg.curVal] {
			prg.print( /* " at " */ 741)
			prg.printScaled(prg.fontSize[prg.curVal])
			prg.print( /* "pt" */ 397)
		}

	case jobNameCode:
		prg.print(int32(prg.jobName))
	}
	prg.selector = oldSetting
	*(*prg.mem[30000-12].hh()).rh() = prg.strToks(b)
	prg.beginTokenList(*(*prg.mem[30000-3].hh()).rh(), quarterword(inserted))
}

// 473.

// tangle:pos tex.web:9292:1:

// Now we can't postpone the difficulties any longer; we must bravely tackle
// |scan_toks|. This function returns a pointer to the tail of a new token
// list, and it also makes |def_ref| point to the reference count at the
// head of that list.
//
// There are two boolean parameters, |macro_def| and |xpand|. If |macro_def|
// is true, the goal is to create the token list for a macro definition;
// otherwise the goal is to create the token list for some other \TeX\
// primitive: \.[\\mark], \.[\\output], \.[\\everypar], \.[\\lowercase],
// \.[\\uppercase], \.[\\message], \.[\\errmessage], \.[\\write], or
// \.[\\special]. In the latter cases a left brace must be scanned next; this
// left brace will not be part of the token list, nor will the matching right
// brace that comes at the end. If |xpand| is false, the token list will
// simply be copied from the input using |get_token|. Otherwise all expandable
// tokens will be expanded until unexpandable tokens are left, except that
// the results of expanding `\.[\\the]' are not expanded further.
// If both |macro_def| and |xpand| are true, the expansion applies
// only to the macro body (i.e., to the material following the first
// |left_brace| character).
//
// The value of |cur_cs| when |scan_toks| begins should be the |eqtb|
// address of the control sequence to display in “runaway” error
// messages.
func (prg *prg) scanToks(macroDef, xpand bool) (r halfword) {
	var (
		t         halfword // token representing the highest parameter number
		s         halfword // saved token
		p         halfword // tail of the token list being built
		q         halfword // new node being added to the token list via |store_new_token|
		unbalance halfword // number of unmatched left braces
		hashBrace halfword // possible `\.[\#\[]' token
	)
	if macroDef {
		prg.scannerStatus = byte(defining)
	} else {
		prg.scannerStatus = byte(absorbing)
	}
	prg.warningIndex = prg.curCs
	prg.defRef = prg.getAvail()
	*(*prg.mem[prg.defRef].hh()).lh() = 0
	p = prg.defRef
	hashBrace = 0
	t = uint16(zeroToken)
	if macroDef {
		for true {
		continue1:
			prg.getToken() // set |cur_cmd|, |cur_chr|, |cur_tok|
			if int32(prg.curTok) < rightBraceLimit {
				goto done1
			}
			if int32(prg.curCmd) == macParam {
				s = uint16(matchToken + int32(prg.curChr))
				prg.getToken()
				if int32(prg.curTok) < leftBraceLimit {
					hashBrace = prg.curTok
					{
						q = prg.getAvail()
						*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = q
						*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh() = prg.curTok
						p = q
					}
					{
						q = prg.getAvail()
						*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = q
						*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh() = uint16(endMatchToken)
						p = q
					}

					goto done
				}
				if int32(t) == zeroToken+9 {
					{
						if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
						}
						prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
						prg.print( /* "You already have nine parameters" */ 744)
					}
					// \xref[You already have nine...]
					{
						prg.helpPtr = 2
						prg.helpLine[1] = /* "I'm going to ignore the # sign you just used," */ 745
						prg.helpLine[0] = /* "as well as the token that followed it." */ 746
					}
					prg.error1()
					goto continue1
				} else {
					t = uint16(int32(t) + 1)
					if int32(prg.curTok) != int32(t) {
						{
							if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
							}
							prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
							prg.print( /* "Parameters must be numbered consecutively" */ 747)
						}
						// \xref[Parameters...consecutively]
						{
							prg.helpPtr = 2
							prg.helpLine[1] = /* "I've inserted the digit you should have used after the #." */ 748
							prg.helpLine[0] = /* "Type `1' to delete what you did use." */ 749
						}
						prg.backError()
					}
					prg.curTok = s
				}
			}
			{
				q = prg.getAvail()
				*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = q
				*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh() = prg.curTok
				p = q
			}
		}

	done1:
		{
			q = prg.getAvail()
			*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = q
			*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh() = uint16(endMatchToken)
			p = q
		}
		if int32(prg.curCmd) == rightBrace {
			{
				if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
				}
				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
				prg.print( /* "Missing [ inserted" */ 657)
			}
			prg.alignState = prg.alignState + 1
			// \xref[Missing \[ inserted]
			{
				prg.helpPtr = 2
				prg.helpLine[1] = /* "Where was the left brace? You said something like `\\def\\a]'," */ 742
				prg.helpLine[0] = /* "which I'm going to interpret as `\\def\\a[]'." */ 743
			}
			prg.error1()
			goto found
		}

	done:
	} else {
		prg.scanLeftBrace()
	} // remove the compulsory left brace

	// Scan and build the body of the token list; |goto found| when finished
	unbalance = 1
	for true {
		if xpand {
			for true {
				prg.getNext()
				if int32(prg.curCmd) <= maxCommand {
					goto done2
				}
				if int32(prg.curCmd) != the {
					prg.expand()
				} else {
					q = prg.theToks()
					if int32(*(*prg.mem[30000-3].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
						*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[30000-3].hh()).rh()
						p = q
					}
				}
			}

		done2:
			prg.xToken()
		} else {
			prg.getToken()
		}
		if int32(prg.curTok) < rightBraceLimit {
			if int32(prg.curCmd) < rightBrace {
				unbalance = uint16(int32(unbalance) + 1)
			} else {
				unbalance = uint16(int32(unbalance) - 1)
				if int32(unbalance) == 0 {
					goto found
				}
			}
		} else if int32(prg.curCmd) == macParam {
			if macroDef {
				s = prg.curTok
				if xpand {
					prg.getXToken()
				} else {
					prg.getToken()
				}
				if int32(prg.curCmd) != macParam {
					if int32(prg.curTok) <= zeroToken || int32(prg.curTok) > int32(t) {
						{
							if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
							}
							prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
							prg.print( /* "Illegal parameter number in definition of " */ 750)
						}
						// \xref[Illegal parameter number...]
						prg.sprintCs(prg.warningIndex)
						{
							prg.helpPtr = 3
							prg.helpLine[2] = /* "You meant to type ## instead of #, right?" */ 751
							prg.helpLine[1] = /* "Or maybe a ] was forgotten somewhere earlier, and things" */ 752
							prg.helpLine[0] = /* "are all screwed up? I'm going to assume that you meant ##." */ 753
						}
						prg.backError()
						prg.curTok = s
					} else {
						prg.curTok = uint16(outParamToken - '0' + int32(prg.curChr))
					}
				}
			}
		}
		{
			q = prg.getAvail()
			*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = q
			*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh() = prg.curTok
			p = q
		}
	}

found:
	prg.scannerStatus = byte(normal)
	if int32(hashBrace) != 0 {
		q = prg.getAvail()
		*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = q
		*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh() = hashBrace
		p = q
	}
	r = p
	return r
}

// 482.

// tangle:pos tex.web:9444:1:

// The |read_toks| procedure constructs a token list like that for any
// macro definition, and makes |cur_val| point to it. Parameter |r| points
// to the control sequence that will receive this token list.
func (prg *prg) readToks(n int32, r1 halfword) {
	var (
		p halfword    // tail of the token list
		q halfword    // new node being added to the token list via |store_new_token|
		s int32       // saved value of |align_state|
		m smallNumber // stream number
	)
	prg.scannerStatus = byte(defining)
	prg.warningIndex = r1
	prg.defRef = prg.getAvail()
	*(*prg.mem[prg.defRef].hh()).lh() = 0
	p = prg.defRef // the reference count
	{
		q = prg.getAvail()
		*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = q
		*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh() = uint16(endMatchToken)
		p = q
	}
	if n < 0 || n > 15 {
		m = 16
	} else {
		m = byte(n)
	}
	s = prg.alignState
	prg.alignState = 1000000 // disable tab marks, etc.
	for {
		// Input and store tokens from the next line of the file
		prg.beginFileReading()
		prg.curInput.nameField = uint16(int32(m) + 1)
		if int32(prg.readOpen[m]) == closed {
			if int32(prg.interaction) > nonstopMode {
				if n < 0 {
					prg.print( /* "" */ 338)
					prg.termInput()
				} else {
					prg.printLn()
					prg.sprintCs(r1)
					{
						prg.print('=')
						prg.termInput()
					}
					n = -1
				}
			} else {
				prg.fatalError(strNumber( /* "*** (cannot \\read from terminal in nonstop modes)" */ 754))
			}
		} else if int32(prg.readOpen[m]) == justOpen {
			if prg.inputLn(prg.readFile[m], false) {
				prg.readOpen[m] = byte(normal)
			} else {
				prg.aClose(prg.readFile[m])
				prg.readOpen[m] = byte(closed)
			}
		} else {
			// Input the next line of |read_file[m]|
			if !prg.inputLn(prg.readFile[m], true) {
				prg.aClose(prg.readFile[m])
				prg.readOpen[m] = byte(closed)
				if prg.alignState != 1000000 {
					prg.runaway()
					{
						if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
						}
						prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
						prg.print( /* "File ended within " */ 755)
					}
					prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "read" */ 534))
					// \xref[File ended within \\read]
					{
						prg.helpPtr = 1
						prg.helpLine[0] = /* "This \\read has unbalanced braces." */ 756
					}
					prg.alignState = 1000000
					prg.curInput.limitField = 0
					prg.error1()
				}
			}
		}
		prg.curInput.limitField = prg.last
		if *prg.eqtb[intBase+endLineCharCode-1].int() < 0 || *prg.eqtb[intBase+endLineCharCode-1].int() > 255 {
			prg.curInput.limitField = uint16(int32(prg.curInput.limitField) - 1)
		} else {
			prg.buffer[prg.curInput.limitField] = byte(*prg.eqtb[intBase+endLineCharCode-1].int())
		}
		prg.first = uint16(int32(prg.curInput.limitField) + 1)
		prg.curInput.locField = prg.curInput.startField
		prg.curInput.stateField = byte(newLine)

		for true {
			prg.getToken()
			if int32(prg.curTok) == 0 {
				goto done
			}
			// |cur_cmd=cur_chr=0| will occur at the end of the line
			if prg.alignState < 1000000 {
				for {
					prg.getToken()
					if int32(prg.curTok) == 0 {
						break
					}
				}
				prg.alignState = 1000000
				goto done
			}
			{
				q = prg.getAvail()
				*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = q
				*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh() = prg.curTok
				p = q
			}
		}

	done:
		prg.endFileReading()
		if prg.alignState == 1000000 {
			break
		}
	}
	prg.curVal = int32(prg.defRef)
	prg.scannerStatus = byte(normal)
	prg.alignState = s
}

func (prg *prg) passText() {
	var (
		l                 int32       // level of $\.[\\if]\ldots\.[\\fi]$ nesting
		saveScannerStatus smallNumber // |scanner_status| upon entry
	)
	saveScannerStatus = prg.scannerStatus
	prg.scannerStatus = byte(skipping)
	l = 0
	prg.skipLine = prg.line
	for true {
		prg.getNext()
		if int32(prg.curCmd) == fiOrElse {
			if l == 0 {
				goto done
			}
			if int32(prg.curChr) == fiCode {
				l = l - 1
			}
		} else if int32(prg.curCmd) == ifTest {
			l = l + 1
		}
	}

done:
	prg.scannerStatus = saveScannerStatus
}

// 497.

// tangle:pos tex.web:9693:1:

// Here's a procedure that changes the |if_limit| code corresponding to
// a given value of |cond_ptr|.
func (prg *prg) changeIfLimit(l smallNumber, p halfword) {
	var (
		q halfword
	)
	if int32(p) == int32(prg.condPtr) {
		prg.ifLimit = l
	} else {
		q = prg.condPtr
		for true {
			if int32(q) == 0 {
				prg.confusion(strNumber( /* "if" */ 757))
			}
			// \xref[this can't happen if][\quad if]
			if int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()) == int32(p) {
				*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0() = l
				goto exit
			}
			q = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()
		}
	}

exit:
} // \2
func (prg *prg) conditional() {
	var (
		b                     bool        // is the condition true?
		r1/* '<'..'>' */ byte             // relation to be evaluated
		m, n                  int32       // to be tested against the second operand
		p, q                  halfword    // for traversing token lists in \.[\\ifx] tests
		saveScannerStatus     smallNumber // |scanner_status| upon entry
		saveCondPtr           halfword    // |cond_ptr| corresponding to this conditional
		thisIf                smallNumber // type of this conditional
	)
	{
		p = prg.getNode(ifNodeSize)
		*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = prg.condPtr
		*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0() = prg.ifLimit
		*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1() = prg.curIf
		*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].int() = prg.ifLine
		prg.condPtr = p
		prg.curIf = byte(prg.curChr)
		prg.ifLimit = byte(ifCode)
		prg.ifLine = prg.line
	}
	saveCondPtr = prg.condPtr
	thisIf = byte(prg.curChr)

	// Either process \.[\\ifcase] or set |b| to the value of a boolean condition
	switch thisIf {
	case ifCharCode, ifCatCode:
		// Test if two characters match
		{
			prg.getXToken()
			if int32(prg.curCmd) == relax {
				if int32(prg.curChr) == noExpandFlag {
					prg.curCmd = byte(activeChar)
					prg.curChr = uint16(int32(prg.curTok) - 07777 - activeBase)
				}
			}
		}
		if int32(prg.curCmd) > activeChar || int32(prg.curChr) > 255 {
			m = relax
			n = 256
		} else {
			m = int32(prg.curCmd)
			n = int32(prg.curChr)
		}
		/*   */ {
			prg.getXToken()
			if int32(prg.curCmd) == relax {
				if int32(prg.curChr) == noExpandFlag {
					prg.curCmd = byte(activeChar)
					prg.curChr = uint16(int32(prg.curTok) - 07777 - activeBase)
				}
			}
		}
		if int32(prg.curCmd) > activeChar || int32(prg.curChr) > 255 {
			prg.curCmd = byte(relax)
			prg.curChr = 256
		}
		if int32(thisIf) == ifCharCode {
			b = n == int32(prg.curChr)
		} else {
			b = m == int32(prg.curCmd)
		}

	case ifIntCode, ifDimCode:
		// Test relation between integers or dimensions
		if int32(thisIf) == ifIntCode {
			prg.scanInt()
		} else {
			prg.scanDimen(false, false, false)
		}
		n = prg.curVal
		// Get the next non-blank non-call...
		for {
			prg.getXToken()
			if int32(prg.curCmd) != spacer {
				break
			}
		}
		if int32(prg.curTok) >= otherToken+'<' && int32(prg.curTok) <= otherToken+'>' {
			r1 = byte(int32(prg.curTok) - otherToken)
		} else {
			{
				if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
				}
				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
				prg.print( /* "Missing = inserted for " */ 781)
			}
			// \xref[Missing = inserted]
			prg.printCmdChr(quarterword(ifTest), halfword(thisIf))
			{
				prg.helpPtr = 1
				prg.helpLine[0] = /* "I was expecting to see `<', `=', or `>'. Didn't." */ 782
			}
			prg.backError()
			r1 = '='
		}
		if int32(thisIf) == ifIntCode {
			prg.scanInt()
		} else {
			prg.scanDimen(false, false, false)
		}
		switch r1 {
		case '<':
			b = n < prg.curVal
		// "="=
		case '=':
			b = n == prg.curVal
		// ">"=
		case '>':
			b = n > prg.curVal
		}

	case ifOddCode:
		// Test if an integer is odd
		prg.scanInt()
		b = prg.curVal&1 != 0

	case ifVmodeCode:
		b = abs(int32(prg.curList.modeField)) == vmode
	case ifHmodeCode:
		b = abs(int32(prg.curList.modeField)) == hmode
	case ifMmodeCode:
		b = abs(int32(prg.curList.modeField)) == mmode
	case ifInnerCode:
		b = int32(prg.curList.modeField) < 0
	case ifVoidCode, ifHboxCode, ifVboxCode:
		// Test box register status
		prg.scanEightBitInt()
		p = *(*prg.eqtb[boxBase+prg.curVal-1].hh()).rh()
		if int32(thisIf) == ifVoidCode {
			b = int32(p) == 0
		} else if int32(p) == 0 {
			b = false
		} else if int32(thisIf) == ifHboxCode {
			b = int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) == hlistNode
		} else {
			b = int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) == vlistNode
		}

	case ifxCode:
		// Test if two tokens match
		saveScannerStatus = prg.scannerStatus
		prg.scannerStatus = byte(normal)
		prg.getNext()
		n = int32(prg.curCs)
		p = uint16(prg.curCmd)
		q = prg.curChr
		prg.getNext()
		if int32(prg.curCmd) != int32(p) {
			b = false
		} else if int32(prg.curCmd) < call {
			b = int32(prg.curChr) == int32(q)
		} else {
			// Test if two macro texts match
			p = *(*prg.mem[prg.curChr].hh()).rh()
			q = *(*prg.mem[*(*prg.eqtb[n-1].hh()).rh()].hh()).rh() // omit reference counts
			if int32(p) == int32(q) {
				b = true
			} else {
				for int32(p) != 0 && int32(q) != 0 {
					if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh()) != int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh()) {
						p = 0
					} else {
						p = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
						q = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()
					}
				}
				b = int32(p) == 0 && int32(q) == 0
			}
		}
		prg.scannerStatus = saveScannerStatus

	case ifEofCode:
		prg.scanFourBitInt()
		b = int32(prg.readOpen[prg.curVal]) == closed

	case ifTrueCode:
		b = true
	case ifFalseCode:
		b = false
	case ifCaseCode:
		// Select the appropriate case and |return| or |goto common_ending|
		prg.scanInt()
		n = prg.curVal // |n| is the number of cases to pass
		if *prg.eqtb[intBase+tracingCommandsCode-1].int() > 1 {
			prg.beginDiagnostic()
			prg.print( /* "[case " */ 783)
			prg.printInt(n)
			prg.printChar(asciiCode('}'))
			prg.endDiagnostic(false)
		}
		for n != 0 {
			prg.passText()
			if int32(prg.condPtr) == int32(saveCondPtr) {
				if int32(prg.curChr) == orCode {
					n = n - 1
				} else {
					goto commonEnding
				}
			} else if int32(prg.curChr) == fiCode {
				p = prg.condPtr
				prg.ifLine = *prg.mem[int32(p)+1].int()
				prg.curIf = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()
				prg.ifLimit = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()
				prg.condPtr = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
				prg.freeNode(p, halfword(ifNodeSize))
			}
		}
		prg.changeIfLimit(smallNumber(orCode), saveCondPtr)

		goto exit // wait for \.[\\or], \.[\\else], or \.[\\fi]

	}
	if *prg.eqtb[intBase+tracingCommandsCode-1].int() > 1 {
		prg.beginDiagnostic()
		if b {
			prg.print( /* "[true]" */ 779)
		} else {
			prg.print( /* "[false]" */ 780)
		}
		prg.endDiagnostic(false)
	}
	if b {
		prg.changeIfLimit(smallNumber(elseCode), saveCondPtr)

		goto exit // wait for \.[\\else] or \.[\\fi]
	}

	// Skip to \.[\\else] or \.[\\fi], then |goto common_ending|
	for true {
		prg.passText()
		if int32(prg.condPtr) == int32(saveCondPtr) {
			if int32(prg.curChr) != orCode {
				goto commonEnding
			}
			{
				if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
				}
				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
				prg.print( /* "Extra " */ 777)
			}
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "or" */ 775))
			// \xref[Extra \\or]
			{
				prg.helpPtr = 1
				prg.helpLine[0] = /* "I'm ignoring this; it doesn't match any \\if." */ 778
			}
			prg.error1()
		} else if int32(prg.curChr) == fiCode {
			p = prg.condPtr
			prg.ifLine = *prg.mem[int32(p)+1].int()
			prg.curIf = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()
			prg.ifLimit = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()
			prg.condPtr = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
			prg.freeNode(p, halfword(ifNodeSize))
		}
	}

commonEnding:
	if int32(prg.curChr) == fiCode {
		p = prg.condPtr
		prg.ifLine = *prg.mem[int32(p)+1].int()
		prg.curIf = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()
		prg.ifLimit = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()
		prg.condPtr = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
		prg.freeNode(p, halfword(ifNodeSize))
	} else {
		prg.ifLimit = byte(fiCode)
	} // wait for \.[\\fi]
	// wait for \.[\\fi]
exit:
}

// 499.

// tangle:pos tex.web:9737:1:

// In a construction like `\.[\\if\\iftrue abc\\else d\\fi]', the first
// \.[\\else] that we come to after learning that the \.[\\if] is false is
// not the \.[\\else] we're looking for. Hence the following curious
// logic is needed.

// 511. \[29] File names

// tangle:pos tex.web:9910:19:

// It's time now to fret about file names.  Besides the fact that different
// operating systems treat files in different ways, we must cope with the
// fact that completely different naming conventions are used by different
// groups of people. The following programs show what is required for one
// particular operating system; similar routines for other systems are not
// difficult to devise.
// \xref[fingers]
// \xref[system dependencies]
//
// \TeX\ assumes that a file name has three parts: the name proper; its
// ``extension''; and a ``file area'' where it is found in an external file
// system.  The extension of an input file or a write file is assumed to be
// `\.[.tex]' unless otherwise specified; it is `\.[.log]' on the
// transcript file that records each run of \TeX; it is `\.[.tfm]' on the font
// metric files that describe characters in the fonts \TeX\ uses; it is
// `\.[.dvi]' on the output files that specify typesetting information; and it
// is `\.[.fmt]' on the format files written by \.[INITEX] to initialize \TeX.
// The file area can be arbitrary on input files, but files are usually
// output to the user's current area.  If an input file cannot be
// found on the specified area, \TeX\ will look for it on a special system
// area; this special area is intended for commonly used input files like
// \.[webmac.tex].
//
// Simple uses of \TeX\ refer only to file names that have no explicit
// extension or area. For example, a person usually says `\.[\\input] \.[paper]'
// or `\.[\\font\\tenrm] \.= \.[helvetica]' instead of `\.[\\input]
// \.[paper.new]' or `\.[\\font\\tenrm] \.= \.[<csd.knuth>test]'. Simple file
// names are best, because they make the \TeX\ source files portable;
// whenever a file name consists entirely of letters and digits, it should be
// treated in the same way by all implementations of \TeX. However, users
// need the ability to refer to other files in their environment, especially
// when responding to error messages concerning unopenable files; therefore
// we want to let them use the syntax that appears in their favorite
// operating system.
//
// The following procedures don't allow spaces to be part of
// file names; but some users seem to like names that are spaced-out.
// System-dependent changes to allow such things should probably
// be made with reluctance, and only when an entire file name that
// includes spaces is ``quoted'' somehow.

// 514.

// tangle:pos tex.web:9998:1:

// Input files that can't be found in the user's area may appear in a standard
// system area called |TEX_area|. Font metric files whose areas are not given
// explicitly are assumed to appear in a standard system area called
// |TEX_font_area|.  These system area names will, of course, vary from place
// to place.
// \xref[system dependencies]

// 515.

// tangle:pos tex.web:10010:1:

// Here now is the first of the system-dependent routines for file name scanning.
// \xref[system dependencies]
func (prg *prg) beginName() {
	prg.areaDelimiter = 0
	prg.extDelimiter = 0
}

// 516.

// tangle:pos tex.web:10017:1:

// And here's the second. The string pool might change as the file name is
// being scanned, since a new \.[\\csname] might be entered; therefore we keep
// |area_delimiter| and |ext_delimiter| relative to the beginning of the current
// string, instead of assigning an absolute address like |pool_ptr| to them.
// \xref[system dependencies]
func (prg *prg) moreName(c asciiCode) (r bool) {
	if int32(c) == ' ' {
		r = false
	} else {
		{
			if int32(prg.poolPtr)+1 > poolSize {
				prg.overflow(strNumber( /* "pool size" */ 257), poolSize-int32(prg.initPoolPtr))
			} /* \xref[TeX capacity exceeded pool size][\quad pool size]  */
		}
		{
			prg.strPool[prg.poolPtr] = c
			prg.poolPtr = uint16(int32(prg.poolPtr) + 1)
		} // contribute |c| to the current string
		if int32(c) == '>' || int32(c) == ':' {
			prg.areaDelimiter = uint16(int32(prg.poolPtr) - int32(prg.strStart[prg.strPtr]))
			prg.extDelimiter = 0
		} else if int32(c) == '.' && int32(prg.extDelimiter) == 0 {
			prg.extDelimiter = uint16(int32(prg.poolPtr) - int32(prg.strStart[prg.strPtr]))
		}
		r = true
	}
	return r
}

// 517.

// tangle:pos tex.web:10034:1:

// The third.
// \xref[system dependencies]
func (prg *prg) endName() {
	if int32(prg.strPtr)+3 > maxStrings {
		prg.overflow(strNumber( /* "number of strings" */ 258), maxStrings-int32(prg.initStrPtr))
	}
	// \xref[TeX capacity exceeded number of strings][\quad number of strings]
	if int32(prg.areaDelimiter) == 0 {
		prg.curArea = /* "" */ 338
	} else {
		prg.curArea = prg.strPtr
		prg.strStart[int32(prg.strPtr)+1] = uint16(int32(prg.strStart[prg.strPtr]) + int32(prg.areaDelimiter))
		prg.strPtr = uint16(int32(prg.strPtr) + 1)
	}
	if int32(prg.extDelimiter) == 0 {
		prg.curExt = /* "" */ 338
		prg.curName = prg.makeString()
	} else {
		prg.curName = prg.strPtr
		prg.strStart[int32(prg.strPtr)+1] = uint16(int32(prg.strStart[prg.strPtr]) + int32(prg.extDelimiter) - int32(prg.areaDelimiter) - 1)
		prg.strPtr = uint16(int32(prg.strPtr) + 1)
		prg.curExt = prg.makeString()
	}
}

// 519.

// tangle:pos tex.web:10064:1:

// Another system-dependent routine is needed to convert three internal
// \TeX\ strings
// into the |name_of_file| value that is used to open files. The present code
// allows both lowercase and uppercase letters in the file name.
// \xref[system dependencies]
func (prg *prg) packFileName(n, a, e strNumber) {
	var (
		k int32       // number of positions filled in |name_of_file|
		c asciiCode   // character being packed
		j poolPointer // index into |str_pool|
	)
	k = 0
	for ii := int32(prg.strStart[a]); ii <= int32(prg.strStart[int32(a)+1])-1; ii++ {
		j = poolPointer(ii)
		_ = j
		c = prg.strPool[j]
		k = k + 1
		if k <= fileNameSize {
			prg.nameOfFile[k-1] = prg.xchr[c]
		}
	}
	for ii := int32(prg.strStart[n]); ii <= int32(prg.strStart[int32(n)+1])-1; ii++ {
		j = poolPointer(ii)
		_ = j
		c = prg.strPool[j]
		k = k + 1
		if k <= fileNameSize {
			prg.nameOfFile[k-1] = prg.xchr[c]
		}
	}
	for ii := int32(prg.strStart[e]); ii <= int32(prg.strStart[int32(e)+1])-1; ii++ {
		j = poolPointer(ii)
		_ = j
		c = prg.strPool[j]
		k = k + 1
		if k <= fileNameSize {
			prg.nameOfFile[k-1] = prg.xchr[c]
		}
	}
	if k <= fileNameSize {
		prg.nameLength = byte(k)
	} else {
		prg.nameLength = byte(fileNameSize)
	}
	for ii := int32(prg.nameLength) + 1; ii <= fileNameSize; ii++ {
		k = ii
		_ = k
		prg.nameOfFile[k-1] = ' '
	}
}

// 523.

// tangle:pos tex.web:10109:1:

// Here is the messy routine that was just mentioned. It sets |name_of_file|
// from the first |n| characters of |TEX_format_default|, followed by
// |buffer[a..b]|, followed by the last |format_ext_length| characters of
// |TEX_format_default|.
//
// We dare not give error messages here, since \TeX\ calls this routine before
// the |error| routine is ready to roll. Instead, we simply drop excess characters,
// since the error will be detected in another way when a strange file name
// isn't found.
// \xref[system dependencies]
func (prg *prg) packBufferedName(n smallNumber, a, b int32) {
	var (
		k int32     // number of positions filled in |name_of_file|
		c asciiCode // character being packed
		j int32     // index into |buffer| or |TEX_format_default|
	)
	if int32(n)+b-a+1+formatExtLength > fileNameSize {
		b = a + fileNameSize - int32(n) - 1 - formatExtLength
	}
	k = 0
	for ii := int32(1); ii <= int32(n); ii++ {
		j = ii
		_ = j
		c = prg.xord[prg.texFormatDefault[j-1]]
		k = k + 1
		if k <= fileNameSize {
			prg.nameOfFile[k-1] = prg.xchr[c]
		}
	}
	for ii := a; ii <= b; ii++ {
		j = ii
		_ = j
		c = prg.buffer[j]
		k = k + 1
		if k <= fileNameSize {
			prg.nameOfFile[k-1] = prg.xchr[c]
		}
	}
	for ii := int32(formatDefaultLength - formatExtLength + 1); ii <= formatDefaultLength; ii++ {
		j = ii
		_ = j
		c = prg.xord[prg.texFormatDefault[j-1]]
		k = k + 1
		if k <= fileNameSize {
			prg.nameOfFile[k-1] = prg.xchr[c]
		}
	}
	if k <= fileNameSize {
		prg.nameLength = byte(k)
	} else {
		prg.nameLength = byte(fileNameSize)
	}
	for ii := int32(prg.nameLength) + 1; ii <= fileNameSize; ii++ {
		k = ii
		_ = k
		prg.nameOfFile[k-1] = ' '
	}
}

// 525.

// tangle:pos tex.web:10172:1:

// Operating systems often make it possible to determine the exact name (and
// possible version number) of a file that has been opened. The following routine,
// which simply makes a \TeX\ string from the value of |name_of_file|, should
// ideally be changed to deduce the full name of file~|f|, which is the file
// most recently opened, if it is possible to do this in a \PASCAL\ program.
// \xref[system dependencies]
//
// This routine might be called after string memory has overflowed, hence
// we dare not use `|str_room|'.
func (prg *prg) makeNameString() (r strNumber) {
	var (
		k /* 1..fileNameSize */ byte // index into |name_of_file|
	)
	if int32(prg.poolPtr)+int32(prg.nameLength) > poolSize || int32(prg.strPtr) == maxStrings || int32(prg.poolPtr)-int32(prg.strStart[prg.strPtr]) > 0 {
		r = '?'
	} else {
		for ii := int32(1); ii <= int32(prg.nameLength); ii++ {
			k = byte(ii)
			_ = k
			prg.strPool[prg.poolPtr] = prg.xord[prg.nameOfFile[k-1]]
			prg.poolPtr = uint16(int32(prg.poolPtr) + 1)
		}
		r = prg.makeString()
	}
	return r
}
func (prg *prg) aMakeNameString(f alphaFile) (r strNumber) {
	r = prg.makeNameString()
	return r
}
func (prg *prg) bMakeNameString(f byteFile) (r strNumber) {
	r = prg.makeNameString()
	return r
}
func (prg *prg) wMakeNameString(f wordFile) (r strNumber) {
	r = prg.makeNameString()
	return r
}

// 526.

// tangle:pos tex.web:10201:1:

// Now let's consider the “driver”
// routines by which \TeX\ deals with file names
// in a system-independent manner.  First comes a procedure that looks for a
// file name in the input by calling |get_x_token| for the information.
func (prg *prg) scanFileName() {
	prg.nameInProgress = true
	prg.beginName()

	// Get the next non-blank non-call...
	for {
		prg.getXToken()
		if int32(prg.curCmd) != spacer {
			break
		}
	}
	for true {
		if int32(prg.curCmd) > otherChar || int32(prg.curChr) > 255 {
			prg.backInput()
			goto done
		}
		if !prg.moreName(asciiCode(prg.curChr)) {
			goto done
		}
		prg.getXToken()
	}

done:
	prg.endName()
	prg.nameInProgress = false
}

// 529.

// tangle:pos tex.web:10243:1:

// Here is a routine that manufactures the output file names, assuming that
// |job_name<>0|. It ignores and changes the current settings of |cur_area|
// and |cur_ext|.
func (prg *prg) packJobName(s strNumber) {
	prg.curArea = /* "" */ 338
	prg.curExt = s
	prg.curName = prg.jobName
	prg.packFileName(prg.curName, prg.curArea, prg.curExt)
}

// 530.

// tangle:pos tex.web:10255:1:

// If some trouble arises when \TeX\ tries to open a file, the following
// routine calls upon the user to supply another file name. Parameter~|s|
// is used in the error message to identify the type of file; parameter~|e|
// is the default extension if none is given. Upon exit from the routine,
// variables |cur_name|, |cur_area|, |cur_ext|, and |name_of_file| are
// ready for another attempt at file opening.
func (prg *prg) promptFileName(s, e strNumber) {
	var (
		k /* 0..bufSize */ uint16 // index into |buffer|
	)
	if int32(prg.interaction) == scrollMode {
	}
	if int32(s) == 787 {
		if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
		}
		prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
		prg.print( /* "I can't find file `" */ 788)
	} else {
		if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
		}
		prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
		prg.print( /* "I can't write on file `" */ 789)
	}
	// \xref[I can't write on file x]
	prg.printFileName(int32(prg.curName), int32(prg.curArea), int32(prg.curExt))
	prg.print( /* "'." */ 790)
	if int32(e) == 791 {
		prg.showContext()
	}
	prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "Please type another " */ 792))
	prg.print(int32(s))
	// \xref[Please type...]
	if int32(prg.interaction) < scrollMode {
		prg.fatalError(strNumber( /* "*** (job aborted, file error in nonstop mode)" */ 793))
	}
	// \xref[job aborted, file error...]
	{
		prg.print( /* ": " */ 568)
		prg.termInput()
	}
	// Scan file name in the buffer
	{
		prg.beginName()
		k = prg.first
		for int32(prg.buffer[k]) == ' ' && int32(k) < int32(prg.last) {
			k = uint16(int32(k) + 1)
		}
		for true {
			if int32(k) == int32(prg.last) {
				goto done
			}
			if !prg.moreName(prg.buffer[k]) {
				goto done
			}
			k = uint16(int32(k) + 1)
		}

	done:
		prg.endName()
	}
	if int32(prg.curExt) == 338 {
		prg.curExt = e
	}
	prg.packFileName(prg.curName, prg.curArea, prg.curExt)
} // \2

func (prg *prg) openLogFile() {
	var (
		oldSetting/* 0..maxSelector */ byte          // previous |selector| setting
		k/* 0..bufSize */ uint16                     // index into |months| and |buffer|
		l/* 0..bufSize */ uint16                     // end of first input line
		months                              [36]char // abbreviations of month names
	)
	oldSetting = prg.selector
	if int32(prg.jobName) == 0 {
		prg.jobName = /* "texput" */ 796
	}
	// \xref[texput]
	prg.packJobName(strNumber( /* ".log" */ 797))
	for !prg.aOpenOut(prg.logFile) {
		// Try to get a different log file name
		prg.selector = byte(termOnly)
		prg.promptFileName(strNumber( /* "transcript file name" */ 799), strNumber( /* ".log" */ 797))
	}
	prg.logName = prg.aMakeNameString(prg.logFile)
	prg.selector = byte(logOnly)
	prg.logOpened = true

	// Print the banner line, including the date and time
	{
		prg.logFile.Write("This is TeX, Version 3.141592653 (gotex v0.0-prerelease)")
		prg.slowPrint(int32(prg.formatIdent))
		prg.print( /* "  " */ 800)
		prg.printInt(prg.sysDay)
		prg.printChar(asciiCode(' '))
		strcopy(months[:], "JANFEBMARAPRMAYJUNJULAUGSEPOCTNOVDEC")
		for ii := 3*prg.sysMonth - 2; ii <= 3*prg.sysMonth; ii++ {
			k = uint16(ii)
			_ = k
			prg.logFile.Write(string(rune(months[k-1])))
		}
		prg.printChar(asciiCode(' '))
		prg.printInt(prg.sysYear)
		prg.printChar(asciiCode(' '))
		prg.printTwo(prg.sysTime / 60)
		prg.printChar(asciiCode(':'))
		prg.printTwo(prg.sysTime % 60)
	}
	prg.inputStack[prg.inputPtr] = prg.curInput // make sure bottom level is in memory
	prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "**" */ 798))
	// \xref[**]
	l = prg.inputStack[0].limitField // last position of first line
	if int32(prg.buffer[l]) == *prg.eqtb[intBase+endLineCharCode-1].int() {
		l = uint16(int32(l) - 1)
	}
	for ii := int32(1); ii <= int32(l); ii++ {
		k = uint16(ii)
		_ = k
		prg.print(int32(prg.buffer[k]))
	}
	prg.printLn()                              // now the transcript file contains the first line of input
	prg.selector = byte(int32(oldSetting) + 2) // |log_only| or |term_and_log|
} // \2
func (prg *prg) startInput() {
	prg.scanFileName() // set |cur_name| to desired file name
	if int32(prg.curExt) == 338 {
		prg.curExt = /* ".tex" */ 791
	}
	prg.packFileName(prg.curName, prg.curArea, prg.curExt)
	for true {
		prg.beginFileReading() // set up |cur_file| and new level of input
		if prg.aOpenIn(prg.inputFile[prg.curInput.indexField-1]) {
			goto done
		}
		if int32(prg.curArea) == 338 {
			prg.packFileName(prg.curName, strNumber( /* "TeXinputs:" */ 784), prg.curExt)
			if prg.aOpenIn(prg.inputFile[prg.curInput.indexField-1]) {
				goto done
			}
		}
		prg.endFileReading() // remove the level that didn't work
		prg.promptFileName(strNumber( /* "input file name" */ 787), strNumber( /* ".tex" */ 791))
	}

done:
	prg.curInput.nameField = prg.aMakeNameString(prg.inputFile[prg.curInput.indexField-1])
	if int32(prg.jobName) == 0 {
		prg.jobName = prg.curName
		prg.openLogFile()
	} // |open_log_file| doesn't |show_context|, so |limit|
	//     and |loc| needn't be set to meaningful values yet

	if int32(prg.termOffset)+(int32(prg.strStart[int32(prg.curInput.nameField)+1])-int32(prg.strStart[prg.curInput.nameField])) > maxPrintLine-2 {
		prg.printLn()
	} else if int32(prg.termOffset) > 0 || int32(prg.fileOffset) > 0 {
		prg.printChar(asciiCode(' '))
	}
	prg.printChar(asciiCode('('))
	prg.openParens = byte(int32(prg.openParens) + 1)
	prg.slowPrint(int32(prg.curInput.nameField))
	prg.curInput.stateField = byte(newLine)
	if int32(prg.curInput.nameField) == int32(prg.strPtr)-1 {
		{
			prg.strPtr = uint16(int32(prg.strPtr) - 1)
			prg.poolPtr = prg.strStart[prg.strPtr]
		}
		prg.curInput.nameField = prg.curName
	}

	// Read the first line of the new file
	{
		prg.line = 1
		if prg.inputLn(prg.inputFile[prg.curInput.indexField-1], false) {
		}
		prg.firmUpTheLine()
		if *prg.eqtb[intBase+endLineCharCode-1].int() < 0 || *prg.eqtb[intBase+endLineCharCode-1].int() > 255 {
			prg.curInput.limitField = uint16(int32(prg.curInput.limitField) - 1)
		} else {
			prg.buffer[prg.curInput.limitField] = byte(*prg.eqtb[intBase+endLineCharCode-1].int())
		}
		prg.first = uint16(int32(prg.curInput.limitField) + 1)
		prg.curInput.locField = prg.curInput.startField
	}
}

// 540.

// tangle:pos tex.web:10433:1:

// The first 24 bytes (6 words) of a \.[TFM] file contain twelve 16-bit
// integers that give the lengths of the various subsequent portions
// of the file. These twelve integers are, in order:
// $$\vbox[\halign[\hfil#&$\null=\null$#\hfil\cr
// |lf|&length of the entire file, in words;\cr
// |lh|&length of the header data, in words;\cr
// |bc|&smallest character code in the font;\cr
// |ec|&largest character code in the font;\cr
// |nw|&number of words in the width table;\cr
// |nh|&number of words in the height table;\cr
// |nd|&number of words in the depth table;\cr
// |ni|&number of words in the italic correction table;\cr
// |nl|&number of words in the lig/kern table;\cr
// |nk|&number of words in the kern table;\cr
// |ne|&number of words in the extensible character table;\cr
// |np|&number of font parameter words.\cr]]$$
// They are all nonnegative and less than $2^[15]$. We must have |bc-1<=ec<=255|,
// and
// $$\hbox[|lf=6+lh+(ec-bc+1)+nw+nh+nd+ni+nl+nk+ne+np|.]$$
// Note that a font may contain as many as 256 characters (if |bc=0| and |ec=255|),
// and as few as 0 characters (if |bc=ec+1|).
//
// Incidentally, when two or more 8-bit bytes are combined to form an integer of
// 16 or more bits, the most significant bytes appear first in the file.
// This is called BigEndian order.
//  \xref[BigEndian order]

// 541.

// tangle:pos tex.web:10460:1:

// The rest of the \.[TFM] file may be regarded as a sequence of ten data
// arrays having the informal specification
// $$\def\arr$[#1]#2$[\&[array] $[#1]$ \&[of] #2]
// \vbox[\halign[\hfil\\[#]&$\,:\,$\arr#\hfil\cr
// header&|[0..lh-1]\\[stuff]|\cr
// char\_info&|[bc..ec]char_info_word|\cr
// width&|[0..nw-1]fix_word|\cr
// height&|[0..nh-1]fix_word|\cr
// depth&|[0..nd-1]fix_word|\cr
// italic&|[0..ni-1]fix_word|\cr
// lig\_kern&|[0..nl-1]lig_kern_command|\cr
// kern&|[0..nk-1]fix_word|\cr
// exten&|[0..ne-1]extensible_recipe|\cr
// param&|[1..np]fix_word|\cr]]$$
// The most important data type used here is a | fix_word|, which is
// a 32-bit representation of a binary fraction. A |fix_word| is a signed
// quantity, with the two's complement of the entire word used to represent
// negation. Of the 32 bits in a |fix_word|, exactly 12 are to the left of the
// binary point; thus, the largest |fix_word| value is $2048-2^[-20]$, and
// the smallest is $-2048$. We will see below, however, that all but two of
// the |fix_word| values must lie between $-16$ and $+16$.

// 542.

// tangle:pos tex.web:10482:1:

// The first data array is a block of header information, which contains
// general facts about the font. The header must contain at least two words,
// |header[0]| and |header[1]|, whose meaning is explained below.
// Additional header information of use to other software routines might
// also be included, but \TeX82 does not need to know about such details.
// For example, 16 more words of header information are in use at the Xerox
// Palo Alto Research Center; the first ten specify the character coding
// scheme used (e.g., `\.[XEROX text]' or `\.[TeX math symbols]'), the next five
// give the font identifier (e.g., `\.[HELVETICA]' or `\.[CMSY]'), and the
// last gives the ``face byte.'' The program that converts \.[DVI] files
// to Xerox printing format gets this information by looking at the \.[TFM]
// file, which it needs to read anyway because of other information that
// is not explicitly repeated in \.[DVI]~format.
//
// \yskip\hang|header[0]| is a 32-bit check sum that \TeX\ will copy into
// the \.[DVI] output file. Later on when the \.[DVI] file is printed,
// possibly on another computer, the actual font that gets used is supposed
// to have a check sum that agrees with the one in the \.[TFM] file used by
// \TeX. In this way, users will be warned about potential incompatibilities.
// (However, if the check sum is zero in either the font file or the \.[TFM]
// file, no check is made.)  The actual relation between this check sum and
// the rest of the \.[TFM] file is not important; the check sum is simply an
// identification number with the property that incompatible fonts almost
// always have distinct check sums.
// \xref[check sum]
//
// \yskip\hang|header[1]| is a |fix_word| containing the design size of
// the font, in units of \TeX\ points. This number must be at least 1.0; it is
// fairly arbitrary, but usually the design size is 10.0 for a ``10 point''
// font, i.e., a font that was designed to look best at a 10-point size,
// whatever that really means. When a \TeX\ user asks for a font
// `\.[at] $\delta$ \.[pt]', the effect is to override the design size
// and replace it by $\delta$, and to multiply the $x$ and~$y$ coordinates
// of the points in the font image by a factor of $\delta$ divided by the
// design size.  [\sl All other dimensions in the\/ \.[TFM] file are
// |fix_word|\kern-1pt\ numbers in design-size units], with the exception of
// |param[1]| (which denotes the slant ratio). Thus, for example, the value
// of |param[6]|, which defines the \.[em] unit, is often the |fix_word| value
// $2^[20]=1.0$, since many fonts have a design size equal to one em.
// The other dimensions must be less than 16 design-size units in absolute
// value; thus, |header[1]| and |param[1]| are the only |fix_word|
// entries in the whole \.[TFM] file whose first byte might be something
// besides 0 or 255.

// 543.

// tangle:pos tex.web:10526:1:

// Next comes the |char_info| array, which contains one | char_info_word|
// per character. Each word in this part of the file contains six fields
// packed into four bytes as follows.
//
// \yskip\hang first byte: | width_index| (8 bits)\par
// \hang second byte: | height_index| (4 bits) times 16, plus | depth_index|
//   (4~bits)\par
// \hang third byte: | italic_index| (6 bits) times 4, plus | tag|
//   (2~bits)\par
// \hang fourth byte: | remainder| (8 bits)\par
// \yskip\noindent
// The actual width of a character is \\[width]|[width_index]|, in design-size
// units; this is a device for compressing information, since many characters
// have the same width. Since it is quite common for many characters
// to have the same height, depth, or italic correction, the \.[TFM] format
// imposes a limit of 16 different heights, 16 different depths, and
// 64 different italic corrections.
//
//  \xref[italic correction]
// The italic correction of a character has two different uses.
// (a)~In ordinary text, the italic correction is added to the width only if
// the \TeX\ user specifies `\.[\\/]' after the character.
// (b)~In math formulas, the italic correction is always added to the width,
// except with respect to the positioning of subscripts.
//
// Incidentally, the relation $\\[width][0]=\\[height][0]=\\[depth][0]=
// \\[italic][0]=0$ should always hold, so that an index of zero implies a
// value of zero.  The |width_index| should never be zero unless the
// character does not exist in the font, since a character is valid if and
// only if it lies between |bc| and |ec| and has a nonzero |width_index|.

// 544.

// tangle:pos tex.web:10557:1:

// The |tag| field in a |char_info_word| has four values that explain how to
// interpret the |remainder| field.
//
// \yskip\hangg|tag=0| (|no_tag|) means that |remainder| is unused.\par
// \hangg|tag=1| (|lig_tag|) means that this character has a ligature/kerning
// program starting at position |remainder| in the |lig_kern| array.\par
// \hangg|tag=2| (|list_tag|) means that this character is part of a chain of
// characters of ascending sizes, and not the largest in the chain.  The
// |remainder| field gives the character code of the next larger character.\par
// \hangg|tag=3| (|ext_tag|) means that this character code represents an
// extensible character, i.e., a character that is built up of smaller pieces
// so that it can be made arbitrarily large. The pieces are specified in
// | exten[remainder]|.\par
// \yskip\noindent
// Characters with |tag=2| and |tag=3| are treated as characters with |tag=0|
// unless they are used in special circumstances in math formulas. For example,
// the \.[\\sum] operation looks for a |list_tag|, and the \.[\\left]
// operation looks for both |list_tag| and |ext_tag|.

// 545.

// tangle:pos tex.web:10581:1:

// The |lig_kern| array contains instructions in a simple programming language
// that explains what to do for special letter pairs. Each word in this array is a
// | lig_kern_command| of four bytes.
//
// \yskip\hang first byte: |skip_byte|, indicates that this is the final program
//   step if the byte is 128 or more, otherwise the next step is obtained by
//   skipping this number of intervening steps.\par
// \hang second byte: |next_char|, ``if |next_char| follows the current character,
//   then perform the operation and stop, otherwise continue.''\par
// \hang third byte: |op_byte|, indicates a ligature step if less than~128,
//   a kern step otherwise.\par
// \hang fourth byte: |remainder|.\par
// \yskip\noindent
// In a kern step, an
// additional space equal to |kern[256*(op_byte-128)+remainder]| is inserted
// between the current character and |next_char|. This amount is
// often negative, so that the characters are brought closer together
// by kerning; but it might be positive.
//
// There are eight kinds of ligature steps, having |op_byte| codes $4a+2b+c$ where
// $0\le a\le b+c$ and $0\le b,c\le1$. The character whose code is
// |remainder| is inserted between the current character and |next_char|;
// then the current character is deleted if $b=0$, and |next_char| is
// deleted if $c=0$; then we pass over $a$~characters to reach the next
// current character (which may have a ligature/kerning program of its own).
//
// If the very first instruction of the |lig_kern| array has |skip_byte=255|,
// the |next_char| byte is the so-called boundary character of this font;
// the value of |next_char| need not lie between |bc| and~|ec|.
// If the very last instruction of the |lig_kern| array has |skip_byte=255|,
// there is a special ligature/kerning program for a boundary character at the
// left, beginning at location |256*op_byte+remainder|.
// The interpretation is that \TeX\ puts implicit boundary characters
// before and after each consecutive string of characters from the same font.
// These implicit characters do not appear in the output, but they can affect
// ligatures and kerning.
//
// If the very first instruction of a character's |lig_kern| program has
// |skip_byte>128|, the program actually begins in location
// |256*op_byte+remainder|. This feature allows access to large |lig_kern|
// arrays, because the first instruction must otherwise
// appear in a location |<=255|.
//
// Any instruction with |skip_byte>128| in the |lig_kern| array must satisfy
// the condition
// $$\hbox[|256*op_byte+remainder<nl|.]$$
// If such an instruction is encountered during
// normal program execution, it denotes an unconditional halt; no ligature
// or kerning command is performed.

// 546.

// tangle:pos tex.web:10638:1:

// Extensible characters are specified by an | extensible_recipe|, which
// consists of four bytes called | top|, | mid|, | bot|, and | rep| (in this
// order). These bytes are the character codes of individual pieces used to
// build up a large symbol.  If |top|, |mid|, or |bot| are zero, they are not
// present in the built-up result. For example, an extensible vertical line is
// like an extensible bracket, except that the top and bottom pieces are missing.
//
// Let $T$, $M$, $B$, and $R$ denote the respective pieces, or an empty box
// if the piece isn't present. Then the extensible characters have the form
// $TR^kMR^kB$ from top to bottom, for some |k>=0|, unless $M$ is absent;
// in the latter case we can have $TR^kB$ for both even and odd values of~|k|.
// The width of the extensible character is the width of $R$; and the
// height-plus-depth is the sum of the individual height-plus-depths of the
// components used, since the pieces are butted together in a vertical list.

// 547.

// tangle:pos tex.web:10658:1:

// The final portion of a \.[TFM] file is the |param| array, which is another
// sequence of |fix_word| values.
//
// \yskip\hang|param[1]=slant| is the amount of italic slant, which is used
// to help position accents. For example, |slant=.25| means that when you go
// up one unit, you also go .25 units to the right. The |slant| is a pure
// number; it's the only |fix_word| other than the design size itself that is
// not scaled by the design size.
//
// \hang|param[2]=space| is the normal spacing between words in text.
// Note that character |" "| in the font need not have anything to do with
// blank spaces.
//
// \hang|param[3]=space_stretch| is the amount of glue stretching between words.
//
// \hang|param[4]=space_shrink| is the amount of glue shrinking between words.
//
// \hang|param[5]=x_height| is the size of one ex in the font; it is also
// the height of letters for which accents don't have to be raised or lowered.
//
// \hang|param[6]=quad| is the size of one em in the font.
//
// \hang|param[7]=extra_space| is the amount added to |param[2]| at the
// ends of sentences.
//
// \yskip\noindent
// If fewer than seven parameters are present, \TeX\ sets the missing parameters
// to zero. Fonts used for math symbols are required to have
// additional parameter information, which is explained later.

// 554.

// tangle:pos tex.web:10804:1:

// Of course we want to define macros that suppress the detail of how font
// information is actually packed, so that we don't have to write things like
// $$\hbox[|font_info[width_base[f]+font_info[char_base[f]+c].qqqq.b0].sc|]$$
// too often. The \.[WEB] definitions here make |char_info(f)(c)| the
// |four_quarters| word of font information corresponding to character
// |c| of font |f|. If |q| is such a word, |char_width(f)(q)| will be
// the character's width; hence the long formula above is at least
// abbreviated to
// $$\hbox[|char_width(f)(char_info(f)(c))|.]$$
// Usually, of course, we will fetch |q| first and look at several of its
// fields at the same time.
//
// The italic correction of a character will be denoted by
// |char_italic(f)(q)|, so it is analogous to |char_width|.  But we will get
// at the height and depth in a slightly different way, since we usually want
// to compute both height and depth if we want either one.  The value of
// |height_depth(q)| will be the 8-bit quantity
// $$b=|height_index|\times16+|depth_index|,$$ and if |b| is such a byte we
// will write |char_height(f)(b)| and |char_depth(f)(b)| for the height and
// depth of the character |c| for which |q=char_info(f)(c)|. Got that?
//
// The tag field will be called |char_tag(q)|; the remainder byte will be
// called |rem_byte(q)|, using a macro that we have already defined above.
//
// Access to a character's |width|, |height|, |depth|, and |tag| fields is
// part of \TeX's inner loop, so we want these macros to produce code that is
// as fast as possible under the circumstances.
// \xref[inner loop]

// 557.

// tangle:pos tex.web:10858:1:

// Here are some macros that help process ligatures and kerns.
// We write |char_kern(f)(j)| to find the amount of kerning specified by
// kerning command~|j| in font~|f|. If |j| is the |char_info| for a character
// with a ligature/kern program, the first instruction of that program is either
// |i=font_info[lig_kern_start(f)(j)]| or |font_info[lig_kern_restart(f)(i)]|,
// depending on whether or not |skip_byte(i)<=stop_flag|.
//
// The constant |kern_base_offset| should be simplified, for \PASCAL\ compilers
// that do not do local optimization.
// \xref[system dependencies]

// 560.

// tangle:pos tex.web:10892:1:

// \TeX\ checks the information of a \.[TFM] file for validity as the
// file is being read in, so that no further checks will be needed when
// typesetting is going on. The somewhat tedious subroutine that does this
// is called |read_font_info|. It has four parameters: the user font
// identifier~|u|, the file name and area strings |nom| and |aire|, and the
// “at” size~|s|. If |s|~is negative, it's the negative of a scale factor
// to be applied to the design size; |s=-1000| is the normal case.
// Otherwise |s| will be substituted for the design size; in this
// case, |s| must be positive and less than $2048\rm\,pt$
// (i.e., it must be less than $2^[27]$ when considered as an integer).
//
// The subroutine opens and closes a global file variable called |tfm_file|.
// It returns the value of the internal font number that was just loaded.
// If an error is detected, an error message is issued and no font
// information is stored; |null_font| is returned in this case.
func (prg *prg) readFontInfo(u halfword, nom, aire strNumber,
	s scaled) (r internalFontNumber) {
	var (
		k                                              fontIndex // index into |font_info|
		fileOpened                                     bool      // was |tfm_file| successfully opened?
		lf, lh, bc, ec, nw, nh, nd, ni, nl, nk, ne, np halfword
		// sizes of subfiles
		f                        internalFontNumber // the new font's number
		g                        internalFontNumber // the number to return
		a, b, c, d               eightBits          // byte variables
		qw                       fourQuarters
		sw                       scaled // accumulators
		bchLabel                 int32  // left boundary start location, or infinity
		bchar/* 0..256 */ uint16        // boundary character, or 256
		z                        scaled // the design size or the ``at'' size
		alpha                    int32
		beta/* 1..16 */ byte
	// auxiliary quantities used in fixed-point multiplication
	)
	g = byte(fontBase)

	// Read and check the font data; |abort| if the \.[TFM] file is malformed; if there's no room for this font, say so and |goto done|; otherwise |incr(font_ptr)| and |goto done|

	// Open |tfm_file| for input
	fileOpened = false
	if int32(aire) == 338 {
		prg.packFileName(nom, strNumber( /* "TeXfonts:" */ 785), strNumber( /* ".tfm" */ 811))
	} else {
		prg.packFileName(nom, aire, strNumber( /* ".tfm" */ 811))
	}
	if !prg.bOpenIn(prg.tfmFile) {
		goto badTfm
	}
	fileOpened = true

	// Read the [\.[TFM]] size fields
	{
		{
			lf = uint16(*prg.tfmFile.ByteP())
			if int32(lf) > 127 {
				goto badTfm
			}
			prg.tfmFile.Get()
			lf = uint16(int32(lf)*0400 + int32(*prg.tfmFile.ByteP()))
		}
		prg.tfmFile.Get()
		{
			lh = uint16(*prg.tfmFile.ByteP())
			if int32(lh) > 127 {
				goto badTfm
			}
			prg.tfmFile.Get()
			lh = uint16(int32(lh)*0400 + int32(*prg.tfmFile.ByteP()))
		}
		prg.tfmFile.Get()
		{
			bc = uint16(*prg.tfmFile.ByteP())
			if int32(bc) > 127 {
				goto badTfm
			}
			prg.tfmFile.Get()
			bc = uint16(int32(bc)*0400 + int32(*prg.tfmFile.ByteP()))
		}
		prg.tfmFile.Get()
		{
			ec = uint16(*prg.tfmFile.ByteP())
			if int32(ec) > 127 {
				goto badTfm
			}
			prg.tfmFile.Get()
			ec = uint16(int32(ec)*0400 + int32(*prg.tfmFile.ByteP()))
		}
		if int32(bc) > int32(ec)+1 || int32(ec) > 255 {
			goto badTfm
		}
		if int32(bc) > 255 {
			bc = 1
			ec = 0
		}
		prg.tfmFile.Get()
		{
			nw = uint16(*prg.tfmFile.ByteP())
			if int32(nw) > 127 {
				goto badTfm
			}
			prg.tfmFile.Get()
			nw = uint16(int32(nw)*0400 + int32(*prg.tfmFile.ByteP()))
		}
		prg.tfmFile.Get()
		{
			nh = uint16(*prg.tfmFile.ByteP())
			if int32(nh) > 127 {
				goto badTfm
			}
			prg.tfmFile.Get()
			nh = uint16(int32(nh)*0400 + int32(*prg.tfmFile.ByteP()))
		}
		prg.tfmFile.Get()
		{
			nd = uint16(*prg.tfmFile.ByteP())
			if int32(nd) > 127 {
				goto badTfm
			}
			prg.tfmFile.Get()
			nd = uint16(int32(nd)*0400 + int32(*prg.tfmFile.ByteP()))
		}
		prg.tfmFile.Get()
		{
			ni = uint16(*prg.tfmFile.ByteP())
			if int32(ni) > 127 {
				goto badTfm
			}
			prg.tfmFile.Get()
			ni = uint16(int32(ni)*0400 + int32(*prg.tfmFile.ByteP()))
		}
		prg.tfmFile.Get()
		{
			nl = uint16(*prg.tfmFile.ByteP())
			if int32(nl) > 127 {
				goto badTfm
			}
			prg.tfmFile.Get()
			nl = uint16(int32(nl)*0400 + int32(*prg.tfmFile.ByteP()))
		}
		prg.tfmFile.Get()
		{
			nk = uint16(*prg.tfmFile.ByteP())
			if int32(nk) > 127 {
				goto badTfm
			}
			prg.tfmFile.Get()
			nk = uint16(int32(nk)*0400 + int32(*prg.tfmFile.ByteP()))
		}
		prg.tfmFile.Get()
		{
			ne = uint16(*prg.tfmFile.ByteP())
			if int32(ne) > 127 {
				goto badTfm
			}
			prg.tfmFile.Get()
			ne = uint16(int32(ne)*0400 + int32(*prg.tfmFile.ByteP()))
		}
		prg.tfmFile.Get()
		{
			np = uint16(*prg.tfmFile.ByteP())
			if int32(np) > 127 {
				goto badTfm
			}
			prg.tfmFile.Get()
			np = uint16(int32(np)*0400 + int32(*prg.tfmFile.ByteP()))
		}
		if int32(lf) != 6+int32(lh)+(int32(ec)-int32(bc)+1)+int32(nw)+int32(nh)+int32(nd)+int32(ni)+int32(nl)+int32(nk)+int32(ne)+int32(np) {
			goto badTfm
		}
		if int32(nw) == 0 || int32(nh) == 0 || int32(nd) == 0 || int32(ni) == 0 {
			goto badTfm
		}
	}

	// Use size fields to allocate font information
	lf = uint16(int32(lf) - 6 - int32(lh)) // |lf| words should be loaded into |font_info|
	if int32(np) < 7 {
		lf = uint16(int32(lf) + 7 - int32(np))
	} // at least seven parameters will appear
	if int32(prg.fontPtr) == fontMax || int32(prg.fmemPtr)+int32(lf) > fontMemSize {
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			}
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
			prg.print( /* "Font " */ 802)
		}
		prg.sprintCs(u)
		prg.printChar(asciiCode('='))
		prg.printFileName(int32(nom), int32(aire) /* "" */, 338)
		if s >= 0 {
			prg.print( /* " at " */ 741)
			prg.printScaled(s)
			prg.print( /* "pt" */ 397)
		} else if s != -1000 {
			prg.print( /* " scaled " */ 803)
			prg.printInt(-s)
		}
		prg.print( /* " not loaded: Not enough room left" */ 812)
		// \xref[Font x=xx not loaded...]
		{
			prg.helpPtr = 4
			prg.helpLine[3] = /* "I'm afraid I won't be able to make use of this font," */ 813
			prg.helpLine[2] = /* "because my memory for character-size data is too small." */ 814
			prg.helpLine[1] = /* "If you're really stuck, ask a wizard to enlarge me." */ 815
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "Or maybe try `I\\font<same font id>=<name of loaded font>'." */ 816
		}
		prg.error1()
		goto done
	}
	f = byte(int32(prg.fontPtr) + 1)
	prg.charBase[f] = int32(prg.fmemPtr) - int32(bc)
	prg.widthBase[f] = prg.charBase[f] + int32(ec) + 1
	prg.heightBase[f] = prg.widthBase[f] + int32(nw)
	prg.depthBase[f] = prg.heightBase[f] + int32(nh)
	prg.italicBase[f] = prg.depthBase[f] + int32(nd)
	prg.ligKernBase[f] = prg.italicBase[f] + int32(ni)
	prg.kernBase[f] = prg.ligKernBase[f] + int32(nl) - 256*(128+minQuarterword)
	prg.extenBase[f] = prg.kernBase[f] + 256*(128+minQuarterword) + int32(nk)
	prg.paramBase[f] = prg.extenBase[f] + int32(ne)

	// Read the [\.[TFM]] header
	{
		if int32(lh) < 2 {
			goto badTfm
		}
		{
			prg.tfmFile.Get()
			a = *prg.tfmFile.ByteP()
			qw.b0 = byte(int32(a) + minQuarterword)
			prg.tfmFile.Get()
			b = *prg.tfmFile.ByteP()
			qw.b1 = byte(int32(b) + minQuarterword)
			prg.tfmFile.Get()
			c = *prg.tfmFile.ByteP()
			qw.b2 = byte(int32(c) + minQuarterword)
			prg.tfmFile.Get()
			d = *prg.tfmFile.ByteP()
			qw.b3 = byte(int32(d) + minQuarterword)
			prg.fontCheck[f] = qw
		}
		prg.tfmFile.Get()
		{
			z = int32(*prg.tfmFile.ByteP())
			if z > 127 {
				goto badTfm
			}
			prg.tfmFile.Get()
			z = z*0400 + int32(*prg.tfmFile.ByteP())
		} // this rejects a negative design size
		prg.tfmFile.Get()
		z = z*0400 + int32(*prg.tfmFile.ByteP())
		prg.tfmFile.Get()
		z = z*020 + int32(*prg.tfmFile.ByteP())/020
		if z < 0200000 {
			goto badTfm
		}
		for int32(lh) > 2 {
			prg.tfmFile.Get()
			prg.tfmFile.Get()
			prg.tfmFile.Get()
			prg.tfmFile.Get()
			lh = uint16(int32(lh) - 1) // ignore the rest of the header
		}
		prg.fontDsize[f] = z
		if s != -1000 {
			if s >= 0 {
				z = s
			} else {
				z = prg.xnOverD(z, -s, 1000)
			}
		}
		prg.fontSize[f] = z
	}

	// Read character data
	for ii := int32(prg.fmemPtr); ii <= prg.widthBase[f]-1; ii++ {
		k = fontIndex(ii)
		_ = k
		{
			prg.tfmFile.Get()
			a = *prg.tfmFile.ByteP()
			qw.b0 = byte(int32(a) + minQuarterword)
			prg.tfmFile.Get()
			b = *prg.tfmFile.ByteP()
			qw.b1 = byte(int32(b) + minQuarterword)
			prg.tfmFile.Get()
			c = *prg.tfmFile.ByteP()
			qw.b2 = byte(int32(c) + minQuarterword)
			prg.tfmFile.Get()
			d = *prg.tfmFile.ByteP()
			qw.b3 = byte(int32(d) + minQuarterword)
			*prg.fontInfo[k].qqqq() = qw
		}
		if int32(a) >= int32(nw) || int32(b)/020 >= int32(nh) || int32(b)%020 >= int32(nd) || int32(c)/4 >= int32(ni) {
			goto badTfm
		}
		switch int32(c) % 4 {
		case ligTag:
			if int32(d) >= int32(nl) {
				goto badTfm
			}
		case extTag:
			if int32(d) >= int32(ne) {
				goto badTfm
			}
		case listTag:
			// Check for charlist cycle
			{
				if int32(d) < int32(bc) || int32(d) > int32(ec) {
					goto badTfm
				}
			}
			for int32(d) < int32(k)+int32(bc)-int32(prg.fmemPtr) {
				qw = *prg.fontInfo[prg.charBase[f]+int32(d)].qqqq()
				// N.B.: not |qi(d)|, since |char_base[f]| hasn't been adjusted yet
				if (int32(qw.b2)-minQuarterword)%4 != listTag {
					goto notFound
				}
				d = byte(int32(qw.b3) - minQuarterword) // next character on the list
			}
			if int32(d) == int32(k)+int32(bc)-int32(prg.fmemPtr) {
				goto badTfm
			} // yes, there's a cycle
			// yes, there's a cycle
		notFound:
			;

		default: // |no_tag|
		}
	}

	// Read box dimensions
	{
		{
			alpha = 16
			for z >= 040000000 {
				z = z / 2
				alpha = alpha + alpha
			}
			beta = byte(256 / alpha)
			alpha = alpha * z
		}
		for ii := prg.widthBase[f]; ii <= prg.ligKernBase[f]-1; ii++ {
			k = fontIndex(ii)
			_ = k
			prg.tfmFile.Get()
			a = *prg.tfmFile.ByteP()
			prg.tfmFile.Get()
			b = *prg.tfmFile.ByteP()
			prg.tfmFile.Get()
			c = *prg.tfmFile.ByteP()
			prg.tfmFile.Get()
			d = *prg.tfmFile.ByteP()
			sw = ((int32(d)*z/0400+int32(c)*z)/0400 + int32(b)*z) / int32(beta)
			if int32(a) == 0 {
				*prg.fontInfo[k].int() = sw
			} else if int32(a) == 255 {
				*prg.fontInfo[k].int() = sw - alpha
			} else {
				goto badTfm
			}
		}
		if *prg.fontInfo[prg.widthBase[f]].int() != 0 {
			goto badTfm
		} // \\[width][0] must be zero
		if *prg.fontInfo[prg.heightBase[f]].int() != 0 {
			goto badTfm
		} // \\[height][0] must be zero
		if *prg.fontInfo[prg.depthBase[f]].int() != 0 {
			goto badTfm
		} // \\[depth][0] must be zero
		if *prg.fontInfo[prg.italicBase[f]].int() != 0 {
			goto badTfm
		} // \\[italic][0] must be zero
	}

	// Read ligature/kern program
	bchLabel = 077777
	bchar = 256
	if int32(nl) > 0 {
		for ii := prg.ligKernBase[f]; ii <= prg.kernBase[f]+256*(128+minQuarterword)-1; ii++ {
			k = fontIndex(ii)
			_ = k
			{
				prg.tfmFile.Get()
				a = *prg.tfmFile.ByteP()
				qw.b0 = byte(int32(a) + minQuarterword)
				prg.tfmFile.Get()
				b = *prg.tfmFile.ByteP()
				qw.b1 = byte(int32(b) + minQuarterword)
				prg.tfmFile.Get()
				c = *prg.tfmFile.ByteP()
				qw.b2 = byte(int32(c) + minQuarterword)
				prg.tfmFile.Get()
				d = *prg.tfmFile.ByteP()
				qw.b3 = byte(int32(d) + minQuarterword)
				*prg.fontInfo[k].qqqq() = qw
			}
			if int32(a) > 128 {
				if 256*int32(c)+int32(d) >= int32(nl) {
					goto badTfm
				}
				if int32(a) == 255 {
					if int32(k) == prg.ligKernBase[f] {
						bchar = uint16(b)
					}
				}
			} else {
				if int32(b) != int32(bchar) {
					{
						if int32(b) < int32(bc) || int32(b) > int32(ec) {
							goto badTfm
						}
					}
					qw = *prg.fontInfo[prg.charBase[f]+int32(b)].qqqq()
					if !(int32(qw.b0) > minQuarterword) {
						goto badTfm
					}
				}
				if int32(c) < 128 {
					{
						if int32(d) < int32(bc) || int32(d) > int32(ec) {
							goto badTfm
						}
					}
					qw = *prg.fontInfo[prg.charBase[f]+int32(d)].qqqq()
					if !(int32(qw.b0) > minQuarterword) {
						goto badTfm
					}
				} else if 256*(int32(c)-128)+int32(d) >= int32(nk) {
					goto badTfm
				} // check kern
				if int32(a) < 128 {
					if int32(k)-prg.ligKernBase[f]+int32(a)+1 >= int32(nl) {
						goto badTfm
					}
				}
			}
		}
		if int32(a) == 255 {
			bchLabel = 256*int32(c) + int32(d)
		}
	}
	for ii := prg.kernBase[f] + 256*(128+minQuarterword); ii <= prg.extenBase[f]-1; ii++ {
		k = fontIndex(ii)
		_ = k
		prg.tfmFile.Get()
		a = *prg.tfmFile.ByteP()
		prg.tfmFile.Get()
		b = *prg.tfmFile.ByteP()
		prg.tfmFile.Get()
		c = *prg.tfmFile.ByteP()
		prg.tfmFile.Get()
		d = *prg.tfmFile.ByteP()
		sw = ((int32(d)*z/0400+int32(c)*z)/0400 + int32(b)*z) / int32(beta)
		if int32(a) == 0 {
			*prg.fontInfo[k].int() = sw
		} else if int32(a) == 255 {
			*prg.fontInfo[k].int() = sw - alpha
		} else {
			goto badTfm
		}
	}

	// Read extensible character recipes
	for ii := prg.extenBase[f]; ii <= prg.paramBase[f]-1; ii++ {
		k = fontIndex(ii)
		_ = k
		{
			prg.tfmFile.Get()
			a = *prg.tfmFile.ByteP()
			qw.b0 = byte(int32(a) + minQuarterword)
			prg.tfmFile.Get()
			b = *prg.tfmFile.ByteP()
			qw.b1 = byte(int32(b) + minQuarterword)
			prg.tfmFile.Get()
			c = *prg.tfmFile.ByteP()
			qw.b2 = byte(int32(c) + minQuarterword)
			prg.tfmFile.Get()
			d = *prg.tfmFile.ByteP()
			qw.b3 = byte(int32(d) + minQuarterword)
			*prg.fontInfo[k].qqqq() = qw
		}
		if int32(a) != 0 {
			{
				if int32(a) < int32(bc) || int32(a) > int32(ec) {
					goto badTfm
				}
			}
			qw = *prg.fontInfo[prg.charBase[f]+int32(a)].qqqq()
			if !(int32(qw.b0) > minQuarterword) {
				goto badTfm
			}
		}
		if int32(b) != 0 {
			{
				if int32(b) < int32(bc) || int32(b) > int32(ec) {
					goto badTfm
				}
			}
			qw = *prg.fontInfo[prg.charBase[f]+int32(b)].qqqq()
			if !(int32(qw.b0) > minQuarterword) {
				goto badTfm
			}
		}
		if int32(c) != 0 {
			{
				if int32(c) < int32(bc) || int32(c) > int32(ec) {
					goto badTfm
				}
			}
			qw = *prg.fontInfo[prg.charBase[f]+int32(c)].qqqq()
			if !(int32(qw.b0) > minQuarterword) {
				goto badTfm
			}
		}
		/*   */ {
			{
				if int32(d) < int32(bc) || int32(d) > int32(ec) {
					goto badTfm
				}
			}
			qw = *prg.fontInfo[prg.charBase[f]+int32(d)].qqqq()
			if !(int32(qw.b0) > minQuarterword) {
				goto badTfm
			}
		}
	}

	// Read font parameters
	{
		for ii := int32(1); ii <= int32(np); ii++ {
			k = fontIndex(ii)
			_ = k
			if int32(k) == 1 {
				prg.tfmFile.Get()
				sw = int32(*prg.tfmFile.ByteP())
				if sw > 127 {
					sw = sw - 256
				}
				prg.tfmFile.Get()
				sw = sw*0400 + int32(*prg.tfmFile.ByteP())
				prg.tfmFile.Get()
				sw = sw*0400 + int32(*prg.tfmFile.ByteP())
				prg.tfmFile.Get()
				*prg.fontInfo[prg.paramBase[f]].int() = sw*020 + int32(*prg.tfmFile.ByteP())/020
			} else {
				prg.tfmFile.Get()
				a = *prg.tfmFile.ByteP()
				prg.tfmFile.Get()
				b = *prg.tfmFile.ByteP()
				prg.tfmFile.Get()
				c = *prg.tfmFile.ByteP()
				prg.tfmFile.Get()
				d = *prg.tfmFile.ByteP()
				sw = ((int32(d)*z/0400+int32(c)*z)/0400 + int32(b)*z) / int32(beta)
				if int32(a) == 0 {
					*prg.fontInfo[prg.paramBase[f]+int32(k)-1].int() = sw
				} else if int32(a) == 255 {
					*prg.fontInfo[prg.paramBase[f]+int32(k)-1].int() = sw - alpha
				} else {
					goto badTfm
				}
			}
		}
		if prg.tfmFile.EOF() {
			goto badTfm
		}
		for ii := int32(np) + 1; ii <= 7; ii++ {
			k = fontIndex(ii)
			_ = k
			*prg.fontInfo[prg.paramBase[f]+int32(k)-1].int() = 0
		}
	}

	// Make final adjustments and |goto done|
	if int32(np) >= 7 {
		prg.fontParams[f] = np
	} else {
		prg.fontParams[f] = 7
	}
	prg.hyphenChar[f] = *prg.eqtb[intBase+defaultHyphenCharCode-1].int()
	prg.skewChar[f] = *prg.eqtb[intBase+defaultSkewCharCode-1].int()
	if bchLabel < int32(nl) {
		prg.bcharLabel[f] = uint16(bchLabel + prg.ligKernBase[f])
	} else {
		prg.bcharLabel[f] = uint16(nonAddress)
	}
	prg.fontBchar[f] = uint16(int32(bchar) + minQuarterword)
	prg.fontFalseBchar[f] = uint16(int32(bchar) + minQuarterword)
	if int32(bchar) <= int32(ec) {
		if int32(bchar) >= int32(bc) {
			qw = *prg.fontInfo[prg.charBase[f]+int32(bchar)].qqqq() // N.B.: not |qi(bchar)|
			if int32(qw.b0) > minQuarterword {
				prg.fontFalseBchar[f] = uint16(256 + minQuarterword)
			}
		}
	}
	prg.fontName[f] = nom
	prg.fontArea[f] = aire
	prg.fontBc[f] = byte(bc)
	prg.fontEc[f] = byte(ec)
	prg.fontGlue[f] = 0
	prg.charBase[f] = prg.charBase[f] - minQuarterword
	prg.widthBase[f] = prg.widthBase[f] - minQuarterword
	prg.ligKernBase[f] = prg.ligKernBase[f] - minQuarterword
	prg.kernBase[f] = prg.kernBase[f] - minQuarterword
	prg.extenBase[f] = prg.extenBase[f] - minQuarterword
	prg.paramBase[f] = prg.paramBase[f] - 1
	prg.fmemPtr = uint16(int32(prg.fmemPtr) + int32(lf))
	prg.fontPtr = f
	g = f
	goto done

badTfm:
	{
		if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
		}
		prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
		prg.print( /* "Font " */ 802)
	}
	prg.sprintCs(u)
	prg.printChar(asciiCode('='))
	prg.printFileName(int32(nom), int32(aire) /* "" */, 338)
	if s >= 0 {
		prg.print( /* " at " */ 741)
		prg.printScaled(s)
		prg.print( /* "pt" */ 397)
	} else if s != -1000 {
		prg.print( /* " scaled " */ 803)
		prg.printInt(-s)
	}
	// \xref[Font x=xx not loadable...]
	if fileOpened {
		prg.print( /* " not loadable: Bad metric (TFM) file" */ 804)
	} else {
		prg.print( /* " not loadable: Metric (TFM) file not found" */ 805)
	}
	{
		prg.helpPtr = 5
		prg.helpLine[4] = /* "I wasn't able to read the size data for this font," */ 806
		prg.helpLine[3] = /* "so I will ignore the font specification." */ 807
		prg.helpLine[2] = /* "[Wizards can fix TFM files using TFtoPL/PLtoTF.]" */ 808
		prg.helpLine[1] = /* "You might try inserting a different font spec;" */ 809
		prg.helpLine[0] = /* "e.g., type `I\\font<same font id>=<substitute font name>'." */ 810
	}
	prg.error1()

done:
	if fileOpened {
		prg.bClose(prg.tfmFile)
	}
	r = g
	return r
}

// 564.

// tangle:pos tex.web:10983:1:

// Note: A malformed \.[TFM] file might be shorter than it claims to be;
// thus |eof(tfm_file)| might be true when |read_font_info| refers to
// |tfm_file^| or when it says |get(tfm_file)|. If such circumstances
// cause system error messages, you will have to defeat them somehow,
// for example by defining |fget| to be `\ignorespaces|begin get(tfm_file);|
// |if eof(tfm_file) then abort; end|\unskip'.
// \xref[system dependencies]

// 581.

// tangle:pos tex.web:11293:1:

// When \TeX\ wants to typeset a character that doesn't exist, the
// character node is not created; thus the output routine can assume
// that characters exist when it sees them. The following procedure
// prints a warning message unless the user has suppressed it.
func (prg *prg) charWarning(f internalFontNumber, c eightBits) {
	if *prg.eqtb[intBase+tracingLostCharsCode-1].int() > 0 {
		prg.beginDiagnostic()
		prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "Missing character: There is no " */ 825))
		// \xref[Missing character]
		prg.print(int32(c))
		prg.print( /* " in font " */ 826)
		prg.slowPrint(int32(prg.fontName[f]))
		prg.printChar(asciiCode('!'))
		prg.endDiagnostic(false)
	}
}

// 582.

// tangle:pos tex.web:11308:1:

// Here is a function that returns a pointer to a character node for a
// given character in a given font. If that character doesn't exist,
// |null| is returned instead.
func (prg *prg) newCharacter(f internalFontNumber, c eightBits) (r halfword) {
	var (
		p halfword // newly allocated node
	)
	if int32(prg.fontBc[f]) <= int32(c) {
		if int32(prg.fontEc[f]) >= int32(c) {
			if int32((*prg.fontInfo[prg.charBase[f]+int32(c)+minQuarterword].qqqq()).b0) > minQuarterword {
				p = prg.getAvail()
				*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0() = f
				*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1() = byte(int32(c) + minQuarterword)
				r = p
				goto exit
			}
		}
	}
	prg.charWarning(f, c)
	r = 0

exit:
	;
	return r
}

// 583. \[31] Device-independent file format

// tangle:pos tex.web:11324:39:

// The most important output produced by a run of \TeX\ is the ``device
// independent'' (\.[DVI]) file that specifies where characters and rules
// are to appear on printed pages. The form of these files was designed by
// David R. Fuchs in 1979. Almost any reasonable typesetting device can be
// \xref[Fuchs, David Raymond]
// \xref[DVI_files][\.[DVI] files]
// driven by a program that takes \.[DVI] files as input, and dozens of such
// \.[DVI]-to-whatever programs have been written. Thus, it is possible to
// print the output of \TeX\ on many different kinds of equipment, using \TeX\
// as a device-independent ``front end.''
//
// A \.[DVI] file is a stream of 8-bit bytes, which may be regarded as a
// series of commands in a machine-like language. The first byte of each command
// is the operation code, and this code is followed by zero or more bytes
// that provide parameters to the command. The parameters themselves may consist
// of several consecutive bytes; for example, the `|set_rule|' command has two
// parameters, each of which is four bytes long. Parameters are usually
// regarded as nonnegative integers; but four-byte-long parameters,
// and shorter parameters that denote distances, can be
// either positive or negative. Such parameters are given in two's complement
// notation. For example, a two-byte-long distance parameter has a value between
// $-2^[15]$ and $2^[15]-1$. As in \.[TFM] files, numbers that occupy
// more than one byte position appear in BigEndian order.
//
// A \.[DVI] file consists of a ``preamble,'' followed by a sequence of one
// or more ``pages,'' followed by a ``postamble.'' The preamble is simply a
// |pre| command, with its parameters that define the dimensions used in the
// file; this must come first.  Each ``page'' consists of a |bop| command,
// followed by any number of other commands that tell where characters are to
// be placed on a physical page, followed by an |eop| command. The pages
// appear in the order that \TeX\ generated them. If we ignore |nop| commands
// and \\[fnt\_def] commands (which are allowed between any two commands in
// the file), each |eop| command is immediately followed by a |bop| command,
// or by a |post| command; in the latter case, there are no more pages in the
// file, and the remaining bytes form the postamble.  Further details about
// the postamble will be explained later.
//
// Some parameters in \.[DVI] commands are ``pointers.'' These are four-byte
// quantities that give the location number of some other byte in the file;
// the first byte is number~0, then comes number~1, and so on. For example,
// one of the parameters of a |bop| command points to the previous |bop|;
// this makes it feasible to read the pages in backwards order, in case the
// results are being directed to a device that stacks its output face up.
// Suppose the preamble of a \.[DVI] file occupies bytes 0 to 99. Now if the
// first page occupies bytes 100 to 999, say, and if the second
// page occupies bytes 1000 to 1999, then the |bop| that starts in byte 1000
// points to 100 and the |bop| that starts in byte 2000 points to 1000. (The
// very first |bop|, i.e., the one starting in byte 100, has a pointer of~$-1$.)

// 584.

// tangle:pos tex.web:11374:1:

// The \.[DVI] format is intended to be both compact and easily interpreted
// by a machine. Compactness is achieved by making most of the information
// implicit instead of explicit. When a \.[DVI]-reading program reads the
// commands for a page, it keeps track of several quantities: (a)~The current
// font |f| is an integer; this value is changed only
// by \\[fnt] and \\[fnt\_num] commands. (b)~The current position on the page
// is given by two numbers called the horizontal and vertical coordinates,
// |h| and |v|. Both coordinates are zero at the upper left corner of the page;
// moving to the right corresponds to increasing the horizontal coordinate, and
// moving down corresponds to increasing the vertical coordinate. Thus, the
// coordinates are essentially Cartesian, except that vertical directions are
// flipped; the Cartesian version of |(h,v)| would be |(h,-v)|.  (c)~The
// current spacing amounts are given by four numbers |w|, |x|, |y|, and |z|,
// where |w| and~|x| are used for horizontal spacing and where |y| and~|z|
// are used for vertical spacing. (d)~There is a stack containing
// |(h,v,w,x,y,z)| values; the \.[DVI] commands |push| and |pop| are used to
// change the current level of operation. Note that the current font~|f| is
// not pushed and popped; the stack contains only information about
// positioning.
//
// The values of |h|, |v|, |w|, |x|, |y|, and |z| are signed integers having up
// to 32 bits, including the sign. Since they represent physical distances,
// there is a small unit of measurement such that increasing |h| by~1 means
// moving a certain tiny distance to the right. The actual unit of
// measurement is variable, as explained below; \TeX\ sets things up so that
// its \.[DVI] output is in sp units, i.e., scaled points, in agreement with
// all the |scaled| dimensions in \TeX's data structures.

// 585.

// tangle:pos tex.web:11402:1:

// Here is a list of all the commands that may appear in a \.[DVI] file. Each
// command is specified by its symbolic name (e.g., |bop|), its opcode byte
// (e.g., 139), and its parameters (if any). The parameters are followed
// by a bracketed number telling how many bytes they occupy; for example,
// `|p[4]|' means that parameter |p| is four bytes long.
//
// \yskip\hang|set_char_0| 0. Typeset character number~0 from font~|f|
// such that the reference point of the character is at |(h,v)|. Then
// increase |h| by the width of that character. Note that a character may
// have zero or negative width, so one cannot be sure that |h| will advance
// after this command; but |h| usually does increase.
//
// \yskip\hang\\[set\_char\_1] through \\[set\_char\_127] (opcodes 1 to 127).
// Do the operations of |set_char_0|; but use the character whose number
// matches the opcode, instead of character~0.
//
// \yskip\hang|set1| 128 |c[1]|. Same as |set_char_0|, except that character
// number~|c| is typeset. \TeX82 uses this command for characters in the
// range |128<=c<256|.
//
// \yskip\hang| set2| 129 |c[2]|. Same as |set1|, except that |c|~is two
// bytes long, so it is in the range |0<=c<65536|. \TeX82 never uses this
// command, but it should come in handy for extensions of \TeX\ that deal
// with oriental languages.
// \xref[oriental characters]\xref[Chinese characters]\xref[Japanese characters]
//
// \yskip\hang| set3| 130 |c[3]|. Same as |set1|, except that |c|~is three
// bytes long, so it can be as large as $2^[24]-1$. Not even the Chinese
// language has this many characters, but this command might prove useful
// in some yet unforeseen extension.
//
// \yskip\hang| set4| 131 |c[4]|. Same as |set1|, except that |c|~is four
// bytes long. Imagine that.
//
// \yskip\hang|set_rule| 132 |a[4]| |b[4]|. Typeset a solid black rectangle
// of height~|a| and width~|b|, with its bottom left corner at |(h,v)|. Then
// set |h:=h+b|. If either |a<=0| or |b<=0|, nothing should be typeset. Note
// that if |b<0|, the value of |h| will decrease even though nothing else happens.
// See below for details about how to typeset rules so that consistency with
// \MF\ is guaranteed.
//
// \yskip\hang| put1| 133 |c[1]|. Typeset character number~|c| from font~|f|
// such that the reference point of the character is at |(h,v)|. (The `put'
// commands are exactly like the `set' commands, except that they simply put out a
// character or a rule without moving the reference point afterwards.)
//
// \yskip\hang| put2| 134 |c[2]|. Same as |set2|, except that |h| is not changed.
//
// \yskip\hang| put3| 135 |c[3]|. Same as |set3|, except that |h| is not changed.
//
// \yskip\hang| put4| 136 |c[4]|. Same as |set4|, except that |h| is not changed.
//
// \yskip\hang|put_rule| 137 |a[4]| |b[4]|. Same as |set_rule|, except that
// |h| is not changed.
//
// \yskip\hang|nop| 138. No operation, do nothing. Any number of |nop|'s
// may occur between \.[DVI] commands, but a |nop| cannot be inserted between
// a command and its parameters or between two parameters.
//
// \yskip\hang|bop| 139 $c_0[4]$ $c_1[4]$ $\ldots$ $c_9[4]$ $p[4]$. Beginning
// of a page: Set |(h,v,w,x,y,z):=(0,0,0,0,0,0)| and set the stack empty. Set
// the current font |f| to an undefined value.  The ten $c_i$ parameters hold
// the values of \.[\\count0] $\ldots$ \.[\\count9] in \TeX\ at the time
// \.[\\shipout] was invoked for this page; they can be used to identify
// pages, if a user wants to print only part of a \.[DVI] file. The parameter
// |p| points to the previous |bop| in the file; the first
// |bop| has $p=-1$.
//
// \yskip\hang|eop| 140.  End of page: Print what you have read since the
// previous |bop|. At this point the stack should be empty. (The \.[DVI]-reading
// programs that drive most output devices will have kept a buffer of the
// material that appears on the page that has just ended. This material is
// largely, but not entirely, in order by |v| coordinate and (for fixed |v|) by
// |h|~coordinate; so it usually needs to be sorted into some order that is
// appropriate for the device in question.)
//
// \yskip\hang|push| 141. Push the current values of |(h,v,w,x,y,z)| onto the
// top of the stack; do not change any of these values. Note that |f| is
// not pushed.
//
// \yskip\hang|pop| 142. Pop the top six values off of the stack and assign
// them respectively to |(h,v,w,x,y,z)|. The number of pops should never
// exceed the number of pushes, since it would be highly embarrassing if the
// stack were empty at the time of a |pop| command.
//
// \yskip\hang|right1| 143 |b[1]|. Set |h:=h+b|, i.e., move right |b| units.
// The parameter is a signed number in two's complement notation, |-128<=b<128|;
// if |b<0|, the reference point moves left.
//
// \yskip\hang| right2| 144 |b[2]|. Same as |right1|, except that |b| is a
// two-byte quantity in the range |-32768<=b<32768|.
//
// \yskip\hang| right3| 145 |b[3]|. Same as |right1|, except that |b| is a
// three-byte quantity in the range |$-2^[23]$<=b<$2^[23]$|.
//
// \yskip\hang| right4| 146 |b[4]|. Same as |right1|, except that |b| is a
// four-byte quantity in the range |$-2^[31]$<=b<$2^[31]$|.
//
// \yskip\hang|w0| 147. Set |h:=h+w|; i.e., move right |w| units. With luck,
// this parameterless command will usually suffice, because the same kind of motion
// will occur several times in succession; the following commands explain how
// |w| gets particular values.
//
// \yskip\hang|w1| 148 |b[1]|. Set |w:=b| and |h:=h+b|. The value of |b| is a
// signed quantity in two's complement notation, |-128<=b<128|. This command
// changes the current |w|~spacing and moves right by |b|.
//
// \yskip\hang| w2| 149 |b[2]|. Same as |w1|, but |b| is two bytes long,
// |-32768<=b<32768|.
//
// \yskip\hang| w3| 150 |b[3]|. Same as |w1|, but |b| is three bytes long,
// |$-2^[23]$<=b<$2^[23]$|.
//
// \yskip\hang| w4| 151 |b[4]|. Same as |w1|, but |b| is four bytes long,
// |$-2^[31]$<=b<$2^[31]$|.
//
// \yskip\hang|x0| 152. Set |h:=h+x|; i.e., move right |x| units. The `|x|'
// commands are like the `|w|' commands except that they involve |x| instead
// of |w|.
//
// \yskip\hang|x1| 153 |b[1]|. Set |x:=b| and |h:=h+b|. The value of |b| is a
// signed quantity in two's complement notation, |-128<=b<128|. This command
// changes the current |x|~spacing and moves right by |b|.
//
// \yskip\hang| x2| 154 |b[2]|. Same as |x1|, but |b| is two bytes long,
// |-32768<=b<32768|.
//
// \yskip\hang| x3| 155 |b[3]|. Same as |x1|, but |b| is three bytes long,
// |$-2^[23]$<=b<$2^[23]$|.
//
// \yskip\hang| x4| 156 |b[4]|. Same as |x1|, but |b| is four bytes long,
// |$-2^[31]$<=b<$2^[31]$|.
//
// \yskip\hang|down1| 157 |a[1]|. Set |v:=v+a|, i.e., move down |a| units.
// The parameter is a signed number in two's complement notation, |-128<=a<128|;
// if |a<0|, the reference point moves up.
//
// \yskip\hang| down2| 158 |a[2]|. Same as |down1|, except that |a| is a
// two-byte quantity in the range |-32768<=a<32768|.
//
// \yskip\hang| down3| 159 |a[3]|. Same as |down1|, except that |a| is a
// three-byte quantity in the range |$-2^[23]$<=a<$2^[23]$|.
//
// \yskip\hang| down4| 160 |a[4]|. Same as |down1|, except that |a| is a
// four-byte quantity in the range |$-2^[31]$<=a<$2^[31]$|.
//
// \yskip\hang|y0| 161. Set |v:=v+y|; i.e., move down |y| units. With luck,
// this parameterless command will usually suffice, because the same kind of motion
// will occur several times in succession; the following commands explain how
// |y| gets particular values.
//
// \yskip\hang|y1| 162 |a[1]|. Set |y:=a| and |v:=v+a|. The value of |a| is a
// signed quantity in two's complement notation, |-128<=a<128|. This command
// changes the current |y|~spacing and moves down by |a|.
//
// \yskip\hang| y2| 163 |a[2]|. Same as |y1|, but |a| is two bytes long,
// |-32768<=a<32768|.
//
// \yskip\hang| y3| 164 |a[3]|. Same as |y1|, but |a| is three bytes long,
// |$-2^[23]$<=a<$2^[23]$|.
//
// \yskip\hang| y4| 165 |a[4]|. Same as |y1|, but |a| is four bytes long,
// |$-2^[31]$<=a<$2^[31]$|.
//
// \yskip\hang|z0| 166. Set |v:=v+z|; i.e., move down |z| units. The `|z|' commands
// are like the `|y|' commands except that they involve |z| instead of |y|.
//
// \yskip\hang|z1| 167 |a[1]|. Set |z:=a| and |v:=v+a|. The value of |a| is a
// signed quantity in two's complement notation, |-128<=a<128|. This command
// changes the current |z|~spacing and moves down by |a|.
//
// \yskip\hang| z2| 168 |a[2]|. Same as |z1|, but |a| is two bytes long,
// |-32768<=a<32768|.
//
// \yskip\hang| z3| 169 |a[3]|. Same as |z1|, but |a| is three bytes long,
// |$-2^[23]$<=a<$2^[23]$|.
//
// \yskip\hang| z4| 170 |a[4]|. Same as |z1|, but |a| is four bytes long,
// |$-2^[31]$<=a<$2^[31]$|.
//
// \yskip\hang|fnt_num_0| 171. Set |f:=0|. Font 0 must previously have been
// defined by a \\[fnt\_def] instruction, as explained below.
//
// \yskip\hang\\[fnt\_num\_1] through \\[fnt\_num\_63] (opcodes 172 to 234). Set
// |f:=1|, \dots, \hbox[|f:=63|], respectively.
//
// \yskip\hang|fnt1| 235 |k[1]|. Set |f:=k|. \TeX82 uses this command for font
// numbers in the range |64<=k<256|.
//
// \yskip\hang| fnt2| 236 |k[2]|. Same as |fnt1|, except that |k|~is two
// bytes long, so it is in the range |0<=k<65536|. \TeX82 never generates this
// command, but large font numbers may prove useful for specifications of
// color or texture, or they may be used for special fonts that have fixed
// numbers in some external coding scheme.
//
// \yskip\hang| fnt3| 237 |k[3]|. Same as |fnt1|, except that |k|~is three
// bytes long, so it can be as large as $2^[24]-1$.
//
// \yskip\hang| fnt4| 238 |k[4]|. Same as |fnt1|, except that |k|~is four
// bytes long; this is for the really big font numbers (and for the negative ones).
//
// \yskip\hang|xxx1| 239 |k[1]| |x[k]|. This command is undefined in
// general; it functions as a $(k+2)$-byte |nop| unless special \.[DVI]-reading
// programs are being used. \TeX82 generates |xxx1| when a short enough
// \.[\\special] appears, setting |k| to the number of bytes being sent. It
// is recommended that |x| be a string having the form of a keyword followed
// by possible parameters relevant to that keyword.
//
// \yskip\hang| xxx2| 240 |k[2]| |x[k]|. Like |xxx1|, but |0<=k<65536|.
//
// \yskip\hang| xxx3| 241 |k[3]| |x[k]|. Like |xxx1|, but |0<=k<$2^[24]$|.
//
// \yskip\hang|xxx4| 242 |k[4]| |x[k]|. Like |xxx1|, but |k| can be ridiculously
// large. \TeX82 uses |xxx4| when sending a string of length 256 or more.
//
// \yskip\hang|fnt_def1| 243 |k[1]| |c[4]| |s[4]| |d[4]| |a[1]| |l[1]| |n[a+l]|.
// Define font |k|, where |0<=k<256|; font definitions will be explained shortly.
//
// \yskip\hang| fnt_def2| 244 |k[2]| |c[4]| |s[4]| |d[4]| |a[1]| |l[1]| |n[a+l]|.
// Define font |k|, where |0<=k<65536|.
//
// \yskip\hang| fnt_def3| 245 |k[3]| |c[4]| |s[4]| |d[4]| |a[1]| |l[1]| |n[a+l]|.
// Define font |k|, where |0<=k<$2^[24]$|.
//
// \yskip\hang| fnt_def4| 246 |k[4]| |c[4]| |s[4]| |d[4]| |a[1]| |l[1]| |n[a+l]|.
// Define font |k|, where |$-2^[31]$<=k<$2^[31]$|.
//
// \yskip\hang|pre| 247 |i[1]| |num[4]| |den[4]| |mag[4]| |k[1]| |x[k]|.
// Beginning of the preamble; this must come at the very beginning of the
// file. Parameters |i|, |num|, |den|, |mag|, |k|, and |x| are explained below.
//
// \yskip\hang|post| 248. Beginning of the postamble, see below.
//
// \yskip\hang|post_post| 249. Ending of the postamble, see below.
//
// \yskip\noindent Commands 250--255 are undefined at the present time.

// 586.

// 587.

// tangle:pos tex.web:11667:1:

// The preamble contains basic information about the file as a whole. As
// stated above, there are six parameters:
// $$\hbox[| i[1]| | num[4]| | den[4]| | mag[4]| | k[1]| | x[k]|.]$$
// The |i| byte identifies \.[DVI] format; currently this byte is always set
// to~2. (The value |i=3| is currently used for an extended format that
// allows a mixture of right-to-left and left-to-right typesetting.
// Some day we will set |i=4|, when \.[DVI] format makes another
// incompatible change---perhaps in the year 2048.)
//
// The next two parameters, |num| and |den|, are positive integers that define
// the units of measurement; they are the numerator and denominator of a
// fraction by which all dimensions in the \.[DVI] file could be multiplied
// in order to get lengths in units of $10^[-7]$ meters. Since $\rm 7227[pt] =
// 254[cm]$, and since \TeX\ works with scaled points where there are $2^[16]$
// sp in a point, \TeX\ sets
// $|num|/|den|=(254\cdot10^5)/(7227\cdot2^[16])=25400000/473628672$.
// \xref[sp]
//
// The |mag| parameter is what \TeX\ calls \.[\\mag], i.e., 1000 times the
// desired magnification. The actual fraction by which dimensions are
// multiplied is therefore $|mag|\cdot|num|/1000|den|$. Note that if a \TeX\
// source document does not call for any `\.[true]' dimensions, and if you
// change it only by specifying a different \.[\\mag] setting, the \.[DVI]
// file that \TeX\ creates will be completely unchanged except for the value
// of |mag| in the preamble and postamble. (Fancy \.[DVI]-reading programs allow
// users to override the |mag|~setting when a \.[DVI] file is being printed.)
//
// Finally, |k| and |x| allow the \.[DVI] writer to include a comment, which is not
// interpreted further. The length of comment |x| is |k|, where |0<=k<256|.

// 588.

// tangle:pos tex.web:11699:1:

// Font definitions for a given font number |k| contain further parameters
// $$\hbox[|c[4]| |s[4]| |d[4]| |a[1]| |l[1]| |n[a+l]|.]$$
// The four-byte value |c| is the check sum that \TeX\ found in the \.[TFM]
// file for this font; |c| should match the check sum of the font found by
// programs that read this \.[DVI] file.
// \xref[check sum]
//
// Parameter |s| contains a fixed-point scale factor that is applied to
// the character widths in font |k|; font dimensions in \.[TFM] files and
// other font files are relative to this quantity, which is called the
// ``at size'' elsewhere in this documentation. The value of |s| is
// always positive and less than $2^[27]$. It is given in the same units
// as the other \.[DVI] dimensions, i.e., in sp when \TeX82 has made the
// file.  Parameter |d| is similar to |s|; it is the ``design size,'' and
// (like~|s|) it is given in \.[DVI] units. Thus, font |k| is to be used
// at $|mag|\cdot s/1000d$ times its normal size.
//
// The remaining part of a font definition gives the external name of the font,
// which is an ASCII string of length |a+l|. The number |a| is the length
// of the ``area'' or directory, and |l| is the length of the font name itself;
// the standard local system font area is supposed to be used when |a=0|.
// The |n| field contains the area in its first |a| bytes.
//
// Font definitions must appear before the first use of a particular font number.
// Once font |k| is defined, it must not be defined again; however, we
// shall see below that font definitions appear in the postamble as well as
// in the pages, so in this sense each font number is defined exactly twice,
// if at all. Like |nop| commands, font definitions can
// appear before the first |bop|, or between an |eop| and a |bop|.

// 589.

// tangle:pos tex.web:11729:1:

// Sometimes it is desirable to make horizontal or vertical rules line up
// precisely with certain features in characters of a font. It is possible to
// guarantee the correct matching between \.[DVI] output and the characters
// generated by \MF\ by adhering to the following principles: (1)~The \MF\
// characters should be positioned so that a bottom edge or left edge that is
// supposed to line up with the bottom or left edge of a rule appears at the
// reference point, i.e., in row~0 and column~0 of the \MF\ raster. This
// ensures that the position of the rule will not be rounded differently when
// the pixel size is not a perfect multiple of the units of measurement in
// the \.[DVI] file. (2)~A typeset rule of height $a>0$ and width $b>0$
// should be equivalent to a \MF-generated character having black pixels in
// precisely those raster positions whose \MF\ coordinates satisfy
// |0<=x<$\alpha$b| and |0<=y<$\alpha$a|, where $\alpha$ is the number
// of pixels per \.[DVI] unit.
// \xref[METAFONT][\MF]
// \xref[alignment of rules with characters]
// \xref[rules aligning with characters]

// 590.

// tangle:pos tex.web:11747:1:

// The last page in a \.[DVI] file is followed by `|post|'; this command
// introduces the postamble, which summarizes important facts that \TeX\ has
// accumulated about the file, making it possible to print subsets of the data
// with reasonable efficiency. The postamble has the form
// $$\vbox[\halign[\hbox[#\hfil]\cr
//   |post| |p[4]| |num[4]| |den[4]| |mag[4]| |l[4]| |u[4]| |s[2]| |t[2]|\cr
//   $\langle\,$font definitions$\,\rangle$\cr
//   |post_post| |q[4]| |i[1]| 223's$[[\G]4]$\cr]]$$
// Here |p| is a pointer to the final |bop| in the file. The next three
// parameters, |num|, |den|, and |mag|, are duplicates of the quantities that
// appeared in the preamble.
//
// Parameters |l| and |u| give respectively the height-plus-depth of the tallest
// page and the width of the widest page, in the same units as other dimensions
// of the file. These numbers might be used by a \.[DVI]-reading program to
// position individual ``pages'' on large sheets of film or paper; however,
// the standard convention for output on normal size paper is to position each
// page so that the upper left-hand corner is exactly one inch from the left
// and the top. Experience has shown that it is unwise to design \.[DVI]-to-printer
// software that attempts cleverly to center the output; a fixed position of
// the upper left corner is easiest for users to understand and to work with.
// Therefore |l| and~|u| are often ignored.
//
// Parameter |s| is the maximum stack depth (i.e., the largest excess of
// |push| commands over |pop| commands) needed to process this file. Then
// comes |t|, the total number of pages (|bop| commands) present.
//
// The postamble continues with font definitions, which are any number of
// \\[fnt\_def] commands as described above, possibly interspersed with |nop|
// commands. Each font number that is used in the \.[DVI] file must be defined
// exactly twice: Once before it is first selected by a \\[fnt] command, and once
// in the postamble.

// 591.

// tangle:pos tex.web:11780:1:

// The last part of the postamble, following the |post_post| byte that
// signifies the end of the font definitions, contains |q|, a pointer to the
// |post| command that started the postamble.  An identification byte, |i|,
// comes next; this currently equals~2, as in the preamble.
//
// The |i| byte is followed by four or more bytes that are all equal to
// the decimal number 223 (i.e., @'337 in octal). \TeX\ puts out four to seven of
// these trailing bytes, until the total length of the file is a multiple of
// four bytes, since this works out best on machines that pack four bytes per
// word; but any number of 223's is allowed, as long as there are at least four
// of them. In effect, 223 is a sort of signature that is added at the very end.
// \xref[Fuchs, David Raymond]
//
// This curious way to finish off a \.[DVI] file makes it feasible for
// \.[DVI]-reading programs to find the postamble first, on most computers,
// even though \TeX\ wants to write the postamble last. Most operating
// systems permit random access to individual words or bytes of a file, so
// the \.[DVI] reader can start at the end and skip backwards over the 223's
// until finding the identification byte. Then it can back up four bytes, read
// |q|, and move to byte |q| of the file. This byte should, of course,
// contain the value 248 (|post|); now the postamble can be read, so the
// \.[DVI] reader can discover all the information needed for typesetting the
// pages. Note that it is also possible to skip through the \.[DVI] file at
// reasonably high speed to locate a particular page, if that proves
// desirable. This saves a lot of time, since \.[DVI] files used in production
// jobs tend to be large.
//
// Unfortunately, however, standard \PASCAL\ does not include the ability to
// \xref[system dependencies]
// access a random position in a file, or even to determine the length of a file.
// Almost all systems nowadays provide the necessary capabilities, so \.[DVI]
// format has been designed to work most efficiently with modern operating systems.
// But if \.[DVI] files have to be processed under the restrictions of standard
// \PASCAL, one can simply read them from front to back, since the necessary
// header information is present in the preamble and in the font definitions.
// (The |l| and |u| and |s| and |t| parameters, which appear only in the
// postamble, are ``frills'' that are handy but not absolutely necessary.)

// 597.

// tangle:pos tex.web:11911:1:

// The actual output of |dvi_buf[a..b]| to |dvi_file| is performed by calling
// |write_dvi(a,b)|. For best results, this procedure should be optimized to
// run as fast as possible on each particular system, since it is part of
// \TeX's inner loop. It is safe to assume that |a| and |b+1| will both be
// multiples of 4 when |write_dvi(a,b)| is called; therefore it is possible on
// many machines to use efficient methods to pack four bytes per word and to
// output an array of words with one system call.
// \xref[system dependencies]
// \xref[inner loop]
// \xref[defecation]
func (prg *prg) writeDvi(a, b dviIndex) {
	var (
		k dviIndex
	)
	for ii := int32(a); ii <= int32(b); ii++ {
		k = dviIndex(ii)
		_ = k
		prg.dviFile.Write(prg.dviBuf[k])
	}
}

// 598.

// tangle:pos tex.web:11927:1:

// To put a byte in the buffer without paying the cost of invoking a procedure
// each time, we use the macro |dvi_out|.
func (prg *prg) dviSwap() {
	if int32(prg.dviLimit) == dviBufSize {
		prg.writeDvi(dviIndex(0), dviIndex(int32(prg.halfBuf)-1))
		prg.dviLimit = prg.halfBuf
		prg.dviOffset = prg.dviOffset + dviBufSize
		prg.dviPtr = 0
	} else {
		prg.writeDvi(prg.halfBuf, dviIndex(dviBufSize-1))
		prg.dviLimit = uint16(dviBufSize)
	}
	prg.dviGone = prg.dviGone + int32(prg.halfBuf)
}

// 600.

// tangle:pos tex.web:11951:1:

// The |dvi_four| procedure outputs four bytes in two's complement notation,
// without risking arithmetic overflow.
func (prg *prg) dviFour(x int32) {
	if x >= 0 {
		prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(x / 0100000000)
		prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
		if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
			prg.dviSwap()
		}
	} else {
		x = x + 010000000000
		x = x + 010000000000
		{
			prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(x/0100000000 + 128)
			prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
			if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
				prg.dviSwap()
			}
		}
	}
	x = x % 0100000000
	{
		prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(x / 0200000)
		prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
		if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
			prg.dviSwap()
		}
	}
	x = x % 0200000
	{
		prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(x / 0400)
		prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
		if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
			prg.dviSwap()
		}
	}
	{
		prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(x % 0400)
		prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
		if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
			prg.dviSwap()
		}
	}
}

// 601.

// tangle:pos tex.web:11965:1:

// A mild optimization of the output is performed by the |dvi_pop|
// routine, which issues a |pop| unless it is possible to cancel a
// `|push| |pop|' pair. The parameter to |dvi_pop| is the byte address
// following the old |push| that matches the new |pop|.
func (prg *prg) dviPop(l int32) {
	if l == prg.dviOffset+int32(prg.dviPtr) && int32(prg.dviPtr) > 0 {
		prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) - 1)
	} else {
		prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(pop)
		prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
		if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
			prg.dviSwap()
		}
	}
}

// 602.

// tangle:pos tex.web:11975:1:

// Here's a procedure that outputs a font definition. Since \TeX82 uses at
// most 256 different fonts per job, |fnt_def1| is always used as the command code.
func (prg *prg) dviFontDef(f internalFontNumber) {
	var (
		k poolPointer // index into |str_pool|
	)
	{
		prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(fntDef1)
		prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
		if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
			prg.dviSwap()
		}
	}
	{
		prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(int32(f) - fontBase - 1)
		prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
		if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
			prg.dviSwap()
		}
	}

	{
		prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(int32(prg.fontCheck[f].b0) - minQuarterword)
		prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
		if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
			prg.dviSwap()
		}
	}
	{
		prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(int32(prg.fontCheck[f].b1) - minQuarterword)
		prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
		if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
			prg.dviSwap()
		}
	}
	{
		prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(int32(prg.fontCheck[f].b2) - minQuarterword)
		prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
		if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
			prg.dviSwap()
		}
	}
	{
		prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(int32(prg.fontCheck[f].b3) - minQuarterword)
		prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
		if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
			prg.dviSwap()
		}
	}

	prg.dviFour(prg.fontSize[f])
	prg.dviFour(prg.fontDsize[f])

	{
		prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(int32(prg.strStart[int32(prg.fontArea[f])+1]) - int32(prg.strStart[prg.fontArea[f]]))
		prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
		if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
			prg.dviSwap()
		}
	}
	{
		prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(int32(prg.strStart[int32(prg.fontName[f])+1]) - int32(prg.strStart[prg.fontName[f]]))
		prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
		if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
			prg.dviSwap()
		}
	}

	// Output the font name whose internal number is |f|
	for ii := int32(prg.strStart[prg.fontArea[f]]); ii <= int32(prg.strStart[int32(prg.fontArea[f])+1])-1; ii++ {
		k = poolPointer(ii)
		_ = k
		prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = prg.strPool[k]
		prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
		if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
			prg.dviSwap()
		}
	}
	for ii := int32(prg.strStart[prg.fontName[f]]); ii <= int32(prg.strStart[int32(prg.fontName[f])+1])-1; ii++ {
		k = poolPointer(ii)
		_ = k
		prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = prg.strPool[k]
		prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
		if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
			prg.dviSwap()
		}
	}
}

// 604.

// tangle:pos tex.web:11999:1:

// Versions of \TeX\ intended for small computers might well choose to omit
// the ideas in the next few parts of this program, since it is not really
// necessary to optimize the \.[DVI] code by making use of the |w0|, |x0|,
// |y0|, and |z0| commands. Furthermore, the algorithm that we are about to
// describe does not pretend to give an optimum reduction in the length
// of the \.[DVI] code; after all, speed is more important than compactness.
// But the method is surprisingly effective, and it takes comparatively little
// time.
//
// We can best understand the basic idea by first considering a simpler problem
// that has the same essential characteristics. Given a sequence of digits,
// say $3\,1\,4\,1\,5\,9\,2\,6\,5\,3\,5\,8\,9$, we want to assign subscripts
// $d$, $y$, or $z$ to each digit so as to maximize the number of ``$y$-hits''
// and ``$z$-hits''; a $y$-hit is an instance of two appearances of the same
// digit with the subscript $y$, where no $y$'s intervene between the two
// appearances, and a $z$-hit is defined similarly. For example, the sequence
// above could be decorated with subscripts as follows:
// $$3_z\,1_y\,4_d\,1_y\,5_y\,9_d\,2_d\,6_d\,5_y\,3_z\,5_y\,8_d\,9_d.$$
// There are three $y$-hits ($1_y\ldots1_y$ and $5_y\ldots5_y\ldots5_y$) and
// one $z$-hit ($3_z\ldots3_z$); there are no $d$-hits, since the two appearances
// of $9_d$ have $d$'s between them, but we don't count $d$-hits so it doesn't
// matter how many there are. These subscripts are analogous to the \.[DVI]
// commands called \\[down], $y$, and $z$, and the digits are analogous to
// different amounts of vertical motion; a $y$-hit or $z$-hit corresponds to
// the opportunity to use the one-byte commands |y0| or |z0| in a \.[DVI] file.
//
// \TeX's method of assigning subscripts works like this: Append a new digit,
// say $\delta$, to the right of the sequence. Now look back through the
// sequence until one of the following things happens: (a)~You see
// $\delta_y$ or $\delta_z$, and this was the first time you encountered a
// $y$ or $z$ subscript, respectively.  Then assign $y$ or $z$ to the new
// $\delta$; you have scored a hit. (b)~You see $\delta_d$, and no $y$
// subscripts have been encountered so far during this search.  Then change
// the previous $\delta_d$ to $\delta_y$ (this corresponds to changing a
// command in the output buffer), and assign $y$ to the new $\delta$; it's
// another hit.  (c)~You see $\delta_d$, and a $y$ subscript has been seen
// but not a $z$.  Change the previous $\delta_d$ to $\delta_z$ and assign
// $z$ to the new $\delta$. (d)~You encounter both $y$ and $z$ subscripts
// before encountering a suitable $\delta$, or you scan all the way to the
// front of the sequence. Assign $d$ to the new $\delta$; this assignment may
// be changed later.
//
// The subscripts $3_z\,1_y\,4_d\ldots\,$ in the example above were, in fact,
// produced by this procedure, as the reader can verify. (Go ahead and try it.)

// 607.

// tangle:pos tex.web:12066:1:

// Here is a subroutine that produces a \.[DVI] command for some specified
// downward or rightward motion. It has two parameters: |w| is the amount
// of motion, and |o| is either |down1| or |right1|. We use the fact that
// the command codes have convenient arithmetic properties: |y1-down1=w1-right1|
// and |z1-down1=x1-right1|.
func (prg *prg) movement(w scaled, o eightBits) {
	var (
		mstate smallNumber // have we seen a |y| or |z|?
		p, q   halfword    // current and top nodes on the stack
		k      int32       // index into |dvi_buf|, modulo |dvi_buf_size|
	)
	q = prg.getNode(movementNodeSize) // new node for the top of the stack
	*prg.mem[int32(q)+widthOffset].int() = w
	*prg.mem[int32(q)+2].int() = prg.dviOffset + int32(prg.dviPtr)
	if int32(o) == down1 {
		*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = prg.downPtr
		prg.downPtr = q
	} else {
		*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = prg.rightPtr
		prg.rightPtr = q
	}

	// Look at the other stack entries until deciding what sort of \.[DVI] command to generate; |goto found| if node |p| is a “hit”
	p = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()
	mstate = byte(noneSeen)
	for int32(p) != 0 {
		if *prg.mem[int32(p)+widthOffset].int() == w {
			switch int32(mstate) + int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh()) {
			case noneSeen + 3, noneSeen + 4, zSeen + 3, zSeen + 4: //

				if *prg.mem[int32(p)+2].int() < prg.dviGone {
					goto notFound
				} else {
					// Change buffered instruction to |y| or |w| and |goto found|
					k = *prg.mem[int32(p)+2].int() - prg.dviOffset
					if k < 0 {
						k = k + dviBufSize
					}
					prg.dviBuf[k] = byte(int32(prg.dviBuf[k]) + y1 - down1)
					*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh() = uint16(yHere)
					goto found
				}

			case noneSeen + 5, ySeen + 3, ySeen + 5: //

				if *prg.mem[int32(p)+2].int() < prg.dviGone {
					goto notFound
				} else {
					// Change buffered instruction to |z| or |x| and |goto found|
					k = *prg.mem[int32(p)+2].int() - prg.dviOffset
					if k < 0 {
						k = k + dviBufSize
					}
					prg.dviBuf[k] = byte(int32(prg.dviBuf[k]) + z1 - down1)
					*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh() = uint16(zHere)
					goto found
				}

			case noneSeen + 1, noneSeen + 2, ySeen + 2, zSeen + 1:
				goto found

			default:
			}
		} else {
			switch int32(mstate) + int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh()) {
			case noneSeen + 1:
				mstate = byte(ySeen)
			case noneSeen + 2:
				mstate = byte(zSeen)
			case ySeen + 2, zSeen + 1:
				goto notFound

			default:
			}
		}
		p = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
	}

notFound:
	;

	// Generate a |down| or |right| command for |w| and |return|
	*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh() = uint16(yzOk)
	if abs(w) >= 040000000 {
		{
			prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(int32(o) + 3)
			prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
			if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
				prg.dviSwap()
			}
		} // |down4| or |right4|
		prg.dviFour(w)
		goto exit
	}
	if abs(w) >= 0100000 {
		{
			prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(int32(o) + 2)
			prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
			if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
				prg.dviSwap()
			}
		} // |down3| or |right3|
		if w < 0 {
			w = w + 0100000000
		}
		{
			prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(w / 0200000)
			prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
			if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
				prg.dviSwap()
			}
		}
		w = w % 0200000
		goto _2
	}
	if abs(w) >= 0200 {
		{
			prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(int32(o) + 1)
			prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
			if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
				prg.dviSwap()
			}
		} // |down2| or |right2|
		if w < 0 {
			w = w + 0200000
		}

		goto _2
	}
	{
		prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = o
		prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
		if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
			prg.dviSwap()
		}
	} // |down1| or |right1|
	if w < 0 {
		w = w + 0400
	}

	goto _1
_2:
	{
		prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(w / 0400)
		prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
		if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
			prg.dviSwap()
		}
	}
_1:
	{
		prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(w % 0400)
		prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
		if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
			prg.dviSwap()
		}
	}
	goto exit

found:
	*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh() = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh()
	if int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh()) == yHere {
		{
			prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(int32(o) + y0 - down1)
			prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
			if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
				prg.dviSwap()
			}
		} // |y0| or |w0|
		for int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()) != int32(p) {
			q = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()
			switch *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh() {
			case yzOk:
				*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh() = uint16(zOk)
			case yOk:
				*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh() = uint16(dFixed)

			default:
			}
		}
	} else {
		{
			prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(int32(o) + z0 - down1)
			prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
			if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
				prg.dviSwap()
			}
		} // |z0| or |x0|
		for int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()) != int32(p) {
			q = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()
			switch *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh() {
			case yzOk:
				*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh() = uint16(yOk)
			case zOk:
				*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh() = uint16(dFixed)

			default:
			}
		}
	}

exit:
}

// 608.

// tangle:pos tex.web:12091:1:

// The |info| fields in the entries of the down stack or the right stack
// have six possible settings: |y_here| or |z_here| mean that the \.[DVI]
// command refers to |y| or |z|, respectively (or to |w| or |x|, in the
// case of horizontal motion); |yz_OK| means that the \.[DVI] command is
// \\[down] (or \\[right]) but can be changed to either |y| or |z| (or
// to either |w| or |x|); |y_OK| means that it is \\[down] and can be changed
// to |y| but not |z|; |z_OK| is similar; and |d_fixed| means it must stay
// \\[down].
//
// The four settings |yz_OK|, |y_OK|, |z_OK|, |d_fixed| would not need to
// be distinguished from each other if we were simply solving the
// digit-subscripting problem mentioned above. But in \TeX's case there is
// a complication because of the nested structure of |push| and |pop|
// commands. Suppose we add parentheses to the digit-subscripting problem,
// redefining hits so that $\delta_y\ldots \delta_y$ is a hit if all $y$'s between
// the $\delta$'s are enclosed in properly nested parentheses, and if the
// parenthesis level of the right-hand $\delta_y$ is deeper than or equal to
// that of the left-hand one. Thus, `(' and `)' correspond to `|push|'
// and `|pop|'. Now if we want to assign a subscript to the final 1 in the
// sequence
// $$2_y\,7_d\,1_d\,(\,8_z\,2_y\,8_z\,)\,1$$
// we cannot change the previous $1_d$ to $1_y$, since that would invalidate
// the $2_y\ldots2_y$ hit. But we can change it to $1_z$, scoring a hit
// since the intervening $8_z$'s are enclosed in parentheses.
//
// The program below removes movement nodes that are introduced after a |push|,
// before it outputs the corresponding |pop|.

// 615.

// tangle:pos tex.web:12233:1:

// In case you are wondering when all the movement nodes are removed from
// \TeX's memory, the answer is that they are recycled just before
// |hlist_out| and |vlist_out| finish outputting a box. This restores the
// down and right stacks to the state they were in before the box was output,
// except that some |info|'s may have become more restrictive.
func (prg *prg) pruneMovements(l int32) {
	var (
		p halfword // node being deleted
	)
	for int32(prg.downPtr) != 0 {
		if *prg.mem[int32(prg.downPtr)+2].int() < l {
			goto done
		}
		p = prg.downPtr
		prg.downPtr = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
		prg.freeNode(p, halfword(movementNodeSize))
	}

done:
	for int32(prg.rightPtr) != 0 {
		if *prg.mem[int32(prg.rightPtr)+2].int() < l {
			goto exit
		}
		p = prg.rightPtr
		prg.rightPtr = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
		prg.freeNode(p, halfword(movementNodeSize))
	}

exit:
} // |hlist_out| and |vlist_out| are mutually
//   recursive

// 619.

// tangle:pos tex.web:12319:1:

// The recursive procedures |hlist_out| and |vlist_out| each have local variables
// |save_h| and |save_v| to hold the values of |dvi_h| and |dvi_v| just before
// entering a new level of recursion.  In effect, the values of |save_h| and
// |save_v| on \TeX's run-time stack correspond to the values of |h| and |v|
// that a \.[DVI]-reading program will push onto its coordinate stack.
// \4
// Declare procedures needed in |hlist_out|, |vlist_out|
func (prg *prg) specialOut(p halfword) {
	var (
		oldSetting/* 0..maxSelector */ byte             // holds print |selector|
		k                                   poolPointer // index into |str_pool|
	)
	if prg.curH != prg.dviH {
		prg.movement(prg.curH-prg.dviH, eightBits(right1))
		prg.dviH = prg.curH
	}
	if prg.curV != prg.dviV {
		prg.movement(prg.curV-prg.dviV, eightBits(down1))
		prg.dviV = prg.curV
	}

	oldSetting = prg.selector
	prg.selector = byte(newString)
	prg.showTokenList(int32(*(*prg.mem[*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).rh()].hh()).rh()), 0, poolSize-int32(prg.poolPtr))
	prg.selector = oldSetting
	{
		if int32(prg.poolPtr)+1 > poolSize {
			prg.overflow(strNumber( /* "pool size" */ 257), poolSize-int32(prg.initPoolPtr))
		} /* \xref[TeX capacity exceeded pool size][\quad pool size]  */
	}
	if int32(prg.poolPtr)-int32(prg.strStart[prg.strPtr]) < 256 {
		{
			prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(xxx1)
			prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
			if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
				prg.dviSwap()
			}
		}
		{
			prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(int32(prg.poolPtr) - int32(prg.strStart[prg.strPtr]))
			prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
			if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
				prg.dviSwap()
			}
		}
	} else {
		{
			prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(xxx4)
			prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
			if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
				prg.dviSwap()
			}
		}
		prg.dviFour(int32(prg.poolPtr) - int32(prg.strStart[prg.strPtr]))
	}
	for ii := int32(prg.strStart[prg.strPtr]); ii <= int32(prg.poolPtr)-1; ii++ {
		k = poolPointer(ii)
		_ = k
		prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = prg.strPool[k]
		prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
		if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
			prg.dviSwap()
		}
	}
	prg.poolPtr = prg.strStart[prg.strPtr] // erase the string
}

func (prg *prg) writeOut(p halfword) {
	var (
		oldSetting/* 0..maxSelector */ byte             // holds print |selector|
		oldMode                             int32       // saved |mode|
		j                                   smallNumber // write stream number
		q, r1                               halfword    // temporary variables for list manipulation
	)
	q = prg.getAvail()
	*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh() = uint16(rightBraceToken + '}')

	r1 = prg.getAvail()
	*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = r1
	*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).lh() = uint16(07777 + endWrite)
	prg.beginTokenList(q, quarterword(inserted))

	prg.beginTokenList(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).rh(), quarterword(writeText))

	q = prg.getAvail()
	*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh() = uint16(leftBraceToken + '{')
	prg.beginTokenList(q, quarterword(inserted))
	// now we're ready to scan
	//   `\.\[$\langle\,$token list$\,\rangle$\.[\] \\endwrite]'

	oldMode = int32(prg.curList.modeField)
	prg.curList.modeField = 0
	// disable \.[\\prevdepth], \.[\\spacefactor], \.[\\lastskip], \.[\\prevgraf]
	prg.curCs = prg.writeLoc
	q = prg.scanToks(false, true) // expand macros, etc.
	prg.getToken()
	if int32(prg.curTok) != 07777+endWrite {
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			}
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
			prg.print( /* "Unbalanced write command" */ 1297)
		}
		// \xref[Unbalanced write...]
		{
			prg.helpPtr = 2
			prg.helpLine[1] = /* "On this page there's a \\write with fewer real ['s than ]'s." */ 1298
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "I can't handle that very well; good luck." */ 1012
		}
		prg.error1()
		for {
			prg.getToken()
			if int32(prg.curTok) == 07777+endWrite {
				break
			}
		}
	}
	prg.curList.modeField = int16(oldMode)
	prg.endTokenList()
	oldSetting = prg.selector
	j = byte(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).lh())
	if prg.writeOpen[j] {
		prg.selector = j
	} else {
		if int32(j) == 17 && int32(prg.selector) == termAndLog {
			prg.selector = byte(logOnly)
		}
		prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "" */ 338))
	}
	prg.tokenShow(prg.defRef)
	prg.printLn()
	prg.flushList(prg.defRef)
	prg.selector = oldSetting
}

func (prg *prg) outWhat(p halfword) {
	var (
		j smallNumber // write stream number
	)
	switch *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1() {
	case openNode, writeNode, closeNode:
		// Do some work that has been queued up for \.[\\write]
		if !prg.doingLeaders {
			j = byte(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).lh())
			if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()) == writeNode {
				prg.writeOut(p)
			} else {
				if prg.writeOpen[j] {
					prg.aClose(prg.writeFile[j])
				}
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()) == closeNode {
					prg.writeOpen[j] = false
				} else if int32(j) < 16 {
					prg.curName = *(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).rh()
					prg.curArea = *(*prg.mem[int32(p)+2].hh()).lh()
					prg.curExt = *(*prg.mem[int32(p)+2].hh()).rh()
					if int32(prg.curExt) == 338 {
						prg.curExt = /* ".tex" */ 791
					}
					prg.packFileName(prg.curName, prg.curArea, prg.curExt)
					for !prg.aOpenOut(prg.writeFile[j]) {
						prg.promptFileName(strNumber( /* "output file name" */ 1300), strNumber( /* ".tex" */ 791))
					}
					prg.writeOpen[j] = true
				}
			}
		}

	case specialNode:
		prg.specialOut(p)
	case languageNode:

	default:
		prg.confusion(strNumber( /* "ext4" */ 1299))
		// \xref[this can't happen ext4][\quad ext4]
	}
}

//

func (prg *prg) hlistOut() {
	var (
		baseLine                          scaled   // the baseline coordinate for this box
		leftEdge                          scaled   // the left coordinate for this box
		saveH, saveV                      scaled   // what |dvi_h| and |dvi_v| should pop to
		thisBox                           halfword // pointer to containing box
		gOrder                            glueOrd  // applicable order of infinity for glue
		gSign/* normal..shrinking */ byte          // selects type of glue
		p                                 halfword // current position in the hlist
		saveLoc                           int32    // \.[DVI] byte location upon entry
		leaderBox                         halfword // the leader box being replicated
		leaderWd                          scaled   // width of leader box being replicated
		lx                                scaled   // extra space between leader boxes
		outerDoingLeaders                 bool     // were we doing leaders?
		edge                              scaled   // left edge of sub-box, or right edge of leader space
		glueTemp                          float64  // glue value before rounding
		curGlue                           float64  // glue seen so far
		curG                              scaled   // rounded equivalent of |cur_glue| times the glue ratio
	)
	curG = 0
	curGlue = 0.0
	thisBox = prg.tempPtr
	gOrder = *(*prg.mem[int32(thisBox)+listOffset].hh()).b1()
	gSign = *(*prg.mem[int32(thisBox)+listOffset].hh()).b0()
	p = *(*prg.mem[int32(thisBox)+listOffset].hh()).rh()
	prg.curS = prg.curS + 1
	if prg.curS > 0 {
		prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(push)
		prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
		if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
			prg.dviSwap()
		}
	}
	if prg.curS > prg.maxPush {
		prg.maxPush = prg.curS
	}
	saveLoc = prg.dviOffset + int32(prg.dviPtr)
	baseLine = prg.curV
	leftEdge = prg.curH
	for int32(p) != 0 {
		// Output node |p| for |hlist_out| and move to the next node, maintaining the condition |cur_v=base_line|

		// Output node |p| for |hlist_out| and move to the next node, maintaining the condition |cur_v=base_line|
	reswitch:
		if int32(p) >= int32(prg.hiMemMin) {
			if prg.curH != prg.dviH {
				prg.movement(prg.curH-prg.dviH, eightBits(right1))
				prg.dviH = prg.curH
			}
			if prg.curV != prg.dviV {
				prg.movement(prg.curV-prg.dviV, eightBits(down1))
				prg.dviV = prg.curV
			}
			for {
				prg.f = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()
				prg.c = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()
				if int32(prg.f) != int32(prg.dviF) {
					if !prg.fontUsed[prg.f] {
						prg.dviFontDef(prg.f)
						prg.fontUsed[prg.f] = true
					}
					if int32(prg.f) <= 64+fontBase {
						prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(int32(prg.f) - fontBase - 1 + fntNum0)
						prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
						if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
							prg.dviSwap()
						}
					} else {
						{
							prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(fnt1)
							prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
							if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
								prg.dviSwap()
							}
						}
						{
							prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(int32(prg.f) - fontBase - 1)
							prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
							if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
								prg.dviSwap()
							}
						}
					}
					prg.dviF = prg.f
				}
				if int32(prg.c) >= 128+minQuarterword {
					prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(set1)
					prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
					if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
						prg.dviSwap()
					}
				}
				{
					prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(int32(prg.c) - minQuarterword)
					prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
					if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
						prg.dviSwap()
					}
				}

				prg.curH = prg.curH + *prg.fontInfo[prg.widthBase[prg.f]+int32((*prg.fontInfo[prg.charBase[prg.f]+int32(prg.c)].qqqq()).b0)].int()
				p = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
				if !(int32(p) >= int32(prg.hiMemMin)) {
					break
				}
			}
			prg.dviH = prg.curH
		} else {
			// Output the non-|char_node| |p| for |hlist_out| and move to the next node
			switch *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0() {
			case hlistNode, vlistNode:
				// Output a box in an hlist
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+listOffset].hh()).rh()) == 0 {
					prg.curH = prg.curH + *prg.mem[int32(p)+widthOffset].int()
				} else {
					saveH = prg.dviH
					saveV = prg.dviV
					prg.curV = baseLine + *prg.mem[int32(p)+4].int() // shift the box down
					prg.tempPtr = p
					edge = prg.curH
					if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) == vlistNode {
						prg.vlistOut()
					} else {
						prg.hlistOut()
					}
					prg.dviH = saveH
					prg.dviV = saveV
					prg.curH = edge + *prg.mem[int32(p)+widthOffset].int()
					prg.curV = baseLine
				}

			case ruleNode:
				prg.ruleHt = *prg.mem[int32(p)+heightOffset].int()
				prg.ruleDp = *prg.mem[int32(p)+depthOffset].int()
				prg.ruleWd = *prg.mem[int32(p)+widthOffset].int()

				goto finRule

			case whatsitNode:
				// Output the whatsit node |p| in an hlist
				prg.outWhat(p)

			case glueNode:
				// Move right or output leaders
				prg.g = *(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).lh()
				prg.ruleWd = *prg.mem[int32(prg.g)+widthOffset].int() - curG
				if int32(gSign) != normal {
					if int32(gSign) == stretching {
						if int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.g].hh()).b0()) == int32(gOrder) {
							curGlue = curGlue + float64(*prg.mem[int32(prg.g)+2].int())
							glueTemp = float64(*prg.mem[int32(thisBox)+glueOffset].gr()) * curGlue
							if glueTemp > 1000000000.0 {
								glueTemp = 1000000000.0
							} else if glueTemp < -1000000000.0 {
								glueTemp = -1000000000.0
							}
							// \xref[real multiplication]
							curG = round(glueTemp)
						}
					} else if int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.g].hh()).b1()) == int32(gOrder) {
						curGlue = curGlue - float64(*prg.mem[int32(prg.g)+3].int())
						glueTemp = float64(*prg.mem[int32(thisBox)+glueOffset].gr()) * curGlue
						if glueTemp > 1000000000.0 {
							glueTemp = 1000000000.0
						} else if glueTemp < -1000000000.0 {
							glueTemp = -1000000000.0
						}
						curG = round(glueTemp)
					}
				}
				prg.ruleWd = prg.ruleWd + curG
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()) >= aLeaders {
					leaderBox = *(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).rh()
					if int32(*(*prg.mem[leaderBox].hh()).b0()) == ruleNode {
						prg.ruleHt = *prg.mem[int32(leaderBox)+heightOffset].int()
						prg.ruleDp = *prg.mem[int32(leaderBox)+depthOffset].int()

						goto finRule
					}
					leaderWd = *prg.mem[int32(leaderBox)+widthOffset].int()
					if leaderWd > 0 && prg.ruleWd > 0 {
						prg.ruleWd = prg.ruleWd + 10 // compensate for floating-point rounding
						edge = prg.curH + prg.ruleWd
						lx = 0

						// Let |cur_h| be the position of the first box, and set |leader_wd+lx| to the spacing between corresponding parts of boxes
						if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()) == aLeaders {
							saveH = prg.curH
							prg.curH = leftEdge + leaderWd*((prg.curH-leftEdge)/leaderWd)
							if prg.curH < saveH {
								prg.curH = prg.curH + leaderWd
							}
						} else {
							prg.lq = prg.ruleWd / leaderWd // the number of box copies
							prg.lr = prg.ruleWd % leaderWd // the remaining space
							if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()) == cLeaders {
								prg.curH = prg.curH + prg.lr/2
							} else {
								lx = prg.lr / (prg.lq + 1)
								prg.curH = prg.curH + (prg.lr-(prg.lq-1)*lx)/2
							}
						}
						for prg.curH+leaderWd <= edge {

							// Output a leader box at |cur_h|, then advance |cur_h| by |leader_wd+lx|
							prg.curV = baseLine + *prg.mem[int32(leaderBox)+4].int()
							if prg.curV != prg.dviV {
								prg.movement(prg.curV-prg.dviV, eightBits(down1))
								prg.dviV = prg.curV
							}
							saveV = prg.dviV

							if prg.curH != prg.dviH {
								prg.movement(prg.curH-prg.dviH, eightBits(right1))
								prg.dviH = prg.curH
							}
							saveH = prg.dviH
							prg.tempPtr = leaderBox
							outerDoingLeaders = prg.doingLeaders
							prg.doingLeaders = true
							if int32(*(*prg.mem[leaderBox].hh()).b0()) == vlistNode {
								prg.vlistOut()
							} else {
								prg.hlistOut()
							}
							prg.doingLeaders = outerDoingLeaders
							prg.dviV = saveV
							prg.dviH = saveH
							prg.curV = baseLine
							prg.curH = saveH + leaderWd + lx
						}
						prg.curH = edge - 10
						goto nextP
					}
				}

				goto movePast

			case kernNode, mathNode:
				prg.curH = prg.curH + *prg.mem[int32(p)+widthOffset].int()
			case ligatureNode:
				// Make node |p| look like a |char_node| and |goto reswitch|
				prg.mem[30000-12] = prg.mem[int32(p)+1]
				*(*prg.mem[30000-12].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
				p = uint16(30000 - 12)
				goto reswitch

			default:
			}

			goto nextP

		finRule:
			if prg.ruleHt == -010000000000 {
				prg.ruleHt = *prg.mem[int32(thisBox)+heightOffset].int()
			}
			if prg.ruleDp == -010000000000 {
				prg.ruleDp = *prg.mem[int32(thisBox)+depthOffset].int()
			}
			prg.ruleHt = prg.ruleHt + prg.ruleDp // this is the rule thickness
			if prg.ruleHt > 0 && prg.ruleWd > 0 {
				if prg.curH != prg.dviH {
					prg.movement(prg.curH-prg.dviH, eightBits(right1))
					prg.dviH = prg.curH
				}
				prg.curV = baseLine + prg.ruleDp
				if prg.curV != prg.dviV {
					prg.movement(prg.curV-prg.dviV, eightBits(down1))
					prg.dviV = prg.curV
				}
				{
					prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(setRule)
					prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
					if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
						prg.dviSwap()
					}
				}
				prg.dviFour(prg.ruleHt)
				prg.dviFour(prg.ruleWd)
				prg.curV = baseLine
				prg.dviH = prg.dviH + prg.ruleWd
			}

		movePast:
			prg.curH = prg.curH + prg.ruleWd

		nextP:
			p = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
		}
	}
	prg.pruneMovements(saveLoc)
	if prg.curS > 0 {
		prg.dviPop(saveLoc)
	}
	prg.curS = prg.curS - 1
}

// 618.

// tangle:pos tex.web:12307:1:

// When |hlist_out| is called, its duty is to output the box represented
// by the |hlist_node| pointed to by |temp_ptr|. The reference point of that
// box has coordinates |(cur_h,cur_v)|.
//
// Similarly, when |vlist_out| is called, its duty is to output the box represented
// by the |vlist_node| pointed to by |temp_ptr|. The reference point of that
// box has coordinates |(cur_h,cur_v)|.
// \xref[recursion]
func (prg *prg) vlistOut() {
	var (
		leftEdge                          scaled   // the left coordinate for this box
		topEdge                           scaled   // the top coordinate for this box
		saveH, saveV                      scaled   // what |dvi_h| and |dvi_v| should pop to
		thisBox                           halfword // pointer to containing box
		gOrder                            glueOrd  // applicable order of infinity for glue
		gSign/* normal..shrinking */ byte          // selects type of glue
		p                                 halfword // current position in the vlist
		saveLoc                           int32    // \.[DVI] byte location upon entry
		leaderBox                         halfword // the leader box being replicated
		leaderHt                          scaled   // height of leader box being replicated
		lx                                scaled   // extra space between leader boxes
		outerDoingLeaders                 bool     // were we doing leaders?
		edge                              scaled   // bottom boundary of leader space
		glueTemp                          float64  // glue value before rounding
		curGlue                           float64  // glue seen so far
		curG                              scaled   // rounded equivalent of |cur_glue| times the glue ratio
	)
	curG = 0
	curGlue = 0.0
	thisBox = prg.tempPtr
	gOrder = *(*prg.mem[int32(thisBox)+listOffset].hh()).b1()
	gSign = *(*prg.mem[int32(thisBox)+listOffset].hh()).b0()
	p = *(*prg.mem[int32(thisBox)+listOffset].hh()).rh()
	prg.curS = prg.curS + 1
	if prg.curS > 0 {
		prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(push)
		prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
		if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
			prg.dviSwap()
		}
	}
	if prg.curS > prg.maxPush {
		prg.maxPush = prg.curS
	}
	saveLoc = prg.dviOffset + int32(prg.dviPtr)
	leftEdge = prg.curH
	prg.curV = prg.curV - *prg.mem[int32(thisBox)+heightOffset].int()
	topEdge = prg.curV
	for int32(p) != 0 {
		// Output node |p| for |vlist_out| and move to the next node, maintaining the condition |cur_h=left_edge|
		if int32(p) >= int32(prg.hiMemMin) {
			prg.confusion(strNumber( /* "vlistout" */ 828))
		} else {
			// Output the non-|char_node| |p| for |vlist_out|
			switch *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0() {
			case hlistNode, vlistNode:
				// Output a box in a vlist
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+listOffset].hh()).rh()) == 0 {
					prg.curV = prg.curV + *prg.mem[int32(p)+heightOffset].int() + *prg.mem[int32(p)+depthOffset].int()
				} else {
					prg.curV = prg.curV + *prg.mem[int32(p)+heightOffset].int()
					if prg.curV != prg.dviV {
						prg.movement(prg.curV-prg.dviV, eightBits(down1))
						prg.dviV = prg.curV
					}
					saveH = prg.dviH
					saveV = prg.dviV
					prg.curH = leftEdge + *prg.mem[int32(p)+4].int() // shift the box right
					prg.tempPtr = p
					if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) == vlistNode {
						prg.vlistOut()
					} else {
						prg.hlistOut()
					}
					prg.dviH = saveH
					prg.dviV = saveV
					prg.curV = saveV + *prg.mem[int32(p)+depthOffset].int()
					prg.curH = leftEdge
				}

			case ruleNode:
				prg.ruleHt = *prg.mem[int32(p)+heightOffset].int()
				prg.ruleDp = *prg.mem[int32(p)+depthOffset].int()
				prg.ruleWd = *prg.mem[int32(p)+widthOffset].int()

				goto finRule

			case whatsitNode:
				// Output the whatsit node |p| in a vlist
				prg.outWhat(p)

			case glueNode:
				// Move down or output leaders
				prg.g = *(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).lh()
				prg.ruleHt = *prg.mem[int32(prg.g)+widthOffset].int() - curG
				if int32(gSign) != normal {
					if int32(gSign) == stretching {
						if int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.g].hh()).b0()) == int32(gOrder) {
							curGlue = curGlue + float64(*prg.mem[int32(prg.g)+2].int())
							glueTemp = float64(*prg.mem[int32(thisBox)+glueOffset].gr()) * curGlue
							if glueTemp > 1000000000.0 {
								glueTemp = 1000000000.0
							} else if glueTemp < -1000000000.0 {
								glueTemp = -1000000000.0
							}
							// \xref[real multiplication]
							curG = round(glueTemp)
						}
					} else if int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.g].hh()).b1()) == int32(gOrder) {
						curGlue = curGlue - float64(*prg.mem[int32(prg.g)+3].int())
						glueTemp = float64(*prg.mem[int32(thisBox)+glueOffset].gr()) * curGlue
						if glueTemp > 1000000000.0 {
							glueTemp = 1000000000.0
						} else if glueTemp < -1000000000.0 {
							glueTemp = -1000000000.0
						}
						curG = round(glueTemp)
					}
				}
				prg.ruleHt = prg.ruleHt + curG
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()) >= aLeaders {
					leaderBox = *(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).rh()
					if int32(*(*prg.mem[leaderBox].hh()).b0()) == ruleNode {
						prg.ruleWd = *prg.mem[int32(leaderBox)+widthOffset].int()
						prg.ruleDp = 0

						goto finRule
					}
					leaderHt = *prg.mem[int32(leaderBox)+heightOffset].int() + *prg.mem[int32(leaderBox)+depthOffset].int()
					if leaderHt > 0 && prg.ruleHt > 0 {
						prg.ruleHt = prg.ruleHt + 10 // compensate for floating-point rounding
						edge = prg.curV + prg.ruleHt
						lx = 0

						// Let |cur_v| be the position of the first box, and set |leader_ht+lx| to the spacing between corresponding parts of boxes
						if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()) == aLeaders {
							saveV = prg.curV
							prg.curV = topEdge + leaderHt*((prg.curV-topEdge)/leaderHt)
							if prg.curV < saveV {
								prg.curV = prg.curV + leaderHt
							}
						} else {
							prg.lq = prg.ruleHt / leaderHt // the number of box copies
							prg.lr = prg.ruleHt % leaderHt // the remaining space
							if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()) == cLeaders {
								prg.curV = prg.curV + prg.lr/2
							} else {
								lx = prg.lr / (prg.lq + 1)
								prg.curV = prg.curV + (prg.lr-(prg.lq-1)*lx)/2
							}
						}
						for prg.curV+leaderHt <= edge {

							// Output a leader box at |cur_v|, then advance |cur_v| by |leader_ht+lx|
							prg.curH = leftEdge + *prg.mem[int32(leaderBox)+4].int()
							if prg.curH != prg.dviH {
								prg.movement(prg.curH-prg.dviH, eightBits(right1))
								prg.dviH = prg.curH
							}
							saveH = prg.dviH

							prg.curV = prg.curV + *prg.mem[int32(leaderBox)+heightOffset].int()
							if prg.curV != prg.dviV {
								prg.movement(prg.curV-prg.dviV, eightBits(down1))
								prg.dviV = prg.curV
							}
							saveV = prg.dviV
							prg.tempPtr = leaderBox
							outerDoingLeaders = prg.doingLeaders
							prg.doingLeaders = true
							if int32(*(*prg.mem[leaderBox].hh()).b0()) == vlistNode {
								prg.vlistOut()
							} else {
								prg.hlistOut()
							}
							prg.doingLeaders = outerDoingLeaders
							prg.dviV = saveV
							prg.dviH = saveH
							prg.curH = leftEdge
							prg.curV = saveV - *prg.mem[int32(leaderBox)+heightOffset].int() + leaderHt + lx
						}
						prg.curV = edge - 10
						goto nextP
					}
				}

				goto movePast

			case kernNode:
				prg.curV = prg.curV + *prg.mem[int32(p)+widthOffset].int()

			default:
			}

			goto nextP

		finRule:
			if prg.ruleWd == -010000000000 {
				prg.ruleWd = *prg.mem[int32(thisBox)+widthOffset].int()
			}
			prg.ruleHt = prg.ruleHt + prg.ruleDp // this is the rule thickness
			prg.curV = prg.curV + prg.ruleHt
			if prg.ruleHt > 0 && prg.ruleWd > 0 {
				if prg.curH != prg.dviH {
					prg.movement(prg.curH-prg.dviH, eightBits(right1))
					prg.dviH = prg.curH
				}
				if prg.curV != prg.dviV {
					prg.movement(prg.curV-prg.dviV, eightBits(down1))
					prg.dviV = prg.curV
				}
				{
					prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(putRule)
					prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
					if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
						prg.dviSwap()
					}
				}
				prg.dviFour(prg.ruleHt)
				prg.dviFour(prg.ruleWd)
			}

			goto nextP

		movePast:
			prg.curV = prg.curV + prg.ruleHt
		}

	nextP:
		p = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
	}
	prg.pruneMovements(saveLoc)
	if prg.curS > 0 {
		prg.dviPop(saveLoc)
	}
	prg.curS = prg.curS - 1
}

// 638.

// tangle:pos tex.web:12678:1:

// The |hlist_out| and |vlist_out| procedures are now complete, so we are
// ready for the |ship_out| routine that gets them started in the first place.
func (prg *prg) shipOut(p halfword) {
	var (
		pageLoc                             int32       // location of the current |bop|
		j, k/* 0..9 */ byte                             // indices to first ten count registers
		s                                   poolPointer // index into |str_pool|
		oldSetting/* 0..maxSelector */ byte             // saved |selector| setting
	)
	if *prg.eqtb[intBase+tracingOutputCode-1].int() > 0 {
		prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "" */ 338))
		prg.printLn()
		prg.print( /* "Completed box being shipped out" */ 829)
		// \xref[Completed box...]
	}
	if int32(prg.termOffset) > maxPrintLine-9 {
		prg.printLn()
	} else if int32(prg.termOffset) > 0 || int32(prg.fileOffset) > 0 {
		prg.printChar(asciiCode(' '))
	}
	prg.printChar(asciiCode('['))
	j = 9
	for *prg.eqtb[countBase+int32(j)-1].int() == 0 && int32(j) > 0 {
		j = byte(int32(j) - 1)
	}
	for ii := int32(0); ii <= int32(j); ii++ {
		k = byte(ii)
		_ = k
		prg.printInt(*prg.eqtb[countBase+int32(k)-1].int())
		if int32(k) < int32(j) {
			prg.printChar(asciiCode('.'))
		}
	}

	if *prg.eqtb[intBase+tracingOutputCode-1].int() > 0 {
		prg.printChar(asciiCode(']'))
		prg.beginDiagnostic()
		prg.showBox(p)
		prg.endDiagnostic(true)
	}

	// Ship box |p| out

	// Update the values of |max_h| and |max_v|; but if the page is too large, |goto done|
	if *prg.mem[int32(p)+heightOffset].int() > 07777777777 || *prg.mem[int32(p)+depthOffset].int() > 07777777777 || *prg.mem[int32(p)+heightOffset].int()+*prg.mem[int32(p)+depthOffset].int()+*prg.eqtb[dimenBase+vOffsetCode-1].int() > 07777777777 || *prg.mem[int32(p)+widthOffset].int()+*prg.eqtb[dimenBase+hOffsetCode-1].int() > 07777777777 {
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			}
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
			prg.print( /* "Huge page cannot be shipped out" */ 833)
		}
		// \xref[Huge page...]
		{
			prg.helpPtr = 2
			prg.helpLine[1] = /* "The page just created is more than 18 feet tall or" */ 834
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "more than 18 feet wide, so I suspect something went wrong." */ 835
		}
		prg.error1()
		if *prg.eqtb[intBase+tracingOutputCode-1].int() <= 0 {
			prg.beginDiagnostic()
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "The following box has been deleted:" */ 836))
			// \xref[The following...deleted]
			prg.showBox(p)
			prg.endDiagnostic(true)
		}

		goto done
	}
	if *prg.mem[int32(p)+heightOffset].int()+*prg.mem[int32(p)+depthOffset].int()+*prg.eqtb[dimenBase+vOffsetCode-1].int() > prg.maxV {
		prg.maxV = *prg.mem[int32(p)+heightOffset].int() + *prg.mem[int32(p)+depthOffset].int() + *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+vOffsetCode-1].int()
	}
	if *prg.mem[int32(p)+widthOffset].int()+*prg.eqtb[dimenBase+hOffsetCode-1].int() > prg.maxH {
		prg.maxH = *prg.mem[int32(p)+widthOffset].int() + *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+hOffsetCode-1].int()
	}

	// Initialize variables as |ship_out| begins
	prg.dviH = 0
	prg.dviV = 0
	prg.curH = *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+hOffsetCode-1].int()
	prg.dviF = byte(fontBase)
	if int32(prg.outputFileName) == 0 {
		if int32(prg.jobName) == 0 {
			prg.openLogFile()
		}
		prg.packJobName(strNumber( /* ".dvi" */ 794))
		for !prg.bOpenOut(prg.dviFile) {
			prg.promptFileName(strNumber( /* "file name for output" */ 795), strNumber( /* ".dvi" */ 794))
		}
		prg.outputFileName = prg.bMakeNameString(prg.dviFile)
	}
	if prg.totalPages == 0 {
		{
			prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(pre)
			prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
			if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
				prg.dviSwap()
			}
		}
		{
			prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(idByte)
			prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
			if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
				prg.dviSwap()
			}
		} // output the preamble
		// \xref[preamble of \.[DVI] file]
		prg.dviFour(25400000)
		prg.dviFour(473628672) // conversion ratio for sp
		prg.prepareMag()
		prg.dviFour(*prg.eqtb[intBase+magCode-1].int()) // magnification factor is frozen
		oldSetting = prg.selector
		prg.selector = byte(newString)
		prg.print( /* " TeX output " */ 827)
		prg.printInt(*prg.eqtb[intBase+yearCode-1].int())
		prg.printChar(asciiCode('.'))
		prg.printTwo(*prg.eqtb[intBase+monthCode-1].int())
		prg.printChar(asciiCode('.'))
		prg.printTwo(*prg.eqtb[intBase+dayCode-1].int())
		prg.printChar(asciiCode(':'))
		prg.printTwo(*prg.eqtb[intBase+timeCode-1].int() / 60)
		prg.printTwo(*prg.eqtb[intBase+timeCode-1].int() % 60)
		prg.selector = oldSetting
		{
			prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(int32(prg.poolPtr) - int32(prg.strStart[prg.strPtr]))
			prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
			if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
				prg.dviSwap()
			}
		}
		for ii := int32(prg.strStart[prg.strPtr]); ii <= int32(prg.poolPtr)-1; ii++ {
			s = poolPointer(ii)
			_ = s
			prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = prg.strPool[s]
			prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
			if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
				prg.dviSwap()
			}
		}
		prg.poolPtr = prg.strStart[prg.strPtr] // flush the current string
	}
	pageLoc = prg.dviOffset + int32(prg.dviPtr)
	{
		prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(bop)
		prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
		if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
			prg.dviSwap()
		}
	}
	for ii := int32(0); ii <= 9; ii++ {
		k = byte(ii)
		_ = k
		prg.dviFour(*prg.eqtb[countBase+int32(k)-1].int())
	}
	prg.dviFour(prg.lastBop)
	prg.lastBop = pageLoc
	prg.curV = *prg.mem[int32(p)+heightOffset].int() + *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+vOffsetCode-1].int()
	prg.tempPtr = p
	if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) == vlistNode {
		prg.vlistOut()
	} else {
		prg.hlistOut()
	}
	{
		prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(eop)
		prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
		if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
			prg.dviSwap()
		}
	}
	prg.totalPages = prg.totalPages + 1
	prg.curS = -1

done:
	;
	if *prg.eqtb[intBase+tracingOutputCode-1].int() <= 0 {
		prg.printChar(asciiCode(']'))
	}
	prg.deadCycles = 0
	// progress report

	// Flush the box from memory, showing statistics if requested
	//  if eqtb[int_base+ tracing_stats_code].int  >1 then
	//   begin print_nl(["Memory usage before: "=]830);
	// [ \xref[Memory usage...] ]
	//   print_int(var_used); print_char(["&"=]38);
	//   print_int(dyn_used); print_char([";"=]59);
	//   end;
	// [  ]

	prg.flushNodeList(p)
	//  if eqtb[int_base+ tracing_stats_code].int  >1 then
	//   begin print([" after: "=]831);
	//   print_int(var_used); print_char(["&"=]38);
	//   print_int(dyn_used); print(["; still untouched: "=]832);
	//   print_int(hi_mem_min-lo_mem_max-1); print_ln;
	//   end;
	// [  ]

}

// 644. \[33] Packaging

// tangle:pos tex.web:12811:18:

// We're essentially done with the parts of \TeX\ that are concerned with
// the input (|get_next|) and the output (|ship_out|). So it's time to
// get heavily into the remaining part, which does the real work of typesetting.
//
// After lists are constructed, \TeX\ wraps them up and puts them into boxes.
// Two major subroutines are given the responsibility for this task: |hpack|
// applies to horizontal lists (hlists) and |vpack| applies to vertical lists
// (vlists). The main duty of |hpack| and |vpack| is to compute the dimensions
// of the resulting boxes, and to adjust the glue if one of those dimensions
// is pre-specified. The computed sizes normally enclose all of the material
// inside the new box; but some items may stick out if negative glue is used,
// if the box is overfull, or if a \.[\\vbox] includes other boxes that have
// been shifted left.
//
// The subroutine call |hpack(p,w,m)| returns a pointer to an |hlist_node|
// for a box containing the hlist that starts at |p|. Parameter |w| specifies
// a width; and parameter |m| is either `|exactly|' or `|additional|'.  Thus,
// |hpack(p,w,exactly)| produces a box whose width is exactly |w|, while
// |hpack(p,w,additional)| yields a box whose width is the natural width plus
// |w|.  It is convenient to define a macro called `|natural|' to cover the
// most common case, so that we can say |hpack(p,natural)| to get a box that
// has the natural width of list |p|.
//
// Similarly, |vpack(p,w,m)| returns a pointer to a |vlist_node| for a
// box containing the vlist that starts at |p|. In this case |w| represents
// a height instead of a width; the parameter |m| is interpreted as in |hpack|.

// 645.

// tangle:pos tex.web:12843:1:

// The parameters to |hpack| and |vpack| correspond to \TeX's primitives
// like `\.[\\hbox] \.[to] \.[300pt]', `\.[\\hbox] \.[spread] \.[10pt]'; note
// that `\.[\\hbox]' with no dimension following it is equivalent to
// `\.[\\hbox] \.[spread] \.[0pt]'.  The |scan_spec| subroutine scans such
// constructions in the user's input, including the mandatory left brace that
// follows them, and it puts the specification onto |save_stack| so that the
// desired box can later be obtained by executing the following code:
// $$\vbox[\halign[#\hfil\cr
// |save_ptr:=save_ptr-2;|\cr
// |hpack(p,saved(1),saved(0)).|\cr]]$$
// Special care is necessary to ensure that the special |save_stack| codes
// are placed just below the new group code, because scanning can change
// |save_stack| when \.[\\csname] appears.
func (prg *prg) scanSpec(c groupCode, threeCodes bool) {
	var (
		s int32 // temporarily saved value
		specCode/* exactly..additional */ byte
	)
	if threeCodes {
		s = *prg.saveStack[int32(prg.savePtr)+0].int()
	}
	if prg.scanKeyword(strNumber( /* "to" */ 842)) {
		specCode = byte(exactly)
	} else if prg.scanKeyword(strNumber( /* "spread" */ 843)) {
		specCode = byte(additional)
	} else {
		specCode = byte(additional)
		prg.curVal = 0

		goto found
	}
	prg.scanDimen(false, false, false)

found:
	if threeCodes {
		*prg.saveStack[int32(prg.savePtr)+0].int() = s
		prg.savePtr = uint16(int32(prg.savePtr) + 1)
	}
	*prg.saveStack[int32(prg.savePtr)+0].int() = int32(specCode)
	*prg.saveStack[int32(prg.savePtr)+1].int() = prg.curVal
	prg.savePtr = uint16(int32(prg.savePtr) + 2)
	prg.newSaveLevel(c)
	prg.scanLeftBrace()
}

// 649.

// tangle:pos tex.web:12910:1:

// Here now is |hpack|, which contains few if any surprises.
func (prg *prg) hpack(p halfword, w scaled, m smallNumber) (r halfword) {
	var (
		r1      halfword           // the box node that will be returned
		q       halfword           // trails behind |p|
		h, d, x scaled             // height, depth, and natural width
		s       scaled             // shift amount
		g       halfword           // points to a glue specification
		o       glueOrd            // order of infinity
		f       internalFontNumber // the font in a |char_node|
		i       fourQuarters       // font information about a |char_node|
		hd      eightBits          // height and depth indices for a character
	)
	prg.lastBadness = 0
	r1 = prg.getNode(boxNodeSize)
	*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b0() = byte(hlistNode)
	*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b1() = byte(minQuarterword)
	*prg.mem[int32(r1)+4].int() = 0
	q = uint16(int32(r1) + listOffset)
	*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = p

	h = 0
	// Clear dimensions to zero
	d = 0
	x = 0
	prg.totalStretch[normal] = 0
	prg.totalShrink[normal] = 0
	prg.totalStretch[fil] = 0
	prg.totalShrink[fil] = 0
	prg.totalStretch[fill] = 0
	prg.totalShrink[fill] = 0
	prg.totalStretch[filll] = 0
	prg.totalShrink[filll] = 0
	for int32(p) != 0 {
		// Examine node |p| in the hlist, taking account of its effect on the dimensions of the new box, or moving it to the adjustment list; then advance |p| to the next node
		// \xref[inner loop]
	reswitch:
		for int32(p) >= int32(prg.hiMemMin) {

			// Incorporate character dimensions into the dimensions of the hbox that will contain~it, then move to the next node
			f = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()
			i = *prg.fontInfo[prg.charBase[f]+int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1())].qqqq()
			hd = byte(int32(i.b1) - minQuarterword)
			x = x + *prg.fontInfo[prg.widthBase[f]+int32(i.b0)].int()

			s = *prg.fontInfo[prg.heightBase[f]+int32(hd)/16].int()
			if s > h {
				h = s
			}
			s = *prg.fontInfo[prg.depthBase[f]+int32(hd)%16].int()
			if s > d {
				d = s
			}
			p = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
		}
		if int32(p) != 0 {
			switch *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0() {
			case hlistNode, vlistNode, ruleNode, unsetNode:

				// Incorporate box dimensions into the dimensions of the hbox that will contain~it
				x = x + *prg.mem[int32(p)+widthOffset].int()
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) >= ruleNode {
					s = 0
				} else {
					s = *prg.mem[int32(p)+4].int()
				}
				if *prg.mem[int32(p)+heightOffset].int()-s > h {
					h = *prg.mem[int32(p)+heightOffset].int() - s
				}
				if *prg.mem[int32(p)+depthOffset].int()+s > d {
					d = *prg.mem[int32(p)+depthOffset].int() + s
				}

			case insNode, markNode, adjustNode:
				if int32(prg.adjustTail) != 0 {
					for int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()) != int32(p) {
						q = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()
					}
					if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) == adjustNode {
						*(*prg.mem[prg.adjustTail].hh()).rh() = uint16(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].int())
						for int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.adjustTail].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
							prg.adjustTail = *(*prg.mem[prg.adjustTail].hh()).rh()
						}
						p = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
						prg.freeNode(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh(), halfword(smallNodeSize))
					} else {
						*(*prg.mem[prg.adjustTail].hh()).rh() = p
						prg.adjustTail = p
						p = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
					}
					*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = p
					p = q
				}

			case whatsitNode:
			// Incorporate a whatsit node into an hbox

			// Incorporate a whatsit node into an hbox

			case glueNode:
				// Incorporate glue into the horizontal totals
				g = *(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).lh()
				x = x + *prg.mem[int32(g)+widthOffset].int()

				o = *(*prg.mem[g].hh()).b0()
				prg.totalStretch[o] = prg.totalStretch[o] + *prg.mem[int32(g)+2].int()
				o = *(*prg.mem[g].hh()).b1()
				prg.totalShrink[o] = prg.totalShrink[o] + *prg.mem[int32(g)+3].int()
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()) >= aLeaders {
					g = *(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).rh()
					if *prg.mem[int32(g)+heightOffset].int() > h {
						h = *prg.mem[int32(g)+heightOffset].int()
					}
					if *prg.mem[int32(g)+depthOffset].int() > d {
						d = *prg.mem[int32(g)+depthOffset].int()
					}
				}

			case kernNode, mathNode:
				x = x + *prg.mem[int32(p)+widthOffset].int()
			case ligatureNode:
				// Make node |p| look like a |char_node| and |goto reswitch|
				prg.mem[30000-12] = prg.mem[int32(p)+1]
				*(*prg.mem[30000-12].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
				p = uint16(30000 - 12)
				goto reswitch

			default:
			}

			p = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
		}
	}
	if int32(prg.adjustTail) != 0 {
		*(*prg.mem[prg.adjustTail].hh()).rh() = 0
	}
	*prg.mem[int32(r1)+heightOffset].int() = h
	*prg.mem[int32(r1)+depthOffset].int() = d

	// Determine the value of |width(r)| and the appropriate glue setting; then |return| or |goto common_ending|
	if int32(m) == additional {
		w = x + w
	}
	*prg.mem[int32(r1)+widthOffset].int() = w
	x = w - x // now |x| is the excess to be made up
	if x == 0 {
		*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+listOffset].hh()).b0() = byte(normal)
		*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+listOffset].hh()).b1() = byte(normal)
		*prg.mem[int32(r1)+glueOffset].gr() = float32(0.0)

		goto exit
	} else if x > 0 {
		if prg.totalStretch[filll] != 0 {
			o = byte(filll)
		} else if prg.totalStretch[fill] != 0 {
			o = byte(fill)
		} else if prg.totalStretch[fil] != 0 {
			o = byte(fil)
		} else {
			o = byte(normal)
		}
		*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+listOffset].hh()).b1() = o
		*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+listOffset].hh()).b0() = byte(stretching)
		if prg.totalStretch[o] != 0 {
			*prg.mem[int32(r1)+glueOffset].gr() = float32(float64(x) / float64(prg.totalStretch[o]))
		} else {
			*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+listOffset].hh()).b0() = byte(normal)
			*prg.mem[int32(r1)+glueOffset].gr() = float32(0.0) // there's nothing to stretch
		}
		if int32(o) == normal {
			if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+listOffset].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
				prg.lastBadness = int32(prg.badness(x, prg.totalStretch[normal]))
				if prg.lastBadness > *prg.eqtb[intBase+hbadnessCode-1].int() {
					prg.printLn()
					if prg.lastBadness > 100 {
						prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "Underfull" */ 844))
					} else {
						prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "Loose" */ 845))
					}
					prg.print( /* " \\hbox (badness " */ 846)
					prg.printInt(prg.lastBadness)
					// \xref[Underfull \\hbox...]
					// \xref[Loose \\hbox...]

					// \xref[Underfull \\hbox...]
					// \xref[Loose \\hbox...]
					goto commonEnding
				}
			}
		}

		goto exit
	} else {
		// Determine horizontal glue shrink setting, then |return| or \hbox[|goto common_ending|]
		if prg.totalShrink[filll] != 0 {
			o = byte(filll)
		} else if prg.totalShrink[fill] != 0 {
			o = byte(fill)
		} else if prg.totalShrink[fil] != 0 {
			o = byte(fil)
		} else {
			o = byte(normal)
		}
		*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+listOffset].hh()).b1() = o
		*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+listOffset].hh()).b0() = byte(shrinking)
		if prg.totalShrink[o] != 0 {
			*prg.mem[int32(r1)+glueOffset].gr() = float32(float64(-x) / float64(prg.totalShrink[o]))
		} else {
			*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+listOffset].hh()).b0() = byte(normal)
			*prg.mem[int32(r1)+glueOffset].gr() = float32(0.0) // there's nothing to shrink
		}
		if prg.totalShrink[o] < -x && int32(o) == normal && int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+listOffset].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
			prg.lastBadness = 1000000
			*prg.mem[int32(r1)+glueOffset].gr() = float32(1.0) // use the maximum shrinkage

			// Report an overfull hbox and |goto common_ending|, if this box is sufficiently bad
			if -x-prg.totalShrink[normal] > *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+hfuzzCode-1].int() || *prg.eqtb[intBase+hbadnessCode-1].int() < 100 {
				if *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+overfullRuleCode-1].int() > 0 && -x-prg.totalShrink[normal] > *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+hfuzzCode-1].int() {
					for int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
						q = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()
					}
					*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = prg.newRule()
					*prg.mem[int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh())+widthOffset].int() = *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+overfullRuleCode-1].int()
				}
				prg.printLn()
				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "Overfull \\hbox (" */ 852))
				// \xref[Overfull \\hbox...]
				prg.printScaled(-x - prg.totalShrink[normal])
				prg.print( /* "pt too wide" */ 853)

				goto commonEnding
			}
		} else if int32(o) == normal {
			if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+listOffset].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
				prg.lastBadness = int32(prg.badness(-x, prg.totalShrink[normal]))
				if prg.lastBadness > *prg.eqtb[intBase+hbadnessCode-1].int() {
					prg.printLn()
					prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "Tight \\hbox (badness " */ 854))
					prg.printInt(prg.lastBadness)
					// \xref[Tight \\hbox...]

					// \xref[Tight \\hbox...]
					goto commonEnding
				}
			}
		}

		goto exit
	}

commonEnding:
	if prg.outputActive {
		prg.print( /* ") has occurred while \\output is active" */ 847)
	} else {
		if prg.packBeginLine != 0 {
			if prg.packBeginLine > 0 {
				prg.print( /* ") in paragraph at lines " */ 848)
			} else {
				prg.print( /* ") in alignment at lines " */ 849)
			}
			prg.printInt(abs(prg.packBeginLine))
			prg.print( /* "--" */ 850)
		} else {
			prg.print( /* ") detected at line " */ 851)
		}
		prg.printInt(prg.line)
	}
	prg.printLn()

	prg.fontInShortDisplay = fontBase
	prg.shortDisplay(int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+listOffset].hh()).rh()))
	prg.printLn()

	prg.beginDiagnostic()
	prg.showBox(r1)
	prg.endDiagnostic(true)

exit:
	r = r1
	return r
}

// 668.

// tangle:pos tex.web:13152:1:

// The |vpack| subroutine is actually a special case of a slightly more
// general routine called |vpackage|, which has four parameters. The fourth
// parameter, which is |max_dimen| in the case of |vpack|, specifies the
// maximum depth of the page box that is constructed. The depth is first
// computed by the normal rules; if it exceeds this limit, the reference
// point is simply moved down until the limiting depth is attained.
func (prg *prg) vpackage(p halfword, h scaled, m smallNumber, l scaled) (r halfword) {
	var (
		r1      halfword // the box node that will be returned
		w, d, x scaled   // width, depth, and natural height
		s       scaled   // shift amount
		g       halfword // points to a glue specification
		o       glueOrd  // order of infinity
	)
	prg.lastBadness = 0
	r1 = prg.getNode(boxNodeSize)
	*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b0() = byte(vlistNode)
	*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b1() = byte(minQuarterword)
	*prg.mem[int32(r1)+4].int() = 0
	*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+listOffset].hh()).rh() = p

	w = 0
	// Clear dimensions to zero
	d = 0
	x = 0
	prg.totalStretch[normal] = 0
	prg.totalShrink[normal] = 0
	prg.totalStretch[fil] = 0
	prg.totalShrink[fil] = 0
	prg.totalStretch[fill] = 0
	prg.totalShrink[fill] = 0
	prg.totalStretch[filll] = 0
	prg.totalShrink[filll] = 0
	for int32(p) != 0 {
		// Examine node |p| in the vlist, taking account of its effect on the dimensions of the new box; then advance |p| to the next node
		if int32(p) >= int32(prg.hiMemMin) {
			prg.confusion(strNumber( /* "vpack" */ 855))
		} else {
			switch *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0() {
			case hlistNode, vlistNode, ruleNode, unsetNode:

				// Incorporate box dimensions into the dimensions of the vbox that will contain~it
				x = x + d + *prg.mem[int32(p)+heightOffset].int()
				d = *prg.mem[int32(p)+depthOffset].int()
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) >= ruleNode {
					s = 0
				} else {
					s = *prg.mem[int32(p)+4].int()
				}
				if *prg.mem[int32(p)+widthOffset].int()+s > w {
					w = *prg.mem[int32(p)+widthOffset].int() + s
				}

			case whatsitNode:
			// Incorporate a whatsit node into a vbox

			// Incorporate a whatsit node into a vbox

			case glueNode:
				// Incorporate glue into the vertical totals
				x = x + d
				d = 0

				g = *(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).lh()
				x = x + *prg.mem[int32(g)+widthOffset].int()

				o = *(*prg.mem[g].hh()).b0()
				prg.totalStretch[o] = prg.totalStretch[o] + *prg.mem[int32(g)+2].int()
				o = *(*prg.mem[g].hh()).b1()
				prg.totalShrink[o] = prg.totalShrink[o] + *prg.mem[int32(g)+3].int()
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()) >= aLeaders {
					g = *(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).rh()
					if *prg.mem[int32(g)+widthOffset].int() > w {
						w = *prg.mem[int32(g)+widthOffset].int()
					}
				}

			case kernNode:
				x = x + d + *prg.mem[int32(p)+widthOffset].int()
				d = 0

			default:
			}
		}
		p = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
	}
	*prg.mem[int32(r1)+widthOffset].int() = w
	if d > l {
		x = x + d - l
		*prg.mem[int32(r1)+depthOffset].int() = l
	} else {
		*prg.mem[int32(r1)+depthOffset].int() = d
	}

	// Determine the value of |height(r)| and the appropriate glue setting; then |return| or |goto common_ending|
	if int32(m) == additional {
		h = x + h
	}
	*prg.mem[int32(r1)+heightOffset].int() = h
	x = h - x // now |x| is the excess to be made up
	if x == 0 {
		*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+listOffset].hh()).b0() = byte(normal)
		*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+listOffset].hh()).b1() = byte(normal)
		*prg.mem[int32(r1)+glueOffset].gr() = float32(0.0)

		goto exit
	} else if x > 0 {
		if prg.totalStretch[filll] != 0 {
			o = byte(filll)
		} else if prg.totalStretch[fill] != 0 {
			o = byte(fill)
		} else if prg.totalStretch[fil] != 0 {
			o = byte(fil)
		} else {
			o = byte(normal)
		}
		*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+listOffset].hh()).b1() = o
		*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+listOffset].hh()).b0() = byte(stretching)
		if prg.totalStretch[o] != 0 {
			*prg.mem[int32(r1)+glueOffset].gr() = float32(float64(x) / float64(prg.totalStretch[o]))
		} else {
			*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+listOffset].hh()).b0() = byte(normal)
			*prg.mem[int32(r1)+glueOffset].gr() = float32(0.0) // there's nothing to stretch
		}
		if int32(o) == normal {
			if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+listOffset].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
				prg.lastBadness = int32(prg.badness(x, prg.totalStretch[normal]))
				if prg.lastBadness > *prg.eqtb[intBase+vbadnessCode-1].int() {
					prg.printLn()
					if prg.lastBadness > 100 {
						prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "Underfull" */ 844))
					} else {
						prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "Loose" */ 845))
					}
					prg.print( /* " \\vbox (badness " */ 856)
					prg.printInt(prg.lastBadness)
					// \xref[Underfull \\vbox...]
					// \xref[Loose \\vbox...]

					// \xref[Underfull \\vbox...]
					// \xref[Loose \\vbox...]
					goto commonEnding
				}
			}
		}

		goto exit
	} else {
		// Determine vertical glue shrink setting, then |return| or \hbox[|goto common_ending|]
		if prg.totalShrink[filll] != 0 {
			o = byte(filll)
		} else if prg.totalShrink[fill] != 0 {
			o = byte(fill)
		} else if prg.totalShrink[fil] != 0 {
			o = byte(fil)
		} else {
			o = byte(normal)
		}
		*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+listOffset].hh()).b1() = o
		*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+listOffset].hh()).b0() = byte(shrinking)
		if prg.totalShrink[o] != 0 {
			*prg.mem[int32(r1)+glueOffset].gr() = float32(float64(-x) / float64(prg.totalShrink[o]))
		} else {
			*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+listOffset].hh()).b0() = byte(normal)
			*prg.mem[int32(r1)+glueOffset].gr() = float32(0.0) // there's nothing to shrink
		}
		if prg.totalShrink[o] < -x && int32(o) == normal && int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+listOffset].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
			prg.lastBadness = 1000000
			*prg.mem[int32(r1)+glueOffset].gr() = float32(1.0) // use the maximum shrinkage

			// Report an overfull vbox and |goto common_ending|, if this box is sufficiently bad
			if -x-prg.totalShrink[normal] > *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+vfuzzCode-1].int() || *prg.eqtb[intBase+vbadnessCode-1].int() < 100 {
				prg.printLn()
				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "Overfull \\vbox (" */ 857))
				// \xref[Overfull \\vbox...]
				prg.printScaled(-x - prg.totalShrink[normal])
				prg.print( /* "pt too high" */ 858)

				goto commonEnding
			}
		} else if int32(o) == normal {
			if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+listOffset].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
				prg.lastBadness = int32(prg.badness(-x, prg.totalShrink[normal]))
				if prg.lastBadness > *prg.eqtb[intBase+vbadnessCode-1].int() {
					prg.printLn()
					prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "Tight \\vbox (badness " */ 859))
					prg.printInt(prg.lastBadness)
					// \xref[Tight \\vbox...]

					// \xref[Tight \\vbox...]
					goto commonEnding
				}
			}
		}

		goto exit
	}

commonEnding:
	if prg.outputActive {
		prg.print( /* ") has occurred while \\output is active" */ 847)
	} else {
		if prg.packBeginLine != 0 {
			prg.print( /* ") in alignment at lines " */ 849)
			prg.printInt(abs(prg.packBeginLine))
			prg.print( /* "--" */ 850)
		} else {
			prg.print( /* ") detected at line " */ 851)
		}
		prg.printInt(prg.line)
		prg.printLn()

	}
	prg.beginDiagnostic()
	prg.showBox(r1)
	prg.endDiagnostic(true)

exit:
	r = r1
	return r
}

// 679.

// tangle:pos tex.web:13312:1:

// When a box is being appended to the current vertical list, the
// baselineskip calculation is handled by the |append_to_vlist| routine.
func (prg *prg) appendToVlist(b halfword) {
	var (
		d scaled   // deficiency of space between baselines
		p halfword // a new glue node
	)
	if *prg.curList.auxField.int() > -65536000 {
		d = *prg.mem[int32(*(*prg.eqtb[glueBase+baselineSkipCode-1].hh()).rh())+widthOffset].int() - *prg.curList.auxField.int() - *prg.mem[int32(b)+heightOffset].int()
		if d < *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+lineSkipLimitCode-1].int() {
			p = prg.newParamGlue(smallNumber(lineSkipCode))
		} else {
			p = prg.newSkipParam(smallNumber(baselineSkipCode))
			*prg.mem[int32(prg.tempPtr)+widthOffset].int() = d // |temp_ptr=glue_ptr(p)|
		}
		*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = p
		prg.curList.tailField = p
	}
	*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = b
	prg.curList.tailField = b
	*prg.curList.auxField.int() = *prg.mem[int32(b)+depthOffset].int()
}

// 680. \[34] Data structures for math mode

// tangle:pos tex.web:13329:38:

// When \TeX\ reads a formula that is enclosed between \.\$'s, it constructs an
// [\sl mlist], which is essentially a tree structure representing that
// formula.  An mlist is a linear sequence of items, but we can regard it as
// a tree structure because mlists can appear within mlists. For example, many
// of the entries can be subscripted or superscripted, and such ``scripts''
// are mlists in their own right.
//
// An entire formula is parsed into such a tree before any of the actual
// typesetting is done, because the current style of type is usually not
// known until the formula has been fully scanned. For example, when the
// formula `\.[\$a+b \\over c+d\$]' is being read, there is no way to tell
// that `\.[a+b]' will be in script size until `\.[\\over]' has appeared.
//
// During the scanning process, each element of the mlist being built is
// classified as a relation, a binary operator, an open parenthesis, etc.,
// or as a construct like `\.[\\sqrt]' that must be built up. This classification
// appears in the mlist data structure.
//
// After a formula has been fully scanned, the mlist is converted to an hlist
// so that it can be incorporated into the surrounding text. This conversion is
// controlled by a recursive procedure that decides all of the appropriate
// styles by a ``top-down'' process starting at the outermost level and working
// in towards the subformulas. The formula is ultimately pasted together using
// combinations of horizontal and vertical boxes, with glue and penalty nodes
// inserted as necessary.
//
// An mlist is represented internally as a linked list consisting chiefly
// of ``noads'' (pronounced ``no-adds''), to distinguish them from the somewhat
// similar ``nodes'' in hlists and vlists. Certain kinds of ordinary nodes are
// allowed to appear in mlists together with the noads; \TeX\ tells the difference
// by means of the |type| field, since a noad's |type| is always greater than
// that of a node. An mlist does not contain character nodes, hlist nodes, vlist
// nodes, math nodes, ligature nodes,
// or unset nodes; in particular, each mlist item appears in the
// variable-size part of |mem|, so the |type| field is always present.

// 681.

// tangle:pos tex.web:13366:1:

// Each noad is four or more words long. The first word contains the |type|
// and |subtype| and |link| fields that are already so familiar to us; the
// second, third, and fourth words are called the noad's |nucleus|, |subscr|,
// and |supscr| fields.
//
// Consider, for example, the simple formula `\.[\$x\^2\$]', which would be
// parsed into an mlist containing a single element called an |ord_noad|.
// The |nucleus| of this noad is a representation of `\.x', the |subscr| is
// empty, and the |supscr| is a representation of `\.2'.
//
// The |nucleus|, |subscr|, and |supscr| fields are further broken into
// subfields. If |p| points to a noad, and if |q| is one of its principal
// fields (e.g., |q=subscr(p)|), there are several possibilities for the
// subfields, depending on the |math_type| of |q|.
//
// \yskip\hang|math_type(q)=math_char| means that |fam(q)| refers to one of
// the sixteen font families, and |character(q)| is the number of a character
// within a font of that family, as in a character node.
//
// \yskip\hang|math_type(q)=math_text_char| is similar, but the character is
// unsubscripted and unsuperscripted and it is followed immediately by another
// character from the same font. (This |math_type| setting appears only
// briefly during the processing; it is used to suppress unwanted italic
// corrections.)
//
// \yskip\hang|math_type(q)=empty| indicates a field with no value (the
// corresponding attribute of noad |p| is not present).
//
// \yskip\hang|math_type(q)=sub_box| means that |info(q)| points to a box
// node (either an |hlist_node| or a |vlist_node|) that should be used as the
// value of the field.  The |shift_amount| in the subsidiary box node is the
// amount by which that box will be shifted downward.
//
// \yskip\hang|math_type(q)=sub_mlist| means that |info(q)| points to
// an mlist; the mlist must be converted to an hlist in order to obtain
// the value of this field.
//
// \yskip\noindent In the latter case, we might have |info(q)=null|. This
// is not the same as |math_type(q)=empty|; for example, `\.[\$P\_\[\]\$]'
// and `\.[\$P\$]' produce different results (the former will not have the
// ``italic correction'' added to the width of |P|, but the ``script skip''
// will be added).
//
// The definitions of subfields given here are evidently wasteful of space,
// since a halfword is being used for the |math_type| although only three
// bits would be needed. However, there are hardly ever many noads present at
// once, since they are soon converted to nodes that take up even more space,
// so we can afford to represent them in whatever way simplifies the
// programming.

// 682.

// tangle:pos tex.web:13427:1:

// Each portion of a formula is classified as Ord, Op, Bin, Rel, Open,
// Close, Punct, or Inner, for purposes of spacing and line breaking. An
// |ord_noad|, |op_noad|, |bin_noad|, |rel_noad|, |open_noad|, |close_noad|,
// |punct_noad|, or |inner_noad| is used to represent portions of the various
// types. For example, an `\.=' sign in a formula leads to the creation of a
// |rel_noad| whose |nucleus| field is a representation of an equals sign
// (usually |fam=0|, |character=@'75|).  A formula preceded by \.[\\mathrel]
// also results in a |rel_noad|.  When a |rel_noad| is followed by an
// |op_noad|, say, and possibly separated by one or more ordinary nodes (not
// noads), \TeX\ will insert a penalty node (with the current |rel_penalty|)
// just after the formula that corresponds to the |rel_noad|, unless there
// already was a penalty immediately following; and a ``thick space'' will be
// inserted just before the formula that corresponds to the |op_noad|.
//
// A noad of type |ord_noad|, |op_noad|, \dots, |inner_noad| usually
// has a |subtype=normal|. The only exception is that an |op_noad| might
// have |subtype=limits| or |no_limits|, if the normal positioning of
// limits has been overridden for this operator.

// 683.

// tangle:pos tex.web:13457:1:

// A |radical_noad| is five words long; the fifth word is the |left_delimiter|
// field, which usually represents a square root sign.
//
// A |fraction_noad| is six words long; it has a |right_delimiter| field
// as well as a |left_delimiter|.
//
// Delimiter fields are of type |four_quarters|, and they have four subfields
// called |small_fam|, |small_char|, |large_fam|, |large_char|. These subfields
// represent variable-size delimiters by giving the ``small'' and ``large''
// starting characters, as explained in Chapter~17 of [\sl The \TeX book].
// \xref[TeXbook][\sl The \TeX book]
//
// A |fraction_noad| is actually quite different from all other noads. Not
// only does it have six words, it has |thickness|, |denominator|, and
// |numerator| fields instead of |nucleus|, |subscr|, and |supscr|. The
// |thickness| is a scaled value that tells how thick to make a fraction
// rule; however, the special value |default_code| is used to stand for the
// |default_rule_thickness| of the current size. The |numerator| and
// |denominator| point to mlists that define a fraction; we always have
// $$\hbox[|math_type(numerator)=math_type(denominator)=sub_mlist|].$$ The
// |left_delimiter| and |right_delimiter| fields specify delimiters that will
// be placed at the left and right of the fraction. In this way, a
// |fraction_noad| is able to represent all of \TeX's operators \.[\\over],
// \.[\\atop], \.[\\above], \.[\\overwithdelims], \.[\\atopwithdelims], and
//  \.[\\abovewithdelims].

// 686.

// tangle:pos tex.web:13511:1:

// The |new_noad| function creates an |ord_noad| that is completely null.
func (prg *prg) newNoad() (r halfword) {
	var (
		p halfword
	)
	p = prg.getNode(noadSize)
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0() = byte(ordNoad)
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1() = byte(normal)
	*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh() = prg.emptyField
	*prg.mem[int32(p)+3].hh() = prg.emptyField
	*prg.mem[int32(p)+2].hh() = prg.emptyField
	r = p
	return r
}

// 687.

// tangle:pos tex.web:13523:1:

// A few more kinds of noads will complete the set: An |under_noad| has its
// nucleus underlined; an |over_noad| has it overlined. An |accent_noad| places
// an accent over its nucleus; the accent character appears as
// |fam(accent_chr(p))| and |character(accent_chr(p))|. A |vcenter_noad|
// centers its nucleus vertically with respect to the axis of the formula;
// in such noads we always have |math_type(nucleus(p))=sub_box|.
//
// And finally, we have |left_noad| and |right_noad| types, to implement
// \TeX's \.[\\left] and \.[\\right]. The |nucleus| of such noads is
// replaced by a |delimiter| field; thus, for example, `\.[\\left(]' produces
// a |left_noad| such that |delimiter(p)| holds the family and character
// codes for all left parentheses. A |left_noad| never appears in an mlist
// except as the first element, and a |right_noad| never appears in an mlist
// except as the last element; furthermore, we either have both a |left_noad|
// and a |right_noad|, or neither one is present. The |subscr| and |supscr|
// fields are always |empty| in a |left_noad| and a |right_noad|.

// 688.

// tangle:pos tex.web:13551:1:

// Math formulas can also contain instructions like \.[\\textstyle] that
// override \TeX's normal style rules. A |style_node| is inserted into the
// data structure to record such instructions; it is three words long, so it
// is considered a node instead of a noad. The |subtype| is either |display_style|
// or |text_style| or |script_style| or |script_script_style|. The
// second and third words of a |style_node| are not used, but they are
// present because a |choice_node| is converted to a |style_node|.
//
// \TeX\ uses even numbers 0, 2, 4, 6 to encode the basic styles
// |display_style|, \dots, |script_script_style|, and adds~1 to get the
// “cramped” versions of these styles. This gives a numerical order that
// is backwards from the convention of Appendix~G in [\sl The \TeX book\/];
// i.e., a smaller style has a larger numerical value.
// \xref[TeXbook][\sl The \TeX book]
func (prg *prg) newStyle(s smallNumber) (r halfword) { // create a style node
	var (
		p halfword // the new node
	)
	p = prg.getNode(styleNodeSize)
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0() = byte(styleNode)
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1() = s
	*prg.mem[int32(p)+widthOffset].int() = 0
	*prg.mem[int32(p)+depthOffset].int() = 0 // the |width| and |depth| are not used
	r = p
	return r
}

// 689.

// tangle:pos tex.web:13581:1:

// Finally, the \.[\\mathchoice] primitive creates a |choice_node|, which
// has special subfields |display_mlist|, |text_mlist|, |script_mlist|,
// and |script_script_mlist| pointing to the mlists for each style.
func (prg *prg) newChoice() (r halfword) { // create a choice node
	var (
		p halfword // the new node
	)
	p = prg.getNode(styleNodeSize)
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0() = byte(choiceNode)
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1() = 0 // the |subtype| is not used
	*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).lh() = 0
	*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).rh() = 0
	*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+2].hh()).lh() = 0
	*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+2].hh()).rh() = 0
	r = p
	return r
}

func (prg *prg) showInfo() {
	prg.showNodeList(int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.tempPtr].hh()).lh()))
}

// 700.

// tangle:pos tex.web:13804:1:

// Before an mlist is converted to an hlist, \TeX\ makes sure that
// the fonts in family~2 have enough parameters to be math-symbol
// fonts, and that the fonts in family~3 have enough parameters to be
// math-extension fonts. The math-symbol parameters are referred to by using the
// following macros, which take a size code as their parameter; for example,
// |num1(cur_size)| gives the value of the |num1| parameter for the current size.
// \xref[parameters for symbols]
// \xref[font parameters]

// 701.

// tangle:pos tex.web:13835:1:

// The math-extension parameters have similar macros, but the size code is
// omitted (since it is always |cur_size| when we refer to such parameters).
// \xref[parameters for symbols]
// \xref[font parameters]

// 702.

// tangle:pos tex.web:13849:1:

// We also need to compute the change in style between mlists and their
// subsidiaries. The following macros define the subsidiary style for
// an overlined nucleus (|cramped_style|), for a subscript or a superscript
// (|sub_style| or |sup_style|), or for a numerator or denominator (|num_style|
// or |denom_style|).

// 704.

// tangle:pos tex.web:13870:1:

// Here is a function that returns a pointer to a rule node having a given
// thickness |t|. The rule will extend horizontally to the boundary of the vlist
// that eventually contains it.
func (prg *prg) fractionRule(t scaled) (r halfword) {
	// construct the bar for a fraction
	var (
		p halfword // the new node
	)
	p = prg.newRule()
	*prg.mem[int32(p)+heightOffset].int() = t
	*prg.mem[int32(p)+depthOffset].int() = 0
	r = p
	return r
}

// 705.

// tangle:pos tex.web:13880:1:

// The |overbar| function returns a pointer to a vlist box that consists of
// a given box |b|, above which has been placed a kern of height |k| under a
// fraction rule of thickness |t| under additional space of height |t|.
func (prg *prg) overbar(b halfword, k, t scaled) (r halfword) {
	var (
		p, q halfword // nodes being constructed
	)
	p = prg.newKern(k)
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = b
	q = prg.fractionRule(t)
	*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = p
	p = prg.newKern(t)
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = q
	r = prg.vpackage(p, scaled(0), smallNumber(additional), scaled(07777777777))
	return r
}

// 706.

// tangle:pos tex.web:13890:1:

// The |var_delimiter| function, which finds or constructs a sufficiently
// large delimiter, is the most interesting of the auxiliary functions that
// currently concern us. Given a pointer |d| to a delimiter field in some noad,
// together with a size code |s| and a vertical distance |v|, this function
// returns a pointer to a box that contains the smallest variant of |d| whose
// height plus depth is |v| or more. (And if no variant is large enough, it
// returns the largest available variant.) In particular, this routine will
// construct arbitrarily large delimiters from extensible components, if
// |d| leads to such characters.
//
// The value returned is a box whose |shift_amount| has been set so that
// the box is vertically centered with respect to the axis in the given size.
// If a built-up symbol is returned, the height of the box before shifting
// will be the height of its topmost component.
// \4
// Declare subprocedures for |var_delimiter|
func (prg *prg) charBox(f internalFontNumber, c quarterword) (r halfword) {
	var (
		q    fourQuarters
		hd   eightBits // |height_depth| byte
		b, p halfword  // the new box and its character node
	)
	q = *prg.fontInfo[prg.charBase[f]+int32(c)].qqqq()
	hd = byte(int32(q.b1) - minQuarterword)
	b = prg.newNullBox()
	*prg.mem[int32(b)+widthOffset].int() = *prg.fontInfo[prg.widthBase[f]+int32(q.b0)].int() + *prg.fontInfo[prg.italicBase[f]+(int32(q.b2)-minQuarterword)/4].int()
	*prg.mem[int32(b)+heightOffset].int() = *prg.fontInfo[prg.heightBase[f]+int32(hd)/16].int()
	*prg.mem[int32(b)+depthOffset].int() = *prg.fontInfo[prg.depthBase[f]+int32(hd)%16].int()
	p = prg.getAvail()
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1() = c
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0() = f
	*(*prg.mem[int32(b)+listOffset].hh()).rh() = p
	r = b
	return r
}

func (prg *prg) stackIntoBox(b halfword, f internalFontNumber,
	c quarterword) {
	var (
		p halfword // new node placed into |b|
	)
	p = prg.charBox(f, c)
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[int32(b)+listOffset].hh()).rh()
	*(*prg.mem[int32(b)+listOffset].hh()).rh() = p
	*prg.mem[int32(b)+heightOffset].int() = *prg.mem[int32(p)+heightOffset].int()
}

func (prg *prg) heightPlusDepth(f internalFontNumber, c quarterword) (r scaled) {
	var (
		q  fourQuarters
		hd eightBits // |height_depth| byte
	)
	q = *prg.fontInfo[prg.charBase[f]+int32(c)].qqqq()
	hd = byte(int32(q.b1) - minQuarterword)
	r = *prg.fontInfo[prg.heightBase[f]+int32(hd)/16].int() + *prg.fontInfo[prg.depthBase[f]+int32(hd)%16].int()
	return r
}

func (prg *prg) varDelimiter(d halfword, s smallNumber, v scaled) (r halfword) {
	var (
		b            halfword           // the box that will be constructed
		f, g         internalFontNumber // best-so-far and tentative font codes
		c, x, y      quarterword        // best-so-far and tentative character codes
		m, n         int32              // the number of extensible pieces
		u            scaled             // height-plus-depth of a tentative character
		w            scaled             // largest height-plus-depth so far
		q            fourQuarters       // character info
		hd           eightBits          // height-depth byte
		r1           fourQuarters       // extensible pieces
		z            smallNumber        // runs through font family members
		largeAttempt bool               // are we trying the ``large'' variant?
	)
	f = byte(fontBase)
	w = 0
	largeAttempt = false
	z = (*prg.mem[d].qqqq()).b0
	x = (*prg.mem[d].qqqq()).b1
	for true {
		if int32(z) != 0 || int32(x) != minQuarterword {
			z = byte(int32(z) + int32(s) + 16)
			for {
				z = byte(int32(z) - 16)
				g = byte(*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+int32(z)-1].hh()).rh())
				if int32(g) != fontBase {
					y = x
					if int32(y)-minQuarterword >= int32(prg.fontBc[g]) && int32(y)-minQuarterword <= int32(prg.fontEc[g]) {
					continue1:
						q = *prg.fontInfo[prg.charBase[g]+int32(y)].qqqq()
						if int32(q.b0) > minQuarterword {
							if (int32(q.b2)-minQuarterword)%4 == extTag {
								f = g
								c = y
								goto found
							}
							hd = byte(int32(q.b1) - minQuarterword)
							u = *prg.fontInfo[prg.heightBase[g]+int32(hd)/16].int() + *prg.fontInfo[prg.depthBase[g]+int32(hd)%16].int()
							if u > w {
								f = g
								c = y
								w = u
								if u >= v {
									goto found
								}
							}
							if (int32(q.b2)-minQuarterword)%4 == listTag {
								y = q.b3
								goto continue1
							}
						}
					}
				}
				if int32(z) < 16 {
					break
				}
			}
		}
		if largeAttempt {
			goto found
		} // there were none large enough
		largeAttempt = true
		z = (*prg.mem[d].qqqq()).b2
		x = (*prg.mem[d].qqqq()).b3
	}

found:
	if int32(f) != fontBase {
		if (int32(q.b2)-minQuarterword)%4 == extTag {
			b = prg.newNullBox()
			*(*prg.mem[b].hh()).b0() = byte(vlistNode)
			r1 = *prg.fontInfo[prg.extenBase[f]+int32(q.b3)].qqqq()

			// Compute the minimum suitable height, |w|, and the corresponding number of extension steps, |n|; also set |width(b)|
			c = r1.b3
			u = prg.heightPlusDepth(f, c)
			w = 0
			q = *prg.fontInfo[prg.charBase[f]+int32(c)].qqqq()
			*prg.mem[int32(b)+widthOffset].int() = *prg.fontInfo[prg.widthBase[f]+int32(q.b0)].int() + *prg.fontInfo[prg.italicBase[f]+(int32(q.b2)-minQuarterword)/4].int()

			c = r1.b2
			if int32(c) != minQuarterword {
				w = w + prg.heightPlusDepth(f, c)
			}
			c = r1.b1
			if int32(c) != minQuarterword {
				w = w + prg.heightPlusDepth(f, c)
			}
			c = r1.b0
			if int32(c) != minQuarterword {
				w = w + prg.heightPlusDepth(f, c)
			}
			n = 0
			if u > 0 {
				for w < v {
					w = w + u
					n = n + 1
					if int32(r1.b1) != minQuarterword {
						w = w + u
					}
				}
			}
			c = r1.b2
			if int32(c) != minQuarterword {
				prg.stackIntoBox(b, f, c)
			}
			c = r1.b3
			for ii := int32(1); ii <= n; ii++ {
				m = ii
				_ = m
				prg.stackIntoBox(b, f, c)
			}
			c = r1.b1
			if int32(c) != minQuarterword {
				prg.stackIntoBox(b, f, c)
				c = r1.b3
				for ii := int32(1); ii <= n; ii++ {
					m = ii
					_ = m
					prg.stackIntoBox(b, f, c)
				}
			}
			c = r1.b0
			if int32(c) != minQuarterword {
				prg.stackIntoBox(b, f, c)
			}
			*prg.mem[int32(b)+depthOffset].int() = w - *prg.mem[int32(b)+heightOffset].int()
		} else {
			b = prg.charBox(f, c)
		}
	} else {
		b = prg.newNullBox()
		*prg.mem[int32(b)+widthOffset].int() = *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+nullDelimiterSpaceCode-1].int() // use this width if no delimiter was found
	}
	*prg.mem[int32(b)+4].int() = prg.half(*prg.mem[int32(b)+heightOffset].int()-*prg.mem[int32(b)+depthOffset].int()) - *prg.fontInfo[22+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+2+int32(s)-1].hh()).rh()]].int()
	r = b
	return r
}

// 715.

// tangle:pos tex.web:14059:1:

// The next subroutine is much simpler; it is used for numerators and
// denominators of fractions as well as for displayed operators and
// their limits above and below. It takes a given box~|b| and
// changes it so that the new box is centered in a box of width~|w|.
// The centering is done by putting \.[\\hss] glue at the left and right
// of the list inside |b|, then packaging the new box; thus, the
// actual box might not really be centered, if it already contains
// infinite glue.
//
// The given box might contain a single character whose italic correction
// has been added to the width of the box; in this case a compensating
// kern is inserted.
func (prg *prg) rebox(b halfword, w scaled) (r halfword) {
	var (
		p halfword           // temporary register for list manipulation
		f internalFontNumber // font in a one-character box
		v scaled             // width of a character without italic correction
	)
	if *prg.mem[int32(b)+widthOffset].int() != w && int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(b)+listOffset].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
		if int32(*(*prg.mem[b].hh()).b0()) == vlistNode {
			b = prg.hpack(b, scaled(0), smallNumber(additional))
		}
		p = *(*prg.mem[int32(b)+listOffset].hh()).rh()
		if int32(p) >= int32(prg.hiMemMin) && int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()) == 0 {
			f = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()
			v = *prg.fontInfo[prg.widthBase[f]+int32((*prg.fontInfo[prg.charBase[f]+int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1())].qqqq()).b0)].int()
			if v != *prg.mem[int32(b)+widthOffset].int() {
				*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = prg.newKern(*prg.mem[int32(b)+widthOffset].int() - v)
			}
		}
		prg.freeNode(b, halfword(boxNodeSize))
		b = prg.newGlue(halfword(memBot + glueSpecSize + glueSpecSize + glueSpecSize))
		*(*prg.mem[b].hh()).rh() = p
		for int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
			p = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
		}
		*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = prg.newGlue(halfword(memBot + glueSpecSize + glueSpecSize + glueSpecSize))
		r = prg.hpack(b, w, smallNumber(exactly))
	} else {
		*prg.mem[int32(b)+widthOffset].int() = w
		r = b
	}
	return r
}

// 716.

// tangle:pos tex.web:14093:1:

// Here is a subroutine that creates a new glue specification from another
// one that is expressed in `\.[mu]', given the value of the math unit.
func (prg *prg) mathGlue(g halfword, m scaled) (r halfword) {
	var (
		p halfword // the new glue specification
		n int32    // integer part of |m|
		f scaled   // fraction part of |m|
	)
	n = prg.xOverN(m, 0200000)
	f = prg.remainder

	if f < 0 {
		n = n - 1
		f = f + 0200000
	}
	p = prg.getNode(glueSpecSize)
	*prg.mem[int32(p)+widthOffset].int() = prg.multAndAdd(n, *prg.mem[int32(g)+widthOffset].int(), prg.xnOverD(*prg.mem[int32(g)+widthOffset].int(), f, 0200000), scaled(07777777777)) // convert \.[mu] to \.[pt]
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0() = *(*prg.mem[g].hh()).b0()
	if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) == normal {
		*prg.mem[int32(p)+2].int() = prg.multAndAdd(n, *prg.mem[int32(g)+2].int(), prg.xnOverD(*prg.mem[int32(g)+2].int(), f, 0200000), scaled(07777777777))
	} else {
		*prg.mem[int32(p)+2].int() = *prg.mem[int32(g)+2].int()
	}
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1() = *(*prg.mem[g].hh()).b1()
	if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()) == normal {
		*prg.mem[int32(p)+3].int() = prg.multAndAdd(n, *prg.mem[int32(g)+3].int(), prg.xnOverD(*prg.mem[int32(g)+3].int(), f, 0200000), scaled(07777777777))
	} else {
		*prg.mem[int32(p)+3].int() = *prg.mem[int32(g)+3].int()
	}
	r = p
	return r
}

// 717.

// tangle:pos tex.web:14117:1:

// The |math_kern| subroutine removes |mu_glue| from a kern node, given
// the value of the math unit.
func (prg *prg) mathKern(p halfword, m scaled) {
	var (
		n int32  // integer part of |m|
		f scaled // fraction part of |m|
	)
	if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()) == muGlue {
		n = prg.xOverN(m, 0200000)
		f = prg.remainder

		if f < 0 {
			n = n - 1
			f = f + 0200000
		}
		*prg.mem[int32(p)+widthOffset].int() = prg.multAndAdd(n, *prg.mem[int32(p)+widthOffset].int(), prg.xnOverD(*prg.mem[int32(p)+widthOffset].int(), f, 0200000), scaled(07777777777))
		*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1() = byte(explicit)
	}
}

// 718.

// tangle:pos tex.web:14132:1:

// Sometimes it is necessary to destroy an mlist. The following
// subroutine empties the current list, assuming that |abs(mode)=mmode|.
func (prg *prg) flushMath() {
	prg.flushNodeList(*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.headField].hh()).rh())
	prg.flushNodeList(halfword(*prg.curList.auxField.int()))
	*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.headField].hh()).rh() = 0
	prg.curList.tailField = prg.curList.headField
	*prg.curList.auxField.int() = 0
} // \2

func (prg *prg) cleanBox(p halfword, s smallNumber) (r halfword) {
	var (
		q         halfword    // beginning of a list to be boxed
		saveStyle smallNumber // |cur_style| to be restored
		x         halfword    // box to be returned
		r1        halfword    // temporary pointer
	)
	switch *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() {
	case mathChar:
		prg.curMlist = prg.newNoad()
		prg.mem[int32(prg.curMlist)+1] = prg.mem[p]

	case subBox:
		q = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh()
		goto found

	case subMlist:
		prg.curMlist = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh()

	default:
		q = prg.newNullBox()
		goto found

	}

	saveStyle = prg.curStyle
	prg.curStyle = s
	prg.mlistPenalties = false

	prg.mlistToHlist()
	q = *(*prg.mem[30000-3].hh()).rh() // recursive call
	prg.curStyle = saveStyle           // restore the style

	// Set up the values of |cur_size| and |cur_mu|, based on |cur_style|
	{
		if int32(prg.curStyle) < scriptStyle {
			prg.curSize = byte(textSize)
		} else {
			prg.curSize = byte(16 * ((int32(prg.curStyle) - textStyle) / 2))
		}
		prg.curMu = prg.xOverN(*prg.fontInfo[6+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+2+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int(), 18)
	}

found:
	if int32(q) >= int32(prg.hiMemMin) || int32(q) == 0 {
		x = prg.hpack(q, scaled(0), smallNumber(additional))
	} else if int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()) == 0 && int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0()) <= vlistNode && *prg.mem[int32(q)+4].int() == 0 {
		x = q
	} else {
		x = prg.hpack(q, scaled(0), smallNumber(additional))
	}

	// Simplify a trivial box
	q = *(*prg.mem[int32(x)+listOffset].hh()).rh()
	if int32(q) >= int32(prg.hiMemMin) {
		r1 = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()
		if int32(r1) != 0 {
			if int32(*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh()) == 0 {
				if !(int32(r1) >= int32(prg.hiMemMin)) {
					if int32(*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b0()) == kernNode {
						prg.freeNode(r1, halfword(smallNodeSize))
						*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = 0
					}
				}
			}
		}
	}
	r = x
	return r
}

// 722.

// tangle:pos tex.web:14212:1:

// It is convenient to have a procedure that converts a |math_char|
// field to an “unpacked” form. The |fetch| routine sets |cur_f|, |cur_c|,
// and |cur_i| to the font code, character code, and character information bytes of
// a given noad field. It also takes care of issuing error messages for
// nonexistent characters; in such cases, |char_exists(cur_i)| will be |false|
// after |fetch| has acted, and the field will also have been reset to |empty|.
func (prg *prg) fetch(a halfword) {
	prg.curC = *(*prg.mem[a].hh()).b1()
	prg.curF = byte(*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+int32(*(*prg.mem[a].hh()).b0())+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh())
	if int32(prg.curF) == fontBase {
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			}
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
			prg.print( /* "" */ 338)
		}
		prg.printSize(int32(prg.curSize))
		prg.printChar(asciiCode(' '))
		prg.printInt(int32(*(*prg.mem[a].hh()).b0()))
		prg.print( /* " is undefined (character " */ 884)
		prg.print(int32(prg.curC) - minQuarterword)
		prg.printChar(asciiCode(')'))
		{
			prg.helpPtr = 4
			prg.helpLine[3] = /* "Somewhere in the math formula just ended, you used the" */ 885
			prg.helpLine[2] = /* "stated character from an undefined font family. For example," */ 886
			prg.helpLine[1] = /* "plain TeX doesn't allow \\it or \\sl in subscripts. Proceed," */ 887
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "and I'll try to forget that I needed that character." */ 888
		}
		prg.error1()
		prg.curI = prg.nullCharacter
		*(*prg.mem[a].hh()).rh() = uint16(empty)
	} else {
		if int32(prg.curC)-minQuarterword >= int32(prg.fontBc[prg.curF]) && int32(prg.curC)-minQuarterword <= int32(prg.fontEc[prg.curF]) {
			prg.curI = *prg.fontInfo[prg.charBase[prg.curF]+int32(prg.curC)].qqqq()
		} else {
			prg.curI = prg.nullCharacter
		}
		if !(int32(prg.curI.b0) > minQuarterword) {
			prg.charWarning(prg.curF, eightBits(int32(prg.curC)-minQuarterword))
			*(*prg.mem[a].hh()).rh() = uint16(empty)
			prg.curI = prg.nullCharacter
		}
	}
}

// 725.

// tangle:pos tex.web:14252:1:

// We need to do a lot of different things, so |mlist_to_hlist| makes two
// passes over the given mlist.
//
// The first pass does most of the processing: It removes ``mu'' spacing from
// glue, it recursively evaluates all subsidiary mlists so that only the
// top-level mlist remains to be handled, it puts fractions and square roots
// and such things into boxes, it attaches subscripts and superscripts, and
// it computes the overall height and depth of the top-level mlist so that
// the size of delimiters for a |left_noad| and a |right_noad| will be known.
// The hlist resulting from each noad is recorded in that noad's |new_hlist|
// field, an integer field that replaces the |nucleus| or |thickness|.
// \xref[recursion]
//
// The second pass eliminates all noads and inserts the correct glue and
// penalties between nodes.

// 726.

// tangle:pos tex.web:14270:1:

// Here is the overall plan of |mlist_to_hlist|, and the list of its
// local variables.
// \4
// Declare math construction procedures
func (prg *prg) makeOver(q halfword) {
	*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).lh() = prg.overbar(prg.cleanBox(halfword(int32(q)+1), smallNumber(2*(int32(prg.curStyle)/2)+cramped)),
		3**prg.fontInfo[8+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+3+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int(), *prg.fontInfo[8+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+3+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int())
	*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).rh() = uint16(subBox)
}

func (prg *prg) makeUnder(q halfword) {
	var (
		p, x, y halfword // temporary registers for box construction
		delta   scaled   // overall height plus depth
	)
	x = prg.cleanBox(halfword(int32(q)+1), prg.curStyle)
	p = prg.newKern(3 * *prg.fontInfo[8+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+3+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int())
	*(*prg.mem[x].hh()).rh() = p
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = prg.fractionRule(*prg.fontInfo[8+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+3+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int())
	y = prg.vpackage(x, scaled(0), smallNumber(additional), scaled(07777777777))
	delta = *prg.mem[int32(y)+heightOffset].int() + *prg.mem[int32(y)+depthOffset].int() + *prg.fontInfo[8+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+3+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int()
	*prg.mem[int32(y)+heightOffset].int() = *prg.mem[int32(x)+heightOffset].int()
	*prg.mem[int32(y)+depthOffset].int() = delta - *prg.mem[int32(y)+heightOffset].int()
	*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).lh() = y
	*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).rh() = uint16(subBox)
}

func (prg *prg) makeVcenter(q halfword) {
	var (
		v     halfword // the box that should be centered vertically
		delta scaled   // its height plus depth
	)
	v = *(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).lh()
	if int32(*(*prg.mem[v].hh()).b0()) != vlistNode {
		prg.confusion(strNumber( /* "vcenter" */ 539))
	}
	// \xref[this can't happen vcenter][\quad vcenter]
	delta = *prg.mem[int32(v)+heightOffset].int() + *prg.mem[int32(v)+depthOffset].int()
	*prg.mem[int32(v)+heightOffset].int() = *prg.fontInfo[22+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+2+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int() + prg.half(delta)
	*prg.mem[int32(v)+depthOffset].int() = delta - *prg.mem[int32(v)+heightOffset].int()
}

func (prg *prg) makeRadical(q halfword) {
	var (
		x, y       halfword // temporary registers for box construction
		delta, clr scaled   // dimensions involved in the calculation
	)
	x = prg.cleanBox(halfword(int32(q)+1), smallNumber(2*(int32(prg.curStyle)/2)+cramped))
	if int32(prg.curStyle) < textStyle {
		clr = *prg.fontInfo[8+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+3+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int() + abs(*prg.fontInfo[5+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+2+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int())/4
	} else {
		clr = *prg.fontInfo[8+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+3+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int()
		clr = clr + abs(clr)/4
	}
	y = prg.varDelimiter(halfword(int32(q)+4), prg.curSize, *prg.mem[int32(x)+heightOffset].int()+*prg.mem[int32(x)+depthOffset].int()+clr+*prg.fontInfo[8+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+3+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int())
	delta = *prg.mem[int32(y)+depthOffset].int() - (*prg.mem[int32(x)+heightOffset].int() + *prg.mem[int32(x)+depthOffset].int() + clr)
	if delta > 0 {
		clr = clr + prg.half(delta)
	} // increase the actual clearance
	*prg.mem[int32(y)+4].int() = -(*prg.mem[int32(x)+heightOffset].int() + clr)
	*(*prg.mem[y].hh()).rh() = prg.overbar(x, clr, *prg.mem[int32(y)+heightOffset].int())
	*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).lh() = prg.hpack(y, scaled(0), smallNumber(additional))
	*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).rh() = uint16(subBox)
}

func (prg *prg) makeMathAccent(q halfword) {
	var (
		p, x, y halfword           // temporary registers for box construction
		a       int32              // address of lig/kern instruction
		c       quarterword        // accent character
		f       internalFontNumber // its font
		i       fourQuarters       // its |char_info|
		s       scaled             // amount to skew the accent to the right
		h       scaled             // height of character being accented
		delta   scaled             // space to remove between accent and accentee
		w       scaled             // width of the accentee, not including sub/superscripts
	)
	prg.fetch(halfword(int32(q) + 4))
	if int32(prg.curI.b0) > minQuarterword {
		i = prg.curI
		c = prg.curC
		f = prg.curF

		// Compute the amount of skew
		s = 0
		if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).rh()) == mathChar {
			prg.fetch(halfword(int32(q) + 1))
			if (int32(prg.curI.b2)-minQuarterword)%4 == ligTag {
				a = prg.ligKernBase[prg.curF] + int32(prg.curI.b3)
				prg.curI = *prg.fontInfo[a].qqqq()
				if int32(prg.curI.b0) > 128+minQuarterword {
					a = prg.ligKernBase[prg.curF] + 256*int32(prg.curI.b2) + int32(prg.curI.b3) + 32768 - 256*(128+minQuarterword)
					prg.curI = *prg.fontInfo[a].qqqq()
				}
				for true {
					if int32(prg.curI.b1)-minQuarterword == prg.skewChar[prg.curF] {
						if int32(prg.curI.b2) >= 128+minQuarterword {
							if int32(prg.curI.b0) <= 128+minQuarterword {
								s = *prg.fontInfo[prg.kernBase[prg.curF]+256*int32(prg.curI.b2)+int32(prg.curI.b3)].int()
							}
						}

						goto done1
					}
					if int32(prg.curI.b0) >= 128+minQuarterword {
						goto done1
					}
					a = a + int32(prg.curI.b0) - minQuarterword + 1
					prg.curI = *prg.fontInfo[a].qqqq()
				}
			}
		}

	done1:
		;
		x = prg.cleanBox(halfword(int32(q)+1), smallNumber(2*(int32(prg.curStyle)/2)+cramped))
		w = *prg.mem[int32(x)+widthOffset].int()
		h = *prg.mem[int32(x)+heightOffset].int()

		// Switch to a larger accent if available and appropriate
		for true {
			if (int32(i.b2)-minQuarterword)%4 != listTag {
				goto done
			}
			y = uint16(i.b3)
			i = *prg.fontInfo[prg.charBase[f]+int32(y)].qqqq()
			if !(int32(i.b0) > minQuarterword) {
				goto done
			}
			if *prg.fontInfo[prg.widthBase[f]+int32(i.b0)].int() > w {
				goto done
			}
			c = byte(y)
		}

	done:
		;
		if h < *prg.fontInfo[xHeightCode+prg.paramBase[f]].int() {
			delta = h
		} else {
			delta = *prg.fontInfo[xHeightCode+prg.paramBase[f]].int()
		}
		if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+2].hh()).rh()) != empty || int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+3].hh()).rh()) != empty {
			if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).rh()) == mathChar {
				prg.flushNodeList(x)
				x = prg.newNoad()
				prg.mem[int32(x)+1] = prg.mem[int32(q)+1]
				prg.mem[int32(x)+2] = prg.mem[int32(q)+2]
				prg.mem[int32(x)+3] = prg.mem[int32(q)+3]

				*prg.mem[int32(q)+2].hh() = prg.emptyField
				*prg.mem[int32(q)+3].hh() = prg.emptyField

				*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).rh() = uint16(subMlist)
				*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).lh() = x
				x = prg.cleanBox(halfword(int32(q)+1), prg.curStyle)
				delta = delta + *prg.mem[int32(x)+heightOffset].int() - h
				h = *prg.mem[int32(x)+heightOffset].int()
			}
		}
		y = prg.charBox(f, c)
		*prg.mem[int32(y)+4].int() = s + prg.half(w-*prg.mem[int32(y)+widthOffset].int())
		*prg.mem[int32(y)+widthOffset].int() = 0
		p = prg.newKern(-delta)
		*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = x
		*(*prg.mem[y].hh()).rh() = p
		y = prg.vpackage(y, scaled(0), smallNumber(additional), scaled(07777777777))
		*prg.mem[int32(y)+widthOffset].int() = *prg.mem[int32(x)+widthOffset].int()
		if *prg.mem[int32(y)+heightOffset].int() < h {
			p = prg.newKern(h - *prg.mem[int32(y)+heightOffset].int())
			*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[int32(y)+listOffset].hh()).rh()
			*(*prg.mem[int32(y)+listOffset].hh()).rh() = p
			*prg.mem[int32(y)+heightOffset].int() = h
		}
		*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).lh() = y
		*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).rh() = uint16(subBox)
	}
}

func (prg *prg) makeFraction(q halfword) {
	var (
		p, v, x, y, z                                  halfword // temporary registers for box construction
		delta, delta1, delta2, shiftUp, shiftDown, clr scaled
	// dimensions for box calculations
	)
	if *prg.mem[int32(q)+widthOffset].int() == 010000000000 {
		*prg.mem[int32(q)+widthOffset].int() = *prg.fontInfo[8+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+3+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int()
	}

	// Create equal-width boxes |x| and |z| for the numerator and denominator, and compute the default amounts |shift_up| and |shift_down| by which they are displaced from the baseline
	x = prg.cleanBox(halfword(int32(q)+2), smallNumber(int32(prg.curStyle)+2-2*(int32(prg.curStyle)/6)))
	z = prg.cleanBox(halfword(int32(q)+3), smallNumber(2*(int32(prg.curStyle)/2)+cramped+2-2*(int32(prg.curStyle)/6)))
	if *prg.mem[int32(x)+widthOffset].int() < *prg.mem[int32(z)+widthOffset].int() {
		x = prg.rebox(x, *prg.mem[int32(z)+widthOffset].int())
	} else {
		z = prg.rebox(z, *prg.mem[int32(x)+widthOffset].int())
	}
	if int32(prg.curStyle) < textStyle {
		shiftUp = *prg.fontInfo[8+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+2+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int()
		shiftDown = *prg.fontInfo[11+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+2+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int()
	} else {
		shiftDown = *prg.fontInfo[12+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+2+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int()
		if *prg.mem[int32(q)+widthOffset].int() != 0 {
			shiftUp = *prg.fontInfo[9+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+2+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int()
		} else {
			shiftUp = *prg.fontInfo[10+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+2+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int()
		}
	}
	if *prg.mem[int32(q)+widthOffset].int() == 0 {
		if int32(prg.curStyle) < textStyle {
			clr = 7 * *prg.fontInfo[8+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+3+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int()
		} else {
			clr = 3 * *prg.fontInfo[8+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+3+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int()
		}
		delta = prg.half(clr - (shiftUp - *prg.mem[int32(x)+depthOffset].int() - (*prg.mem[int32(z)+heightOffset].int() - shiftDown)))
		if delta > 0 {
			shiftUp = shiftUp + delta
			shiftDown = shiftDown + delta
		}
	} else {
		// Adjust \(s)|shift_up| and |shift_down| for the case of a fraction line
		if int32(prg.curStyle) < textStyle {
			clr = 3 * *prg.mem[int32(q)+widthOffset].int()
		} else {
			clr = *prg.mem[int32(q)+widthOffset].int()
		}
		delta = prg.half(*prg.mem[int32(q)+widthOffset].int())
		delta1 = clr - (shiftUp - *prg.mem[int32(x)+depthOffset].int() - (*prg.fontInfo[22+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+2+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int() + delta))
		delta2 = clr - (*prg.fontInfo[22+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+2+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int() - delta - (*prg.mem[int32(z)+heightOffset].int() - shiftDown))
		if delta1 > 0 {
			shiftUp = shiftUp + delta1
		}
		if delta2 > 0 {
			shiftDown = shiftDown + delta2
		}
	}

	// Construct a vlist box for the fraction, according to |shift_up| and |shift_down|
	v = prg.newNullBox()
	*(*prg.mem[v].hh()).b0() = byte(vlistNode)
	*prg.mem[int32(v)+heightOffset].int() = shiftUp + *prg.mem[int32(x)+heightOffset].int()
	*prg.mem[int32(v)+depthOffset].int() = *prg.mem[int32(z)+depthOffset].int() + shiftDown
	*prg.mem[int32(v)+widthOffset].int() = *prg.mem[int32(x)+widthOffset].int() // this also equals |width(z)|
	if *prg.mem[int32(q)+widthOffset].int() == 0 {
		p = prg.newKern(shiftUp - *prg.mem[int32(x)+depthOffset].int() - (*prg.mem[int32(z)+heightOffset].int() - shiftDown))
		*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = z
	} else {
		y = prg.fractionRule(*prg.mem[int32(q)+widthOffset].int())

		p = prg.newKern(*prg.fontInfo[22+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+2+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int() - delta - (*prg.mem[int32(z)+heightOffset].int() - shiftDown))

		*(*prg.mem[y].hh()).rh() = p
		*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = z

		p = prg.newKern(shiftUp - *prg.mem[int32(x)+depthOffset].int() - (*prg.fontInfo[22+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+2+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int() + delta))
		*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = y
	}
	*(*prg.mem[x].hh()).rh() = p
	*(*prg.mem[int32(v)+listOffset].hh()).rh() = x

	// Put the \(f)fraction into a box with its delimiters, and make |new_hlist(q)| point to it
	if int32(prg.curStyle) < textStyle {
		delta = *prg.fontInfo[20+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+2+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int()
	} else {
		delta = *prg.fontInfo[21+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+2+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int()
	}
	x = prg.varDelimiter(halfword(int32(q)+4), prg.curSize, delta)
	*(*prg.mem[x].hh()).rh() = v

	z = prg.varDelimiter(halfword(int32(q)+5), prg.curSize, delta)
	*(*prg.mem[v].hh()).rh() = z

	*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].int() = int32(prg.hpack(x, scaled(0), smallNumber(additional)))
}

func (prg *prg) makeOp(q halfword) (r scaled) {
	var (
		delta              scaled   // offset between subscript and superscript
		p, v, x, y, z      halfword // temporary registers for box construction
		c                  quarterword
		i                  fourQuarters // registers for character examination
		shiftUp, shiftDown scaled       // dimensions for box calculation
	)
	if int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b1()) == normal && int32(prg.curStyle) < textStyle {
		*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b1() = byte(limits)
	}
	if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).rh()) == mathChar {
		prg.fetch(halfword(int32(q) + 1))
		if int32(prg.curStyle) < textStyle && (int32(prg.curI.b2)-minQuarterword)%4 == listTag {
			c = prg.curI.b3
			i = *prg.fontInfo[prg.charBase[prg.curF]+int32(c)].qqqq()
			if int32(i.b0) > minQuarterword {
				prg.curC = c
				prg.curI = i
				*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).b1() = c
			}
		}
		delta = *prg.fontInfo[prg.italicBase[prg.curF]+(int32(prg.curI.b2)-minQuarterword)/4].int()
		x = prg.cleanBox(halfword(int32(q)+1), prg.curStyle)
		if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+3].hh()).rh()) != empty && int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b1()) != limits {
			*prg.mem[int32(x)+widthOffset].int() = *prg.mem[int32(x)+widthOffset].int() - delta
		} // remove italic correction
		*prg.mem[int32(x)+4].int() = prg.half(*prg.mem[int32(x)+heightOffset].int()-*prg.mem[int32(x)+depthOffset].int()) - *prg.fontInfo[22+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+2+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int()
		// center vertically
		*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).rh() = uint16(subBox)
		*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).lh() = x
	} else {
		delta = 0
	}
	if int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b1()) == limits {
		x = prg.cleanBox(halfword(int32(q)+2), smallNumber(2*(int32(prg.curStyle)/4)+scriptStyle+int32(prg.curStyle)%2))
		y = prg.cleanBox(halfword(int32(q)+1), prg.curStyle)
		z = prg.cleanBox(halfword(int32(q)+3), smallNumber(2*(int32(prg.curStyle)/4)+scriptStyle+cramped))
		v = prg.newNullBox()
		*(*prg.mem[v].hh()).b0() = byte(vlistNode)
		*prg.mem[int32(v)+widthOffset].int() = *prg.mem[int32(y)+widthOffset].int()
		if *prg.mem[int32(x)+widthOffset].int() > *prg.mem[int32(v)+widthOffset].int() {
			*prg.mem[int32(v)+widthOffset].int() = *prg.mem[int32(x)+widthOffset].int()
		}
		if *prg.mem[int32(z)+widthOffset].int() > *prg.mem[int32(v)+widthOffset].int() {
			*prg.mem[int32(v)+widthOffset].int() = *prg.mem[int32(z)+widthOffset].int()
		}
		x = prg.rebox(x, *prg.mem[int32(v)+widthOffset].int())
		y = prg.rebox(y, *prg.mem[int32(v)+widthOffset].int())
		z = prg.rebox(z, *prg.mem[int32(v)+widthOffset].int())

		*prg.mem[int32(x)+4].int() = prg.half(delta)
		*prg.mem[int32(z)+4].int() = -*prg.mem[int32(x)+4].int()
		*prg.mem[int32(v)+heightOffset].int() = *prg.mem[int32(y)+heightOffset].int()
		*prg.mem[int32(v)+depthOffset].int() = *prg.mem[int32(y)+depthOffset].int()

		// Attach the limits to |y| and adjust |height(v)|, |depth(v)| to account for their presence
		if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+2].hh()).rh()) == empty {
			prg.freeNode(x, halfword(boxNodeSize))
			*(*prg.mem[int32(v)+listOffset].hh()).rh() = y
		} else {
			shiftUp = *prg.fontInfo[11+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+3+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int() - *prg.mem[int32(x)+depthOffset].int()
			if shiftUp < *prg.fontInfo[9+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+3+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int() {
				shiftUp = *prg.fontInfo[9+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+3+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int()
			}
			p = prg.newKern(shiftUp)
			*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = y
			*(*prg.mem[x].hh()).rh() = p

			p = prg.newKern(*prg.fontInfo[13+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+3+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int())
			*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = x
			*(*prg.mem[int32(v)+listOffset].hh()).rh() = p
			*prg.mem[int32(v)+heightOffset].int() = *prg.mem[int32(v)+heightOffset].int() + *prg.fontInfo[13+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+3+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int() + *prg.mem[int32(x)+heightOffset].int() + *prg.mem[int32(x)+depthOffset].int() + shiftUp
		}
		if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+3].hh()).rh()) == empty {
			prg.freeNode(z, halfword(boxNodeSize))
		} else {
			shiftDown = *prg.fontInfo[12+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+3+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int() - *prg.mem[int32(z)+heightOffset].int()
			if shiftDown < *prg.fontInfo[10+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+3+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int() {
				shiftDown = *prg.fontInfo[10+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+3+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int()
			}
			p = prg.newKern(shiftDown)
			*(*prg.mem[y].hh()).rh() = p
			*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = z

			p = prg.newKern(*prg.fontInfo[13+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+3+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int())
			*(*prg.mem[z].hh()).rh() = p
			*prg.mem[int32(v)+depthOffset].int() = *prg.mem[int32(v)+depthOffset].int() + *prg.fontInfo[13+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+3+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int() + *prg.mem[int32(z)+heightOffset].int() + *prg.mem[int32(z)+depthOffset].int() + shiftDown
		}
		*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].int() = int32(v)
	}
	r = delta
	return r
}

func (prg *prg) makeOrd(q halfword) {
	var (
		a     int32    // address of lig/kern instruction
		p, r1 halfword // temporary registers for list manipulation
	)
restart:
	if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+3].hh()).rh()) == empty {
		if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+2].hh()).rh()) == empty {
			if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).rh()) == mathChar {
				p = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()
				if int32(p) != 0 {
					if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) >= ordNoad && int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) <= punctNoad {
						if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).rh()) == mathChar {
							if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).b0()) == int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).b0()) {
								*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).rh() = uint16(mathTextChar)
								prg.fetch(halfword(int32(q) + 1))
								if (int32(prg.curI.b2)-minQuarterword)%4 == ligTag {
									a = prg.ligKernBase[prg.curF] + int32(prg.curI.b3)
									prg.curC = *(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).b1()
									prg.curI = *prg.fontInfo[a].qqqq()
									if int32(prg.curI.b0) > 128+minQuarterword {
										a = prg.ligKernBase[prg.curF] + 256*int32(prg.curI.b2) + int32(prg.curI.b3) + 32768 - 256*(128+minQuarterword)
										prg.curI = *prg.fontInfo[a].qqqq()
									}
									for true {
										if int32(prg.curI.b1) == int32(prg.curC) {
											if int32(prg.curI.b0) <= 128+minQuarterword {
												if int32(prg.curI.b2) >= 128+minQuarterword {
													p = prg.newKern(*prg.fontInfo[prg.kernBase[prg.curF]+256*int32(prg.curI.b2)+int32(prg.curI.b3)].int())
													*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()
													*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = p
													goto exit
												} else {
													{
														if prg.interrupt != 0 {
															prg.pauseForInstructions()
														}
													} // allow a way out of infinite ligature loop
													switch prg.curI.b2 {
													case 1 + minQuarterword, 5 + minQuarterword:
														*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).b1() = prg.curI.b3 // \.[=:\?], \.[=:\?>]
													case 2 + minQuarterword, 6 + minQuarterword:
														*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).b1() = prg.curI.b3 // \.[\?=:], \.[\?=:>]
													case 3 + minQuarterword, 7 + minQuarterword, 11 + minQuarterword:
														r1 = prg.newNoad() // \.[\?=:\?], \.[\?=:\?>], \.[\?=:\?>>]
														*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+1].hh()).b1() = prg.curI.b3
														*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+1].hh()).b0() = *(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).b0()

														*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = r1
														*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh() = p
														if int32(prg.curI.b2) < 11+minQuarterword {
															*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+1].hh()).rh() = uint16(mathChar)
														} else {
															*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+1].hh()).rh() = uint16(mathTextChar)
														} // prevent combination

													default:
														*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
														*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).b1() = prg.curI.b3 // \.[=:]
														prg.mem[int32(q)+3] = prg.mem[int32(p)+3]
														prg.mem[int32(q)+2] = prg.mem[int32(p)+2]

														prg.freeNode(p, halfword(noadSize))

													}
													if int32(prg.curI.b2) > 3+minQuarterword {
														goto exit
													}
													*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).rh() = uint16(mathChar)
													goto restart
												}
											}
										}
										if int32(prg.curI.b0) >= 128+minQuarterword {
											goto exit
										}
										a = a + int32(prg.curI.b0) - minQuarterword + 1
										prg.curI = *prg.fontInfo[a].qqqq()
									}
								}
							}
						}
					}
				}
			}
		}
	}

exit:
}

func (prg *prg) makeScripts(q halfword, delta scaled) {
	var (
		p, x, y, z              halfword    // temporary registers for box construction
		shiftUp, shiftDown, clr scaled      // dimensions in the calculation
		t                       smallNumber // subsidiary size code
	)
	p = uint16(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].int())
	if int32(p) >= int32(prg.hiMemMin) {
		shiftUp = 0
		shiftDown = 0
	} else {
		z = prg.hpack(p, scaled(0), smallNumber(additional))
		if int32(prg.curStyle) < scriptStyle {
			t = byte(scriptSize)
		} else {
			t = byte(scriptScriptSize)
		}
		shiftUp = *prg.mem[int32(z)+heightOffset].int() - *prg.fontInfo[18+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+2+int32(t)-1].hh()).rh()]].int()
		shiftDown = *prg.mem[int32(z)+depthOffset].int() + *prg.fontInfo[19+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+2+int32(t)-1].hh()).rh()]].int()
		prg.freeNode(z, halfword(boxNodeSize))
	}
	if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+2].hh()).rh()) == empty {
		x = prg.cleanBox(halfword(int32(q)+3), smallNumber(2*(int32(prg.curStyle)/4)+scriptStyle+cramped))
		*prg.mem[int32(x)+widthOffset].int() = *prg.mem[int32(x)+widthOffset].int() + *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+scriptSpaceCode-1].int()
		if shiftDown < *prg.fontInfo[16+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+2+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int() {
			shiftDown = *prg.fontInfo[16+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+2+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int()
		}
		clr = *prg.mem[int32(x)+heightOffset].int() - abs(*prg.fontInfo[5+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+2+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int()*4)/5
		if shiftDown < clr {
			shiftDown = clr
		}
		*prg.mem[int32(x)+4].int() = shiftDown
	} else {
		{
			x = prg.cleanBox(halfword(int32(q)+2), smallNumber(2*(int32(prg.curStyle)/4)+scriptStyle+int32(prg.curStyle)%2))
			*prg.mem[int32(x)+widthOffset].int() = *prg.mem[int32(x)+widthOffset].int() + *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+scriptSpaceCode-1].int()
			if prg.curStyle&1 != 0 {
				clr = *prg.fontInfo[15+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+2+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int()
			} else if int32(prg.curStyle) < textStyle {
				clr = *prg.fontInfo[13+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+2+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int()
			} else {
				clr = *prg.fontInfo[14+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+2+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int()
			}
			if shiftUp < clr {
				shiftUp = clr
			}
			clr = *prg.mem[int32(x)+depthOffset].int() + abs(*prg.fontInfo[5+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+2+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int())/4
			if shiftUp < clr {
				shiftUp = clr
			}
		}
		if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+3].hh()).rh()) == empty {
			*prg.mem[int32(x)+4].int() = -shiftUp
		} else {
			// Construct a sub/superscript combination box |x|, with the superscript offset by |delta|
			y = prg.cleanBox(halfword(int32(q)+3), smallNumber(2*(int32(prg.curStyle)/4)+scriptStyle+cramped))
			*prg.mem[int32(y)+widthOffset].int() = *prg.mem[int32(y)+widthOffset].int() + *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+scriptSpaceCode-1].int()
			if shiftDown < *prg.fontInfo[17+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+2+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int() {
				shiftDown = *prg.fontInfo[17+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+2+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int()
			}
			clr = 4**prg.fontInfo[8+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+3+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int() - (shiftUp - *prg.mem[int32(x)+depthOffset].int() - (*prg.mem[int32(y)+heightOffset].int() - shiftDown))
			if clr > 0 {
				shiftDown = shiftDown + clr
				clr = abs(*prg.fontInfo[5+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+2+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int()*4)/5 - (shiftUp - *prg.mem[int32(x)+depthOffset].int())
				if clr > 0 {
					shiftUp = shiftUp + clr
					shiftDown = shiftDown - clr
				}
			}
			*prg.mem[int32(x)+4].int() = delta // superscript is |delta| to the right of the subscript
			p = prg.newKern(shiftUp - *prg.mem[int32(x)+depthOffset].int() - (*prg.mem[int32(y)+heightOffset].int() - shiftDown))
			*(*prg.mem[x].hh()).rh() = p
			*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = y
			x = prg.vpackage(x, scaled(0), smallNumber(additional), scaled(07777777777))
			*prg.mem[int32(x)+4].int() = shiftDown
		}
	}
	if *prg.mem[int32(q)+1].int() == 0 {
		*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].int() = int32(x)
	} else {
		p = uint16(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].int())
		for int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
			p = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
		}
		*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = x
	}
}

func (prg *prg) makeLeftRight(q halfword, style smallNumber,
	maxD, maxH scaled) (r smallNumber) {
	var (
		delta, delta1, delta2 scaled // dimensions used in the calculation
	)
	if int32(style) < scriptStyle {
		prg.curSize = byte(textSize)
	} else {
		prg.curSize = byte(16 * ((int32(style) - textStyle) / 2))
	}
	delta2 = maxD + *prg.fontInfo[22+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+2+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int()
	delta1 = maxH + maxD - delta2
	if delta2 > delta1 {
		delta1 = delta2
	} // |delta1| is max distance from axis
	delta = delta1 / 500 * *prg.eqtb[intBase+delimiterFactorCode-1].int()
	delta2 = delta1 + delta1 - *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+delimiterShortfallCode-1].int()
	if delta < delta2 {
		delta = delta2
	}
	*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].int() = int32(prg.varDelimiter(halfword(int32(q)+1), prg.curSize, delta))
	r = byte(int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0()) - (leftNoad - openNoad)) // |open_noad| or |close_noad|
	return r
}

// 720.

// tangle:pos tex.web:14163:1:

// The recursion in |mlist_to_hlist| is due primarily to a subroutine
// called |clean_box| that puts a given noad field into a box using a given
// math style; |mlist_to_hlist| can call |clean_box|, which can call
// |mlist_to_hlist|.
// \xref[recursion]
//
// The box returned by |clean_box| is “clean” in the
// sense that its |shift_amount| is zero.
func (prg *prg) mlistToHlist() {
	var (
		mlist      halfword    // beginning of the given list
		penalties  bool        // should penalty nodes be inserted?
		style      smallNumber // the given style
		saveStyle  smallNumber // holds |cur_style| during recursion
		q          halfword    // runs through the mlist
		r1         halfword    // the most recent noad preceding |q|
		rType      smallNumber // the |type| of noad |r|, or |op_noad| if |r=null|
		t          smallNumber // the effective |type| of noad |q| during the second pass
		p, x, y, z halfword    // temporary registers for list construction
		pen        int32       // a penalty to be inserted
		s          smallNumber // the size of a noad to be deleted
		maxH, maxD scaled      // maximum height and depth of the list translated so far
		delta      scaled      // offset between subscript and superscript
	)
	mlist = prg.curMlist
	penalties = prg.mlistPenalties
	style = prg.curStyle // tuck global parameters away as local variables
	q = mlist
	r1 = 0
	rType = byte(opNoad)
	maxH = 0
	maxD = 0

	// Set up the values of |cur_size| and |cur_mu|, based on |cur_style|
	{
		if int32(prg.curStyle) < scriptStyle {
			prg.curSize = byte(textSize)
		} else {
			prg.curSize = byte(16 * ((int32(prg.curStyle) - textStyle) / 2))
		}
		prg.curMu = prg.xOverN(*prg.fontInfo[6+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+2+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int(), 18)
	}
	for int32(q) != 0 {
		// Process node-or-noad |q| as much as possible in preparation for the second pass of |mlist_to_hlist|, then move to the next item in the mlist

		// Do first-pass processing based on |type(q)|; |goto done_with_noad| if a noad has been fully processed, |goto check_dimensions| if it has been translated into |new_hlist(q)|, or |goto done_with_node| if a node has been fully processed
	reswitch:
		delta = 0
		switch *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0() {
		case binNoad:
			switch rType {
			case binNoad, opNoad, relNoad, openNoad,
				punctNoad, leftNoad:
				*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0() = byte(ordNoad)
				goto reswitch

			default:
			}
		case relNoad, closeNoad, punctNoad, rightNoad:
			if int32(rType) == binNoad {
				*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b0() = byte(ordNoad)
			}
			if int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0()) == rightNoad {
				goto doneWithNoad
			}

		// \4
		// Cases for noads that can follow a |bin_noad|
		case leftNoad:
			goto doneWithNoad
		case fractionNoad:
			prg.makeFraction(q)
			goto checkDimensions

		case opNoad:
			delta = prg.makeOp(q)
			if int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b1()) == limits {
				goto checkDimensions
			}

		case ordNoad:
			prg.makeOrd(q)
		case openNoad, innerNoad:
		case radicalNoad:
			prg.makeRadical(q)
		case overNoad:
			prg.makeOver(q)
		case underNoad:
			prg.makeUnder(q)
		case accentNoad:
			prg.makeMathAccent(q)
		case vcenterNoad:
			prg.makeVcenter(q)

		// \4
		// Cases for nodes that can appear in an mlist, after which we |goto done_with_node|
		case styleNode:
			prg.curStyle = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b1()

			// Set up the values of |cur_size| and |cur_mu|, based on |cur_style|
			{
				if int32(prg.curStyle) < scriptStyle {
					prg.curSize = byte(textSize)
				} else {
					prg.curSize = byte(16 * ((int32(prg.curStyle) - textStyle) / 2))
				}
				prg.curMu = prg.xOverN(*prg.fontInfo[6+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+2+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int(), 18)
			}

			goto doneWithNode

		case choiceNode:
			// Change this node to a style node followed by the correct choice, then |goto done_with_node|
			switch int32(prg.curStyle) / 2 {
			case 0:
				p = *(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).lh()
				*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).lh() = 0 // |display_style=0|
			case 1:
				p = *(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).rh()
				*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).rh() = 0 // |text_style=2|
			case 2:
				p = *(*prg.mem[int32(q)+2].hh()).lh()
				*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+2].hh()).lh() = 0 // |script_style=4|
			case 3:
				p = *(*prg.mem[int32(q)+2].hh()).rh()
				*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+2].hh()).rh() = 0 // |script_script_style=6|
			} // there are no other cases
			prg.flushNodeList(*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).lh())
			prg.flushNodeList(*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).rh())
			prg.flushNodeList(*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+2].hh()).lh())
			prg.flushNodeList(*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+2].hh()).rh())

			*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0() = byte(styleNode)
			*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b1() = prg.curStyle
			*prg.mem[int32(q)+widthOffset].int() = 0
			*prg.mem[int32(q)+depthOffset].int() = 0
			if int32(p) != 0 {
				z = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()
				*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = p
				for int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
					p = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
				}
				*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = z
			}

			goto doneWithNode

		case insNode, markNode, adjustNode, whatsitNode,
			penaltyNode, discNode:
			goto doneWithNode
		case ruleNode:
			if *prg.mem[int32(q)+heightOffset].int() > maxH {
				maxH = *prg.mem[int32(q)+heightOffset].int()
			}
			if *prg.mem[int32(q)+depthOffset].int() > maxD {
				maxD = *prg.mem[int32(q)+depthOffset].int()
			}
			goto doneWithNode

		case glueNode:
			if int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b1()) == muGlue {
				x = *(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).lh()
				y = prg.mathGlue(x, prg.curMu)
				prg.deleteGlueRef(x)
				*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).lh() = y
				*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b1() = byte(normal)
			} else if int32(prg.curSize) != textSize && int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b1()) == condMathGlue {
				p = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()
				if int32(p) != 0 {
					if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) == glueNode || int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) == kernNode {
						*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
						*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = 0
						prg.flushNodeList(p)
					}
				}
			}

			goto doneWithNode

		case kernNode:
			prg.mathKern(q, prg.curMu)
			goto doneWithNode

		default:
			prg.confusion(strNumber( /* "mlist1" */ 889))
			// \xref[this can't happen mlist1][\quad mlist1]
		}

		// Convert \(n)|nucleus(q)| to an hlist and attach the sub/superscripts
		switch *(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).rh() {
		case mathChar, mathTextChar:

			// Create a character node |p| for |nucleus(q)|, possibly followed by a kern node for the italic correction, and set |delta| to the italic correction if a subscript is present
			prg.fetch(halfword(int32(q) + 1))
			if int32(prg.curI.b0) > minQuarterword {
				delta = *prg.fontInfo[prg.italicBase[prg.curF]+(int32(prg.curI.b2)-minQuarterword)/4].int()
				p = prg.newCharacter(prg.curF, eightBits(int32(prg.curC)-minQuarterword))
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).rh()) == mathTextChar && *prg.fontInfo[spaceCode+prg.paramBase[prg.curF]].int() != 0 {
					delta = 0
				} // no italic correction in mid-word of text font
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+3].hh()).rh()) == empty && delta != 0 {
					*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = prg.newKern(delta)
					delta = 0
				}
			} else {
				p = 0
			}

		case empty:
			p = 0
		case subBox:
			p = *(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).lh()
		case subMlist:
			prg.curMlist = *(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).lh()
			saveStyle = prg.curStyle
			prg.mlistPenalties = false
			prg.mlistToHlist() // recursive call
			// \xref[recursion]
			prg.curStyle = saveStyle
			// Set up the values...
			{
				if int32(prg.curStyle) < scriptStyle {
					prg.curSize = byte(textSize)
				} else {
					prg.curSize = byte(16 * ((int32(prg.curStyle) - textStyle) / 2))
				}
				prg.curMu = prg.xOverN(*prg.fontInfo[6+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+2+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int(), 18)
			}
			p = prg.hpack(*(*prg.mem[30000-3].hh()).rh(), scaled(0), smallNumber(additional))

		default:
			prg.confusion(strNumber( /* "mlist2" */ 890))
			// \xref[this can't happen mlist2][\quad mlist2]
		}

		*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].int() = int32(p)
		if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+3].hh()).rh()) == empty && int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+2].hh()).rh()) == empty {
			goto checkDimensions
		}
		prg.makeScripts(q, delta)

	checkDimensions:
		z = prg.hpack(halfword(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].int()), scaled(0), smallNumber(additional))
		if *prg.mem[int32(z)+heightOffset].int() > maxH {
			maxH = *prg.mem[int32(z)+heightOffset].int()
		}
		if *prg.mem[int32(z)+depthOffset].int() > maxD {
			maxD = *prg.mem[int32(z)+depthOffset].int()
		}
		prg.freeNode(z, halfword(boxNodeSize))

	doneWithNoad:
		r1 = q
		rType = *(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b0()

	doneWithNode:
		q = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()
	}

	// Convert \(a)a final |bin_noad| to an |ord_noad|
	if int32(rType) == binNoad {
		*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b0() = byte(ordNoad)
	}

	// Make a second pass over the mlist, removing all noads and inserting the proper spacing and penalties
	p = uint16(30000 - 3)
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = 0
	q = mlist
	rType = 0
	prg.curStyle = style

	// Set up the values of |cur_size| and |cur_mu|, based on |cur_style|
	{
		if int32(prg.curStyle) < scriptStyle {
			prg.curSize = byte(textSize)
		} else {
			prg.curSize = byte(16 * ((int32(prg.curStyle) - textStyle) / 2))
		}
		prg.curMu = prg.xOverN(*prg.fontInfo[6+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+2+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int(), 18)
	}
	for int32(q) != 0 {
		t = byte(ordNoad)
		s = byte(noadSize)
		pen = infPenalty
		switch *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0() {
		case opNoad, openNoad, closeNoad, punctNoad,
			innerNoad:
			t = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0()
		case binNoad:
			t = byte(binNoad)
			pen = *prg.eqtb[intBase+binOpPenaltyCode-1].int()

		case relNoad:
			t = byte(relNoad)
			pen = *prg.eqtb[intBase+relPenaltyCode-1].int()

		case ordNoad, vcenterNoad, overNoad, underNoad:
		case radicalNoad:
			s = byte(radicalNoadSize)
		case accentNoad:
			s = byte(accentNoadSize)
		case fractionNoad:
			s = byte(fractionNoadSize)
		case leftNoad, rightNoad:
			t = prg.makeLeftRight(q, style, maxD, maxH)
		case styleNode:
			// Change the current style and |goto delete_q|
			prg.curStyle = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b1()
			s = byte(styleNodeSize)

			// Set up the values of |cur_size| and |cur_mu|, based on |cur_style|
			{
				if int32(prg.curStyle) < scriptStyle {
					prg.curSize = byte(textSize)
				} else {
					prg.curSize = byte(16 * ((int32(prg.curStyle) - textStyle) / 2))
				}
				prg.curMu = prg.xOverN(*prg.fontInfo[6+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+2+int32(prg.curSize)-1].hh()).rh()]].int(), 18)
			}

			goto deleteQ

		case whatsitNode, penaltyNode, ruleNode, discNode,
			adjustNode, insNode, markNode, glueNode,
			kernNode: //

			*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = q
			p = q
			q = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()
			*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = 0
			goto done

		default:
			prg.confusion(strNumber( /* "mlist3" */ 891))
			// \xref[this can't happen mlist3][\quad mlist3]
		}

		// Append inter-element spacing based on |r_type| and |t|
		if int32(rType) > 0 {
			switch prg.strPool[int32(rType)*8+int32(t)+prg.magicOffset] {
			case '0':
				x = 0
			// "1"=
			case '1':
				if int32(prg.curStyle) < scriptStyle {
					x = uint16(thinMuSkipCode)
				} else {
					x = 0
				}
			// "2"=
			case '2':
				x = uint16(thinMuSkipCode)
			// "3"=
			case '3':
				if int32(prg.curStyle) < scriptStyle {
					x = uint16(medMuSkipCode)
				} else {
					x = 0
				}
			// "4"=
			case '4':
				if int32(prg.curStyle) < scriptStyle {
					x = uint16(thickMuSkipCode)
				} else {
					x = 0
				}

			default:
				prg.confusion(strNumber( /* "mlist4" */ 893))
				// \xref[this can't happen mlist4][\quad mlist4]
			}
			if int32(x) != 0 {
				y = prg.mathGlue(*(*prg.eqtb[glueBase+int32(x)-1].hh()).rh(), prg.curMu)
				z = prg.newGlue(y)
				*(*prg.mem[y].hh()).rh() = 0
				*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = z
				p = z

				*(*prg.mem[z].hh()).b1() = byte(int32(x) + 1) // store a symbolic subtype
			}
		}

		// Append any |new_hlist| entries for |q|, and any appropriate penalties
		if *prg.mem[int32(q)+1].int() != 0 {
			*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = uint16(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].int())
			for {
				p = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()) == 0 {
					break
				}
			}
		}
		if penalties {
			if int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
				if pen < infPenalty {
					rType = *(*prg.mem[*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()].hh()).b0()
					if int32(rType) != penaltyNode {
						if int32(rType) != relNoad {
							z = prg.newPenalty(pen)
							*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = z
							p = z
						}
					}
				}
			}
		}
		rType = t

	deleteQ:
		r1 = q
		q = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()
		prg.freeNode(r1, halfword(s))

	done:
	}
}

// 768. \[37] Alignment

// tangle:pos tex.web:15108:18:

// It's sort of a miracle whenever \.[\\halign] and \.[\\valign] work, because
// they cut across so many of the control structures of \TeX.
//
// Therefore the
// present page is probably not the best place for a beginner to start reading
// this program; it is better to master everything else first.
//
// Let us focus our thoughts on an example of what the input might be, in order
// to get some idea about how the alignment miracle happens. The example doesn't
// do anything useful, but it is sufficiently general to indicate all of the
// special cases that must be dealt with; please do not be disturbed by its
// apparent complexity and meaninglessness.
// $$\vbox[\halign[\.[#]\hfil\cr
// []\\tabskip 2pt plus 3pt\cr
// []\\halign to 300pt\[u1\#v1\&\cr
// \hskip 50pt\\tabskip 1pt plus 1fil u2\#v2\&\cr
// \hskip 50pt u3\#v3\\cr\cr
// \hskip 25pt a1\&\\omit a2\&\\vrule\\cr\cr
// \hskip 25pt \\noalign\[\\vskip 3pt\]\cr
// \hskip 25pt b1\\span b2\\cr\cr
// \hskip 25pt \\omit\&c2\\span\\omit\\cr\]\cr]]$$
// Here's what happens:
//
// \yskip
// (0) When `\.[\\halign to 300pt\[]' is scanned, the |scan_spec| routine
// places the 300pt dimension onto the |save_stack|, and an |align_group|
// code is placed above it. This will make it possible to complete the alignment
// when the matching `\.\]' is found.
//
// (1) The preamble is scanned next. Macros in the preamble are not expanded,
// \xref[preamble]
// except as part of a tabskip specification. For example, if \.[u2] had been
// a macro in the preamble above, it would have been expanded, since \TeX\
// must look for `\.[minus...]' as part of the tabskip glue. A ``preamble list''
// is constructed based on the user's preamble; in our case it contains the
// following seven items:
// $$\vbox[\halign[\.[#]\hfil\qquad&(#)\hfil\cr
// []\\glue 2pt plus 3pt&the tabskip preceding column 1\cr
// []\\alignrecord, width $-\infty$&preamble info for column 1\cr
// []\\glue 2pt plus 3pt&the tabskip between columns 1 and 2\cr
// []\\alignrecord, width $-\infty$&preamble info for column 2\cr
// []\\glue 1pt plus 1fil&the tabskip between columns 2 and 3\cr
// []\\alignrecord, width $-\infty$&preamble info for column 3\cr
// []\\glue 1pt plus 1fil&the tabskip following column 3\cr]]$$
// These ``alignrecord'' entries have the same size as an |unset_node|,
// since they will later be converted into such nodes. However, at the
// moment they have no |type| or |subtype| fields; they have |info| fields
// instead, and these |info| fields are initially set to the value |end_span|,
// for reasons explained below. Furthermore, the alignrecord nodes have no
// |height| or |depth| fields; these are renamed |u_part| and |v_part|,
// and they point to token lists for the templates of the alignment.
// For example, the |u_part| field in the first alignrecord points to the
// token list `\.[u1]', i.e., the template preceding the `\.\#' for column~1.
//
// (2) \TeX\ now looks at what follows the \.[\\cr] that ended the preamble.
// It is not `\.[\\noalign]' or `\.[\\omit]', so this input is put back to
// be read again, and the template `\.[u1]' is fed to the scanner. Just
// before reading `\.[u1]', \TeX\ goes into restricted horizontal mode.
// Just after reading `\.[u1]', \TeX\ will see `\.[a1]', and then (when the
// [\.\&] is sensed) \TeX\ will see `\.[v1]'. Then \TeX\ scans an |endv|
// token, indicating the end of a column. At this point an |unset_node| is
// created, containing the contents of the current hlist (i.e., `\.[u1a1v1]').
// The natural width of this unset node replaces the |width| field of the
// alignrecord for column~1; in general, the alignrecords will record the
// maximum natural width that has occurred so far in a given column.
//
// (3) Since `\.[\\omit]' follows the `\.\&', the templates for column~2
// are now bypassed. Again \TeX\ goes into restricted horizontal mode and
// makes an |unset_node| from the resulting hlist; but this time the
// hlist contains simply `\.[a2]'. The natural width of the new unset box
// is remembered in the |width| field of the alignrecord for column~2.
//
// (4) A third |unset_node| is created for column 3, using essentially the
// mechanism that worked for column~1; this unset box contains `\.[u3\\vrule
// v3]'. The vertical rule in this case has running dimensions that will later
// extend to the height and depth of the whole first row, since each |unset_node|
// in a row will eventually inherit the height and depth of its enclosing box.
//
// (5) The first row has now ended; it is made into a single unset box
// comprising the following seven items:
// $$\vbox[\halign[\hbox to 325pt[\qquad\.[#]\hfil]\cr
// []\\glue 2pt plus 3pt\cr
// []\\unsetbox for 1 column: u1a1v1\cr
// []\\glue 2pt plus 3pt\cr
// []\\unsetbox for 1 column: a2\cr
// []\\glue 1pt plus 1fil\cr
// []\\unsetbox for 1 column: u3\\vrule v3\cr
// []\\glue 1pt plus 1fil\cr]]$$
// The width of this unset row is unimportant, but it has the correct height
// and depth, so the correct baselineskip glue will be computed as the row
// is inserted into a vertical list.
//
// (6) Since `\.[\\noalign]' follows the current \.[\\cr], \TeX\ appends
// additional material (in this case \.[\\vskip 3pt]) to the vertical list.
// While processing this material, \TeX\ will be in internal vertical
// mode, and |no_align_group| will be on |save_stack|.
//
// (7) The next row produces an unset box that looks like this:
// $$\vbox[\halign[\hbox to 325pt[\qquad\.[#]\hfil]\cr
// []\\glue 2pt plus 3pt\cr
// []\\unsetbox for 2 columns: u1b1v1u2b2v2\cr
// []\\glue 1pt plus 1fil\cr
// []\\unsetbox for 1 column: [\rm(empty)]\cr
// []\\glue 1pt plus 1fil\cr]]$$
// The natural width of the unset box that spans columns 1~and~2 is stored
// in a ``span node,'' which we will explain later; the |info| field of the
// alignrecord for column~1 now points to the new span node, and the |info|
// of the span node points to |end_span|.
//
// (8) The final row produces the unset box
// $$\vbox[\halign[\hbox to 325pt[\qquad\.[#]\hfil]\cr
// []\\glue 2pt plus 3pt\cr
// []\\unsetbox for 1 column: [\rm(empty)]\cr
// []\\glue 2pt plus 3pt\cr
// []\\unsetbox for 2 columns: u2c2v2\cr
// []\\glue 1pt plus 1fil\cr]]$$
// A new span node is attached to the alignrecord for column 2.
//
// (9) The last step is to compute the true column widths and to change all the
// unset boxes to hboxes, appending the whole works to the vertical list that
// encloses the \.[\\halign]. The rules for deciding on the final widths of
// each unset column box will be explained below.
//
// \yskip\noindent
// Note that as \.[\\halign] is being processed, we fearlessly give up control
// to the rest of \TeX. At critical junctures, an alignment routine is
// called upon to step in and do some little action, but most of the time
// these routines just lurk in the background. It's something like
// post-hypnotic suggestion.

// 769.

// tangle:pos tex.web:15239:1:

// We have mentioned that alignrecords contain no |height| or |depth| fields.
// Their |glue_sign| and |glue_order| are pre-empted as well, since it
// is necessary to store information about what to do when a template ends.
// This information is called the |extra_info| field.

// 772.

// tangle:pos tex.web:15281:1:

// Alignment stack maintenance is handled by a pair of trivial routines
// called |push_alignment| and |pop_alignment|.
func (prg *prg) pushAlignment() {
	var (
		p halfword // the new alignment stack node
	)
	p = prg.getNode(alignStackNodeSize)
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = prg.alignPtr
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh() = prg.curAlign
	*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).lh() = *(*prg.mem[30000-8].hh()).rh()
	*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).rh() = prg.curSpan
	*prg.mem[int32(p)+2].int() = int32(prg.curLoop)
	*prg.mem[int32(p)+3].int() = prg.alignState
	*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+4].hh()).lh() = prg.curHead
	*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+4].hh()).rh() = prg.curTail
	prg.alignPtr = p
	prg.curHead = prg.getAvail()
}

func (prg *prg) popAlignment() {
	var (
		p halfword // the top alignment stack node
	)
	{
		*(*prg.mem[prg.curHead].hh()).rh() = prg.avail
		prg.avail = prg.curHead /*    dyn_used:= dyn_used-1 ; [  ] */
	}
	p = prg.alignPtr
	prg.curTail = *(*prg.mem[int32(p)+4].hh()).rh()
	prg.curHead = *(*prg.mem[int32(p)+4].hh()).lh()
	prg.alignState = *prg.mem[int32(p)+3].int()
	prg.curLoop = uint16(*prg.mem[int32(p)+2].int())
	prg.curSpan = *(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).rh()
	*(*prg.mem[30000-8].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).lh()
	prg.curAlign = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh()
	prg.alignPtr = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
	prg.freeNode(p, halfword(alignStackNodeSize))
}

// 773.

// tangle:pos tex.web:15306:1:

// \TeX\ has eight procedures that govern alignments: |init_align| and
// |fin_align| are used at the very beginning and the very end; |init_row| and
// |fin_row| are used at the beginning and end of individual rows; |init_span|
// is used at the beginning of a sequence of spanned columns (possibly involving
// only one column); |init_col| and |fin_col| are used at the beginning and
// end of individual columns; and |align_peek| is used after \.[\\cr] to see
// whether the next item is \.[\\noalign].
//
// We shall consider these routines in the order they are first used during
// the course of a complete \.[\\halign], namely |init_align|, |align_peek|,
// |init_row|, |init_span|, |init_col|, |fin_col|, |fin_row|, |fin_align|.

// 774.

// tangle:pos tex.web:15318:1:

// When \.[\\halign] or \.[\\valign] has been scanned in an appropriate
// mode, \TeX\ calls |init_align|, whose task is to get everything off to a
// good start. This mostly involves scanning the preamble and putting its
// information into the preamble list.
// \xref[preamble]
// \4
// Declare the procedure called |get_preamble_token|
func (prg *prg) getPreambleToken() {
restart:
	prg.getToken()
	for int32(prg.curChr) == spanCode && int32(prg.curCmd) == tabMark {
		prg.getToken() // this token will be expanded once
		if int32(prg.curCmd) > maxCommand {
			prg.expand()
			prg.getToken()
		}
	}
	if int32(prg.curCmd) == endv {
		prg.fatalError(strNumber( /* "(interwoven alignment preambles are not allowed)" */ 595))
	}
	// \xref[interwoven alignment preambles...]
	if int32(prg.curCmd) == assignGlue && int32(prg.curChr) == glueBase+tabSkipCode {
		prg.scanOptionalEquals()
		prg.scanGlue(smallNumber(glueVal))
		if *prg.eqtb[intBase+globalDefsCode-1].int() > 0 {
			prg.geqDefine(halfword(glueBase+tabSkipCode), quarterword(glueRef), halfword(prg.curVal))
		} else {
			prg.eqDefine(halfword(glueBase+tabSkipCode), quarterword(glueRef), halfword(prg.curVal))
		}

		goto restart
	}
} // \2

func (prg *prg) initAlign() {
	var (
		saveCsPtr halfword // |warning_index| value for error messages
		p         halfword // for short-term temporary use
	)
	saveCsPtr = prg.curCs // \.[\\halign] or \.[\\valign], usually
	prg.pushAlignment()
	prg.alignState = -1000000 // enter a new alignment level

	// Check for improper alignment in displayed math
	if int32(prg.curList.modeField) == mmode && (int32(prg.curList.tailField) != int32(prg.curList.headField) || *prg.curList.auxField.int() != 0) {
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			}
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
			prg.print( /* "Improper " */ 680)
		}
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "halign" */ 520))
		prg.print( /* " inside $$'s" */ 894)
		// \xref[Improper \\halign...]
		{
			prg.helpPtr = 3
			prg.helpLine[2] = /* "Displays can use special alignments (like \\eqalignno)" */ 895
			prg.helpLine[1] = /* "only if nothing but the alignment itself is between $$'s." */ 896
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "So I've deleted the formulas that preceded this alignment." */ 897
		}
		prg.error1()
		prg.flushMath()
	}
	prg.pushNest() // enter a new semantic level

	// Change current mode to |-vmode| for \.[\\halign], |-hmode| for \.[\\valign]
	if int32(prg.curList.modeField) == mmode {
		prg.curList.modeField = int16(-vmode)
		*prg.curList.auxField.int() = *prg.nest[int32(prg.nestPtr)-2].auxField.int()
	} else if int32(prg.curList.modeField) > 0 {
		prg.curList.modeField = -prg.curList.modeField
	}
	prg.scanSpec(groupCode(alignGroup), false)

	// Scan the preamble and record it in the |preamble| list
	*(*prg.mem[30000-8].hh()).rh() = 0
	prg.curAlign = uint16(30000 - 8)
	prg.curLoop = 0
	prg.scannerStatus = byte(aligning)
	prg.warningIndex = saveCsPtr
	prg.alignState = -1000000
	// at this point, |cur_cmd=left_brace|
	for true {
		*(*prg.mem[prg.curAlign].hh()).rh() = prg.newParamGlue(smallNumber(tabSkipCode))
		prg.curAlign = *(*prg.mem[prg.curAlign].hh()).rh()
		if int32(prg.curCmd) == carRet {
			goto done
		} // \.[\\cr] ends the preamble

		// Scan preamble text until |cur_cmd| is |tab_mark| or |car_ret|, looking for changes in the tabskip glue; append an alignrecord to the preamble list

		// Scan the template \<u_j>, putting the resulting token list in |hold_head|
		p = uint16(30000 - 4)
		*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = 0
		for true {
			prg.getPreambleToken()
			if int32(prg.curCmd) == macParam {
				goto done1
			}
			if int32(prg.curCmd) <= carRet && int32(prg.curCmd) >= tabMark && prg.alignState == -1000000 {
				if int32(p) == 30000-4 && int32(prg.curLoop) == 0 && int32(prg.curCmd) == tabMark {
					prg.curLoop = prg.curAlign
				} else {
					{
						if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
						}
						prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
						prg.print( /* "Missing # inserted in alignment preamble" */ 903)
					}
					// \xref[Missing \# inserted...]
					{
						prg.helpPtr = 3
						prg.helpLine[2] = /* "There should be exactly one # between &'s, when an" */ 904
						prg.helpLine[1] = /* "\\halign or \\valign is being set up. In this case you had" */ 905
						prg.helpLine[0] = /* "none, so I've put one in; maybe that will work." */ 906
					}
					prg.backError()
					goto done1
				}
			} else if int32(prg.curCmd) != spacer || int32(p) != 30000-4 {
				*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = prg.getAvail()
				p = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
				*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh() = prg.curTok
			}
		}

	done1:
		;
		*(*prg.mem[prg.curAlign].hh()).rh() = prg.newNullBox()
		prg.curAlign = *(*prg.mem[prg.curAlign].hh()).rh() // a new alignrecord
		*(*prg.mem[prg.curAlign].hh()).lh() = uint16(30000 - 9)
		*prg.mem[int32(prg.curAlign)+widthOffset].int() = -010000000000
		*prg.mem[int32(prg.curAlign)+heightOffset].int() = int32(*(*prg.mem[30000-4].hh()).rh())

		// Scan the template \<v_j>, putting the resulting token list in |hold_head|
		p = uint16(30000 - 4)
		*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = 0
		for true {
		continue1:
			prg.getPreambleToken()
			if int32(prg.curCmd) <= carRet && int32(prg.curCmd) >= tabMark && prg.alignState == -1000000 {
				goto done2
			}
			if int32(prg.curCmd) == macParam {
				{
					if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
					}
					prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
					prg.print( /* "Only one # is allowed per tab" */ 907)
				}
				// \xref[Only one \# is allowed...]
				{
					prg.helpPtr = 3
					prg.helpLine[2] = /* "There should be exactly one # between &'s, when an" */ 904
					prg.helpLine[1] = /* "\\halign or \\valign is being set up. In this case you had" */ 905
					prg.helpLine[0] = /* "more than one, so I'm ignoring all but the first." */ 908
				}
				prg.error1()
				goto continue1
			}
			*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = prg.getAvail()
			p = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
			*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh() = prg.curTok
		}

	done2:
		*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = prg.getAvail()
		p = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
		*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh() = uint16(07777 + frozenEndTemplate)
		*prg.mem[int32(prg.curAlign)+depthOffset].int() = int32(*(*prg.mem[30000-4].hh()).rh())
	}

done:
	prg.scannerStatus = byte(normal)
	prg.newSaveLevel(groupCode(alignGroup))
	if int32(*(*prg.eqtb[everyCrLoc-1].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
		prg.beginTokenList(*(*prg.eqtb[everyCrLoc-1].hh()).rh(), quarterword(everyCrText))
	}
	prg.alignPeek() // look for \.[\\noalign] or \.[\\omit]
}

// 786.

// tangle:pos tex.web:15525:1:

// To start a row (i.e., a `row' that rhymes with `dough' but not with `bough'),
// we enter a new semantic level, copy the first tabskip glue, and change
// from internal vertical mode to restricted horizontal mode or vice versa.
// The |space_factor| and |prev_depth| are not used on this semantic level,
// but we clear them to zero just to be tidy.
// \4
// Declare the procedure called |init_span|
func (prg *prg) initSpan(p halfword) {
	prg.pushNest()
	if int32(prg.curList.modeField) == -hmode {
		*(*prg.curList.auxField.hh()).lh() = 1000
	} else {
		*prg.curList.auxField.int() = -65536000
		prg.normalParagraph()
	}
	prg.curSpan = p
}

//

func (prg *prg) initRow() {
	prg.pushNest()
	prg.curList.modeField = int16(-hmode - vmode - int32(prg.curList.modeField))
	if int32(prg.curList.modeField) == -hmode {
		*(*prg.curList.auxField.hh()).lh() = 0
	} else {
		*prg.curList.auxField.int() = 0
	}
	{
		*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.newGlue(*(*prg.mem[int32(*(*prg.mem[30000-8].hh()).rh())+1].hh()).lh())
		prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
	}
	*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).b1() = byte(tabSkipCode + 1)

	prg.curAlign = *(*prg.mem[*(*prg.mem[30000-8].hh()).rh()].hh()).rh()
	prg.curTail = prg.curHead
	prg.initSpan(prg.curAlign)
}

// 788.

// tangle:pos tex.web:15553:1:

// When a column begins, we assume that |cur_cmd| is either |omit| or else
// the current token should be put back into the input until the \<u_j>
// template has been scanned.  (Note that |cur_cmd| might be |tab_mark| or
// |car_ret|.)  We also assume that |align_state| is approximately 1000000 at
// this time.  We remain in the same mode, and start the template if it is
// called for.
func (prg *prg) initCol() {
	*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curAlign)+listOffset].hh()).lh() = uint16(prg.curCmd)
	if int32(prg.curCmd) == omit {
		prg.alignState = 0
	} else {
		prg.backInput()
		prg.beginTokenList(halfword(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curAlign)+heightOffset].int()), quarterword(uTemplate))
	} // now |align_state=1000000|
}

// 791.

// tangle:pos tex.web:15592:1:

// When the |endv| command at the end of a \<v_j> template comes through the
// scanner, things really start to happen; and it is the |fin_col| routine
// that makes them happen. This routine returns |true| if a row as well as a
// column has been finished.
func (prg *prg) finCol() (r bool) {
	var (
		p     halfword // the alignrecord after the current one
		q, r1 halfword // temporary pointers for list manipulation
		s     halfword // a new span node
		u     halfword // a new unset box
		w     scaled   // natural width
		o     glueOrd  // order of infinity
		n     halfword // span counter
	)
	if int32(prg.curAlign) == 0 {
		prg.confusion(strNumber( /* "endv" */ 909))
	}
	q = *(*prg.mem[prg.curAlign].hh()).rh()
	if int32(q) == 0 {
		prg.confusion(strNumber( /* "endv" */ 909))
	}
	// \xref[this can't happen endv][\quad endv]
	if prg.alignState < 500000 {
		prg.fatalError(strNumber( /* "(interwoven alignment preambles are not allowed)" */ 595))
	}
	// \xref[interwoven alignment preambles...]
	p = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()

	// If the preamble list has been traversed, check that the row has ended
	if int32(p) == 0 && int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curAlign)+listOffset].hh()).lh()) < crCode {
		if int32(prg.curLoop) != 0 {
			*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = prg.newNullBox()
			p = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() // a new alignrecord
			*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh() = uint16(30000 - 9)
			*prg.mem[int32(p)+widthOffset].int() = -010000000000
			prg.curLoop = *(*prg.mem[prg.curLoop].hh()).rh()

			// Copy the templates from node |cur_loop| into node |p|
			q = uint16(30000 - 4)
			r1 = uint16(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curLoop)+heightOffset].int())
			for int32(r1) != 0 {
				*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = prg.getAvail()
				q = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()
				*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh() = *(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).lh()
				r1 = *(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh()
			}
			*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = 0
			*prg.mem[int32(p)+heightOffset].int() = int32(*(*prg.mem[30000-4].hh()).rh())
			q = uint16(30000 - 4)
			r1 = uint16(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curLoop)+depthOffset].int())
			for int32(r1) != 0 {
				*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = prg.getAvail()
				q = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()
				*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh() = *(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).lh()
				r1 = *(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh()
			}
			*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = 0
			*prg.mem[int32(p)+depthOffset].int() = int32(*(*prg.mem[30000-4].hh()).rh())
			prg.curLoop = *(*prg.mem[prg.curLoop].hh()).rh()
			*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = prg.newGlue(*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curLoop)+1].hh()).lh())
			*(*prg.mem[*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()].hh()).b1() = byte(tabSkipCode + 1)
		} else {
			{
				if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
				}
				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
				prg.print( /* "Extra alignment tab has been changed to " */ 910)
			}
			// \xref[Extra alignment tab...]
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "cr" */ 899))
			{
				prg.helpPtr = 3
				prg.helpLine[2] = /* "You have given more \\span or & marks than there were" */ 911
				prg.helpLine[1] = /* "in the preamble to the \\halign or \\valign now in progress." */ 912
				prg.helpLine[0] = /* "So I'll assume that you meant to type \\cr instead." */ 913
			}
			*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curAlign)+listOffset].hh()).lh() = uint16(crCode)
			prg.error1()
		}
	}
	if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curAlign)+listOffset].hh()).lh()) != spanCode {
		prg.unsave()
		prg.newSaveLevel(groupCode(alignGroup))

		// Package an unset box for the current column and record its width
		{
			if int32(prg.curList.modeField) == -hmode {
				prg.adjustTail = prg.curTail
				u = prg.hpack(*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.headField].hh()).rh(), scaled(0), smallNumber(additional))
				w = *prg.mem[int32(u)+widthOffset].int()
				prg.curTail = prg.adjustTail
				prg.adjustTail = 0
			} else {
				u = prg.vpackage(*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.headField].hh()).rh(), scaled(0), smallNumber(additional), scaled(0))
				w = *prg.mem[int32(u)+heightOffset].int()
			}
			n = uint16(minQuarterword) // this represents a span count of 1
			if int32(prg.curSpan) != int32(prg.curAlign) {
				q = prg.curSpan
				for {
					n = uint16(int32(n) + 1)
					q = *(*prg.mem[*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()].hh()).rh()
					if int32(q) == int32(prg.curAlign) {
						break
					}
				}
				if int32(n) > maxQuarterword {
					prg.confusion(strNumber( /* "256 spans" */ 914))
				} // this can happen, but won't
				// \xref[system dependencies]
				// \xref[this can't happen 256 spans][\quad 256 spans]
				q = prg.curSpan
				for int32(*(*prg.mem[*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh()].hh()).rh()) < int32(n) {
					q = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh()
				}
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh()].hh()).rh()) > int32(n) {
					s = prg.getNode(spanNodeSize)
					*(*prg.mem[s].hh()).lh() = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh()
					*(*prg.mem[s].hh()).rh() = n
					*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh() = s
					*prg.mem[int32(s)+widthOffset].int() = w
				} else if *prg.mem[int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh())+widthOffset].int() < w {
					*prg.mem[int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh())+widthOffset].int() = w
				}
			} else if w > *prg.mem[int32(prg.curAlign)+widthOffset].int() {
				*prg.mem[int32(prg.curAlign)+widthOffset].int() = w
			}
			*(*prg.mem[u].hh()).b0() = byte(unsetNode)
			*(*prg.mem[u].hh()).b1() = byte(n)

			// Determine the stretch order
			if prg.totalStretch[filll] != 0 {
				o = byte(filll)
			} else if prg.totalStretch[fill] != 0 {
				o = byte(fill)
			} else if prg.totalStretch[fil] != 0 {
				o = byte(fil)
			} else {
				o = byte(normal)
			}
			*(*prg.mem[int32(u)+listOffset].hh()).b1() = o
			*prg.mem[int32(u)+glueOffset].int() = prg.totalStretch[o]

			// Determine the shrink order
			if prg.totalShrink[filll] != 0 {
				o = byte(filll)
			} else if prg.totalShrink[fill] != 0 {
				o = byte(fill)
			} else if prg.totalShrink[fil] != 0 {
				o = byte(fil)
			} else {
				o = byte(normal)
			}
			*(*prg.mem[int32(u)+listOffset].hh()).b0() = o
			*prg.mem[int32(u)+4].int() = prg.totalShrink[o]

			prg.popNest()
			*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = u
			prg.curList.tailField = u
		}

		// Copy the tabskip glue between columns
		{
			*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.newGlue(*(*prg.mem[int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.curAlign].hh()).rh())+1].hh()).lh())
			prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
		}
		*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).b1() = byte(tabSkipCode + 1)
		if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curAlign)+listOffset].hh()).lh()) >= crCode {
			r = true
			goto exit
		}
		prg.initSpan(p)
	}
	prg.alignState = 1000000
	// Get the next non-blank non-call token
	for {
		prg.getXToken()
		if int32(prg.curCmd) != spacer {
			break
		}
	}
	prg.curAlign = p
	prg.initCol()
	r = false

exit:
	;
	return r
}

// 799.

// tangle:pos tex.web:15714:1:

// At the end of a row, we append an unset box to the current vlist (for
// \.[\\halign]) or the current hlist (for \.[\\valign]). This unset box
// contains the unset boxes for the columns, separated by the tabskip glue.
// Everything will be set later.
func (prg *prg) finRow() {
	var (
		p halfword // the new unset box
	)
	if int32(prg.curList.modeField) == -hmode {
		p = prg.hpack(*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.headField].hh()).rh(), scaled(0), smallNumber(additional))
		prg.popNest()
		prg.appendToVlist(p)
		if int32(prg.curHead) != int32(prg.curTail) {
			*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[prg.curHead].hh()).rh()
			prg.curList.tailField = prg.curTail
		}
	} else {
		p = prg.vpackage(*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.headField].hh()).rh(), scaled(0), smallNumber(additional), scaled(07777777777))
		prg.popNest()
		*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = p
		prg.curList.tailField = p
		*(*prg.curList.auxField.hh()).lh() = 1000
	}
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0() = byte(unsetNode)
	*prg.mem[int32(p)+glueOffset].int() = 0
	if int32(*(*prg.eqtb[everyCrLoc-1].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
		prg.beginTokenList(*(*prg.eqtb[everyCrLoc-1].hh()).rh(), quarterword(everyCrText))
	}
	prg.alignPeek()
} // \2

func (prg *prg) finAlign() {
	var (
		p, q, r1, s, u, v halfword   // registers for the list operations
		t, w              scaled     // width of column
		o                 scaled     // shift offset for unset boxes
		n                 halfword   // matching span amount
		ruleSave          scaled     // temporary storage for |overfull_rule|
		auxSave           memoryWord // temporary storage for |aux|
	)
	if int32(prg.curGroup) != alignGroup {
		prg.confusion(strNumber( /* "align1" */ 915))
	}
	// \xref[this can't happen align][\quad align]
	prg.unsave() // that |align_group| was for individual entries
	if int32(prg.curGroup) != alignGroup {
		prg.confusion(strNumber( /* "align0" */ 916))
	}
	prg.unsave() // that |align_group| was for the whole alignment
	if int32(prg.nest[int32(prg.nestPtr)-1].modeField) == mmode {
		o = *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+displayIndentCode-1].int()
	} else {
		o = 0
	}

	// Go through the preamble list, determining the column widths and changing the alignrecords to dummy unset boxes
	q = *(*prg.mem[*(*prg.mem[30000-8].hh()).rh()].hh()).rh()
	for {
		prg.flushList(halfword(*prg.mem[int32(q)+heightOffset].int()))
		prg.flushList(halfword(*prg.mem[int32(q)+depthOffset].int()))
		p = *(*prg.mem[*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()].hh()).rh()
		if *prg.mem[int32(q)+widthOffset].int() == -010000000000 {
			*prg.mem[int32(q)+widthOffset].int() = 0
			r1 = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()
			s = *(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+1].hh()).lh()
			if int32(s) != memBot {
				*(*prg.mem[memBot].hh()).rh() = uint16(int32(*(*prg.mem[memBot].hh()).rh()) + 1)
				prg.deleteGlueRef(s)
				*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+1].hh()).lh() = uint16(memBot)
			}
		}
		if int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh()) != 30000-9 {
			t = *prg.mem[int32(q)+widthOffset].int() + *prg.mem[int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh())+1].hh()).lh())+widthOffset].int()
			r1 = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh()
			s = uint16(30000 - 9)
			*(*prg.mem[s].hh()).lh() = p
			n = uint16(minQuarterword + 1)
			for {
				*prg.mem[int32(r1)+widthOffset].int() = *prg.mem[int32(r1)+widthOffset].int() - t
				u = *(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).lh()
				for int32(*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh()) > int32(n) {
					s = *(*prg.mem[s].hh()).lh()
					n = uint16(int32(*(*prg.mem[*(*prg.mem[s].hh()).lh()].hh()).rh()) + 1)
				}
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh()) < int32(n) {
					*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).lh() = *(*prg.mem[s].hh()).lh()
					*(*prg.mem[s].hh()).lh() = r1
					*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh() = uint16(int32(*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh()) - 1)
					s = r1
				} else {
					if *prg.mem[int32(r1)+widthOffset].int() > *prg.mem[int32(*(*prg.mem[s].hh()).lh())+widthOffset].int() {
						*prg.mem[int32(*(*prg.mem[s].hh()).lh())+widthOffset].int() = *prg.mem[int32(r1)+widthOffset].int()
					}
					prg.freeNode(r1, halfword(spanNodeSize))
				}
				r1 = u
				if int32(r1) == 30000-9 {
					break
				}
			}
		}
		*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0() = byte(unsetNode)
		*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b1() = byte(minQuarterword)
		*prg.mem[int32(q)+heightOffset].int() = 0
		*prg.mem[int32(q)+depthOffset].int() = 0
		*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+listOffset].hh()).b1() = byte(normal)
		*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+listOffset].hh()).b0() = byte(normal)
		*prg.mem[int32(q)+glueOffset].int() = 0
		*prg.mem[int32(q)+4].int() = 0
		q = p
		if int32(q) == 0 {
			break
		}
	}

	// Package the preamble list, to determine the actual tabskip glue amounts, and let |p| point to this prototype box
	prg.savePtr = uint16(int32(prg.savePtr) - 2)
	prg.packBeginLine = -prg.curList.mlField
	if int32(prg.curList.modeField) == -vmode {
		ruleSave = *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+overfullRuleCode-1].int()
		*prg.eqtb[dimenBase+overfullRuleCode-1].int() = 0 // prevent rule from being packaged
		p = prg.hpack(*(*prg.mem[30000-8].hh()).rh(), *prg.saveStack[int32(prg.savePtr)+1].int(), smallNumber(*prg.saveStack[int32(prg.savePtr)+0].int()))
		*prg.eqtb[dimenBase+overfullRuleCode-1].int() = ruleSave
	} else {
		q = *(*prg.mem[*(*prg.mem[30000-8].hh()).rh()].hh()).rh()
		for {
			*prg.mem[int32(q)+heightOffset].int() = *prg.mem[int32(q)+widthOffset].int()
			*prg.mem[int32(q)+widthOffset].int() = 0
			q = *(*prg.mem[*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()].hh()).rh()
			if int32(q) == 0 {
				break
			}
		}
		p = prg.vpackage(*(*prg.mem[30000-8].hh()).rh(), *prg.saveStack[int32(prg.savePtr)+1].int(), smallNumber(*prg.saveStack[int32(prg.savePtr)+0].int()), scaled(07777777777))
		q = *(*prg.mem[*(*prg.mem[30000-8].hh()).rh()].hh()).rh()
		for {
			*prg.mem[int32(q)+widthOffset].int() = *prg.mem[int32(q)+heightOffset].int()
			*prg.mem[int32(q)+heightOffset].int() = 0
			q = *(*prg.mem[*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()].hh()).rh()
			if int32(q) == 0 {
				break
			}
		}
	}
	prg.packBeginLine = 0

	// Set the glue in all the unset boxes of the current list
	q = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.headField].hh()).rh()
	s = prg.curList.headField
	for int32(q) != 0 {
		if !(int32(q) >= int32(prg.hiMemMin)) {
			if int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0()) == unsetNode {
				if int32(prg.curList.modeField) == -vmode {
					*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0() = byte(hlistNode)
					*prg.mem[int32(q)+widthOffset].int() = *prg.mem[int32(p)+widthOffset].int()
				} else {
					*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0() = byte(vlistNode)
					*prg.mem[int32(q)+heightOffset].int() = *prg.mem[int32(p)+heightOffset].int()
				}
				*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+listOffset].hh()).b1() = *(*prg.mem[int32(p)+listOffset].hh()).b1()
				*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+listOffset].hh()).b0() = *(*prg.mem[int32(p)+listOffset].hh()).b0()
				*prg.mem[int32(q)+glueOffset].gr() = *prg.mem[int32(p)+glueOffset].gr()
				*prg.mem[int32(q)+4].int() = o
				r1 = *(*prg.mem[*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+listOffset].hh()).rh()].hh()).rh()
				s = *(*prg.mem[*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+listOffset].hh()).rh()].hh()).rh()
				for {
					// Set the glue in node |r| and change it from an unset node
					n = uint16(*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b1())
					t = *prg.mem[int32(s)+widthOffset].int()
					w = t
					u = uint16(30000 - 4)
					for int32(n) > minQuarterword {
						n = uint16(int32(n) - 1)

						// Append tabskip glue and an empty box to list |u|, and update |s| and |t| as the prototype nodes are passed
						s = *(*prg.mem[s].hh()).rh()
						v = *(*prg.mem[int32(s)+1].hh()).lh()
						*(*prg.mem[u].hh()).rh() = prg.newGlue(v)
						u = *(*prg.mem[u].hh()).rh()
						*(*prg.mem[u].hh()).b1() = byte(tabSkipCode + 1)
						t = t + *prg.mem[int32(v)+widthOffset].int()
						if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+listOffset].hh()).b0()) == stretching {
							if int32(*(*prg.mem[v].hh()).b0()) == int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+listOffset].hh()).b1()) {
								t = t + round(float64(*prg.mem[int32(p)+glueOffset].gr())*float64(*prg.mem[int32(v)+2].int()))
							}
							// \xref[real multiplication]
						} else if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+listOffset].hh()).b0()) == shrinking {
							if int32(*(*prg.mem[v].hh()).b1()) == int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+listOffset].hh()).b1()) {
								t = t - round(float64(*prg.mem[int32(p)+glueOffset].gr())*float64(*prg.mem[int32(v)+3].int()))
							}
						}
						s = *(*prg.mem[s].hh()).rh()
						*(*prg.mem[u].hh()).rh() = prg.newNullBox()
						u = *(*prg.mem[u].hh()).rh()
						t = t + *prg.mem[int32(s)+widthOffset].int()
						if int32(prg.curList.modeField) == -vmode {
							*prg.mem[int32(u)+widthOffset].int() = *prg.mem[int32(s)+widthOffset].int()
						} else {
							*(*prg.mem[u].hh()).b0() = byte(vlistNode)
							*prg.mem[int32(u)+heightOffset].int() = *prg.mem[int32(s)+widthOffset].int()
						}
					}
					if int32(prg.curList.modeField) == -vmode {
						*prg.mem[int32(r1)+heightOffset].int() = *prg.mem[int32(q)+heightOffset].int()
						*prg.mem[int32(r1)+depthOffset].int() = *prg.mem[int32(q)+depthOffset].int()
						if t == *prg.mem[int32(r1)+widthOffset].int() {
							*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+listOffset].hh()).b0() = byte(normal)
							*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+listOffset].hh()).b1() = byte(normal)
							*prg.mem[int32(r1)+glueOffset].gr() = float32(0.0)
						} else if t > *prg.mem[int32(r1)+widthOffset].int() {
							*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+listOffset].hh()).b0() = byte(stretching)
							if *prg.mem[int32(r1)+glueOffset].int() == 0 {
								*prg.mem[int32(r1)+glueOffset].gr() = float32(0.0)
							} else {
								*prg.mem[int32(r1)+glueOffset].gr() = float32(float64(t-*prg.mem[int32(r1)+widthOffset].int()) / float64(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+glueOffset].int()))
							}
							// \xref[real division]
						} else {
							*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+listOffset].hh()).b1() = *(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+listOffset].hh()).b0()
							*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+listOffset].hh()).b0() = byte(shrinking)
							if *prg.mem[int32(r1)+4].int() == 0 {
								*prg.mem[int32(r1)+glueOffset].gr() = float32(0.0)
							} else if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+listOffset].hh()).b1()) == normal && *prg.mem[int32(r1)+widthOffset].int()-t > *prg.mem[int32(r1)+4].int() {
								*prg.mem[int32(r1)+glueOffset].gr() = float32(1.0)
							} else {
								*prg.mem[int32(r1)+glueOffset].gr() = float32(float64(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+widthOffset].int()-t) / float64(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+4].int()))
							}
						}
						*prg.mem[int32(r1)+widthOffset].int() = w
						*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b0() = byte(hlistNode)
					} else {
						// Make the unset node |r| into a |vlist_node| of height |w|, setting the glue as if the height were |t|
						*prg.mem[int32(r1)+widthOffset].int() = *prg.mem[int32(q)+widthOffset].int()
						if t == *prg.mem[int32(r1)+heightOffset].int() {
							*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+listOffset].hh()).b0() = byte(normal)
							*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+listOffset].hh()).b1() = byte(normal)
							*prg.mem[int32(r1)+glueOffset].gr() = float32(0.0)
						} else if t > *prg.mem[int32(r1)+heightOffset].int() {
							*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+listOffset].hh()).b0() = byte(stretching)
							if *prg.mem[int32(r1)+glueOffset].int() == 0 {
								*prg.mem[int32(r1)+glueOffset].gr() = float32(0.0)
							} else {
								*prg.mem[int32(r1)+glueOffset].gr() = float32(float64(t-*prg.mem[int32(r1)+heightOffset].int()) / float64(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+glueOffset].int()))
							}
							// \xref[real division]
						} else {
							*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+listOffset].hh()).b1() = *(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+listOffset].hh()).b0()
							*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+listOffset].hh()).b0() = byte(shrinking)
							if *prg.mem[int32(r1)+4].int() == 0 {
								*prg.mem[int32(r1)+glueOffset].gr() = float32(0.0)
							} else if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+listOffset].hh()).b1()) == normal && *prg.mem[int32(r1)+heightOffset].int()-t > *prg.mem[int32(r1)+4].int() {
								*prg.mem[int32(r1)+glueOffset].gr() = float32(1.0)
							} else {
								*prg.mem[int32(r1)+glueOffset].gr() = float32(float64(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+heightOffset].int()-t) / float64(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+4].int()))
							}
						}
						*prg.mem[int32(r1)+heightOffset].int() = w
						*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b0() = byte(vlistNode)
					}
					*prg.mem[int32(r1)+4].int() = 0
					if int32(u) != 30000-4 {
						*(*prg.mem[u].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh()
						*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[30000-4].hh()).rh()
						r1 = u
					}
					r1 = *(*prg.mem[*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh()].hh()).rh()
					s = *(*prg.mem[*(*prg.mem[s].hh()).rh()].hh()).rh()
					if int32(r1) == 0 {
						break
					}
				}
			} else if int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0()) == ruleNode {
				if *prg.mem[int32(q)+widthOffset].int() == -010000000000 {
					*prg.mem[int32(q)+widthOffset].int() = *prg.mem[int32(p)+widthOffset].int()
				}
				if *prg.mem[int32(q)+heightOffset].int() == -010000000000 {
					*prg.mem[int32(q)+heightOffset].int() = *prg.mem[int32(p)+heightOffset].int()
				}
				if *prg.mem[int32(q)+depthOffset].int() == -010000000000 {
					*prg.mem[int32(q)+depthOffset].int() = *prg.mem[int32(p)+depthOffset].int()
				}
				if o != 0 {
					r1 = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()
					*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = 0
					q = prg.hpack(q, scaled(0), smallNumber(additional))
					*prg.mem[int32(q)+4].int() = o
					*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = r1
					*(*prg.mem[s].hh()).rh() = q
				}
			}
		}
		s = q
		q = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()
	}
	prg.flushNodeList(p)
	prg.popAlignment()

	// Insert the \(c)current list into its environment
	auxSave = prg.curList.auxField
	p = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.headField].hh()).rh()
	q = prg.curList.tailField
	prg.popNest()
	if int32(prg.curList.modeField) == mmode {
		prg.doAssignments()
		if int32(prg.curCmd) != mathShift {
			{
				if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
				}
				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
				prg.print( /* "Missing $$ inserted" */ 1170)
			}
			// \xref[Missing [\$\$] inserted]
			{
				prg.helpPtr = 2
				prg.helpLine[1] = /* "Displays can use special alignments (like \\eqalignno)" */ 895
				prg.helpLine[0] = /* "only if nothing but the alignment itself is between $$'s." */ 896
			}
			prg.backError()
		} else {
			// Check that another \.\$ follows
			prg.getXToken()
			if int32(prg.curCmd) != mathShift {
				{
					if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
					}
					prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
					prg.print( /* "Display math should end with $$" */ 1166)
				}
				// \xref[Display math...with \$\$]
				{
					prg.helpPtr = 2
					prg.helpLine[1] = /* "The `$' that I just saw supposedly matches a previous `$$'." */ 1167
					prg.helpLine[0] = /* "So I shall assume that you typed `$$' both times." */ 1168
				}
				prg.backError()
			}
		}
		prg.popNest()
		{
			*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.newPenalty(*prg.eqtb[intBase+preDisplayPenaltyCode-1].int())
			prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
		}
		{
			*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.newParamGlue(smallNumber(aboveDisplaySkipCode))
			prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
		}
		*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = p
		if int32(p) != 0 {
			prg.curList.tailField = q
		}
		{
			*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.newPenalty(*prg.eqtb[intBase+postDisplayPenaltyCode-1].int())
			prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
		}
		{
			*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.newParamGlue(smallNumber(belowDisplaySkipCode))
			prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
		}
		*prg.curList.auxField.int() = *auxSave.int()
		prg.resumeAfterDisplay()
	} else {
		prg.curList.auxField = auxSave
		*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = p
		if int32(p) != 0 {
			prg.curList.tailField = q
		}
		if int32(prg.curList.modeField) == vmode {
			prg.buildPage()
		}
	}
}

//

func (prg *prg) alignPeek() {
restart:
	prg.alignState = 1000000
	// Get the next non-blank non-call token
	for {
		prg.getXToken()
		if int32(prg.curCmd) != spacer {
			break
		}
	}
	if int32(prg.curCmd) == noAlign {
		prg.scanLeftBrace()
		prg.newSaveLevel(groupCode(noAlignGroup))
		if int32(prg.curList.modeField) == -vmode {
			prg.normalParagraph()
		}
	} else if int32(prg.curCmd) == rightBrace {
		prg.finAlign()
	} else if int32(prg.curCmd) == carRet && int32(prg.curChr) == crCrCode {
		goto restart
	} else {
		prg.initRow() // start a new row
		prg.initCol() // start a new column and replace what we peeked at
	}
}

// 813. \[38] Breaking paragraphs into lines

// tangle:pos tex.web:15997:39:

// We come now to what is probably the most interesting algorithm of \TeX:
// the mechanism for choosing the ``best possible'' breakpoints that yield
// the individual lines of a paragraph. \TeX's line-breaking algorithm takes
// a given horizontal list and converts it to a sequence of boxes that are
// appended to the current vertical list. In the course of doing this, it
// creates a special data structure containing three kinds of records that are
// not used elsewhere in \TeX. Such nodes are created while a paragraph is
// being processed, and they are destroyed afterwards; thus, the other parts
// of \TeX\ do not need to know anything about how line-breaking is done.
//
// The method used here is based on an approach devised by Michael F. Plass and
// \xref[Plass, Michael Frederick]
// \xref[Knuth, Donald Ervin]
// the author in 1977, subsequently generalized and improved by the same two
// people in 1980. A detailed discussion appears in [\sl Software---Practice
// and Experience \bf11] (1981), 1119--1184, where it is shown that the
// line-breaking problem can be regarded as a special case of the problem of
// computing the shortest path in an acyclic network. The cited paper includes
// numerous examples and describes the history of line breaking as it has been
// practiced by printers through the ages. The present implementation adds two
// new ideas to the algorithm of 1980: Memory space requirements are considerably
// reduced by using smaller records for inactive nodes than for active ones,
// and arithmetic overflow is avoided by using ``delta distances'' instead of
// keeping track of the total distance from the beginning of the paragraph to the
// current point.

// 815.

// tangle:pos tex.web:16048:1:

// Since |line_break| is a rather lengthy procedure---sort of a small world unto
// itself---we must build it up little by little, somewhat more cautiously
// than we have done with the simpler procedures of \TeX. Here is the
// general outline.
// \4
// Declare subprocedures for |line_break|
func (prg *prg) finiteShrink(p halfword) (r halfword) { // recovers from infinite shrinkage
	var (
		q halfword // new glue specification
	)
	if prg.noShrinkErrorYet {
		prg.noShrinkErrorYet = false
		// if eqtb[int_base+ tracing_paragraphs_code].int  >0 then end_diagnostic(true); [  ]
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			}
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
			prg.print( /* "Infinite glue shrinkage found in a paragraph" */ 917)
		}
		// \xref[Infinite glue shrinkage...]
		{
			prg.helpPtr = 5
			prg.helpLine[4] = /* "The paragraph just ended includes some glue that has" */ 918
			prg.helpLine[3] = /* "infinite shrinkability, e.g., `\\hskip 0pt minus 1fil'." */ 919
			prg.helpLine[2] = /* "Such glue doesn't belong there---it allows a paragraph" */ 920
			prg.helpLine[1] = /* "of any length to fit on one line. But it's safe to proceed," */ 921
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "since the offensive shrinkability has been made finite." */ 922
		}
		prg.error1()
		//  if eqtb[int_base+ tracing_paragraphs_code].int  >0 then begin_diagnostic; [  ]
	}
	q = prg.newSpec(p)
	*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b1() = byte(normal)
	prg.deleteGlueRef(p)
	r = q
	return r
}

func (prg *prg) tryBreak(pi int32, breakType smallNumber) {
	var (
		r1         halfword // runs through the active list
		prevR      halfword // stays a step behind |r|
		oldL       halfword // maximum line number in current equivalence class of lines
		noBreakYet bool     // have we found a feasible break at |cur_p|?

		// Other local variables for |try_break|
		prevPrevR                                 halfword           // a step behind |prev_r|, if |type(prev_r)=delta_node|
		s                                         halfword           // runs through nodes ahead of |cur_p|
		q                                         halfword           // points to a new node being created
		v                                         halfword           // points to a glue specification or a node ahead of |cur_p|
		t                                         int32              // node count, if |cur_p| is a discretionary node
		f                                         internalFontNumber // used in character width calculation
		l                                         halfword           // line number of current active node
		nodeRStaysActive                          bool               // should node |r| remain in the active list?
		lineWidth                                 scaled             // the current line will be justified to this width
		fitClass/* veryLooseFit..tightFit */ byte                    // possible fitness class of test line
		b                                         halfword           // badness of test line
		d                                         int32              // demerits of test line
		artificialDemerits                        bool               // has |d| been forced to zero?
		shortfall                                 scaled             // used in badness calculations
	)
	if abs(pi) >= infPenalty {
		if pi > 0 {
			goto exit
		} else {
			pi = ejectPenalty
		}
	}
	noBreakYet = true
	prevR = uint16(30000 - 7)
	oldL = 0
	prg.curActiveWidth[1-1] = prg.activeWidth[1-1]
	prg.curActiveWidth[2-1] = prg.activeWidth[2-1]
	prg.curActiveWidth[3-1] = prg.activeWidth[3-1]
	prg.curActiveWidth[4-1] = prg.activeWidth[4-1]
	prg.curActiveWidth[5-1] = prg.activeWidth[5-1]
	prg.curActiveWidth[6-1] = prg.activeWidth[6-1]
	for true {
	continue1:
		r1 = *(*prg.mem[prevR].hh()).rh()

		// If node |r| is of type |delta_node|, update |cur_active_width|, set |prev_r| and |prev_prev_r|, then |goto continue|
		// \xref[inner loop]
		if int32(*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b0()) == deltaNode {
			prg.curActiveWidth[1-1] = prg.curActiveWidth[1-1] + *prg.mem[int32(r1)+1].int()
			prg.curActiveWidth[2-1] = prg.curActiveWidth[2-1] + *prg.mem[int32(r1)+2].int()
			prg.curActiveWidth[3-1] = prg.curActiveWidth[3-1] + *prg.mem[int32(r1)+3].int()
			prg.curActiveWidth[4-1] = prg.curActiveWidth[4-1] + *prg.mem[int32(r1)+4].int()
			prg.curActiveWidth[5-1] = prg.curActiveWidth[5-1] + *prg.mem[int32(r1)+5].int()
			prg.curActiveWidth[6-1] = prg.curActiveWidth[6-1] + *prg.mem[int32(r1)+6].int()
			prevPrevR = prevR
			prevR = r1
			goto continue1
		}

		// If a line number class has ended, create new active nodes for the best feasible breaks in that class; then |return| if |r=last_active|, otherwise compute the new |line_width|
		{
			l = *(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+1].hh()).lh()
			if int32(l) > int32(oldL) {
				if prg.minimumDemerits < 07777777777 && (int32(oldL) != int32(prg.easyLine) || int32(r1) == 30000-7) {
					if noBreakYet {
						noBreakYet = false
						prg.breakWidth[1-1] = prg.background[1-1]
						prg.breakWidth[2-1] = prg.background[2-1]
						prg.breakWidth[3-1] = prg.background[3-1]
						prg.breakWidth[4-1] = prg.background[4-1]
						prg.breakWidth[5-1] = prg.background[5-1]
						prg.breakWidth[6-1] = prg.background[6-1]
						s = prg.curP
						if int32(breakType) > unhyphenated {
							if int32(prg.curP) != 0 {
								t = int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.curP].hh()).b1())
								v = prg.curP
								s = *(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curP)+1].hh()).rh()
								for t > 0 {
									t = t - 1
									v = *(*prg.mem[v].hh()).rh()

									// Subtract the width of node |v| from |break_width|
									if int32(v) >= int32(prg.hiMemMin) {
										f = *(*prg.mem[v].hh()).b0()
										prg.breakWidth[1-1] = prg.breakWidth[1-1] - *prg.fontInfo[prg.widthBase[f]+int32((*prg.fontInfo[prg.charBase[f]+int32(*(*prg.mem[v].hh()).b1())].qqqq()).b0)].int()
									} else {
										switch *(*prg.mem[v].hh()).b0() {
										case ligatureNode:
											f = *(*prg.mem[int32(v)+1].hh()).b0()

											prg.breakWidth[1-1] = prg.breakWidth[1-1] - *prg.fontInfo[prg.widthBase[f]+int32((*prg.fontInfo[prg.charBase[f]+int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(v)+1].hh()).b1())].qqqq()).b0)].int()

										case hlistNode, vlistNode, ruleNode, kernNode:
											prg.breakWidth[1-1] = prg.breakWidth[1-1] - *prg.mem[int32(v)+widthOffset].int()

										default:
											prg.confusion(strNumber( /* "disc1" */ 923))
											// \xref[this can't happen disc1][\quad disc1]
										}
									}
								}
								for int32(s) != 0 {
									if int32(s) >= int32(prg.hiMemMin) {
										f = *(*prg.mem[s].hh()).b0()
										prg.breakWidth[1-1] = prg.breakWidth[1-1] + *prg.fontInfo[prg.widthBase[f]+int32((*prg.fontInfo[prg.charBase[f]+int32(*(*prg.mem[s].hh()).b1())].qqqq()).b0)].int()
									} else {
										switch *(*prg.mem[s].hh()).b0() {
										case ligatureNode:
											f = *(*prg.mem[int32(s)+1].hh()).b0()
											prg.breakWidth[1-1] = prg.breakWidth[1-1] + *prg.fontInfo[prg.widthBase[f]+int32((*prg.fontInfo[prg.charBase[f]+int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(s)+1].hh()).b1())].qqqq()).b0)].int()

										case hlistNode, vlistNode, ruleNode, kernNode:
											prg.breakWidth[1-1] = prg.breakWidth[1-1] + *prg.mem[int32(s)+widthOffset].int()

										default:
											prg.confusion(strNumber( /* "disc2" */ 924))
											// \xref[this can't happen disc2][\quad disc2]
										}
									}
									s = *(*prg.mem[s].hh()).rh()
								}
								prg.breakWidth[1-1] = prg.breakWidth[1-1] + prg.discWidth
								if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curP)+1].hh()).rh()) == 0 {
									s = *(*prg.mem[v].hh()).rh()
								}
								// nodes may be discardable after the break
							}
						}
						for int32(s) != 0 {
							if int32(s) >= int32(prg.hiMemMin) {
								goto done
							}
							switch *(*prg.mem[s].hh()).b0() {
							case glueNode:
								// Subtract glue from |break_width|
								v = *(*prg.mem[int32(s)+1].hh()).lh()
								prg.breakWidth[1-1] = prg.breakWidth[1-1] - *prg.mem[int32(v)+widthOffset].int()
								prg.breakWidth[2+int32(*(*prg.mem[v].hh()).b0())-1] = prg.breakWidth[2+int32(*(*prg.mem[v].hh()).b0())-1] - *prg.mem[int32(v)+2].int()
								prg.breakWidth[6-1] = prg.breakWidth[6-1] - *prg.mem[int32(v)+3].int()

							case penaltyNode:
							case mathNode:
								prg.breakWidth[1-1] = prg.breakWidth[1-1] - *prg.mem[int32(s)+widthOffset].int()
							case kernNode:
								if int32(*(*prg.mem[s].hh()).b1()) != explicit {
									goto done
								} else {
									prg.breakWidth[1-1] = prg.breakWidth[1-1] - *prg.mem[int32(s)+widthOffset].int()
								}

							default:
								goto done
							}

							s = *(*prg.mem[s].hh()).rh()
						}

					done:
					}

					// Insert a delta node to prepare for breaks at |cur_p|
					if int32(*(*prg.mem[prevR].hh()).b0()) == deltaNode {
						*prg.mem[int32(prevR)+1].int() = *prg.mem[int32(prevR)+1].int() - prg.curActiveWidth[1-1] + prg.breakWidth[1-1]
						*prg.mem[int32(prevR)+2].int() = *prg.mem[int32(prevR)+2].int() - prg.curActiveWidth[2-1] + prg.breakWidth[2-1]
						*prg.mem[int32(prevR)+3].int() = *prg.mem[int32(prevR)+3].int() - prg.curActiveWidth[3-1] + prg.breakWidth[3-1]
						*prg.mem[int32(prevR)+4].int() = *prg.mem[int32(prevR)+4].int() - prg.curActiveWidth[4-1] + prg.breakWidth[4-1]
						*prg.mem[int32(prevR)+5].int() = *prg.mem[int32(prevR)+5].int() - prg.curActiveWidth[5-1] + prg.breakWidth[5-1]
						*prg.mem[int32(prevR)+6].int() = *prg.mem[int32(prevR)+6].int() - prg.curActiveWidth[6-1] + prg.breakWidth[6-1]
					} else if int32(prevR) == 30000-7 {
						prg.activeWidth[1-1] = prg.breakWidth[1-1]
						prg.activeWidth[2-1] = prg.breakWidth[2-1]
						prg.activeWidth[3-1] = prg.breakWidth[3-1]
						prg.activeWidth[4-1] = prg.breakWidth[4-1]
						prg.activeWidth[5-1] = prg.breakWidth[5-1]
						prg.activeWidth[6-1] = prg.breakWidth[6-1]
					} else {
						q = prg.getNode(deltaNodeSize)
						*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = r1
						*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0() = byte(deltaNode)

						*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b1() = 0 // the |subtype| is not used
						*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].int() = prg.breakWidth[1-1] - prg.curActiveWidth[1-1]
						*prg.mem[int32(q)+2].int() = prg.breakWidth[2-1] - prg.curActiveWidth[2-1]
						*prg.mem[int32(q)+3].int() = prg.breakWidth[3-1] - prg.curActiveWidth[3-1]
						*prg.mem[int32(q)+4].int() = prg.breakWidth[4-1] - prg.curActiveWidth[4-1]
						*prg.mem[int32(q)+5].int() = prg.breakWidth[5-1] - prg.curActiveWidth[5-1]
						*prg.mem[int32(q)+6].int() = prg.breakWidth[6-1] - prg.curActiveWidth[6-1]
						*(*prg.mem[prevR].hh()).rh() = q
						prevPrevR = prevR
						prevR = q
					}
					if abs(*prg.eqtb[intBase+adjDemeritsCode-1].int()) >= 07777777777-prg.minimumDemerits {
						prg.minimumDemerits = 07777777777 - 1
					} else {
						prg.minimumDemerits = prg.minimumDemerits + abs(*prg.eqtb[intBase+adjDemeritsCode-1].int())
					}
					for ii := int32(veryLooseFit); ii <= tightFit; ii++ {
						fitClass = byte(ii)
						_ = fitClass
						if prg.minimalDemerits[fitClass] <= prg.minimumDemerits {
							q = prg.getNode(passiveNodeSize)
							*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = prg.passive
							prg.passive = q
							*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).rh() = prg.curP
							//    pass_number:= pass_number+1 ;  mem[ q].hh.lh :=pass_number; [  ]

							*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).lh() = prg.bestPlace[fitClass]

							q = prg.getNode(activeNodeSize)
							*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).rh() = prg.passive
							*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).lh() = uint16(int32(prg.bestPlLine[fitClass]) + 1)
							*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b1() = fitClass
							*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0() = breakType
							*prg.mem[int32(q)+2].int() = prg.minimalDemerits[fitClass]
							*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = r1
							*(*prg.mem[prevR].hh()).rh() = q
							prevR = q
							//  if eqtb[int_base+ tracing_paragraphs_code].int  >0 then
							//
							// [ Print a symbolic description of the new break node ]
							// begin print_nl(["@@"=]925); print_int( mem[ passive].hh.lh );
							// [ \xref[\AT!\AT!] ]
							// print([": line "=]926); print_int(  mem[  q+ 1].hh.lh  -1);
							// print_char(["."=]46); print_int(fit_class);
							// if break_type=hyphenated then print_char(["-"=]45);
							// print([" t="=]927); print_int(mem[ q+2].int );
							// print([" -> @@"=]928);
							// if   mem[  passive+ 1].hh.lh  =0   then print_char(["0"=]48)
							// else print_int( mem[   mem[   passive+ 1].hh.lh  ].hh.lh );
							// end
							//
							// ;
							// [  ]

						}
						prg.minimalDemerits[fitClass] = 07777777777
					}
					prg.minimumDemerits = 07777777777

					// Insert a delta node to prepare for the next active node
					if int32(r1) != 30000-7 {
						q = prg.getNode(deltaNodeSize)
						*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = r1
						*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0() = byte(deltaNode)

						*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b1() = 0 // the |subtype| is not used
						*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].int() = prg.curActiveWidth[1-1] - prg.breakWidth[1-1]
						*prg.mem[int32(q)+2].int() = prg.curActiveWidth[2-1] - prg.breakWidth[2-1]
						*prg.mem[int32(q)+3].int() = prg.curActiveWidth[3-1] - prg.breakWidth[3-1]
						*prg.mem[int32(q)+4].int() = prg.curActiveWidth[4-1] - prg.breakWidth[4-1]
						*prg.mem[int32(q)+5].int() = prg.curActiveWidth[5-1] - prg.breakWidth[5-1]
						*prg.mem[int32(q)+6].int() = prg.curActiveWidth[6-1] - prg.breakWidth[6-1]
						*(*prg.mem[prevR].hh()).rh() = q
						prevPrevR = prevR
						prevR = q
					}
				}
				if int32(r1) == 30000-7 {
					goto exit
				}

				// Compute the new line width
				if int32(l) > int32(prg.easyLine) {
					lineWidth = prg.secondWidth
					oldL = uint16(65535 - 1)
				} else {
					oldL = l
					if int32(l) > int32(prg.lastSpecialLine) {
						lineWidth = prg.secondWidth
					} else if int32(*(*prg.eqtb[parShapeLoc-1].hh()).rh()) == 0 {
						lineWidth = prg.firstWidth
					} else {
						lineWidth = *prg.mem[int32(*(*prg.eqtb[parShapeLoc-1].hh()).rh())+2*int32(l)].int()
					}
				}
			}
		}

		// Consider the demerits for a line from |r| to |cur_p|; deactivate node |r| if it should no longer be active; then |goto continue| if a line from |r| to |cur_p| is infeasible, otherwise record a new feasible break
		{
			artificialDemerits = false

			// \xref[inner loop]
			shortfall = lineWidth - prg.curActiveWidth[1-1] // we're this much too short
			if shortfall > 0 {
				if prg.curActiveWidth[3-1] != 0 || prg.curActiveWidth[4-1] != 0 || prg.curActiveWidth[5-1] != 0 {
					b = 0
					fitClass = byte(decentFit) // infinite stretch
				} else {
					if shortfall > 7230584 {
						if prg.curActiveWidth[2-1] < 1663497 {
							b = uint16(infBad)
							fitClass = byte(veryLooseFit)
							goto done1
						}
					}
					b = prg.badness(shortfall, prg.curActiveWidth[2-1])
					if int32(b) > 12 {
						if int32(b) > 99 {
							fitClass = byte(veryLooseFit)
						} else {
							fitClass = byte(looseFit)
						}
					} else {
						fitClass = byte(decentFit)
					}

				done1:
				}
			} else {
				// Set the value of |b| to the badness for shrinking the line, and compute the corresponding |fit_class|
				if -shortfall > prg.curActiveWidth[6-1] {
					b = uint16(infBad + 1)
				} else {
					b = prg.badness(-shortfall, prg.curActiveWidth[6-1])
				}
				if int32(b) > 12 {
					fitClass = byte(tightFit)
				} else {
					fitClass = byte(decentFit)
				}
			}
			if int32(b) > infBad || pi == ejectPenalty {
				if prg.finalPass && prg.minimumDemerits == 07777777777 && int32(*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh()) == 30000-7 && int32(prevR) == 30000-7 {
					artificialDemerits = true
				} else if int32(b) > prg.threshold {
					goto deactivate
				}
				nodeRStaysActive = false
			} else {
				prevR = r1
				if int32(b) > prg.threshold {
					goto continue1
				}
				nodeRStaysActive = true
			}

			// Record a new feasible break
			if artificialDemerits {
				d = 0
			} else {
				// Compute the demerits, |d|, from |r| to |cur_p|
				d = *prg.eqtb[intBase+linePenaltyCode-1].int() + int32(b)
				if abs(d) >= 10000 {
					d = 100000000
				} else {
					d = d * d
				}
				if pi != 0 {
					if pi > 0 {
						d = d + pi*pi
					} else if pi > ejectPenalty {
						d = d - pi*pi
					}
				}
				if int32(breakType) == hyphenated && int32(*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b0()) == hyphenated {
					if int32(prg.curP) != 0 {
						d = d + *prg.eqtb[intBase+doubleHyphenDemeritsCode-1].int()
					} else {
						d = d + *prg.eqtb[intBase+finalHyphenDemeritsCode-1].int()
					}
				}
				if abs(int32(fitClass)-int32(*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b1())) > 1 {
					d = d + *prg.eqtb[intBase+adjDemeritsCode-1].int()
				}
			}
			//  if eqtb[int_base+ tracing_paragraphs_code].int  >0 then
			//
			// [ Print a symbolic description of this feasible break ]
			// begin if printed_node<>cur_p then
			//
			// [ Print the list between |printed_node| and |cur_p|, then set |printed_node:=cur_p| ]
			// begin print_nl([""=]338);
			// if cur_p=0   then short_display( mem[ printed_node].hh.rh )
			// else  begin save_link:= mem[ cur_p].hh.rh ;
			//    mem[ cur_p].hh.rh :=0  ; print_nl([""=]338); short_display( mem[ printed_node].hh.rh );
			//    mem[ cur_p].hh.rh :=save_link;
			//   end;
			// printed_node:=cur_p;
			// end
			//
			// ;
			// print_nl(["@"=]64);
			// [ \xref[\AT!] ]
			// if cur_p=0   then print_esc(["par"=]597)
			// else if  mem[ cur_p].hh.b0 <>glue_node then
			//   begin if  mem[ cur_p].hh.b0 =penalty_node then print_esc(["penalty"=]531)
			//   else if  mem[ cur_p].hh.b0 =disc_node then print_esc(["discretionary"=]349)
			//   else if  mem[ cur_p].hh.b0 =kern_node then print_esc(["kern"=]340)
			//   else print_esc(["math"=]343);
			//   end;
			// print([" via @@"=]929);
			// if   mem[  r+ 1].hh.rh  =0   then print_char(["0"=]48)
			// else print_int( mem[   mem[   r+ 1].hh.rh  ].hh.lh );
			// print([" b="=]930);
			// if b>inf_bad then print_char(["*"=]42) else print_int(b);
			// [ \xref[*\relax] ]
			// print([" p="=]931); print_int(pi); print([" d="=]932);
			// if artificial_demerits then print_char(["*"=]42) else print_int(d);
			// end
			//
			// ;
			// [  ]

			d = d + *prg.mem[int32(r1)+2].int() // this is the minimum total demerits
			//   from the beginning to |cur_p| via |r|

			if d <= prg.minimalDemerits[fitClass] {
				prg.minimalDemerits[fitClass] = d
				prg.bestPlace[fitClass] = *(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+1].hh()).rh()
				prg.bestPlLine[fitClass] = l
				if d < prg.minimumDemerits {
					prg.minimumDemerits = d
				}
			}
			if nodeRStaysActive {
				goto continue1
			} // |prev_r| has been set to |r|
			// |prev_r| has been set to |r|
		deactivate:
			*(*prg.mem[prevR].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh()
			prg.freeNode(r1, halfword(activeNodeSize))
			if int32(prevR) == 30000-7 {
				r1 = *(*prg.mem[30000-7].hh()).rh()
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b0()) == deltaNode {
					prg.activeWidth[1-1] = prg.activeWidth[1-1] + *prg.mem[int32(r1)+1].int()
					prg.activeWidth[2-1] = prg.activeWidth[2-1] + *prg.mem[int32(r1)+2].int()
					prg.activeWidth[3-1] = prg.activeWidth[3-1] + *prg.mem[int32(r1)+3].int()
					prg.activeWidth[4-1] = prg.activeWidth[4-1] + *prg.mem[int32(r1)+4].int()
					prg.activeWidth[5-1] = prg.activeWidth[5-1] + *prg.mem[int32(r1)+5].int()
					prg.activeWidth[6-1] = prg.activeWidth[6-1] + *prg.mem[int32(r1)+6].int()
					prg.curActiveWidth[1-1] = prg.activeWidth[1-1]
					prg.curActiveWidth[2-1] = prg.activeWidth[2-1]
					prg.curActiveWidth[3-1] = prg.activeWidth[3-1]
					prg.curActiveWidth[4-1] = prg.activeWidth[4-1]
					prg.curActiveWidth[5-1] = prg.activeWidth[5-1]
					prg.curActiveWidth[6-1] = prg.activeWidth[6-1]
					*(*prg.mem[30000-7].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh()
					prg.freeNode(r1, halfword(deltaNodeSize))
				}
			} else if int32(*(*prg.mem[prevR].hh()).b0()) == deltaNode {
				r1 = *(*prg.mem[prevR].hh()).rh()
				if int32(r1) == 30000-7 {
					prg.curActiveWidth[1-1] = prg.curActiveWidth[1-1] - *prg.mem[int32(prevR)+1].int()
					prg.curActiveWidth[2-1] = prg.curActiveWidth[2-1] - *prg.mem[int32(prevR)+2].int()
					prg.curActiveWidth[3-1] = prg.curActiveWidth[3-1] - *prg.mem[int32(prevR)+3].int()
					prg.curActiveWidth[4-1] = prg.curActiveWidth[4-1] - *prg.mem[int32(prevR)+4].int()
					prg.curActiveWidth[5-1] = prg.curActiveWidth[5-1] - *prg.mem[int32(prevR)+5].int()
					prg.curActiveWidth[6-1] = prg.curActiveWidth[6-1] - *prg.mem[int32(prevR)+6].int()
					*(*prg.mem[prevPrevR].hh()).rh() = uint16(30000 - 7)
					prg.freeNode(prevR, halfword(deltaNodeSize))
					prevR = prevPrevR
				} else if int32(*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b0()) == deltaNode {
					prg.curActiveWidth[1-1] = prg.curActiveWidth[1-1] + *prg.mem[int32(r1)+1].int()
					prg.curActiveWidth[2-1] = prg.curActiveWidth[2-1] + *prg.mem[int32(r1)+2].int()
					prg.curActiveWidth[3-1] = prg.curActiveWidth[3-1] + *prg.mem[int32(r1)+3].int()
					prg.curActiveWidth[4-1] = prg.curActiveWidth[4-1] + *prg.mem[int32(r1)+4].int()
					prg.curActiveWidth[5-1] = prg.curActiveWidth[5-1] + *prg.mem[int32(r1)+5].int()
					prg.curActiveWidth[6-1] = prg.curActiveWidth[6-1] + *prg.mem[int32(r1)+6].int()
					*prg.mem[int32(prevR)+1].int() = *prg.mem[int32(prevR)+1].int() + *prg.mem[int32(r1)+1].int()
					*prg.mem[int32(prevR)+2].int() = *prg.mem[int32(prevR)+2].int() + *prg.mem[int32(r1)+2].int()
					*prg.mem[int32(prevR)+3].int() = *prg.mem[int32(prevR)+3].int() + *prg.mem[int32(r1)+3].int()
					*prg.mem[int32(prevR)+4].int() = *prg.mem[int32(prevR)+4].int() + *prg.mem[int32(r1)+4].int()
					*prg.mem[int32(prevR)+5].int() = *prg.mem[int32(prevR)+5].int() + *prg.mem[int32(r1)+5].int()
					*prg.mem[int32(prevR)+6].int() = *prg.mem[int32(prevR)+6].int() + *prg.mem[int32(r1)+6].int()
					*(*prg.mem[prevR].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh()
					prg.freeNode(r1, halfword(deltaNodeSize))
				}
			}
		}
	}

exit:
}

func (prg *prg) postLineBreak(finalWidowPenalty int32) {
	var (
		q, r1, s      halfword    // temporary registers for list manipulation
		discBreak     bool        // was the current break at a discretionary node?
		postDiscBreak bool        // and did it have a nonempty post-break part?
		curWidth      scaled      // width of line number |cur_line|
		curIndent     scaled      // left margin of line number |cur_line|
		t             quarterword // used for replacement counts in discretionary nodes
		pen           int32       // use when calculating penalties between lines
		curLine       halfword    // the current line number being justified
	)
	q = *(*prg.mem[int32(prg.bestBet)+1].hh()).rh()
	prg.curP = 0
	for {
		r1 = q
		q = *(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).lh()
		*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+1].hh()).lh() = prg.curP
		prg.curP = r1
		if int32(q) == 0 {
			break
		}
	}
	curLine = uint16(prg.curList.pgField + 1)
	for {
		// Justify the line ending at breakpoint |cur_p|, and append it to the current vertical list, together with associated penalties and other insertions

		// Modify the end of the line to reflect the nature of the break and to include \.[\\rightskip]; also set the proper value of |disc_break|
		q = *(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curP)+1].hh()).rh()
		discBreak = false
		postDiscBreak = false
		if int32(q) != 0 {
			if int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0()) == glueNode {
				prg.deleteGlueRef(*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).lh())
				*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).lh() = *(*prg.eqtb[glueBase+rightSkipCode-1].hh()).rh()
				*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b1() = byte(rightSkipCode + 1)
				*(*prg.mem[*(*prg.eqtb[glueBase+rightSkipCode-1].hh()).rh()].hh()).rh() = uint16(int32(*(*prg.mem[*(*prg.eqtb[glueBase+rightSkipCode-1].hh()).rh()].hh()).rh()) + 1)

				goto done
			} else {
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0()) == discNode {
					t = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b1()

					// Destroy the |t| nodes following |q|, and make |r| point to the following node
					if int32(t) == 0 {
						r1 = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()
					} else {
						r1 = q
						for int32(t) > 1 {
							r1 = *(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh()
							t = byte(int32(t) - 1)
						}
						s = *(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh()
						r1 = *(*prg.mem[s].hh()).rh()
						*(*prg.mem[s].hh()).rh() = 0
						prg.flushNodeList(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh())
						*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b1() = 0
					}
					if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
						s = *(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).rh()
						for int32(*(*prg.mem[s].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
							s = *(*prg.mem[s].hh()).rh()
						}
						*(*prg.mem[s].hh()).rh() = r1
						r1 = *(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).rh()
						*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).rh() = 0
						postDiscBreak = true
					}
					if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).lh()) != 0 {
						s = *(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).lh()
						*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = s
						for int32(*(*prg.mem[s].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
							s = *(*prg.mem[s].hh()).rh()
						}
						*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).lh() = 0
						q = s
					}
					*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = r1
					discBreak = true
				} else if int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0()) == mathNode || int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0()) == kernNode {
					*prg.mem[int32(q)+widthOffset].int() = 0
				}
			}
		} else {
			q = uint16(30000 - 3)
			for int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
				q = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()
			}
		}

		// Put the \(r)\.[\\rightskip] glue after node |q|
		r1 = prg.newParamGlue(smallNumber(rightSkipCode))
		*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()
		*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = r1
		q = r1

	done:
		;

		// Put the \(l)\.[\\leftskip] glue at the left and detach this line
		r1 = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()
		*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = 0
		q = *(*prg.mem[30000-3].hh()).rh()
		*(*prg.mem[30000-3].hh()).rh() = r1
		if int32(*(*prg.eqtb[glueBase+leftSkipCode-1].hh()).rh()) != memBot {
			r1 = prg.newParamGlue(smallNumber(leftSkipCode))
			*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh() = q
			q = r1
		}

		// Call the packaging subroutine, setting |just_box| to the justified box
		if int32(curLine) > int32(prg.lastSpecialLine) {
			curWidth = prg.secondWidth
			curIndent = prg.secondIndent
		} else if int32(*(*prg.eqtb[parShapeLoc-1].hh()).rh()) == 0 {
			curWidth = prg.firstWidth
			curIndent = prg.firstIndent
		} else {
			curWidth = *prg.mem[int32(*(*prg.eqtb[parShapeLoc-1].hh()).rh())+2*int32(curLine)].int()
			curIndent = *prg.mem[int32(*(*prg.eqtb[parShapeLoc-1].hh()).rh())+2*int32(curLine)-1].int()
		}
		prg.adjustTail = uint16(30000 - 5)
		prg.justBox = prg.hpack(q, curWidth, smallNumber(exactly))
		*prg.mem[int32(prg.justBox)+4].int() = curIndent

		// Append the new box to the current vertical list, followed by the list of special nodes taken out of the box by the packager
		prg.appendToVlist(prg.justBox)
		if 30000-5 != int32(prg.adjustTail) {
			*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[30000-5].hh()).rh()
			prg.curList.tailField = prg.adjustTail
		}
		prg.adjustTail = 0

		// Append a penalty node, if a nonzero penalty is appropriate
		if int32(curLine)+1 != int32(prg.bestLine) {
			pen = *prg.eqtb[intBase+interLinePenaltyCode-1].int()
			if int32(curLine) == prg.curList.pgField+1 {
				pen = pen + *prg.eqtb[intBase+clubPenaltyCode-1].int()
			}
			if int32(curLine)+2 == int32(prg.bestLine) {
				pen = pen + finalWidowPenalty
			}
			if discBreak {
				pen = pen + *prg.eqtb[intBase+brokenPenaltyCode-1].int()
			}
			if pen != 0 {
				r1 = prg.newPenalty(pen)
				*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = r1
				prg.curList.tailField = r1
			}
		}
		curLine = uint16(int32(curLine) + 1)
		prg.curP = *(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curP)+1].hh()).lh()
		if int32(prg.curP) != 0 {
			if !postDiscBreak {
				r1 = uint16(30000 - 3)
				for true {
					q = *(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh()
					if int32(q) == int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curP)+1].hh()).rh()) {
						goto done1
					}
					// |cur_break(cur_p)| is the next breakpoint
					// now |q| cannot be |null|
					if int32(q) >= int32(prg.hiMemMin) {
						goto done1
					}
					if int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0()) < mathNode {
						goto done1
					}
					if int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0()) == kernNode {
						if int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b1()) != explicit {
							goto done1
						}
					}
					r1 = q // now |type(q)=glue_node|, |kern_node|, |math_node|, or |penalty_node|
				}

			done1:
				if int32(r1) != 30000-3 {
					*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh() = 0
					prg.flushNodeList(*(*prg.mem[30000-3].hh()).rh())
					*(*prg.mem[30000-3].hh()).rh() = q
				}
			}
		}
		if int32(prg.curP) == 0 {
			break
		}
	}
	if int32(curLine) != int32(prg.bestLine) || int32(*(*prg.mem[30000-3].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
		prg.confusion(strNumber( /* "line breaking" */ 939))
	}
	// \xref[this can't happen line breaking][\quad line breaking]
	prg.curList.pgField = int32(prg.bestLine) - 1
}

// \4
// Declare the function called |reconstitute|
func (prg *prg) reconstitute(j, n smallNumber, bchar, hchar halfword) (r smallNumber) {
	var (
		p        halfword     // temporary register for list manipulation
		t        halfword     // a node being appended to
		q        fourQuarters // character information or a lig/kern instruction
		curRh    halfword     // hyphen character for ligature testing
		testChar halfword     // hyphen or other character for ligature testing
		w        scaled       // amount of kerning
		k        fontIndex    // position of current lig/kern instruction
	)
	prg.hyphenPassed = 0
	t = uint16(30000 - 4)
	w = 0
	*(*prg.mem[30000-4].hh()).rh() = 0
	// at this point |ligature_present=lft_hit=rt_hit=false|

	// Set up data structures with the cursor following position |j|
	prg.curL = uint16(int32(prg.hu[j]) + minQuarterword)
	prg.curQ = t
	if int32(j) == 0 {
		prg.ligaturePresent = prg.initLig
		p = prg.initList
		if prg.ligaturePresent {
			prg.lftHit = prg.initLft
		}
		for int32(p) > 0 {
			{
				*(*prg.mem[t].hh()).rh() = prg.getAvail()
				t = *(*prg.mem[t].hh()).rh()
				*(*prg.mem[t].hh()).b0() = prg.hf
				*(*prg.mem[t].hh()).b1() = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()
			}
			p = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
		}
	} else if int32(prg.curL) < 256+minQuarterword {
		*(*prg.mem[t].hh()).rh() = prg.getAvail()
		t = *(*prg.mem[t].hh()).rh()
		*(*prg.mem[t].hh()).b0() = prg.hf
		*(*prg.mem[t].hh()).b1() = byte(prg.curL)
	}
	prg.ligStack = 0
	{
		if int32(j) < int32(n) {
			prg.curR = uint16(int32(prg.hu[int32(j)+1]) + minQuarterword)
		} else {
			prg.curR = bchar
		}
		if prg.hyf[j]&1 != 0 {
			curRh = hchar
		} else {
			curRh = uint16(256 + minQuarterword)
		}
	}

continue1:
	if int32(prg.curL) == 256+minQuarterword {
		k = prg.bcharLabel[prg.hf]
		if int32(k) == nonAddress {
			goto done
		} else {
			q = *prg.fontInfo[k].qqqq()
		}
	} else {
		q = *prg.fontInfo[prg.charBase[prg.hf]+int32(prg.curL)].qqqq()
		if (int32(q.b2)-minQuarterword)%4 != ligTag {
			goto done
		}
		k = uint16(prg.ligKernBase[prg.hf] + int32(q.b3))
		q = *prg.fontInfo[k].qqqq()
		if int32(q.b0) > 128+minQuarterword {
			k = uint16(prg.ligKernBase[prg.hf] + 256*int32(q.b2) + int32(q.b3) + 32768 - 256*(128+minQuarterword))
			q = *prg.fontInfo[k].qqqq()
		}
	} // now |k| is the starting address of the lig/kern program
	if int32(curRh) < 256+minQuarterword {
		testChar = curRh
	} else {
		testChar = prg.curR
	}
	for true {
		if int32(q.b1) == int32(testChar) {
			if int32(q.b0) <= 128+minQuarterword {
				if int32(curRh) < 256+minQuarterword {
					prg.hyphenPassed = j
					hchar = uint16(256 + minQuarterword)
					curRh = uint16(256 + minQuarterword)

					goto continue1
				} else {
					if int32(hchar) < 256+minQuarterword {
						if prg.hyf[j]&1 != 0 {
							prg.hyphenPassed = j
							hchar = uint16(256 + minQuarterword)
						}
					}
					if int32(q.b2) < 128+minQuarterword {
						if int32(prg.curL) == 256+minQuarterword {
							prg.lftHit = true
						}
						if int32(j) == int32(n) {
							if int32(prg.ligStack) == 0 {
								prg.rtHit = true
							}
						}
						{
							if prg.interrupt != 0 {
								prg.pauseForInstructions()
							}
						} // allow a way out in case there's an infinite ligature loop
						switch q.b2 {
						case 1 + minQuarterword, 5 + minQuarterword:
							prg.curL = uint16(q.b3) // \.[=:\?], \.[=:\?>]
							prg.ligaturePresent = true

						case 2 + minQuarterword, 6 + minQuarterword:
							prg.curR = uint16(q.b3) // \.[\?=:], \.[\?=:>]
							if int32(prg.ligStack) > 0 {
								*(*prg.mem[prg.ligStack].hh()).b1() = byte(prg.curR)
							} else {
								prg.ligStack = prg.newLigItem(quarterword(prg.curR))
								if int32(j) == int32(n) {
									bchar = uint16(256 + minQuarterword)
								} else {
									p = prg.getAvail()
									*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.ligStack)+1].hh()).rh() = p
									*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1() = byte(int32(prg.hu[int32(j)+1]) + minQuarterword)
									*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0() = prg.hf
								}
							}

						case 3 + minQuarterword:
							prg.curR = uint16(q.b3) // \.[\?=:\?]
							p = prg.ligStack
							prg.ligStack = prg.newLigItem(quarterword(prg.curR))
							*(*prg.mem[prg.ligStack].hh()).rh() = p

						case 7 + minQuarterword, 11 + minQuarterword:
							if prg.ligaturePresent {
								p = prg.newLigature(prg.hf, quarterword(prg.curL), *(*prg.mem[prg.curQ].hh()).rh())
								if prg.lftHit {
									*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1() = 2
									prg.lftHit = false
								}
								if false {
									if int32(prg.ligStack) == 0 {
										*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1() = byte(int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()) + 1)
										prg.rtHit = false
									}
								}
								*(*prg.mem[prg.curQ].hh()).rh() = p
								t = p
								prg.ligaturePresent = false
							} // \.[\?=:\?>], \.[\?=:\?>>]
							prg.curQ = t
							prg.curL = uint16(q.b3)
							prg.ligaturePresent = true

						default:
							prg.curL = uint16(q.b3)
							prg.ligaturePresent = true // \.[=:]
							if int32(prg.ligStack) > 0 {
								if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.ligStack)+1].hh()).rh()) > 0 {
									*(*prg.mem[t].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[int32(prg.ligStack)+1].hh()).rh()
									t = *(*prg.mem[t].hh()).rh()
									j = byte(int32(j) + 1)
								}
								p = prg.ligStack
								prg.ligStack = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
								prg.freeNode(p, halfword(smallNodeSize))
								if int32(prg.ligStack) == 0 {
									if int32(j) < int32(n) {
										prg.curR = uint16(int32(prg.hu[int32(j)+1]) + minQuarterword)
									} else {
										prg.curR = bchar
									}
									if prg.hyf[j]&1 != 0 {
										curRh = hchar
									} else {
										curRh = uint16(256 + minQuarterword)
									}
								} else {
									prg.curR = uint16(*(*prg.mem[prg.ligStack].hh()).b1())
								}
							} else if int32(j) == int32(n) {
								goto done
							} else {
								{
									*(*prg.mem[t].hh()).rh() = prg.getAvail()
									t = *(*prg.mem[t].hh()).rh()
									*(*prg.mem[t].hh()).b0() = prg.hf
									*(*prg.mem[t].hh()).b1() = byte(prg.curR)
								}
								j = byte(int32(j) + 1)
								{
									if int32(j) < int32(n) {
										prg.curR = uint16(int32(prg.hu[int32(j)+1]) + minQuarterword)
									} else {
										prg.curR = bchar
									}
									if prg.hyf[j]&1 != 0 {
										curRh = hchar
									} else {
										curRh = uint16(256 + minQuarterword)
									}
								}
							}

						}
						if int32(q.b2) > 4+minQuarterword {
							if int32(q.b2) != 7+minQuarterword {
								goto done
							}
						}

						goto continue1
					}
					w = *prg.fontInfo[prg.kernBase[prg.hf]+256*int32(q.b2)+int32(q.b3)].int()
					goto done // this kern will be inserted below
				}
			}
		}
		if int32(q.b0) >= 128+minQuarterword {
			if int32(curRh) == 256+minQuarterword {
				goto done
			} else {
				curRh = uint16(256 + minQuarterword)
				goto continue1
			}
		}
		k = uint16(int32(k) + int32(q.b0) - minQuarterword + 1)
		q = *prg.fontInfo[k].qqqq()
	}

done:
	;

	// Append a ligature and/or kern to the translation; |goto continue| if the stack of inserted ligatures is nonempty
	if prg.ligaturePresent {
		p = prg.newLigature(prg.hf, quarterword(prg.curL), *(*prg.mem[prg.curQ].hh()).rh())
		if prg.lftHit {
			*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1() = 2
			prg.lftHit = false
		}
		if prg.rtHit {
			if int32(prg.ligStack) == 0 {
				*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1() = byte(int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()) + 1)
				prg.rtHit = false
			}
		}
		*(*prg.mem[prg.curQ].hh()).rh() = p
		t = p
		prg.ligaturePresent = false
	}
	if w != 0 {
		*(*prg.mem[t].hh()).rh() = prg.newKern(w)
		t = *(*prg.mem[t].hh()).rh()
		w = 0
	}
	if int32(prg.ligStack) > 0 {
		prg.curQ = t
		prg.curL = uint16(*(*prg.mem[prg.ligStack].hh()).b1())
		prg.ligaturePresent = true
		{
			if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.ligStack)+1].hh()).rh()) > 0 {
				*(*prg.mem[t].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[int32(prg.ligStack)+1].hh()).rh()
				t = *(*prg.mem[t].hh()).rh()
				j = byte(int32(j) + 1)
			}
			p = prg.ligStack
			prg.ligStack = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
			prg.freeNode(p, halfword(smallNodeSize))
			if int32(prg.ligStack) == 0 {
				if int32(j) < int32(n) {
					prg.curR = uint16(int32(prg.hu[int32(j)+1]) + minQuarterword)
				} else {
					prg.curR = bchar
				}
				if prg.hyf[j]&1 != 0 {
					curRh = hchar
				} else {
					curRh = uint16(256 + minQuarterword)
				}
			} else {
				prg.curR = uint16(*(*prg.mem[prg.ligStack].hh()).b1())
			}
		}
		goto continue1
	}
	r = j
	return r
}

func (prg *prg) hyphenate() {
	var (
		// Local variables for hyphenation
		i, j, l/* 0..65 */ byte          // indices into |hc| or |hu|
		q, r1, s                halfword // temporary registers for list manipulation
		bchar                   halfword // boundary character of hyphenated word, or |non_char|

		majorTail, minorTail halfword // the end of lists in the main and
		//   discretionary branches being reconstructed

		c                    asciiCode // character temporarily replaced by a hyphen
		cLoc/* 0..63 */ byte           // where that character came from
		rCount               int32     // replacement count for discretionary
		hyfNode              halfword  // the hyphen, if it exists

		z triePointer // an index into |trie|
		v int32       // an index into |hyf_distance|, etc.

		h hyphPointer // an index into |hyph_word| and |hyph_list|
		k strNumber   // an index into |str_start|
		u poolPointer // an index into |str_pool|
	)
	for ii := int32(0); ii <= int32(prg.hn); ii++ {
		j = byte(ii)
		_ = j
		prg.hyf[j] = 0
	}

	// Look for the word |hc[1..hn]| in the exception table, and |goto found| (with |hyf| containing the hyphens) if an entry is found
	h = prg.hc[1]
	prg.hn = byte(int32(prg.hn) + 1)
	prg.hc[prg.hn] = uint16(prg.curLang)
	for ii := int32(2); ii <= int32(prg.hn); ii++ {
		j = byte(ii)
		_ = j
		h = uint16((int32(h) + int32(h) + int32(prg.hc[j])) % hyphSize)
	}
	for true {
		k = prg.hyphWord[h]
		if int32(k) == 0 {
			goto notFound
		}
		if int32(prg.strStart[int32(k)+1])-int32(prg.strStart[k]) < int32(prg.hn) {
			goto notFound
		}
		if int32(prg.strStart[int32(k)+1])-int32(prg.strStart[k]) == int32(prg.hn) {
			j = 1
			u = prg.strStart[k]
			for {
				if int32(prg.strPool[u]) < int32(prg.hc[j]) {
					goto notFound
				}
				if int32(prg.strPool[u]) > int32(prg.hc[j]) {
					goto done
				}
				j = byte(int32(j) + 1)
				u = uint16(int32(u) + 1)
				if int32(j) > int32(prg.hn) {
					break
				}
			}

			// Insert hyphens as specified in |hyph_list[h]|
			s = prg.hyphList[h]
			for int32(s) != 0 {
				prg.hyf[*(*prg.mem[s].hh()).lh()] = 1
				s = *(*prg.mem[s].hh()).rh()
			}
			prg.hn = byte(int32(prg.hn) - 1)
			goto found
		}

	done:
		;
		if int32(h) > 0 {
			h = uint16(int32(h) - 1)
		} else {
			h = uint16(hyphSize)
		}
	}

notFound:
	prg.hn = byte(int32(prg.hn) - 1)
	if int32(*prg.trie[int32(prg.curLang)+1].b1()) != int32(prg.curLang)+minQuarterword {
		goto exit
	} // no patterns for |cur_lang|
	prg.hc[0] = 0
	prg.hc[int32(prg.hn)+1] = 0
	prg.hc[int32(prg.hn)+2] = 256 // insert delimiters
	for ii := int32(0); ii <= int32(prg.hn)-prg.rHyf+1; ii++ {
		j = byte(ii)
		_ = j
		z = uint16(int32(*prg.trie[int32(prg.curLang)+1].rh()) + int32(prg.hc[j]))
		l = j
		for int32(prg.hc[l]) == int32(*prg.trie[z].b1())-minQuarterword {
			if int32(*prg.trie[z].b0()) != minQuarterword {
				v = int32(*prg.trie[z].b0())
				for {
					v = v + int32(prg.opStart[prg.curLang])
					i = byte(int32(l) - int32(prg.hyfDistance[v-1]))
					if int32(prg.hyfNum[v-1]) > int32(prg.hyf[i]) {
						prg.hyf[i] = prg.hyfNum[v-1]
					}
					v = int32(prg.hyfNext[v-1])
					if v == minQuarterword {
						break
					}
				}
			}
			l = byte(int32(l) + 1)
			z = uint16(int32(*prg.trie[z].rh()) + int32(prg.hc[l]))
		}
	}

found:
	for ii := int32(0); ii <= prg.lHyf-1; ii++ {
		j = byte(ii)
		_ = j
		prg.hyf[j] = 0
	}
	for ii := int32(0); ii <= prg.rHyf-1; ii++ {
		j = byte(ii)
		_ = j
		prg.hyf[int32(prg.hn)-int32(j)] = 0
	}

	// If no hyphens were found, |return|
	for ii := prg.lHyf; ii <= int32(prg.hn)-prg.rHyf; ii++ {
		j = byte(ii)
		_ = j
		if prg.hyf[j]&1 != 0 {
			goto found1
		}
	}

	goto exit

found1:
	;

	// Replace nodes |ha..hb| by a sequence of nodes that includes the discretionary hyphens
	q = *(*prg.mem[prg.hb].hh()).rh()
	*(*prg.mem[prg.hb].hh()).rh() = 0
	r1 = *(*prg.mem[prg.ha].hh()).rh()
	*(*prg.mem[prg.ha].hh()).rh() = 0
	bchar = prg.hyfBchar
	if int32(prg.ha) >= int32(prg.hiMemMin) {
		if int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.ha].hh()).b0()) != int32(prg.hf) {
			goto found2
		} else {
			prg.initList = prg.ha
			prg.initLig = false
			prg.hu[0] = uint16(int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.ha].hh()).b1()) - minQuarterword)
		}
	} else if int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.ha].hh()).b0()) == ligatureNode {
		if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.ha)+1].hh()).b0()) != int32(prg.hf) {
			goto found2
		} else {
			prg.initList = *(*prg.mem[int32(prg.ha)+1].hh()).rh()
			prg.initLig = true
			prg.initLft = int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.ha].hh()).b1()) > 1
			prg.hu[0] = uint16(int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.ha)+1].hh()).b1()) - minQuarterword)
			if int32(prg.initList) == 0 {
				if prg.initLft {
					prg.hu[0] = 256
					prg.initLig = false
				}
			} // in this case a ligature will be reconstructed from scratch
			prg.freeNode(prg.ha, halfword(smallNodeSize))
		}
	} else {
		if !(int32(r1) >= int32(prg.hiMemMin)) {
			if int32(*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b0()) == ligatureNode {
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b1()) > 1 {
					goto found2
				}
			}
		}
		j = 1
		s = prg.ha
		prg.initList = 0
		goto commonEnding
	}
	s = prg.curP // we have |cur_p<>ha| because |type(cur_p)=glue_node|
	for int32(*(*prg.mem[s].hh()).rh()) != int32(prg.ha) {
		s = *(*prg.mem[s].hh()).rh()
	}
	j = 0
	goto commonEnding

found2:
	s = prg.ha
	j = 0
	prg.hu[0] = 256
	prg.initLig = false
	prg.initList = 0

commonEnding:
	prg.flushNodeList(r1)

	// Reconstitute nodes for the hyphenated word, inserting discretionary hyphens
	for {
		l = j
		j = byte(int32(prg.reconstitute(j, prg.hn, bchar, halfword(prg.hyfChar+minQuarterword))) + 1)
		if int32(prg.hyphenPassed) == 0 {
			*(*prg.mem[s].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[30000-4].hh()).rh()
			for int32(*(*prg.mem[s].hh()).rh()) > 0 {
				s = *(*prg.mem[s].hh()).rh()
			}
			if prg.hyf[int32(j)-1]&1 != 0 {
				l = j
				prg.hyphenPassed = byte(int32(j) - 1)
				*(*prg.mem[30000-4].hh()).rh() = 0
			}
		}
		if int32(prg.hyphenPassed) > 0 {
			for {
				r1 = prg.getNode(smallNodeSize)
				*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[30000-4].hh()).rh()
				*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b0() = byte(discNode)
				majorTail = r1
				rCount = 0
				for int32(*(*prg.mem[majorTail].hh()).rh()) > 0 {
					majorTail = *(*prg.mem[majorTail].hh()).rh()
					rCount = rCount + 1
				}
				i = prg.hyphenPassed
				prg.hyf[i] = 0

				// Put the \(c)characters |hu[l..i]| and a hyphen into |pre_break(r)|
				minorTail = 0
				*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+1].hh()).lh() = 0
				hyfNode = prg.newCharacter(prg.hf, eightBits(prg.hyfChar))
				if int32(hyfNode) != 0 {
					i = byte(int32(i) + 1)
					c = byte(prg.hu[i])
					prg.hu[i] = uint16(prg.hyfChar)
					{
						*(*prg.mem[hyfNode].hh()).rh() = prg.avail
						prg.avail = hyfNode /*    dyn_used:= dyn_used-1 ; [  ] */
					}
				}
				for int32(l) <= int32(i) {
					l = byte(int32(prg.reconstitute(l, i, prg.fontBchar[prg.hf], halfword(256+minQuarterword))) + 1)
					if int32(*(*prg.mem[30000-4].hh()).rh()) > 0 {
						if int32(minorTail) == 0 {
							*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+1].hh()).lh() = *(*prg.mem[30000-4].hh()).rh()
						} else {
							*(*prg.mem[minorTail].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[30000-4].hh()).rh()
						}
						minorTail = *(*prg.mem[30000-4].hh()).rh()
						for int32(*(*prg.mem[minorTail].hh()).rh()) > 0 {
							minorTail = *(*prg.mem[minorTail].hh()).rh()
						}
					}
				}
				if int32(hyfNode) != 0 {
					prg.hu[i] = uint16(c) // restore the character in the hyphen position
					l = i
					i = byte(int32(i) - 1)
				}

				// Put the \(c)characters |hu[i+1..@,]| into |post_break(r)|, appending to this list and to |major_tail| until synchronization has been achieved
				minorTail = 0
				*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+1].hh()).rh() = 0
				cLoc = 0
				if int32(prg.bcharLabel[prg.hf]) != nonAddress {
					l = byte(int32(l) - 1)
					c = byte(prg.hu[l])
					cLoc = l
					prg.hu[l] = 256
				}
				for int32(l) < int32(j) {
					for {
						l = byte(int32(prg.reconstitute(l, prg.hn, bchar, halfword(256+minQuarterword))) + 1)
						if int32(cLoc) > 0 {
							prg.hu[cLoc] = uint16(c)
							cLoc = 0
						}
						if int32(*(*prg.mem[30000-4].hh()).rh()) > 0 {
							if int32(minorTail) == 0 {
								*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+1].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[30000-4].hh()).rh()
							} else {
								*(*prg.mem[minorTail].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[30000-4].hh()).rh()
							}
							minorTail = *(*prg.mem[30000-4].hh()).rh()
							for int32(*(*prg.mem[minorTail].hh()).rh()) > 0 {
								minorTail = *(*prg.mem[minorTail].hh()).rh()
							}
						}
						if int32(l) >= int32(j) {
							break
						}
					}
					for int32(l) > int32(j) {

						// Append characters of |hu[j..@,]| to |major_tail|, advancing~|j|
						j = byte(int32(prg.reconstitute(j, prg.hn, bchar, halfword(256+minQuarterword))) + 1)
						*(*prg.mem[majorTail].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[30000-4].hh()).rh()
						for int32(*(*prg.mem[majorTail].hh()).rh()) > 0 {
							majorTail = *(*prg.mem[majorTail].hh()).rh()
							rCount = rCount + 1
						}
					}
				}

				// Move pointer |s| to the end of the current list, and set |replace_count(r)| appropriately
				if rCount > 127 {
					*(*prg.mem[s].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh()
					*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh() = 0
					prg.flushNodeList(r1)
				} else {
					*(*prg.mem[s].hh()).rh() = r1
					*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b1() = byte(rCount)
				}
				s = majorTail
				prg.hyphenPassed = byte(int32(j) - 1)
				*(*prg.mem[30000-4].hh()).rh() = 0
				if !(prg.hyf[int32(j)-1]&1 != 0) {
					break
				}
			}
		}
		if int32(j) > int32(prg.hn) {
			break
		}
	}
	*(*prg.mem[s].hh()).rh() = q
	prg.flushList(prg.initList)

exit:
}

// Declare procedures for preprocessing hyphenation patterns
func (prg *prg) newTrieOp(d, n smallNumber, v quarterword) (r quarterword) {
	var (
		h/*  -trieOpSize..trieOpSize */ int16             // trial hash location
		u                                     quarterword // trial op code
		l/* 0..trieOpSize */ uint16                       // pointer to stored data
	)
	h = int16(abs(int32(n)+313*int32(d)+361*int32(v)+1009*int32(prg.curLang))%(trieOpSize+trieOpSize) - trieOpSize)
	for true {
		l = prg.trieOpHash[h+500]
		if int32(l) == 0 {
			if int32(prg.trieOpPtr) == trieOpSize {
				prg.overflow(strNumber( /* "pattern memory ops" */ 949), trieOpSize)
			}
			u = prg.trieUsed[prg.curLang]
			if int32(u) == maxQuarterword {
				prg.overflow(strNumber( /* "pattern memory ops per language" */ 950), maxQuarterword-minQuarterword)
			}
			prg.trieOpPtr = uint16(int32(prg.trieOpPtr) + 1)
			u = byte(int32(u) + 1)
			prg.trieUsed[prg.curLang] = u
			prg.hyfDistance[prg.trieOpPtr-1] = d
			prg.hyfNum[prg.trieOpPtr-1] = n
			prg.hyfNext[prg.trieOpPtr-1] = v
			prg.trieOpLang[prg.trieOpPtr-1] = prg.curLang
			prg.trieOpHash[h+500] = prg.trieOpPtr
			prg.trieOpVal[prg.trieOpPtr-1] = u
			r = u
			goto exit
		}
		if int32(prg.hyfDistance[l-1]) == int32(d) && int32(prg.hyfNum[l-1]) == int32(n) && int32(prg.hyfNext[l-1]) == int32(v) && int32(prg.trieOpLang[l-1]) == int32(prg.curLang) {
			r = prg.trieOpVal[l-1]
			goto exit
		}
		if int32(h) > -trieOpSize {
			h = int16(int32(h) - 1)
		} else {
			h = int16(trieOpSize)
		}
	}

exit:
	;
	return r
}

func (prg *prg) trieNode(p triePointer) (r triePointer) {
	var (
		h triePointer // trial hash location
		q triePointer // trial trie node
	)
	h = uint16(abs(int32(prg.trieC[p])+1009*int32(prg.trieO[p])+
		2718*int32(prg.trieL[p])+3142*int32(prg.trieR[p])) % trieSize)
	for true {
		q = prg.trieHash[h]
		if int32(q) == 0 {
			prg.trieHash[h] = p
			r = p
			goto exit
		}
		if int32(prg.trieC[q]) == int32(prg.trieC[p]) && int32(prg.trieO[q]) == int32(prg.trieO[p]) && int32(prg.trieL[q]) == int32(prg.trieL[p]) && int32(prg.trieR[q]) == int32(prg.trieR[p]) {
			r = q
			goto exit
		}
		if int32(h) > 0 {
			h = uint16(int32(h) - 1)
		} else {
			h = uint16(trieSize)
		}
	}

exit:
	;
	return r
}

func (prg *prg) compressTrie(p triePointer) (r triePointer) {
	if int32(p) == 0 {
		r = 0
	} else {
		prg.trieL[p] = prg.compressTrie(prg.trieL[p])
		prg.trieR[p] = prg.compressTrie(prg.trieR[p])
		r = prg.trieNode(p)
	}
	return r
}

func (prg *prg) firstFit(p triePointer) {
	var (
		h                     triePointer // candidate for |trie_ref[p]|
		z                     triePointer // runs through holes
		q                     triePointer // runs through the family starting at |p|
		c                     asciiCode   // smallest character in the family
		l, r1                 triePointer // left and right neighbors
		ll/* 1..256 */ uint16             // upper limit of |trie_min| updating
	)
	c = prg.trieC[p]
	z = prg.trieMin[c] // get the first conceivably good hole
	for true {
		h = uint16(int32(z) - int32(c))

		// Ensure that |trie_max>=h+256|
		if int32(prg.trieMax) < int32(h)+256 {
			if trieSize <= int32(h)+256 {
				prg.overflow(strNumber( /* "pattern memory" */ 951), trieSize)
			}
			// \xref[TeX capacity exceeded pattern memory][\quad pattern memory]
			for {
				prg.trieMax = uint16(int32(prg.trieMax) + 1)
				prg.trieTaken[prg.trieMax-1] = false
				*prg.trie[prg.trieMax].rh() = uint16(int32(prg.trieMax) + 1)
				*prg.trie[prg.trieMax].lh() = uint16(int32(prg.trieMax) - 1)
				if int32(prg.trieMax) == int32(h)+256 {
					break
				}
			}
		}
		if prg.trieTaken[h-1] {
			goto notFound
		}

		// If all characters of the family fit relative to |h|, then |goto found|,\30\ otherwise |goto not_found|
		q = prg.trieR[p]
		for int32(q) > 0 {
			if int32(*prg.trie[int32(h)+int32(prg.trieC[q])].rh()) == 0 {
				goto notFound
			}
			q = prg.trieR[q]
		}

		goto found

	notFound:
		z = *prg.trie[z].rh() // move to the next hole
	}

found:
	prg.trieTaken[h-1] = true
	prg.trieHash[p] = h
	q = p
	for {
		z = uint16(int32(h) + int32(prg.trieC[q]))
		l = *prg.trie[z].lh()
		r1 = *prg.trie[z].rh()
		*prg.trie[r1].lh() = l
		*prg.trie[l].rh() = r1
		*prg.trie[z].rh() = 0
		if int32(l) < 256 {
			if int32(z) < 256 {
				ll = z
			} else {
				ll = 256
			}
			for {
				prg.trieMin[l] = r1
				l = uint16(int32(l) + 1)
				if int32(l) == int32(ll) {
					break
				}
			}
		}
		q = prg.trieR[q]
		if int32(q) == 0 {
			break
		}
	}
}

func (prg *prg) triePack(p triePointer) { // pack subtries of a family
	var (
		q triePointer // a local variable that need not be saved on recursive calls
	)
	for {
		q = prg.trieL[p]
		if int32(q) > 0 && int32(prg.trieHash[q]) == 0 {
			prg.firstFit(q)
			prg.triePack(q)
		}
		p = prg.trieR[p]
		if int32(p) == 0 {
			break
		}
	}
}

func (prg *prg) trieFix(p triePointer) { // moves |p| and its siblings into |trie|
	var (
		q triePointer // a local variable that need not be saved on recursive calls
		c asciiCode   // another one that need not be saved
		z triePointer // |trie| reference; this local variable must be saved
	)
	z = prg.trieHash[p]
	for {
		q = prg.trieL[p]
		c = prg.trieC[p]
		*prg.trie[int32(z)+int32(c)].rh() = prg.trieHash[q]
		*prg.trie[int32(z)+int32(c)].b1() = byte(int32(c) + minQuarterword)
		*prg.trie[int32(z)+int32(c)].b0() = prg.trieO[p]
		if int32(q) > 0 {
			prg.trieFix(q)
		}
		p = prg.trieR[p]
		if int32(p) == 0 {
			break
		}
	}
}

func (prg *prg) newPatterns() {
	var (
		k, l/* 0..64 */ byte // indices into |hc| and |hyf|;
		//                   not always in |small_number| range

		digitSensed bool        // should the next digit be treated as a letter?
		v           quarterword // trie op code
		p, q        triePointer // nodes of trie traversed during insertion
		firstChild  bool        // is |p=trie_l[q]|?
		c           asciiCode   // character being inserted
	)
	if prg.trieNotReady {
		if *prg.eqtb[intBase+languageCode-1].int() <= 0 {
			prg.curLang = 0
		} else if *prg.eqtb[intBase+languageCode-1].int() > 255 {
			prg.curLang = 0
		} else {
			prg.curLang = byte(*prg.eqtb[intBase+languageCode-1].int())
		}
		prg.scanLeftBrace() // a left brace must follow \.[\\patterns]

		// Enter all of the patterns into a linked trie, until coming to a right brace
		k = 0
		prg.hyf[0] = 0
		digitSensed = false
		for true {
			prg.getXToken()
			switch prg.curCmd {
			case letter, otherChar:
				// Append a new letter or a hyphen level
				if digitSensed || int32(prg.curChr) < '0' || int32(prg.curChr) > '9' {
					if int32(prg.curChr) == '.' {
						prg.curChr = 0
					} else {
						prg.curChr = *(*prg.eqtb[lcCodeBase+int32(prg.curChr)-1].hh()).rh()
						if int32(prg.curChr) == 0 {
							{
								if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
								}
								prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
								prg.print( /* "Nonletter" */ 957)
							}
							// \xref[Nonletter]
							{
								prg.helpPtr = 1
								prg.helpLine[0] = /* "(See Appendix H.)" */ 956
							}
							prg.error1()
						}
					}
					if int32(k) < 63 {
						k = byte(int32(k) + 1)
						prg.hc[k] = prg.curChr
						prg.hyf[k] = 0
						digitSensed = false
					}
				} else if int32(k) < 63 {
					prg.hyf[k] = byte(int32(prg.curChr) - '0')
					digitSensed = true
				}

			case spacer, rightBrace:
				if int32(k) > 0 {
					if int32(prg.hc[1]) == 0 {
						prg.hyf[0] = 0
					}
					if int32(prg.hc[k]) == 0 {
						prg.hyf[k] = 0
					}
					l = k
					v = byte(minQuarterword)
					for true {
						if int32(prg.hyf[l]) != 0 {
							v = prg.newTrieOp(smallNumber(int32(k)-int32(l)), prg.hyf[l], v)
						}
						if int32(l) > 0 {
							l = byte(int32(l) - 1)
						} else {
							goto done1
						}
					}

				done1:
					;
					q = 0
					prg.hc[0] = uint16(prg.curLang)
					for int32(l) <= int32(k) {
						c = byte(prg.hc[l])
						l = byte(int32(l) + 1)
						p = prg.trieL[q]
						firstChild = true
						for int32(p) > 0 && int32(c) > int32(prg.trieC[p]) {
							q = p
							p = prg.trieR[q]
							firstChild = false
						}
						if int32(p) == 0 || int32(c) < int32(prg.trieC[p]) {
							if int32(prg.triePtr) == trieSize {
								prg.overflow(strNumber( /* "pattern memory" */ 951), trieSize)
							}
							// \xref[TeX capacity exceeded pattern memory][\quad pattern memory]
							prg.triePtr = uint16(int32(prg.triePtr) + 1)
							prg.trieR[prg.triePtr] = p
							p = prg.triePtr
							prg.trieL[p] = 0
							if firstChild {
								prg.trieL[q] = p
							} else {
								prg.trieR[q] = p
							}
							prg.trieC[p] = c
							prg.trieO[p] = byte(minQuarterword)
						}
						q = p // now node |q| represents $p_1\ldots p_[l-1]$
					}
					if int32(prg.trieO[q]) != minQuarterword {
						{
							if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
							}
							prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
							prg.print( /* "Duplicate pattern" */ 958)
						}
						// \xref[Duplicate pattern]
						{
							prg.helpPtr = 1
							prg.helpLine[0] = /* "(See Appendix H.)" */ 956
						}
						prg.error1()
					}
					prg.trieO[q] = v
				}
				if int32(prg.curCmd) == rightBrace {
					goto done
				}
				k = 0
				prg.hyf[0] = 0
				digitSensed = false

			default:
				{
					if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
					}
					prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
					prg.print( /* "Bad " */ 955)
				}
				prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "patterns" */ 953))
				// \xref[Bad \\patterns]
				{
					prg.helpPtr = 1
					prg.helpLine[0] = /* "(See Appendix H.)" */ 956
				}
				prg.error1()

			}
		}

	done:
	} else {
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			}
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
			prg.print( /* "Too late for " */ 952)
		}
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "patterns" */ 953))
		{
			prg.helpPtr = 1
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "All patterns must be given before typesetting begins." */ 954
		}
		prg.error1()
		*(*prg.mem[30000-12].hh()).rh() = prg.scanToks(false, false)
		prg.flushList(prg.defRef)
	}
}

func (prg *prg) initTrie() {
	var (
		p       triePointer // pointer for initialization
		j, k, t int32       // all-purpose registers for initialization
		r1, s   triePointer // used to clean up the packed |trie|
		h       twoHalves   // template used to zero out |trie|'s holes
	)
	prg.opStart[0] = uint16(-minQuarterword)
	for ii := int32(1); ii <= 255; ii++ {
		j = ii
		_ = j
		prg.opStart[j] = uint16(int32(prg.opStart[j-1]) + int32(prg.trieUsed[j-1]) - minQuarterword)
	}
	for ii := int32(1); ii <= int32(prg.trieOpPtr); ii++ {
		j = ii
		_ = j
		prg.trieOpHash[j+500] = uint16(int32(prg.opStart[prg.trieOpLang[j-1]]) + int32(prg.trieOpVal[j-1]))
	} // destination
	for ii := int32(1); ii <= int32(prg.trieOpPtr); ii++ {
		j = ii
		_ = j
		for int32(prg.trieOpHash[j+500]) > j {
			k = int32(prg.trieOpHash[j+500])

			t = int32(prg.hyfDistance[k-1])
			prg.hyfDistance[k-1] = prg.hyfDistance[j-1]
			prg.hyfDistance[j-1] = byte(t)

			t = int32(prg.hyfNum[k-1])
			prg.hyfNum[k-1] = prg.hyfNum[j-1]
			prg.hyfNum[j-1] = byte(t)

			t = int32(prg.hyfNext[k-1])
			prg.hyfNext[k-1] = prg.hyfNext[j-1]
			prg.hyfNext[j-1] = byte(t)

			prg.trieOpHash[j+500] = prg.trieOpHash[k+500]
			prg.trieOpHash[k+500] = uint16(k)
		}
	}
	for ii := int32(0); ii <= trieSize; ii++ {
		p = triePointer(ii)
		_ = p
		prg.trieHash[p] = 0
	}
	prg.trieL[0] = prg.compressTrie(prg.trieL[0]) // identify equivalent subtries
	for ii := int32(0); ii <= int32(prg.triePtr); ii++ {
		p = triePointer(ii)
		_ = p
		prg.trieHash[p] = 0
	}
	for ii := int32(0); ii <= 255; ii++ {
		p = triePointer(ii)
		_ = p
		prg.trieMin[p] = uint16(int32(p) + 1)
	}
	*prg.trie[0].rh() = 1
	prg.trieMax = 0
	if int32(prg.trieL[0]) != 0 {
		prg.firstFit(prg.trieL[0])
		prg.triePack(prg.trieL[0])
	}

	// Move the data into |trie|
	*h.rh() = 0
	*h.b0() = byte(minQuarterword)
	*h.b1() = byte(minQuarterword) // |trie_link:=0|,
	//   |trie_op:=min_quarterword|, |trie_char:=qi(0)|

	if int32(prg.trieL[0]) == 0 {
		for ii := int32(0); ii <= 256; ii++ {
			r1 = triePointer(ii)
			_ = r1
			prg.trie[r1] = h
		}
		prg.trieMax = 256
	} else {
		prg.trieFix(prg.trieL[0]) // this fixes the non-holes in |trie|
		r1 = 0                    // now we will zero out all the holes
		for {
			s = *prg.trie[r1].rh()
			prg.trie[r1] = h
			r1 = s
			if int32(r1) > int32(prg.trieMax) {
				break
			}
		}
	}
	*prg.trie[0].b1() = byte('?' + minQuarterword) // make |trie_char(c)<>c| for all |c|

	prg.trieNotReady = false
}

func (prg *prg) lineBreak(finalWidowPenalty int32) {
	var (
		// Local variables for line breaking
		autoBreaking    bool               // is node |cur_p| outside a formula?
		prevP           halfword           // helps to determine when glue nodes are breakpoints
		q, r1, s, prevS halfword           // miscellaneous nodes of temporary interest
		f               internalFontNumber // used when calculating character widths

		j                  smallNumber // an index into |hc| or |hu|
		c/* 0..255 */ byte             // character being considered for hyphenation
	)
	prg.packBeginLine = prg.curList.mlField // this is for over/underfull box messages

	// Get ready to start line breaking
	*(*prg.mem[30000-3].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.headField].hh()).rh()
	if int32(prg.curList.tailField) >= int32(prg.hiMemMin) {
		*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.newPenalty(infPenalty)
		prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
	} else if int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).b0()) != glueNode {
		*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.newPenalty(infPenalty)
		prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
	} else {
		*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).b0() = byte(penaltyNode)
		prg.deleteGlueRef(*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+1].hh()).lh())
		prg.flushNodeList(*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+1].hh()).rh())
		*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+1].int() = infPenalty
	}
	*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.newParamGlue(smallNumber(parFillSkipCode))
	prg.initCurLang = byte(prg.curList.pgField % 0200000)
	prg.initLHyf = prg.curList.pgField / 020000000
	prg.initRHyf = prg.curList.pgField / 0200000 % 0100
	prg.popNest()

	prg.noShrinkErrorYet = true

	if int32(*(*prg.mem[*(*prg.eqtb[glueBase+leftSkipCode-1].hh()).rh()].hh()).b1()) != normal && *prg.mem[int32(*(*prg.eqtb[glueBase+leftSkipCode-1].hh()).rh())+3].int() != 0 {
		*(*prg.eqtb[glueBase+leftSkipCode-1].hh()).rh() = prg.finiteShrink(*(*prg.eqtb[glueBase+leftSkipCode-1].hh()).rh())
	}
	if int32(*(*prg.mem[*(*prg.eqtb[glueBase+rightSkipCode-1].hh()).rh()].hh()).b1()) != normal && *prg.mem[int32(*(*prg.eqtb[glueBase+rightSkipCode-1].hh()).rh())+3].int() != 0 {
		*(*prg.eqtb[glueBase+rightSkipCode-1].hh()).rh() = prg.finiteShrink(*(*prg.eqtb[glueBase+rightSkipCode-1].hh()).rh())
	}

	q = *(*prg.eqtb[glueBase+leftSkipCode-1].hh()).rh()
	r1 = *(*prg.eqtb[glueBase+rightSkipCode-1].hh()).rh()
	prg.background[1-1] = *prg.mem[int32(q)+widthOffset].int() + *prg.mem[int32(r1)+widthOffset].int()

	prg.background[2-1] = 0
	prg.background[3-1] = 0
	prg.background[4-1] = 0
	prg.background[5-1] = 0

	prg.background[2+int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0())-1] = *prg.mem[int32(q)+2].int()

	prg.background[2+int32(*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b0())-1] = prg.background[2+int32(*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b0())-1] + *prg.mem[int32(r1)+2].int()

	prg.background[6-1] = *prg.mem[int32(q)+3].int() + *prg.mem[int32(r1)+3].int()

	prg.minimumDemerits = 07777777777
	prg.minimalDemerits[tightFit] = 07777777777
	prg.minimalDemerits[decentFit] = 07777777777
	prg.minimalDemerits[looseFit] = 07777777777
	prg.minimalDemerits[veryLooseFit] = 07777777777

	if int32(*(*prg.eqtb[parShapeLoc-1].hh()).rh()) == 0 {
		if *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+hangIndentCode-1].int() == 0 {
			prg.lastSpecialLine = 0
			prg.secondWidth = *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+hsizeCode-1].int()
			prg.secondIndent = 0
		} else {
			// Set line length parameters in preparation for hanging indentation
			prg.lastSpecialLine = uint16(abs(*prg.eqtb[intBase+hangAfterCode-1].int()))
			if *prg.eqtb[intBase+hangAfterCode-1].int() < 0 {
				prg.firstWidth = *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+hsizeCode-1].int() - abs(*prg.eqtb[dimenBase+hangIndentCode-1].int())
				if *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+hangIndentCode-1].int() >= 0 {
					prg.firstIndent = *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+hangIndentCode-1].int()
				} else {
					prg.firstIndent = 0
				}
				prg.secondWidth = *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+hsizeCode-1].int()
				prg.secondIndent = 0
			} else {
				prg.firstWidth = *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+hsizeCode-1].int()
				prg.firstIndent = 0
				prg.secondWidth = *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+hsizeCode-1].int() - abs(*prg.eqtb[dimenBase+hangIndentCode-1].int())
				if *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+hangIndentCode-1].int() >= 0 {
					prg.secondIndent = *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+hangIndentCode-1].int()
				} else {
					prg.secondIndent = 0
				}
			}
		}
	} else {
		prg.lastSpecialLine = uint16(int32(*(*prg.mem[*(*prg.eqtb[parShapeLoc-1].hh()).rh()].hh()).lh()) - 1)
		prg.secondWidth = *prg.mem[int32(*(*prg.eqtb[parShapeLoc-1].hh()).rh())+2*(int32(prg.lastSpecialLine)+1)].int()
		prg.secondIndent = *prg.mem[int32(*(*prg.eqtb[parShapeLoc-1].hh()).rh())+2*int32(prg.lastSpecialLine)+1].int()
	}
	if *prg.eqtb[intBase+loosenessCode-1].int() == 0 {
		prg.easyLine = prg.lastSpecialLine
	} else {
		prg.easyLine = 65535
	}

	// Find optimal breakpoints
	prg.threshold = *prg.eqtb[intBase+pretoleranceCode-1].int()
	if prg.threshold >= 0 {
		prg.secondPass = false
		prg.finalPass = false
	} else {
		prg.threshold = *prg.eqtb[intBase+toleranceCode-1].int()
		prg.secondPass = true
		prg.finalPass = *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+emergencyStretchCode-1].int() <= 0
		//  if eqtb[int_base+ tracing_paragraphs_code].int  >0 then begin_diagnostic; [  ]
	}
	for true {
		if prg.threshold > infBad {
			prg.threshold = infBad
		}
		if prg.secondPass {
			if prg.trieNotReady {
				prg.initTrie()
			}

			prg.curLang = prg.initCurLang
			prg.lHyf = prg.initLHyf
			prg.rHyf = prg.initRHyf
		}

		// Create an active breakpoint representing the beginning of the paragraph
		q = prg.getNode(activeNodeSize)
		*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0() = byte(unhyphenated)
		*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b1() = byte(decentFit)
		*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = uint16(30000 - 7)
		*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).rh() = 0
		*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).lh() = uint16(prg.curList.pgField + 1)
		*prg.mem[int32(q)+2].int() = 0
		*(*prg.mem[30000-7].hh()).rh() = q
		prg.activeWidth[1-1] = prg.background[1-1]
		prg.activeWidth[2-1] = prg.background[2-1]
		prg.activeWidth[3-1] = prg.background[3-1]
		prg.activeWidth[4-1] = prg.background[4-1]
		prg.activeWidth[5-1] = prg.background[5-1]
		prg.activeWidth[6-1] = prg.background[6-1]

		prg.passive = 0
		prg.printedNode = uint16(30000 - 3)
		prg.passNumber = 0
		prg.fontInShortDisplay = fontBase
		prg.curP = *(*prg.mem[30000-3].hh()).rh()
		autoBreaking = true

		prevP = prg.curP // glue at beginning is not a legal breakpoint
		for int32(prg.curP) != 0 && int32(*(*prg.mem[30000-7].hh()).rh()) != 30000-7 {

			// Call |try_break| if |cur_p| is a legal breakpoint; on the second pass, also try to hyphenate the next word, if |cur_p| is a glue node; then advance |cur_p| to the next node of the paragraph that could possibly be a legal breakpoint
			if int32(prg.curP) >= int32(prg.hiMemMin) {
				prevP = prg.curP
				for {
					f = *(*prg.mem[prg.curP].hh()).b0()
					prg.activeWidth[1-1] = prg.activeWidth[1-1] + *prg.fontInfo[prg.widthBase[f]+int32((*prg.fontInfo[prg.charBase[f]+int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.curP].hh()).b1())].qqqq()).b0)].int()
					prg.curP = *(*prg.mem[prg.curP].hh()).rh()
					if !(int32(prg.curP) >= int32(prg.hiMemMin)) {
						break
					}
				}
			}
			switch *(*prg.mem[prg.curP].hh()).b0() {
			case hlistNode, vlistNode, ruleNode:
				prg.activeWidth[1-1] = prg.activeWidth[1-1] + *prg.mem[int32(prg.curP)+widthOffset].int()
			case whatsitNode:
				// Advance \(p)past a whatsit node in the \(l)|line_break| loop
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.curP].hh()).b1()) == languageNode {
					prg.curLang = byte(*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curP)+1].hh()).rh())
					prg.lHyf = int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curP)+1].hh()).b0())
					prg.rHyf = int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curP)+1].hh()).b1())
				}

			case glueNode:
				if autoBreaking {
					if int32(prevP) >= int32(prg.hiMemMin) {
						prg.tryBreak(0, smallNumber(unhyphenated))
					} else if int32(*(*prg.mem[prevP].hh()).b0()) < mathNode {
						prg.tryBreak(0, smallNumber(unhyphenated))
					} else if int32(*(*prg.mem[prevP].hh()).b0()) == kernNode && int32(*(*prg.mem[prevP].hh()).b1()) != explicit {
						prg.tryBreak(0, smallNumber(unhyphenated))
					}
				}
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curP)+1].hh()).lh()].hh()).b1()) != normal && *prg.mem[int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curP)+1].hh()).lh())+3].int() != 0 {
					*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curP)+1].hh()).lh() = prg.finiteShrink(*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curP)+1].hh()).lh())
				}
				q = *(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curP)+1].hh()).lh()
				prg.activeWidth[1-1] = prg.activeWidth[1-1] + *prg.mem[int32(q)+widthOffset].int()
				prg.activeWidth[2+int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0())-1] = prg.activeWidth[2+int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0())-1] + *prg.mem[int32(q)+2].int()

				prg.activeWidth[6-1] = prg.activeWidth[6-1] + *prg.mem[int32(q)+3].int()
				if prg.secondPass && autoBreaking {
					prevS = prg.curP
					s = *(*prg.mem[prevS].hh()).rh()
					if int32(s) != 0 {
						for true {
							if int32(s) >= int32(prg.hiMemMin) {
								c = byte(int32(*(*prg.mem[s].hh()).b1()) - minQuarterword)
								prg.hf = *(*prg.mem[s].hh()).b0()
							} else if int32(*(*prg.mem[s].hh()).b0()) == ligatureNode {
								if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(s)+1].hh()).rh()) == 0 {
									goto continue1
								} else {
									q = *(*prg.mem[int32(s)+1].hh()).rh()
									c = byte(int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b1()) - minQuarterword)
									prg.hf = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0()
								}
							} else if int32(*(*prg.mem[s].hh()).b0()) == kernNode && int32(*(*prg.mem[s].hh()).b1()) == normal {
								goto continue1
							} else if int32(*(*prg.mem[s].hh()).b0()) == whatsitNode {
								if int32(*(*prg.mem[s].hh()).b1()) == languageNode {
									prg.curLang = byte(*(*prg.mem[int32(s)+1].hh()).rh())
									prg.lHyf = int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(s)+1].hh()).b0())
									prg.rHyf = int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(s)+1].hh()).b1())
								}

								goto continue1
							} else {
								goto done1
							}
							if int32(*(*prg.eqtb[lcCodeBase+int32(c)-1].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
								if int32(*(*prg.eqtb[lcCodeBase+int32(c)-1].hh()).rh()) == int32(c) || *prg.eqtb[intBase+ucHyphCode-1].int() > 0 {
									goto done2
								} else {
									goto done1
								}
							}

						continue1:
							prevS = s
							s = *(*prg.mem[prevS].hh()).rh()
						}

					done2:
						prg.hyfChar = prg.hyphenChar[prg.hf]
						if prg.hyfChar < 0 {
							goto done1
						}
						if prg.hyfChar > 255 {
							goto done1
						}
						prg.ha = prevS
						if prg.lHyf+prg.rHyf > 63 {
							goto done1
						}

						// Skip to node |hb|, putting letters into |hu| and |hc|
						prg.hn = 0
						for true {
							if int32(s) >= int32(prg.hiMemMin) {
								if int32(*(*prg.mem[s].hh()).b0()) != int32(prg.hf) {
									goto done3
								}
								prg.hyfBchar = uint16(*(*prg.mem[s].hh()).b1())
								c = byte(int32(prg.hyfBchar) - minQuarterword)
								if int32(*(*prg.eqtb[lcCodeBase+int32(c)-1].hh()).rh()) == 0 {
									goto done3
								}
								if int32(prg.hn) == 63 {
									goto done3
								}
								prg.hb = s
								prg.hn = byte(int32(prg.hn) + 1)
								prg.hu[prg.hn] = uint16(c)
								prg.hc[prg.hn] = *(*prg.eqtb[lcCodeBase+int32(c)-1].hh()).rh()
								prg.hyfBchar = uint16(256 + minQuarterword)
							} else if int32(*(*prg.mem[s].hh()).b0()) == ligatureNode {
								if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(s)+1].hh()).b0()) != int32(prg.hf) {
									goto done3
								}
								j = prg.hn
								q = *(*prg.mem[int32(s)+1].hh()).rh()
								if int32(q) > 0 {
									prg.hyfBchar = uint16(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b1())
								}
								for int32(q) > 0 {
									c = byte(int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b1()) - minQuarterword)
									if int32(*(*prg.eqtb[lcCodeBase+int32(c)-1].hh()).rh()) == 0 {
										goto done3
									}
									if int32(j) == 63 {
										goto done3
									}
									j = byte(int32(j) + 1)
									prg.hu[j] = uint16(c)
									prg.hc[j] = *(*prg.eqtb[lcCodeBase+int32(c)-1].hh()).rh()

									q = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()
								}
								prg.hb = s
								prg.hn = j
								if *(*prg.mem[s].hh()).b1()&1 != 0 {
									prg.hyfBchar = prg.fontBchar[prg.hf]
								} else {
									prg.hyfBchar = uint16(256 + minQuarterword)
								}
							} else if int32(*(*prg.mem[s].hh()).b0()) == kernNode && int32(*(*prg.mem[s].hh()).b1()) == normal {
								prg.hb = s
								prg.hyfBchar = prg.fontBchar[prg.hf]
							} else {
								goto done3
							}
							s = *(*prg.mem[s].hh()).rh()
						}

					done3:
						;

						// Check that the nodes following |hb| permit hyphenation and that at least |l_hyf+r_hyf| letters have been found, otherwise |goto done1|
						if int32(prg.hn) < prg.lHyf+prg.rHyf {
							goto done1
						} // |l_hyf| and |r_hyf| are |>=1|
						for true {
							if !(int32(s) >= int32(prg.hiMemMin)) {
								switch *(*prg.mem[s].hh()).b0() {
								case ligatureNode:
								case kernNode:
									if int32(*(*prg.mem[s].hh()).b1()) != normal {
										goto done4
									}
								case whatsitNode, glueNode, penaltyNode, insNode,
									adjustNode, markNode:

									goto done4

								default:
									goto done1
								}
							}
							s = *(*prg.mem[s].hh()).rh()
						}

					done4:
						;
						prg.hyphenate()
					}

				done1:
				}

			case kernNode:
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.curP].hh()).b1()) == explicit {
					if !(int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.curP].hh()).rh()) >= int32(prg.hiMemMin)) && autoBreaking {
						if int32(*(*prg.mem[*(*prg.mem[prg.curP].hh()).rh()].hh()).b0()) == glueNode {
							prg.tryBreak(0, smallNumber(unhyphenated))
						}
					}
					prg.activeWidth[1-1] = prg.activeWidth[1-1] + *prg.mem[int32(prg.curP)+widthOffset].int()
				} else {
					prg.activeWidth[1-1] = prg.activeWidth[1-1] + *prg.mem[int32(prg.curP)+widthOffset].int()
				}
			case ligatureNode:
				f = *(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curP)+1].hh()).b0()
				prg.activeWidth[1-1] = prg.activeWidth[1-1] + *prg.fontInfo[prg.widthBase[f]+int32((*prg.fontInfo[prg.charBase[f]+int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curP)+1].hh()).b1())].qqqq()).b0)].int()

			case discNode:
				// Try to break after a discretionary fragment, then |goto done5|
				s = *(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curP)+1].hh()).lh()
				prg.discWidth = 0
				if int32(s) == 0 {
					prg.tryBreak(*prg.eqtb[intBase+exHyphenPenaltyCode-1].int(), smallNumber(hyphenated))
				} else {
					for {
						// Add the width of node |s| to |disc_width|
						if int32(s) >= int32(prg.hiMemMin) {
							f = *(*prg.mem[s].hh()).b0()
							prg.discWidth = prg.discWidth + *prg.fontInfo[prg.widthBase[f]+int32((*prg.fontInfo[prg.charBase[f]+int32(*(*prg.mem[s].hh()).b1())].qqqq()).b0)].int()
						} else {
							switch *(*prg.mem[s].hh()).b0() {
							case ligatureNode:
								f = *(*prg.mem[int32(s)+1].hh()).b0()
								prg.discWidth = prg.discWidth + *prg.fontInfo[prg.widthBase[f]+int32((*prg.fontInfo[prg.charBase[f]+int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(s)+1].hh()).b1())].qqqq()).b0)].int()

							case hlistNode, vlistNode, ruleNode, kernNode:
								prg.discWidth = prg.discWidth + *prg.mem[int32(s)+widthOffset].int()

							default:
								prg.confusion(strNumber( /* "disc3" */ 937))
								// \xref[this can't happen disc3][\quad disc3]
							}
						}
						s = *(*prg.mem[s].hh()).rh()
						if int32(s) == 0 {
							break
						}
					}
					prg.activeWidth[1-1] = prg.activeWidth[1-1] + prg.discWidth
					prg.tryBreak(*prg.eqtb[intBase+hyphenPenaltyCode-1].int(), smallNumber(hyphenated))
					prg.activeWidth[1-1] = prg.activeWidth[1-1] - prg.discWidth
				}
				r1 = uint16(*(*prg.mem[prg.curP].hh()).b1())
				s = *(*prg.mem[prg.curP].hh()).rh()
				for int32(r1) > 0 {
					if int32(s) >= int32(prg.hiMemMin) {
						f = *(*prg.mem[s].hh()).b0()
						prg.activeWidth[1-1] = prg.activeWidth[1-1] + *prg.fontInfo[prg.widthBase[f]+int32((*prg.fontInfo[prg.charBase[f]+int32(*(*prg.mem[s].hh()).b1())].qqqq()).b0)].int()
					} else {
						switch *(*prg.mem[s].hh()).b0() {
						case ligatureNode:
							f = *(*prg.mem[int32(s)+1].hh()).b0()
							prg.activeWidth[1-1] = prg.activeWidth[1-1] + *prg.fontInfo[prg.widthBase[f]+int32((*prg.fontInfo[prg.charBase[f]+int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(s)+1].hh()).b1())].qqqq()).b0)].int()

						case hlistNode, vlistNode, ruleNode, kernNode:
							prg.activeWidth[1-1] = prg.activeWidth[1-1] + *prg.mem[int32(s)+widthOffset].int()

						default:
							prg.confusion(strNumber( /* "disc4" */ 938))
							// \xref[this can't happen disc4][\quad disc4]
						}
					}
					r1 = uint16(int32(r1) - 1)
					s = *(*prg.mem[s].hh()).rh()
				}
				prevP = prg.curP
				prg.curP = s
				goto done5

			case mathNode:
				autoBreaking = int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.curP].hh()).b1()) == after
				{
					if !(int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.curP].hh()).rh()) >= int32(prg.hiMemMin)) && autoBreaking {
						if int32(*(*prg.mem[*(*prg.mem[prg.curP].hh()).rh()].hh()).b0()) == glueNode {
							prg.tryBreak(0, smallNumber(unhyphenated))
						}
					}
					prg.activeWidth[1-1] = prg.activeWidth[1-1] + *prg.mem[int32(prg.curP)+widthOffset].int()
				}

			case penaltyNode:
				prg.tryBreak(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curP)+1].int(), smallNumber(unhyphenated))
			case markNode, insNode, adjustNode:

			default:
				prg.confusion(strNumber( /* "paragraph" */ 936))
				// \xref[this can't happen paragraph][\quad paragraph]
			}

			prevP = prg.curP
			prg.curP = *(*prg.mem[prg.curP].hh()).rh()

		done5:
		}
		if int32(prg.curP) == 0 {
			prg.tryBreak(ejectPenalty, smallNumber(hyphenated))
			if int32(*(*prg.mem[30000-7].hh()).rh()) != 30000-7 {
				r1 = *(*prg.mem[30000-7].hh()).rh()
				prg.fewestDemerits = 07777777777
				for {
					if int32(*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b0()) != deltaNode {
						if *prg.mem[int32(r1)+2].int() < prg.fewestDemerits {
							prg.fewestDemerits = *prg.mem[int32(r1)+2].int()
							prg.bestBet = r1
						}
					}
					r1 = *(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh()
					if int32(r1) == 30000-7 {
						break
					}
				}
				prg.bestLine = *(*prg.mem[int32(prg.bestBet)+1].hh()).lh()
				if *prg.eqtb[intBase+loosenessCode-1].int() == 0 {
					goto done
				}

				// Find the best active node for the desired looseness
				{
					r1 = *(*prg.mem[30000-7].hh()).rh()
					prg.actualLooseness = 0
					for {
						if int32(*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b0()) != deltaNode {
							prg.lineDiff = int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+1].hh()).lh()) - int32(prg.bestLine)
							if prg.lineDiff < prg.actualLooseness && *prg.eqtb[intBase+loosenessCode-1].int() <= prg.lineDiff || prg.lineDiff > prg.actualLooseness && *prg.eqtb[intBase+loosenessCode-1].int() >= prg.lineDiff {
								prg.bestBet = r1
								prg.actualLooseness = prg.lineDiff
								prg.fewestDemerits = *prg.mem[int32(r1)+2].int()
							} else if prg.lineDiff == prg.actualLooseness && *prg.mem[int32(r1)+2].int() < prg.fewestDemerits {
								prg.bestBet = r1
								prg.fewestDemerits = *prg.mem[int32(r1)+2].int()
							}
						}
						r1 = *(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh()
						if int32(r1) == 30000-7 {
							break
						}
					}
					prg.bestLine = *(*prg.mem[int32(prg.bestBet)+1].hh()).lh()
				}
				if prg.actualLooseness == *prg.eqtb[intBase+loosenessCode-1].int() || prg.finalPass {
					goto done
				}
			}
		}

		// Clean up the memory by removing the break nodes
		q = *(*prg.mem[30000-7].hh()).rh()
		for int32(q) != 30000-7 {
			prg.curP = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()
			if int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0()) == deltaNode {
				prg.freeNode(q, halfword(deltaNodeSize))
			} else {
				prg.freeNode(q, halfword(activeNodeSize))
			}
			q = prg.curP
		}
		q = prg.passive
		for int32(q) != 0 {
			prg.curP = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()
			prg.freeNode(q, halfword(passiveNodeSize))
			q = prg.curP
		}
		if !prg.secondPass {
			prg.threshold = *prg.eqtb[intBase+toleranceCode-1].int()
			prg.secondPass = true
			prg.finalPass = *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+emergencyStretchCode-1].int() <= 0
		} else {
			prg.background[2-1] = prg.background[2-1] + *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+emergencyStretchCode-1].int()
			prg.finalPass = true
		}
	}

done:
	;

	// Break the paragraph at the chosen breakpoints, justify the resulting lines to the correct widths, and append them to the current vertical list
	prg.postLineBreak(finalWidowPenalty)

	// Clean up the memory by removing the break nodes
	q = *(*prg.mem[30000-7].hh()).rh()
	for int32(q) != 30000-7 {
		prg.curP = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()
		if int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0()) == deltaNode {
			prg.freeNode(q, halfword(deltaNodeSize))
		} else {
			prg.freeNode(q, halfword(activeNodeSize))
		}
		q = prg.curP
	}
	q = prg.passive
	for int32(q) != 0 {
		prg.curP = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()
		prg.freeNode(q, halfword(passiveNodeSize))
		q = prg.curP
	}
	prg.packBeginLine = 0
}

// 817.

// tangle:pos tex.web:16090:1:

// When looking for optimal line breaks, \TeX\ creates a ``break node'' for
// each break that is [\sl feasible], in the sense that there is a way to end
// a line at the given place without requiring any line to stretch more than
// a given tolerance. A break node is characterized by three things: the position
// of the break (which is a pointer to a |glue_node|, |math_node|, |penalty_node|,
// or |disc_node|); the ordinal number of the line that will follow this
// breakpoint; and the fitness classification of the line that has just
// ended, i.e., |tight_fit|, |decent_fit|, |loose_fit|, or |very_loose_fit|.

// 818.

// tangle:pos tex.web:16107:1:

// The algorithm essentially determines the best possible way to achieve
// each feasible combination of position, line, and fitness. Thus, it answers
// questions like, ``What is the best way to break the opening part of the
// paragraph so that the fourth line is a tight line ending at such-and-such
// a place?'' However, the fact that all lines are to be the same length
// after a certain point makes it possible to regard all sufficiently large
// line numbers as equivalent, when the looseness parameter is zero, and this
// makes it possible for the algorithm to save space and time.
//
// An ``active node'' and a ``passive node'' are created in |mem| for each
// feasible breakpoint that needs to be considered. Active nodes are three
// words long and passive nodes are two words long. We need active nodes only
// for breakpoints near the place in the paragraph that is currently being
// examined, so they are recycled within a comparatively short time after
// they are created.

// 819.

// tangle:pos tex.web:16123:1:

// An active node for a given breakpoint contains six fields:
//
// \yskip\hang|link| points to the next node in the list of active nodes; the
// last active node has |link=last_active|.
//
// \yskip\hang|break_node| points to the passive node associated with this
// breakpoint.
//
// \yskip\hang|line_number| is the number of the line that follows this
// breakpoint.
//
// \yskip\hang|fitness| is the fitness classification of the line ending at this
// breakpoint.
//
// \yskip\hang|type| is either |hyphenated| or |unhyphenated|, depending on
// whether this breakpoint is a |disc_node|.
//
// \yskip\hang|total_demerits| is the minimum possible sum of demerits over all
// lines leading from the beginning of the paragraph to this breakpoint.
//
// \yskip\noindent
// The value of |link(active)| points to the first active node on a linked list
// of all currently active nodes. This list is in order by |line_number|,
// except that nodes with |line_number>easy_line| may be in any order relative
// to each other.

// 822.

// tangle:pos tex.web:16193:1:

// The active list also contains ``delta'' nodes that help the algorithm
// compute the badness of individual lines. Such nodes appear only between two
// active nodes, and they have |type=delta_node|. If |p| and |r| are active nodes
// and if |q| is a delta node between them, so that |link(p)=q| and |link(q)=r|,
// then |q| tells the space difference between lines in the horizontal list that
// start after breakpoint |p| and lines that start after breakpoint |r|. In
// other words, if we know the length of the line that starts after |p| and
// ends at our current position, then the corresponding length of the line that
// starts after |r| is obtained by adding the amounts in node~|q|. A delta node
// contains six scaled numbers, since it must record the net change in glue
// stretchability with respect to all orders of infinity. The natural width
// difference appears in |mem[q+1].sc|; the stretch differences in units of
// pt, fil, fill, and filll appear in |mem[q+2..q+5].sc|; and the shrink difference
// appears in |mem[q+6].sc|. The |subtype| field of a delta node is not used.

// 824.

// tangle:pos tex.web:16234:1:

// Let's state the principles of the delta nodes more precisely and concisely,
// so that the following programs will be less obscure. For each legal
// breakpoint~|p| in the paragraph, we define two quantities $\alpha(p)$ and
// $\beta(p)$ such that the length of material in a line from breakpoint~|p|
// to breakpoint~|q| is $\gamma+\beta(q)-\alpha(p)$, for some fixed $\gamma$.
// Intuitively, $\alpha(p)$ and $\beta(q)$ are the total length of material from
// the beginning of the paragraph to a point ``after'' a break at |p| and to a
// point ``before'' a break at |q|; and $\gamma$ is the width of an empty line,
// namely the length contributed by \.[\\leftskip] and \.[\\rightskip].
//
// Suppose, for example, that the paragraph consists entirely of alternating
// boxes and glue skips; let the boxes have widths $x_1\ldots x_n$ and
// let the skips have widths $y_1\ldots y_n$, so that the paragraph can be
// represented by $x_1y_1\ldots x_ny_n$. Let $p_i$ be the legal breakpoint
// at $y_i$; then $\alpha(p_i)=x_1+y_1+\cdots+x_i+y_i$, and $\beta(p_i)=
// x_1+y_1+\cdots+x_i$. To check this, note that the length of material from
// $p_2$ to $p_5$, say, is $\gamma+x_3+y_3+x_4+y_4+x_5=\gamma+\beta(p_5)
// -\alpha(p_2)$.
//
// The quantities $\alpha$, $\beta$, $\gamma$ involve glue stretchability and
// shrinkability as well as a natural width. If we were to compute $\alpha(p)$
// and $\beta(p)$ for each |p|, we would need multiple precision arithmetic, and
// the multiprecise numbers would have to be kept in the active nodes.
// \TeX\ avoids this problem by working entirely with relative differences
// or ``deltas.'' Suppose, for example, that the active list contains
// $a_1\,\delta_1\,a_2\,\delta_2\,a_3$, where the |a|'s are active breakpoints
// and the $\delta$'s are delta nodes. Then $\delta_1=\alpha(a_1)-\alpha(a_2)$
// and $\delta_2=\alpha(a_2)-\alpha(a_3)$. If the line breaking algorithm is
// currently positioned at some other breakpoint |p|, the |active_width| array
// contains the value $\gamma+\beta(p)-\alpha(a_1)$. If we are scanning through
// the list of active nodes and considering a tentative line that runs from
// $a_2$ to~|p|, say, the |cur_active_width| array will contain the value
// $\gamma+\beta(p)-\alpha(a_2)$. Thus, when we move from $a_2$ to $a_3$,
// we want to add $\alpha(a_2)-\alpha(a_3)$ to |cur_active_width|; and this
// is just $\delta_2$, which appears in the active list between $a_2$ and
// $a_3$. The |background| array contains $\gamma$. The |break_width| array
// will be used to calculate values of new delta nodes when the active
// list is being updated.

// 904.

// tangle:pos tex.web:17720:1:

// We must now face the fact that the battle is not over, even though the
// [\def\![\kern-1pt]%
// hyphens have been found: The process of reconstituting a word can be nontrivial
// because ligatures might change when a hyphen is present. [\sl The \TeX book\/]
// discusses the difficulties of the word ``difficult'', and
// the discretionary material surrounding a
// hyphen can be considerably more complex than that. Suppose
// \.[abcdef] is a word in a font for which the only ligatures are \.[b\!c],
// \.[c\!d], \.[d\!e], and \.[e\!f]. If this word permits hyphenation
// between \.b and \.c, the two patterns with and without hyphenation are
// $\.a\,\.b\,\.-\,\.[c\!d]\,\.[e\!f]$ and $\.a\,\.[b\!c]\,\.[d\!e]\,\.f$.
// Thus the insertion of a hyphen might cause effects to ripple arbitrarily
// far into the rest of the word. A further complication arises if additional
// hyphens appear together with such rippling, e.g., if the word in the
// example just given could also be hyphenated between \.c and \.d; \TeX\
// avoids this by simply ignoring the additional hyphens in such weird cases.]
//
// Still further complications arise in the presence of ligatures that do not
// delete the original characters. When punctuation precedes the word being
// hyphenated, \TeX's method is not perfect under all possible scenarios,
// because punctuation marks and letters can propagate information back and forth.
// For example, suppose the original pre-hyphenation pair
// \.[*a] changes to \.[*y] via a \.[\?=:] ligature, which changes to \.[xy]
// via a \.[=:\?] ligature; if $p_[a-1]=\.x$ and $p_a=\.y$, the reconstitution
// procedure isn't smart enough to obtain \.[xy] again. In such cases the
// font designer should include a ligature that goes from \.[xa] to \.[xy].

// 919. \[42] Hyphenation

// tangle:pos tex.web:18072:19:

// When a word |hc[1..hn]| has been set up to contain a candidate for hyphenation,
// \TeX\ first looks to see if it is in the user's exception dictionary. If not,
// hyphens are inserted based on patterns that appear within the given word,
// using an algorithm due to Frank~M. Liang.
// \xref[Liang, Franklin Mark]
//
// Let's consider Liang's method first, since it is much more interesting than the
// exception-lookup routine.  The algorithm begins by setting |hyf[j]| to zero
// for all |j|, and invalid characters are inserted into |hc[0]|
// and |hc[hn+1]| to serve as delimiters. Then a reasonably fast method is
// used to see which of a given set of patterns occurs in the word
// |hc[0..(hn+1)]|. Each pattern $p_1\ldots p_k$ of length |k| has an associated
// sequence of |k+1| numbers $n_0\ldots n_k$; and if the pattern occurs in
// |hc[(j+1)..(j+k)]|, \TeX\ will set |hyf[j+i]:=max(hyf[j+i],$n_i$)| for
// |0<=i<=k|. After this has been done for each pattern that occurs, a
// discretionary hyphen will be inserted between |hc[j]| and |hc[j+1]| when
// |hyf[j]| is odd, as we have already seen.
//
// The set of patterns $p_1\ldots p_k$ and associated numbers $n_0\ldots n_k$
// depends, of course, on the language whose words are being hyphenated, and
// on the degree of hyphenation that is desired. A method for finding
// appropriate |p|'s and |n|'s, from a given dictionary of words and acceptable
// hyphenations, is discussed in Liang's Ph.D. thesis (Stanford University,
// 1983); \TeX\ simply starts with the patterns and works from there.

// 934.

// tangle:pos tex.web:18253:1:

// We have now completed the hyphenation routine, so the |line_break| procedure
// is finished at last. Since the hyphenation exception table is fresh in our
// minds, it's a good time to deal with the routine that adds new entries to it.
//
// When \TeX\ has scanned `\.[\\hyphenation]', it calls on a procedure named
// |new_hyph_exceptions| to do the right thing.
func (prg *prg) newHyphExceptions() {
	var (
		n/* 0..64 */ byte             // length of current word; not always a |small_number|
		j/* 0..64 */ byte             // an index into |hc|
		h                 hyphPointer // an index into |hyph_word| and |hyph_list|
		k                 strNumber   // an index into |str_start|
		p                 halfword    // head of a list of hyphen positions
		q                 halfword    // used when creating a new node for list |p|
		s, t              strNumber   // strings being compared or stored
		u, v              poolPointer // indices into |str_pool|
	)
	prg.scanLeftBrace() // a left brace must follow \.[\\hyphenation]
	if *prg.eqtb[intBase+languageCode-1].int() <= 0 {
		prg.curLang = 0
	} else if *prg.eqtb[intBase+languageCode-1].int() > 255 {
		prg.curLang = 0
	} else {
		prg.curLang = byte(*prg.eqtb[intBase+languageCode-1].int())
	}

	// Enter as many hyphenation exceptions as are listed, until coming to a right brace; then |return|
	n = 0
	p = 0
	for true {
		prg.getXToken()

	reswitch:
		switch prg.curCmd {
		case letter, otherChar, charGiven:
			// Append a new letter or hyphen
			if int32(prg.curChr) == '-' {
				if int32(n) < 63 {
					q = prg.getAvail()
					*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = p
					*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh() = uint16(n)
					p = q
				}
			} else {
				if int32(*(*prg.eqtb[lcCodeBase+int32(prg.curChr)-1].hh()).rh()) == 0 {
					{
						if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
						}
						prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
						prg.print( /* "Not a letter" */ 945)
					}
					// \xref[Not a letter]
					{
						prg.helpPtr = 2
						prg.helpLine[1] = /* "Letters in \\hyphenation words must have \\lccode>0." */ 946
						prg.helpLine[0] = /* "Proceed; I'll ignore the character I just read." */ 947
					}
					prg.error1()
				} else if int32(n) < 63 {
					n = byte(int32(n) + 1)
					prg.hc[n] = *(*prg.eqtb[lcCodeBase+int32(prg.curChr)-1].hh()).rh()
				}
			}

		case charNum:
			prg.scanCharNum()
			prg.curChr = uint16(prg.curVal)
			prg.curCmd = byte(charGiven)

			goto reswitch

		case spacer, rightBrace:
			if int32(n) > 1 {
				n = byte(int32(n) + 1)
				prg.hc[n] = uint16(prg.curLang)
				{
					if int32(prg.poolPtr)+int32(n) > poolSize {
						prg.overflow(strNumber( /* "pool size" */ 257), poolSize-int32(prg.initPoolPtr))
					} /* \xref[TeX capacity exceeded pool size][\quad pool size]  */
				}
				h = 0
				for ii := int32(1); ii <= int32(n); ii++ {
					j = byte(ii)
					_ = j
					h = uint16((int32(h) + int32(h) + int32(prg.hc[j])) % hyphSize)
					{
						prg.strPool[prg.poolPtr] = byte(prg.hc[j])
						prg.poolPtr = uint16(int32(prg.poolPtr) + 1)
					}
				}
				s = prg.makeString()

				// Insert the \(p)pair |(s,p)| into the exception table
				if int32(prg.hyphCount) == hyphSize {
					prg.overflow(strNumber( /* "exception dictionary" */ 948), hyphSize)
				}
				// \xref[TeX capacity exceeded exception dictionary][\quad exception dictionary]
				prg.hyphCount = uint16(int32(prg.hyphCount) + 1)
				for int32(prg.hyphWord[h]) != 0 {
					k = prg.hyphWord[h]
					if int32(prg.strStart[int32(k)+1])-int32(prg.strStart[k]) < int32(prg.strStart[int32(s)+1])-int32(prg.strStart[s]) {
						goto found
					}
					if int32(prg.strStart[int32(k)+1])-int32(prg.strStart[k]) > int32(prg.strStart[int32(s)+1])-int32(prg.strStart[s]) {
						goto notFound
					}
					u = prg.strStart[k]
					v = prg.strStart[s]
					for {
						if int32(prg.strPool[u]) < int32(prg.strPool[v]) {
							goto found
						}
						if int32(prg.strPool[u]) > int32(prg.strPool[v]) {
							goto notFound
						}
						u = uint16(int32(u) + 1)
						v = uint16(int32(v) + 1)
						if int32(u) == int32(prg.strStart[int32(k)+1]) {
							break
						}
					}

				found:
					q = prg.hyphList[h]
					prg.hyphList[h] = p
					p = q

					t = prg.hyphWord[h]
					prg.hyphWord[h] = s
					s = t

				notFound:
					;
					if int32(h) > 0 {
						h = uint16(int32(h) - 1)
					} else {
						h = uint16(hyphSize)
					}
				}
				prg.hyphWord[h] = s
				prg.hyphList[h] = p
			}
			if int32(prg.curCmd) == rightBrace {
				goto exit
			}
			n = 0
			p = 0

		default:
			{
				if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
				}
				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
				prg.print( /* "Improper " */ 680)
			}
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "hyphenation" */ 941))
			// \xref[Improper \\hyphenation...]
			prg.print( /* " will be flushed" */ 942)
			{
				prg.helpPtr = 2
				prg.helpLine[1] = /* "Hyphenation exceptions must contain only letters" */ 943
				prg.helpLine[0] = /* "and hyphens. But continue; I'll forgive and forget." */ 944
			}
			prg.error1()

		}
	}

exit:
}

// 967. \[44] Breaking vertical lists into pages

// tangle:pos tex.web:18850:42:

// The |vsplit| procedure, which implements \TeX's \.[\\vsplit] operation,
// is considerably simpler than |line_break| because it doesn't have to
// worry about hyphenation, and because its mission is to discover a single
// break instead of an optimum sequence of breakpoints.  But before we get
// into the details of |vsplit|, we need to consider a few more basic things.

// 968.

// tangle:pos tex.web:18856:1:

// A subroutine called |prune_page_top| takes a pointer to a vlist and
// returns a pointer to a modified vlist in which all glue, kern, and penalty nodes
// have been deleted before the first box or rule node. However, the first
// box or rule is actually preceded by a newly created glue node designed so that
// the topmost baseline will be at distance |split_top_skip| from the top,
// whenever this is possible without backspacing.
//
// In this routine and those that follow, we make use of the fact that a
// vertical list contains no character nodes, hence the |type| field exists
// for each node in the list.
// \xref[data structure assumptions]
func (prg *prg) prunePageTop(p halfword) (r halfword) { // adjust top after page break
	var (
		prevP halfword // lags one step behind |p|
		q     halfword // temporary variable for list manipulation
	)
	prevP = uint16(30000 - 3)
	*(*prg.mem[30000-3].hh()).rh() = p
	for int32(p) != 0 {
		switch *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0() {
		case hlistNode, vlistNode, ruleNode:
			// Insert glue for |split_top_skip| and set~|p:=null|
			q = prg.newSkipParam(smallNumber(splitTopSkipCode))
			*(*prg.mem[prevP].hh()).rh() = q
			*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = p
			// now |temp_ptr=glue_ptr(q)|
			if *prg.mem[int32(prg.tempPtr)+widthOffset].int() > *prg.mem[int32(p)+heightOffset].int() {
				*prg.mem[int32(prg.tempPtr)+widthOffset].int() = *prg.mem[int32(prg.tempPtr)+widthOffset].int() - *prg.mem[int32(p)+heightOffset].int()
			} else {
				*prg.mem[int32(prg.tempPtr)+widthOffset].int() = 0
			}
			p = 0

		case whatsitNode, markNode, insNode:
			prevP = p
			p = *(*prg.mem[prevP].hh()).rh()

		case glueNode, kernNode, penaltyNode:
			q = p
			p = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()
			*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = 0
			*(*prg.mem[prevP].hh()).rh() = p
			prg.flushNodeList(q)

		default:
			prg.confusion(strNumber( /* "pruning" */ 959))
			// \xref[this can't happen pruning][\quad pruning]
		}
	}
	r = *(*prg.mem[30000-3].hh()).rh()
	return r
}

// 970.

// tangle:pos tex.web:18895:1:

// The next subroutine finds the best place to break a given vertical list
// so as to obtain a box of height~|h|, with maximum depth~|d|.
// A pointer to the beginning of the vertical list is given,
// and a pointer to the optimum breakpoint is returned. The list is effectively
// followed by a forced break, i.e., a penalty node with the |eject_penalty|;
// if the best break occurs at this artificial node, the value |null| is returned.
//
// An array of six |scaled| distances is used to keep track of the height
// from the beginning of the list to the current place, just as in |line_break|.
// In fact, we use one of the same arrays, only changing its name to reflect
// its new significance.
func (prg *prg) vertBreak(p halfword, h, d scaled) (r halfword) {
	var (
		prevP halfword // if |p| is a glue node, |type(prev_p)| determines
		//   whether |p| is a legal breakpoint

		q, r1     halfword    // glue specifications
		pi        int32       // penalty value
		b         int32       // badness at a trial breakpoint
		leastCost int32       // the smallest badness plus penalties found so far
		bestPlace halfword    // the most recent break that leads to |least_cost|
		prevDp    scaled      // depth of previous box in the list
		t         smallNumber // |type| of the node following a kern
	)
	prevP = p // an initial glue node is not a legal breakpoint
	leastCost = 07777777777
	prg.activeWidth[1-1] = 0
	prg.activeWidth[2-1] = 0
	prg.activeWidth[3-1] = 0
	prg.activeWidth[4-1] = 0
	prg.activeWidth[5-1] = 0
	prg.activeWidth[6-1] = 0
	prevDp = 0
	for true {
		if int32(p) == 0 {
			pi = ejectPenalty
		} else {
			// Use node |p| to update the current height and depth measurements; if this node is not a legal breakpoint, |goto not_found| or |update_heights|, otherwise set |pi| to the associated penalty at the break
			switch *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0() {
			case hlistNode, vlistNode, ruleNode:
				prg.activeWidth[1-1] = prg.activeWidth[1-1] + prevDp + *prg.mem[int32(p)+heightOffset].int()
				prevDp = *prg.mem[int32(p)+depthOffset].int()

				goto notFound

			case whatsitNode:
				// Process whatsit |p| in |vert_break| loop, |goto not_found|

				// Process whatsit |p| in |vert_break| loop, |goto not_found|
				goto notFound

			case glueNode:
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[prevP].hh()).b0()) < mathNode {
					pi = 0
				} else {
					goto updateHeights
				}
			case kernNode:
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()) == 0 {
					t = byte(penaltyNode)
				} else {
					t = *(*prg.mem[*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()].hh()).b0()
				}
				if int32(t) == glueNode {
					pi = 0
				} else {
					goto updateHeights
				}

			case penaltyNode:
				pi = *prg.mem[int32(p)+1].int()
			case markNode, insNode:
				goto notFound

			default:
				prg.confusion(strNumber( /* "vertbreak" */ 960))
				// \xref[this can't happen vertbreak][\quad vertbreak]
			}
		}

		// Check if node |p| is a new champion breakpoint; then \(go)|goto done| if |p| is a forced break or if the page-so-far is already too full
		if pi < infPenalty {
			if prg.activeWidth[1-1] < h {
				if prg.activeWidth[3-1] != 0 || prg.activeWidth[4-1] != 0 || prg.activeWidth[5-1] != 0 {
					b = 0
				} else {
					b = int32(prg.badness(h-prg.activeWidth[1-1], prg.activeWidth[2-1]))
				}
			} else if prg.activeWidth[1-1]-h > prg.activeWidth[6-1] {
				b = 07777777777
			} else {
				b = int32(prg.badness(prg.activeWidth[1-1]-h, prg.activeWidth[6-1]))
			}
			if b < 07777777777 {
				if pi <= ejectPenalty {
					b = pi
				} else if b < infBad {
					b = b + pi
				} else {
					b = 100000
				}
			}
			if b <= leastCost {
				bestPlace = p
				leastCost = b
				prg.bestHeightPlusDepth = prg.activeWidth[1-1] + prevDp
			}
			if b == 07777777777 || pi <= ejectPenalty {
				goto done
			}
		}
		if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) < glueNode || int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) > kernNode {
			goto notFound
		}

	updateHeights:
		if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) == kernNode {
			q = p
		} else {
			q = *(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).lh()
			prg.activeWidth[2+int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0())-1] = prg.activeWidth[2+int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0())-1] + *prg.mem[int32(q)+2].int()

			prg.activeWidth[6-1] = prg.activeWidth[6-1] + *prg.mem[int32(q)+3].int()
			if int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b1()) != normal && *prg.mem[int32(q)+3].int() != 0 {
				{
					if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
					}
					prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
					prg.print( /* "Infinite glue shrinkage found in box being split" */ 961)
				}

				// \xref[Infinite glue shrinkage...]
				{
					prg.helpPtr = 4
					prg.helpLine[3] = /* "The box you are \\vsplitting contains some infinitely" */ 962
					prg.helpLine[2] = /* "shrinkable glue, e.g., `\\vss' or `\\vskip 0pt minus 1fil'." */ 963
					prg.helpLine[1] = /* "Such glue doesn't belong there; but you can safely proceed," */ 964
					prg.helpLine[0] = /* "since the offensive shrinkability has been made finite." */ 922
				}
				prg.error1()
				r1 = prg.newSpec(q)
				*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b1() = byte(normal)
				prg.deleteGlueRef(q)
				*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).lh() = r1
				q = r1
			}
		}
		prg.activeWidth[1-1] = prg.activeWidth[1-1] + prevDp + *prg.mem[int32(q)+widthOffset].int()
		prevDp = 0

	notFound:
		if prevDp > d {
			prg.activeWidth[1-1] = prg.activeWidth[1-1] + prevDp - d
			prevDp = d
		}

		prevP = p
		p = *(*prg.mem[prevP].hh()).rh()
	}

done:
	r = bestPlace
	return r
}

// 977.

// tangle:pos tex.web:19031:1:

// Now we are ready to consider |vsplit| itself. Most of
// its work is accomplished by the two subroutines that we have just considered.
//
// Given the number of a vlist box |n|, and given a desired page height |h|,
// the |vsplit| function finds the best initial segment of the vlist and
// returns a box for a page of height~|h|. The remainder of the vlist, if
// any, replaces the original box, after removing glue and penalties and
// adjusting for |split_top_skip|. Mark nodes in the split-off box are used to
// set the values of |split_first_mark| and |split_bot_mark|; we use the
// fact that |split_first_mark=null| if and only if |split_bot_mark=null|.
//
// The original box becomes “void” if and only if it has been entirely
// extracted.  The extracted box is “void” if and only if the original
// box was void (or if it was, erroneously, an hlist box).
func (prg *prg) vsplit(n eightBits, h scaled) (r halfword) {
	var (
		v halfword // the box to be split
		p halfword // runs through the vlist
		q halfword // points to where the break occurs
	)
	v = *(*prg.eqtb[boxBase+int32(n)-1].hh()).rh()
	if int32(prg.curMark[splitFirstMarkCode]) != 0 {
		prg.deleteTokenRef(prg.curMark[splitFirstMarkCode])
		prg.curMark[splitFirstMarkCode] = 0
		prg.deleteTokenRef(prg.curMark[splitBotMarkCode])
		prg.curMark[splitBotMarkCode] = 0
	}

	// Dispense with trivial cases of void or bad boxes
	if int32(v) == 0 {
		r = 0
		goto exit
	}
	if int32(*(*prg.mem[v].hh()).b0()) != vlistNode {
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			}
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
			prg.print( /* "" */ 338)
		}
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "vsplit" */ 965))
		prg.print( /* " needs a " */ 966)
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "vbox" */ 967))
		// \xref[vsplit_][\.[\\vsplit needs a \\vbox]]
		{
			prg.helpPtr = 2
			prg.helpLine[1] = /* "The box you are trying to split is an \\hbox." */ 968
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "I can't split such a box, so I'll leave it alone." */ 969
		}
		prg.error1()
		r = 0
		goto exit
	}
	q = prg.vertBreak(*(*prg.mem[int32(v)+listOffset].hh()).rh(), h, *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+splitMaxDepthCode-1].int())

	// Look at all the marks in nodes before the break, and set the final link to |null| at the break
	p = *(*prg.mem[int32(v)+listOffset].hh()).rh()
	if int32(p) == int32(q) {
		*(*prg.mem[int32(v)+listOffset].hh()).rh() = 0
	} else {
		for true {
			if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) == markNode {
				if int32(prg.curMark[splitFirstMarkCode]) == 0 {
					prg.curMark[splitFirstMarkCode] = uint16(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].int())
					prg.curMark[splitBotMarkCode] = prg.curMark[splitFirstMarkCode]
					*(*prg.mem[prg.curMark[splitFirstMarkCode]].hh()).lh() = uint16(int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.curMark[splitFirstMarkCode]].hh()).lh()) + 2)
				} else {
					prg.deleteTokenRef(prg.curMark[splitBotMarkCode])
					prg.curMark[splitBotMarkCode] = uint16(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].int())
					*(*prg.mem[prg.curMark[splitBotMarkCode]].hh()).lh() = uint16(int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.curMark[splitBotMarkCode]].hh()).lh()) + 1)
				}
			}
			if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()) == int32(q) {
				*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = 0
				goto done
			}
			p = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
		}
	}

done:
	;
	q = prg.prunePageTop(q)
	p = *(*prg.mem[int32(v)+listOffset].hh()).rh()
	prg.freeNode(v, halfword(boxNodeSize))
	if int32(q) == 0 {
		*(*prg.eqtb[boxBase+int32(n)-1].hh()).rh() = 0
	} else {
		*(*prg.eqtb[boxBase+int32(n)-1].hh()).rh() = prg.vpackage(q, scaled(0), smallNumber(additional), scaled(07777777777))
	}
	r = prg.vpackage(p, h, smallNumber(exactly), *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+splitMaxDepthCode-1].int())

exit:
	;
	return r
}

// 218.

// tangle:pos tex.web:4391:3:

// Here is a procedure that displays what \TeX\ is working on, at all levels.
func (prg *prg) printTotals() {
	prg.printScaled(prg.pageSoFar[1])
	if prg.pageSoFar[2] != 0 {
		prg.print( /* " plus " */ 312)
		prg.printScaled(prg.pageSoFar[2])
		prg.print( /* "" */ 338)
	}
	if prg.pageSoFar[3] != 0 {
		prg.print( /* " plus " */ 312)
		prg.printScaled(prg.pageSoFar[3])
		prg.print( /* "fil" */ 311)
	}
	if prg.pageSoFar[4] != 0 {
		prg.print( /* " plus " */ 312)
		prg.printScaled(prg.pageSoFar[4])
		prg.print( /* "fill" */ 978)
	}
	if prg.pageSoFar[5] != 0 {
		prg.print( /* " plus " */ 312)
		prg.printScaled(prg.pageSoFar[5])
		prg.print( /* "filll" */ 979)
	}
	if prg.pageSoFar[6] != 0 {
		prg.print( /* " minus " */ 313)
		prg.printScaled(prg.pageSoFar[6])
	}
}

// 987.

// tangle:pos tex.web:19313:1:

// Here is a procedure that is called when the |page_contents| is changing
// from |empty| to |inserts_only| or |box_there|.
func (prg *prg) freezePageSpecs(s smallNumber) {
	prg.pageContents = s
	prg.pageSoFar[0] = *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+vsizeCode-1].int()
	prg.pageMaxDepth = *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+maxDepthCode-1].int()
	prg.pageSoFar[7] = 0
	prg.pageSoFar[1] = 0
	prg.pageSoFar[2] = 0
	prg.pageSoFar[3] = 0
	prg.pageSoFar[4] = 0
	prg.pageSoFar[5] = 0
	prg.pageSoFar[6] = 0
	prg.leastPageCost = 07777777777
	//  if eqtb[int_base+ tracing_pages_code].int  >0 then
	//   begin begin_diagnostic;
	//   print_nl(["%% goal height="=]987); print_scaled(page_so_far[0] );
	// [ \xref[goal height] ]
	//   print([", max depth="=]988); print_scaled(page_max_depth);
	//   end_diagnostic(false);
	//   end;  [  ]

}

// 992.

// tangle:pos tex.web:19377:1:

// At certain times box 255 is supposed to be void (i.e., |null|),
// or an insertion box is supposed to be ready to accept a vertical list.
// If not, an error message is printed, and the following subroutine
// flushes the unwanted contents, reporting them to the user.
func (prg *prg) boxError(n eightBits) {
	prg.error1()
	prg.beginDiagnostic()
	prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "The following box has been deleted:" */ 836))
	// \xref[The following...deleted]
	prg.showBox(*(*prg.eqtb[boxBase+int32(n)-1].hh()).rh())
	prg.endDiagnostic(true)
	prg.flushNodeList(*(*prg.eqtb[boxBase+int32(n)-1].hh()).rh())
	*(*prg.eqtb[boxBase+int32(n)-1].hh()).rh() = 0
}

// 993.

// tangle:pos tex.web:19390:1:

// The following procedure guarantees that a given box register
// does not contain an \.[\\hbox].
func (prg *prg) ensureVbox(n eightBits) {
	var (
		p halfword // the box register contents
	)
	p = *(*prg.eqtb[boxBase+int32(n)-1].hh()).rh()
	if int32(p) != 0 {
		if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) == hlistNode {
			{
				if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
				}
				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
				prg.print( /* "Insertions can only be added to a vbox" */ 989)
			}
			// \xref[Insertions can only...]
			{
				prg.helpPtr = 3
				prg.helpLine[2] = /* "Tut tut: You're trying to \\insert into a" */ 990
				prg.helpLine[1] = /* "\\box register that now contains an \\hbox." */ 991
				prg.helpLine[0] = /* "Proceed, and I'll discard its present contents." */ 992
			}
			prg.boxError(n)
		}
	}
}

// 994.

// tangle:pos tex.web:19406:1:

// \TeX\ is not always in vertical mode at the time |build_page|
// is called; the current mode reflects what \TeX\ should return to, after
// the contribution list has been emptied. A call on |build_page| should
// be immediately followed by `|goto big_switch|', which is \TeX's central
// control point.
// \4
// Declare the procedure called |fire_up|
func (prg *prg) fireUp(c halfword) {
	var (
		p, q, r1, s                     halfword // nodes being examined and/or changed
		prevP                           halfword // predecessor of |p|
		n/* minQuarterword..255 */ byte          // insertion box number
		wait                            bool     // should the present insertion be held over?
		saveVbadness                    int32    // saved value of |vbadness|
		saveVfuzz                       scaled   // saved value of |vfuzz|
		saveSplitTopSkip                halfword // saved value of |split_top_skip|
	)
	if int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.bestPageBreak].hh()).b0()) == penaltyNode {
		prg.geqWordDefine(halfword(intBase+outputPenaltyCode), *prg.mem[int32(prg.bestPageBreak)+1].int())
		*prg.mem[int32(prg.bestPageBreak)+1].int() = infPenalty
	} else {
		prg.geqWordDefine(halfword(intBase+outputPenaltyCode), infPenalty)
	}
	if int32(prg.curMark[botMarkCode]) != 0 {
		if int32(prg.curMark[topMarkCode]) != 0 {
			prg.deleteTokenRef(prg.curMark[topMarkCode])
		}
		prg.curMark[topMarkCode] = prg.curMark[botMarkCode]
		*(*prg.mem[prg.curMark[topMarkCode]].hh()).lh() = uint16(int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.curMark[topMarkCode]].hh()).lh()) + 1)
		prg.deleteTokenRef(prg.curMark[firstMarkCode])
		prg.curMark[firstMarkCode] = 0
	}

	// Put the \(o)optimal current page into box 255, update |first_mark| and |bot_mark|, append insertions to their boxes, and put the remaining nodes back on the contribution list
	if int32(c) == int32(prg.bestPageBreak) {
		prg.bestPageBreak = 0
	} // |c| not yet linked in

	// Ensure that box 255 is empty before output
	if int32(*(*prg.eqtb[boxBase+255-1].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			}
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
			prg.print( /* "" */ 338)
		}
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "box" */ 409))
		prg.print( /* "255 is not void" */ 1003)
		// \xref[box255][\.[\\box255 is not void]]
		{
			prg.helpPtr = 2
			prg.helpLine[1] = /* "You shouldn't use \\box255 except in \\output routines." */ 1004
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "Proceed, and I'll discard its present contents." */ 992
		}
		prg.boxError(eightBits(255))
	}
	prg.insertPenalties = 0 // this will count the number of insertions held over
	saveSplitTopSkip = *(*prg.eqtb[glueBase+splitTopSkipCode-1].hh()).rh()
	if *prg.eqtb[intBase+holdingInsertsCode-1].int() <= 0 {
		r1 = *(*prg.mem[30000].hh()).rh()
		for int32(r1) != 30000 {
			if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+2].hh()).lh()) != 0 {
				n = byte(int32(*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b1()) - minQuarterword)
				prg.ensureVbox(n)
				if int32(*(*prg.eqtb[boxBase+int32(n)-1].hh()).rh()) == 0 {
					*(*prg.eqtb[boxBase+int32(n)-1].hh()).rh() = prg.newNullBox()
				}
				p = uint16(int32(*(*prg.eqtb[boxBase+int32(n)-1].hh()).rh()) + listOffset)
				for int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
					p = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
				}
				*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+2].hh()).rh() = p
			}
			r1 = *(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh()
		}
	}
	q = uint16(30000 - 4)
	*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = 0
	prevP = uint16(30000 - 2)
	p = *(*prg.mem[prevP].hh()).rh()
	for int32(p) != int32(prg.bestPageBreak) {
		if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) == insNode {
			if *prg.eqtb[intBase+holdingInsertsCode-1].int() <= 0 {
				r1 = *(*prg.mem[30000].hh()).rh()
				for int32(*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b1()) != int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()) {
					r1 = *(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh()
				}
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+2].hh()).lh()) == 0 {
					wait = true
				} else {
					wait = false
					s = *(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+2].hh()).rh()
					*(*prg.mem[s].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[int32(p)+4].hh()).lh()
					if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+2].hh()).lh()) == int32(p) {
						if int32(*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b0()) == splitUp {
							if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+1].hh()).lh()) == int32(p) && int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+1].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
								for int32(*(*prg.mem[s].hh()).rh()) != int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+1].hh()).rh()) {
									s = *(*prg.mem[s].hh()).rh()
								}
								*(*prg.mem[s].hh()).rh() = 0
								*(*prg.eqtb[glueBase+splitTopSkipCode-1].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[int32(p)+4].hh()).rh()
								*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+4].hh()).lh() = prg.prunePageTop(*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+1].hh()).rh())
								if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+4].hh()).lh()) != 0 {
									prg.tempPtr = prg.vpackage(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+4].hh()).lh(), scaled(0), smallNumber(additional), scaled(07777777777))
									*prg.mem[int32(p)+heightOffset].int() = *prg.mem[int32(prg.tempPtr)+heightOffset].int() + *prg.mem[int32(prg.tempPtr)+depthOffset].int()
									prg.freeNode(prg.tempPtr, halfword(boxNodeSize))
									wait = true
								}
							}
						}
						*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+2].hh()).lh() = 0
						n = byte(int32(*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b1()) - minQuarterword)
						prg.tempPtr = *(*prg.mem[int32(*(*prg.eqtb[boxBase+int32(n)-1].hh()).rh())+listOffset].hh()).rh()
						prg.freeNode(*(*prg.eqtb[boxBase+int32(n)-1].hh()).rh(), halfword(boxNodeSize))
						*(*prg.eqtb[boxBase+int32(n)-1].hh()).rh() = prg.vpackage(prg.tempPtr, scaled(0), smallNumber(additional), scaled(07777777777))
					} else {
						for int32(*(*prg.mem[s].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
							s = *(*prg.mem[s].hh()).rh()
						}
						*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+2].hh()).rh() = s
					}
				}

				// Either append the insertion node |p| after node |q|, and remove it from the current page, or delete |node(p)|
				*(*prg.mem[prevP].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
				*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = 0
				if wait {
					*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = p
					q = p
					prg.insertPenalties = prg.insertPenalties + 1
				} else {
					prg.deleteGlueRef(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+4].hh()).rh())
					prg.freeNode(p, halfword(insNodeSize))
				}
				p = prevP
			}
		} else if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) == markNode {
			if int32(prg.curMark[firstMarkCode]) == 0 {
				prg.curMark[firstMarkCode] = uint16(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].int())
				*(*prg.mem[prg.curMark[firstMarkCode]].hh()).lh() = uint16(int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.curMark[firstMarkCode]].hh()).lh()) + 1)
			}
			if int32(prg.curMark[botMarkCode]) != 0 {
				prg.deleteTokenRef(prg.curMark[botMarkCode])
			}
			prg.curMark[botMarkCode] = uint16(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].int())
			*(*prg.mem[prg.curMark[botMarkCode]].hh()).lh() = uint16(int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.curMark[botMarkCode]].hh()).lh()) + 1)
		}
		prevP = p
		p = *(*prg.mem[prevP].hh()).rh()
	}
	*(*prg.eqtb[glueBase+splitTopSkipCode-1].hh()).rh() = saveSplitTopSkip

	// Break the current page at node |p|, put it in box~255, and put the remaining nodes on the contribution list
	if int32(p) != 0 {
		if int32(*(*prg.mem[30000-1].hh()).rh()) == 0 {
			if int32(prg.nestPtr) == 0 {
				prg.curList.tailField = prg.pageTail
			} else {
				prg.nest[0].tailField = prg.pageTail
			}
		}
		*(*prg.mem[prg.pageTail].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[30000-1].hh()).rh()
		*(*prg.mem[30000-1].hh()).rh() = p
		*(*prg.mem[prevP].hh()).rh() = 0
	}
	saveVbadness = *prg.eqtb[intBase+vbadnessCode-1].int()
	*prg.eqtb[intBase+vbadnessCode-1].int() = infBad
	saveVfuzz = *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+vfuzzCode-1].int()
	*prg.eqtb[dimenBase+vfuzzCode-1].int() = 07777777777 // inhibit error messages
	*(*prg.eqtb[boxBase+255-1].hh()).rh() = prg.vpackage(*(*prg.mem[30000-2].hh()).rh(), prg.bestSize, smallNumber(exactly), prg.pageMaxDepth)
	*prg.eqtb[intBase+vbadnessCode-1].int() = saveVbadness
	*prg.eqtb[dimenBase+vfuzzCode-1].int() = saveVfuzz
	if int32(prg.lastGlue) != 65535 {
		prg.deleteGlueRef(prg.lastGlue)
	}

	// Start a new current page
	prg.pageContents = byte(empty)
	prg.pageTail = uint16(30000 - 2)
	*(*prg.mem[30000-2].hh()).rh() = 0

	prg.lastGlue = 65535
	prg.lastPenalty = 0
	prg.lastKern = 0
	prg.pageSoFar[7] = 0
	prg.pageMaxDepth = 0 // this sets |last_glue:=max_halfword|
	if int32(q) != 30000-4 {
		*(*prg.mem[30000-2].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[30000-4].hh()).rh()
		prg.pageTail = q
	}

	// Delete \(t)the page-insertion nodes
	r1 = *(*prg.mem[30000].hh()).rh()
	for int32(r1) != 30000 {
		q = *(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh()
		prg.freeNode(r1, halfword(pageInsNodeSize))
		r1 = q
	}
	*(*prg.mem[30000].hh()).rh() = 30000
	if int32(prg.curMark[topMarkCode]) != 0 && int32(prg.curMark[firstMarkCode]) == 0 {
		prg.curMark[firstMarkCode] = prg.curMark[topMarkCode]
		*(*prg.mem[prg.curMark[topMarkCode]].hh()).lh() = uint16(int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.curMark[topMarkCode]].hh()).lh()) + 1)
	}
	if int32(*(*prg.eqtb[outputRoutineLoc-1].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
		if prg.deadCycles >= *prg.eqtb[intBase+maxDeadCyclesCode-1].int() {
			{
				if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
				}
				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
				prg.print( /* "Output loop---" */ 1005)
			}
			prg.printInt(prg.deadCycles)
			// \xref[Output loop...]
			prg.print( /* " consecutive dead cycles" */ 1006)
			{
				prg.helpPtr = 3
				prg.helpLine[2] = /* "I've concluded that your \\output is awry; it never does a" */ 1007
				prg.helpLine[1] = /* "\\shipout, so I'm shipping \\box255 out myself. Next time" */ 1008
				prg.helpLine[0] = /* "increase \\maxdeadcycles if you want me to be more patient!" */ 1009
			}
			prg.error1()
		} else {
			// Fire up the user's output routine and |return|
			prg.outputActive = true
			prg.deadCycles = prg.deadCycles + 1
			prg.pushNest()
			prg.curList.modeField = int16(-vmode)
			*prg.curList.auxField.int() = -65536000
			prg.curList.mlField = -prg.line
			prg.beginTokenList(*(*prg.eqtb[outputRoutineLoc-1].hh()).rh(), quarterword(outputText))
			prg.newSaveLevel(groupCode(outputGroup))
			prg.normalParagraph()
			prg.scanLeftBrace()

			goto exit
		}
	}

	// Perform the default output routine
	{
		if int32(*(*prg.mem[30000-2].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
			if int32(*(*prg.mem[30000-1].hh()).rh()) == 0 {
				if int32(prg.nestPtr) == 0 {
					prg.curList.tailField = prg.pageTail
				} else {
					prg.nest[0].tailField = prg.pageTail
				}
			} else {
				*(*prg.mem[prg.pageTail].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[30000-1].hh()).rh()
			}
			*(*prg.mem[30000-1].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[30000-2].hh()).rh()
			*(*prg.mem[30000-2].hh()).rh() = 0
			prg.pageTail = uint16(30000 - 2)
		}
		prg.shipOut(*(*prg.eqtb[boxBase+255-1].hh()).rh())
		*(*prg.eqtb[boxBase+255-1].hh()).rh() = 0
	}

exit:
} // \2

func (prg *prg) buildPage() {
	var (
		p                               halfword // the node being appended
		q, r1                           halfword // nodes being examined
		b, c                            int32    // badness and cost of current page
		pi                              int32    // penalty to be added to the badness
		n/* minQuarterword..255 */ byte          // insertion box number
		delta, h, w                     scaled   // sizes used for insertion calculations
	)
	if int32(*(*prg.mem[30000-1].hh()).rh()) == 0 || prg.outputActive {
		goto exit
	}
	for {
	continue1:
		p = *(*prg.mem[30000-1].hh()).rh()

		// Update the values of |last_glue|, |last_penalty|, and |last_kern|
		if int32(prg.lastGlue) != 65535 {
			prg.deleteGlueRef(prg.lastGlue)
		}
		prg.lastPenalty = 0
		prg.lastKern = 0
		if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) == glueNode {
			prg.lastGlue = *(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).lh()
			*(*prg.mem[prg.lastGlue].hh()).rh() = uint16(int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.lastGlue].hh()).rh()) + 1)
		} else {
			prg.lastGlue = 65535
			if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) == penaltyNode {
				prg.lastPenalty = *prg.mem[int32(p)+1].int()
			} else if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) == kernNode {
				prg.lastKern = *prg.mem[int32(p)+widthOffset].int()
			}
		}

		// Move node |p| to the current page; if it is time for a page break, put the nodes following the break back onto the contribution list, and |return| to the user's output routine if there is one

		// If the current page is empty and node |p| is to be deleted, |goto done1|; otherwise use node |p| to update the state of the current page; if this node is an insertion, |goto contribute|; otherwise if this node is not a legal breakpoint, |goto contribute| or |update_heights|; otherwise set |pi| to the penalty associated with this breakpoint
		switch *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0() {
		case hlistNode, vlistNode, ruleNode:
			if int32(prg.pageContents) < boxThere {
				if int32(prg.pageContents) == empty {
					prg.freezePageSpecs(smallNumber(boxThere))
				} else {
					prg.pageContents = byte(boxThere)
				}
				q = prg.newSkipParam(smallNumber(topSkipCode)) // now |temp_ptr=glue_ptr(q)|
				if *prg.mem[int32(prg.tempPtr)+widthOffset].int() > *prg.mem[int32(p)+heightOffset].int() {
					*prg.mem[int32(prg.tempPtr)+widthOffset].int() = *prg.mem[int32(prg.tempPtr)+widthOffset].int() - *prg.mem[int32(p)+heightOffset].int()
				} else {
					*prg.mem[int32(prg.tempPtr)+widthOffset].int() = 0
				}
				*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = p
				*(*prg.mem[30000-1].hh()).rh() = q
				goto continue1
			} else {
				// Prepare to move a box or rule node to the current page, then |goto contribute|
				prg.pageSoFar[1] = prg.pageSoFar[1] + prg.pageSoFar[7] + *prg.mem[int32(p)+heightOffset].int()
				prg.pageSoFar[7] = *prg.mem[int32(p)+depthOffset].int()

				goto contribute
			}

		case whatsitNode:
			// Prepare to move whatsit |p| to the current page, then |goto contribute|

			// Prepare to move whatsit |p| to the current page, then |goto contribute|
			goto contribute

		case glueNode:
			if int32(prg.pageContents) < boxThere {
				goto done1
			} else if int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.pageTail].hh()).b0()) < mathNode {
				pi = 0
			} else {
				goto updateHeights
			}
		case kernNode:
			if int32(prg.pageContents) < boxThere {
				goto done1
			} else if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()) == 0 {
				goto exit
			} else if int32(*(*prg.mem[*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()].hh()).b0()) == glueNode {
				pi = 0
			} else {
				goto updateHeights
			}
		case penaltyNode:
			if int32(prg.pageContents) < boxThere {
				goto done1
			} else {
				pi = *prg.mem[int32(p)+1].int()
			}
		case markNode:
			goto contribute
		case insNode:
			// Append an insertion to the current page and |goto contribute|
			if int32(prg.pageContents) == empty {
				prg.freezePageSpecs(smallNumber(insertsOnly))
			}
			n = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()
			r1 = 30000
			for int32(n) >= int32(*(*prg.mem[*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh()].hh()).b1()) {
				r1 = *(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh()
			}
			n = byte(int32(n) - minQuarterword)
			if int32(*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b1()) != int32(n)+minQuarterword {
				q = prg.getNode(pageInsNodeSize)
				*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh()
				*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh() = q
				r1 = q
				*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b1() = byte(int32(n) + minQuarterword)
				*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b0() = byte(inserting)
				prg.ensureVbox(n)
				if int32(*(*prg.eqtb[boxBase+int32(n)-1].hh()).rh()) == 0 {
					*prg.mem[int32(r1)+heightOffset].int() = 0
				} else {
					*prg.mem[int32(r1)+heightOffset].int() = *prg.mem[int32(*(*prg.eqtb[boxBase+int32(n)-1].hh()).rh())+heightOffset].int() + *prg.mem[int32(*(*prg.eqtb[boxBase+int32(n)-1].hh()).rh())+depthOffset].int()
				}
				*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+2].hh()).lh() = 0

				q = *(*prg.eqtb[skipBase+int32(n)-1].hh()).rh()
				if *prg.eqtb[countBase+int32(n)-1].int() == 1000 {
					h = *prg.mem[int32(r1)+heightOffset].int()
				} else {
					h = prg.xOverN(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+heightOffset].int(), 1000) * *prg.eqtb[countBase+int32(n)-1].int()
				}
				prg.pageSoFar[0] = prg.pageSoFar[0] - h - *prg.mem[int32(q)+widthOffset].int()

				prg.pageSoFar[2+int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0())] = prg.pageSoFar[2+int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0())] + *prg.mem[int32(q)+2].int()

				prg.pageSoFar[6] = prg.pageSoFar[6] + *prg.mem[int32(q)+3].int()
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b1()) != normal && *prg.mem[int32(q)+3].int() != 0 {
					{
						if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
						}
						prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
						prg.print( /* "Infinite glue shrinkage inserted from " */ 998)
					}
					prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "skip" */ 395))
					// \xref[Infinite glue shrinkage...]
					prg.printInt(int32(n))
					{
						prg.helpPtr = 3
						prg.helpLine[2] = /* "The correction glue for page breaking with insertions" */ 999
						prg.helpLine[1] = /* "must have finite shrinkability. But you may proceed," */ 1000
						prg.helpLine[0] = /* "since the offensive shrinkability has been made finite." */ 922
					}
					prg.error1()
				}
			}
			if int32(*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b0()) == splitUp {
				prg.insertPenalties = prg.insertPenalties + *prg.mem[int32(p)+1].int()
			} else {
				*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+2].hh()).rh() = p
				delta = prg.pageSoFar[0] - prg.pageSoFar[1] - prg.pageSoFar[7] + prg.pageSoFar[6]
				// this much room is left if we shrink the maximum
				if *prg.eqtb[countBase+int32(n)-1].int() == 1000 {
					h = *prg.mem[int32(p)+heightOffset].int()
				} else {
					h = prg.xOverN(*prg.mem[int32(p)+heightOffset].int(), 1000) * *prg.eqtb[countBase+int32(n)-1].int()
				} // this much room is needed
				if (h <= 0 || h <= delta) && *prg.mem[int32(p)+heightOffset].int()+*prg.mem[int32(r1)+heightOffset].int() <= *prg.eqtb[scaledBase+int32(n)-1].int() {
					prg.pageSoFar[0] = prg.pageSoFar[0] - h
					*prg.mem[int32(r1)+heightOffset].int() = *prg.mem[int32(r1)+heightOffset].int() + *prg.mem[int32(p)+heightOffset].int()
				} else {
					// Find the best way to split the insertion, and change |type(r)| to |split_up|
					if *prg.eqtb[countBase+int32(n)-1].int() <= 0 {
						w = 07777777777
					} else {
						w = prg.pageSoFar[0] - prg.pageSoFar[1] - prg.pageSoFar[7]
						if *prg.eqtb[countBase+int32(n)-1].int() != 1000 {
							w = prg.xOverN(w, *prg.eqtb[countBase+int32(n)-1].int()) * 1000
						}
					}
					if w > *prg.eqtb[scaledBase+int32(n)-1].int()-*prg.mem[int32(r1)+heightOffset].int() {
						w = *prg.eqtb[scaledBase+int32(n)-1].int() - *prg.mem[int32(r1)+heightOffset].int()
					}
					q = prg.vertBreak(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+4].hh()).lh(), w, *prg.mem[int32(p)+depthOffset].int())
					*prg.mem[int32(r1)+heightOffset].int() = *prg.mem[int32(r1)+heightOffset].int() + prg.bestHeightPlusDepth
					//  if eqtb[int_base+ tracing_pages_code].int  >0 then
					// [ Display the insertion split cost ]
					// begin begin_diagnostic; print_nl(["% split"=]1001); print_int(n);
					// [ \xref[split] ]
					// print([" to "=]1002); print_scaled(w);
					// print_char([","=]44); print_scaled(best_height_plus_depth);
					//
					// print([" p="=]931);
					// if q=0   then print_int(eject_penalty)
					// else if  mem[ q].hh.b0 =penalty_node then print_int( mem[ q+1].int )
					// else print_char(["0"=]48);
					// end_diagnostic(false);
					// end
					//
					// ; [  ]

					if *prg.eqtb[countBase+int32(n)-1].int() != 1000 {
						prg.bestHeightPlusDepth = prg.xOverN(prg.bestHeightPlusDepth, 1000) * *prg.eqtb[countBase+int32(n)-1].int()
					}
					prg.pageSoFar[0] = prg.pageSoFar[0] - prg.bestHeightPlusDepth
					*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b0() = byte(splitUp)
					*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+1].hh()).rh() = q
					*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+1].hh()).lh() = p
					if int32(q) == 0 {
						prg.insertPenalties = prg.insertPenalties + ejectPenalty
					} else if int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0()) == penaltyNode {
						prg.insertPenalties = prg.insertPenalties + *prg.mem[int32(q)+1].int()
					}
				}
			}

			goto contribute

		default:
			prg.confusion(strNumber( /* "page" */ 993))
			// \xref[this can't happen page][\quad page]
		}

		// Check if node |p| is a new champion breakpoint; then \(if)if it is time for a page break, prepare for output, and either fire up the user's output routine and |return| or ship out the page and |goto done|
		if pi < infPenalty {
			if prg.pageSoFar[1] < prg.pageSoFar[0] {
				if prg.pageSoFar[3] != 0 || prg.pageSoFar[4] != 0 || prg.pageSoFar[5] != 0 {
					b = 0
				} else {
					b = int32(prg.badness(prg.pageSoFar[0]-prg.pageSoFar[1], prg.pageSoFar[2]))
				}
			} else if prg.pageSoFar[1]-prg.pageSoFar[0] > prg.pageSoFar[6] {
				b = 07777777777
			} else {
				b = int32(prg.badness(prg.pageSoFar[1]-prg.pageSoFar[0], prg.pageSoFar[6]))
			}
			if b < 07777777777 {
				if pi <= ejectPenalty {
					c = pi
				} else if b < infBad {
					c = b + pi + prg.insertPenalties
				} else {
					c = 100000
				}
			} else {
				c = b
			}
			if prg.insertPenalties >= 10000 {
				c = 07777777777
			}
			//  if eqtb[int_base+ tracing_pages_code].int  >0 then
			// [ Display the page break cost ]
			// begin begin_diagnostic; print_nl(["%"=]37);
			// print([" t="=]927); print_totals;
			//
			// print([" g="=]996); print_scaled(page_so_far[0] );
			//
			// print([" b="=]930);
			// if b=[07777777777=]1073741823  then print_char(["*"=]42) else print_int(b);
			// [ \xref[*\relax] ]
			// print([" p="=]931); print_int(pi);
			// print([" c="=]997);
			// if c=[07777777777=]1073741823  then print_char(["*"=]42) else print_int(c);
			// if c<=least_page_cost then print_char(["#"=]35);
			// end_diagnostic(false);
			// end
			//
			// ; [  ]

			if c <= prg.leastPageCost {
				prg.bestPageBreak = p
				prg.bestSize = prg.pageSoFar[0]
				prg.leastPageCost = c
				r1 = *(*prg.mem[30000].hh()).rh()
				for int32(r1) != 30000 {
					*(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+2].hh()).lh() = *(*prg.mem[int32(r1)+2].hh()).rh()
					r1 = *(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh()
				}
			}
			if c == 07777777777 || pi <= ejectPenalty {
				prg.fireUp(p) // output the current page at the best place
				if prg.outputActive {
					goto exit
				} // user's output routine will act
				// user's output routine will act
				goto done // the page has been shipped out by default output routine
			}
		}
		if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) < glueNode || int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) > kernNode {
			goto contribute
		}

	updateHeights:
		if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) == kernNode {
			q = p
		} else {
			q = *(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).lh()
			prg.pageSoFar[2+int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0())] = prg.pageSoFar[2+int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0())] + *prg.mem[int32(q)+2].int()

			prg.pageSoFar[6] = prg.pageSoFar[6] + *prg.mem[int32(q)+3].int()
			if int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b1()) != normal && *prg.mem[int32(q)+3].int() != 0 {
				{
					if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
					}
					prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
					prg.print( /* "Infinite glue shrinkage found on current page" */ 994)
				}

				// \xref[Infinite glue shrinkage...]
				{
					prg.helpPtr = 4
					prg.helpLine[3] = /* "The page about to be output contains some infinitely" */ 995
					prg.helpLine[2] = /* "shrinkable glue, e.g., `\\vss' or `\\vskip 0pt minus 1fil'." */ 963
					prg.helpLine[1] = /* "Such glue doesn't belong there; but you can safely proceed," */ 964
					prg.helpLine[0] = /* "since the offensive shrinkability has been made finite." */ 922
				}
				prg.error1()
				r1 = prg.newSpec(q)
				*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b1() = byte(normal)
				prg.deleteGlueRef(q)
				*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).lh() = r1
				q = r1
			}
		}
		prg.pageSoFar[1] = prg.pageSoFar[1] + prg.pageSoFar[7] + *prg.mem[int32(q)+widthOffset].int()
		prg.pageSoFar[7] = 0

	contribute:
		if prg.pageSoFar[7] > prg.pageMaxDepth {
			prg.pageSoFar[1] = prg.pageSoFar[1] + prg.pageSoFar[7] - prg.pageMaxDepth

			prg.pageSoFar[7] = prg.pageMaxDepth
		}

		// Link node |p| into the current page and |goto done|
		*(*prg.mem[prg.pageTail].hh()).rh() = p
		prg.pageTail = p
		*(*prg.mem[30000-1].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
		*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = 0
		goto done

	done1:
		*(*prg.mem[30000-1].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
		*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = 0
		prg.flushNodeList(p)

	done:
		;
		if int32(*(*prg.mem[30000-1].hh()).rh()) == 0 {
			break
		}
	}

	// Make the contribution list empty by setting its tail to |contrib_head|
	if int32(prg.nestPtr) == 0 {
		prg.curList.tailField = uint16(30000 - 1)
	} else {
		prg.nest[0].tailField = uint16(30000 - 1)
	}

exit:
}

// 1029. \[46] The chief executive

// tangle:pos tex.web:19977:26:

// We come now to the |main_control| routine, which contains the master
// switch that causes all the various pieces of \TeX\ to do their things,
// in the right order.
//
// In a sense, this is the grand climax of the program: It applies all the
// tools that we have worked so hard to construct. In another sense, this is
// the messiest part of the program: It necessarily refers to other pieces
// of code all over the place, so that a person can't fully understand what is
// going on without paging back and forth to be reminded of conventions that
// are defined elsewhere. We are now at the hub of the web, the central nervous
// system that touches most of the other parts and ties them together.
// \xref[brain]
//
// The structure of |main_control| itself is quite simple. There's a label
// called |big_switch|, at which point the next token of input is fetched
// using |get_x_token|. Then the program branches at high speed into one of
// about 100 possible directions, based on the value of the current
// mode and the newly fetched command code; the sum |abs(mode)+cur_cmd|
// indicates what to do next. For example, the case `|vmode+letter|' arises
// when a letter occurs in vertical mode (or internal vertical mode); this
// case leads to instructions that initialize a new paragraph and enter
// horizontal mode.
//
// The big |case| statement that contains this multiway switch has been labeled
// |reswitch|, so that the program can |goto reswitch| when the next token
// has already been fetched. Most of the cases are quite short; they call
// an ``action procedure'' that does the work for that case, and then they
// either |goto reswitch| or they ``fall through'' to the end of the |case|
// statement, which returns control back to |big_switch|. Thus, |main_control|
// is not an extremely large procedure, in spite of the multiplicity of things
// it must do; it is small enough to be handled by \PASCAL\ compilers that put
// severe restrictions on procedure size.
//  \xref[action procedure]
//
// One case is singled out for special treatment, because it accounts for most
// of \TeX's activities in typical applications. The process of reading simple
// text and converting it into |char_node| records, while looking for ligatures
// and kerns, is part of \TeX's ``inner loop''; the whole program runs
// efficiently when its inner loop is fast, so this part has been written
// with particular care.

// 1030.

// tangle:pos tex.web:20017:22:

// We shall concentrate first on the inner loop of |main_control|, deferring
// consideration of the other cases until later.
// \xref[inner loop]
// \4
// Declare action procedures for use by |main_control|
func (prg *prg) appSpace() { // handle spaces when |space_factor<>1000|
	var (
		q halfword // glue node
	)
	if int32(*(*prg.curList.auxField.hh()).lh()) >= 2000 && int32(*(*prg.eqtb[glueBase+xspaceSkipCode-1].hh()).rh()) != memBot {
		q = prg.newParamGlue(smallNumber(xspaceSkipCode))
	} else {
		if int32(*(*prg.eqtb[glueBase+spaceSkipCode-1].hh()).rh()) != memBot {
			prg.mainP = *(*prg.eqtb[glueBase+spaceSkipCode-1].hh()).rh()
		} else {
			// Find the glue specification...
			prg.mainP = prg.fontGlue[*(*prg.eqtb[curFontLoc-1].hh()).rh()]
			if int32(prg.mainP) == 0 {
				prg.mainP = prg.newSpec(halfword(memBot))
				prg.mainK = uint16(prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[curFontLoc-1].hh()).rh()] + spaceCode)
				*prg.mem[int32(prg.mainP)+widthOffset].int() = *prg.fontInfo[prg.mainK].int() // that's |space(cur_font)|
				*prg.mem[int32(prg.mainP)+2].int() = *prg.fontInfo[int32(prg.mainK)+1].int()  // and |space_stretch(cur_font)|
				*prg.mem[int32(prg.mainP)+3].int() = *prg.fontInfo[int32(prg.mainK)+2].int()  // and |space_shrink(cur_font)|
				prg.fontGlue[*(*prg.eqtb[curFontLoc-1].hh()).rh()] = prg.mainP
			}
		}
		prg.mainP = prg.newSpec(prg.mainP)

		// Modify the glue specification in |main_p| according to the space factor
		if int32(*(*prg.curList.auxField.hh()).lh()) >= 2000 {
			*prg.mem[int32(prg.mainP)+widthOffset].int() = *prg.mem[int32(prg.mainP)+widthOffset].int() + *prg.fontInfo[extraSpaceCode+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[curFontLoc-1].hh()).rh()]].int()
		}
		*prg.mem[int32(prg.mainP)+2].int() = prg.xnOverD(*prg.mem[int32(prg.mainP)+2].int(), int32(*(*prg.curList.auxField.hh()).lh()), 1000)
		*prg.mem[int32(prg.mainP)+3].int() = prg.xnOverD(*prg.mem[int32(prg.mainP)+3].int(), 1000, int32(*(*prg.curList.auxField.hh()).lh()))
		q = prg.newGlue(prg.mainP)
		*(*prg.mem[prg.mainP].hh()).rh() = 0
	}
	*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = q
	prg.curList.tailField = q
}

func (prg *prg) insertDollarSign() {
	prg.backInput()
	prg.curTok = uint16(mathShiftToken + '$')
	{
		if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
		}
		prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
		prg.print( /* "Missing $ inserted" */ 1017)
	}
	// \xref[Missing \$ inserted]
	{
		prg.helpPtr = 2
		prg.helpLine[1] = /* "I've inserted a begin-math/end-math symbol since I think" */ 1018
		prg.helpLine[0] = /* "you left one out. Proceed, with fingers crossed." */ 1019
	}
	prg.insError()
}

func (prg *prg) youCant() {
	{
		if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
		}
		prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
		prg.print( /* "You can't use `" */ 685)
	}
	// \xref[You can't use x in y mode]
	prg.printCmdChr(prg.curCmd, prg.curChr)
	prg.print( /* "' in " */ 1020)
	prg.printMode(int32(prg.curList.modeField))
}

func (prg *prg) reportIllegalCase() {
	prg.youCant()
	{
		prg.helpPtr = 4
		prg.helpLine[3] = /* "Sorry, but I'm not programmed to handle this case;" */ 1021
		prg.helpLine[2] = /* "I'll just pretend that you didn't ask for it." */ 1022
		prg.helpLine[1] = /* "If you're in the wrong mode, you might be able to" */ 1023
		prg.helpLine[0] = /* "return to the right one by typing `I]' or `I$' or `I\\par'." */ 1024
	}

	prg.error1()
}

func (prg *prg) privileged() (r bool) {
	if int32(prg.curList.modeField) > 0 {
		r = true
	} else {
		prg.reportIllegalCase()
		r = false
	}
	return r
}

func (prg *prg) itsAllOver() (r bool) {
	if prg.privileged() {
		if 30000-2 == int32(prg.pageTail) && int32(prg.curList.headField) == int32(prg.curList.tailField) && prg.deadCycles == 0 {
			r = true
			goto exit
		}
		prg.backInput() // we will try to end again after ejecting residual material
		{
			*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.newNullBox()
			prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
		}
		*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+widthOffset].int() = *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+hsizeCode-1].int()
		{
			*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.newGlue(halfword(memBot + glueSpecSize + glueSpecSize))
			prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
		}
		{
			*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.newPenalty(-010000000000)
			prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
		}

		prg.buildPage() // append \.[\\hbox to \\hsize\[\]\\vfill\\penalty-'10000000000]
	}
	r = false

exit:
	;
	return r
}

func (prg *prg) appendGlue() {
	var (
		s smallNumber // modifier of skip command
	)
	s = byte(prg.curChr)
	switch s {
	case filCode:
		prg.curVal = memBot + glueSpecSize
	case fillCode:
		prg.curVal = memBot + glueSpecSize + glueSpecSize
	case ssCode:
		prg.curVal = memBot + glueSpecSize + glueSpecSize + glueSpecSize
	case filNegCode:
		prg.curVal = memBot + glueSpecSize + glueSpecSize + glueSpecSize + glueSpecSize
	case skipCode:
		prg.scanGlue(smallNumber(glueVal))
	case mskipCode:
		prg.scanGlue(smallNumber(muVal))
	} // now |cur_val| points to the glue specification
	{
		*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.newGlue(halfword(prg.curVal))
		prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
	}
	if int32(s) >= skipCode {
		*(*prg.mem[prg.curVal].hh()).rh() = uint16(int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.curVal].hh()).rh()) - 1)
		if int32(s) > skipCode {
			*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).b1() = byte(muGlue)
		}
	}
}

func (prg *prg) appendKern() {
	var (
		s quarterword // |subtype| of the kern node
	)
	s = byte(prg.curChr)
	prg.scanDimen(int32(s) == muGlue, false, false)
	{
		*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.newKern(prg.curVal)
		prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
	}
	*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).b1() = s
}

func (prg *prg) offSave() {
	var (
		p halfword // inserted token
	)
	if int32(prg.curGroup) == bottomLevel {
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			}
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
			prg.print( /* "Extra " */ 777)
		}
		prg.printCmdChr(prg.curCmd, prg.curChr)
		// \xref[Extra x]
		{
			prg.helpPtr = 1
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "Things are pretty mixed up, but I think the worst is over." */ 1043
		}

		prg.error1()
	} else {
		prg.backInput()
		p = prg.getAvail()
		*(*prg.mem[30000-3].hh()).rh() = p
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			}
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
			prg.print( /* "Missing " */ 625)
		}

		// Prepare to insert a token that matches |cur_group|, and print what it is
		switch prg.curGroup {
		case semiSimpleGroup:
			*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh() = uint16(07777 + frozenEndGroup)
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "endgroup" */ 516))
		// \xref[Missing \\endgroup inserted]

		case mathShiftGroup:
			*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh() = uint16(mathShiftToken + '$')
			prg.printChar(asciiCode('$'))
		// \xref[Missing \$ inserted]

		case mathLeftGroup:
			*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh() = uint16(07777 + frozenRight)
			*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = prg.getAvail()
			p = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
			*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh() = uint16(otherToken + '.')
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "right." */ 1042))
		// \xref[Missing \\right\hbox[.] inserted]
		// \xref[null delimiter]

		default:
			*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh() = uint16(rightBraceToken + '}')
			prg.printChar(asciiCode('}'))
			// \xref[Missing \] inserted]

		}
		prg.print( /* " inserted" */ 626)
		prg.beginTokenList(*(*prg.mem[30000-3].hh()).rh(), quarterword(inserted))
		{
			prg.helpPtr = 5
			prg.helpLine[4] = /* "I've inserted something that you may have forgotten." */ 1037
			prg.helpLine[3] = /* "(See the <inserted text> above.)" */ 1038
			prg.helpLine[2] = /* "With luck, this will get me unwedged. But if you" */ 1039
			prg.helpLine[1] = /* "really didn't forget anything, try typing `2' now; then" */ 1040
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "my insertion and my current dilemma will both disappear." */ 1041
		}
		prg.error1()
	}
}

func (prg *prg) extraRightBrace() {
	{
		if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
		}
		prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
		prg.print( /* "Extra ], or forgotten " */ 1048)
	}
	// \xref[Extra \], or forgotten x]
	switch prg.curGroup {
	case semiSimpleGroup:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "endgroup" */ 516))
	case mathShiftGroup:
		prg.printChar(asciiCode('$'))
	case mathLeftGroup:
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "right" */ 877))
	}

	{
		prg.helpPtr = 5
		prg.helpLine[4] = /* "I've deleted a group-closing symbol because it seems to be" */ 1049
		prg.helpLine[3] = /* "spurious, as in `$x]$'. But perhaps the ] is legitimate and" */ 1050
		prg.helpLine[2] = /* "you forgot something else, as in `\\hbox[$x]'. In such cases" */ 1051
		prg.helpLine[1] = /* "the way to recover is to insert both the forgotten and the" */ 1052
		prg.helpLine[0] = /* "deleted material, e.g., by typing `I$]'." */ 1053
	}
	prg.error1()
	prg.alignState = prg.alignState + 1
} // \2

func (prg *prg) normalParagraph() {
	if *prg.eqtb[intBase+loosenessCode-1].int() != 0 {
		prg.eqWordDefine(halfword(intBase+loosenessCode), 0)
	}
	if *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+hangIndentCode-1].int() != 0 {
		prg.eqWordDefine(halfword(dimenBase+hangIndentCode), 0)
	}
	if *prg.eqtb[intBase+hangAfterCode-1].int() != 1 {
		prg.eqWordDefine(halfword(intBase+hangAfterCode), 1)
	}
	if int32(*(*prg.eqtb[parShapeLoc-1].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
		prg.eqDefine(halfword(parShapeLoc), quarterword(shapeRef), halfword(0))
	}
}

func (prg *prg) boxEnd(boxContext int32) {
	var (
		p halfword // |ord_noad| for new box in math mode
	)
	if boxContext < 010000000000 {
		if int32(prg.curBox) != 0 {
			*prg.mem[int32(prg.curBox)+4].int() = boxContext
			if abs(int32(prg.curList.modeField)) == vmode {
				prg.appendToVlist(prg.curBox)
				if int32(prg.adjustTail) != 0 {
					if 30000-5 != int32(prg.adjustTail) {
						*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[30000-5].hh()).rh()
						prg.curList.tailField = prg.adjustTail
					}
					prg.adjustTail = 0
				}
				if int32(prg.curList.modeField) > 0 {
					prg.buildPage()
				}
			} else {
				if abs(int32(prg.curList.modeField)) == hmode {
					*(*prg.curList.auxField.hh()).lh() = 1000
				} else {
					p = prg.newNoad()
					*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).rh() = uint16(subBox)
					*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).lh() = prg.curBox
					prg.curBox = p
				}
				*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.curBox
				prg.curList.tailField = prg.curBox
			}
		}
	} else if boxContext < 010000000000+512 {
		if boxContext < 010000000000+256 {
			prg.eqDefine(halfword(boxBase-010000000000+boxContext), quarterword(boxRef), prg.curBox)
		} else {
			prg.geqDefine(halfword(boxBase-010000000000-256+boxContext), quarterword(boxRef), prg.curBox)
		}
	} else if int32(prg.curBox) != 0 {
		if boxContext > 010000000000+512 {
			for {
				prg.getXToken()
				if int32(prg.curCmd) != spacer && int32(prg.curCmd) != relax {
					break
				}
			}
			if int32(prg.curCmd) == hskip && abs(int32(prg.curList.modeField)) != vmode || int32(prg.curCmd) == vskip && abs(int32(prg.curList.modeField)) == vmode {
				prg.appendGlue()
				*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).b1() = byte(boxContext - (010000000000 + 513 - aLeaders))
				*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+1].hh()).rh() = prg.curBox
			} else {
				{
					if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
					}
					prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
					prg.print( /* "Leaders not followed by proper glue" */ 1066)
				}
				// \xref[Leaders not followed by...]
				{
					prg.helpPtr = 3
					prg.helpLine[2] = /* "You should say `\\leaders <box or rule><hskip or vskip>'." */ 1067
					prg.helpLine[1] = /* "I found the <box or rule>, but there's no suitable" */ 1068
					prg.helpLine[0] = /* "<hskip or vskip>, so I'm ignoring these leaders." */ 1069
				}
				prg.backError()
				prg.flushNodeList(prg.curBox)
			}
		} else {
			prg.shipOut(prg.curBox)
		}
	}
}

func (prg *prg) beginBox(boxContext int32) {
	var (
		p, q halfword    // run through the current list
		m    quarterword // the length of a replacement list
		k    halfword    // 0 or |vmode| or |hmode|
		n    eightBits   // a box number
	)
	switch prg.curChr {
	case boxCode:
		prg.scanEightBitInt()
		prg.curBox = *(*prg.eqtb[boxBase+prg.curVal-1].hh()).rh()
		*(*prg.eqtb[boxBase+prg.curVal-1].hh()).rh() = 0 // the box becomes void, at the same level

	case copyCode:
		prg.scanEightBitInt()
		prg.curBox = prg.copyNodeList(*(*prg.eqtb[boxBase+prg.curVal-1].hh()).rh())

	case lastBoxCode:
		// If the current list ends with a box node, delete it from the list and make |cur_box| point to it; otherwise set |cur_box:=null|
		prg.curBox = 0
		if abs(int32(prg.curList.modeField)) == mmode {
			prg.youCant()
			{
				prg.helpPtr = 1
				prg.helpLine[0] = /* "Sorry; this \\lastbox will be void." */ 1070
			}
			prg.error1()
		} else if int32(prg.curList.modeField) == vmode && int32(prg.curList.headField) == int32(prg.curList.tailField) {
			prg.youCant()
			{
				prg.helpPtr = 2
				prg.helpLine[1] = /* "Sorry...I usually can't take things from the current page." */ 1071
				prg.helpLine[0] = /* "This \\lastbox will therefore be void." */ 1072
			}
			prg.error1()
		} else {
			if !(int32(prg.curList.tailField) >= int32(prg.hiMemMin)) {
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).b0()) == hlistNode || int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).b0()) == vlistNode {
					q = prg.curList.headField
					for {
						p = q
						if !(int32(q) >= int32(prg.hiMemMin)) {
							if int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0()) == discNode {
								for ii := int32(1); ii <= int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b1()); ii++ {
									m = quarterword(ii)
									_ = m
									p = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
								}
								if int32(p) == int32(prg.curList.tailField) {
									goto done
								}
							}
						}
						q = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
						if int32(q) == int32(prg.curList.tailField) {
							break
						}
					}
					prg.curBox = prg.curList.tailField
					*prg.mem[int32(prg.curBox)+4].int() = 0
					prg.curList.tailField = p
					*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = 0

				done:
				}
			}
		}

	case vsplitCode:
		// Split off part of a vertical box, make |cur_box| point to it
		prg.scanEightBitInt()
		n = byte(prg.curVal)
		if !prg.scanKeyword(strNumber(842)) {
			{
				if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
				}
				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
				prg.print( /* "Missing `to' inserted" */ 1073)
			}
			// \xref[Missing `to' inserted]
			{
				prg.helpPtr = 2
				prg.helpLine[1] = /* "I'm working on `\\vsplit<box number> to <dimen>';" */ 1074
				prg.helpLine[0] = /* "will look for the <dimen> next." */ 1075
			}
			prg.error1()
		}
		prg.scanDimen(false, false, false)
		prg.curBox = prg.vsplit(n, prg.curVal)

	default:
		k = uint16(int32(prg.curChr) - vtopCode)
		*prg.saveStack[int32(prg.savePtr)+0].int() = boxContext
		if int32(k) == hmode {
			if boxContext < 010000000000 && abs(int32(prg.curList.modeField)) == vmode {
				prg.scanSpec(groupCode(adjustedHboxGroup), true)
			} else {
				prg.scanSpec(groupCode(hboxGroup), true)
			}
		} else {
			if int32(k) == vmode {
				prg.scanSpec(groupCode(vboxGroup), true)
			} else {
				prg.scanSpec(groupCode(vtopGroup), true)
				k = uint16(vmode)
			}
			prg.normalParagraph()
		}
		prg.pushNest()
		prg.curList.modeField = int16(-int32(k))
		if int32(k) == vmode {
			*prg.curList.auxField.int() = -65536000
			if int32(*(*prg.eqtb[everyVboxLoc-1].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
				prg.beginTokenList(*(*prg.eqtb[everyVboxLoc-1].hh()).rh(), quarterword(everyVboxText))
			}
		} else {
			*(*prg.curList.auxField.hh()).lh() = 1000
			if int32(*(*prg.eqtb[everyHboxLoc-1].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
				prg.beginTokenList(*(*prg.eqtb[everyHboxLoc-1].hh()).rh(), quarterword(everyHboxText))
			}
		}

		goto exit

	}

	prg.boxEnd(boxContext) // in simple cases, we use the box immediately
	// in simple cases, we use the box immediately
exit:
}

func (prg *prg) scanBox(boxContext int32) {
	for {
		prg.getXToken()
		if int32(prg.curCmd) != spacer && int32(prg.curCmd) != relax {
			break
		}
	}
	if int32(prg.curCmd) == makeBox {
		prg.beginBox(boxContext)
	} else if boxContext >= 010000000000+513 && (int32(prg.curCmd) == hrule || int32(prg.curCmd) == vrule) {
		prg.curBox = prg.scanRuleSpec()
		prg.boxEnd(boxContext)
	} else {
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			}
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
			prg.print( /* "A <box> was supposed to be here" */ 1076)
		}

		// \xref[A <box> was supposed to...]
		{
			prg.helpPtr = 3
			prg.helpLine[2] = /* "I was expecting to see \\hbox or \\vbox or \\copy or \\box or" */ 1077
			prg.helpLine[1] = /* "something like that. So you might find something missing in" */ 1078
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "your output. But keep trying; you can fix this later." */ 1079
		}
		prg.backError()
	}
}

func (prg *prg) package1(c smallNumber) {
	var (
		h scaled   // height of box
		p halfword // first node in a box
		d scaled   // max depth
	)
	d = *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+boxMaxDepthCode-1].int()
	prg.unsave()
	prg.savePtr = uint16(int32(prg.savePtr) - 3)
	if int32(prg.curList.modeField) == -hmode {
		prg.curBox = prg.hpack(*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.headField].hh()).rh(), *prg.saveStack[int32(prg.savePtr)+2].int(), smallNumber(*prg.saveStack[int32(prg.savePtr)+1].int()))
	} else {
		prg.curBox = prg.vpackage(*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.headField].hh()).rh(), *prg.saveStack[int32(prg.savePtr)+2].int(), smallNumber(*prg.saveStack[int32(prg.savePtr)+1].int()), d)
		if int32(c) == vtopCode {
			h = 0
			p = *(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curBox)+listOffset].hh()).rh()
			if int32(p) != 0 {
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) <= ruleNode {
					h = *prg.mem[int32(p)+heightOffset].int()
				}
			}
			*prg.mem[int32(prg.curBox)+depthOffset].int() = *prg.mem[int32(prg.curBox)+depthOffset].int() - h + *prg.mem[int32(prg.curBox)+heightOffset].int()
			*prg.mem[int32(prg.curBox)+heightOffset].int() = h
		}
	}
	prg.popNest()
	prg.boxEnd(*prg.saveStack[int32(prg.savePtr)+0].int())
}

func (prg *prg) normMin(h int32) (r smallNumber) {
	if h <= 0 {
		r = 1
	} else if h >= 63 {
		r = 63
	} else {
		r = byte(h)
	}
	return r
}

func (prg *prg) newGraf(indented bool) {
	prg.curList.pgField = 0
	if int32(prg.curList.modeField) == vmode || int32(prg.curList.headField) != int32(prg.curList.tailField) {
		*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.newParamGlue(smallNumber(parSkipCode))
		prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
	}
	prg.pushNest()
	prg.curList.modeField = int16(hmode)
	*(*prg.curList.auxField.hh()).lh() = 1000
	if *prg.eqtb[intBase+languageCode-1].int() <= 0 {
		prg.curLang = 0
	} else if *prg.eqtb[intBase+languageCode-1].int() > 255 {
		prg.curLang = 0
	} else {
		prg.curLang = byte(*prg.eqtb[intBase+languageCode-1].int())
	}
	*(*prg.curList.auxField.hh()).rh() = uint16(prg.curLang)
	prg.curList.pgField = (int32(prg.normMin(*prg.eqtb[intBase+leftHyphenMinCode-1].int()))*0100+int32(prg.normMin(*prg.eqtb[intBase+rightHyphenMinCode-1].int())))*0200000 + int32(prg.curLang)
	if indented {
		prg.curList.tailField = prg.newNullBox()
		*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.headField].hh()).rh() = prg.curList.tailField
		*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+widthOffset].int() = *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+parIndentCode-1].int()
	}
	if int32(*(*prg.eqtb[everyParLoc-1].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
		prg.beginTokenList(*(*prg.eqtb[everyParLoc-1].hh()).rh(), quarterword(everyParText))
	}
	if int32(prg.nestPtr) == 1 {
		prg.buildPage()
	} // put |par_skip| glue on current page
}

func (prg *prg) indentInHmode() {
	var (
		p, q halfword
	)
	if int32(prg.curChr) > 0 {
		p = prg.newNullBox()
		*prg.mem[int32(p)+widthOffset].int() = *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+parIndentCode-1].int()
		if abs(int32(prg.curList.modeField)) == hmode {
			*(*prg.curList.auxField.hh()).lh() = 1000
		} else {
			q = prg.newNoad()
			*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).rh() = uint16(subBox)
			*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).lh() = p
			p = q
		}
		{
			*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = p
			prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
		}
	}
}

func (prg *prg) headForVmode() {
	if int32(prg.curList.modeField) < 0 {
		if int32(prg.curCmd) != hrule {
			prg.offSave()
		} else {
			{
				if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
				}
				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
				prg.print( /* "You can't use `" */ 685)
			}
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "hrule" */ 521))
			prg.print( /* "' here except with leaders" */ 1082)
			// \xref[You can't use \\hrule...]
			{
				prg.helpPtr = 2
				prg.helpLine[1] = /* "To put a horizontal rule in an hbox or an alignment," */ 1083
				prg.helpLine[0] = /* "you should use \\leaders or \\hrulefill (see The TeXbook)." */ 1084
			}
			prg.error1()
		}
	} else {
		prg.backInput()
		prg.curTok = prg.parToken
		prg.backInput()
		prg.curInput.indexField = byte(inserted)
	}
}

func (prg *prg) endGraf() {
	if int32(prg.curList.modeField) == hmode {
		if int32(prg.curList.headField) == int32(prg.curList.tailField) {
			prg.popNest()
		} else {
			prg.lineBreak(*prg.eqtb[intBase+widowPenaltyCode-1].int())
		}
		prg.normalParagraph()
		prg.errorCount = 0
	}
}

func (prg *prg) beginInsertOrAdjust() {
	if int32(prg.curCmd) == vadjust {
		prg.curVal = 255
	} else {
		prg.scanEightBitInt()
		if prg.curVal == 255 {
			{
				if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
				}
				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
				prg.print( /* "You can't " */ 1085)
			}
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "insert" */ 330))
			prg.printInt(255)
			// \xref[You can't \\insert255]
			{
				prg.helpPtr = 1
				prg.helpLine[0] = /* "I'm changing to \\insert0; box 255 is special." */ 1086
			}
			prg.error1()
			prg.curVal = 0
		}
	}
	*prg.saveStack[int32(prg.savePtr)+0].int() = prg.curVal
	prg.savePtr = uint16(int32(prg.savePtr) + 1)
	prg.newSaveLevel(groupCode(insertGroup))
	prg.scanLeftBrace()
	prg.normalParagraph()
	prg.pushNest()
	prg.curList.modeField = int16(-vmode)
	*prg.curList.auxField.int() = -65536000
}

func (prg *prg) makeMark() {
	var (
		p halfword // new node
	)
	p = prg.scanToks(false, true)
	p = prg.getNode(smallNodeSize)
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0() = byte(markNode)
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1() = 0 // the |subtype| is not used
	*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].int() = int32(prg.defRef)
	*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = p
	prg.curList.tailField = p
}

func (prg *prg) appendPenalty() {
	prg.scanInt()
	{
		*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.newPenalty(prg.curVal)
		prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
	}
	if int32(prg.curList.modeField) == vmode {
		prg.buildPage()
	}
}

func (prg *prg) deleteLast() {
	var (
		p, q halfword    // run through the current list
		m    quarterword // the length of a replacement list
	)
	if int32(prg.curList.modeField) == vmode && int32(prg.curList.tailField) == int32(prg.curList.headField) {
		if int32(prg.curChr) != glueNode || int32(prg.lastGlue) != 65535 {
			prg.youCant()
			{
				prg.helpPtr = 2
				prg.helpLine[1] = /* "Sorry...I usually can't take things from the current page." */ 1071
				prg.helpLine[0] = /* "Try `I\\vskip-\\lastskip' instead." */ 1087
			}
			if int32(prg.curChr) == kernNode {
				prg.helpLine[0] = uint16(1088)
			} else if int32(prg.curChr) != glueNode {
				prg.helpLine[0] = uint16(1089)
			}
			prg.error1()
		}
	} else {
		if !(int32(prg.curList.tailField) >= int32(prg.hiMemMin)) {
			if int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).b0()) == int32(prg.curChr) {
				q = prg.curList.headField
				for {
					p = q
					if !(int32(q) >= int32(prg.hiMemMin)) {
						if int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0()) == discNode {
							for ii := int32(1); ii <= int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b1()); ii++ {
								m = quarterword(ii)
								_ = m
								p = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
							}
							if int32(p) == int32(prg.curList.tailField) {
								goto exit
							}
						}
					}
					q = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
					if int32(q) == int32(prg.curList.tailField) {
						break
					}
				}
				*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = 0
				prg.flushNodeList(prg.curList.tailField)
				prg.curList.tailField = p
			}
		}
	}

exit:
}

func (prg *prg) unpackage() {
	var (
		p                             halfword // the box
		c/* boxCode..copyCode */ byte          // should we copy?
	)
	c = byte(prg.curChr)
	prg.scanEightBitInt()
	p = *(*prg.eqtb[boxBase+prg.curVal-1].hh()).rh()
	if int32(p) == 0 {
		goto exit
	}
	if abs(int32(prg.curList.modeField)) == mmode || abs(int32(prg.curList.modeField)) == vmode && int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) != vlistNode || abs(int32(prg.curList.modeField)) == hmode && int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) != hlistNode {
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			}
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
			prg.print( /* "Incompatible list can't be unboxed" */ 1097)
		}
		// \xref[Incompatible list...]
		{
			prg.helpPtr = 3
			prg.helpLine[2] = /* "Sorry, Pandora. (You sneaky devil.)" */ 1098
			prg.helpLine[1] = /* "I refuse to unbox an \\hbox in vertical mode or vice versa." */ 1099
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "And I can't open any boxes in math mode." */ 1100
		}

		prg.error1()
		goto exit
	}
	if int32(c) == copyCode {
		*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.copyNodeList(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+listOffset].hh()).rh())
	} else {
		*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[int32(p)+listOffset].hh()).rh()
		*(*prg.eqtb[boxBase+prg.curVal-1].hh()).rh() = 0
		prg.freeNode(p, halfword(boxNodeSize))
	}
	for int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
		prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
	}

exit:
}

func (prg *prg) appendItalicCorrection() {
	var (
		p halfword           // |char_node| at the tail of the current list
		f internalFontNumber // the font in the |char_node|
	)
	if int32(prg.curList.tailField) != int32(prg.curList.headField) {
		if int32(prg.curList.tailField) >= int32(prg.hiMemMin) {
			p = prg.curList.tailField
		} else if int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).b0()) == ligatureNode {
			p = uint16(int32(prg.curList.tailField) + 1)
		} else {
			goto exit
		}
		f = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()
		{
			*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.newKern(*prg.fontInfo[prg.italicBase[f]+(int32((*prg.fontInfo[prg.charBase[f]+int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1())].qqqq()).b2)-minQuarterword)/4].int())
			prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
		}
		*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).b1() = byte(explicit)
	}

exit:
}

func (prg *prg) appendDiscretionary() {
	var (
		c int32 // hyphen character
	)
	{
		*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.newDisc()
		prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
	}
	if int32(prg.curChr) == 1 {
		c = prg.hyphenChar[*(*prg.eqtb[curFontLoc-1].hh()).rh()]
		if c >= 0 {
			if c < 256 {
				*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+1].hh()).lh() = prg.newCharacter(internalFontNumber(*(*prg.eqtb[curFontLoc-1].hh()).rh()), eightBits(c))
			}
		}
	} else {
		prg.savePtr = uint16(int32(prg.savePtr) + 1)
		*prg.saveStack[int32(prg.savePtr)+-1].int() = 0
		prg.newSaveLevel(groupCode(discGroup))
		prg.scanLeftBrace()
		prg.pushNest()
		prg.curList.modeField = int16(-hmode)
		*(*prg.curList.auxField.hh()).lh() = 1000
	}
}

func (prg *prg) buildDiscretionary() {
	var (
		p, q halfword // for link manipulation
		n    int32    // length of discretionary list
	)
	prg.unsave()

	// Prune the current list, if necessary, until it contains only |char_node|, |kern_node|, |hlist_node|, |vlist_node|, |rule_node|, and |ligature_node| items; set |n| to the length of the list, and set |q| to the list's tail
	q = prg.curList.headField
	p = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()
	n = 0
	for int32(p) != 0 {
		if !(int32(p) >= int32(prg.hiMemMin)) {
			if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) > ruleNode {
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) != kernNode {
					if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) != ligatureNode {
						{
							if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
							}
							prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
							prg.print( /* "Improper discretionary list" */ 1107)
						}
						// \xref[Improper discretionary list]
						{
							prg.helpPtr = 1
							prg.helpLine[0] = /* "Discretionary lists must contain only boxes and kerns." */ 1108
						}

						prg.error1()
						prg.beginDiagnostic()
						prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "The following discretionary sublist has been deleted:" */ 1109))
						// \xref[The following...deleted]
						prg.showBox(p)
						prg.endDiagnostic(true)
						prg.flushNodeList(p)
						*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = 0
						goto done
					}
				}
			}
		}
		q = p
		p = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()
		n = n + 1
	}

done:
	;
	p = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.headField].hh()).rh()
	prg.popNest()
	switch *prg.saveStack[int32(prg.savePtr)+-1].int() {
	case 0:
		*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+1].hh()).lh() = p
	case 1:
		*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+1].hh()).rh() = p
	case 2:
		// Attach list |p| to the current list, and record its length; then finish up and |return|
		if n > 0 && abs(int32(prg.curList.modeField)) == mmode {
			{
				if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
				}
				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
				prg.print( /* "Illegal math " */ 1101)
			}
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "discretionary" */ 349))
			// \xref[Illegal math \\disc...]
			{
				prg.helpPtr = 2
				prg.helpLine[1] = /* "Sorry: The third part of a discretionary break must be" */ 1102
				prg.helpLine[0] = /* "empty, in math formulas. I had to delete your third part." */ 1103
			}
			prg.flushNodeList(p)
			n = 0
			prg.error1()
		} else {
			*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = p
		}
		if n <= maxQuarterword {
			*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).b1() = byte(n)
		} else {
			{
				if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
				}
				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
				prg.print( /* "Discretionary list is too long" */ 1104)
			}
			// \xref[Discretionary list is too long]
			{
				prg.helpPtr = 2
				prg.helpLine[1] = /* "Wow---I never thought anybody would tweak me here." */ 1105
				prg.helpLine[0] = /* "You can't seriously need such a huge discretionary list?" */ 1106
			}
			prg.error1()
		}
		if n > 0 {
			prg.curList.tailField = q
		}
		prg.savePtr = uint16(int32(prg.savePtr) - 1)
		goto exit

	} // there are no other cases
	*prg.saveStack[int32(prg.savePtr)+-1].int() = *prg.saveStack[int32(prg.savePtr)+-1].int() + 1
	prg.newSaveLevel(groupCode(discGroup))
	prg.scanLeftBrace()
	prg.pushNest()
	prg.curList.modeField = int16(-hmode)
	*(*prg.curList.auxField.hh()).lh() = 1000

exit:
}

func (prg *prg) makeAccent() {
	var (
		s, t              float64            // amount of slant
		p, q, r1          halfword           // character, box, and kern nodes
		f                 internalFontNumber // relevant font
		a, h, x, w, delta scaled             // heights and widths, as explained above
		i                 fourQuarters       // character information
	)
	prg.scanCharNum()
	f = byte(*(*prg.eqtb[curFontLoc-1].hh()).rh())
	p = prg.newCharacter(f, eightBits(prg.curVal))
	if int32(p) != 0 {
		x = *prg.fontInfo[xHeightCode+prg.paramBase[f]].int()
		s = float64(*prg.fontInfo[slantCode+prg.paramBase[f]].int()) / 65536.0
		// \xref[real division]
		a = *prg.fontInfo[prg.widthBase[f]+int32((*prg.fontInfo[prg.charBase[f]+int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1())].qqqq()).b0)].int()

		prg.doAssignments()

		// Create a character node |q| for the next character, but set |q:=null| if problems arise
		q = 0
		f = byte(*(*prg.eqtb[curFontLoc-1].hh()).rh())
		if int32(prg.curCmd) == letter || int32(prg.curCmd) == otherChar || int32(prg.curCmd) == charGiven {
			q = prg.newCharacter(f, eightBits(prg.curChr))
		} else if int32(prg.curCmd) == charNum {
			prg.scanCharNum()
			q = prg.newCharacter(f, eightBits(prg.curVal))
		} else {
			prg.backInput()
		}
		if int32(q) != 0 {
			t = float64(*prg.fontInfo[slantCode+prg.paramBase[f]].int()) / 65536.0
			// \xref[real division]
			i = *prg.fontInfo[prg.charBase[f]+int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b1())].qqqq()
			w = *prg.fontInfo[prg.widthBase[f]+int32(i.b0)].int()
			h = *prg.fontInfo[prg.heightBase[f]+(int32(i.b1)-minQuarterword)/16].int()
			if h != x {
				p = prg.hpack(p, scaled(0), smallNumber(additional))
				*prg.mem[int32(p)+4].int() = x - h
			}
			delta = round(float64(w-a)/2.0 + float64(h)*t - float64(x)*s)
			// \xref[real multiplication]
			// \xref[real addition]
			r1 = prg.newKern(delta)
			*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b1() = byte(accKern)
			*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = r1
			*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh() = p
			prg.curList.tailField = prg.newKern(-a - delta)
			*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).b1() = byte(accKern)
			*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = prg.curList.tailField
			p = q
		}
		*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = p
		prg.curList.tailField = p
		*(*prg.curList.auxField.hh()).lh() = 1000
	}
}

func (prg *prg) alignError() {
	if abs(prg.alignState) > 2 {
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			}
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
			prg.print( /* "Misplaced " */ 1114)
		}
		prg.printCmdChr(prg.curCmd, prg.curChr)
		// \xref[Misplaced \&]
		// \xref[Misplaced \\span]
		// \xref[Misplaced \\cr]
		if int32(prg.curTok) == tabToken+'&' {
			{
				prg.helpPtr = 6
				prg.helpLine[5] = /* "I can't figure out why you would want to use a tab mark" */ 1115
				prg.helpLine[4] = /* "here. If you just want an ampersand, the remedy is" */ 1116
				prg.helpLine[3] = /* "simple: Just type `I\\&' now. But if some right brace" */ 1117
				prg.helpLine[2] = /* "up above has ended a previous alignment prematurely," */ 1118
				prg.helpLine[1] = /* "you're probably due for more error messages, and you" */ 1119
				prg.helpLine[0] = /* "might try typing `S' now just to see what is salvageable." */ 1120
			}
		} else {
			{
				prg.helpPtr = 5
				prg.helpLine[4] = /* "I can't figure out why you would want to use a tab mark" */ 1115
				prg.helpLine[3] = /* "or \\cr or \\span just now. If something like a right brace" */ 1121
				prg.helpLine[2] = /* "up above has ended a previous alignment prematurely," */ 1118
				prg.helpLine[1] = /* "you're probably due for more error messages, and you" */ 1119
				prg.helpLine[0] = /* "might try typing `S' now just to see what is salvageable." */ 1120
			}
		}
		prg.error1()
	} else {
		prg.backInput()
		if prg.alignState < 0 {
			{
				if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
				}
				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
				prg.print( /* "Missing [ inserted" */ 657)
			}
			// \xref[Missing \[ inserted]
			prg.alignState = prg.alignState + 1
			prg.curTok = uint16(leftBraceToken + '{')
		} else {
			{
				if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
				}
				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
				prg.print( /* "Missing ] inserted" */ 1110)
			}
			// \xref[Missing \] inserted]
			prg.alignState = prg.alignState - 1
			prg.curTok = uint16(rightBraceToken + '}')
		}
		{
			prg.helpPtr = 3
			prg.helpLine[2] = /* "I've put in what seems to be necessary to fix" */ 1111
			prg.helpLine[1] = /* "the current column of the current alignment." */ 1112
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "Try to go on, since this might almost work." */ 1113
		}
		prg.insError()
	}
}

func (prg *prg) noAlignError() {
	{
		if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
		}
		prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
		prg.print( /* "Misplaced " */ 1114)
	}
	prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "noalign" */ 527))
	// \xref[Misplaced \\noalign]
	{
		prg.helpPtr = 2
		prg.helpLine[1] = /* "I expect to see \\noalign only after the \\cr of" */ 1122
		prg.helpLine[0] = /* "an alignment. Proceed, and I'll ignore this case." */ 1123
	}
	prg.error1()
}
func (prg *prg) omitError() {
	{
		if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
		}
		prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
		prg.print( /* "Misplaced " */ 1114)
	}
	prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "omit" */ 530))
	// \xref[Misplaced \\omit]
	{
		prg.helpPtr = 2
		prg.helpLine[1] = /* "I expect to see \\omit only after tab marks or the \\cr of" */ 1124
		prg.helpLine[0] = /* "an alignment. Proceed, and I'll ignore this case." */ 1123
	}
	prg.error1()
}

func (prg *prg) doEndv() {
	prg.basePtr = prg.inputPtr
	prg.inputStack[prg.basePtr] = prg.curInput
	for int32(prg.inputStack[prg.basePtr].indexField) != vTemplate && int32(prg.inputStack[prg.basePtr].locField) == 0 && int32(prg.inputStack[prg.basePtr].stateField) == tokenList {
		prg.basePtr = byte(int32(prg.basePtr) - 1)
	}
	if int32(prg.inputStack[prg.basePtr].indexField) != vTemplate || int32(prg.inputStack[prg.basePtr].locField) != 0 || int32(prg.inputStack[prg.basePtr].stateField) != tokenList {
		prg.fatalError(strNumber( /* "(interwoven alignment preambles are not allowed)" */ 595))
	}
	// \xref[interwoven alignment preambles...]
	if int32(prg.curGroup) == alignGroup {
		prg.endGraf()
		if prg.finCol() {
			prg.finRow()
		}
	} else {
		prg.offSave()
	}
}

func (prg *prg) csError() {
	{
		if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
		}
		prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
		prg.print( /* "Extra " */ 777)
	}
	prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "endcsname" */ 505))
	// \xref[Extra \\endcsname]
	{
		prg.helpPtr = 1
		prg.helpLine[0] = /* "I'm ignoring this, since I wasn't doing a \\csname." */ 1126
	}
	prg.error1()
}

func (prg *prg) pushMath(c groupCode) {
	prg.pushNest()
	prg.curList.modeField = int16(-mmode)
	*prg.curList.auxField.int() = 0
	prg.newSaveLevel(c)
}

func (prg *prg) initMath() {
	var (
		w scaled             // new or partial |pre_display_size|
		l scaled             // new |display_width|
		s scaled             // new |display_indent|
		p halfword           // current node when calculating |pre_display_size|
		q halfword           // glue specification when calculating |pre_display_size|
		f internalFontNumber // font in current |char_node|
		n int32              // scope of paragraph shape specification
		v scaled             // |w| plus possible glue amount
		d scaled             // increment to |v|
	)
	prg.getToken() // |get_x_token| would fail on \.[\\ifmmode]\thinspace!
	if int32(prg.curCmd) == mathShift && int32(prg.curList.modeField) > 0 {
		if int32(prg.curList.headField) == int32(prg.curList.tailField) {
			prg.popNest()
			w = -07777777777
		} else {
			prg.lineBreak(*prg.eqtb[intBase+displayWidowPenaltyCode-1].int())

			// Calculate the natural width, |w|, by which the characters of the final line extend to the right of the reference point, plus two ems; or set |w:=max_dimen| if the non-blank information on that line is affected by stretching or shrinking
			v = *prg.mem[int32(prg.justBox)+4].int() + 2**prg.fontInfo[quadCode+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[curFontLoc-1].hh()).rh()]].int()
			w = -07777777777
			p = *(*prg.mem[int32(prg.justBox)+listOffset].hh()).rh()
			for int32(p) != 0 {

				// Let |d| be the natural width of node |p|; if the node is “visible,” |goto found|; if the node is glue that stretches or shrinks, set |v:=max_dimen|
			reswitch:
				if int32(p) >= int32(prg.hiMemMin) {
					f = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()
					d = *prg.fontInfo[prg.widthBase[f]+int32((*prg.fontInfo[prg.charBase[f]+int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1())].qqqq()).b0)].int()

					goto found
				}
				switch *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0() {
				case hlistNode, vlistNode, ruleNode:
					d = *prg.mem[int32(p)+widthOffset].int()
					goto found

				case ligatureNode:
					// Make node |p| look like a |char_node|...
					prg.mem[30000-12] = prg.mem[int32(p)+1]
					*(*prg.mem[30000-12].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
					p = uint16(30000 - 12)
					goto reswitch

				case kernNode, mathNode:
					d = *prg.mem[int32(p)+widthOffset].int()
				case glueNode:
					// Let |d| be the natural width of this glue; if stretching or shrinking, set |v:=max_dimen|; |goto found| in the case of leaders
					q = *(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).lh()
					d = *prg.mem[int32(q)+widthOffset].int()
					if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.justBox)+listOffset].hh()).b0()) == stretching {
						if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.justBox)+listOffset].hh()).b1()) == int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0()) && *prg.mem[int32(q)+2].int() != 0 {
							v = 07777777777
						}
					} else if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.justBox)+listOffset].hh()).b0()) == shrinking {
						if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.justBox)+listOffset].hh()).b1()) == int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b1()) && *prg.mem[int32(q)+3].int() != 0 {
							v = 07777777777
						}
					}
					if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1()) >= aLeaders {
						goto found
					}

				case whatsitNode:
					// Let |d| be the width of the whatsit |p|
					d = 0

				default:
					d = 0
				}
				if v < 07777777777 {
					v = v + d
				}

				goto notFound

			found:
				if v < 07777777777 {
					v = v + d
					w = v
				} else {
					w = 07777777777
					goto done
				}

			notFound:
				p = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
			}

		done:
		}
		// now we are in vertical mode, working on the list that will contain the display

		// Calculate the length, |l|, and the shift amount, |s|, of the display lines
		if int32(*(*prg.eqtb[parShapeLoc-1].hh()).rh()) == 0 {
			if *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+hangIndentCode-1].int() != 0 && (*prg.eqtb[intBase+hangAfterCode-1].int() >= 0 && prg.curList.pgField+2 > *prg.eqtb[intBase+hangAfterCode-1].int() || prg.curList.pgField+1 < -*prg.eqtb[intBase+hangAfterCode-1].int()) {
				l = *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+hsizeCode-1].int() - abs(*prg.eqtb[dimenBase+hangIndentCode-1].int())
				if *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+hangIndentCode-1].int() > 0 {
					s = *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+hangIndentCode-1].int()
				} else {
					s = 0
				}
			} else {
				l = *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+hsizeCode-1].int()
				s = 0
			}
		} else {
			n = int32(*(*prg.mem[*(*prg.eqtb[parShapeLoc-1].hh()).rh()].hh()).lh())
			if prg.curList.pgField+2 >= n {
				p = uint16(int32(*(*prg.eqtb[parShapeLoc-1].hh()).rh()) + 2*n)
			} else {
				p = uint16(int32(*(*prg.eqtb[parShapeLoc-1].hh()).rh()) + 2*(prg.curList.pgField+2))
			}
			s = *prg.mem[int32(p)-1].int()
			l = *prg.mem[p].int()
		}
		prg.pushMath(groupCode(mathShiftGroup))
		prg.curList.modeField = int16(mmode)
		prg.eqWordDefine(halfword(intBase+curFamCode), -1)

		prg.eqWordDefine(halfword(dimenBase+preDisplaySizeCode), w)
		prg.eqWordDefine(halfword(dimenBase+displayWidthCode), l)
		prg.eqWordDefine(halfword(dimenBase+displayIndentCode), s)
		if int32(*(*prg.eqtb[everyDisplayLoc-1].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
			prg.beginTokenList(*(*prg.eqtb[everyDisplayLoc-1].hh()).rh(), quarterword(everyDisplayText))
		}
		if int32(prg.nestPtr) == 1 {
			prg.buildPage()
		}
	} else {
		prg.backInput()
		// Go into ordinary math mode
		{
			prg.pushMath(groupCode(mathShiftGroup))
			prg.eqWordDefine(halfword(intBase+curFamCode), -1)
			if int32(*(*prg.eqtb[everyMathLoc-1].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
				prg.beginTokenList(*(*prg.eqtb[everyMathLoc-1].hh()).rh(), quarterword(everyMathText))
			}
		}
	}
}

func (prg *prg) startEqNo() {
	*prg.saveStack[int32(prg.savePtr)+0].int() = int32(prg.curChr)
	prg.savePtr = uint16(int32(prg.savePtr) + 1)

	// Go into ordinary math mode
	{
		prg.pushMath(groupCode(mathShiftGroup))
		prg.eqWordDefine(halfword(intBase+curFamCode), -1)
		if int32(*(*prg.eqtb[everyMathLoc-1].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
			prg.beginTokenList(*(*prg.eqtb[everyMathLoc-1].hh()).rh(), quarterword(everyMathText))
		}
	}
}

func (prg *prg) scanMath(p halfword) {
	var (
		c int32 // math character code
	)
restart:
	for {
		prg.getXToken()
		if int32(prg.curCmd) != spacer && int32(prg.curCmd) != relax {
			break
		}
	}

reswitch:
	switch prg.curCmd {
	case letter, otherChar, charGiven:
		c = int32(*(*prg.eqtb[mathCodeBase+int32(prg.curChr)-1].hh()).rh()) - 0
		if c == 0100000 {
			{
				prg.curCs = uint16(int32(prg.curChr) + activeBase)
				prg.curCmd = *(*prg.eqtb[prg.curCs-1].hh()).b0()
				prg.curChr = *(*prg.eqtb[prg.curCs-1].hh()).rh()
				prg.xToken()
				prg.backInput()
			}

			goto restart
		}

	case charNum:
		prg.scanCharNum()
		prg.curChr = uint16(prg.curVal)
		prg.curCmd = byte(charGiven)

		goto reswitch

	case mathCharNum:
		prg.scanFifteenBitInt()
		c = prg.curVal

	case mathGiven:
		c = int32(prg.curChr)
	case delimNum:
		prg.scanTwentySevenBitInt()
		c = prg.curVal / 010000

	default:
		prg.backInput()
		prg.scanLeftBrace()

		*prg.saveStack[int32(prg.savePtr)+0].int() = int32(p)
		prg.savePtr = uint16(int32(prg.savePtr) + 1)
		prg.pushMath(groupCode(mathGroup))
		goto exit

	}

	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = uint16(mathChar)
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1() = byte(c%256 + minQuarterword)
	if c >= 070000 && (*prg.eqtb[intBase+curFamCode-1].int() >= 0 && *prg.eqtb[intBase+curFamCode-1].int() < 16) {
		*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0() = byte(*prg.eqtb[intBase+curFamCode-1].int())
	} else {
		*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0() = byte(c / 256 % 16)
	}

exit:
}

func (prg *prg) setMathChar(c int32) {
	var (
		p halfword // the new noad
	)
	if c >= 0100000 {
		prg.curCs = uint16(int32(prg.curChr) + activeBase)
		prg.curCmd = *(*prg.eqtb[prg.curCs-1].hh()).b0()
		prg.curChr = *(*prg.eqtb[prg.curCs-1].hh()).rh()
		prg.xToken()
		prg.backInput()
	} else {
		p = prg.newNoad()
		*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).rh() = uint16(mathChar)
		*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).b1() = byte(c%256 + minQuarterword)
		*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).b0() = byte(c / 256 % 16)
		if c >= 070000 {
			if *prg.eqtb[intBase+curFamCode-1].int() >= 0 && *prg.eqtb[intBase+curFamCode-1].int() < 16 {
				*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).b0() = byte(*prg.eqtb[intBase+curFamCode-1].int())
			}
			*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0() = byte(ordNoad)
		} else {
			*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0() = byte(ordNoad + c/010000)
		}
		*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = p
		prg.curList.tailField = p
	}
}

func (prg *prg) mathLimitSwitch() {
	if int32(prg.curList.headField) != int32(prg.curList.tailField) {
		if int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).b0()) == opNoad {
			*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).b1() = byte(prg.curChr)
			goto exit
		}
	}
	{
		if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
		}
		prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
		prg.print( /* "Limit controls must follow a math operator" */ 1130)
	}
	// \xref[Limit controls must follow...]
	{
		prg.helpPtr = 1
		prg.helpLine[0] = /* "I'm ignoring this misplaced \\limits or \\nolimits command." */ 1131
	}
	prg.error1()

exit:
}

func (prg *prg) scanDelimiter(p halfword, r1 bool) {
	if r1 {
		prg.scanTwentySevenBitInt()
	} else {
		for {
			prg.getXToken()
			if int32(prg.curCmd) != spacer && int32(prg.curCmd) != relax {
				break
			}
		}
		switch prg.curCmd {
		case letter, otherChar:
			prg.curVal = *prg.eqtb[delCodeBase+int32(prg.curChr)-1].int()
		case delimNum:
			prg.scanTwentySevenBitInt()

		default:
			prg.curVal = -1
		}
	}
	if prg.curVal < 0 {
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			}
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
			prg.print( /* "Missing delimiter (. inserted)" */ 1132)
		}
		// \xref[Missing delimiter...]
		{
			prg.helpPtr = 6
			prg.helpLine[5] = /* "I was expecting to see something like `(' or `\\[' or" */ 1133
			prg.helpLine[4] = /* "`\\]' here. If you typed, e.g., `[' instead of `\\[', you" */ 1134
			prg.helpLine[3] = /* "should probably delete the `[' by typing `1' now, so that" */ 1135
			prg.helpLine[2] = /* "braces don't get unbalanced. Otherwise just proceed." */ 1136
			prg.helpLine[1] = /* "Acceptable delimiters are characters whose \\delcode is" */ 1137
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "nonnegative, or you can use `\\delimiter <delimiter code>'." */ 1138
		}
		prg.backError()
		prg.curVal = 0
	}
	(*prg.mem[p].qqqq()).b0 = byte(prg.curVal / 04000000 % 16)
	(*prg.mem[p].qqqq()).b1 = byte(prg.curVal/010000%256 + minQuarterword)
	(*prg.mem[p].qqqq()).b2 = byte(prg.curVal / 256 % 16)
	(*prg.mem[p].qqqq()).b3 = byte(prg.curVal%256 + minQuarterword)
}

func (prg *prg) mathRadical() {
	{
		*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.getNode(radicalNoadSize)
		prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
	}
	*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).b0() = byte(radicalNoad)
	*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).b1() = byte(normal)
	*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+1].hh() = prg.emptyField
	*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+3].hh() = prg.emptyField
	*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+2].hh() = prg.emptyField
	prg.scanDelimiter(halfword(int32(prg.curList.tailField)+4), true)
	prg.scanMath(halfword(int32(prg.curList.tailField) + 1))
}

func (prg *prg) mathAc() {
	if int32(prg.curCmd) == accent {
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			}
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
			prg.print( /* "Please use " */ 1139)
		}
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "mathaccent" */ 523))
		prg.print( /* " for accents in math mode" */ 1140)
		// \xref[Please use \\mathaccent...]
		{
			prg.helpPtr = 2
			prg.helpLine[1] = /* "I'm changing \\accent to \\mathaccent here; wish me luck." */ 1141
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "(Accents are not the same in formulas as they are in text.)" */ 1142
		}
		prg.error1()
	}
	{
		*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.getNode(accentNoadSize)
		prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
	}
	*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).b0() = byte(accentNoad)
	*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).b1() = byte(normal)
	*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+1].hh() = prg.emptyField
	*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+3].hh() = prg.emptyField
	*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+2].hh() = prg.emptyField
	*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+4].hh()).rh() = uint16(mathChar)
	prg.scanFifteenBitInt()
	*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+4].hh()).b1() = byte(prg.curVal%256 + minQuarterword)
	if prg.curVal >= 070000 && (*prg.eqtb[intBase+curFamCode-1].int() >= 0 && *prg.eqtb[intBase+curFamCode-1].int() < 16) {
		*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+4].hh()).b0() = byte(*prg.eqtb[intBase+curFamCode-1].int())
	} else {
		*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+4].hh()).b0() = byte(prg.curVal / 256 % 16)
	}
	prg.scanMath(halfword(int32(prg.curList.tailField) + 1))
}

func (prg *prg) appendChoices() {
	{
		*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.newChoice()
		prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
	}
	prg.savePtr = uint16(int32(prg.savePtr) + 1)
	*prg.saveStack[int32(prg.savePtr)+-1].int() = 0
	prg.pushMath(groupCode(mathChoiceGroup))
	prg.scanLeftBrace()
}

// \4
// Declare the function called |fin_mlist|
func (prg *prg) finMlist(p halfword) (r halfword) {
	var (
		q halfword // the mlist to return
	)
	if *prg.curList.auxField.int() != 0 {
		*(*prg.mem[*prg.curList.auxField.int()+3].hh()).rh() = uint16(subMlist)
		*(*prg.mem[*prg.curList.auxField.int()+3].hh()).lh() = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.headField].hh()).rh()
		if int32(p) == 0 {
			q = uint16(*prg.curList.auxField.int())
		} else {
			q = *(*prg.mem[*prg.curList.auxField.int()+2].hh()).lh()
			if int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0()) != leftNoad {
				prg.confusion(strNumber( /* "right" */ 877))
			}
			// \xref[this can't happen right][\quad right]
			*(*prg.mem[*prg.curList.auxField.int()+2].hh()).lh() = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()
			*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = uint16(*prg.curList.auxField.int())
			*(*prg.mem[*prg.curList.auxField.int()].hh()).rh() = p
		}
	} else {
		*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = p
		q = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.headField].hh()).rh()
	}
	prg.popNest()
	r = q
	return r
}

//

func (prg *prg) buildChoices() {
	var (
		p halfword // the current mlist
	)
	prg.unsave()
	p = prg.finMlist(halfword(0))
	switch *prg.saveStack[int32(prg.savePtr)+-1].int() {
	case 0:
		*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+1].hh()).lh() = p
	case 1:
		*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+1].hh()).rh() = p
	case 2:
		*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+2].hh()).lh() = p
	case 3:
		*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+2].hh()).rh() = p
		prg.savePtr = uint16(int32(prg.savePtr) - 1)
		goto exit

	} // there are no other cases
	*prg.saveStack[int32(prg.savePtr)+-1].int() = *prg.saveStack[int32(prg.savePtr)+-1].int() + 1
	prg.pushMath(groupCode(mathChoiceGroup))
	prg.scanLeftBrace()

exit:
}

func (prg *prg) subSup() {
	var (
		t smallNumber // type of previous sub/superscript
		p halfword    // field to be filled by |scan_math|
	)
	t = byte(empty)
	p = 0
	if int32(prg.curList.tailField) != int32(prg.curList.headField) {
		if int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).b0()) >= ordNoad && int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).b0()) < leftNoad {
			p = uint16(int32(prg.curList.tailField) + 2 + int32(prg.curCmd) - supMark) // |supscr| or |subscr|
			t = byte(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh())
		}
	}
	if int32(p) == 0 || int32(t) != empty {
		{
			*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.newNoad()
			prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
		}
		p = uint16(int32(prg.curList.tailField) + 2 + int32(prg.curCmd) - supMark) // |supscr| or |subscr|
		if int32(t) != empty {
			if int32(prg.curCmd) == supMark {
				{
					if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
					}
					prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
					prg.print( /* "Double superscript" */ 1143)
				}
				// \xref[Double superscript]
				{
					prg.helpPtr = 1
					prg.helpLine[0] = /* "I treat `x^1^2' essentially like `x^1[]^2'." */ 1144
				}
			} else {
				{
					if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
					}
					prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
					prg.print( /* "Double subscript" */ 1145)
				}
				// \xref[Double subscript]
				{
					prg.helpPtr = 1
					prg.helpLine[0] = /* "I treat `x_1_2' essentially like `x_1[]_2'." */ 1146
				}
			}
			prg.error1()
		}
	}
	prg.scanMath(p)
}

func (prg *prg) mathFraction() {
	var (
		c smallNumber // the type of generalized fraction we are scanning
	)
	c = byte(prg.curChr)
	if *prg.curList.auxField.int() != 0 {
		if int32(c) >= delimitedCode {
			prg.scanDelimiter(halfword(30000-12), false)
			prg.scanDelimiter(halfword(30000-12), false)
		}
		if int32(c)%delimitedCode == aboveCode {
			prg.scanDimen(false, false, false)
		}
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			}
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
			prg.print( /* "Ambiguous; you need another [ and ]" */ 1153)
		}
		// \xref[Ambiguous...]
		{
			prg.helpPtr = 3
			prg.helpLine[2] = /* "I'm ignoring this fraction specification, since I don't" */ 1154
			prg.helpLine[1] = /* "know whether a construction like `x \\over y \\over z'" */ 1155
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "means `[x \\over y] \\over z' or `x \\over [y \\over z]'." */ 1156
		}
		prg.error1()
	} else {
		*prg.curList.auxField.int() = int32(prg.getNode(fractionNoadSize))
		*(*prg.mem[*prg.curList.auxField.int()].hh()).b0() = byte(fractionNoad)
		*(*prg.mem[*prg.curList.auxField.int()].hh()).b1() = byte(normal)
		*(*prg.mem[*prg.curList.auxField.int()+2].hh()).rh() = uint16(subMlist)
		*(*prg.mem[*prg.curList.auxField.int()+2].hh()).lh() = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.headField].hh()).rh()
		*prg.mem[*prg.curList.auxField.int()+3].hh() = prg.emptyField
		*prg.mem[*prg.curList.auxField.int()+4].qqqq() = prg.nullDelimiter
		*prg.mem[*prg.curList.auxField.int()+5].qqqq() = prg.nullDelimiter

		*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.headField].hh()).rh() = 0
		prg.curList.tailField = prg.curList.headField

		// Use code |c| to distinguish between generalized fractions
		if int32(c) >= delimitedCode {
			prg.scanDelimiter(halfword(*prg.curList.auxField.int()+4), false)
			prg.scanDelimiter(halfword(*prg.curList.auxField.int()+5), false)
		}
		switch int32(c) % delimitedCode {
		case aboveCode:
			prg.scanDimen(false, false, false)
			*prg.mem[*prg.curList.auxField.int()+widthOffset].int() = prg.curVal

		case overCode:
			*prg.mem[*prg.curList.auxField.int()+widthOffset].int() = 010000000000
		case atopCode:
			*prg.mem[*prg.curList.auxField.int()+widthOffset].int() = 0
		}
	}
}

func (prg *prg) mathLeftRight() {
	var (
		t smallNumber // |left_noad| or |right_noad|
		p halfword    // new noad
	)
	t = byte(prg.curChr)
	if int32(t) == rightNoad && int32(prg.curGroup) != mathLeftGroup {
		if int32(prg.curGroup) == mathShiftGroup {
			prg.scanDelimiter(halfword(30000-12), false)
			{
				if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
				}
				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
				prg.print( /* "Extra " */ 777)
			}
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "right" */ 877))
			// \xref[Extra \\right.]
			{
				prg.helpPtr = 1
				prg.helpLine[0] = /* "I'm ignoring a \\right that had no matching \\left." */ 1157
			}
			prg.error1()
		} else {
			prg.offSave()
		}
	} else {
		p = prg.newNoad()
		*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0() = t
		prg.scanDelimiter(halfword(int32(p)+1), false)
		if int32(t) == leftNoad {
			prg.pushMath(groupCode(mathLeftGroup))
			*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.headField].hh()).rh() = p
			prg.curList.tailField = p
		} else {
			p = prg.finMlist(p)
			prg.unsave() // end of |math_left_group|
			{
				*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.newNoad()
				prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
			}
			*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).b0() = byte(innerNoad)
			*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+1].hh()).rh() = uint16(subMlist)
			*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+1].hh()).lh() = p
		}
	}
}

func (prg *prg) afterMath() {
	var (
		l      bool     // `\.[\\leqno]' instead of `\.[\\eqno]'
		danger bool     // not enough symbol fonts are present
		m      int32    // |mmode| or |-mmode|
		p      halfword // the formula
		a      halfword // box containing equation number

		// Local variables for finishing a displayed formula
		b      halfword    // box containing the equation
		w      scaled      // width of the equation
		z      scaled      // width of the line
		e      scaled      // width of equation number
		q      scaled      // width of equation number plus space to separate from equation
		d      scaled      // displacement of equation in the line
		s      scaled      // move the line right this much
		g1, g2 smallNumber // glue parameter codes for before and after
		r1     halfword    // kern node used to position the display
		t      halfword    // tail of adjustment list
	)
	danger = false

	// Check that the necessary fonts for math symbols are present; if not, flush the current math lists and set |danger:=true|
	if int32(prg.fontParams[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+2+textSize-1].hh()).rh()]) < totalMathsyParams || int32(prg.fontParams[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+2+scriptSize-1].hh()).rh()]) < totalMathsyParams || int32(prg.fontParams[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+2+scriptScriptSize-1].hh()).rh()]) < totalMathsyParams {
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			}
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
			prg.print( /* "Math formula deleted: Insufficient symbol fonts" */ 1158)
		}

		// \xref[Math formula deleted...]
		{
			prg.helpPtr = 3
			prg.helpLine[2] = /* "Sorry, but I can't typeset math unless \\textfont 2" */ 1159
			prg.helpLine[1] = /* "and \\scriptfont 2 and \\scriptscriptfont 2 have all" */ 1160
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "the \\fontdimen values needed in math symbol fonts." */ 1161
		}
		prg.error1()
		prg.flushMath()
		danger = true
	} else if int32(prg.fontParams[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+3+textSize-1].hh()).rh()]) < totalMathexParams || int32(prg.fontParams[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+3+scriptSize-1].hh()).rh()]) < totalMathexParams || int32(prg.fontParams[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+3+scriptScriptSize-1].hh()).rh()]) < totalMathexParams {
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			}
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
			prg.print( /* "Math formula deleted: Insufficient extension fonts" */ 1162)
		}

		{
			prg.helpPtr = 3
			prg.helpLine[2] = /* "Sorry, but I can't typeset math unless \\textfont 3" */ 1163
			prg.helpLine[1] = /* "and \\scriptfont 3 and \\scriptscriptfont 3 have all" */ 1164
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "the \\fontdimen values needed in math extension fonts." */ 1165
		}
		prg.error1()
		prg.flushMath()
		danger = true
	}
	m = int32(prg.curList.modeField)
	l = false
	p = prg.finMlist(halfword(0)) // this pops the nest
	if int32(prg.curList.modeField) == -m {
		{
			prg.getXToken()
			if int32(prg.curCmd) != mathShift {
				{
					if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
					}
					prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
					prg.print( /* "Display math should end with $$" */ 1166)
				}
				// \xref[Display math...with \$\$]
				{
					prg.helpPtr = 2
					prg.helpLine[1] = /* "The `$' that I just saw supposedly matches a previous `$$'." */ 1167
					prg.helpLine[0] = /* "So I shall assume that you typed `$$' both times." */ 1168
				}
				prg.backError()
			}
		}
		prg.curMlist = p
		prg.curStyle = byte(textStyle)
		prg.mlistPenalties = false
		prg.mlistToHlist()
		a = prg.hpack(*(*prg.mem[30000-3].hh()).rh(), scaled(0), smallNumber(additional))
		prg.unsave()
		prg.savePtr = uint16(int32(prg.savePtr) - 1) // now |cur_group=math_shift_group|
		if *prg.saveStack[int32(prg.savePtr)+0].int() == 1 {
			l = true
		}
		danger = false

		// Check that the necessary fonts for math symbols are present; if not, flush the current math lists and set |danger:=true|
		if int32(prg.fontParams[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+2+textSize-1].hh()).rh()]) < totalMathsyParams || int32(prg.fontParams[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+2+scriptSize-1].hh()).rh()]) < totalMathsyParams || int32(prg.fontParams[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+2+scriptScriptSize-1].hh()).rh()]) < totalMathsyParams {
			{
				if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
				}
				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
				prg.print( /* "Math formula deleted: Insufficient symbol fonts" */ 1158)
			}

			// \xref[Math formula deleted...]
			{
				prg.helpPtr = 3
				prg.helpLine[2] = /* "Sorry, but I can't typeset math unless \\textfont 2" */ 1159
				prg.helpLine[1] = /* "and \\scriptfont 2 and \\scriptscriptfont 2 have all" */ 1160
				prg.helpLine[0] = /* "the \\fontdimen values needed in math symbol fonts." */ 1161
			}
			prg.error1()
			prg.flushMath()
			danger = true
		} else if int32(prg.fontParams[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+3+textSize-1].hh()).rh()]) < totalMathexParams || int32(prg.fontParams[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+3+scriptSize-1].hh()).rh()]) < totalMathexParams || int32(prg.fontParams[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+3+scriptScriptSize-1].hh()).rh()]) < totalMathexParams {
			{
				if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
				}
				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
				prg.print( /* "Math formula deleted: Insufficient extension fonts" */ 1162)
			}

			{
				prg.helpPtr = 3
				prg.helpLine[2] = /* "Sorry, but I can't typeset math unless \\textfont 3" */ 1163
				prg.helpLine[1] = /* "and \\scriptfont 3 and \\scriptscriptfont 3 have all" */ 1164
				prg.helpLine[0] = /* "the \\fontdimen values needed in math extension fonts." */ 1165
			}
			prg.error1()
			prg.flushMath()
			danger = true
		}
		m = int32(prg.curList.modeField)
		p = prg.finMlist(halfword(0))
	} else {
		a = 0
	}
	if m < 0 {
		{
			*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.newMath(*prg.eqtb[dimenBase+mathSurroundCode-1].int(), smallNumber(before))
			prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
		}
		prg.curMlist = p
		prg.curStyle = byte(textStyle)
		prg.mlistPenalties = int32(prg.curList.modeField) > 0
		prg.mlistToHlist()
		*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[30000-3].hh()).rh()
		for int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
			prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
		}
		{
			*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.newMath(*prg.eqtb[dimenBase+mathSurroundCode-1].int(), smallNumber(after))
			prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
		}
		*(*prg.curList.auxField.hh()).lh() = 1000
		prg.unsave()
	} else {
		if int32(a) == 0 {
			prg.getXToken()
			if int32(prg.curCmd) != mathShift {
				{
					if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
					}
					prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
					prg.print( /* "Display math should end with $$" */ 1166)
				}
				// \xref[Display math...with \$\$]
				{
					prg.helpPtr = 2
					prg.helpLine[1] = /* "The `$' that I just saw supposedly matches a previous `$$'." */ 1167
					prg.helpLine[0] = /* "So I shall assume that you typed `$$' both times." */ 1168
				}
				prg.backError()
			}
		}

		// Finish displayed math
		prg.curMlist = p
		prg.curStyle = byte(displayStyle)
		prg.mlistPenalties = false
		prg.mlistToHlist()
		p = *(*prg.mem[30000-3].hh()).rh()

		prg.adjustTail = uint16(30000 - 5)
		b = prg.hpack(p, scaled(0), smallNumber(additional))
		p = *(*prg.mem[int32(b)+listOffset].hh()).rh()
		t = prg.adjustTail
		prg.adjustTail = 0

		w = *prg.mem[int32(b)+widthOffset].int()
		z = *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+displayWidthCode-1].int()
		s = *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+displayIndentCode-1].int()
		if int32(a) == 0 || danger {
			e = 0
			q = 0
		} else {
			e = *prg.mem[int32(a)+widthOffset].int()
			q = e + *prg.fontInfo[6+prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[mathFontBase+2+textSize-1].hh()).rh()]].int()
		}
		if w+q > z {
			if e != 0 && (w-prg.totalShrink[normal]+q <= z || prg.totalShrink[fil] != 0 || prg.totalShrink[fill] != 0 || prg.totalShrink[filll] != 0) {
				prg.freeNode(b, halfword(boxNodeSize))
				b = prg.hpack(p, z-q, smallNumber(exactly))
			} else {
				e = 0
				if w > z {
					prg.freeNode(b, halfword(boxNodeSize))
					b = prg.hpack(p, z, smallNumber(exactly))
				}
			}
			w = *prg.mem[int32(b)+widthOffset].int()
		}

		// Determine the displacement, |d|, of the left edge of the equation, with respect to the line size |z|, assuming that |l=false|
		d = prg.half(z - w)
		if e > 0 && d < 2*e {
			d = prg.half(z - w - e)
			if int32(p) != 0 {
				if !(int32(p) >= int32(prg.hiMemMin)) {
					if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) == glueNode {
						d = 0
					}
				}
			}
		}

		// Append the glue or equation number preceding the display
		{
			*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.newPenalty(*prg.eqtb[intBase+preDisplayPenaltyCode-1].int())
			prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
		}

		if d+s <= *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+preDisplaySizeCode-1].int() || l {
			g1 = byte(aboveDisplaySkipCode)
			g2 = byte(belowDisplaySkipCode)
		} else {
			g1 = byte(aboveDisplayShortSkipCode)
			g2 = byte(belowDisplayShortSkipCode)
		}
		if l && e == 0 {
			*prg.mem[int32(a)+4].int() = s
			prg.appendToVlist(a)
			{
				*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.newPenalty(infPenalty)
				prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
			}
		} else {
			*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.newParamGlue(g1)
			prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
		}

		// Append the display and perhaps also the equation number
		if e != 0 {
			r1 = prg.newKern(z - w - e - d)
			if l {
				*(*prg.mem[a].hh()).rh() = r1
				*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh() = b
				b = a
				d = 0
			} else {
				*(*prg.mem[b].hh()).rh() = r1
				*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).rh() = a
			}
			b = prg.hpack(b, scaled(0), smallNumber(additional))
		}
		*prg.mem[int32(b)+4].int() = s + d
		prg.appendToVlist(b)

		// Append the glue or equation number following the display
		if int32(a) != 0 && e == 0 && !l {
			{
				*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.newPenalty(infPenalty)
				prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
			}
			*prg.mem[int32(a)+4].int() = s + z - *prg.mem[int32(a)+widthOffset].int()
			prg.appendToVlist(a)
			g2 = 0
		}
		if int32(t) != 30000-5 {
			*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[30000-5].hh()).rh()
			prg.curList.tailField = t
		}
		{
			*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.newPenalty(*prg.eqtb[intBase+postDisplayPenaltyCode-1].int())
			prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
		}
		if int32(g2) > 0 {
			*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.newParamGlue(g2)
			prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
		}
		prg.resumeAfterDisplay()
	}
} // \2

func (prg *prg) resumeAfterDisplay() {
	if int32(prg.curGroup) != mathShiftGroup {
		prg.confusion(strNumber( /* "display" */ 1169))
	}
	// \xref[this can't happen display][\quad display]
	prg.unsave()
	prg.curList.pgField = prg.curList.pgField + 3
	prg.pushNest()
	prg.curList.modeField = int16(hmode)
	*(*prg.curList.auxField.hh()).lh() = 1000
	if *prg.eqtb[intBase+languageCode-1].int() <= 0 {
		prg.curLang = 0
	} else if *prg.eqtb[intBase+languageCode-1].int() > 255 {
		prg.curLang = 0
	} else {
		prg.curLang = byte(*prg.eqtb[intBase+languageCode-1].int())
	}
	*(*prg.curList.auxField.hh()).rh() = uint16(prg.curLang)
	prg.curList.pgField = (int32(prg.normMin(*prg.eqtb[intBase+leftHyphenMinCode-1].int()))*0100+int32(prg.normMin(*prg.eqtb[intBase+rightHyphenMinCode-1].int())))*0200000 + int32(prg.curLang)

	// Scan an optional space
	{
		prg.getXToken()
		if int32(prg.curCmd) != spacer {
			prg.backInput()
		}
	}
	if int32(prg.nestPtr) == 1 {
		prg.buildPage()
	}
}

// \4
// Declare subprocedures for |prefixed_command|
func (prg *prg) getRToken() {
restart:
	for {
		prg.getToken()
		if int32(prg.curTok) != spaceToken {
			break
		}
	}
	if int32(prg.curCs) == 0 || int32(prg.curCs) > frozenControlSequence {
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			}
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
			prg.print( /* "Missing control sequence inserted" */ 1184)
		}
		// \xref[Missing control...]
		{
			prg.helpPtr = 5
			prg.helpLine[4] = /* "Please don't say `\\def cs[...]', say `\\def\\cs[...]'." */ 1185
			prg.helpLine[3] = /* "I've inserted an inaccessible control sequence so that your" */ 1186
			prg.helpLine[2] = /* "definition will be completed without mixing me up too badly." */ 1187
			prg.helpLine[1] = /* "You can recover graciously from this error, if you're" */ 1188
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "careful; see exercise 27.2 in The TeXbook." */ 1189
		}
		// \xref[TeXbook][\sl The \TeX book]
		if int32(prg.curCs) == 0 {
			prg.backInput()
		}
		prg.curTok = uint16(07777 + frozenProtection)
		prg.insError()
		goto restart
	}
}

func (prg *prg) trapZeroGlue() {
	if *prg.mem[prg.curVal+widthOffset].int() == 0 && *prg.mem[prg.curVal+2].int() == 0 && *prg.mem[prg.curVal+3].int() == 0 {
		*(*prg.mem[memBot].hh()).rh() = uint16(int32(*(*prg.mem[memBot].hh()).rh()) + 1)
		prg.deleteGlueRef(halfword(prg.curVal))
		prg.curVal = memBot
	}
}

func (prg *prg) doRegisterCommand(a smallNumber) {
	var (
		l, q, r1, s               halfword // for list manipulation
		p/* intVal..muVal */ byte          // type of register involved
	)
	q = uint16(prg.curCmd)

	// Compute the register location |l| and its type |p|; but |return| if invalid
	{
		if int32(q) != register {
			prg.getXToken()
			if int32(prg.curCmd) >= assignInt && int32(prg.curCmd) <= assignMuGlue {
				l = prg.curChr
				p = byte(int32(prg.curCmd) - assignInt)
				goto found
			}
			if int32(prg.curCmd) != register {
				{
					if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
					}
					prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
					prg.print( /* "You can't use `" */ 685)
				}
				prg.printCmdChr(prg.curCmd, prg.curChr)
				// \xref[You can't use x after ...]
				prg.print( /* "' after " */ 686)
				prg.printCmdChr(quarterword(q), halfword(0))
				{
					prg.helpPtr = 1
					prg.helpLine[0] = /* "I'm forgetting what you said and not changing anything." */ 1210
				}
				prg.error1()
				goto exit
			}
		}
		p = byte(prg.curChr)
		prg.scanEightBitInt()
		switch p {
		case intVal:
			l = uint16(prg.curVal + countBase)
		case dimenVal:
			l = uint16(prg.curVal + scaledBase)
		case glueVal:
			l = uint16(prg.curVal + skipBase)
		case muVal:
			l = uint16(prg.curVal + muSkipBase)
		} // there are no other cases
	}

found:
	;
	if int32(q) == register {
		prg.scanOptionalEquals()
	} else if prg.scanKeyword(strNumber( /* "by" */ 1206)) {
	} // optional `\.[by]'
	// \xref[by]
	prg.arithError = false
	if int32(q) < multiply {
		if int32(p) < glueVal {
			if int32(p) == intVal {
				prg.scanInt()
			} else {
				prg.scanDimen(false, false, false)
			}
			if int32(q) == advance {
				prg.curVal = prg.curVal + *prg.eqtb[l-1].int()
			}
		} else {
			prg.scanGlue(p)
			if int32(q) == advance {
				q = prg.newSpec(halfword(prg.curVal))
				r1 = *(*prg.eqtb[l-1].hh()).rh()
				prg.deleteGlueRef(halfword(prg.curVal))
				*prg.mem[int32(q)+widthOffset].int() = *prg.mem[int32(q)+widthOffset].int() + *prg.mem[int32(r1)+widthOffset].int()
				if *prg.mem[int32(q)+2].int() == 0 {
					*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0() = byte(normal)
				}
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0()) == int32(*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b0()) {
					*prg.mem[int32(q)+2].int() = *prg.mem[int32(q)+2].int() + *prg.mem[int32(r1)+2].int()
				} else if int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0()) < int32(*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b0()) && *prg.mem[int32(r1)+2].int() != 0 {
					*prg.mem[int32(q)+2].int() = *prg.mem[int32(r1)+2].int()
					*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b0() = *(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b0()
				}
				if *prg.mem[int32(q)+3].int() == 0 {
					*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b1() = byte(normal)
				}
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b1()) == int32(*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b1()) {
					*prg.mem[int32(q)+3].int() = *prg.mem[int32(q)+3].int() + *prg.mem[int32(r1)+3].int()
				} else if int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b1()) < int32(*(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b1()) && *prg.mem[int32(r1)+3].int() != 0 {
					*prg.mem[int32(q)+3].int() = *prg.mem[int32(r1)+3].int()
					*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).b1() = *(*prg.mem[r1].hh()).b1()
				}
				prg.curVal = int32(q)
			}
		}
	} else {
		// Compute result of |multiply| or |divide|, put it in |cur_val|
		prg.scanInt()
		if int32(p) < glueVal {
			if int32(q) == multiply {
				if int32(p) == intVal {
					prg.curVal = prg.multAndAdd(*prg.eqtb[l-1].int(), prg.curVal, scaled(0), scaled(017777777777))
				} else {
					prg.curVal = prg.multAndAdd(*prg.eqtb[l-1].int(), prg.curVal, scaled(0), scaled(07777777777))
				}
			} else {
				prg.curVal = prg.xOverN(*prg.eqtb[l-1].int(), prg.curVal)
			}
		} else {
			s = *(*prg.eqtb[l-1].hh()).rh()
			r1 = prg.newSpec(s)
			if int32(q) == multiply {
				*prg.mem[int32(r1)+widthOffset].int() = prg.multAndAdd(*prg.mem[int32(s)+widthOffset].int(), prg.curVal, scaled(0), scaled(07777777777))
				*prg.mem[int32(r1)+2].int() = prg.multAndAdd(*prg.mem[int32(s)+2].int(), prg.curVal, scaled(0), scaled(07777777777))
				*prg.mem[int32(r1)+3].int() = prg.multAndAdd(*prg.mem[int32(s)+3].int(), prg.curVal, scaled(0), scaled(07777777777))
			} else {
				*prg.mem[int32(r1)+widthOffset].int() = prg.xOverN(*prg.mem[int32(s)+widthOffset].int(), prg.curVal)
				*prg.mem[int32(r1)+2].int() = prg.xOverN(*prg.mem[int32(s)+2].int(), prg.curVal)
				*prg.mem[int32(r1)+3].int() = prg.xOverN(*prg.mem[int32(s)+3].int(), prg.curVal)
			}
			prg.curVal = int32(r1)
		}
	}
	if prg.arithError {
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			}
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
			prg.print( /* "Arithmetic overflow" */ 1207)
		}
		// \xref[Arithmetic overflow]
		{
			prg.helpPtr = 2
			prg.helpLine[1] = /* "I can't carry out that multiplication or division," */ 1208
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "since the result is out of range." */ 1209
		}
		if int32(p) >= glueVal {
			prg.deleteGlueRef(halfword(prg.curVal))
		}
		prg.error1()
		goto exit
	}
	if int32(p) < glueVal {
		if int32(a) >= 4 {
			prg.geqWordDefine(l, prg.curVal)
		} else {
			prg.eqWordDefine(l, prg.curVal)
		}
	} else {
		prg.trapZeroGlue()
		if int32(a) >= 4 {
			prg.geqDefine(l, quarterword(glueRef), halfword(prg.curVal))
		} else {
			prg.eqDefine(l, quarterword(glueRef), halfword(prg.curVal))
		}
	}

exit:
}

func (prg *prg) alterAux() {
	var (
		c halfword // |hmode| or |vmode|
	)
	if int32(prg.curChr) != abs(int32(prg.curList.modeField)) {
		prg.reportIllegalCase()
	} else {
		c = prg.curChr
		prg.scanOptionalEquals()
		if int32(c) == vmode {
			prg.scanDimen(false, false, false)
			*prg.curList.auxField.int() = prg.curVal
		} else {
			prg.scanInt()
			if prg.curVal <= 0 || prg.curVal > 32767 {
				{
					if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
					}
					prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
					prg.print( /* "Bad space factor" */ 1213)
				}
				// \xref[Bad space factor]
				{
					prg.helpPtr = 1
					prg.helpLine[0] = /* "I allow only values in the range 1..32767 here." */ 1214
				}
				prg.intError(prg.curVal)
			} else {
				*(*prg.curList.auxField.hh()).lh() = uint16(prg.curVal)
			}
		}
	}
}

func (prg *prg) alterPrevGraf() {
	var (
		p /* 0..nestSize */ byte // index into |nest|
	)
	prg.nest[prg.nestPtr] = prg.curList
	p = prg.nestPtr
	for abs(int32(prg.nest[p].modeField)) != vmode {
		p = byte(int32(p) - 1)
	}
	prg.scanOptionalEquals()
	prg.scanInt()
	if prg.curVal < 0 {
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			}
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
			prg.print( /* "Bad " */ 955)
		}
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "prevgraf" */ 532))
		// \xref[Bad \\prevgraf]
		{
			prg.helpPtr = 1
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "I allow only nonnegative values here." */ 1215
		}
		prg.intError(prg.curVal)
	} else {
		prg.nest[p].pgField = prg.curVal
		prg.curList = prg.nest[prg.nestPtr]
	}
}

func (prg *prg) alterPageSoFar() {
	var (
		c /* 0..7 */ byte // index into |page_so_far|
	)
	c = byte(prg.curChr)
	prg.scanOptionalEquals()
	prg.scanDimen(false, false, false)
	prg.pageSoFar[c] = prg.curVal
}

func (prg *prg) alterInteger() {
	var (
		c /* 0..1 */ byte // 0 for \.[\\deadcycles], 1 for \.[\\insertpenalties]
	)
	c = byte(prg.curChr)
	prg.scanOptionalEquals()
	prg.scanInt()
	if int32(c) == 0 {
		prg.deadCycles = prg.curVal
	} else {
		prg.insertPenalties = prg.curVal
	}
}

func (prg *prg) alterBoxDimen() {
	var (
		c smallNumber // |width_offset| or |height_offset| or |depth_offset|
		b eightBits   // box number
	)
	c = byte(prg.curChr)
	prg.scanEightBitInt()
	b = byte(prg.curVal)
	prg.scanOptionalEquals()
	prg.scanDimen(false, false, false)
	if int32(*(*prg.eqtb[boxBase+int32(b)-1].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
		*prg.mem[int32(*(*prg.eqtb[boxBase+int32(b)-1].hh()).rh())+int32(c)].int() = prg.curVal
	}
}

func (prg *prg) newFont(a smallNumber) {
	var (
		u                                   halfword           // user's font identifier
		s                                   scaled             // stated ``at'' size, or negative of scaled magnification
		f                                   internalFontNumber // runs through existing fonts
		t                                   strNumber          // name for the frozen font identifier
		oldSetting/* 0..maxSelector */ byte                    // holds |selector| setting
		flushableString                     strNumber          // string not yet referenced
	)
	if int32(prg.jobName) == 0 {
		prg.openLogFile()
	}
	// avoid confusing \.[texput] with the font name
	// \xref[texput]
	prg.getRToken()
	u = prg.curCs
	if int32(u) >= hashBase {
		t = *prg.hash[u-514].rh()
	} else if int32(u) >= singleBase {
		if int32(u) == nullCs {
			t = /* "FONT" */ 1219
		} else {
			t = uint16(int32(u) - singleBase)
		}
	} else {
		oldSetting = prg.selector
		prg.selector = byte(newString)
		prg.print( /* "FONT" */ 1219)
		prg.print(int32(u) - activeBase)
		prg.selector = oldSetting
		// \xref[FONTx]
		{
			if int32(prg.poolPtr)+1 > poolSize {
				prg.overflow(strNumber( /* "pool size" */ 257), poolSize-int32(prg.initPoolPtr))
			} /* \xref[TeX capacity exceeded pool size][\quad pool size]  */
		}
		t = prg.makeString()
	}
	if int32(a) >= 4 {
		prg.geqDefine(u, quarterword(setFont), halfword(fontBase))
	} else {
		prg.eqDefine(u, quarterword(setFont), halfword(fontBase))
	}
	prg.scanOptionalEquals()
	prg.scanFileName()

	// Scan the font size specification
	prg.nameInProgress = true // this keeps |cur_name| from being changed
	if prg.scanKeyword(strNumber( /* "at" */ 1220)) {
		prg.scanDimen(false, false, false)
		s = prg.curVal
		if s <= 0 || s >= 01000000000 {
			{
				if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
				}
				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
				prg.print( /* "Improper `at' size (" */ 1222)
			}
			prg.printScaled(s)
			prg.print( /* "pt), replaced by 10pt" */ 1223)
			// \xref[Improper `at' size...]
			{
				prg.helpPtr = 2
				prg.helpLine[1] = /* "I can only handle fonts at positive sizes that are" */ 1224
				prg.helpLine[0] = /* "less than 2048pt, so I've changed what you said to 10pt." */ 1225
			}
			prg.error1()
			s = 10 * 0200000
		}
	} else if prg.scanKeyword(strNumber( /* "scaled" */ 1221)) {
		prg.scanInt()
		s = -prg.curVal
		if prg.curVal <= 0 || prg.curVal > 32768 {
			{
				if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
				}
				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
				prg.print( /* "Illegal magnification has been changed to 1000" */ 552)
			}

			// \xref[Illegal magnification...]
			{
				prg.helpPtr = 1
				prg.helpLine[0] = /* "The magnification ratio must be between 1 and 32768." */ 553
			}
			prg.intError(prg.curVal)
			s = -1000
		}
	} else {
		s = -1000
	}
	prg.nameInProgress = false

	// If this font has already been loaded, set |f| to the internal font number and |goto common_ending|
	flushableString = uint16(int32(prg.strPtr) - 1)
	for ii := int32(fontBase + 1); ii <= int32(prg.fontPtr); ii++ {
		f = internalFontNumber(ii)
		_ = f
		if prg.strEqStr(prg.fontName[f], prg.curName) && prg.strEqStr(prg.fontArea[f], prg.curArea) {
			if int32(prg.curName) == int32(flushableString) {
				{
					prg.strPtr = uint16(int32(prg.strPtr) - 1)
					prg.poolPtr = prg.strStart[prg.strPtr]
				}
				prg.curName = prg.fontName[f]
			}
			if s > 0 {
				if s == prg.fontSize[f] {
					goto commonEnding
				}
			} else if prg.fontSize[f] == prg.xnOverD(prg.fontDsize[f], -s, 1000) {
				goto commonEnding
			}
		}
	}
	f = prg.readFontInfo(u, prg.curName, prg.curArea, s)

commonEnding:
	*(*prg.eqtb[u-1].hh()).rh() = uint16(f)
	prg.eqtb[fontIdBase+int32(f)-1] = prg.eqtb[u-1]
	*prg.hash[fontIdBase+int32(f)-514].rh() = t
}

func (prg *prg) newInteraction() {
	prg.printLn()
	prg.interaction = byte(prg.curChr)

	// Initialize the print |selector| based on |interaction|
	if int32(prg.interaction) == batchMode {
		prg.selector = byte(noPrint)
	} else {
		prg.selector = byte(termOnly)
	}
	if prg.logOpened {
		prg.selector = byte(int32(prg.selector) + 2)
	}
}

//

func (prg *prg) prefixedCommand() {
	var (
		a    smallNumber        // accumulated prefix codes so far
		f    internalFontNumber // identifies a font
		j    halfword           // index into a \.[\\parshape] specification
		k    fontIndex          // index into |font_info|
		p, q halfword           // for temporary short-term use
		n    int32              // ditto
		e    bool               // should a definition be expanded? or was \.[\\let] not done?
	)
	a = 0
	for int32(prg.curCmd) == prefix {
		if !(int32(a)/int32(prg.curChr)&1 != 0) {
			a = byte(int32(a) + int32(prg.curChr))
		}

		// Get the next non-blank non-relax...
		for {
			prg.getXToken()
			if int32(prg.curCmd) != spacer && int32(prg.curCmd) != relax {
				break
			}
		}
		if int32(prg.curCmd) <= maxNonPrefixedCommand {
			{
				if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
				}
				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
				prg.print( /* "You can't use a prefix with `" */ 1179)
			}
			// \xref[You can't use a prefix with x]
			prg.printCmdChr(prg.curCmd, prg.curChr)
			prg.printChar(asciiCode('\''))
			{
				prg.helpPtr = 1
				prg.helpLine[0] = /* "I'll pretend you didn't say \\long or \\outer or \\global." */ 1180
			}
			prg.backError()
			goto exit
		}
	}

	// Discard the prefixes \.[\\long] and \.[\\outer] if they are irrelevant
	if int32(prg.curCmd) != def && int32(a)%4 != 0 {
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			}
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
			prg.print( /* "You can't use `" */ 685)
		}
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "long" */ 1171))
		prg.print( /* "' or `" */ 1181)
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "outer" */ 1172))
		prg.print( /* "' with `" */ 1182)
		// \xref[You can't use \\long...]
		prg.printCmdChr(prg.curCmd, prg.curChr)
		prg.printChar(asciiCode('\''))
		{
			prg.helpPtr = 1
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "I'll pretend you didn't say \\long or \\outer here." */ 1183
		}
		prg.error1()
	}

	// Adjust \(f)for the setting of \.[\\globaldefs]
	if *prg.eqtb[intBase+globalDefsCode-1].int() != 0 {
		if *prg.eqtb[intBase+globalDefsCode-1].int() < 0 {
			if int32(a) >= 4 {
				a = byte(int32(a) - 4)
			}
		} else {
			if !(int32(a) >= 4) {
				a = byte(int32(a) + 4)
			}
		}
	}
	switch prg.curCmd {
	case setFont:
		if int32(a) >= 4 {
			prg.geqDefine(halfword(curFontLoc), quarterword(data), prg.curChr)
		} else {
			prg.eqDefine(halfword(curFontLoc), quarterword(data), prg.curChr)
		}

	case def:
		if prg.curChr&1 != 0 && !(int32(a) >= 4) && *prg.eqtb[intBase+globalDefsCode-1].int() >= 0 {
			a = byte(int32(a) + 4)
		}
		e = int32(prg.curChr) >= 2
		prg.getRToken()
		p = prg.curCs
		q = prg.scanToks(true, e)
		if int32(a) >= 4 {
			prg.geqDefine(p, quarterword(call+int32(a)%4), prg.defRef)
		} else {
			prg.eqDefine(p, quarterword(call+int32(a)%4), prg.defRef)
		}

	case let:
		n = int32(prg.curChr)
		prg.getRToken()
		p = prg.curCs
		if n == normal {
			for {
				prg.getToken()
				if int32(prg.curCmd) != spacer {
					break
				}
			}
			if int32(prg.curTok) == otherToken+'=' {
				prg.getToken()
				if int32(prg.curCmd) == spacer {
					prg.getToken()
				}
			}
		} else {
			prg.getToken()
			q = prg.curTok
			prg.getToken()
			prg.backInput()
			prg.curTok = q
			prg.backInput() // look ahead, then back up
		} // note that |back_input| doesn't affect |cur_cmd|, |cur_chr|
		if int32(prg.curCmd) >= call {
			*(*prg.mem[prg.curChr].hh()).lh() = uint16(int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.curChr].hh()).lh()) + 1)
		}
		if int32(a) >= 4 {
			prg.geqDefine(p, prg.curCmd, prg.curChr)
		} else {
			prg.eqDefine(p, prg.curCmd, prg.curChr)
		}

	case shorthandDef:
		n = int32(prg.curChr)
		prg.getRToken()
		p = prg.curCs
		if int32(a) >= 4 {
			prg.geqDefine(p, quarterword(relax), halfword(256))
		} else {
			prg.eqDefine(p, quarterword(relax), halfword(256))
		}
		prg.scanOptionalEquals()
		switch n {
		case charDefCode:
			prg.scanCharNum()
			if int32(a) >= 4 {
				prg.geqDefine(p, quarterword(charGiven), halfword(prg.curVal))
			} else {
				prg.eqDefine(p, quarterword(charGiven), halfword(prg.curVal))
			}

		case mathCharDefCode:
			prg.scanFifteenBitInt()
			if int32(a) >= 4 {
				prg.geqDefine(p, quarterword(mathGiven), halfword(prg.curVal))
			} else {
				prg.eqDefine(p, quarterword(mathGiven), halfword(prg.curVal))
			}

		default:
			prg.scanEightBitInt()
			switch n {
			case countDefCode:
				if int32(a) >= 4 {
					prg.geqDefine(p, quarterword(assignInt), halfword(countBase+prg.curVal))
				} else {
					prg.eqDefine(p, quarterword(assignInt), halfword(countBase+prg.curVal))
				}
			case dimenDefCode:
				if int32(a) >= 4 {
					prg.geqDefine(p, quarterword(assignDimen), halfword(scaledBase+prg.curVal))
				} else {
					prg.eqDefine(p, quarterword(assignDimen), halfword(scaledBase+prg.curVal))
				}
			case skipDefCode:
				if int32(a) >= 4 {
					prg.geqDefine(p, quarterword(assignGlue), halfword(skipBase+prg.curVal))
				} else {
					prg.eqDefine(p, quarterword(assignGlue), halfword(skipBase+prg.curVal))
				}
			case muSkipDefCode:
				if int32(a) >= 4 {
					prg.geqDefine(p, quarterword(assignMuGlue), halfword(muSkipBase+prg.curVal))
				} else {
					prg.eqDefine(p, quarterword(assignMuGlue), halfword(muSkipBase+prg.curVal))
				}
			case toksDefCode:
				if int32(a) >= 4 {
					prg.geqDefine(p, quarterword(assignToks), halfword(toksBase+prg.curVal))
				} else {
					prg.eqDefine(p, quarterword(assignToks), halfword(toksBase+prg.curVal))
				}
			} // there are no other cases

		}

	case readToCs:
		prg.scanInt()
		n = prg.curVal
		if !prg.scanKeyword(strNumber(842)) {
			{
				if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
				}
				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
				prg.print( /* "Missing `to' inserted" */ 1073)
			}
			// \xref[Missing `to'...]
			{
				prg.helpPtr = 2
				prg.helpLine[1] = /* "You should have said `\\read<number> to \\cs'." */ 1200
				prg.helpLine[0] = /* "I'm going to look for the \\cs now." */ 1201
			}
			prg.error1()
		}
		prg.getRToken()
		p = prg.curCs
		prg.readToks(n, p)
		if int32(a) >= 4 {
			prg.geqDefine(p, quarterword(call), halfword(prg.curVal))
		} else {
			prg.eqDefine(p, quarterword(call), halfword(prg.curVal))
		}

	case toksRegister, assignToks:
		q = prg.curCs
		if int32(prg.curCmd) == toksRegister {
			prg.scanEightBitInt()
			p = uint16(toksBase + prg.curVal)
		} else {
			p = prg.curChr
		} // |p=every_par_loc| or |output_routine_loc| or \dots
		prg.scanOptionalEquals()

		// Get the next non-blank non-relax non-call token
		for {
			prg.getXToken()
			if int32(prg.curCmd) != spacer && int32(prg.curCmd) != relax {
				break
			}
		}
		if int32(prg.curCmd) != leftBrace {
			if int32(prg.curCmd) == toksRegister {
				prg.scanEightBitInt()
				prg.curCmd = byte(assignToks)
				prg.curChr = uint16(toksBase + prg.curVal)
			}
			if int32(prg.curCmd) == assignToks {
				q = *(*prg.eqtb[prg.curChr-1].hh()).rh()
				if int32(q) == 0 {
					if int32(a) >= 4 {
						prg.geqDefine(p, quarterword(undefinedCs), halfword(0))
					} else {
						prg.eqDefine(p, quarterword(undefinedCs), halfword(0))
					}
				} else {
					*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh() = uint16(int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh()) + 1)
					if int32(a) >= 4 {
						prg.geqDefine(p, quarterword(call), q)
					} else {
						prg.eqDefine(p, quarterword(call), q)
					}
				}

				goto done
			}
		}
		prg.backInput()
		prg.curCs = q
		q = prg.scanToks(false, false)
		if int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.defRef].hh()).rh()) == 0 {
			if int32(a) >= 4 {
				prg.geqDefine(p, quarterword(undefinedCs), halfword(0))
			} else {
				prg.eqDefine(p, quarterword(undefinedCs), halfword(0))
			}
			{
				*(*prg.mem[prg.defRef].hh()).rh() = prg.avail
				prg.avail = prg.defRef /*    dyn_used:= dyn_used-1 ; [  ] */
			}
		} else {
			if int32(p) == outputRoutineLoc {
				*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = prg.getAvail()
				q = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()
				*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh() = uint16(rightBraceToken + '}')
				q = prg.getAvail()
				*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh() = uint16(leftBraceToken + '{')
				*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[prg.defRef].hh()).rh()
				*(*prg.mem[prg.defRef].hh()).rh() = q
			}
			if int32(a) >= 4 {
				prg.geqDefine(p, quarterword(call), prg.defRef)
			} else {
				prg.eqDefine(p, quarterword(call), prg.defRef)
			}
		}

	case assignInt:
		p = prg.curChr
		prg.scanOptionalEquals()
		prg.scanInt()
		if int32(a) >= 4 {
			prg.geqWordDefine(p, prg.curVal)
		} else {
			prg.eqWordDefine(p, prg.curVal)
		}

	case assignDimen:
		p = prg.curChr
		prg.scanOptionalEquals()
		prg.scanDimen(false, false, false)
		if int32(a) >= 4 {
			prg.geqWordDefine(p, prg.curVal)
		} else {
			prg.eqWordDefine(p, prg.curVal)
		}

	case assignGlue, assignMuGlue:
		p = prg.curChr
		n = int32(prg.curCmd)
		prg.scanOptionalEquals()
		if n == assignMuGlue {
			prg.scanGlue(smallNumber(muVal))
		} else {
			prg.scanGlue(smallNumber(glueVal))
		}
		prg.trapZeroGlue()
		if int32(a) >= 4 {
			prg.geqDefine(p, quarterword(glueRef), halfword(prg.curVal))
		} else {
			prg.eqDefine(p, quarterword(glueRef), halfword(prg.curVal))
		}

	case defCode:
		if int32(prg.curChr) == catCodeBase {
			n = maxCharCode
		} else if int32(prg.curChr) == mathCodeBase {
			n = 0100000
		} else if int32(prg.curChr) == sfCodeBase {
			n = 077777
		} else if int32(prg.curChr) == delCodeBase {
			n = 077777777
		} else {
			n = 255
		}
		p = prg.curChr
		prg.scanCharNum()
		p = uint16(int32(p) + prg.curVal)
		prg.scanOptionalEquals()
		prg.scanInt()
		if prg.curVal < 0 && int32(p) < delCodeBase || prg.curVal > n {
			{
				if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
				}
				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
				prg.print( /* "Invalid code (" */ 1202)
			}
			prg.printInt(prg.curVal)
			// \xref[Invalid code]
			if int32(p) < delCodeBase {
				prg.print( /* "), should be in the range 0.." */ 1203)
			} else {
				prg.print( /* "), should be at most " */ 1204)
			}
			prg.printInt(n)
			{
				prg.helpPtr = 1
				prg.helpLine[0] = /* "I'm going to use 0 instead of that illegal code value." */ 1205
			}

			prg.error1()
			prg.curVal = 0
		}
		if int32(p) < mathCodeBase {
			if int32(a) >= 4 {
				prg.geqDefine(p, quarterword(data), halfword(prg.curVal))
			} else {
				prg.eqDefine(p, quarterword(data), halfword(prg.curVal))
			}
		} else if int32(p) < delCodeBase {
			if int32(a) >= 4 {
				prg.geqDefine(p, quarterword(data), halfword(prg.curVal+0))
			} else {
				prg.eqDefine(p, quarterword(data), halfword(prg.curVal+0))
			}
		} else if int32(a) >= 4 {
			prg.geqWordDefine(p, prg.curVal)
		} else {
			prg.eqWordDefine(p, prg.curVal)
		}

	case defFamily:
		p = prg.curChr
		prg.scanFourBitInt()
		p = uint16(int32(p) + prg.curVal)
		prg.scanOptionalEquals()
		prg.scanFontIdent()
		if int32(a) >= 4 {
			prg.geqDefine(p, quarterword(data), halfword(prg.curVal))
		} else {
			prg.eqDefine(p, quarterword(data), halfword(prg.curVal))
		}

	case register, advance, multiply, divide:
		prg.doRegisterCommand(a)

	case setBox:
		prg.scanEightBitInt()
		if int32(a) >= 4 {
			n = 256 + prg.curVal
		} else {
			n = prg.curVal
		}
		prg.scanOptionalEquals()
		if prg.setBoxAllowed {
			prg.scanBox(010000000000 + n)
		} else {
			{
				if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
				}
				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
				prg.print( /* "Improper " */ 680)
			}
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "setbox" */ 536))
			// \xref[Improper \\setbox]
			{
				prg.helpPtr = 2
				prg.helpLine[1] = /* "Sorry, \\setbox is not allowed after \\halign in a display," */ 1211
				prg.helpLine[0] = /* "or between \\accent and an accented character." */ 1212
			}
			prg.error1()
		}

	case setAux:
		prg.alterAux()
	case setPrevGraf:
		prg.alterPrevGraf()
	case setPageDimen:
		prg.alterPageSoFar()
	case setPageInt:
		prg.alterInteger()
	case setBoxDimen:
		prg.alterBoxDimen()

	case setShape:
		prg.scanOptionalEquals()
		prg.scanInt()
		n = prg.curVal
		if n <= 0 {
			p = 0
		} else {
			p = prg.getNode(2*n + 1)
			*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh() = uint16(n)
			for ii := int32(1); ii <= n; ii++ {
				j = halfword(ii)
				_ = j
				prg.scanDimen(false, false, false)
				*prg.mem[int32(p)+2*int32(j)-1].int() = prg.curVal // indentation
				prg.scanDimen(false, false, false)
				*prg.mem[int32(p)+2*int32(j)].int() = prg.curVal // width
			}
		}
		if int32(a) >= 4 {
			prg.geqDefine(halfword(parShapeLoc), quarterword(shapeRef), p)
		} else {
			prg.eqDefine(halfword(parShapeLoc), quarterword(shapeRef), p)
		}

	case hyphData:
		if int32(prg.curChr) == 1 {
			prg.newPatterns()
			goto done

			{
				if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
				}
				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
				prg.print( /* "Patterns can be loaded only by INITEX" */ 1216)
			}
			// \xref[Patterns can be...]
			prg.helpPtr = 0
			prg.error1()
			for {
				prg.getToken()
				if int32(prg.curCmd) == rightBrace {
					break
				}
			} // flush the patterns
			// flush the patterns
			goto exit
		} else {
			prg.newHyphExceptions()
			goto done
		}

	case assignFontDimen:
		prg.findFontDimen(true)
		k = uint16(prg.curVal)
		prg.scanOptionalEquals()
		prg.scanDimen(false, false, false)
		*prg.fontInfo[k].int() = prg.curVal

	case assignFontInt:
		n = int32(prg.curChr)
		prg.scanFontIdent()
		f = byte(prg.curVal)
		prg.scanOptionalEquals()
		prg.scanInt()
		if n == 0 {
			prg.hyphenChar[f] = prg.curVal
		} else {
			prg.skewChar[f] = prg.curVal
		}

	case defFont:
		prg.newFont(a)

	case setInteraction:
		prg.newInteraction()

	default:
		prg.confusion(strNumber( /* "prefix" */ 1178))
		// \xref[this can't happen prefix][\quad prefix]
	}

done:
	if int32(prg.afterToken) != 0 {
		prg.curTok = prg.afterToken
		prg.backInput()
		prg.afterToken = 0
	}

exit:
} // note that |glue_shrink(p)=0| since |glue_shrink==shift_amount|

// 800.

// tangle:pos tex.web:15736:1:

// Finally, we will reach the end of the alignment, and we can breathe a
// sigh of relief that memory hasn't overflowed. All the unset boxes will now be
// set so that the columns line up, taking due account of spanned columns.
func (prg *prg) doAssignments() {
	for true {
		for {
			prg.getXToken()
			if int32(prg.curCmd) != spacer && int32(prg.curCmd) != relax {
				break
			}
		}
		if int32(prg.curCmd) <= maxNonPrefixedCommand {
			goto exit
		}
		prg.setBoxAllowed = false
		prg.prefixedCommand()
		prg.setBoxAllowed = true
	}

exit:
}

func (prg *prg) openOrCloseIn() {
	var (
		c/* 0..1 */ byte  // 1 for \.[\\openin], 0 for \.[\\closein]
		n/* 0..15 */ byte // stream number
	)
	c = byte(prg.curChr)
	prg.scanFourBitInt()
	n = byte(prg.curVal)
	if int32(prg.readOpen[n]) != closed {
		prg.aClose(prg.readFile[n])
		prg.readOpen[n] = byte(closed)
	}
	if int32(c) != 0 {
		prg.scanOptionalEquals()
		prg.scanFileName()
		if int32(prg.curExt) == 338 {
			prg.curExt = /* ".tex" */ 791
		}
		prg.packFileName(prg.curName, prg.curArea, prg.curExt)
		if prg.aOpenIn(prg.readFile[n]) {
			prg.readOpen[n] = byte(justOpen)
		}
	}
}

func (prg *prg) issueMessage() {
	var (
		oldSetting/* 0..maxSelector */ byte           // holds |selector| setting
		c/* 0..1 */ byte                              // identifies \.[\\message] and \.[\\errmessage]
		s                                   strNumber // the message
	)
	c = byte(prg.curChr)
	*(*prg.mem[30000-12].hh()).rh() = prg.scanToks(false, true)
	oldSetting = prg.selector
	prg.selector = byte(newString)
	prg.tokenShow(prg.defRef)
	prg.selector = oldSetting
	prg.flushList(prg.defRef)
	{
		if int32(prg.poolPtr)+1 > poolSize {
			prg.overflow(strNumber( /* "pool size" */ 257), poolSize-int32(prg.initPoolPtr))
		} /* \xref[TeX capacity exceeded pool size][\quad pool size]  */
	}
	s = prg.makeString()
	if int32(c) == 0 {
		if int32(prg.termOffset)+(int32(prg.strStart[int32(s)+1])-int32(prg.strStart[s])) > maxPrintLine-2 {
			prg.printLn()
		} else if int32(prg.termOffset) > 0 || int32(prg.fileOffset) > 0 {
			prg.printChar(asciiCode(' '))
		}
		prg.slowPrint(int32(s))
	} else {
		// Print string |s| as an error message
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			}
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
			prg.print( /* "" */ 338)
		}
		prg.slowPrint(int32(s))
		if int32(*(*prg.eqtb[errHelpLoc-1].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
			prg.useErrHelp = true
		} else if prg.longHelpSeen {
			prg.helpPtr = 1
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "(That was another \\errmessage.)" */ 1232
		} else {
			if int32(prg.interaction) < errorStopMode {
				prg.longHelpSeen = true
			}
			{
				prg.helpPtr = 4
				prg.helpLine[3] = /* "This error message was generated by an \\errmessage" */ 1233
				prg.helpLine[2] = /* "command, so I can't give any explicit help." */ 1234
				prg.helpLine[1] = /* "Pretend that you're Hercule Poirot: Examine all clues," */ 1235
				prg.helpLine[0] = /* "and deduce the truth by order and method." */ 1236
			}
		}
		prg.error1()
		prg.useErrHelp = false
	}
	{
		prg.strPtr = uint16(int32(prg.strPtr) - 1)
		prg.poolPtr = prg.strStart[prg.strPtr]
	}
}

func (prg *prg) shiftCase() {
	var (
		b halfword  // |lc_code_base| or |uc_code_base|
		p halfword  // runs through the token list
		t halfword  // token
		c eightBits // character code
	)
	b = prg.curChr
	p = prg.scanToks(false, false)
	p = *(*prg.mem[prg.defRef].hh()).rh()
	for int32(p) != 0 {
		t = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh()
		if int32(t) < 07777+singleBase {
			c = byte(int32(t) % 256)
			if int32(*(*prg.eqtb[int32(b)+int32(c)-1].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
				*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).lh() = uint16(int32(t) - int32(c) + int32(*(*prg.eqtb[int32(b)+int32(c)-1].hh()).rh()))
			}
		}
		p = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
	}
	prg.beginTokenList(*(*prg.mem[prg.defRef].hh()).rh(), quarterword(backedUp))
	{
		*(*prg.mem[prg.defRef].hh()).rh() = prg.avail
		prg.avail = prg.defRef /*    dyn_used:= dyn_used-1 ; [  ] */
	} // omit reference count
}

func (prg *prg) showWhatever() {
	var (
		p halfword // tail of a token list to show
	)
	if int32(p) == 0 {
	}
	switch prg.curChr {
	case showListsCode:
		prg.beginDiagnostic()
		prg.showActivities()

	case showBoxCode:
		// Show the current contents of a box
		prg.scanEightBitInt()
		prg.beginDiagnostic()
		prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "> \\box" */ 1254))
		prg.printInt(prg.curVal)
		prg.printChar(asciiCode('='))
		if int32(*(*prg.eqtb[boxBase+prg.curVal-1].hh()).rh()) == 0 {
			prg.print( /* "void" */ 410)
		} else {
			prg.showBox(*(*prg.eqtb[boxBase+prg.curVal-1].hh()).rh())
		}

	case showCode:
		// Show the current meaning of a token, then |goto common_ending|
		prg.getToken()
		if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
		}
		prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "> " */ 1248))
		if int32(prg.curCs) != 0 {
			prg.sprintCs(prg.curCs)
			prg.printChar(asciiCode('='))
		}
		prg.printMeaning()
		goto commonEnding

	default:
		p = prg.theToks()
		if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
		}
		prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "> " */ 1248))
		prg.tokenShow(halfword(30000 - 3))
		prg.flushList(*(*prg.mem[30000-3].hh()).rh())
		goto commonEnding

	}

	// Complete a potentially long \.[\\show] command
	prg.endDiagnostic(true)
	{
		if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
		}
		prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
		prg.print( /* "OK" */ 1255)
	}
	// \xref[OK]
	if int32(prg.selector) == termAndLog {
		if *prg.eqtb[intBase+tracingOnlineCode-1].int() <= 0 {
			prg.selector = byte(termOnly)
			prg.print( /* " (see the transcript file)" */ 1256)
			prg.selector = byte(termAndLog)
		}
	}

commonEnding:
	if int32(prg.interaction) < errorStopMode {
		prg.helpPtr = 0
		prg.errorCount = int8(int32(prg.errorCount) - 1)
	} else if *prg.eqtb[intBase+tracingOnlineCode-1].int() > 0 {
		{
			prg.helpPtr = 3
			prg.helpLine[2] = /* "This isn't an error message; I'm just \\showing something." */ 1243
			prg.helpLine[1] = /* "Type `I\\show...' to show more (e.g., \\show\\cs," */ 1244
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "\\showthe\\count10, \\showbox255, \\showlists)." */ 1245
		}
	} else {
		{
			prg.helpPtr = 5
			prg.helpLine[4] = /* "This isn't an error message; I'm just \\showing something." */ 1243
			prg.helpLine[3] = /* "Type `I\\show...' to show more (e.g., \\show\\cs," */ 1244
			prg.helpLine[2] = /* "\\showthe\\count10, \\showbox255, \\showlists)." */ 1245
			prg.helpLine[1] = /* "And type `I\\tracingonline=1\\show...' to show boxes and" */ 1246
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "lists on your terminal as well as in the transcript file." */ 1247
		}
	}
	prg.error1()
}

func (prg *prg) storeFmtFile() {
	var (
		j, k, l int32        // all-purpose indices
		p, q    halfword     // all-purpose pointers
		x       int32        // something to dump
		w       fourQuarters // four ASCII codes
	)
	if int32(prg.savePtr) != 0 {
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			}
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
			prg.print( /* "You can't dump inside a group" */ 1258)
		}
		// \xref[You can't dump...]
		{
			prg.helpPtr = 1
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "`[...\\dump]' is a no-no." */ 1259
		}
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
				prg.interaction = byte(scrollMode)
			}
			if prg.logOpened {
				prg.error1()
			} /*  if interaction>batch_mode then debug_help; [  ] */
			prg.history = byte(fatalErrorStop)
			prg.jumpOut()
		}
	}

	// Create the |format_ident|, open the format file, and inform the user that dumping has begun
	prg.selector = byte(newString)
	prg.print( /* " (preloaded format=" */ 1272)
	prg.print(int32(prg.jobName))
	prg.printChar(asciiCode(' '))
	prg.printInt(*prg.eqtb[intBase+yearCode-1].int())
	prg.printChar(asciiCode('.'))
	prg.printInt(*prg.eqtb[intBase+monthCode-1].int())
	prg.printChar(asciiCode('.'))
	prg.printInt(*prg.eqtb[intBase+dayCode-1].int())
	prg.printChar(asciiCode(')'))
	if int32(prg.interaction) == batchMode {
		prg.selector = byte(logOnly)
	} else {
		prg.selector = byte(termAndLog)
	}
	{
		if int32(prg.poolPtr)+1 > poolSize {
			prg.overflow(strNumber( /* "pool size" */ 257), poolSize-int32(prg.initPoolPtr))
		} /* \xref[TeX capacity exceeded pool size][\quad pool size]  */
	}
	prg.formatIdent = prg.makeString()
	prg.packJobName(strNumber(formatExtension))
	for !prg.wOpenOut(prg.fmtFile) {
		prg.promptFileName(strNumber( /* "format file name" */ 1273), strNumber(formatExtension))
	}
	prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "Beginning to dump on file " */ 1274))
	// \xref[Beginning to dump...]
	prg.slowPrint(int32(prg.wMakeNameString(prg.fmtFile)))
	{
		prg.strPtr = uint16(int32(prg.strPtr) - 1)
		prg.poolPtr = prg.strStart[prg.strPtr]
	}
	prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "" */ 338))
	prg.slowPrint(int32(prg.formatIdent))

	// Dump constants for consistency check
	{
		*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = 504454778
		prg.fmtFile.Put()
	}

	{
		*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = memBot
		prg.fmtFile.Put()
	}

	{
		*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = 30000
		prg.fmtFile.Put()
	}

	{
		*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = eqtbSize
		prg.fmtFile.Put()
	}

	{
		*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = hashPrime
		prg.fmtFile.Put()
	}

	{
		*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = hyphSize
		prg.fmtFile.Put()
	}

	// Dump the string pool
	{
		*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = int32(prg.poolPtr)
		prg.fmtFile.Put()
	}
	{
		*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = int32(prg.strPtr)
		prg.fmtFile.Put()
	}
	for ii := int32(0); ii <= int32(prg.strPtr); ii++ {
		k = ii
		_ = k
		*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = int32(prg.strStart[k])
		prg.fmtFile.Put()
	}
	k = 0
	for k+4 < int32(prg.poolPtr) {
		w.b0 = byte(int32(prg.strPool[k]) + minQuarterword)
		w.b1 = byte(int32(prg.strPool[k+1]) + minQuarterword)
		w.b2 = byte(int32(prg.strPool[k+2]) + minQuarterword)
		w.b3 = byte(int32(prg.strPool[k+3]) + minQuarterword)
		{
			*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).qqqq() = w
			prg.fmtFile.Put()
		}
		k = k + 4
	}
	k = int32(prg.poolPtr) - 4
	w.b0 = byte(int32(prg.strPool[k]) + minQuarterword)
	w.b1 = byte(int32(prg.strPool[k+1]) + minQuarterword)
	w.b2 = byte(int32(prg.strPool[k+2]) + minQuarterword)
	w.b3 = byte(int32(prg.strPool[k+3]) + minQuarterword)
	{
		*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).qqqq() = w
		prg.fmtFile.Put()
	}
	prg.printLn()
	prg.printInt(int32(prg.strPtr))
	prg.print( /* " strings of total length " */ 1260)
	prg.printInt(int32(prg.poolPtr))

	// Dump the dynamic memory
	prg.sortAvail()
	prg.varUsed = 0
	{
		*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = int32(prg.loMemMax)
		prg.fmtFile.Put()
	}
	{
		*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = int32(prg.rover)
		prg.fmtFile.Put()
	}
	p = uint16(memBot)
	q = prg.rover
	x = 0
	for {
		for ii := int32(p); ii <= int32(q)+1; ii++ {
			k = ii
			_ = k
			*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P())) = prg.mem[k]
			prg.fmtFile.Put()
		}
		x = x + int32(q) + 2 - int32(p)
		prg.varUsed = prg.varUsed + int32(q) - int32(p)
		p = uint16(int32(q) + int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh()))
		q = *(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).rh()
		if int32(q) == int32(prg.rover) {
			break
		}
	}
	prg.varUsed = prg.varUsed + int32(prg.loMemMax) - int32(p)
	prg.dynUsed = int32(prg.memEnd) + 1 - int32(prg.hiMemMin)

	for ii := int32(p); ii <= int32(prg.loMemMax); ii++ {
		k = ii
		_ = k
		*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P())) = prg.mem[k]
		prg.fmtFile.Put()
	}
	x = x + int32(prg.loMemMax) + 1 - int32(p)
	{
		*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = int32(prg.hiMemMin)
		prg.fmtFile.Put()
	}
	{
		*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = int32(prg.avail)
		prg.fmtFile.Put()
	}
	for ii := int32(prg.hiMemMin); ii <= int32(prg.memEnd); ii++ {
		k = ii
		_ = k
		*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P())) = prg.mem[k]
		prg.fmtFile.Put()
	}
	x = x + int32(prg.memEnd) + 1 - int32(prg.hiMemMin)
	p = prg.avail
	for int32(p) != 0 {
		prg.dynUsed = prg.dynUsed - 1
		p = *(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()
	}
	{
		*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = prg.varUsed
		prg.fmtFile.Put()
	}
	{
		*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = prg.dynUsed
		prg.fmtFile.Put()
	}
	prg.printLn()
	prg.printInt(x)
	prg.print( /* " memory locations dumped; current usage is " */ 1261)
	prg.printInt(prg.varUsed)
	prg.printChar(asciiCode('&'))
	prg.printInt(prg.dynUsed)

	// Dump the table of equivalents

	// Dump regions 1 to 4 of |eqtb|
	k = activeBase
	for {
		j = k
		for j < intBase-1 {
			if int32(*(*prg.eqtb[j-1].hh()).rh()) == int32(*(*prg.eqtb[j+1-1].hh()).rh()) && int32(*(*prg.eqtb[j-1].hh()).b0()) == int32(*(*prg.eqtb[j+1-1].hh()).b0()) && int32(*(*prg.eqtb[j-1].hh()).b1()) == int32(*(*prg.eqtb[j+1-1].hh()).b1()) {
				goto found1
			}
			j = j + 1
		}
		l = intBase
		goto done1 // |j=int_base-1|
		// |j=int_base-1|
	found1:
		j = j + 1
		l = j
		for j < intBase-1 {
			if int32(*(*prg.eqtb[j-1].hh()).rh()) != int32(*(*prg.eqtb[j+1-1].hh()).rh()) || int32(*(*prg.eqtb[j-1].hh()).b0()) != int32(*(*prg.eqtb[j+1-1].hh()).b0()) || int32(*(*prg.eqtb[j-1].hh()).b1()) != int32(*(*prg.eqtb[j+1-1].hh()).b1()) {
				goto done1
			}
			j = j + 1
		}

	done1:
		{
			*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = l - k
			prg.fmtFile.Put()
		}
		for k < l {
			{
				*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P())) = prg.eqtb[k-1]
				prg.fmtFile.Put()
			}
			k = k + 1
		}
		k = j + 1
		{
			*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = k - l
			prg.fmtFile.Put()
		}
		if k == intBase {
			break
		}
	}

	// Dump regions 5 and 6 of |eqtb|
	for {
		j = k
		for j < eqtbSize {
			if *prg.eqtb[j-1].int() == *prg.eqtb[j+1-1].int() {
				goto found2
			}
			j = j + 1
		}
		l = eqtbSize + 1
		goto done2 // |j=eqtb_size|
		// |j=eqtb_size|
	found2:
		j = j + 1
		l = j
		for j < eqtbSize {
			if *prg.eqtb[j-1].int() != *prg.eqtb[j+1-1].int() {
				goto done2
			}
			j = j + 1
		}

	done2:
		{
			*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = l - k
			prg.fmtFile.Put()
		}
		for k < l {
			{
				*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P())) = prg.eqtb[k-1]
				prg.fmtFile.Put()
			}
			k = k + 1
		}
		k = j + 1
		{
			*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = k - l
			prg.fmtFile.Put()
		}
		if k > eqtbSize {
			break
		}
	}
	{
		*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = int32(prg.parLoc)
		prg.fmtFile.Put()
	}
	{
		*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = int32(prg.writeLoc)
		prg.fmtFile.Put()
	}

	// Dump the hash table
	{
		*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = int32(prg.hashUsed)
		prg.fmtFile.Put()
	}
	prg.csCount = frozenControlSequence - 1 - int32(prg.hashUsed)
	for ii := int32(hashBase); ii <= int32(prg.hashUsed); ii++ {
		p = halfword(ii)
		_ = p
		if int32(*prg.hash[p-514].rh()) != 0 {
			{
				*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = int32(p)
				prg.fmtFile.Put()
			}
			{
				*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).hh() = prg.hash[p-514]
				prg.fmtFile.Put()
			}
			prg.csCount = prg.csCount + 1
		}
	}
	for ii := int32(prg.hashUsed) + 1; ii <= undefinedControlSequence-1; ii++ {
		p = halfword(ii)
		_ = p
		*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).hh() = prg.hash[p-514]
		prg.fmtFile.Put()
	}
	{
		*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = prg.csCount
		prg.fmtFile.Put()
	}

	prg.printLn()
	prg.printInt(prg.csCount)
	prg.print( /* " multiletter control sequences" */ 1262)

	// Dump the font information
	{
		*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = int32(prg.fmemPtr)
		prg.fmtFile.Put()
	}
	for ii := int32(0); ii <= int32(prg.fmemPtr)-1; ii++ {
		k = ii
		_ = k
		*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P())) = prg.fontInfo[k]
		prg.fmtFile.Put()
	}
	{
		*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = int32(prg.fontPtr)
		prg.fmtFile.Put()
	}
	for ii := int32(fontBase); ii <= int32(prg.fontPtr); ii++ {
		k = ii
		_ = k

		// Dump the array info for internal font number |k|
		{
			*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).qqqq() = prg.fontCheck[k]
			prg.fmtFile.Put()
		}
		{
			*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = prg.fontSize[k]
			prg.fmtFile.Put()
		}
		{
			*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = prg.fontDsize[k]
			prg.fmtFile.Put()
		}
		{
			*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = int32(prg.fontParams[k])
			prg.fmtFile.Put()
		}

		{
			*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = prg.hyphenChar[k]
			prg.fmtFile.Put()
		}
		{
			*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = prg.skewChar[k]
			prg.fmtFile.Put()
		}

		{
			*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = int32(prg.fontName[k])
			prg.fmtFile.Put()
		}
		{
			*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = int32(prg.fontArea[k])
			prg.fmtFile.Put()
		}

		{
			*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = int32(prg.fontBc[k])
			prg.fmtFile.Put()
		}
		{
			*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = int32(prg.fontEc[k])
			prg.fmtFile.Put()
		}

		{
			*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = prg.charBase[k]
			prg.fmtFile.Put()
		}
		{
			*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = prg.widthBase[k]
			prg.fmtFile.Put()
		}
		{
			*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = prg.heightBase[k]
			prg.fmtFile.Put()
		}

		{
			*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = prg.depthBase[k]
			prg.fmtFile.Put()
		}
		{
			*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = prg.italicBase[k]
			prg.fmtFile.Put()
		}
		{
			*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = prg.ligKernBase[k]
			prg.fmtFile.Put()
		}

		{
			*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = prg.kernBase[k]
			prg.fmtFile.Put()
		}
		{
			*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = prg.extenBase[k]
			prg.fmtFile.Put()
		}
		{
			*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = prg.paramBase[k]
			prg.fmtFile.Put()
		}

		{
			*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = int32(prg.fontGlue[k])
			prg.fmtFile.Put()
		}

		{
			*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = int32(prg.bcharLabel[k])
			prg.fmtFile.Put()
		}
		{
			*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = int32(prg.fontBchar[k])
			prg.fmtFile.Put()
		}
		{
			*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = int32(prg.fontFalseBchar[k])
			prg.fmtFile.Put()
		}

		prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "\\font" */ 1265))
		prg.printEsc(*prg.hash[fontIdBase+k-514].rh())
		prg.printChar(asciiCode('='))
		prg.printFileName(int32(prg.fontName[k]), int32(prg.fontArea[k]) /* "" */, 338)
		if prg.fontSize[k] != prg.fontDsize[k] {
			prg.print( /* " at " */ 741)
			prg.printScaled(prg.fontSize[k])
			prg.print( /* "pt" */ 397)
		}
	}
	prg.printLn()
	prg.printInt(int32(prg.fmemPtr) - 7)
	prg.print( /* " words of font info for " */ 1263)
	prg.printInt(int32(prg.fontPtr) - fontBase)
	prg.print( /* " preloaded font" */ 1264)
	if int32(prg.fontPtr) != fontBase+1 {
		prg.printChar(asciiCode('s'))
	}

	// Dump the hyphenation tables
	{
		*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = int32(prg.hyphCount)
		prg.fmtFile.Put()
	}
	for ii := int32(0); ii <= hyphSize; ii++ {
		k = ii
		_ = k
		if int32(prg.hyphWord[k]) != 0 {
			{
				*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = k
				prg.fmtFile.Put()
			}
			{
				*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = int32(prg.hyphWord[k])
				prg.fmtFile.Put()
			}
			{
				*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = int32(prg.hyphList[k])
				prg.fmtFile.Put()
			}
		}
	}
	prg.printLn()
	prg.printInt(int32(prg.hyphCount))
	prg.print( /* " hyphenation exception" */ 1266)
	if int32(prg.hyphCount) != 1 {
		prg.printChar(asciiCode('s'))
	}
	if prg.trieNotReady {
		prg.initTrie()
	}
	{
		*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = int32(prg.trieMax)
		prg.fmtFile.Put()
	}
	for ii := int32(0); ii <= int32(prg.trieMax); ii++ {
		k = ii
		_ = k
		*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).hh() = prg.trie[k]
		prg.fmtFile.Put()
	}
	{
		*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = int32(prg.trieOpPtr)
		prg.fmtFile.Put()
	}
	for ii := int32(1); ii <= int32(prg.trieOpPtr); ii++ {
		k = ii
		_ = k
		{
			*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = int32(prg.hyfDistance[k-1])
			prg.fmtFile.Put()
		}
		{
			*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = int32(prg.hyfNum[k-1])
			prg.fmtFile.Put()
		}
		{
			*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = int32(prg.hyfNext[k-1])
			prg.fmtFile.Put()
		}
	}
	prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "Hyphenation trie of length " */ 1267))
	prg.printInt(int32(prg.trieMax))
	// \xref[Hyphenation trie...]
	prg.print( /* " has " */ 1268)
	prg.printInt(int32(prg.trieOpPtr))
	prg.print( /* " op" */ 1269)
	if int32(prg.trieOpPtr) != 1 {
		prg.printChar(asciiCode('s'))
	}
	prg.print( /* " out of " */ 1270)
	prg.printInt(trieOpSize)
	for ii := int32(255); ii >= 0; ii-- {
		k = ii
		_ = k
		if int32(prg.trieUsed[k]) > minQuarterword {
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "  " */ 800))
			prg.printInt(int32(prg.trieUsed[k]) - minQuarterword)
			prg.print( /* " for language " */ 1271)
			prg.printInt(k)
			{
				*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = k
				prg.fmtFile.Put()
			}
			{
				*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = int32(prg.trieUsed[k]) - minQuarterword
				prg.fmtFile.Put()
			}
		}
	}

	// Dump a couple more things and the closing check word
	{
		*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = int32(prg.interaction)
		prg.fmtFile.Put()
	}
	{
		*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = int32(prg.formatIdent)
		prg.fmtFile.Put()
	}
	{
		*(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int() = 69069
		prg.fmtFile.Put()
	}
	*prg.eqtb[intBase+tracingStatsCode-1].int() = 0

	// Close the format file
	prg.wClose(prg.fmtFile)
}

// \4
// Declare procedures needed in |do_extension|
func (prg *prg) newWhatsit(s smallNumber, w smallNumber) {
	var (
		p halfword // the new node
	)
	p = prg.getNode(int32(w))
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0() = byte(whatsitNode)
	*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b1() = s
	*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = p
	prg.curList.tailField = p
}

func (prg *prg) newWriteWhatsit(w smallNumber) {
	prg.newWhatsit(smallNumber(prg.curChr), w)
	if int32(w) != writeNodeSize {
		prg.scanFourBitInt()
	} else {
		prg.scanInt()
		if prg.curVal < 0 {
			prg.curVal = 17
		} else if prg.curVal > 15 {
			prg.curVal = 16
		}
	}
	*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+1].hh()).lh() = uint16(prg.curVal)
}

func (prg *prg) doExtension() {
	var (
		k int32    // all-purpose integers
		p halfword // all-purpose pointers
	)
	switch prg.curChr {
	case openNode:
		// Implement \.[\\openout]
		prg.newWriteWhatsit(smallNumber(openNodeSize))
		prg.scanOptionalEquals()
		prg.scanFileName()

		*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+1].hh()).rh() = prg.curName
		*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+2].hh()).lh() = prg.curArea
		*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+2].hh()).rh() = prg.curExt

	case writeNode:
		// Implement \.[\\write]
		k = int32(prg.curCs)
		prg.newWriteWhatsit(smallNumber(writeNodeSize))

		prg.curCs = uint16(k)
		p = prg.scanToks(false, false)
		*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+1].hh()).rh() = prg.defRef

	case closeNode:
		// Implement \.[\\closeout]
		prg.newWriteWhatsit(smallNumber(writeNodeSize))
		*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+1].hh()).rh() = 0

	case specialNode:
		// Implement \.[\\special]
		prg.newWhatsit(smallNumber(specialNode), smallNumber(writeNodeSize))
		*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+1].hh()).lh() = 0
		p = prg.scanToks(false, true)
		*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+1].hh()).rh() = prg.defRef

	case immediateCode:
		// Implement \.[\\immediate]
		prg.getXToken()
		if int32(prg.curCmd) == extension && int32(prg.curChr) <= closeNode {
			p = prg.curList.tailField
			prg.doExtension()                  // append a whatsit node
			prg.outWhat(prg.curList.tailField) // do the action immediately
			prg.flushNodeList(prg.curList.tailField)
			prg.curList.tailField = p
			*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh() = 0
		} else {
			prg.backInput()
		}

	case setLanguageCode:
		// Implement \.[\\setlanguage]
		if abs(int32(prg.curList.modeField)) != hmode {
			prg.reportIllegalCase()
		} else {
			prg.newWhatsit(smallNumber(languageNode), smallNumber(smallNodeSize))
			prg.scanInt()
			if prg.curVal <= 0 {
				*(*prg.curList.auxField.hh()).rh() = 0
			} else if prg.curVal > 255 {
				*(*prg.curList.auxField.hh()).rh() = 0
			} else {
				*(*prg.curList.auxField.hh()).rh() = uint16(prg.curVal)
			}
			*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+1].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.curList.auxField.hh()).rh()
			*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+1].hh()).b0() = prg.normMin(*prg.eqtb[intBase+leftHyphenMinCode-1].int())
			*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+1].hh()).b1() = prg.normMin(*prg.eqtb[intBase+rightHyphenMinCode-1].int())
		}

	default:
		prg.confusion(strNumber( /* "ext1" */ 1291))
		// \xref[this can't happen ext1][\quad ext1]
	}
}

func (prg *prg) fixLanguage() {
	var (
		l asciiCode // the new current language
	)
	if *prg.eqtb[intBase+languageCode-1].int() <= 0 {
		l = 0
	} else if *prg.eqtb[intBase+languageCode-1].int() > 255 {
		l = 0
	} else {
		l = byte(*prg.eqtb[intBase+languageCode-1].int())
	}
	if int32(l) != int32(*(*prg.curList.auxField.hh()).rh()) {
		prg.newWhatsit(smallNumber(languageNode), smallNumber(smallNodeSize))
		*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+1].hh()).rh() = uint16(l)
		*(*prg.curList.auxField.hh()).rh() = uint16(l)

		*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+1].hh()).b0() = prg.normMin(*prg.eqtb[intBase+leftHyphenMinCode-1].int())
		*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+1].hh()).b1() = prg.normMin(*prg.eqtb[intBase+rightHyphenMinCode-1].int())
	}
}

// \4
// Declare the procedure called |handle_right_brace|
func (prg *prg) handleRightBrace() {
	var (
		p, q halfword // for short-term use
		d    scaled   // holds |split_max_depth| in |insert_group|
		f    int32    // holds |floating_penalty| in |insert_group|
	)
	switch prg.curGroup {
	case simpleGroup:
		prg.unsave()
	case bottomLevel:
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			}
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
			prg.print( /* "Too many ]'s" */ 1044)
		}
		// \xref[Too many \]'s]
		{
			prg.helpPtr = 2
			prg.helpLine[1] = /* "You've closed more groups than you opened." */ 1045
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "Such booboos are generally harmless, so keep going." */ 1046
		}
		prg.error1()

	case semiSimpleGroup, mathShiftGroup, mathLeftGroup:
		prg.extraRightBrace()
	// \4
	// Cases of |handle_right_brace| where a |right_brace| triggers a delayed action
	case hboxGroup:
		prg.package1(smallNumber(0))
	case adjustedHboxGroup:
		prg.adjustTail = uint16(30000 - 5)
		prg.package1(smallNumber(0))

	case vboxGroup:
		prg.endGraf()
		prg.package1(smallNumber(0))

	case vtopGroup:
		prg.endGraf()
		prg.package1(smallNumber(vtopCode))

	case insertGroup:
		prg.endGraf()
		q = *(*prg.eqtb[glueBase+splitTopSkipCode-1].hh()).rh()
		*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = uint16(int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()) + 1)
		d = *prg.eqtb[dimenBase+splitMaxDepthCode-1].int()
		f = *prg.eqtb[intBase+floatingPenaltyCode-1].int()
		prg.unsave()
		prg.savePtr = uint16(int32(prg.savePtr) - 1)
		// now |saved(0)| is the insertion number, or 255 for |vadjust|
		p = prg.vpackage(*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.headField].hh()).rh(), scaled(0), smallNumber(additional), scaled(07777777777))
		prg.popNest()
		if *prg.saveStack[int32(prg.savePtr)+0].int() < 255 {
			{
				*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.getNode(insNodeSize)
				prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
			}
			*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).b0() = byte(insNode)
			*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).b1() = byte(*prg.saveStack[int32(prg.savePtr)+0].int() + minQuarterword)
			*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+heightOffset].int() = *prg.mem[int32(p)+heightOffset].int() + *prg.mem[int32(p)+depthOffset].int()
			*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+4].hh()).lh() = *(*prg.mem[int32(p)+listOffset].hh()).rh()
			*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+4].hh()).rh() = q
			*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+depthOffset].int() = d
			*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+1].int() = f
		} else {
			{
				*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.getNode(smallNodeSize)
				prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
			}
			*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).b0() = byte(adjustNode)

			*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).b1() = 0 // the |subtype| is not used
			*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+1].int() = int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+listOffset].hh()).rh())
			prg.deleteGlueRef(q)
		}
		prg.freeNode(p, halfword(boxNodeSize))
		if int32(prg.nestPtr) == 0 {
			prg.buildPage()
		}

	case outputGroup:
		// Resume the page builder...
		if int32(prg.curInput.locField) != 0 || int32(prg.curInput.indexField) != outputText && int32(prg.curInput.indexField) != backedUp {
			{
				if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
				}
				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
				prg.print( /* "Unbalanced output routine" */ 1010)
			}
			// \xref[Unbalanced output routine]
			{
				prg.helpPtr = 2
				prg.helpLine[1] = /* "Your sneaky output routine has problematic ['s and/or ]'s." */ 1011
				prg.helpLine[0] = /* "I can't handle that very well; good luck." */ 1012
			}
			prg.error1()
			for {
				prg.getToken()
				if int32(prg.curInput.locField) == 0 {
					break
				}
			}
		}
		prg.endTokenList() // conserve stack space in case more outputs are triggered
		prg.endGraf()
		prg.unsave()
		prg.outputActive = false
		prg.insertPenalties = 0

		// Ensure that box 255 is empty after output
		if int32(*(*prg.eqtb[boxBase+255-1].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
			{
				if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
				}
				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
				prg.print( /* "Output routine didn't use all of " */ 1013)
			}
			prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "box" */ 409))
			prg.printInt(255)
			// \xref[Output routine didn't use...]
			{
				prg.helpPtr = 3
				prg.helpLine[2] = /* "Your \\output commands should empty \\box255," */ 1014
				prg.helpLine[1] = /* "e.g., by saying `\\shipout\\box255'." */ 1015
				prg.helpLine[0] = /* "Proceed; I'll discard its present contents." */ 1016
			}
			prg.boxError(eightBits(255))
		}
		if int32(prg.curList.tailField) != int32(prg.curList.headField) {
			*(*prg.mem[prg.pageTail].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.headField].hh()).rh()
			prg.pageTail = prg.curList.tailField
		}
		if int32(*(*prg.mem[30000-2].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
			if int32(*(*prg.mem[30000-1].hh()).rh()) == 0 {
				prg.nest[0].tailField = prg.pageTail
			}
			*(*prg.mem[prg.pageTail].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[30000-1].hh()).rh()
			*(*prg.mem[30000-1].hh()).rh() = *(*prg.mem[30000-2].hh()).rh()
			*(*prg.mem[30000-2].hh()).rh() = 0
			prg.pageTail = uint16(30000 - 2)
		}
		prg.popNest()
		prg.buildPage()

	case discGroup:
		prg.buildDiscretionary()

	case alignGroup:
		prg.backInput()
		prg.curTok = uint16(07777 + frozenCr)
		{
			if int32(prg.interaction) == errorStopMode {
			}
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "! " */ 262))
			prg.print( /* "Missing " */ 625)
		}
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "cr" */ 899))
		prg.print( /* " inserted" */ 626)
		// \xref[Missing \\cr inserted]
		{
			prg.helpPtr = 1
			prg.helpLine[0] = /* "I'm guessing that you meant to end an alignment here." */ 1125
		}
		prg.insError()

	case noAlignGroup:
		prg.endGraf()
		prg.unsave()
		prg.alignPeek()

	case vcenterGroup:
		prg.endGraf()
		prg.unsave()
		prg.savePtr = uint16(int32(prg.savePtr) - 2)
		p = prg.vpackage(*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.headField].hh()).rh(), *prg.saveStack[int32(prg.savePtr)+1].int(), smallNumber(*prg.saveStack[int32(prg.savePtr)+0].int()), scaled(07777777777))
		prg.popNest()
		{
			*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.newNoad()
			prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
		}
		*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).b0() = byte(vcenterNoad)
		*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+1].hh()).rh() = uint16(subBox)
		*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.curList.tailField)+1].hh()).lh() = p

	case mathChoiceGroup:
		prg.buildChoices()

	case mathGroup:
		prg.unsave()
		prg.savePtr = uint16(int32(prg.savePtr) - 1)

		*(*prg.mem[*prg.saveStack[int32(prg.savePtr)+0].int()].hh()).rh() = uint16(subMlist)
		p = prg.finMlist(halfword(0))
		*(*prg.mem[*prg.saveStack[int32(prg.savePtr)+0].int()].hh()).lh() = p
		if int32(p) != 0 {
			if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).rh()) == 0 {
				if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) == ordNoad {
					if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+3].hh()).rh()) == empty {
						if int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+2].hh()).rh()) == empty {
							*prg.mem[*prg.saveStack[int32(prg.savePtr)+0].int()].hh() = *prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()
							prg.freeNode(p, halfword(noadSize))
						}
					}
				} else if int32(*(*prg.mem[p].hh()).b0()) == accentNoad {
					if *prg.saveStack[int32(prg.savePtr)+0].int() == int32(prg.curList.tailField)+1 {
						if int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).b0()) == ordNoad {
							q = prg.curList.headField
							for int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()) != int32(prg.curList.tailField) {
								q = *(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh()
							}
							*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = p
							prg.freeNode(prg.curList.tailField, halfword(noadSize))
							prg.curList.tailField = p
						}
					}
				}
			}
		}

	default:
		prg.confusion(strNumber( /* "rightbrace" */ 1047))
		// \xref[this can't happen rightbrace][\quad rightbrace]
	}
}

func (prg *prg) mainControl() {
	var (
		t int32 // general-purpose temporary variable
	)
	if int32(*(*prg.eqtb[everyJobLoc-1].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
		prg.beginTokenList(*(*prg.eqtb[everyJobLoc-1].hh()).rh(), quarterword(everyJobText))
	}

bigSwitch:
	prg.getXToken()

reswitch:
	if prg.interrupt != 0 {
		if prg.okToInterrupt {
			prg.backInput()
			{
				if prg.interrupt != 0 {
					prg.pauseForInstructions()
				}
			}
			goto bigSwitch
		}
	}
	// if panicking then check_mem(false);   [  ]
	if *prg.eqtb[intBase+tracingCommandsCode-1].int() > 0 {
		prg.showCurCmdChr()
	}
	switch abs(int32(prg.curList.modeField)) + int32(prg.curCmd) {
	case hmode + 11, hmode + 12, hmode + 68:
		goto mainLoop
	case hmode + 16:
		prg.scanCharNum()
		prg.curChr = uint16(prg.curVal)
		goto mainLoop
	case hmode + 65:
		prg.getXToken()
		if int32(prg.curCmd) == letter || int32(prg.curCmd) == otherChar || int32(prg.curCmd) == charGiven || int32(prg.curCmd) == charNum {
			prg.cancelBoundary = true
		}

		goto reswitch

	case hmode + 10:
		if int32(*(*prg.curList.auxField.hh()).lh()) == 1000 {
			goto appendNormalSpace
		} else {
			prg.appSpace()
		}
	case hmode + 64, mmode + 64:
		goto appendNormalSpace
	// \4
	// Cases of |main_control| that are not part of the inner loop
	case vmode + 0, hmode + 0, mmode + 0, vmode + 10,
		mmode + 10, mmode + 65:
	case vmode + 39, hmode + 39, mmode + 39:
		for {
			prg.getXToken()
			if int32(prg.curCmd) != spacer {
				break
			}
		}

		goto reswitch

	case vmode + 14:
		if prg.itsAllOver() {
			goto exit
		} // this is the only way out
	// \4
	// Forbidden cases detected in |main_control|
	case vmode + 22, hmode + 21, mmode + 21, vmode + 70,
		hmode + 70, mmode + 70, vmode + 38, vmode + 44,
		vmode + 48, hmode + 48, vmode + 6, hmode + 6,
		mmode + 6:
		prg.reportIllegalCase()

	// Math-only cases in non-math modes, or vice versa
	case vmode + 7, hmode + 7, vmode + 8, hmode + 8,
		vmode + 17, hmode + 17, vmode + 69, hmode + 69,
		vmode + 50, hmode + 50, vmode + 15, hmode + 15,
		vmode + 49, hmode + 49, vmode + 52, hmode + 52,
		vmode + 66, hmode + 66, vmode + 53, hmode + 53,
		vmode + 54, hmode + 54, vmode + 56, hmode + 56,
		vmode + 55, hmode + 55, vmode + 30, hmode + 30,
		vmode + 51, hmode + 51, vmode + 28, hmode + 28,
		vmode + 46, hmode + 46, mmode + 9, mmode + 13,
		mmode + 14, mmode + 27, mmode + 24, mmode + 33,
		mmode + 36:
		prg.insertDollarSign()
	// \4
	// Cases of |main_control| that build boxes and lists
	case vmode + 36, hmode + 35, mmode + 35:
		{
			*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.scanRuleSpec()
			prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
		}
		if abs(int32(prg.curList.modeField)) == vmode {
			*prg.curList.auxField.int() = -65536000
		} else if abs(int32(prg.curList.modeField)) == hmode {
			*(*prg.curList.auxField.hh()).lh() = 1000
		}

	case vmode + 27, hmode + 26, mmode + 26, mmode + 28:
		prg.appendGlue()
	case vmode + 29, hmode + 29, mmode + 29, mmode + 30:
		prg.appendKern()

	case vmode + 1, hmode + 1:
		prg.newSaveLevel(groupCode(simpleGroup))
	case vmode + 61, hmode + 61, mmode + 61:
		prg.newSaveLevel(groupCode(semiSimpleGroup))
	case vmode + 62, hmode + 62, mmode + 62:
		if int32(prg.curGroup) == semiSimpleGroup {
			prg.unsave()
		} else {
			prg.offSave()
		}

	case vmode + 2, hmode + 2, mmode + 2:
		prg.handleRightBrace()

	case vmode + 21, hmode + 22, mmode + 22:
		t = int32(prg.curChr)
		prg.scanDimen(false, false, false)
		if t == 0 {
			prg.scanBox(prg.curVal)
		} else {
			prg.scanBox(-prg.curVal)
		}

	case vmode + 31, hmode + 31, mmode + 31:
		prg.scanBox(010000000000 + 513 - aLeaders + int32(prg.curChr))
	case vmode + 20, hmode + 20, mmode + 20:
		prg.beginBox(0)

	case vmode + 43:
		prg.newGraf(int32(prg.curChr) > 0)
	case vmode + 11, vmode + 12, vmode + 16, vmode + 68,
		vmode + 3, vmode + 23, vmode + 35, vmode + 45,
		vmode + 47, vmode + 26, vmode + 33, vmode + 64,
		vmode + 65: //

		prg.backInput()
		prg.newGraf(true)

	case hmode + 43, mmode + 43:
		prg.indentInHmode()

	case vmode + 13:
		prg.normalParagraph()
		if int32(prg.curList.modeField) > 0 {
			prg.buildPage()
		}

	case hmode + 13:
		if prg.alignState < 0 {
			prg.offSave()
		} // this tries to
		//     recover from an alignment that didn't end properly

		prg.endGraf() // this takes us to the enclosing mode, if |mode>0|
		if int32(prg.curList.modeField) == vmode {
			prg.buildPage()
		}

	case hmode + 14, hmode + 27, hmode + 36, hmode + 24,
		hmode + 32:
		prg.headForVmode()

	case vmode + 37, hmode + 37, mmode + 37, hmode + 38,
		mmode + 38:
		prg.beginInsertOrAdjust()
	case vmode + 18, hmode + 18, mmode + 18:
		prg.makeMark()

	case vmode + 42, hmode + 42, mmode + 42:
		prg.appendPenalty()

	case vmode + 25, hmode + 25, mmode + 25:
		prg.deleteLast()

	case vmode + 24, hmode + 23, mmode + 23:
		prg.unpackage()

	case hmode + 44:
		prg.appendItalicCorrection()
	case mmode + 44:
		*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.newKern(scaled(0))
		prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()

	case hmode + 47, mmode + 47:
		prg.appendDiscretionary()

	case hmode + 45:
		prg.makeAccent()

	case vmode + 5, hmode + 5, mmode + 5, vmode + 4,
		hmode + 4, mmode + 4:
		prg.alignError()
	case vmode + 34, hmode + 34, mmode + 34:
		prg.noAlignError()
	case vmode + 63, hmode + 63, mmode + 63:
		prg.omitError()

	case vmode + 32, hmode + 33:
		prg.initAlign()
	case mmode + 32:
		if prg.privileged() {
			if int32(prg.curGroup) == mathShiftGroup {
				prg.initAlign()
			} else {
				prg.offSave()
			}
		}
	case vmode + 9, hmode + 9:
		prg.doEndv()

	case vmode + 67, hmode + 67, mmode + 67:
		prg.csError()

	case hmode + 3:
		prg.initMath()

	case mmode + 48:
		if prg.privileged() {
			if int32(prg.curGroup) == mathShiftGroup {
				prg.startEqNo()
			} else {
				prg.offSave()
			}
		}

	case mmode + 1:
		{
			*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.newNoad()
			prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
		}
		prg.backInput()
		prg.scanMath(halfword(int32(prg.curList.tailField) + 1))

	case mmode + 11, mmode + 12, mmode + 68:
		prg.setMathChar(int32(*(*prg.eqtb[mathCodeBase+int32(prg.curChr)-1].hh()).rh()) - 0)
	case mmode + 16:
		prg.scanCharNum()
		prg.curChr = uint16(prg.curVal)
		prg.setMathChar(int32(*(*prg.eqtb[mathCodeBase+int32(prg.curChr)-1].hh()).rh()) - 0)

	case mmode + 17:
		prg.scanFifteenBitInt()
		prg.setMathChar(prg.curVal)

	case mmode + 69:
		prg.setMathChar(int32(prg.curChr))
	case mmode + 15:
		prg.scanTwentySevenBitInt()
		prg.setMathChar(prg.curVal / 010000)

	case mmode + 50:
		{
			*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.newNoad()
			prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
		}
		*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).b0() = byte(prg.curChr)
		prg.scanMath(halfword(int32(prg.curList.tailField) + 1))

	case mmode + 51:
		prg.mathLimitSwitch()

	case mmode + 66:
		prg.mathRadical()

	case mmode + 45, mmode + 46:
		prg.mathAc()

	case mmode + 56:
		prg.scanSpec(groupCode(vcenterGroup), false)
		prg.normalParagraph()
		prg.pushNest()
		prg.curList.modeField = int16(-vmode)
		*prg.curList.auxField.int() = -65536000
		if int32(*(*prg.eqtb[everyVboxLoc-1].hh()).rh()) != 0 {
			prg.beginTokenList(*(*prg.eqtb[everyVboxLoc-1].hh()).rh(), quarterword(everyVboxText))
		}

	case mmode + 53:
		*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.newStyle(smallNumber(prg.curChr))
		prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
	case mmode + 55:
		{
			*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.newGlue(halfword(memBot))
			prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
		}
		*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).b1() = byte(condMathGlue)

	case mmode + 54:
		prg.appendChoices()

	case mmode + 8, mmode + 7:
		prg.subSup()

	case mmode + 52:
		prg.mathFraction()

	case mmode + 49:
		prg.mathLeftRight()

	case mmode + 3:
		if int32(prg.curGroup) == mathShiftGroup {
			prg.afterMath()
		} else {
			prg.offSave()
		}

	// \4
	// Cases of |main_control| that don't depend on |mode|
	case vmode + 71, hmode + 71, mmode + 71, vmode + 72,
		hmode + 72, mmode + 72, vmode + 73, hmode + 73,
		mmode + 73, vmode + 74, hmode + 74, mmode + 74,
		vmode + 75, hmode + 75, mmode + 75, vmode + 76,
		hmode + 76, mmode + 76, vmode + 77, hmode + 77,
		mmode + 77, vmode + 78, hmode + 78, mmode + 78,
		vmode + 79, hmode + 79, mmode + 79, vmode + 80,
		hmode + 80, mmode + 80, vmode + 81, hmode + 81,
		mmode + 81, vmode + 82, hmode + 82, mmode + 82,
		vmode + 83, hmode + 83, mmode + 83, vmode + 84,
		hmode + 84, mmode + 84, vmode + 85, hmode + 85,
		mmode + 85, vmode + 86, hmode + 86, mmode + 86,
		vmode + 87, hmode + 87, mmode + 87, vmode + 88,
		hmode + 88, mmode + 88, vmode + 89, hmode + 89,
		mmode + 89, vmode + 90, hmode + 90, mmode + 90,
		vmode + 91, hmode + 91, mmode + 91, vmode + 92,
		hmode + 92, mmode + 92, vmode + 93, hmode + 93,
		mmode + 93, vmode + 94, hmode + 94, mmode + 94,
		vmode + 95, hmode + 95, mmode + 95, vmode + 96,
		hmode + 96, mmode + 96, vmode + 97, hmode + 97,
		mmode + 97, vmode + 98, hmode + 98, mmode + 98,
		vmode + 99, hmode + 99, mmode + 99, vmode + 100,
		hmode + 100, mmode + 100:
		prg.prefixedCommand()

	case vmode + 40, hmode + 40, mmode + 40:
		prg.getToken()
		prg.afterToken = prg.curTok

	case vmode + 41, hmode + 41, mmode + 41:
		prg.getToken()
		prg.saveForAfter(prg.curTok)

	case vmode + 60, hmode + 60, mmode + 60:
		prg.openOrCloseIn()

	case vmode + 58, hmode + 58, mmode + 58:
		prg.issueMessage()

	case vmode + 57, hmode + 57, mmode + 57:
		prg.shiftCase()

	case vmode + 19, hmode + 19, mmode + 19:
		prg.showWhatever()

	// \4
	// Cases of |main_control| that are for extensions to \TeX
	case vmode + 59, hmode + 59, mmode + 59:
		prg.doExtension()

	} // of the big |case| statement
	// of the big |case| statement
	goto bigSwitch

mainLoop:
	prg.mainS = int32(*(*prg.eqtb[sfCodeBase+int32(prg.curChr)-1].hh()).rh())
	if prg.mainS == 1000 {
		*(*prg.curList.auxField.hh()).lh() = 1000
	} else if prg.mainS < 1000 {
		if prg.mainS > 0 {
			*(*prg.curList.auxField.hh()).lh() = uint16(prg.mainS)
		}
	} else if int32(*(*prg.curList.auxField.hh()).lh()) < 1000 {
		*(*prg.curList.auxField.hh()).lh() = 1000
	} else {
		*(*prg.curList.auxField.hh()).lh() = uint16(prg.mainS)
	}

	prg.mainF = byte(*(*prg.eqtb[curFontLoc-1].hh()).rh())
	prg.bchar = prg.fontBchar[prg.mainF]
	prg.falseBchar = prg.fontFalseBchar[prg.mainF]
	if int32(prg.curList.modeField) > 0 {
		if *prg.eqtb[intBase+languageCode-1].int() != int32(*(*prg.curList.auxField.hh()).rh()) {
			prg.fixLanguage()
		}
	}
	/*   */ {
		prg.ligStack = prg.avail
		if int32(prg.ligStack) == 0 {
			prg.ligStack = prg.getAvail()
		} else {
			prg.avail = *(*prg.mem[prg.ligStack].hh()).rh()
			*(*prg.mem[prg.ligStack].hh()).rh() = 0 /*    dyn_used:= dyn_used+1 ; [  ] */
		}
	}
	*(*prg.mem[prg.ligStack].hh()).b0() = prg.mainF
	prg.curL = uint16(int32(prg.curChr) + minQuarterword)
	*(*prg.mem[prg.ligStack].hh()).b1() = byte(prg.curL)

	prg.curQ = prg.curList.tailField
	if prg.cancelBoundary {
		prg.cancelBoundary = false
		prg.mainK = uint16(nonAddress)
	} else {
		prg.mainK = prg.bcharLabel[prg.mainF]
	}
	if int32(prg.mainK) == nonAddress {
		goto mainLoopMove_plus_2
	} // no left boundary processing
	prg.curR = prg.curL
	prg.curL = uint16(256 + minQuarterword)

	goto mainLigLoop_plus_1 // begin with cursor after left boundary

	// begin with cursor after left boundary

mainLoopWrapup:
	if int32(prg.curL) < 256+minQuarterword {
		if int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.curQ].hh()).rh()) > 0 {
			if int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).b1()) == prg.hyphenChar[prg.mainF]+minQuarterword {
				prg.insDisc = true
			}
		}
		if prg.ligaturePresent {
			prg.mainP = prg.newLigature(prg.mainF, quarterword(prg.curL), *(*prg.mem[prg.curQ].hh()).rh())
			if prg.lftHit {
				*(*prg.mem[prg.mainP].hh()).b1() = 2
				prg.lftHit = false
			}
			if prg.rtHit {
				if int32(prg.ligStack) == 0 {
					*(*prg.mem[prg.mainP].hh()).b1() = byte(int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.mainP].hh()).b1()) + 1)
					prg.rtHit = false
				}
			}
			*(*prg.mem[prg.curQ].hh()).rh() = prg.mainP
			prg.curList.tailField = prg.mainP
			prg.ligaturePresent = false
		}
		if prg.insDisc {
			prg.insDisc = false
			if int32(prg.curList.modeField) > 0 {
				*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.newDisc()
				prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
			}
		}
	}

mainLoopMove:
	if int32(prg.ligStack) == 0 {
		goto reswitch
	}
	prg.curQ = prg.curList.tailField
	prg.curL = uint16(*(*prg.mem[prg.ligStack].hh()).b1())

mainLoopMove_plus_1:
	if !(int32(prg.ligStack) >= int32(prg.hiMemMin)) {
		goto mainLoopMoveLig
	}

mainLoopMove_plus_2:
	if int32(prg.curChr) < int32(prg.fontBc[prg.mainF]) || int32(prg.curChr) > int32(prg.fontEc[prg.mainF]) {
		prg.charWarning(prg.mainF, eightBits(prg.curChr))
		{
			*(*prg.mem[prg.ligStack].hh()).rh() = prg.avail
			prg.avail = prg.ligStack /*    dyn_used:= dyn_used-1 ; [  ] */
		}
		goto bigSwitch
	}
	prg.mainI = *prg.fontInfo[prg.charBase[prg.mainF]+int32(prg.curL)].qqqq()
	if !(int32(prg.mainI.b0) > minQuarterword) {
		prg.charWarning(prg.mainF, eightBits(prg.curChr))
		{
			*(*prg.mem[prg.ligStack].hh()).rh() = prg.avail
			prg.avail = prg.ligStack /*    dyn_used:= dyn_used-1 ; [  ] */
		}
		goto bigSwitch
	}
	*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.ligStack
	prg.curList.tailField = prg.ligStack

mainLoopLookahead:
	prg.getNext() // set only |cur_cmd| and |cur_chr|, for speed
	if int32(prg.curCmd) == letter {
		goto mainLoopLookahead_plus_1
	}
	if int32(prg.curCmd) == otherChar {
		goto mainLoopLookahead_plus_1
	}
	if int32(prg.curCmd) == charGiven {
		goto mainLoopLookahead_plus_1
	}
	prg.xToken() // now expand and set |cur_cmd|, |cur_chr|, |cur_tok|
	if int32(prg.curCmd) == letter {
		goto mainLoopLookahead_plus_1
	}
	if int32(prg.curCmd) == otherChar {
		goto mainLoopLookahead_plus_1
	}
	if int32(prg.curCmd) == charGiven {
		goto mainLoopLookahead_plus_1
	}
	if int32(prg.curCmd) == charNum {
		prg.scanCharNum()
		prg.curChr = uint16(prg.curVal)
		goto mainLoopLookahead_plus_1
	}
	if int32(prg.curCmd) == noBoundary {
		prg.bchar = uint16(256 + minQuarterword)
	}
	prg.curR = prg.bchar
	prg.ligStack = 0
	goto mainLigLoop

mainLoopLookahead_plus_1:
	prg.mainS = int32(*(*prg.eqtb[sfCodeBase+int32(prg.curChr)-1].hh()).rh())
	if prg.mainS == 1000 {
		*(*prg.curList.auxField.hh()).lh() = 1000
	} else if prg.mainS < 1000 {
		if prg.mainS > 0 {
			*(*prg.curList.auxField.hh()).lh() = uint16(prg.mainS)
		}
	} else if int32(*(*prg.curList.auxField.hh()).lh()) < 1000 {
		*(*prg.curList.auxField.hh()).lh() = 1000
	} else {
		*(*prg.curList.auxField.hh()).lh() = uint16(prg.mainS)
	}
	/*   */ {
		prg.ligStack = prg.avail
		if int32(prg.ligStack) == 0 {
			prg.ligStack = prg.getAvail()
		} else {
			prg.avail = *(*prg.mem[prg.ligStack].hh()).rh()
			*(*prg.mem[prg.ligStack].hh()).rh() = 0 /*    dyn_used:= dyn_used+1 ; [  ] */
		}
	}
	*(*prg.mem[prg.ligStack].hh()).b0() = prg.mainF
	prg.curR = uint16(int32(prg.curChr) + minQuarterword)
	*(*prg.mem[prg.ligStack].hh()).b1() = byte(prg.curR)
	if int32(prg.curR) == int32(prg.falseBchar) {
		prg.curR = uint16(256 + minQuarterword)
	}

mainLigLoop:
	if (int32(prg.mainI.b2)-minQuarterword)%4 != ligTag {
		goto mainLoopWrapup
	}
	if int32(prg.curR) == 256+minQuarterword {
		goto mainLoopWrapup
	}
	prg.mainK = uint16(prg.ligKernBase[prg.mainF] + int32(prg.mainI.b3))
	prg.mainJ = *prg.fontInfo[prg.mainK].qqqq()
	if int32(prg.mainJ.b0) <= 128+minQuarterword {
		goto mainLigLoop_plus_2
	}
	prg.mainK = uint16(prg.ligKernBase[prg.mainF] + 256*int32(prg.mainJ.b2) + int32(prg.mainJ.b3) + 32768 - 256*(128+minQuarterword))

mainLigLoop_plus_1:
	prg.mainJ = *prg.fontInfo[prg.mainK].qqqq()

mainLigLoop_plus_2:
	if int32(prg.mainJ.b1) == int32(prg.curR) {
		if int32(prg.mainJ.b0) <= 128+minQuarterword {
			if int32(prg.mainJ.b2) >= 128+minQuarterword {
				if int32(prg.curL) < 256+minQuarterword {
					if int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.curQ].hh()).rh()) > 0 {
						if int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).b1()) == prg.hyphenChar[prg.mainF]+minQuarterword {
							prg.insDisc = true
						}
					}
					if prg.ligaturePresent {
						prg.mainP = prg.newLigature(prg.mainF, quarterword(prg.curL), *(*prg.mem[prg.curQ].hh()).rh())
						if prg.lftHit {
							*(*prg.mem[prg.mainP].hh()).b1() = 2
							prg.lftHit = false
						}
						if prg.rtHit {
							if int32(prg.ligStack) == 0 {
								*(*prg.mem[prg.mainP].hh()).b1() = byte(int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.mainP].hh()).b1()) + 1)
								prg.rtHit = false
							}
						}
						*(*prg.mem[prg.curQ].hh()).rh() = prg.mainP
						prg.curList.tailField = prg.mainP
						prg.ligaturePresent = false
					}
					if prg.insDisc {
						prg.insDisc = false
						if int32(prg.curList.modeField) > 0 {
							*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.newDisc()
							prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
						}
					}
				}
				{
					*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.newKern(*prg.fontInfo[prg.kernBase[prg.mainF]+256*int32(prg.mainJ.b2)+int32(prg.mainJ.b3)].int())
					prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
				}
				goto mainLoopMove
			}
			if int32(prg.curL) == 256+minQuarterword {
				prg.lftHit = true
			} else if int32(prg.ligStack) == 0 {
				prg.rtHit = true
			}
			{
				if prg.interrupt != 0 {
					prg.pauseForInstructions()
				}
			} // allow a way out in case there's an infinite ligature loop
			switch prg.mainJ.b2 {
			case 1 + minQuarterword, 5 + minQuarterword:
				prg.curL = uint16(prg.mainJ.b3) // \.[=:\?], \.[=:\?>]
				prg.mainI = *prg.fontInfo[prg.charBase[prg.mainF]+int32(prg.curL)].qqqq()
				prg.ligaturePresent = true

			case 2 + minQuarterword, 6 + minQuarterword:
				prg.curR = uint16(prg.mainJ.b3) // \.[\?=:], \.[\?=:>]
				if int32(prg.ligStack) == 0 {
					prg.ligStack = prg.newLigItem(quarterword(prg.curR))
					prg.bchar = uint16(256 + minQuarterword)
				} else if int32(prg.ligStack) >= int32(prg.hiMemMin) {
					prg.mainP = prg.ligStack
					prg.ligStack = prg.newLigItem(quarterword(prg.curR))
					*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.ligStack)+1].hh()).rh() = prg.mainP
				} else {
					*(*prg.mem[prg.ligStack].hh()).b1() = byte(prg.curR)
				}

			case 3 + minQuarterword:
				prg.curR = uint16(prg.mainJ.b3) // \.[\?=:\?]
				prg.mainP = prg.ligStack
				prg.ligStack = prg.newLigItem(quarterword(prg.curR))
				*(*prg.mem[prg.ligStack].hh()).rh() = prg.mainP

			case 7 + minQuarterword, 11 + minQuarterword:
				if int32(prg.curL) < 256+minQuarterword {
					if int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.curQ].hh()).rh()) > 0 {
						if int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).b1()) == prg.hyphenChar[prg.mainF]+minQuarterword {
							prg.insDisc = true
						}
					}
					if prg.ligaturePresent {
						prg.mainP = prg.newLigature(prg.mainF, quarterword(prg.curL), *(*prg.mem[prg.curQ].hh()).rh())
						if prg.lftHit {
							*(*prg.mem[prg.mainP].hh()).b1() = 2
							prg.lftHit = false
						}
						if false {
							if int32(prg.ligStack) == 0 {
								*(*prg.mem[prg.mainP].hh()).b1() = byte(int32(*(*prg.mem[prg.mainP].hh()).b1()) + 1)
								prg.rtHit = false
							}
						}
						*(*prg.mem[prg.curQ].hh()).rh() = prg.mainP
						prg.curList.tailField = prg.mainP
						prg.ligaturePresent = false
					}
					if prg.insDisc {
						prg.insDisc = false
						if int32(prg.curList.modeField) > 0 {
							*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.newDisc()
							prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
						}
					}
				} // \.[\?=:\?>], \.[\?=:\?>>]
				prg.curQ = prg.curList.tailField
				prg.curL = uint16(prg.mainJ.b3)
				prg.mainI = *prg.fontInfo[prg.charBase[prg.mainF]+int32(prg.curL)].qqqq()
				prg.ligaturePresent = true

			default:
				prg.curL = uint16(prg.mainJ.b3)
				prg.ligaturePresent = true // \.[=:]
				if int32(prg.ligStack) == 0 {
					goto mainLoopWrapup
				} else {
					goto mainLoopMove_plus_1
				}

			}
			if int32(prg.mainJ.b2) > 4+minQuarterword {
				if int32(prg.mainJ.b2) != 7+minQuarterword {
					goto mainLoopWrapup
				}
			}
			if int32(prg.curL) < 256+minQuarterword {
				goto mainLigLoop
			}
			prg.mainK = prg.bcharLabel[prg.mainF]
			goto mainLigLoop_plus_1
		}
	}
	if int32(prg.mainJ.b0) == 0+minQuarterword {
		prg.mainK = uint16(int32(prg.mainK) + 1)
	} else {
		if int32(prg.mainJ.b0) >= 128+minQuarterword {
			goto mainLoopWrapup
		}
		prg.mainK = uint16(int32(prg.mainK) + int32(prg.mainJ.b0) - minQuarterword + 1)
	}

	goto mainLigLoop_plus_1

mainLoopMoveLig:
	prg.mainP = *(*prg.mem[int32(prg.ligStack)+1].hh()).rh()
	if int32(prg.mainP) > 0 {
		*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.mainP
		prg.curList.tailField = *(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh()
	} // append a single character
	prg.tempPtr = prg.ligStack
	prg.ligStack = *(*prg.mem[prg.tempPtr].hh()).rh()
	prg.freeNode(prg.tempPtr, halfword(smallNodeSize))
	prg.mainI = *prg.fontInfo[prg.charBase[prg.mainF]+int32(prg.curL)].qqqq()
	prg.ligaturePresent = true
	if int32(prg.ligStack) == 0 {
		if int32(prg.mainP) > 0 {
			goto mainLoopLookahead
		} else {
			prg.curR = prg.bchar
		}
	} else {
		prg.curR = uint16(*(*prg.mem[prg.ligStack].hh()).b1())
	}

	goto mainLigLoop

appendNormalSpace:
	if int32(*(*prg.eqtb[glueBase+spaceSkipCode-1].hh()).rh()) == memBot {
		{
			prg.mainP = prg.fontGlue[*(*prg.eqtb[curFontLoc-1].hh()).rh()]
			if int32(prg.mainP) == 0 {
				prg.mainP = prg.newSpec(halfword(memBot))
				prg.mainK = uint16(prg.paramBase[*(*prg.eqtb[curFontLoc-1].hh()).rh()] + spaceCode)
				*prg.mem[int32(prg.mainP)+widthOffset].int() = *prg.fontInfo[prg.mainK].int() // that's |space(cur_font)|
				*prg.mem[int32(prg.mainP)+2].int() = *prg.fontInfo[int32(prg.mainK)+1].int()  // and |space_stretch(cur_font)|
				*prg.mem[int32(prg.mainP)+3].int() = *prg.fontInfo[int32(prg.mainK)+2].int()  // and |space_shrink(cur_font)|
				prg.fontGlue[*(*prg.eqtb[curFontLoc-1].hh()).rh()] = prg.mainP
			}
		}
		prg.tempPtr = prg.newGlue(prg.mainP)
	} else {
		prg.tempPtr = prg.newParamGlue(smallNumber(spaceSkipCode))
	}
	*(*prg.mem[prg.curList.tailField].hh()).rh() = prg.tempPtr
	prg.curList.tailField = prg.tempPtr

	goto bigSwitch

exit:
} // \2

func (prg *prg) giveErrHelp() {
	prg.tokenShow(*(*prg.eqtb[errHelpLoc-1].hh()).rh())
}

// 1303.

// tangle:pos tex.web:23781:5:

// Corresponding to the procedure that dumps a format file, we have a function
// that reads one in. The function returns |false| if the dumped format is
// incompatible with the present \TeX\ table sizes, etc.
// \4
// Declare the function called |open_fmt_file|
func (prg *prg) openFmtFile() (r bool) {
	var (
		j /* 0..bufSize */ uint16 // the first space after the format file name
	)
	j = prg.curInput.locField
	if int32(prg.buffer[prg.curInput.locField]) == '&' {
		prg.curInput.locField = uint16(int32(prg.curInput.locField) + 1)
		j = prg.curInput.locField
		prg.buffer[prg.last] = ' '
		for int32(prg.buffer[j]) != ' ' {
			j = uint16(int32(j) + 1)
		}
		prg.packBufferedName(smallNumber(0), int32(prg.curInput.locField), int32(j)-1) // try first without the system file area
		if prg.wOpenIn(prg.fmtFile) {
			goto found
		}
		prg.packBufferedName(smallNumber(formatAreaLength), int32(prg.curInput.locField), int32(j)-1)
		// now try the system format file area
		if prg.wOpenIn(prg.fmtFile) {
			goto found
		}

		prg.termOut.Writeln("Sorry, I can't find that format;", " will try PLAIN.")
		// \xref[Sorry, I can't find...]

	}
	// now pull out all the stops: try for the system \.[plain] file
	prg.packBufferedName(smallNumber(formatDefaultLength-formatExtLength), 1, 0)
	if !prg.wOpenIn(prg.fmtFile) {
		prg.termOut.Writeln("I can't find the PLAIN format file!")
		// \xref[I can't find PLAIN...]
		// \xref[plain]
		r = false
		goto exit
	}

found:
	prg.curInput.locField = j
	r = true

exit:
	;
	return r
}

func (prg *prg) loadFmtFile() (r bool) {
	var (
		j, k int32        // all-purpose indices
		p, q halfword     // all-purpose pointers
		x    int32        // something undumped
		w    fourQuarters // four ASCII codes
	)
	x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
	if x != 504454778 {
		goto badFmt
	} // check that strings are the same
	{
		prg.fmtFile.Get()
		x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
	}
	if x != memBot {
		goto badFmt
	}
	{
		prg.fmtFile.Get()
		x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
	}
	if x != 30000 {
		goto badFmt
	}
	{
		prg.fmtFile.Get()
		x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
	}
	if x != eqtbSize {
		goto badFmt
	}
	{
		prg.fmtFile.Get()
		x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
	}
	if x != hashPrime {
		goto badFmt
	}
	{
		prg.fmtFile.Get()
		x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
	}
	if x != hyphSize {
		goto badFmt
	}

	// Undump the string pool
	{
		{
			prg.fmtFile.Get()
			x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
		}
		if x < 0 {
			goto badFmt
		}
		if x > poolSize {
			prg.termOut.Writeln("---! Must increase the ", "string pool size") /* \xref[Must increase the x]  */ /* \xref[Must increase the x]  */
			goto badFmt
		} else {
			prg.poolPtr = uint16(x)
		}
	}
	{
		{
			prg.fmtFile.Get()
			x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
		}
		if x < 0 {
			goto badFmt
		}
		if x > maxStrings {
			prg.termOut.Writeln("---! Must increase the ", "max strings") /* \xref[Must increase the x]  */ /* \xref[Must increase the x]  */
			goto badFmt
		} else {
			prg.strPtr = uint16(x)
		}
	}
	for ii := int32(0); ii <= int32(prg.strPtr); ii++ {
		k = ii
		_ = k
		{
			prg.fmtFile.Get()
			x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
		}
		if x < 0 || x > int32(prg.poolPtr) {
			goto badFmt
		} else {
			prg.strStart[k] = uint16(x)
		}
	}
	k = 0
	for k+4 < int32(prg.poolPtr) {
		{
			prg.fmtFile.Get()
			w = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).qqqq()
		}
		prg.strPool[k] = byte(int32(w.b0) - minQuarterword)
		prg.strPool[k+1] = byte(int32(w.b1) - minQuarterword)
		prg.strPool[k+2] = byte(int32(w.b2) - minQuarterword)
		prg.strPool[k+3] = byte(int32(w.b3) - minQuarterword)
		k = k + 4
	}
	k = int32(prg.poolPtr) - 4
	{
		prg.fmtFile.Get()
		w = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).qqqq()
	}
	prg.strPool[k] = byte(int32(w.b0) - minQuarterword)
	prg.strPool[k+1] = byte(int32(w.b1) - minQuarterword)
	prg.strPool[k+2] = byte(int32(w.b2) - minQuarterword)
	prg.strPool[k+3] = byte(int32(w.b3) - minQuarterword)
	prg.initStrPtr = prg.strPtr
	prg.initPoolPtr = prg.poolPtr

	// Undump the dynamic memory
	{
		{
			prg.fmtFile.Get()
			x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
		}
		if x < memBot+glueSpecSize+glueSpecSize+glueSpecSize+glueSpecSize+glueSpecSize-1+1000 || x > 30000-13-1 {
			goto badFmt
		} else {
			prg.loMemMax = uint16(x)
		}
	}
	{
		{
			prg.fmtFile.Get()
			x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
		}
		if x < memBot+glueSpecSize+glueSpecSize+glueSpecSize+glueSpecSize+glueSpecSize-1+1 || x > int32(prg.loMemMax) {
			goto badFmt
		} else {
			prg.rover = uint16(x)
		}
	}
	p = uint16(memBot)
	q = prg.rover
	for {
		for ii := int32(p); ii <= int32(q)+1; ii++ {
			k = ii
			_ = k
			prg.fmtFile.Get()
			prg.mem[k] = *(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))
		}
		p = uint16(int32(q) + int32(*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh()))
		if int32(p) > int32(prg.loMemMax) || int32(q) >= int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).rh()) && int32(*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).rh()) != int32(prg.rover) {
			goto badFmt
		}
		q = *(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).rh()
		if int32(q) == int32(prg.rover) {
			break
		}
	}
	for ii := int32(p); ii <= int32(prg.loMemMax); ii++ {
		k = ii
		_ = k
		prg.fmtFile.Get()
		prg.mem[k] = *(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))
	}
	if memMin < memBot-2 {
		p = *(*prg.mem[int32(prg.rover)+1].hh()).lh()
		q = uint16(memMin + 1)
		*(*prg.mem[memMin].hh()).rh() = 0
		*(*prg.mem[memMin].hh()).lh() = 0 // we don't use the bottom word
		*(*prg.mem[int32(p)+1].hh()).rh() = q
		*(*prg.mem[int32(prg.rover)+1].hh()).lh() = q

		*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).rh() = prg.rover
		*(*prg.mem[int32(q)+1].hh()).lh() = p
		*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).rh() = 65535
		*(*prg.mem[q].hh()).lh() = uint16(memBot - int32(q))
	}
	{
		{
			prg.fmtFile.Get()
			x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
		}
		if x < int32(prg.loMemMax)+1 || x > 30000-13 {
			goto badFmt
		} else {
			prg.hiMemMin = uint16(x)
		}
	}
	{
		{
			prg.fmtFile.Get()
			x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
		}
		if x < 0 || x > 30000 {
			goto badFmt
		} else {
			prg.avail = uint16(x)
		}
	}
	prg.memEnd = 30000
	for ii := int32(prg.hiMemMin); ii <= int32(prg.memEnd); ii++ {
		k = ii
		_ = k
		prg.fmtFile.Get()
		prg.mem[k] = *(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))
	}
	{
		prg.fmtFile.Get()
		prg.varUsed = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
	}
	{
		prg.fmtFile.Get()
		prg.dynUsed = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
	}

	// Undump the table of equivalents

	// Undump regions 1 to 6 of |eqtb|
	k = activeBase
	for {
		{
			prg.fmtFile.Get()
			x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
		}
		if x < 1 || k+x > eqtbSize+1 {
			goto badFmt
		}
		for ii := k; ii <= k+x-1; ii++ {
			j = ii
			_ = j
			prg.fmtFile.Get()
			prg.eqtb[j-1] = *(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))
		}
		k = k + x
		{
			prg.fmtFile.Get()
			x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
		}
		if x < 0 || k+x > eqtbSize+1 {
			goto badFmt
		}
		for ii := k; ii <= k+x-1; ii++ {
			j = ii
			_ = j
			prg.eqtb[j-1] = prg.eqtb[k-1-1]
		}
		k = k + x
		if k > eqtbSize {
			break
		}
	}
	{
		{
			prg.fmtFile.Get()
			x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
		}
		if x < hashBase || x > frozenControlSequence {
			goto badFmt
		} else {
			prg.parLoc = uint16(x)
		}
	}
	prg.parToken = uint16(07777 + int32(prg.parLoc))

	{
		{
			prg.fmtFile.Get()
			x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
		}
		if x < hashBase || x > frozenControlSequence {
			goto badFmt
		} else {
			prg.writeLoc = uint16(x)
		}
	}

	// Undump the hash table
	{
		{
			prg.fmtFile.Get()
			x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
		}
		if x < hashBase || x > frozenControlSequence {
			goto badFmt
		} else {
			prg.hashUsed = uint16(x)
		}
	}
	p = uint16(hashBase - 1)
	for {
		{
			{
				prg.fmtFile.Get()
				x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
			}
			if x < int32(p)+1 || x > int32(prg.hashUsed) {
				goto badFmt
			} else {
				p = uint16(x)
			}
		}
		{
			prg.fmtFile.Get()
			prg.hash[p-514] = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).hh()
		}
		if int32(p) == int32(prg.hashUsed) {
			break
		}
	}
	for ii := int32(prg.hashUsed) + 1; ii <= undefinedControlSequence-1; ii++ {
		p = halfword(ii)
		_ = p
		prg.fmtFile.Get()
		prg.hash[p-514] = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).hh()
	}
	{
		prg.fmtFile.Get()
		prg.csCount = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
	}

	// Undump the font information
	{
		{
			prg.fmtFile.Get()
			x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
		}
		if x < 7 {
			goto badFmt
		}
		if x > fontMemSize {
			prg.termOut.Writeln("---! Must increase the ", "font mem size") /* \xref[Must increase the x]  */ /* \xref[Must increase the x]  */
			goto badFmt
		} else {
			prg.fmemPtr = uint16(x)
		}
	}
	for ii := int32(0); ii <= int32(prg.fmemPtr)-1; ii++ {
		k = ii
		_ = k
		prg.fmtFile.Get()
		prg.fontInfo[k] = *(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))
	}
	{
		{
			prg.fmtFile.Get()
			x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
		}
		if x < fontBase {
			goto badFmt
		}
		if x > fontMax {
			prg.termOut.Writeln("---! Must increase the ", "font max") /* \xref[Must increase the x]  */ /* \xref[Must increase the x]  */
			goto badFmt
		} else {
			prg.fontPtr = byte(x)
		}
	}
	for ii := int32(fontBase); ii <= int32(prg.fontPtr); ii++ {
		k = ii
		_ = k

		// Undump the array info for internal font number |k|
		{
			prg.fmtFile.Get()
			prg.fontCheck[k] = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).qqqq()
		}

		{
			prg.fmtFile.Get()
			prg.fontSize[k] = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
		}
		{
			prg.fmtFile.Get()
			prg.fontDsize[k] = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
		}
		{
			{
				prg.fmtFile.Get()
				x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
			}
			if x < 0 || x > 65535 {
				goto badFmt
			} else {
				prg.fontParams[k] = uint16(x)
			}
		}

		{
			prg.fmtFile.Get()
			prg.hyphenChar[k] = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
		}
		{
			prg.fmtFile.Get()
			prg.skewChar[k] = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
		}

		{
			{
				prg.fmtFile.Get()
				x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
			}
			if x < 0 || x > int32(prg.strPtr) {
				goto badFmt
			} else {
				prg.fontName[k] = uint16(x)
			}
		}
		{
			{
				prg.fmtFile.Get()
				x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
			}
			if x < 0 || x > int32(prg.strPtr) {
				goto badFmt
			} else {
				prg.fontArea[k] = uint16(x)
			}
		}

		{
			{
				prg.fmtFile.Get()
				x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
			}
			if x < 0 || x > 255 {
				goto badFmt
			} else {
				prg.fontBc[k] = byte(x)
			}
		}
		{
			{
				prg.fmtFile.Get()
				x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
			}
			if x < 0 || x > 255 {
				goto badFmt
			} else {
				prg.fontEc[k] = byte(x)
			}
		}

		{
			prg.fmtFile.Get()
			prg.charBase[k] = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
		}
		{
			prg.fmtFile.Get()
			prg.widthBase[k] = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
		}
		{
			prg.fmtFile.Get()
			prg.heightBase[k] = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
		}

		{
			prg.fmtFile.Get()
			prg.depthBase[k] = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
		}
		{
			prg.fmtFile.Get()
			prg.italicBase[k] = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
		}
		{
			prg.fmtFile.Get()
			prg.ligKernBase[k] = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
		}

		{
			prg.fmtFile.Get()
			prg.kernBase[k] = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
		}
		{
			prg.fmtFile.Get()
			prg.extenBase[k] = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
		}
		{
			prg.fmtFile.Get()
			prg.paramBase[k] = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
		}

		{
			{
				prg.fmtFile.Get()
				x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
			}
			if x < 0 || x > int32(prg.loMemMax) {
				goto badFmt
			} else {
				prg.fontGlue[k] = uint16(x)
			}
		}

		{
			{
				prg.fmtFile.Get()
				x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
			}
			if x < 0 || x > int32(prg.fmemPtr)-1 {
				goto badFmt
			} else {
				prg.bcharLabel[k] = uint16(x)
			}
		}
		{
			{
				prg.fmtFile.Get()
				x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
			}
			if x < minQuarterword || x > 256+minQuarterword {
				goto badFmt
			} else {
				prg.fontBchar[k] = uint16(x)
			}
		}
		{
			{
				prg.fmtFile.Get()
				x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
			}
			if x < minQuarterword || x > 256+minQuarterword {
				goto badFmt
			} else {
				prg.fontFalseBchar[k] = uint16(x)
			}
		}
	}

	// Undump the hyphenation tables
	{
		{
			prg.fmtFile.Get()
			x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
		}
		if x < 0 || x > hyphSize {
			goto badFmt
		} else {
			prg.hyphCount = uint16(x)
		}
	}
	for ii := int32(1); ii <= int32(prg.hyphCount); ii++ {
		k = ii
		_ = k
		{
			{
				prg.fmtFile.Get()
				x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
			}
			if x < 0 || x > hyphSize {
				goto badFmt
			} else {
				j = x
			}
		}
		{
			{
				prg.fmtFile.Get()
				x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
			}
			if x < 0 || x > int32(prg.strPtr) {
				goto badFmt
			} else {
				prg.hyphWord[j] = uint16(x)
			}
		}
		{
			{
				prg.fmtFile.Get()
				x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
			}
			if x < 0 || x > 65535 {
				goto badFmt
			} else {
				prg.hyphList[j] = uint16(x)
			}
		}
	}
	{
		{
			prg.fmtFile.Get()
			x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
		}
		if x < 0 {
			goto badFmt
		}
		if x > trieSize {
			prg.termOut.Writeln("---! Must increase the ", "trie size") /* \xref[Must increase the x]  */ /* \xref[Must increase the x]  */
			goto badFmt
		} else {
			j = x
		}
	}
	prg.trieMax = uint16(j)
	for ii := int32(0); ii <= j; ii++ {
		k = ii
		_ = k
		prg.fmtFile.Get()
		prg.trie[k] = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).hh()
	}
	{
		{
			prg.fmtFile.Get()
			x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
		}
		if x < 0 {
			goto badFmt
		}
		if x > trieOpSize {
			prg.termOut.Writeln("---! Must increase the ", "trie op size") /* \xref[Must increase the x]  */ /* \xref[Must increase the x]  */
			goto badFmt
		} else {
			j = x
		}
	}
	prg.trieOpPtr = uint16(j)
	for ii := int32(1); ii <= j; ii++ {
		k = ii
		_ = k
		{
			{
				prg.fmtFile.Get()
				x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
			}
			if x < 0 || x > 63 {
				goto badFmt
			} else {
				prg.hyfDistance[k-1] = byte(x)
			}
		} // a |small_number|
		{
			{
				prg.fmtFile.Get()
				x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
			}
			if x < 0 || x > 63 {
				goto badFmt
			} else {
				prg.hyfNum[k-1] = byte(x)
			}
		}
		{
			{
				prg.fmtFile.Get()
				x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
			}
			if x < minQuarterword || x > maxQuarterword {
				goto badFmt
			} else {
				prg.hyfNext[k-1] = byte(x)
			}
		}
	}
	for ii := int32(0); ii <= 255; ii++ {
		k = ii
		_ = k
		prg.trieUsed[k] = byte(minQuarterword)
	}

	k = 256
	for j > 0 {
		{
			{
				prg.fmtFile.Get()
				x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
			}
			if x < 0 || x > k-1 {
				goto badFmt
			} else {
				k = x
			}
		}
		{
			{
				prg.fmtFile.Get()
				x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
			}
			if x < 1 || x > j {
				goto badFmt
			} else {
				x = x
			}
		}
		prg.trieUsed[k] = byte(x + minQuarterword)

		j = j - x
		prg.opStart[k] = uint16(j - minQuarterword)
	}
	prg.trieNotReady = false

	// Undump a couple more things and the closing check word
	{
		{
			prg.fmtFile.Get()
			x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
		}
		if x < batchMode || x > errorStopMode {
			goto badFmt
		} else {
			prg.interaction = byte(x)
		}
	}
	{
		{
			prg.fmtFile.Get()
			x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
		}
		if x < 0 || x > int32(prg.strPtr) {
			goto badFmt
		} else {
			prg.formatIdent = uint16(x)
		}
	}
	{
		prg.fmtFile.Get()
		x = *(*(*memoryWord)(unsafe.Pointer(prg.fmtFile.Data4P()))).int()
	}
	if x != 69069 || prg.fmtFile.EOF() {
		goto badFmt
	}
	r = true
	goto exit // it worked!
	// it worked!
badFmt:
	;
	prg.termOut.Writeln("(Fatal format file error; I'm stymied)")
	// \xref[Fatal format file error]
	r = false

exit:
	;
	return r
} // \2

func (prg *prg) closeFilesAndTerminate() {
	var (
		k int32 // all-purpose index
	)
	for ii := int32(0); ii <= 15; ii++ {
		k = ii
		_ = k
		if prg.writeOpen[k] {
			prg.aClose(prg.writeFile[k])
		}
	}
	*prg.eqtb[intBase+newLineCharCode-1].int() = -1
	//  if eqtb[int_base+ tracing_stats_code].int  >0 then
	// [ Output statistics about this job ]
	// if log_opened then
	//   begin writeln( log_file,' ')  ;
	//   writeln( log_file,'Here is how much of TeX''s memory',' you used:')  ;
	// [ \xref[Here is how much...] ]
	//   write(log_file,' ', str_ptr- init_str_ptr: 1,' string') ;
	//   if str_ptr<>init_str_ptr+1 then write(log_file,'s') ;
	//   writeln( log_file,' out of ',   max_strings-  init_str_ptr:  1)  ;
	//
	//   writeln( log_file,' ',  pool_ptr-  init_pool_ptr:  1,' string characters out of ',
	//       pool_size-  init_pool_ptr:  1)  ;
	//
	//   writeln( log_file,' ',  lo_mem_max-  mem_min+  mem_end-  hi_mem_min+  2:  1,
	//     ' words of memory out of ',  mem_end+  1-  mem_min:  1)  ;
	//
	//   writeln( log_file,' ',  cs_count:  1,' multiletter control sequences out of ',
	//       hash_size:  1)  ;
	//
	//   write(log_file,' ', fmem_ptr: 1,' words of font info for ',
	//      font_ptr- font_base: 1,' font') ;
	//   if font_ptr<>font_base+1 then write(log_file,'s') ;
	//   writeln( log_file,', out of ',  font_mem_size:  1,' for ',  font_max-  font_base:  1)  ;
	//
	//   write(log_file,' ', hyph_count: 1,' hyphenation exception') ;
	//   if hyph_count<>1 then write(log_file,'s') ;
	//   writeln( log_file,' out of ',  hyph_size:  1)  ;
	//
	//   writeln( log_file,' ',  max_in_stack:  1,'i,',  max_nest_stack:  1,'n,',
	//       max_param_stack:  1,'p,',
	//       max_buf_stack+  1:  1,'b,',
	//       max_save_stack+  6:  1,'s stack positions out of ',
	//       stack_size:  1,'i,',
	//       nest_size:  1,'n,',
	//       param_size:  1,'p,',
	//       buf_size:  1,'b,',
	//       save_size:  1,'s')  ;
	//   end
	//
	// ;  [  ]

	// Finish the \.[DVI] file
	for prg.curS > -1 {
		if prg.curS > 0 {
			prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(pop)
			prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
			if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
				prg.dviSwap()
			}
		} else {
			{
				prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(eop)
				prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
				if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
					prg.dviSwap()
				}
			}
			prg.totalPages = prg.totalPages + 1
		}
		prg.curS = prg.curS - 1
	}
	if prg.totalPages == 0 {
		prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "No pages of output." */ 837))
	} else {
		{
			prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(post)
			prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
			if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
				prg.dviSwap()
			}
		} // beginning of the postamble
		prg.dviFour(prg.lastBop)
		prg.lastBop = prg.dviOffset + int32(prg.dviPtr) - 5 // |post| location
		prg.dviFour(25400000)
		prg.dviFour(473628672) // conversion ratio for sp
		prg.prepareMag()
		prg.dviFour(*prg.eqtb[intBase+magCode-1].int()) // magnification factor
		prg.dviFour(prg.maxV)
		prg.dviFour(prg.maxH)

		{
			prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(prg.maxPush / 256)
			prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
			if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
				prg.dviSwap()
			}
		}
		{
			prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(prg.maxPush % 256)
			prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
			if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
				prg.dviSwap()
			}
		}

		{
			prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(prg.totalPages / 256 % 256)
			prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
			if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
				prg.dviSwap()
			}
		}
		{
			prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(prg.totalPages % 256)
			prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
			if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
				prg.dviSwap()
			}
		}

		// Output the font definitions for all fonts that were used
		for int32(prg.fontPtr) > fontBase {
			if prg.fontUsed[prg.fontPtr] {
				prg.dviFontDef(prg.fontPtr)
			}
			prg.fontPtr = byte(int32(prg.fontPtr) - 1)
		}
		{
			prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(postPost)
			prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
			if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
				prg.dviSwap()
			}
		}
		prg.dviFour(prg.lastBop)
		{
			prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = byte(idByte)
			prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
			if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
				prg.dviSwap()
			}
		}

		k = 4 + (dviBufSize-int32(prg.dviPtr))%4 // the number of 223's
		for k > 0 {
			{
				prg.dviBuf[prg.dviPtr] = 223
				prg.dviPtr = uint16(int32(prg.dviPtr) + 1)
				if int32(prg.dviPtr) == int32(prg.dviLimit) {
					prg.dviSwap()
				}
			}
			k = k - 1
		}

		// Empty the last bytes out of |dvi_buf|
		if int32(prg.dviLimit) == int32(prg.halfBuf) {
			prg.writeDvi(prg.halfBuf, dviIndex(dviBufSize-1))
		}
		if int32(prg.dviPtr) > 0 {
			prg.writeDvi(dviIndex(0), dviIndex(int32(prg.dviPtr)-1))
		}
		prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "Output written on " */ 838))
		prg.slowPrint(int32(prg.outputFileName))
		// \xref[Output written on x]
		prg.print( /* " (" */ 286)
		prg.printInt(prg.totalPages)
		prg.print( /* " page" */ 839)
		if prg.totalPages != 1 {
			prg.printChar(asciiCode('s'))
		}
		prg.print( /* ", " */ 840)
		prg.printInt(prg.dviOffset + int32(prg.dviPtr))
		prg.print( /* " bytes)." */ 841)
		prg.bClose(prg.dviFile)
	}
	if prg.logOpened {
		prg.logFile.Writeln()
		prg.aClose(prg.logFile)
		prg.selector = byte(int32(prg.selector) - 2)
		if int32(prg.selector) == termOnly {
			prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "Transcript written on " */ 1275))
			// \xref[Transcript written...]
			prg.slowPrint(int32(prg.logName))
			prg.printChar(asciiCode('.'))
		}
	}
	prg.termOut.Writeln()
}

func (prg *prg) finalCleanup() {
	var (
		c smallNumber // 0 for \.[\\end], 1 for \.[\\dump]
	)
	c = byte(prg.curChr)
	if int32(c) != 1 {
		*prg.eqtb[intBase+newLineCharCode-1].int() = -1
	}
	if int32(prg.jobName) == 0 {
		prg.openLogFile()
	}
	for int32(prg.inputPtr) > 0 {
		if int32(prg.curInput.stateField) == tokenList {
			prg.endTokenList()
		} else {
			prg.endFileReading()
		}
	}
	for int32(prg.openParens) > 0 {
		prg.print( /* " )" */ 1276)
		prg.openParens = byte(int32(prg.openParens) - 1)
	}
	if int32(prg.curLevel) > levelOne {
		prg.printNl(strNumber('('))
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "end occurred " */ 1277))
		prg.print( /* "inside a group at level " */ 1278)
		// \xref[end_][\.[(\\end occurred...)]]
		prg.printInt(int32(prg.curLevel) - levelOne)
		prg.printChar(asciiCode(')'))
	}
	for int32(prg.condPtr) != 0 {
		prg.printNl(strNumber('('))
		prg.printEsc(strNumber( /* "end occurred " */ 1277))
		prg.print( /* "when " */ 1279)
		prg.printCmdChr(quarterword(ifTest), halfword(prg.curIf))
		if prg.ifLine != 0 {
			prg.print( /* " on line " */ 1280)
			prg.printInt(prg.ifLine)
		}
		prg.print( /* " was incomplete)" */ 1281)
		prg.ifLine = *prg.mem[int32(prg.condPtr)+1].int()
		prg.curIf = *(*prg.mem[prg.condPtr].hh()).b1()
		prg.tempPtr = prg.condPtr
		prg.condPtr = *(*prg.mem[prg.condPtr].hh()).rh()
		prg.freeNode(prg.tempPtr, halfword(ifNodeSize))
	}
	if int32(prg.history) != spotless {
		if int32(prg.history) == warningIssued || int32(prg.interaction) < errorStopMode {
			if int32(prg.selector) == termAndLog {
				prg.selector = byte(termOnly)
				prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "(see the transcript file for additional information)" */ 1282))
				// \xref[see the transcript file...]
				prg.selector = byte(termAndLog)
			}
		}
	}
	if int32(c) == 1 {
		for ii := int32(topMarkCode); ii <= splitBotMarkCode; ii++ {
			c = smallNumber(ii)
			_ = c
			if int32(prg.curMark[c]) != 0 {
				prg.deleteTokenRef(prg.curMark[c])
			}
		}
		if int32(prg.lastGlue) != 65535 {
			prg.deleteGlueRef(prg.lastGlue)
		}
		prg.storeFmtFile()
		goto exit

		prg.printNl(strNumber( /* "(\\dump is performed only by INITEX)" */ 1283))
		goto exit
		// \xref[dump_][\.[\\dump...only by INITEX]]
	}

exit:
}

func (prg *prg) initPrim() {
	prg.noNewControlSequence = false

	// Put each...
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "lineskip" */ 376), quarterword(assignGlue), halfword(glueBase+lineSkipCode))

	// \xref[line_skip_][\.[\\lineskip] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "baselineskip" */ 377), quarterword(assignGlue), halfword(glueBase+baselineSkipCode))

	// \xref[baseline_skip_][\.[\\baselineskip] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "parskip" */ 378), quarterword(assignGlue), halfword(glueBase+parSkipCode))

	// \xref[par_skip_][\.[\\parskip] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "abovedisplayskip" */ 379), quarterword(assignGlue), halfword(glueBase+aboveDisplaySkipCode))

	// \xref[above_display_skip_][\.[\\abovedisplayskip] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "belowdisplayskip" */ 380), quarterword(assignGlue), halfword(glueBase+belowDisplaySkipCode))

	// \xref[below_display_skip_][\.[\\belowdisplayskip] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "abovedisplayshortskip" */ 381), quarterword(assignGlue), halfword(glueBase+aboveDisplayShortSkipCode))

	// \xref[above_display_short_skip_][\.[\\abovedisplayshortskip] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "belowdisplayshortskip" */ 382), quarterword(assignGlue), halfword(glueBase+belowDisplayShortSkipCode))

	// \xref[below_display_short_skip_][\.[\\belowdisplayshortskip] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "leftskip" */ 383), quarterword(assignGlue), halfword(glueBase+leftSkipCode))

	// \xref[left_skip_][\.[\\leftskip] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "rightskip" */ 384), quarterword(assignGlue), halfword(glueBase+rightSkipCode))

	// \xref[right_skip_][\.[\\rightskip] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "topskip" */ 385), quarterword(assignGlue), halfword(glueBase+topSkipCode))

	// \xref[top_skip_][\.[\\topskip] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "splittopskip" */ 386), quarterword(assignGlue), halfword(glueBase+splitTopSkipCode))

	// \xref[split_top_skip_][\.[\\splittopskip] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "tabskip" */ 387), quarterword(assignGlue), halfword(glueBase+tabSkipCode))

	// \xref[tab_skip_][\.[\\tabskip] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "spaceskip" */ 388), quarterword(assignGlue), halfword(glueBase+spaceSkipCode))

	// \xref[space_skip_][\.[\\spaceskip] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "xspaceskip" */ 389), quarterword(assignGlue), halfword(glueBase+xspaceSkipCode))

	// \xref[xspace_skip_][\.[\\xspaceskip] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "parfillskip" */ 390), quarterword(assignGlue), halfword(glueBase+parFillSkipCode))

	// \xref[par_fill_skip_][\.[\\parfillskip] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "thinmuskip" */ 391), quarterword(assignMuGlue), halfword(glueBase+thinMuSkipCode))

	// \xref[thin_mu_skip_][\.[\\thinmuskip] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "medmuskip" */ 392), quarterword(assignMuGlue), halfword(glueBase+medMuSkipCode))

	// \xref[med_mu_skip_][\.[\\medmuskip] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "thickmuskip" */ 393), quarterword(assignMuGlue), halfword(glueBase+thickMuSkipCode))

	// \xref[thick_mu_skip_][\.[\\thickmuskip] primitive]

	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "output" */ 398), quarterword(assignToks), halfword(outputRoutineLoc))
	// \xref[output_][\.[\\output] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "everypar" */ 399), quarterword(assignToks), halfword(everyParLoc))
	// \xref[every_par_][\.[\\everypar] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "everymath" */ 400), quarterword(assignToks), halfword(everyMathLoc))
	// \xref[every_math_][\.[\\everymath] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "everydisplay" */ 401), quarterword(assignToks), halfword(everyDisplayLoc))
	// \xref[every_display_][\.[\\everydisplay] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "everyhbox" */ 402), quarterword(assignToks), halfword(everyHboxLoc))
	// \xref[every_hbox_][\.[\\everyhbox] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "everyvbox" */ 403), quarterword(assignToks), halfword(everyVboxLoc))
	// \xref[every_vbox_][\.[\\everyvbox] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "everyjob" */ 404), quarterword(assignToks), halfword(everyJobLoc))
	// \xref[every_job_][\.[\\everyjob] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "everycr" */ 405), quarterword(assignToks), halfword(everyCrLoc))
	// \xref[every_cr_][\.[\\everycr] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "errhelp" */ 406), quarterword(assignToks), halfword(errHelpLoc))
	// \xref[err_help_][\.[\\errhelp] primitive]

	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "pretolerance" */ 420), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+pretoleranceCode))

	// \xref[pretolerance_][\.[\\pretolerance] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "tolerance" */ 421), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+toleranceCode))

	// \xref[tolerance_][\.[\\tolerance] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "linepenalty" */ 422), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+linePenaltyCode))

	// \xref[line_penalty_][\.[\\linepenalty] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "hyphenpenalty" */ 423), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+hyphenPenaltyCode))

	// \xref[hyphen_penalty_][\.[\\hyphenpenalty] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "exhyphenpenalty" */ 424), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+exHyphenPenaltyCode))

	// \xref[ex_hyphen_penalty_][\.[\\exhyphenpenalty] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "clubpenalty" */ 425), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+clubPenaltyCode))

	// \xref[club_penalty_][\.[\\clubpenalty] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "widowpenalty" */ 426), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+widowPenaltyCode))

	// \xref[widow_penalty_][\.[\\widowpenalty] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "displaywidowpenalty" */ 427), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+displayWidowPenaltyCode))

	// \xref[display_widow_penalty_][\.[\\displaywidowpenalty] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "brokenpenalty" */ 428), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+brokenPenaltyCode))

	// \xref[broken_penalty_][\.[\\brokenpenalty] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "binoppenalty" */ 429), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+binOpPenaltyCode))

	// \xref[bin_op_penalty_][\.[\\binoppenalty] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "relpenalty" */ 430), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+relPenaltyCode))

	// \xref[rel_penalty_][\.[\\relpenalty] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "predisplaypenalty" */ 431), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+preDisplayPenaltyCode))

	// \xref[pre_display_penalty_][\.[\\predisplaypenalty] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "postdisplaypenalty" */ 432), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+postDisplayPenaltyCode))

	// \xref[post_display_penalty_][\.[\\postdisplaypenalty] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "interlinepenalty" */ 433), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+interLinePenaltyCode))

	// \xref[inter_line_penalty_][\.[\\interlinepenalty] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "doublehyphendemerits" */ 434), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+doubleHyphenDemeritsCode))

	// \xref[double_hyphen_demerits_][\.[\\doublehyphendemerits] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "finalhyphendemerits" */ 435), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+finalHyphenDemeritsCode))

	// \xref[final_hyphen_demerits_][\.[\\finalhyphendemerits] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "adjdemerits" */ 436), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+adjDemeritsCode))

	// \xref[adj_demerits_][\.[\\adjdemerits] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "mag" */ 437), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+magCode))

	// \xref[mag_][\.[\\mag] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "delimiterfactor" */ 438), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+delimiterFactorCode))

	// \xref[delimiter_factor_][\.[\\delimiterfactor] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "looseness" */ 439), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+loosenessCode))

	// \xref[looseness_][\.[\\looseness] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "time" */ 440), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+timeCode))

	// \xref[time_][\.[\\time] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "day" */ 441), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+dayCode))

	// \xref[day_][\.[\\day] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "month" */ 442), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+monthCode))

	// \xref[month_][\.[\\month] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "year" */ 443), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+yearCode))

	// \xref[year_][\.[\\year] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "showboxbreadth" */ 444), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+showBoxBreadthCode))

	// \xref[show_box_breadth_][\.[\\showboxbreadth] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "showboxdepth" */ 445), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+showBoxDepthCode))

	// \xref[show_box_depth_][\.[\\showboxdepth] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "hbadness" */ 446), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+hbadnessCode))

	// \xref[hbadness_][\.[\\hbadness] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "vbadness" */ 447), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+vbadnessCode))

	// \xref[vbadness_][\.[\\vbadness] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "pausing" */ 448), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+pausingCode))

	// \xref[pausing_][\.[\\pausing] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "tracingonline" */ 449), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+tracingOnlineCode))

	// \xref[tracing_online_][\.[\\tracingonline] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "tracingmacros" */ 450), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+tracingMacrosCode))

	// \xref[tracing_macros_][\.[\\tracingmacros] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "tracingstats" */ 451), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+tracingStatsCode))

	// \xref[tracing_stats_][\.[\\tracingstats] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "tracingparagraphs" */ 452), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+tracingParagraphsCode))

	// \xref[tracing_paragraphs_][\.[\\tracingparagraphs] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "tracingpages" */ 453), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+tracingPagesCode))

	// \xref[tracing_pages_][\.[\\tracingpages] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "tracingoutput" */ 454), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+tracingOutputCode))

	// \xref[tracing_output_][\.[\\tracingoutput] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "tracinglostchars" */ 455), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+tracingLostCharsCode))

	// \xref[tracing_lost_chars_][\.[\\tracinglostchars] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "tracingcommands" */ 456), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+tracingCommandsCode))

	// \xref[tracing_commands_][\.[\\tracingcommands] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "tracingrestores" */ 457), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+tracingRestoresCode))

	// \xref[tracing_restores_][\.[\\tracingrestores] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "uchyph" */ 458), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+ucHyphCode))

	// \xref[uc_hyph_][\.[\\uchyph] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "outputpenalty" */ 459), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+outputPenaltyCode))

	// \xref[output_penalty_][\.[\\outputpenalty] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "maxdeadcycles" */ 460), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+maxDeadCyclesCode))

	// \xref[max_dead_cycles_][\.[\\maxdeadcycles] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "hangafter" */ 461), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+hangAfterCode))

	// \xref[hang_after_][\.[\\hangafter] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "floatingpenalty" */ 462), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+floatingPenaltyCode))

	// \xref[floating_penalty_][\.[\\floatingpenalty] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "globaldefs" */ 463), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+globalDefsCode))

	// \xref[global_defs_][\.[\\globaldefs] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "fam" */ 464), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+curFamCode))

	// \xref[fam_][\.[\\fam] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "escapechar" */ 465), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+escapeCharCode))

	// \xref[escape_char_][\.[\\escapechar] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "defaulthyphenchar" */ 466), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+defaultHyphenCharCode))

	// \xref[default_hyphen_char_][\.[\\defaulthyphenchar] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "defaultskewchar" */ 467), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+defaultSkewCharCode))

	// \xref[default_skew_char_][\.[\\defaultskewchar] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "endlinechar" */ 468), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+endLineCharCode))

	// \xref[end_line_char_][\.[\\endlinechar] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "newlinechar" */ 469), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+newLineCharCode))

	// \xref[new_line_char_][\.[\\newlinechar] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "language" */ 470), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+languageCode))

	// \xref[language_][\.[\\language] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "lefthyphenmin" */ 471), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+leftHyphenMinCode))

	// \xref[left_hyphen_min_][\.[\\lefthyphenmin] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "righthyphenmin" */ 472), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+rightHyphenMinCode))

	// \xref[right_hyphen_min_][\.[\\righthyphenmin] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "holdinginserts" */ 473), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+holdingInsertsCode))

	// \xref[holding_inserts_][\.[\\holdinginserts] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "errorcontextlines" */ 474), quarterword(assignInt), halfword(intBase+errorContextLinesCode))

	// \xref[error_context_lines_][\.[\\errorcontextlines] primitive]

	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "parindent" */ 478), quarterword(assignDimen), halfword(dimenBase+parIndentCode))

	// \xref[par_indent_][\.[\\parindent] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "mathsurround" */ 479), quarterword(assignDimen), halfword(dimenBase+mathSurroundCode))

	// \xref[math_surround_][\.[\\mathsurround] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "lineskiplimit" */ 480), quarterword(assignDimen), halfword(dimenBase+lineSkipLimitCode))

	// \xref[line_skip_limit_][\.[\\lineskiplimit] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "hsize" */ 481), quarterword(assignDimen), halfword(dimenBase+hsizeCode))

	// \xref[hsize_][\.[\\hsize] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "vsize" */ 482), quarterword(assignDimen), halfword(dimenBase+vsizeCode))

	// \xref[vsize_][\.[\\vsize] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "maxdepth" */ 483), quarterword(assignDimen), halfword(dimenBase+maxDepthCode))

	// \xref[max_depth_][\.[\\maxdepth] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "splitmaxdepth" */ 484), quarterword(assignDimen), halfword(dimenBase+splitMaxDepthCode))

	// \xref[split_max_depth_][\.[\\splitmaxdepth] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "boxmaxdepth" */ 485), quarterword(assignDimen), halfword(dimenBase+boxMaxDepthCode))

	// \xref[box_max_depth_][\.[\\boxmaxdepth] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "hfuzz" */ 486), quarterword(assignDimen), halfword(dimenBase+hfuzzCode))

	// \xref[hfuzz_][\.[\\hfuzz] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "vfuzz" */ 487), quarterword(assignDimen), halfword(dimenBase+vfuzzCode))

	// \xref[vfuzz_][\.[\\vfuzz] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "delimitershortfall" */ 488), quarterword(assignDimen), halfword(dimenBase+delimiterShortfallCode))

	// \xref[delimiter_shortfall_][\.[\\delimitershortfall] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "nulldelimiterspace" */ 489), quarterword(assignDimen), halfword(dimenBase+nullDelimiterSpaceCode))

	// \xref[null_delimiter_space_][\.[\\nulldelimiterspace] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "scriptspace" */ 490), quarterword(assignDimen), halfword(dimenBase+scriptSpaceCode))

	// \xref[script_space_][\.[\\scriptspace] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "predisplaysize" */ 491), quarterword(assignDimen), halfword(dimenBase+preDisplaySizeCode))

	// \xref[pre_display_size_][\.[\\predisplaysize] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "displaywidth" */ 492), quarterword(assignDimen), halfword(dimenBase+displayWidthCode))

	// \xref[display_width_][\.[\\displaywidth] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "displayindent" */ 493), quarterword(assignDimen), halfword(dimenBase+displayIndentCode))

	// \xref[display_indent_][\.[\\displayindent] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "overfullrule" */ 494), quarterword(assignDimen), halfword(dimenBase+overfullRuleCode))

	// \xref[overfull_rule_][\.[\\overfullrule] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "hangindent" */ 495), quarterword(assignDimen), halfword(dimenBase+hangIndentCode))

	// \xref[hang_indent_][\.[\\hangindent] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "hoffset" */ 496), quarterword(assignDimen), halfword(dimenBase+hOffsetCode))

	// \xref[h_offset_][\.[\\hoffset] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "voffset" */ 497), quarterword(assignDimen), halfword(dimenBase+vOffsetCode))

	// \xref[v_offset_][\.[\\voffset] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "emergencystretch" */ 498), quarterword(assignDimen), halfword(dimenBase+emergencyStretchCode))

	// \xref[emergency_stretch_][\.[\\emergencystretch] primitive]

	prg.primitive(strNumber(' '), quarterword(exSpace), halfword(0))

	// \xref[Single-character primitives /][\quad\.[\\\ ]]
	prg.primitive(strNumber('/'), quarterword(italCorr), halfword(0))

	// \xref[Single-character primitives /][\quad\.[\\/]]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "accent" */ 508), quarterword(accent), halfword(0))

	// \xref[accent_][\.[\\accent] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "advance" */ 509), quarterword(advance), halfword(0))

	// \xref[advance_][\.[\\advance] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "afterassignment" */ 510), quarterword(afterAssignment), halfword(0))

	// \xref[after_assignment_][\.[\\afterassignment] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "aftergroup" */ 511), quarterword(afterGroup), halfword(0))

	// \xref[after_group_][\.[\\aftergroup] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "begingroup" */ 512), quarterword(beginGroup), halfword(0))

	// \xref[begin_group_][\.[\\begingroup] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "char" */ 513), quarterword(charNum), halfword(0))

	// \xref[char_][\.[\\char] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "csname" */ 504), quarterword(csName), halfword(0))

	// \xref[cs_name_][\.[\\csname] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "delimiter" */ 514), quarterword(delimNum), halfword(0))

	// \xref[delimiter_][\.[\\delimiter] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "divide" */ 515), quarterword(divide), halfword(0))

	// \xref[divide_][\.[\\divide] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "endcsname" */ 505), quarterword(endCsName), halfword(0))

	// \xref[end_cs_name_][\.[\\endcsname] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "endgroup" */ 516), quarterword(endGroup), halfword(0))
	// \xref[end_group_][\.[\\endgroup] primitive]
	*prg.hash[frozenEndGroup-514].rh() = 516
	prg.eqtb[frozenEndGroup-1] = prg.eqtb[prg.curVal-1]

	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "expandafter" */ 517), quarterword(expandAfter), halfword(0))

	// \xref[expand_after_][\.[\\expandafter] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "font" */ 518), quarterword(defFont), halfword(0))

	// \xref[font_][\.[\\font] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "fontdimen" */ 519), quarterword(assignFontDimen), halfword(0))

	// \xref[font_dimen_][\.[\\fontdimen] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "halign" */ 520), quarterword(halign), halfword(0))

	// \xref[halign_][\.[\\halign] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "hrule" */ 521), quarterword(hrule), halfword(0))

	// \xref[hrule_][\.[\\hrule] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "ignorespaces" */ 522), quarterword(ignoreSpaces), halfword(0))

	// \xref[ignore_spaces_][\.[\\ignorespaces] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "insert" */ 330), quarterword(insert), halfword(0))

	// \xref[insert_][\.[\\insert] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "mark" */ 351), quarterword(mark), halfword(0))

	// \xref[mark_][\.[\\mark] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "mathaccent" */ 523), quarterword(mathAccent), halfword(0))

	// \xref[math_accent_][\.[\\mathaccent] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "mathchar" */ 524), quarterword(mathCharNum), halfword(0))

	// \xref[math_char_][\.[\\mathchar] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "mathchoice" */ 525), quarterword(mathChoice), halfword(0))

	// \xref[math_choice_][\.[\\mathchoice] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "multiply" */ 526), quarterword(multiply), halfword(0))

	// \xref[multiply_][\.[\\multiply] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "noalign" */ 527), quarterword(noAlign), halfword(0))

	// \xref[no_align_][\.[\\noalign] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "noboundary" */ 528), quarterword(noBoundary), halfword(0))

	// \xref[no_boundary_][\.[\\noboundary] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "noexpand" */ 529), quarterword(noExpand), halfword(0))

	// \xref[no_expand_][\.[\\noexpand] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "nonscript" */ 335), quarterword(nonScript), halfword(0))

	// \xref[non_script_][\.[\\nonscript] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "omit" */ 530), quarterword(omit), halfword(0))

	// \xref[omit_][\.[\\omit] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "parshape" */ 408), quarterword(setShape), halfword(0))

	// \xref[par_shape_][\.[\\parshape] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "penalty" */ 531), quarterword(breakPenalty), halfword(0))

	// \xref[penalty_][\.[\\penalty] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "prevgraf" */ 532), quarterword(setPrevGraf), halfword(0))

	// \xref[prev_graf_][\.[\\prevgraf] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "radical" */ 533), quarterword(radical), halfword(0))

	// \xref[radical_][\.[\\radical] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "read" */ 534), quarterword(readToCs), halfword(0))

	// \xref[read_][\.[\\read] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "relax" */ 535), quarterword(relax), halfword(256)) // cf.\ |scan_file_name|
	// \xref[relax_][\.[\\relax] primitive]
	*prg.hash[frozenRelax-514].rh() = 535
	prg.eqtb[frozenRelax-1] = prg.eqtb[prg.curVal-1]

	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "setbox" */ 536), quarterword(setBox), halfword(0))

	// \xref[set_box_][\.[\\setbox] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "the" */ 537), quarterword(the), halfword(0))

	// \xref[the_][\.[\\the] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "toks" */ 407), quarterword(toksRegister), halfword(0))

	// \xref[toks_][\.[\\toks] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "vadjust" */ 352), quarterword(vadjust), halfword(0))

	// \xref[vadjust_][\.[\\vadjust] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "valign" */ 538), quarterword(valign), halfword(0))

	// \xref[valign_][\.[\\valign] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "vcenter" */ 539), quarterword(vcenter), halfword(0))

	// \xref[vcenter_][\.[\\vcenter] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "vrule" */ 540), quarterword(vrule), halfword(0))

	// \xref[vrule_][\.[\\vrule] primitive]

	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "par" */ 597), quarterword(parEnd), halfword(256)) // cf.\ |scan_file_name|
	// \xref[par_][\.[\\par] primitive]
	prg.parLoc = uint16(prg.curVal)
	prg.parToken = uint16(07777 + int32(prg.parLoc))

	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "input" */ 629), quarterword(input), halfword(0))

	// \xref[input_][\.[\\input] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "endinput" */ 630), quarterword(input), halfword(1))

	// \xref[end_input_][\.[\\endinput] primitive]

	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "topmark" */ 631), quarterword(topBotMark), halfword(topMarkCode))
	// \xref[top_mark_][\.[\\topmark] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "firstmark" */ 632), quarterword(topBotMark), halfword(firstMarkCode))
	// \xref[first_mark_][\.[\\firstmark] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "botmark" */ 633), quarterword(topBotMark), halfword(botMarkCode))
	// \xref[bot_mark_][\.[\\botmark] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "splitfirstmark" */ 634), quarterword(topBotMark), halfword(splitFirstMarkCode))
	// \xref[split_first_mark_][\.[\\splitfirstmark] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "splitbotmark" */ 635), quarterword(topBotMark), halfword(splitBotMarkCode))
	// \xref[split_bot_mark_][\.[\\splitbotmark] primitive]

	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "count" */ 476), quarterword(register), halfword(intVal))
	// \xref[count_][\.[\\count] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "dimen" */ 500), quarterword(register), halfword(dimenVal))
	// \xref[dimen_][\.[\\dimen] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "skip" */ 395), quarterword(register), halfword(glueVal))
	// \xref[skip_][\.[\\skip] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "muskip" */ 396), quarterword(register), halfword(muVal))
	// \xref[mu_skip_][\.[\\muskip] primitive]

	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "spacefactor" */ 668), quarterword(setAux), halfword(hmode))
	// \xref[space_factor_][\.[\\spacefactor] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "prevdepth" */ 669), quarterword(setAux), halfword(vmode))

	// \xref[prev_depth_][\.[\\prevdepth] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "deadcycles" */ 670), quarterword(setPageInt), halfword(0))
	// \xref[dead_cycles_][\.[\\deadcycles] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "insertpenalties" */ 671), quarterword(setPageInt), halfword(1))
	// \xref[insert_penalties_][\.[\\insertpenalties] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "wd" */ 672), quarterword(setBoxDimen), halfword(widthOffset))
	// \xref[wd_][\.[\\wd] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "ht" */ 673), quarterword(setBoxDimen), halfword(heightOffset))
	// \xref[ht_][\.[\\ht] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "dp" */ 674), quarterword(setBoxDimen), halfword(depthOffset))
	// \xref[dp_][\.[\\dp] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "lastpenalty" */ 675), quarterword(lastItem), halfword(intVal))
	// \xref[last_penalty_][\.[\\lastpenalty] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "lastkern" */ 676), quarterword(lastItem), halfword(dimenVal))
	// \xref[last_kern_][\.[\\lastkern] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "lastskip" */ 677), quarterword(lastItem), halfword(glueVal))
	// \xref[last_skip_][\.[\\lastskip] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "inputlineno" */ 678), quarterword(lastItem), halfword(inputLineNoCode))
	// \xref[input_line_no_][\.[\\inputlineno] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "badness" */ 679), quarterword(lastItem), halfword(badnessCode))
	// \xref[badness_][\.[\\badness] primitive]

	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "number" */ 735), quarterword(convert), halfword(numberCode))

	// \xref[number_][\.[\\number] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "romannumeral" */ 736), quarterword(convert), halfword(romanNumeralCode))

	// \xref[roman_numeral_][\.[\\romannumeral] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "string" */ 737), quarterword(convert), halfword(stringCode))

	// \xref[string_][\.[\\string] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "meaning" */ 738), quarterword(convert), halfword(meaningCode))

	// \xref[meaning_][\.[\\meaning] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "fontname" */ 739), quarterword(convert), halfword(fontNameCode))

	// \xref[font_name_][\.[\\fontname] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "jobname" */ 740), quarterword(convert), halfword(jobNameCode))

	// \xref[job_name_][\.[\\jobname] primitive]

	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "if" */ 757), quarterword(ifTest), halfword(ifCharCode))
	// \xref[if_char_][\.[\\if] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "ifcat" */ 758), quarterword(ifTest), halfword(ifCatCode))
	// \xref[if_cat_code_][\.[\\ifcat] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "ifnum" */ 759), quarterword(ifTest), halfword(ifIntCode))
	// \xref[if_int_][\.[\\ifnum] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "ifdim" */ 760), quarterword(ifTest), halfword(ifDimCode))
	// \xref[if_dim_][\.[\\ifdim] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "ifodd" */ 761), quarterword(ifTest), halfword(ifOddCode))
	// \xref[if_odd_][\.[\\ifodd] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "ifvmode" */ 762), quarterword(ifTest), halfword(ifVmodeCode))
	// \xref[if_vmode_][\.[\\ifvmode] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "ifhmode" */ 763), quarterword(ifTest), halfword(ifHmodeCode))
	// \xref[if_hmode_][\.[\\ifhmode] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "ifmmode" */ 764), quarterword(ifTest), halfword(ifMmodeCode))
	// \xref[if_mmode_][\.[\\ifmmode] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "ifinner" */ 765), quarterword(ifTest), halfword(ifInnerCode))
	// \xref[if_inner_][\.[\\ifinner] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "ifvoid" */ 766), quarterword(ifTest), halfword(ifVoidCode))
	// \xref[if_void_][\.[\\ifvoid] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "ifhbox" */ 767), quarterword(ifTest), halfword(ifHboxCode))
	// \xref[if_hbox_][\.[\\ifhbox] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "ifvbox" */ 768), quarterword(ifTest), halfword(ifVboxCode))
	// \xref[if_vbox_][\.[\\ifvbox] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "ifx" */ 769), quarterword(ifTest), halfword(ifxCode))
	// \xref[ifx_][\.[\\ifx] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "ifeof" */ 770), quarterword(ifTest), halfword(ifEofCode))
	// \xref[if_eof_][\.[\\ifeof] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "iftrue" */ 771), quarterword(ifTest), halfword(ifTrueCode))
	// \xref[if_true_][\.[\\iftrue] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "iffalse" */ 772), quarterword(ifTest), halfword(ifFalseCode))
	// \xref[if_false_][\.[\\iffalse] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "ifcase" */ 773), quarterword(ifTest), halfword(ifCaseCode))
	// \xref[if_case_][\.[\\ifcase] primitive]

	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "fi" */ 774), quarterword(fiOrElse), halfword(fiCode))
	// \xref[fi_][\.[\\fi] primitive]
	*prg.hash[frozenFi-514].rh() = 774
	prg.eqtb[frozenFi-1] = prg.eqtb[prg.curVal-1]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "or" */ 775), quarterword(fiOrElse), halfword(orCode))
	// \xref[or_][\.[\\or] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "else" */ 776), quarterword(fiOrElse), halfword(elseCode))
	// \xref[else_][\.[\\else] primitive]

	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "nullfont" */ 801), quarterword(setFont), halfword(fontBase))
	// \xref[null_font_][\.[\\nullfont] primitive]
	*prg.hash[frozenNullFont-514].rh() = 801
	prg.eqtb[frozenNullFont-1] = prg.eqtb[prg.curVal-1]

	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "span" */ 898), quarterword(tabMark), halfword(spanCode))

	// \xref[span_][\.[\\span] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "cr" */ 899), quarterword(carRet), halfword(crCode))
	// \xref[cr_][\.[\\cr] primitive]
	*prg.hash[frozenCr-514].rh() = 899
	prg.eqtb[frozenCr-1] = prg.eqtb[prg.curVal-1]

	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "crcr" */ 900), quarterword(carRet), halfword(crCrCode))
	// \xref[cr_cr_][\.[\\crcr] primitive]
	*prg.hash[frozenEndTemplate-514].rh() = 901
	*prg.hash[frozenEndv-514].rh() = 901
	// \xref[endtemplate]
	*(*prg.eqtb[frozenEndv-1].hh()).b0() = byte(endv)
	*(*prg.eqtb[frozenEndv-1].hh()).rh() = uint16(30000 - 11)
	*(*prg.eqtb[frozenEndv-1].hh()).b1() = byte(levelOne)

	prg.eqtb[frozenEndTemplate-1] = prg.eqtb[frozenEndv-1]
	*(*prg.eqtb[frozenEndTemplate-1].hh()).b0() = byte(endTemplate)

	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "pagegoal" */ 970), quarterword(setPageDimen), halfword(0))
	// \xref[page_goal_][\.[\\pagegoal] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "pagetotal" */ 971), quarterword(setPageDimen), halfword(1))
	// \xref[page_total_][\.[\\pagetotal] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "pagestretch" */ 972), quarterword(setPageDimen), halfword(2))
	// \xref[page_stretch_][\.[\\pagestretch] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "pagefilstretch" */ 973), quarterword(setPageDimen), halfword(3))
	// \xref[page_fil_stretch_][\.[\\pagefilstretch] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "pagefillstretch" */ 974), quarterword(setPageDimen), halfword(4))
	// \xref[page_fill_stretch_][\.[\\pagefillstretch] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "pagefilllstretch" */ 975), quarterword(setPageDimen), halfword(5))
	// \xref[page_filll_stretch_][\.[\\pagefilllstretch] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "pageshrink" */ 976), quarterword(setPageDimen), halfword(6))
	// \xref[page_shrink_][\.[\\pageshrink] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "pagedepth" */ 977), quarterword(setPageDimen), halfword(7))
	// \xref[page_depth_][\.[\\pagedepth] primitive]

	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "end" */ 1025), quarterword(stop), halfword(0))

	// \xref[end_][\.[\\end] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "dump" */ 1026), quarterword(stop), halfword(1))

	// \xref[dump_][\.[\\dump] primitive]

	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "hskip" */ 1027), quarterword(hskip), halfword(skipCode))

	// \xref[hskip_][\.[\\hskip] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "hfil" */ 1028), quarterword(hskip), halfword(filCode))
	// \xref[hfil_][\.[\\hfil] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "hfill" */ 1029), quarterword(hskip), halfword(fillCode))

	// \xref[hfill_][\.[\\hfill] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "hss" */ 1030), quarterword(hskip), halfword(ssCode))
	// \xref[hss_][\.[\\hss] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "hfilneg" */ 1031), quarterword(hskip), halfword(filNegCode))

	// \xref[hfil_neg_][\.[\\hfilneg] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "vskip" */ 1032), quarterword(vskip), halfword(skipCode))

	// \xref[vskip_][\.[\\vskip] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "vfil" */ 1033), quarterword(vskip), halfword(filCode))
	// \xref[vfil_][\.[\\vfil] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "vfill" */ 1034), quarterword(vskip), halfword(fillCode))

	// \xref[vfill_][\.[\\vfill] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "vss" */ 1035), quarterword(vskip), halfword(ssCode))
	// \xref[vss_][\.[\\vss] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "vfilneg" */ 1036), quarterword(vskip), halfword(filNegCode))

	// \xref[vfil_neg_][\.[\\vfilneg] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "mskip" */ 336), quarterword(mskip), halfword(mskipCode))

	// \xref[mskip_][\.[\\mskip] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "kern" */ 340), quarterword(kern), halfword(explicit))
	// \xref[kern_][\.[\\kern] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "mkern" */ 342), quarterword(mkern), halfword(muGlue))

	// \xref[mkern_][\.[\\mkern] primitive]

	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "moveleft" */ 1054), quarterword(hmove), halfword(1))
	// \xref[move_left_][\.[\\moveleft] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "moveright" */ 1055), quarterword(hmove), halfword(0))

	// \xref[move_right_][\.[\\moveright] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "raise" */ 1056), quarterword(vmove), halfword(1))
	// \xref[raise_][\.[\\raise] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "lower" */ 1057), quarterword(vmove), halfword(0))
	// \xref[lower_][\.[\\lower] primitive]

	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "box" */ 409), quarterword(makeBox), halfword(boxCode))
	// \xref[box_][\.[\\box] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "copy" */ 1058), quarterword(makeBox), halfword(copyCode))
	// \xref[copy_][\.[\\copy] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "lastbox" */ 1059), quarterword(makeBox), halfword(lastBoxCode))
	// \xref[last_box_][\.[\\lastbox] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "vsplit" */ 965), quarterword(makeBox), halfword(vsplitCode))
	// \xref[vsplit_][\.[\\vsplit] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "vtop" */ 1060), quarterword(makeBox), halfword(vtopCode))

	// \xref[vtop_][\.[\\vtop] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "vbox" */ 967), quarterword(makeBox), halfword(vtopCode+vmode))
	// \xref[vbox_][\.[\\vbox] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "hbox" */ 1061), quarterword(makeBox), halfword(vtopCode+hmode))

	// \xref[hbox_][\.[\\hbox] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "shipout" */ 1062), quarterword(leaderShip), halfword(aLeaders-1)) // |ship_out_flag=leader_flag-1|
	// \xref[ship_out_][\.[\\shipout] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "leaders" */ 1063), quarterword(leaderShip), halfword(aLeaders))
	// \xref[leaders_][\.[\\leaders] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "cleaders" */ 1064), quarterword(leaderShip), halfword(cLeaders))
	// \xref[c_leaders_][\.[\\cleaders] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "xleaders" */ 1065), quarterword(leaderShip), halfword(xLeaders))
	// \xref[x_leaders_][\.[\\xleaders] primitive]

	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "indent" */ 1080), quarterword(startPar), halfword(1))
	// \xref[indent_][\.[\\indent] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "noindent" */ 1081), quarterword(startPar), halfword(0))
	// \xref[no_indent_][\.[\\noindent] primitive]

	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "unpenalty" */ 1090), quarterword(removeItem), halfword(penaltyNode))

	// \xref[un_penalty_][\.[\\unpenalty] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "unkern" */ 1091), quarterword(removeItem), halfword(kernNode))

	// \xref[un_kern_][\.[\\unkern] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "unskip" */ 1092), quarterword(removeItem), halfword(glueNode))

	// \xref[un_skip_][\.[\\unskip] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "unhbox" */ 1093), quarterword(unHbox), halfword(boxCode))

	// \xref[un_hbox_][\.[\\unhbox] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "unhcopy" */ 1094), quarterword(unHbox), halfword(copyCode))

	// \xref[un_hcopy_][\.[\\unhcopy] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "unvbox" */ 1095), quarterword(unVbox), halfword(boxCode))

	// \xref[un_vbox_][\.[\\unvbox] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "unvcopy" */ 1096), quarterword(unVbox), halfword(copyCode))

	// \xref[un_vcopy_][\.[\\unvcopy] primitive]

	prg.primitive(strNumber('-'), quarterword(discretionary), halfword(1))
	// \xref[Single-character primitives -][\quad\.[\\-]]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "discretionary" */ 349), quarterword(discretionary), halfword(0))
	// \xref[discretionary_][\.[\\discretionary] primitive]

	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "eqno" */ 1127), quarterword(eqNo), halfword(0))
	// \xref[eq_no_][\.[\\eqno] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "leqno" */ 1128), quarterword(eqNo), halfword(1))
	// \xref[leq_no_][\.[\\leqno] primitive]

	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "mathord" */ 866), quarterword(mathComp), halfword(ordNoad))
	// \xref[math_ord_][\.[\\mathord] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "mathop" */ 867), quarterword(mathComp), halfword(opNoad))
	// \xref[math_op_][\.[\\mathop] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "mathbin" */ 868), quarterword(mathComp), halfword(binNoad))
	// \xref[math_bin_][\.[\\mathbin] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "mathrel" */ 869), quarterword(mathComp), halfword(relNoad))
	// \xref[math_rel_][\.[\\mathrel] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "mathopen" */ 870), quarterword(mathComp), halfword(openNoad))
	// \xref[math_open_][\.[\\mathopen] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "mathclose" */ 871), quarterword(mathComp), halfword(closeNoad))
	// \xref[math_close_][\.[\\mathclose] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "mathpunct" */ 872), quarterword(mathComp), halfword(punctNoad))
	// \xref[math_punct_][\.[\\mathpunct] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "mathinner" */ 873), quarterword(mathComp), halfword(innerNoad))
	// \xref[math_inner_][\.[\\mathinner] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "underline" */ 875), quarterword(mathComp), halfword(underNoad))
	// \xref[underline_][\.[\\underline] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "overline" */ 874), quarterword(mathComp), halfword(overNoad))

	// \xref[overline_][\.[\\overline] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "displaylimits" */ 1129), quarterword(limitSwitch), halfword(normal))
	// \xref[display_limits_][\.[\\displaylimits] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "limits" */ 878), quarterword(limitSwitch), halfword(limits))
	// \xref[limits_][\.[\\limits] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "nolimits" */ 879), quarterword(limitSwitch), halfword(noLimits))
	// \xref[no_limits_][\.[\\nolimits] primitive]

	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "displaystyle" */ 861), quarterword(mathStyle), halfword(displayStyle))
	// \xref[display_style_][\.[\\displaystyle] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "textstyle" */ 862), quarterword(mathStyle), halfword(textStyle))
	// \xref[text_style_][\.[\\textstyle] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "scriptstyle" */ 863), quarterword(mathStyle), halfword(scriptStyle))
	// \xref[script_style_][\.[\\scriptstyle] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "scriptscriptstyle" */ 864), quarterword(mathStyle), halfword(scriptScriptStyle))
	// \xref[script_script_style_][\.[\\scriptscriptstyle] primitive]

	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "above" */ 1147), quarterword(above), halfword(aboveCode))

	// \xref[above_][\.[\\above] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "over" */ 1148), quarterword(above), halfword(overCode))

	// \xref[over_][\.[\\over] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "atop" */ 1149), quarterword(above), halfword(atopCode))

	// \xref[atop_][\.[\\atop] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "abovewithdelims" */ 1150), quarterword(above), halfword(delimitedCode+aboveCode))

	// \xref[above_with_delims_][\.[\\abovewithdelims] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "overwithdelims" */ 1151), quarterword(above), halfword(delimitedCode+overCode))

	// \xref[over_with_delims_][\.[\\overwithdelims] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "atopwithdelims" */ 1152), quarterword(above), halfword(delimitedCode+atopCode))
	// \xref[atop_with_delims_][\.[\\atopwithdelims] primitive]

	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "left" */ 876), quarterword(leftRight), halfword(leftNoad))
	// \xref[left_][\.[\\left] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "right" */ 877), quarterword(leftRight), halfword(rightNoad))
	// \xref[right_][\.[\\right] primitive]
	*prg.hash[frozenRight-514].rh() = 877
	prg.eqtb[frozenRight-1] = prg.eqtb[prg.curVal-1]

	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "long" */ 1171), quarterword(prefix), halfword(1))
	// \xref[long_][\.[\\long] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "outer" */ 1172), quarterword(prefix), halfword(2))
	// \xref[outer_][\.[\\outer] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "global" */ 1173), quarterword(prefix), halfword(4))
	// \xref[global_][\.[\\global] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "def" */ 1174), quarterword(def), halfword(0))
	// \xref[def_][\.[\\def] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "gdef" */ 1175), quarterword(def), halfword(1))
	// \xref[gdef_][\.[\\gdef] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "edef" */ 1176), quarterword(def), halfword(2))
	// \xref[edef_][\.[\\edef] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "xdef" */ 1177), quarterword(def), halfword(3))
	// \xref[xdef_][\.[\\xdef] primitive]

	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "let" */ 1191), quarterword(let), halfword(normal))

	// \xref[let_][\.[\\let] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "futurelet" */ 1192), quarterword(let), halfword(normal+1))

	// \xref[future_let_][\.[\\futurelet] primitive]

	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "chardef" */ 1193), quarterword(shorthandDef), halfword(charDefCode))

	// \xref[char_def_][\.[\\chardef] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "mathchardef" */ 1194), quarterword(shorthandDef), halfword(mathCharDefCode))

	// \xref[math_char_def_][\.[\\mathchardef] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "countdef" */ 1195), quarterword(shorthandDef), halfword(countDefCode))

	// \xref[count_def_][\.[\\countdef] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "dimendef" */ 1196), quarterword(shorthandDef), halfword(dimenDefCode))

	// \xref[dimen_def_][\.[\\dimendef] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "skipdef" */ 1197), quarterword(shorthandDef), halfword(skipDefCode))

	// \xref[skip_def_][\.[\\skipdef] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "muskipdef" */ 1198), quarterword(shorthandDef), halfword(muSkipDefCode))

	// \xref[mu_skip_def_][\.[\\muskipdef] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "toksdef" */ 1199), quarterword(shorthandDef), halfword(toksDefCode))

	// \xref[toks_def_][\.[\\toksdef] primitive]

	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "catcode" */ 415), quarterword(defCode), halfword(catCodeBase))
	// \xref[cat_code_][\.[\\catcode] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "mathcode" */ 419), quarterword(defCode), halfword(mathCodeBase))
	// \xref[math_code_][\.[\\mathcode] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "lccode" */ 416), quarterword(defCode), halfword(lcCodeBase))
	// \xref[lc_code_][\.[\\lccode] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "uccode" */ 417), quarterword(defCode), halfword(ucCodeBase))
	// \xref[uc_code_][\.[\\uccode] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "sfcode" */ 418), quarterword(defCode), halfword(sfCodeBase))
	// \xref[sf_code_][\.[\\sfcode] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "delcode" */ 477), quarterword(defCode), halfword(delCodeBase))
	// \xref[del_code_][\.[\\delcode] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "textfont" */ 412), quarterword(defFamily), halfword(mathFontBase))
	// \xref[text_font_][\.[\\textfont] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "scriptfont" */ 413), quarterword(defFamily), halfword(mathFontBase+scriptSize))
	// \xref[script_font_][\.[\\scriptfont] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "scriptscriptfont" */ 414), quarterword(defFamily), halfword(mathFontBase+scriptScriptSize))
	// \xref[script_script_font_][\.[\\scriptscriptfont] primitive]

	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "hyphenation" */ 941), quarterword(hyphData), halfword(0))
	// \xref[hyphenation_][\.[\\hyphenation] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "patterns" */ 953), quarterword(hyphData), halfword(1))
	// \xref[patterns_][\.[\\patterns] primitive]

	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "hyphenchar" */ 1217), quarterword(assignFontInt), halfword(0))
	// \xref[hyphen_char_][\.[\\hyphenchar] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "skewchar" */ 1218), quarterword(assignFontInt), halfword(1))
	// \xref[skew_char_][\.[\\skewchar] primitive]

	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "batchmode" */ 274), quarterword(setInteraction), halfword(batchMode))
	// \xref[batch_mode_][\.[\\batchmode] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "nonstopmode" */ 275), quarterword(setInteraction), halfword(nonstopMode))
	// \xref[nonstop_mode_][\.[\\nonstopmode] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "scrollmode" */ 276), quarterword(setInteraction), halfword(scrollMode))
	// \xref[scroll_mode_][\.[\\scrollmode] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "errorstopmode" */ 1227), quarterword(setInteraction), halfword(errorStopMode))
	// \xref[error_stop_mode_][\.[\\errorstopmode] primitive]

	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "openin" */ 1228), quarterword(inStream), halfword(1))
	// \xref[open_in_][\.[\\openin] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "closein" */ 1229), quarterword(inStream), halfword(0))
	// \xref[close_in_][\.[\\closein] primitive]

	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "message" */ 1230), quarterword(message), halfword(0))
	// \xref[message_][\.[\\message] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "errmessage" */ 1231), quarterword(message), halfword(1))
	// \xref[err_message_][\.[\\errmessage] primitive]

	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "lowercase" */ 1237), quarterword(caseShift), halfword(lcCodeBase))
	// \xref[lowercase_][\.[\\lowercase] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "uppercase" */ 1238), quarterword(caseShift), halfword(ucCodeBase))
	// \xref[uppercase_][\.[\\uppercase] primitive]

	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "show" */ 1239), quarterword(xray), halfword(showCode))
	// \xref[show_][\.[\\show] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "showbox" */ 1240), quarterword(xray), halfword(showBoxCode))
	// \xref[show_box_][\.[\\showbox] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "showthe" */ 1241), quarterword(xray), halfword(showTheCode))
	// \xref[show_the_][\.[\\showthe] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "showlists" */ 1242), quarterword(xray), halfword(showListsCode))
	// \xref[show_lists_code_][\.[\\showlists] primitive]

	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "openout" */ 1285), quarterword(extension), halfword(openNode))

	// \xref[open_out_][\.[\\openout] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "write" */ 594), quarterword(extension), halfword(writeNode))
	prg.writeLoc = uint16(prg.curVal)

	// \xref[write_][\.[\\write] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "closeout" */ 1286), quarterword(extension), halfword(closeNode))

	// \xref[close_out_][\.[\\closeout] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "special" */ 1287), quarterword(extension), halfword(specialNode))

	// \xref[special_][\.[\\special] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "immediate" */ 1288), quarterword(extension), halfword(immediateCode))

	// \xref[immediate_][\.[\\immediate] primitive]
	prg.primitive(strNumber( /* "setlanguage" */ 1289), quarterword(extension), halfword(setLanguageCode))

	// \xref[set_language_][\.[\\setlanguage] primitive]

	prg.noNewControlSequence = true
}

//  procedure debug_help; [routine to display various things]
// label breakpoint,exit;
// var k, l, m, n:integer;
// begin  ;
//    while true do  begin    ;
//   print_nl(["debug # (-1 to exit):"=]1284);  ;
// [ \xref[debug \#] ]
//   read(term_in,m);
//   if m<0 then  goto exit
//   else if m=0 then
//     begin goto breakpoint;
//  [go to every declared label at least once]
//     breakpoint: m:=0; ['BREAKPOINT']
//
//     end
//   else  begin read(term_in,n);
//     case m of
//     [ \4 ]
// [ Numbered cases for |debug_help| ]
// 1: print_word(mem[n]); [display |mem[n]| in all forms]
// 2: print_int( mem[ n].hh.lh );
// 3: print_int( mem[ n].hh.rh );
// 4: print_word(eqtb[n]);
// 5: print_word(font_info[n]);
// 6: print_word(save_stack[n]);
// 7: show_box(n);
//   [show a box, abbreviated by |show_box_depth| and |show_box_breadth|]
// 8: begin breadth_max:=10000; depth_threshold:=pool_size-pool_ptr-10;
//   show_node_list(n); [show a box in its entirety]
//   end;
// 9: show_token_list(n,0  ,1000);
// 10: slow_print(n);
// 11: check_mem(n>0); [check wellformedness; print new busy locations if |n>0|]
// 12: search_mem(n); [look for pointers to |n|]
// 13: begin read(term_in,l); print_cmd_chr(n,l);
//   end;
// 14: for k:=0 to n do print(buffer[k]);
// 15: begin font_in_short_display:=font_base ; short_display(n);
//   end;
// 16: panicking:=not panicking;
//
//
//      else  print(["?"=]63)
//      end ;
//     end;
//   end;
// exit:end;
// [  ]

// 1332.

// tangle:pos tex.web:24275:61:

// Now this is really it: \TeX\ starts and ends here.
//
// The initial test involving |ready_already| should be deleted if the
// \PASCAL\ runtime system is smart enough to detect such a “mistake.”
// \xref[system dependencies]
func (prg *prg) main() {
	defer func() {
		if prg.dviFile != nil {
			prg.dviFile.Close()
		}
		if prg.fmtFile != nil {
			prg.fmtFile.Close()
		}
		if prg.logFile != nil {
			prg.logFile.Close()
		}
		if prg.poolFile != nil {
			prg.poolFile.Close()
		}
		if prg.stderr != nil {
			prg.stderr.Close()
		}
		if prg.stdin != nil {
			prg.stdin.Close()
		}
		if prg.stdout != nil {
			prg.stdout.Close()
		}
		if prg.termIn != nil {
			prg.termIn.Close()
		}
		if prg.termOut != nil {
			prg.termOut.Close()
		}
		if prg.tfmFile != nil {
			prg.tfmFile.Close()
		}
	}()

	prg.history = byte(fatalErrorStop) // in case we quit during initialization
	prg.termOut.Rewrite("TTY:", "/O")  // open the terminal for output
	if prg.readyAlready == 314159 {
		goto startOfTex
	}

	// Check the “constant” values...
	prg.bad = 0
	if halfErrorLine < 30 || halfErrorLine > errorLine-15 {
		prg.bad = 1
	}
	if maxPrintLine < 60 {
		prg.bad = 2
	}
	if dviBufSize%8 != 0 {
		prg.bad = 3
	}
	if memBot+1100 > 30000 {
		prg.bad = 4
	}
	if hashPrime > hashSize {
		prg.bad = 5
	}
	if maxInOpen >= 128 {
		prg.bad = 6
	}
	if 30000 < 256+11 {
		prg.bad = 7
	} // we will want |null_list>255|

	if memMin != memBot || memMax != 30000 {
		prg.bad = 10
	}

	if memMin > memBot || memMax < 30000 {
		prg.bad = 10
	}
	if minQuarterword > 0 || maxQuarterword < 127 {
		prg.bad = 11
	}
	if 0 > 0 || 65535 < 32767 {
		prg.bad = 12
	}
	if minQuarterword < 0 || maxQuarterword > 65535 {
		prg.bad = 13
	}
	if memMin < 0 || memMax >= 65535 || memBot-memMin > 65535+1 {
		prg.bad = 14
	}
	if fontBase < minQuarterword || fontMax > maxQuarterword {
		prg.bad = 15
	}
	if fontMax > fontBase+256 {
		prg.bad = 16
	}
	if saveSize > 65535 || maxStrings > 65535 {
		prg.bad = 17
	}
	if bufSize > 65535 {
		prg.bad = 18
	}
	if maxQuarterword-minQuarterword < 255 {
		prg.bad = 19
	}

	if 07777+undefinedControlSequence > 65535 { // 07777=
		prg.bad = 21
	}

	if formatDefaultLength > fileNameSize {
		prg.bad = 31
	}

	if 2*65535 < 30000-memMin {
		prg.bad = 41
	}

	if prg.bad > 0 {
		prg.termOut.Writeln("Ouch---my internal constants have been clobbered!",
			"---case ", prg.bad, knuth.WriteWidth(1))
		// \xref[Ouch...clobbered]

		// \xref[Ouch...clobbered]
		goto finalEnd
	}
	prg.initialize() // set global variables to their starting values
	if !prg.getStringsStarted() {
		goto finalEnd
	}
	prg.initPrim() // call |primitive| for each primitive
	prg.initStrPtr = prg.strPtr
	prg.initPoolPtr = prg.poolPtr
	prg.fixDateAndTime()

	prg.readyAlready = 314159

startOfTex:
	prg.selector = byte(termOnly)
	prg.tally = 0
	prg.termOffset = 0
	prg.fileOffset = 0

	prg.termOut.Write("This is TeX, Version 3.141592653 (gotex v0.0-prerelease)")
	if int32(prg.formatIdent) == 0 {
		prg.termOut.Writeln(" (no format preloaded)")
	} else {
		prg.slowPrint(int32(prg.formatIdent))
		prg.printLn()
	}

	prg.jobName = 0
	prg.nameInProgress = false
	prg.logOpened = false

	prg.outputFileName = 0

	// Get the first line of input and prepare to start
	{
		{
			prg.inputPtr = 0
			prg.maxInStack = 0
			prg.inOpen = 0
			prg.openParens = 0
			prg.maxBufStack = 0
			prg.paramPtr = 0
			prg.maxParamStack = 0
			prg.first = uint16(bufSize)
			for {
				prg.buffer[prg.first] = 0
				prg.first = uint16(int32(prg.first) - 1)
				if int32(prg.first) == 0 {
					break
				}
			}
			prg.scannerStatus = byte(normal)
			prg.warningIndex = 0
			prg.first = 1
			prg.curInput.stateField = byte(newLine)
			prg.curInput.startField = 1
			prg.curInput.indexField = 0
			prg.line = 0
			prg.curInput.nameField = 0
			prg.forceEof = false
			prg.alignState = 1000000

			if !prg.initTerminal() {
				goto finalEnd
			}
			prg.curInput.limitField = prg.last
			prg.first = uint16(int32(prg.last) + 1) // |init_terminal| has set |loc| and |last|
		}
		if int32(prg.formatIdent) == 0 || int32(prg.buffer[prg.curInput.locField]) == '&' {
			if int32(prg.formatIdent) != 0 {
				prg.initialize()
			} // erase preloaded format
			if !prg.openFmtFile() {
				goto finalEnd
			}
			if !prg.loadFmtFile() {
				prg.wClose(prg.fmtFile)
				goto finalEnd
			}
			prg.wClose(prg.fmtFile)
			for int32(prg.curInput.locField) < int32(prg.curInput.limitField) && int32(prg.buffer[prg.curInput.locField]) == ' ' {
				prg.curInput.locField = uint16(int32(prg.curInput.locField) + 1)
			}
		}
		if *prg.eqtb[intBase+endLineCharCode-1].int() < 0 || *prg.eqtb[intBase+endLineCharCode-1].int() > 255 {
			prg.curInput.limitField = uint16(int32(prg.curInput.limitField) - 1)
		} else {
			prg.buffer[prg.curInput.limitField] = byte(*prg.eqtb[intBase+endLineCharCode-1].int())
		}
		prg.fixDateAndTime()

		// Compute the magic offset
		prg.magicOffset = int32(prg.strStart[mathSpacing]) - 9*ordNoad

		// Initialize the print |selector|...
		if int32(prg.interaction) == batchMode {
			prg.selector = byte(noPrint)
		} else {
			prg.selector = byte(termOnly)
		}
		if int32(prg.curInput.locField) < int32(prg.curInput.limitField) && int32(*(*prg.eqtb[catCodeBase+int32(prg.buffer[prg.curInput.locField])-1].hh()).rh()) != escape {
			prg.startInput()
		}
		// \.[\\input] assumed
	}
	prg.history = byte(spotless) // ready to go!
	prg.mainControl()            // come to life
	prg.finalCleanup()           // prepare for death
	prg.closeFilesAndTerminate()

finalEnd:
	prg.readyAlready = 0
}

// 1340. \[53] Extensions

// tangle:pos tex.web:24529:17:

// The program above includes a bunch of ``hooks'' that allow further
// capabilities to be added without upsetting \TeX's basic structure.
// Most of these hooks are concerned with ``whatsit'' nodes, which are
// intended to be used for special purposes; whenever a new extension to
// \TeX\ involves a new kind of whatsit node, a corresponding change needs
// to be made to the routines below that deal with such nodes,
// but it will usually be unnecessary to make many changes to the
// other parts of this program.
//
// In order to demonstrate how extensions can be made, we shall treat
// `\.[\\write]', `\.[\\openout]', `\.[\\closeout]', `\.[\\immediate]',
// `\.[\\special]', and `\.[\\setlanguage]' as if they were extensions.
// These commands are actually primitives of \TeX, and they should
// appear in all implementations of the system; but let's try to imagine
// that they aren't. Then the program below illustrates how a person
// could add them.
//
// Sometimes, of course, an extension will require changes to \TeX\ itself;
// no system of hooks could be complete enough for all conceivable extensions.
// The features associated with `\.[\\write]' are almost all confined to the
// following paragraphs, but there are small parts of the |print_ln| and
// |print_char| procedures that were introduced specifically to \.[\\write]
// characters. Furthermore one of the token lists recognized by the scanner
// is a |write_text|; and there are a few other miscellaneous places where we
// have already provided for some aspect of \.[\\write].  The goal of a \TeX\
// extender should be to minimize alterations to the standard parts of the
// program, and to avoid them completely if possible. He or she should also
// be quite sure that there's no easy way to accomplish the desired goals
// with the standard features that \TeX\ already has. ``Think thrice before
// extending,'' because that may save a lot of work, and it will also keep
// incompatible extensions of \TeX\ from proliferating.
// \xref[system dependencies]
// \xref[extensions to \TeX]

// 1341.

// tangle:pos tex.web:24562:23:

// First let's consider the format of whatsit nodes that are used to represent
// the data associated with \.[\\write] and its relatives. Recall that a whatsit
// has |type=whatsit_node|, and the |subtype| is supposed to distinguish
// different kinds of whatsits. Each node occupies two or more words; the
// exact number is immaterial, as long as it is readily determined from the
// |subtype| or other data.
//
// We shall introduce five |subtype| values here, corresponding to the
// control sequences \.[\\openout], \.[\\write], \.[\\closeout], \.[\\special], and
// \.[\\setlanguage]. The second word of I/O whatsits has a |write_stream| field
// that identifies the write-stream number (0 to 15, or 16 for out-of-range and
// positive, or 17 for out-of-range and negative).
// In the case of \.[\\write] and \.[\\special], there is also a field that
// points to the reference count of a token list that should be sent. In the
// case of \.[\\openout], we need three words and three auxiliary subfields
// to hold the string numbers for name, area, and extension.

// 1379. \[54] System-dependent changes

// tangle:pos tex.web:24985:31:

// This section should be replaced, if necessary, by any special
// modifications of the program
// that are necessary to make \TeX\ work at a particular installation.
// It is usually best to design your change file so that all changes to
// previous sections preserve the section numbering; then everybody's version
// will be consistent with the published program. More extensive changes,
// which introduce new sections, can be inserted here; then only the index
// itself will get a new section number.
// \xref[system dependencies]

// 1380. \[55] Index

// tangle:pos tex.web:24996:12:

// Here is where you can find all uses of each identifier in the program,
// with underlined entries pointing to where the identifier was defined.
// If the identifier is only one letter long, however, you get to see only
// the underlined entries. [\sl All references are to section numbers instead of
// page numbers.]
//
// This index also lists error messages and other aspects of the program
// that you might want to look up some day. For example, the entry
// for ``system dependencies'' lists all sections that should receive
// special attention from people who are installing \TeX\ in a new
// operating environment. A list of various things that can't happen appears
// under ``this can't happen''. Approximately 40 sections are listed under
// ``inner loop''; these account for about 60\pct! of \TeX's running time,
// exclusive of input and output.